LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Burkitt, I. H. On the Variation of the Flower of Ranunculus

APVETISISY setier cic’ src 6 6) 14, @..0\0'e 0.0. « a sth eeatene erererctol el ctal al sieletehcier

Dorin, J. F, Unelenpitens of some new ipeeies of Orchidese from

North West and Central India..... 55 0000 POCO OB IONOUOOEE

Finn, F. General Notes on Variation 1m Birds soccseccoscveccesse sees

———-0On a pair of Abnormal Deer Horns.eworsesvercsecvcaes

On hybrids between the Guinea-fowl and Goinmon fowl...

On some cases of Abrupt Variation in Indian birds.......

On specimens of two Mauritian Birds in the collection of

the Asiatic Society........ AUD oor 100 OGIOO OOD OOUNUOO

See Wood H. and Finn F.

Kine, Sir Georce. Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula

Mann, Harotp H. Note on a disputed point in the Life History e

Helopeltis theivora ...csssecessseseeenes 60 eoeseeers

Nic&viLtLe, Lionen pe. A List of Butterflies of Hongkong in

Southern China, and the food-plants of the larv%.......+2+0.

Oxupuam, R. D. On Tidal Periodicity in the Harthquakes of Assam

Prain, D. Novicise Indice xix. A new Indian Dendrobium ....

SanyaL, R. B. Notes on Animals kept in the Alipore Zoological

Garden. No. 1.. SEN OOOUUEEOO ccUdobOOEC Sod ouaceCdGd

Notes on Aiinals observed at the Alipore Zoological Garden

No. 2. A brief note on the ‘‘ Doctrine of Telegony” with refer-

ence to facts observed in the Zoological Gardens, Calcutia....

Notes on Animals observed at the Alipore Zoological Gar-

den No. 8. Melanic specimens of Common Palm Squirrel

(Sciurus palmarum, Linn.) ..... phocuooded pose sndecosdn

Woop, H. and Finn, F. On a Foilectan of Birds fect Upper

BUENIVGTo ele releie) ele acl hel eceie lei) > «= «+/+ a lehttenetelods pleeholslaenie terest ere

Page.

132

137

121

aaah | i Ay a

HT as

= NEW SERIES. VOL. LXXI, CCCXCIX,

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL

fad

]

Vol. LX XI. Part Il, No. 1.—1902.

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to wiatever is performed by

toan or produced by nature.”—Siz WILLIAM JONES.

*,*%) Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom ail orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Mr.

Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED aT THE PAPTIST MissION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

Asiatic Society, 57, FARE STReet.

)

EDITED BY

yuE Natura ftisTORY SECRETARY.

(

19@z

' Price (exclusive of poatage) to Members, Re. 1-8.—To Non-Membera, =2, &

/ Price in England, 8 Shillings,

Issued May 8th, 1902.

CONTENTS.

Page

I.—A List of Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern ‘China, and the

food-plants of the larve.—By the late Lionen De Nic&viLig,

F.E.S., C.M.Z.S., &e. ce a

I1.— Descriptions of some new species of Orchidew from North-West

and Central India.—By J. F. Duruts, B.A., F.L.S., Direc-

tor, Botanical Department, North India s

11].—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Pipiasita. —By Sir

Grorce Kine, K.C.LE., M.B., UL.D., F.R.S., &., late

Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. { Pub-

lished with the assistance of His Excellency the' Governor

of the Straits Settlements | -

IV.—Novicie Indice XIX. A new Indian i aicobinm. 8, Maser

D. Praix, ILMS., Superintendent of the Royal Botanical

Garden, Calcutta ee = .

—On some Cases of Abrupt Variation in Indian Birds. —By F.

Finn, B.A., F.Z.S., M.B.0.U., Deputy Superintendent

of the Indian Museum. (With Plates I-III.) =

; JOURMAL ne

OF THE GARY!

ASIATIC SOCIETYROF BENGAL,

sof

Vol. LXXI. Part IlL.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. I.—1902.

I.—A Inst of the Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China, and the food-

plants of the larve.—By Lionet ve Nickvitte, F.E.S., C.M.Z.S8., &c.

[Received lst September ; Read 6th November, 1901.}

The Butterflies of Southern China appear to have been largely

neglected by modern Entomologists, though a considerable number of

the larger species were known to the ancients. For instance, Linnezus

and Fabricius described many species from “ China,” many of these

and afew others were figured by Drury, Cramer, Herbst and Donovan

at the end of the eighteenth century, In 1861 Wallengren described

two, new species and mentioned a third obtained during the voyage

of the frigate ‘“ Hugénie” which touched at Hongkong; in 1862 Felder

described four species and mentioned a fifth captured by the officers

of the frigate ‘“ Novara” which visited the island; in 1886 Rober

described two new species of Lycxnide from Hongkong; while in 1899

Kirby recorded five species from thence. The first list of the butter-

flies known to occur in Hongkong was compiled by Messrs. Sydney B.

J. Skertchly and James J. Walker, and is published in a little book

entitled ‘Our Island. A Naturalist’s Description of Hongkong”

by Mr. Sydney B. J. Skertchly, F.G.S., M.A.I. (1893). This list

embraces 116 species. Of these I have omitted from the present list

Ideopsis daos, Boisduval, Amathusia phidippus, Doubleday, and Pandita

De eit

2 WL. de Niesville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

sp., all of which are species found in the Malay Peninsula and are not

likely to oceur in Hongkong. Buta much more important list is that

by Mr. James J. Walker, R.N, F.S., entitled “A Preliminary List

of the Butterflies of Hongkong; based on Observations and Captures

made during the Winter and Spring months of 1892 and 1893,”

published in the Transactions of the Hntomological Society of London

for 1895, pp. 433-477. In this list 125 species are noted. In the

present list I have omitted Ideopsis daos and Amathusia phidippus for

the reason noted above. Moreover, Mr. Walker records what I consider

to be five species under two names each, these being 8. Huplea (Isamia)

superba, Herbst, and 9. Huplea (Trepsichrois) midamus, Linneus. 16.

Ypthima hiibneri, Kirby, and 17. Ypthima argus, Butler. 78. Catopsilia

catilla, Cramer, and 79. Catopsilia crocale, Cramer. 80. Terias hecabe,

Linneus, and 81. Terias mandarina, de VOrza. 85. Pieris (Huphinay

nereisa, Fabricius, and 86. Pieris (Huphina) pallida, Swinhoe. This

reduces Walker’s list to 118 species. In the present list 140 species.

are given, of which 22 marked with an asterisk (*) have not been seen

by me. The gain in number of species observed in Hongkong in the

six years since Walker wrote is therefore twenty-two. Walker also

mentions a specimen of Hestia Lynceus, Drury, which he had seen

“taken more than twenty years ago on the wharf at Kowloon—an

obvious importation.’ This species is omitted from his list and also

the present one.

My friend, Mr. E. F. Skertchly, son of Mr. Sydney B. J. Skertchly in

collaboration with Mr. Kershaw, proposes to bring out an elaborate work

illustrated with coloured plates on the Rhopalocera of Hongkong. A

specimen of these plates I have seen chromo-lithographed in Japan,

and it is an excellent production. To help in the good work of pub-

lishing this volume I have written this paper, as entomological books

are scarce in Hongkong, and my assistance has been asked as regards

identification of the various species and the necessary synonomy.

My share of this work appears in the list below ; the particulars given

of the food-plants of the same are closely-allied species occurring in

India and elsewhere is a help to the discovery of the transformations

of the various species of butterflies in Hongkong itself. A knowledge

of the food-plant of any particular butterfly is more than half the battle

in discovering its larva. I may note that Messrs. Skertchly and

Kershaw have for the last few years sent me consignments from time to

time of Hongkong butterflies for identification ; moreover, I have a

superficial knowledge of them from having twice visited the colony for

short periods. The butterflies of Hongkong are on the whole remark-

ably similar to those of India, not a single genus being found in the

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterjlies of Hongkong in Southern China. 3

island or on the adjoining mainland, which does not occur in India,

while about ninety per cent. of the species are identical or extremely

closely allied, the ‘‘ local variation” being remarkably slight. his is

perhaps not so much to be wondered at, as there is continuous land

connection between India and Hongkong save the narrow strait about

a mile wide which separates Kowloon or the mainland from the

island. Moreover, Hongkong is on the same parallel of latitude as

Calcutta, and hasa very similar climate, though it is on the whole

slightly cooler. The most interesting butterfly mentioned is, I think,

Danais (Anosia) erippus menippe, Hiibner, the well-known “ Wanderer,”

a pair of which was taken in Hongkong in August last. This butterfly

continues to extend its range, but has not as far as I know been yet

obtained on the mainland of Asia, though it has spread from its original

home in North America to Europe on the east, and right round through

the Pacific Islands, Australia, and the Malayan Archipelago to the

Straits of Malacca.*

Family NYMPHALIDA.

Sub-family DANAINa.

1. Danats (Radena), smitis, Linneus.

Papilio similis, Linnzeus, Mus. Ulr., p. 299, n. 117 (1764) ; Radena similis, Moore,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond,, 1883, p. 223, n.1; Lep. Ind., vol. i, p. 28 (1890); Fruhs-

torfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xliv, p. 79 (1899); Danais (Radena) similis, Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., p. 445, n.5; Danais similis, var. chinensis, Felder, Verh.

zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii, n. 148 (1862); Papilio aventina, Cramer, Pap.

Ex., vol. i, p. 92, pl. lix, fig. F (1775).

The larva of the subgenus Radena has two pairs only of fleshy

filaments. Though species of Madena occur in Ceylon, Burma and the

Nicobar Isles within Indian limits, the larva and its food-plant has

escaped detection.

2. Dawnais (Lirwmala) Limniace, Cramer,

Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 92, pl. lix, figs. D, E, male (1775) ;

Tirumala limniace, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1888, p. 280, n. 2; Lep. Ind.,

vol. i, p. 33 (1890); Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xliv, p. 115; Danais

(Tirumala) limniace, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 445, n. 3.

The larva of Tirumala, like that of Radena, has two pairs only

of fleshy filaments. It has been recorded in India to feed on many

plants of the Natural Order Asclepiadex, such as Calotropis, Asclepius,

Marsdenia, Dregea and Hoya.

* Vide de Nicéville, Journal A. 8. B., vol, Ixiy, pt. 2, pp. 8366-367 (1895).

4 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. },

3. Danats (Tirwmala) seeTentrionis, Butler.

Danais septentrionis, Butler, Ent. Month, Mag., vol. xi, p. 163 (1874).

New to the Hongkong list; I have an undoubted female from

there captured in March. The food-plant of the larva has never been

discovered.

4. Danais (Anosia) ERIPPUS MENIPPE, Hiibner.

Papilio erippus Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 4, pl. iii, figs. A, B, male (1775);

Anosia menippe, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 16, n. 86 (1816) ; Papilio plezippus

Cramer (nec Linneus), Pap. Ex., vol. iii, p. 24, pl. ccvi, figs. E, F, female (1779);

Herbst, Pap., vol. vii, p, 19, n. 8, pl. clvi, figs. 1, 2, male (1794).

A pair of this species was taken at Hongkong on the 4th August,

1901. The larva feeds on plants of the Natural Order Asclepiadex.

5. Danats (Limnas) curysippus, Linneus.

Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x., vol. i, pt. 2, p. 471, n. 81

(1758) ; Limnas chrysippus, Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 237, n. 1; Danais

(Limnas) chrysippus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 446, n. 7; Limnas

bowringi, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 239, n. 6; Fruhstorfer, Stet. Ent.

Zeit., vol. lix, p. 412 (1898); Limnas bowringii [sic], Moore, Lep. Ind., vol.1, p. 44

(1890).

Dr. F. Moore in 1893 recorded L. chrysippus from South China,

but described L. bowringi as a new species from Hongkong, which also

is in South China. In 1890, he says that it is “doubtfully of racial

value.” The larva of Limnas has three pairs of fleshy filaments; in

Hongkong it has been reported to feed on Asclepias curassavica, Linn.,

and in India it feeds on plants of the Natural Order Asclepiadex, such

as Calotropis and Asclepias.

6. Dawnats (Salutura) pLexippus, Linneus.

Papilio plexippus, Linnezus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 471, n. 80

(1758) ; Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ili, p. 23, pl. cevi, figs. C, D, male

(1779); Salatura genutia, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 240, n.1; Lep.

Ind., vol. i, p. 48 (1890); Danais (Salatura) genutia, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1895, p. 445, n. 6.

The larva of Salatura has three pairs of fleshy filaments, and in

India feeds on plants of the Natural Order Asclepiadew, such as”

Cynanchum, Ceropegea and Passuluria, in Ceylon on Raphis, Ceropegea

and Raphanus.

7. * Danats (Parantica) MELANOIDES, Moore.

Parantica melanoides, Moore, Prac. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 847, n. 1; Danais

(Parantica) melanoides, Walker, Tran Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 445, n. 4.

1902.] lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 5

The larva of Parantica has two pairs only of fleshy filaments. The

larva has never been discovered, but that of the allied species, P. aglea,

Cramer, has been recorded to feed on plants of the natural order Asclepia-

dex, such as Oryptolepis, Calotropis, Tylophora, in South India and

Ceylon.

8. Danars (Caduga) siva, Kollar.

Danais sita, Kollar, Hugel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 5, p. 424, n. 1, pl. vi, figs. 1, 2,

~ male (1844) ; Danais (Caduga) sita Mackinnon and de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat.

Hist. Soc., vol. xi, p. 213, n. 6, pl. U, figs. la, 1b, larva; 1c, 1d, pupa (1897) ; Danais

(Caduga) tytia, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 444, n. 2.

The larva of Caduga has two pairs only of fleshy filaments, and

feeds in India on Marsdenia, natural order Asclepiadex. Hongkong

specimens of D. sita agree absolutely with Indian ones.

9. Hurim@a (Crastia) coparti, Lucas.

Euplea godartit, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. Zool., second series, vol. v, p. 319 (1853) ;

Euplea (Crastia) godarti (sic), Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 447,

ml, )

The larva of Crastia has four pairs of fleshy filaments. Major

(now Colonel) C, H. EH. Adamson, c.1.u., in “ Notes on the Danaingx of

Burmah,” p. 12 (1889), records that he has “bred H. godartii from

caterpillars found feeding on orange trees,” Citrus sp., natural order

Rutacezee. More probable plants would, I think, be species of Holarrhena,

Nerium and Ichnocarpus of the natural order Apocynacex, or Streblus and

Ficus of the Urticacee.

10. Eupim@a (Crastia) kinBERGI, Wallengren.

Euplea kinbergi, Wallengren, Wien, Ent. Monatsb., vol. iv, p. 35, n. 8 (1860) ;

Kongl. Svensk. Fregatten Hugenies Resa, Zoologi, pt. v, p. 352, n. 4 (1861); Tronga

kinbergi, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883. p. 269, n. 12; Crastia kinbergi,

de. Nicéville, Journ. A.S.B., vol. Ixx, pt. 2, pp. 20, 22 (1901), Huplea (Crastia)

kinbergi, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. xiii, p. SATS :

pl. , fig. , female; Euplea lorquinit, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep., vol. ii, p.

340, n. 472 (1865); Crastia lorquini (sic), Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. i, page 91 (1890) ;

Euplea felderi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 275, n. 20; Crastia felderi,

Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. i, p. 91 (1890) ; Huplea (Crastia) frauenfeldi (sic), Walker

(nec) Felder, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 447, n. 11; Crastia frauenfeldii,

Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. i, p. 87, pl. xxviii, figs. 1, la, male (1890).

This very variable aud common butterfly is restricted to Southern

China, and has been bred on Strophanthus divergens, Grah.—natural order

Apocynacee. The larva will probably be found to feed on Neriwm, natural

order Apocynacex, or on Ficus, natural order Urticaceze,

6 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

1l. Evupne@a (Isamia) mipamus, Linnus.

Papilio midamus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 470, n. 75

(1758) ; Isamia midamus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 312, n. 5, pl.

xxxii, fig. 5, male; Lep. Ind., vol. i, p. 132 (1891); Euplea (Trepsichrois [sic !] )

midamus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 446, n.9; Papilio swuperbus,

Herbst, Pap., vol. vi, p. 14, n. 3, pl. exix, fig. 3, female; pl. cxx, figs. 1, 2, male

(1793)*; Euplea superba, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii, p. 488,

n. 147 (1862) ; Isamia superba [sic], Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 311, n.

3; Lep.Ind., Vol. i. p. 132 (1891); Kirby in Hiibner’s lx. Schmett., new edition,

Vol. 1, p. 4, pl. xxiv, figs. 3, 4, female (Limnas Mutabilis Midamus [sic] on plate) (1894);

Euplea (Isamia) superba [sic], Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 446, n. 8;

Danais alopia, Godart, Enc. Meth., vol. ix, p. 177, n. 4 (1819); Isamia alopia, Moore,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p. 313, n. 6, pl. xxxli, fig. 7, male ; Lep. Ind., vol. i, p.

132 (1891); Isamia sinica, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, p, 312, n. 4, Lep.

Ind., vol. i, p. 132 (1891).

There are several mistakes in the references as usually given.

Herbst calls his fig. 3 on pl. cxix a &, whileit isa 9, andhis figs.1 and

2 on pl. exxa 2, while itisa ¢. Dr. F. Moore sets this right in Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond., 1883, page 311, n. 3, as regards the 92 ; but on page

313, n. 6, erroneously calls figs. 1 and 2 2 instead of @. He also uses

superba instead of superbus as originally written, and refers to plate 102

instead of plate 122. He makes two species out of Herbst’s figures,

while they represent one species only.

Dr. F. Moore in 1883 and again in 1891 records and keeps distinct

four species of Isamia from South China. These four species are in

my Opinion one and the same species, which at Hongkong, and doubt-

less wherever it occurs in Southern China, is a most variable one. In

Hongkong the larva has been reported to feed on Strophanthus divergens,

Grah., Natural Order Apocynacee.

Subfamily SATYRIN 4.

12. Mycatesis (Calysisme) mineus, Linneus.

Papilio mineus Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 471, n. 84 (1758);

Calysisme mineus Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1880, p. 162; Lep. Ind., vol. i, p.

187 (1892) ; Mycalesis mineus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 447, n. 13;

Mycalesis mineus, var. confucius, Leech, Butt. China, Japan and Corea, p. 12,

pi. ii, fig. 7, male (1892); Kirby, The Entomologist, vol. xxxii, p. 31 (1899).

The var. confucius is the dry-season form of MW. mineus found in

China. The larva in India feeds on grasses.

13. Mycarests (Calysisme) HORSFIELDII, Moore.

Calysisme horsjieldii, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol., i, p. 197, pl. Ixvi, figs. 2, 2a, 2b,

1902.] lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 7

male, wet-season form ; 2c, male, dry-scason form (1892);? Mycalesis perseus, Wallace

(nec Fabricius), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 447, n. 12.

Only two species of Mycalesis have hitherto been found in Hong-

Kong. Walker gives mineus and perseus. The latter is stated by Dr.

F. Moore in Lep. Ind., vol. i, pp. 177, 178, to have a very wide range,

being found almost throughout India, Ceylon, Burma, the Malay

Peninsula and many of the islands of the Malay Archipelago, and in

Hainan and Formosa. It may, as Walker states, be found in Hong-

kong, but itis more probable, I think, that what he identified as MM.

perseus is the comparatively common WM. horsfieldii, which has been des-

cribed since Mr. Walker wrote his paper. It has never been bred, but

its larva will almost certainly be found on grasses.

14. LetHe rvuropa, Fabricius.

Papilio europa, Fabricius, Syst. HEnt., p. 500, nu. 247 (1775); Lethe europa,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 448, n. 14; Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. i, p.

256 (1892).

The larva feeds on Bambusa Sp., natural order Graminee.

15. Lerae conrusa, Aurivillius.

Lethe confusa, Aurivillius, Ent. Tids., vol. xviii, p. 142, n.15 (1897); ? Lethe

verma, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 448, n. 15; Lethe rohria, Kirby (nec

Fabricius), The Entomologist, vol. xxxii, p. 31 (1899).

Mr. James J. Walker records Lethe verma, Kollar, from a single

specimen taken in the Happy Valley, Hongkong, in March. This is,

I think, probably an incorrect identification, the present species being

meant. L. verma is a common species in the hills of Northern India, and

is found in the hills of Western China, but not I believe in Western

China. As the name implies, there has been much confusion regard-

ing this species. Until recently it has been always known as L. rohria

Fabricius, until Dr. Aurivillins pointed out that the true rohria is an

older name for the Lethe dyria of Felder. The larva will almost cer-

tainly be found to feed on the leaves of bamboo.

16. Yproima avanra, Moore.

Ypthima avanta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 567; Elwes and

Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 33, n. 88, pl. i, fig. 27, clasp of male;

Ypthima ordinata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1880, p. 148, pl. xv, fig. 3;

Ypthima hubneri, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 448, n. 16;? Ypthima

argus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 448, n. 17.

T. avanta 1” seasonally dimorphic, avanta is the dry-season form,

8 lL, de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongitong in Southern China. [No. ],

while ordinata is the wet-season form. I have ventured to put Walker’s

two species hiibneri [vecte huebneri] and argus under avanta, as I do not

believe that either of them are found in Hongkong, and that they have

been wrongly identified. J. avanta is found in the Western Himalayas,

in the plains of the North-Western Provinces, at Ranchi and Bholahat

in Maldah, both in the plains of Bengal, in the Eastern Himalayas,

in the Ganjam district of Eastern India, throughout Burma, and on the

West River in Southern China. It has not been bred, but the larva

will be found on grasses.

17. MeLANITIS ISMENE, Cramer.

Papilio ismene, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 40, pl. xxvi, figs. A, B, male, dry-

season form (1775); Melanitis determinata, Butler, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p.

vi, Melanitis leda, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 449, n. 18.

This species in seasonally dimorphic, the dry-season form being

ismene, the wet-season form is determinata. The larva feeds on rice,

Oryza sativa, Linneus, on large, coarse grasses, all of the natural order

Graminee.

18.* Metanitis BELA, Moore.

Melanitis bela, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., vol. i, p. 223, n.

465 (1857); Cyllo aswa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 769; Melanitis aswa,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 449, n. 19.

This species is also seasonally dimorphic, bela being the wet-season

form, aswa the dry-season form. Walker records one specimen taken

at Kowloon late in 1891. I have not seen it from thence, but do not

doubt the correctness of the record. It occurs in Western China, and

as far westwards again as Kashmir. It has not been bred.

Subfamily AMATHUSIIN A.

19. DiscopHora TULLIA, Cramer.

Papilio tullia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 127, pl. lxxxi, figs. A, B, female (1775);

Discophora tullia, Staudinger, Ex. Schmett., p. 189, pl. lxiii, female ( 1887) ; Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 449, n. 20; Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. ii, p. 197 (1895) ;

Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xly, p. 13 (1900).

As far as is known, the larve of all the species of this genus feed on

Bambusa sp., Natural Order Graminezx, and are gregarious, very hairy,

and are frequently mistaken for the larve of moths.

20. Cieroms numEus, Drury.

Danais Festivus ewmeus, Drury, Il. Ex. Ins., vol. i, p. 4, pl. ii, figs. 3, male,

upper—and underside (1770); Clerome ewmeus, Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1902.] . de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 9

second series, vol. iv, p. 183, n. 2 (1858); Butler, Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M., p, 44, n. 1

(1869); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p, 450, n. 21; Moore, Lep. Ind., vol.

ii, p. 209 (1895); Kirby, The Entomologist, vol. xxxii, p. 31 (1899); Papilio ewmea

(sic), Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, p. 132, pl. clxxxiii, figs. C, D, female (1777); Papilio

gripus Fabricius, Syst. Ent., App., p. 829, n. 178-79 (1775) ; Sp. Ins., vol. ii, p, 58,

n. 255 (1781); Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 149, n. 407 (1793); Herbst, Pap., vol. vi,

p. 77, n. 41, pl. exxxv, figs. 3, 4, female (1798) ; Satyrus gripus, Godart, Enc. Meth.,

vol. ix, p. 497, n. 70 (1819); Papilio grispus (sic), Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p.

28, n. 294 (1787); Papilio decempunctatus Goeze, Ent. Beytr., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 212,

n. 31 (1779).

No species of Clerome has, I believe, ever been bred. The jarva

will almost certainly be found to feed on Bambusa sp., Natural Order

Gramines. é

It is remarkable that no species of the subfamily Elymnwne has

been recorded from Hongkong. As the importation of ornamental

palms on which the larvee feed is probably considerable from countries

where species of the group are common, it is more than probable that

species of Hlymniinz will becoime naturalised in the island and on the

adjoining mainland.

Subfamily NYMPHALIN Ai.

21.* Cuaraxes (Hulepis) atHamas, Drury.

Papilio Eques achivus athamas, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, p. 5, pl. il, figs. 4,

male, upper and underside (1770); Papilio athamas, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 140,

pl. Ixxxix, figs. C, D, male (1776); Walker, Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 458,

n. 52; Moore, Lep. India., vol. ii, p. 254 (1895); Hulepis athamas, Rothschild and

Jordan, Nov. Zool., vol. v, pl. x, figs. 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 9,10, 11, male; 4, female; pl.

xi, figs. 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, male; 3, 4, 8,9, female (1898); vol. vi, p. 245, n. 12

(1899).

Mr. James J. Walker records that he once saw this butterfly in

Hongkong. Messrs Rothschild and Jordan under 6. E. athamas athamas

record it from South China (Hongkong), but add “ Authentic Chinese

specimens we haye not examined.” I have seen no specimen from

Hongkong. The larva in Ceylon feeds on Cxsalpinia, Natural Order

Leguminose ; in South India on Grewia sp. Natural Order Tuliacex, on

Cxsalpinia, Painciana, Adenanthera, Acacia, and Albizzia, Natural Order

Leguminose ; and in the Western Himalayas on Acacia and Albizaiu.

22. CHARAXES POLYXENA POLYXENA, Cramer.

Papilio polyxena, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 85 pl. liv, figs. A, B, female (1775) ;

Haridra polyxena, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol., ii, p. 247 (1896); Charazes polyxena

polyzena, Rothschild and Jordan, Noy. Zool., vol. vii, p. 3384 (1900) ; Nymphalis

polyxo, Godart, Enc. Meth., vol. ix, p. 399, n. 169 (1819); Papilio bernardus, Fabri-

cius, Ent, Syst., vol. iii, pt. i, p. 71, n. 223 (1793); Nymphalis (Charaaes) bernardus,

Jee igi 7%

10 lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. (No. 1,

Donovan, Ins. China (Westwood’s edition), p. 63, pl. xxxiv, figs..1, 2, female (1842) ;

Charazes bernardus, Butler, Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M., p. 50, n. 2 (1869) ; Walker, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 459, n. 53 ; Haridra bernardus, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. ii, p.

246 (1896); Dozocopa epilais, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 50, n. 464 (1816).

My material from Hongkong can superficially be broken up into

two distinct groups, one with pale tawny bands on the upper side of

both wings, of which I have four males and one female, the males are

dated 17th and 26th April, and 5th December, while one has no date;

the female also bears no date: the other with white bands, of which

I have two pairs, one male is dated 14th July, the other is undated ;

one female is dated 2lst July, the other bears no date. P. polyzena

was originally described from China, and my single tawny banded

example of that sex agrees very well with Cramer’s figure, but that the

“tail” to the binding from the third median nervule is much longer

(in Cramer’s specimen it was probably broken off), and the dark and

light markings of both wings on the underside are more strongly

contrasted in Cramer’s figure than in my specimen. The tawny banded

males are extremely constant, and differ but little from my female;

the “tail” to the hindwing is of course much shorter, and the sub-

marginal series of black spots on the upperside of that wing instead

of being each centred with a white spot has the anteriormost spot in

one instance and the two anteriormost spots in three instances so

marked. Of the white banded group in one male the band consists of

four portions divided by the veins, the anterior the smallest, the

posterior the largest, with a minute white spot anterior to the first of

these with no spots beyond it whatever; in my other male the band

consists of eight spots, there being two (instead of one as in the first-

described specimen) in the upper discoidal interspace, and another in

the subcortal interspace, as well as the one on the sutural area. The

markings of the hindwing on the upperside also differ in my two male

specimens, in the first described of these the discal band is fulyous,

in the latter it is anteriorly white. My two white banded females also

differ the one from the other, and neither of them agree with Donavon’s

figure, as that figure shows no discal band on the upperside of the

hindwing, while in my specimens this band is prominent. In my two

examples one has on the upperside of the forewing three fulvous-white

spots anterior to the third median nervule, which are absent in the other.

My specimens agree fairly well with Dr. Moore’s description of that sex

under the name of H. bernardus. Mr. J. O. Westwood remarked on

Donovan’s figures that “This uncommonly rare Chinese butterfly has

not been figured in any other work. Fabricius described it only from

the drawings of Jones. I possess a specimen in which the central

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 11

fascia is nearly white, and is continued half way across the posterior

wings, and the black spots in the latter are very broad and confluent,

without white in the centre.” Dr. Moore separated H. bernardus from

H. polyxena, and noted that “‘ This species [bernardus] is distinct from

FH. polyxena, Cramer, and is allied to the Indian H, jalinder, Butler,

and H. hippanax, Felder.” Fabricius described the medial band across

the forewing on the upperside in P. bernardus as “flava,” which is

yellow, while Dr. Moore calls it “ bluish-white.” Donovan’s figure of

P. bernardus shows this band white just tinged with yellow. Fabricius’

description of P. bernardus evidently applies to Cramer’s figure of

P. polyxena. In describing the male of H. bernardus Dr. Moore says

that the white band on the upperside of the forewing ends “ At the

lower [first] median veinlet.” This is probably a slip for submedian

nervure. Messrs. Rothschild and Jordon give seven local races of

Charazxes polyena, of which the Chinese form “ G. polyxena polyxena”

is the last. They consider the white and yellow banded forms to be

one and the same species, the species being dichromatic. It has never

been bred.

23. ApaTuRA (Rohana) PaRrysatTis, Westwood.

Apatura parisatis, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 305, n. 20, note (1850) ;

A. parisatis, Staudinger, Hx. Schmett., p. 156, pl. lv, male and female (1886) ;

Rohana parisatis, Moore, Lep. Cey., vol. iii, p. 17, pl. exciv, figs. 4, 2a, male ; 2b, 2c,

female (1896) ; Apatura parysatis, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 452, n. 27.

The larva of A. parysatis has been bred in Hongkong on (hiatus in

MS.)

That of the allied A. carniba, Moore, feeds in Ceylon and South India

on Celtis, Natural Order Urticacez.

94, PARHESTINA ASSIMILIS, Linneeus.

Papilio assimilis, Linnzus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 479,

n. 129 (1758) ; Mus. Ulr., p. 300, n. 118 (1764); Clerck’s Icones Ins., vol. i, pl. xvi,

fig. 1 (1759); Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, p. 38, pl. xvii, figs. 3, 4, male (1770) ;

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, p. 90, pl. cliv, fig. A, female (1777); Herbst, Pap., vol. vi,

p. 43, n. 24, pl. exxvi, figs. 4, 5, male (1793); Hsper, Ausl. Schmett., p. 230, pl. lvii,

fig. 1 (21798); Nymphalis assimilis, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 393, n. 151

(1819) ; Hestina assimilis, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 452, n. 28.

The larva of this species feeds in Hongkong on (hiatus in MS.)

25. ParuestinA MENA, Moore.

Hestina mena, Moore, Ann, and Mag. of Nat. Hist., third series, vol. i, p. 48,

n. 3 (1858) ; Leech, Butt. from China, Japan, and Corea, vol. i, p. 143, pl. xx, figs.

3, 4 male (1892); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond,, 1895, p. 452, n. 29; Diadema

12 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. t,

—

mena, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., vol. xvi, p. 398, n. 3 (1865); Parhestina

mena, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 36, pl. ecii, figs. 1, la, female (1896) ; Hestina

nigrivena, Leech, Lhe Ent., vol. xxiii, p. 31 (1890); Grose-Smith and Kirby, Rhop.

Ex., pl. Hestina i, figs. 1, 2, male (1891) ; Hestina viridis, Leech, The Ent., vol. xxiii,

p. 32 (1890),

Mr. Leech has himself sunk H. viridis to the rank of a variety of

H. mena. From his figure of it (l.c., fig. 3) the underside of the hind-

wing has “the costa above the costal nervure and the abdominal fold

yellow.’’ Mr. Leech notes, however, that male specimens of var. viridis

received subsequent to the description of the species have none of this

yellow coloration. I am a little doubtful if this character is not

sufficient to separate H. viridis, Leech, and H. nicevillei, Moore, from

P. assimilis, Linneus, and P. mena, Moore. H. mena was originally

described from “ North India,” in 1895 Mr. Walker recorded it from

Hongkong, but Dr. Moore in 1896 said the habitat is unknown. I have

seen but a single pair from Hongkong, the female of which agrees very

closely with Dr. Moore’s figure of that sex (not a male as stated). I

would draw especial attention to a series of four or five submarginal

pink spots on both surfaces of the hindwing which are visible in my

specimens, in Messrs. Grose-Smith and Kirby’s figures and in Mr.

Leech’s figure No. 4 of var. mgrivena. These spots occupy the same

position exactly as the crimson spots in P. assimilis, which has led me

to suspect that P. mena is not improbably a dimorphic form of that

species. ‘I'he genus Parhestina is evidently in a very plastic state, and

it appears to me that the process of mimicry to species of Danais is

now actively going on. Typical P. assimilis with its brilliant crimson

spots 1s @ conspicuous species, and it is evident that it would be advan-

tageous to it to become less gaudily coloured and to be able to pass

itself off as a nauseous Danais. Mr. James J. Walker records the

breeding of a specimen in Hongkong, but does not mention the food-

plant of the larva, which still remains unknown.

26. HurHatia pHemius, Doubleday and Hewitson.

Adolias phemius, Doubleday and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep., vol. ii, p. 291, n. 13

(1850) ; Itanus phemius, pl. xl, fig. 4, male (1850); id., Moore, Trans, Ent. Soc.

Lond., new series, vol. v, p. 65, n. 4, pl. iii, fig. 3, male (nec female) (1859) ; Euthalia

phemius Staudinger, Ex. Schmett., p. 153, pl. liv. male (nec female) (1886); Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 457, n. 47; Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 123, pl.

ecxxxvil, figs. 1, la, male; 1b, 1c, female (1896) ; Adolias sancara, Moore, Horsfield

and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.L.C., vol. i, p. 195, n. 394 (1857); Trans. Ent, Soc.

Lond., new series, vol. v, p. 78, n. 34, pl. ix, fig. 1, female (1859).

Mr. James J. Walker haying taken a pair coupled of this butterfly

in Hongkong finally settles the question as to the opposite sexes of the

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 13

insect. He also obtained a pupa attached to a twig under some litchi

trees (Nepheliwm Lit-chi, Camb., Natural Order Sapindaces),\but that

cannot be the food-plant of the larva in India, as it grows wild nowhere

in this country, while the butterfly is common in the Hastern Himalayas,

Assam, Upper Burma, and Indo-China. Its food-plant still remains

unknown,

27. Limenitis (Ladaga) camitua, Linneeus.

Papilio camilla, Linneeus, Mus. Ulr., p. 304, n. 122 (1764); Nymphalis camilla,

Aurivillius, Kongl. Svenska Vet.—Akad. Hand., vol. xix, n. 5, p. 101, n. 122 (1882);

Limenitis camilla, Kirby in Allan’s Nat. Hist., Butterflies, vol. i, pt. 1, p. 142, p. 145,

underside of normal imago, wpper and underside of black variety; pl. xxiii, fig. 3,

upperside of normal imago; pl. iii, fig. 7, larva (1896); Papilio prorsa, Linnzeus,

Mus. Ulr., p. 303, n. 121 (1764), nec Papilio prorsa, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x,

vol. i, pt. 2, p. 480, n. 184 (1758) ; Papilio sibiila, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii,

vol. i, pt. 2, p. 781, n. 186 (1767) ; Limenitis sibylla, Leech, Butt. from China, Japan,

and Corea, vol. i, p. 185 (1892) ; Limenitis sidii, var. japanica, Ménétriés, Cat. Lep.

Pét., pt. 2, p. 103, n. 566 (1855) ; Ladaga japonica, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 174

(1896).

This is a new record from Hongkong, though common in Japan,

Corea, Amurland and Europe. Dr. Moore keeps the Japan form as a

distinct species under the name JL. japanica. Mr. Leech says that in

Japan the larva feeds on Lonicera japanica, Thunberg, Natural Order

Caprifoliacee. In Hngland “ The White Admiral” feeds also on honey-

suckle.

28.* ATHYMA SULPITIA, Cramer.

Papilio sulpitia, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii., p. 37, pl. ccxiv, figs. H, F (1779) ;

Herbst, Pap., vol. ix., p. 95, n.19, pl. ccxl, figs. 3, 4 (1798); Athyma sulpitia,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 456, n. 45; Parathyma sulpitia, Moore, Lep.

Ind., vol. iii, p. 176 (1896). Nymphalis strophia, Godart, Enc. Meth., vol. ix, p. 431,

n. 257 (1823),

The larva of this butterfly has never been found.

29. AtTHYMA PERIUS, Linneeus.

Papilio perius, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 471, n. 79 (1758);

Athyma perius, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 456, n. 43; Moore, Lep.

a Ind., vol. iii, p. 186 (1896) ; Papilio leucothoé, Linnzeus,, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 478,

n. 122 (1758); Limenitis lewcothoé, Donovan, Ins., China, new edition, p. 65, pl.

xxxv, fig. 3 (1842) ; Papilio polyxina, Donovan, Ins., China, first edition, pl. xxxv,

fig. 3 (1799).

The larva has been recorded to feed in Java on a species of Phyllan-

thus, Natural Order Huphorbiacee ; in South India it feeds on two

species of Glochidion, Natural Order Huphorbiace. |

14 L,. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No.1],

30. AtHYMA asiTA, Moore.

A. asita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 18, n. 8; Pantoporia asita, Moore,

Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. cclxiii, figs. 2, male; 2a, female (1897); Athyma nefte,

Walker (nec Cramer) Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 456, n 44.

This insect has never been bred.

31. ATHYMA SELENOPHORA, Kollar.

Limenitis selenophora, Kollar, Higel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 426, n. 1, pl.

vii, figs. 1, 2, male (1844); Athyma selenophora, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895,

p. 457, n. 46; Pantoporia selenophora, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 205 (1897);

Athyma bahula, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1858, p. 12, n. 3, pl. i, fig. 2, female.

The larva in South India feeds on Adina cordifolia, Hook. f.,

Natural Order Iuwbiacee.

39.* Nepris ANTILOPE, Leech.

Neptis antilope, Leech, The Entomologist, vol. xxiii, p. 35 (1890); Butt. from

China, Japan, and Corea, vol. i, p. 197, pl. xviii, fig. 2, male (1892).

Mr. Leech records having taken two specimens of this species at

Hongkong in March, 1886. It has never been bred.

33. NeEPTIS COLUMELLA, Cramer.

Papilio columella, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, p. 15, pl. cexeyi, figs. A, B;

female (1780) ; Neptis columella, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 454, n. 36 ;

Andrapana columella, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 220 (1897); Neptis ophiana,

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 561; Neptis martabana, Moore, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 810; Neptis ophiana, var. nilgirica, Hampson, Journ. A.S8.B.,

vol. lvii, pt. 2, p. 358, n. 57 (1888); Andrapana columella singa, Fruhstorfer, Berl.

Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xliv, p. 286 (1899).

This butterfly has never been bred.

34. NEpTis EURYNOME, Linnzeus.

Papilio eurynome, (? Papilio hylas, male, nec. female), Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. Ins.,

ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 486, n. 173 (1758); Limenitis ewrynome, Westwood’s ed.

Donovan’s Ins. China, p 66, pl. xxxv, fig. 4, female (1842); Neptis ewrynome, Moore,

Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 570; Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 244 (1897); Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895%p. 454, n. 35; Papilio leucothoé, Clerck, Icones Ins.,

vol. iii, pl. v, fig. 4( ); Donovan, Ins. China, first edition, pl. xxxv, fig. 3,

female (1799); Papilio aceris, Esper, Hur. Schmett., vol. i, pt. 2, pl. Ixxxii, fig. 1,

female (1783) ; Neptis hainana, Kirby (nec Moore), The Entomologist, vol. xxxii, p.

31 (1899).

The synonymy given above is mainly taken from Dr. Moore’s Lep.

Ind. Linnzeus’ Syst. Nat. Ins., tenth edition, is not available, so I am

1902.] lL. de Nicéville—Butlerflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 15

unable to check the first entry; though apparently the name given

therein on p. 486, n. 173, is hylas and not ewrynome. If this be so,

eurynome cannot be ascribed to Linneus, but should be credited to

Westwood, as was done by Dr. Moore in 1874. Donovan’s fig. 4 of pl.

xxxv applies to this insect: he called it leucothoé, mistaking the

insect for the Athyma leucothoé described by Linnzeus as Papilio leuco-

thoé, which itself is a synonym of the older Papilio [ Athyma] perius,

Linneus. As there is an older Neptis named leucothoé of Cramer the

species under consideration cannot be called Neptis leucothoé, Donovan.

Mr. Kirby records Neptis hainana, Moore, originally described from

Hainan Island, China, from Hongkong, but Dr. Moore considers that

species to be distinct from the Hongkong one, so as I have no Hainan

specimens I have followed him iu this. This group of the genus

occurs almost everywhere in the Hast, and in my opinion has received

far too many names. Wherever the seasons are markedly wet and

dry, seasonal dimorphism is very strongly marked, particularly so in

Hongkong. The insect in Hongkong has not been bred, but the trans-

formations of its Indian allies are well known, N. varmana, Moore, in

South India being found in the larval state on peas of various kinds,

Natural Order Leguminose.

35.* Precis ATLITES, Linnzeus.

Papilio atlites, Linnzeus, Cent. Ins., p. 24, n. 72 (Amoen., vol. vi, p. 407),

(1763) ; Junonia atlites, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 453, n. 31, Moore,

Lep. Ind., vol. iv, p. 69 (1899).

The larva in Java feeds on a species of Achyranthes, Natural Order

Amarantaceze, and in South India on Hygrophila and Barleria, Natural

Order Acanthacesx. :

36. Precis oriTHYA, Linneeus.

Papilio orithya, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins. ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 473, n. 94

(1758) ; Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 28, pl. xix, figs. C, D, female; pl. xxxii, figs.

H, F, male (1775) ; Cynthia orithya, Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition,

p. 64, pl. xxxv, fig. 2, female (1842); Junonia orithya, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1895, p. 454, n. 34; Moore, Lep. Ind.,-vol. iv, p. 71 (1899); Precis orithya,

Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series, vol. viii, p. 200, n. 12 (1901).

The larva has been recorded in the Himalayas to feed ou Antirrhi-

num Orontium Linn., Natural Order Scrophularinese; in South India

on Hygrophila, Natural Order Acanthacee ; and in Ceylon on acanthads.

37. Precis HIERTA, Fabricius.

Papilio hierta, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 424, n. 281-2 (1798); Junonia

hierta, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol, iv, p. 75 (1899); Papilio enone, Cramer (nee Linnzus),

16 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 55, pl. xxxv, fies. A, B, female; C, male (1775) ; Cynthia enone,

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins. China, new edition, p. 66, pl. xxxvi, fig. 1, male (1842) ;

Junonia enone, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 454, n. 33; Precis enone

[sic], Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series, vol. viii, p. 203, n. 22 (1901).

The larva feeds in South India on Hygrophila, Natural Order Acan-

thacese, also on two plants of which the vernacular names are “ Kolay

Mooloo” and ‘“ Byle Choolee.”

38. Precis LEMoNIAS, Linneus.

Papilio lemonias, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pb. 2, p. 473, n. 93

(1758) ; Junonia lemonias, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 454, n. 32;

Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, p. 76 (1899) ; Papilio aonis, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pp.

55, 56, pl. xxxv, figs. D, H, F, male (1773).

In India the larva feeds on Nelsonia, Hygrophila, Strobilanthes and

Barleria, all Natural Order Acanthace.

39, Precis ALMANA, Linnzeus.

Papilio almana, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 472, n. 89 (1758);

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 90, pl. lviii, figs. F, G, (1775); Cynthia almana,

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins. China, new edition, p. 67, pl. xxxvi, fig. 2 (1842); Junonia

almana, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, p. 79 (1899) ; Papilio asterie, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat.,

ed. x, vol. i, p. 472, n. 90 (1758) ; Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 90, pl. Iviii, figs. D, EH

(1775); Junonia asterie, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1898, p. 463, n. 30.

The larva in Java has been found feeding on Justicia, Natural Order

Acanthaceze; in South India on Hygrophila, Natural Order Acanthacee;

in Caleutta on Gloxinia or Osbeckia, the latter Natural Order Melas-

tomacez.

40. VANESSA CANACE, Johanssen.

Papilio canace, Johanssen, Ameen. Acad., vol. vi, p. 406, n. 68 (1764) ; Linnzus,

Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. ii, p. 779, n. 173 (1767); Vanessa canace, Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 458, n. 50; Papilio charonia, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent.,

vol. i, p. 28, pl. xv, figs. 1, 2, female (1770) ; Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, pp. 73, 74, pl.

xlvii, figs. A, B, C (1775); Herbst, Pap., vol. vii, p. 42, n. i, pl. xlx, figs. 1, 2 (1794);

Vanessa charonia, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix, p. 308, n. 27 (1819) ; Kaniska charonia,

Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, p. 94 (1899) ; Papilio kollina, Meerburgh, Afb. Zeldz. Gew.,

pl. xliii (1775).

Dr. Moore records this species as Kaniska Charonia, Drury, from

Hongkong, but specimens from thence are identical with Indian ex-

amples of V, canace, Linneus. Mr. James J. Walker has bred it in

Hongkong on a species of Smilax, Natural Order Liliacex.

4]. Vanessa inpica, Herbst.

Papilio atalanta (part), Herbst, Pap., vol. vii, p. 171, n. 64, Papilio atalanta

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 17

indica, pl. clxxx, figs. 1, 2 (1794); Vanessa indica, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1895, p. 485, n. 49; Papilio atalanta Cramer (nec Linnzous), Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 132,

pl. Ixxxiv, figs. H, F¥ (1775); Hamadryas decora calliroé Hiibner, Sarmul. Ex. Schmett.

(1806-16); Pyrameis callirhoé [sic], Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat, Lep. Mus.

E. I. C., vol. i, p. 188, n. 879 (1857); Vanessa vuleania, Godart, Enc. Méth., vol. ix,

p. 320, n. 55 (1819).

The larva of this butterfly in Ceylon feeds on Urtica, and in the

Western Himalayas on different nettles of the Natural Order Urticacex.

42. Vanessa carput, Linneeus.

Papilio cardui, Linnzous, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 475, n. 107

(1758) ; Vanessa cardui, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 457, n. 48; Moore,

Lep. Ind., vol. iii, p. 107 (1899).

The larva has been recorded in Ceylon to feed on Artemisia, Natur-

al Order Composite ; at Kandahar on different species of thistles; at

Jutogh in the Western Himalayas on the common artichoke and on

mallow ; in the same region on nettles, but this is a doubtful food-plant,

on thistles, on Debregeasia, Natural Order Urticacez, and on Carduus,

Natural Order Composite ; in South India on Zornia, Natural Order

Leguminose, and on Blumea, Natural Order Composite ; and at Lucknow

on Gunaphalium, Natural Order Composite.

43. SYMBRENTHIA LucINA, Cramer.

_ Papilio lucina, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, p. 82, pl. cccxxx, figs. H, F, female

(1780); Symbrenthia lucina, Moore Lep. Ind., vol. iv, pp. 118, 114 (1906); Symbren-

thia hyppoclus lucina, Fruhstorfer, Berl. Knt. Zeitsch., vol. xlv, p. 20 (1900); Sym-

brenthia khasiana, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 569 ; Symbrenthia daruka,

Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 570, pl. Ixvi, fig. 18, male; Symbrenthia

hyppoclus [sic], Walker [nec Cramer], Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 458, n. 51.

In Sikkim the larva feeds on the stinging nettle Girardinia sp.,

in the Western Himalayas on nettles, Debregeasia sp., Natural Order

Urticacex.

44, HyYPoLIMNAS BOLINA, Linnezas.

Papilio bolina, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 479, n. 124 (1758) ;

Hypolimnas bolina, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 455, n. 39; Apatura

bolina, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, pp. 140, 144 (1900); Papilio iacintha, Drury,

Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. ii, p. 36, pl. xxi, figs. 1, 2, female, (1773) ; Nymphalis jacintha,

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins. China, new edition, p. 68, pl. xxxvii, fig. 1, female (1842).

Mr. Gervose F. Mathew has found the larva of H. holina feeding

on Sida rhombifolia Linn., and Szda retusa Linn., Natural Order Mal-

vacee, also upon a Convoluulus, Natural Order Convolvulacez, in the Aus-

tralian region; in South India it feeds on Portulaca, Natural Order

Portulacese, Flewrya and Elatostema, both Natural Order Urticacex ; in

Ak, ES:

18 WL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No.1],

Central India it has been found on Rostellulria, Natural Order Acan-

thaces.

45*, HypoLiMnas misippus, Linneeus.

Papilio misippus, Linnzeus, Mus. Ulr., p. 264, n. 83 (1764) ; Hypolumnas Misippus,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 455, n. 40; Apatura misippus, Moore, Lep.

Ind., vol. iv, pp. 146, 160 (1900).

Mr. James J. Walker reports having seen a male of this species

close to Kowloon in February. T have no other record of its occurrence

in the colony. I do not know what form or forms of the female are found

in China, three forms, diocippus, Cramer, alcippoides, Butler, and inaria,

Cramer, are known from India. In India the larva feeds on Portulaca,

Natural Order Portulacez. In Ceylon it feeds on Abutilon and Abel-

moschus, Natural Order Malvacess.

46. CrtHosia BIBLIS, Drury.

Papilio biblis, Drury, Ill. Bx. Ins., vol. i, p. 9, pl. iv, figs. 2, 2a, male (1770);

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, p. 120, pl. clxxv, figs. A, B, male (1777); Cethosia biblis,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 401, n. 26; Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, pp.

185, 186 (1900).

The larva in Hongkong feeds on Passiflora fetida, Linn., Natural

Order Passifloreze. In India it feeds also on passion-flowers.

47, ATELLA PHALANTHA, Drury.

Papilio phalantha, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, p. 41, pl. xxi, figs. 1, 2 (1770) ;

Atella phalantha, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, p. 198 (1900); Atella phalanta [sic],

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 451, n. 25; Papilio columbina, Cramer,

Pap. Ex., vol. iii, p. 76, pl. coxxxvill, figs. A, B (1779); vol. iv, p. 92, pl. eccxxxvii,

figs. D, E (1781).

In Java the larva feeds on Ivora, Natural Order Rubiacex ; in Ceylon

and on Flacourtia, Natural Order Bizinee; on Salix, Natural Order

Salicineze, in India and the Isle of Réunion off the coast of Africa on the

former genus of plants.

48, CuUPHA ERYMANTHIS, Drury.

Papilio erymanthis, Drury, Tl. Bx. Ins., vol. 1, p. 29, pl. xv, figs. 3, 4 (1770);

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, p. 77, cexxxviii, figs. F, G (1779); Argynnis erymanthis,

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins. China, new edition, p. 64, pl. xxxv, fig. 1 (1842); Cupha

erymanthis, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 451, n. 24; Fruhstorfer, Berl.

Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xlii, p. 325 (1897); Stet. Ent. Zeit., vol. lx, p. 844 (1899) ;

Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, pp. 205, 206 (1900).

Mr. James J. Walker has bred the larva in Hongkong on Glochi-

dion eriocarpum, Champ., Natural Order Huphorbiacese ; in South India

1902.] lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 19

the larva has been found on a species of willow, and on Flacourtia,

Natural Order Bixinex.

49, CIRRHOCHROA mITHILA, Moore.

Cirrochroa mithila, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1872, p. 558; Cirrhochroa

mithila, Walker, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 455, n. 388; Cirrochroa rotundata,

Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc, Lond., Zoology, second series, vol. i, p. 543, n. 4: (1877).

This butterfly has never been bred.

50*, CIRRHOCHROA SATELLITA, Butler.

Cirrhochroa satellita, Butler, Cist. Ent., vol. i, p. 9 (1869); Walker, Trans.

Ent, Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 455, n. 37; Cirrochroa satellita [sic], Moore, Lep. Ind., vol.

iv, p. 223 (1900).

The transformations of this butterfly are unknown.

51*, ARGYNNIS CHILDRENI, Gray.

Argynnis childreni, Gray, Zool. Misc., vol. i, p. 33 (1831); Walker, Trans, Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 456, n. 42 ; Dryas childreni, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, p. 229 (1900).

This fine butterfly has never been bred,

52. ARGYNNIS HYPERBIUS, Linneeus.

Papilio hyperbius, Linnzus, Cent. Ins., p. 25 (1763); Papilio niphe, Linnzus

Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 785, n. 208 (1767) ; Drury, Ill. Ex, Ins., vol.

i, p. 12, pl. vi, figs. 1, 1a, female (1770) ; Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 21, pl. xiv., figs.

D, E, male; B, C, female (1775); Argynnis niphe, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1895, p. 455, n. 41; Acidalia hyperbius, Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. iv, pp. 234, 285 (1900) ;

Papilio argynnis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i, p. 18, pl. vi, figs. 2, 2a, male (1770).

The larva of this interesting butterfly feeds on violets and pansies,

Viola, Natural Order Violacee.

53. ERGOLIS ARIADNE, Johanssen.

Papilio ariadne, Johanssen, Ameen. Acad., vol. vi, p. 407 (1764) ; Ergolis ariadne,

Walker, Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 451, n. 28; Moore, Lep. Ind., vol. v, pp. 18,

19 (1901).

The larva in India feeds on Tragia, Natural Order Huphorbiacex.

Family RIODINID A.

Subfamily NemeEosiinz.

o4. ZeEMeROS FLEGYAS, Cramer,

Papilio flegyas, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol, iii, p. 158, pl. cclxxx, figs. H, F, male

20 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. (No. 1,

(1780); Zemeros flegyas, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 459, n. 54; Papilio

allica, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 52, n. 510 (1787); Zemeros phlegyas indicus,

Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch., vol. xlii, p. 333 (1897); Zemeros confucius, Kirby

(nec. Moore), The Entomologist, vol. xxxii, p. 31 (1899).

Papilio flegyas was originally described from China, 2.e., Southern

China, probably from the Canton region in which Hongkong is situated,

as this is the region from which all the old writers received all the

species from China which they described. Mr. Fruhstorfer doubts

Cramer’s locality and records Z. “‘ phlegyas” from Hast and West Java

only. He names the North Indian form Z. phlegyas indicus, but Indian

specimens are identical with those from China. Mr. Kirby records

Z. confucius, Moore, from Hongkong, a species originally described from

the Island of Hainan off the coast of China. Whether this species is

a good one or not [am unable to say, as I possess no butterflies from

Hainan. Dr. Holland says that it is a good species, In India the

larva feeds on Mesa, Natural Order Myrsinee.

50. ABISARA ECHERIUS, Stoll.

Papilio echerius, Stoll, Cramer’s Pap. Ex., Suppl., vol. v, p. 140, pl. xxxi, figs.

1, 1A, male; 1B, female (1790); Abisara echerivs, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1895, p. 459, n. 55; Papilio odin, Fabricius, Ent: Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 56, n. 175

(1793) ; Lyczena zenodice, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 23, n. 174 (1816).

I have not included in the synonymy given above the Papilio corio-

lanus of Fabricius, as it was described from “ The Indies,” and is said

to have acommon [on both wings] ferruginous band, which does not

apply to the present species. Dr. Butler says it is well figured in the

unpublished “TIcones” of Mr. Jones, a book not available in Calcutta.

The larva of the closely-allied A. fraterna, Moore, in Southern India

on Hmbelia and Ardisia, Natural Order Myrsinee; in Ceylon A. prunosa,

Moore, feeds on Ardisia of the same Natural Order.

Family LYCANIDA.

56. GERYDUS CHINENSIS, Felder.

Miletus chinensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii, p. 488, n.

146 (1862); Reise Nov., Lep., vol. ii, p. 284, n. 364, pl. xxxv, figs. 35, 36, female

(1865) ; Gerydus chinensis, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 460, n. 57.

The transformations of no species of Gerydus is known.

57. NeopritHecops zALMorRA, Butler.

Pithecops zalmora, Butler, Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M., p. 161 (1869); Neopithecops

zalmora, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 460, n. 58.

1902.] LL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 21

The larva of this little butterfly feeds on Glycosmis, Natural Order

Rutacese in South India.

58. CHILADES LAIUSs, Cramer.

Papilio lajus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, p. 62, pl. cccxix, figs. D, E, female

(1780); Lycena laius, Butler, Cat. Fab. Lep. B. M., p. 171, n. 19 (1869) ; Chilades

laius, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 461, n. 63; Hesperia cajus, Fabricius,

Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 296, n. 126 (1793); Lycena cajus, Wallengren, Kong}.

Svenska Fregatten Hugenies, Zoologi, pt. 1, p. 356, n. 12 (1861); Plebeius leucofas-

ciatus, Rober, Iris, vol. i, p. 59, pl. iv, fig. 32, male, wet-season form (1886).

In India the larva feeds on Citrus, Natural Order Rutaces.

59. Zizera mana, Kollar.

Lycena maha, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 422, n. 9 (1844);

Zizera maha, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 460, n. 60; Lycena bohemanni,

Wallengren, Wien, Ent. Monatsb., vol. iv, p. 87, n. 16 (1860); Kong. Svenska,

Fregatten Hugenies, Zoologi, pt. 1, p. 355, n. 11 (1861); Lycena argia, Elwes, Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond., p. 888, 1881); Plebeius alboceruleus, Rober, Iris, vol. i, p. 59, pl. iv,

fig. 7, male (1886).

Dr. A. G. Butler in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1900, p. 107, n. 3, pl.

xi, figs. 5, 6, male, gives Lyceena opalina, Poujade, with L. marginata,

Poujade, and Pledeius albocwruleus [sic], Rober, from Burma, Tibet and

China as distinct from Lyceena maha, Kollar, with Polyammatus chandala,

Moore, and Zizera ossa, Swinhoe, from Western India, occurring in the

Lower Himalayas to Madras [? Bombay]; he also keeps distinct the

Lycena diluta of Felder, with Lyczena squalida, Butler, from the Eastern

Himalayas southwards to Ganjam in the Madras Presidency. The

latter species was originally described from Cachar, so the province of

Assam must be added to the region of Zizera diluta. I am unable to

follow Dr. Butler in his division of the wide-ranging Z. maha into

three geographical races. No hard and fast geographical line’ can be

drawn between them, Z. maha occurring from Kashmir at least (and

probably still further to the west) on the west to Hongkong on the east.

In Calcutta the larva feeds on Oxalis, Natural Order Geraniacex.

60. Zizera otis, Fabricius.

Papilio otis, Fabricius, Mant, Ins., vol. ii, p. 73, n. 689 (1787); Lycena serica,

Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii, p. 487, n. 145 (1862) ; Polyammatus

sangra, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 772, pl. xli, fig. 8, male; Zizera sangra,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 460, n. 59.

Dr. A. G. Butler in Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1900, p. 111, retains

Lyczna indica, Murray, described from Allahabad in the North-Western

22 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern Ohina. [No. 1,

Provinces, but which Dr. Butler restricts to Central and South India

and Ceylon, as distinct from Papilio otis. 1 have nothing to add to my

note in Journ. A. S. B., vol. xlvi, pt. 2, p. 611 (1897) with regard to

these two supposed distinct species. In Calcutta the larva feeds on

Alysicarpus, Natural Order Leguminose; in South India on Yornia,

Natural Order Leguminosex.

61. Hveres araiapes, Pallas.

Papilio argiades, Pallas, Reise, vol. i, app., p. 472, n. 65 (1771); Lycena argiade

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 461, n. 61.

The larva in South India feeds on Cylista, Natural Order Legu-

minose.

62. NacapuBA ATRATA, Horsfield.

Lyczna atratus, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co., p. 78, n. 13 (1828).

In Ceylon the larva feeds on Vateria, Natural Order Dipterocarpee ;

in South India on Wagatea, Natural Order Leguminose; and on EHm-

belia and ardisia, both Natural Order Myrsinec.

63. JAMIDES SIRAHA, Kheil.

Plebeius siraha, Kheil, Rhop. Nias., p.30, n. 91, pl. v, fig. 35, male (1884); J.

bachus, var., Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 222, n. 1,pl. xxi, figs. 19, male; 16, female (1884).

The larva of this butterfly has never been found, but the allied

J. bachus, Cramer, in South India feeds on Butea, Pongamia and Xylia,

all of the Natural Order Leguminose.

64*, LampIDES CELENO, Cramer.

Papilio celeno, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 51, pl. xxxi, figs. C, D, male (1775);

Hesperia xlianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 280, n. 79 (1793); Lampides

zlianus [sic], Walker, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 461, n, 64.

In Java the larva feeds on Butea, Natural Order Leguminosex ; in

Calcutta on Heynea, Natural Order Meliaceex; and on Pongamia,

Natural Order Leguminose ; in South India on Abrus, Pongamia and

Saraca, all Natural Order Leguminose.

65. CATocHRYSOPS sTRABO, Fabricius.

Hesperia strabo, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 287, n. 101 (1798);

Catachrysops [sie] strabo, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 462, n. 65.

The larva in Orissa feeds on Dolichos, Natural Order Leguminose ;

and in South India on Schleichera, Natural Order Sapindacee, and on

Ougewmia and Cylista, Natural Order Leguminose.

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 23

66. Catocurysops cneJus, Fabricius.

Hesperia cnejus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 430, n. 100-101 (1798).

Dr. A. G. Butler in “The Entomologist,” vol. xxxiii, p. 1 (1900),

places cnejus in Enchrysops, which has the eyes smooth, and strabo in

Catochrysops, as it has the eyes hairy. The larva in Calcutta feeds on

Phaseolus, in Orissa on Dolichos, and in South India on Ougeinia and

Cylista—all Natural Order Leguminose.

67. PoLyomMmatus pericus, Linneus.

Papilio beticus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 789, n. 226

(1767) ; Lycena betica, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 461, n. 62.

The larva in Calcutta feeds on Crotalaria ; in South India on Butea

and Cajanus; in Hurope on Colutea; and in South Africa on Crotalaria ;

and in the Hawaiian Islands on Melilotus—all Natural Order Legu-

Minose,

68. TIraota timo.e0N, Stoll.

Papilio timoleon, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. v, p. 146, pl. xxxii, figs.

4, 4D, female (1790); Deudorie (Iraota) timoleon, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1895, p. 463, n. 72; Hesperia mecenas, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 271,

n. 45 (1793); Theela mzcenas, Westwood, Donovan’s Ins. China, new edition, p- 70,

pl. xxxix, fig. 2, male (1842); Dewdoriz (Iraota) mecenas, Walker, Trans, Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1895, p. 463, n, 73.

The larva in South India feeds on three species of Ficus, Natural

Order Urticaceze ; in Ceylon it feeds on the same plants.

69. Curetis acuta, Moore.

Curetis acuta, Moore, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fourth series, vol. xx,

p. 50 (1877); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 459, n. 56.

The larva of this butterfly has never been found, but closely-allied

species in Calcutta feed on Heynea, Natural Order Meliacexe, on Ponga-

mia and Derris, Natural Order Leguminose ; and in South India on

Abrus, Pongamia, Derris, Webeke and Xyha—all Natural Order Legu-

MINOSE.-

70. ILBRDA PH@NICOPARYPHUS, Holland.

Tlerda phenicoparyphus, Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. xiv, p. 220, n.

52, pl. ii, fig. 1, male (1877).

This butterfly has never been bred.

71. Camena DEvA, Moore.

Amblypodia deva, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. EH. I. C., vol. i, p.

46, n. 74 (1857).

The larva in India feeds on Loranthus Natural Order Loranthacesx.

24 lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. (No. 1,

72. Apunaus LouiTa, Horsfield.

Amblypodia lohita, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co., p. 106, n. 38 (1829); Aphnzus

zebrinus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 462, n. 66.

In South India&the larva feeds on Zizyphus, Natural Order Rhamneex,

Wagatea and Xylia, Natural Order Leguminose, Terminalia, Natural

Order Combretacese, Psidiwm, Natural Order Myrtacex, Lagerstremia,

Natural Order Lythracex, Argyreia, Natural Order Convolvulacese and

Dioscorea, Natural Order Dioscoreacew; and in Ceylon in plants of the

Natural Order Convolvulaceex.

73*, TasurIaA cippus, Fabricius.

Hesperia cippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. vol. v, p. 429, n. 43-44 (1798) ;

Tajuria longinus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 462, n. 67.

In Java and South India the larva of this butterfly feeds on Loran-

thus, Natural Order Loranthacee.

74. TAJURIA JANGALA, Horsfield.

Amblypodia jangala, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. 1. Co., p. 113, n. 4 (1899); Sithon

jangala, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 462, n. 68.

This species has never been bred.

75. LEHERA ERYX, Linneeus.

Papilio eryx, Linneeus, Mant. Plant., p. 537 (1771); Deudoriw (Lehera) ery,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 462, n. 69.

In British Bhutan in North-Hastern India the larva of this butterfly

has been found feeding on the fruit of the wild pomegranate (? Randia)

Natural Order Rubiacex).

76. Druportx EPIJARBAS, Moore.

Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H. I. Co., vol. i,

~ p, 32, n. 40 (1857); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 463, n. 71.

The larva in the Western Himalayas feeds on the fruit of the pome-

eranate, Punica Granatum, Linn., Natural Order Lythracex, and on the

fruit of the horse-chestnut, Asculus indica, Colehr., Natural Order

Sapindacee ; in South India on the pods of Connarus Ritchiet, Hook. f.,

Natural Order Connaracez.

77. RAPALA SCHISTACEA, Moore.

Deudoriz schistacea, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 140.

In Calcutta the larva feeds on Antidesma, Natural Order Huphor-

1902.] lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 25

biacee; in the Western Himalayas on Spirwa, Natural Order Rosacee ;

in South India on Acacia, Natural Order Leguminose aud Quisqualis,

Natural Order Combretacex.

78*. Kapaa varuna, Horsfield.

Theela varuna, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. Co., p. 91, n. 24 (1829); Deudoriz

orseis, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., p. 28, n. 20 (1863); Deudoria (Rapala) orseis,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 468, n. 70.

The larva in South India feeds on Zizyphus, Natural Order Rham-

nex, Xylia, Natural Order Leguminose and Quisqualis, Natural Order

Combretucex.

Family PAPILIONID Ai.

Subfamily Pinrina,

79. De.tas Hiprrs, Hubner.

Deltas hierte, Hiibner, Zutr. Ex. Schmett., figs. 77, 78, male (1818); Mitis, Iris,

vol. vi, p. 107, n. 38 (1893); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 464, n. 75.

This species has never been bred, but the larva will almost cer-

tainly be found on Loranthus, Natural Order Loranthacee.

80. Dettas acuata, Linneeus.

Papilio aglaia, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 465, n. 44

(1758); Delias aglaia, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., sixth series, vol. xx, p.

162, n. 78 (1897); Papilio pasithoé, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p.

755, n. 53 (1767); Pieris pasithoé, Westwood, Donovan’s Ins. China, new edition.

p. 59, pl. xxx, figs. 2, 2a, male (1842); Delias pasithoé, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1895, p. 463, n. 74; Papilio dione, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. ii, pl. viii, figs.

3, 4, male (1773); Papilio porsenna, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 68, pl. xliii, figs.

D, H, male (1775).

Larva probably feeds on Loranthus.

Sl. CATOPSILIA CROCALE, Cramer.

Papilio crocale, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 87, pl. lv, figs. C, D, female (1775);

Catopsilia crocale, Leech. Butt. from China, Japan, and Corea, p. 424 (1893);

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 464, n. 79; Papilio catilla, Cramer, Pap.

Ex., vol. iii, p. 63, pl. ccxxix, figs. D, H, female (1779); Catopsilia catilla, Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 464, n. 78.*

The larva in India feeds on various species of Camz, Natural Order

Leguminose.

* Mr. James J. Walker keeps these two species distinct, and has reversed the

references to them ; moreover one of his dates is incorrect.

di, wity 4H

26 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. I,

82. CaTOPSILTA PYRANTHE, Linueus.

Papilio pyranthe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 469, n. 66

(1758); Colias phyranthe, Westwood, Donoyan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 61,

pl. xxxi, fig. 1, male (1842); Papilio chryseis, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent., vol. i, p. 24, pl.

xii, figs. 3, 4, male (1773); Catopsilia chryseis, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1895, p. 464, n. 77.

The larva of this butterfly in India feeds on Cassia, Natural Order

Leguminose.

83*. Trias LIBYTHEA, Fabricius.

Papilto libythea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., vol. v, p. 427, n. 598, 599 (1798);

Terias libythea, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series, vol. i, p. 58,

n. 3 (1898) ; Terias brigitta, Walker (nec Cramer), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p,

465, n. 83.

In South India the larva of this butterfly feeds on Cassia, Natural

Order Leguminose.

84*, Trias SUBFERVENS, Butler.

Terias subfervens, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., fifth series, vol. xi,

p. 278 (1883); seventh series, vol. i, p. 65, n. 24 (1898); Terias leta, Walker (nec

Boisduval), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 465, n. 82.

This species has been bred in Japan on Cassia. Natural Order

Leguminose.

85. TERIAS HECABE, Linneeus.

Papilio hecabe, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 470, n. 74 (1758);

Terias hecabe, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 464, n. 80; Butler, Ann. and

Mag. of Nat., Hist., seventh series, vol.i, p. 69,n. 36 (1898) ; Terias anemone, Felder,

Wien. Ent. Monatsb., vol. vi, p. 23, n. 7 (1862); Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist.,

seventh series, vol. i, p. 69, n. 36 (1898) ; Terias mandarina, de ?Orza, Cat. Lép.

Jap., p- 18, n. 23 (1869) ; Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 465, n. 81.

Dr. A. G. Butler in his latest revision of the genus records both

T. anemone, Felder, and 17’. hecabe, Linneus, from Hongkong. Had he

seen these common insects in life and noted the marvellous seasonal

changes which takes place in them I do not think he would have wasted

time in trying to make two distinct species out of them, each with

wet-season, intergrade or intermediate, and dry-season forms. The

larva in India has been recorded to feed on a great variety of plants

of the Natural Order Leguminose, such as Sesbania, Aischynomene,

Cassia and Albizzia.

86. DeERCAS VERHUELLI, van der Hoeven.

Colias verhuellt, van der Hoeven, Tijdsch. voor Nat. Gesch. en Phys., vol. v,

1902.] L. de Nicéeville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 27

p. 341, n. 3, pl. vii, figs. 3a, 3b, female (1839) ; Dercas verhuelli, de Nicéville, Ann.

and Mag. of Nat. Hist , seventh series, vol. ii, p, 480, n. 1 (1898).

The larva and pupa of this species are unknown.

87. Dercas skerrcutyt, de Nicéville.

Dercas skertchlyi, de Nicéville, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series,

vol. ii, p. 481, n. 2 (1898).

The transformations of this genus are quite unknown.

88. Ixras pyrene, Linneeus.

Papilio pyrene, Linnzus, Mus. Ulr., p. 241, n. 60 (1764) ; Ivias pyrene, Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1895, p. 467, n. 89; Pieris (Thestias) pyrene, Westwood,

Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 61, pl. xxxi, fig. 2, male (1842); Papilio

enippe, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ins., vol. i. p. 11, and Index (two places), pl. v, figs. 2, 2a,

male (1770); Ixias evippe (sic !), Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh

series, vol. i, p. 136, n. 11 (1898); Papilio enippe (enippa in one place in text),

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, p. 13, pl. cv, figs. C, D, female (1777); vol. iii, p. 63,

pl. cexxix, figs. B, C, female (1779).

The larva in India feeds on Capparis, Natural Order Capparidee.

89. Hersomora gLavucippr, Linneus,

Papilio glaucippe, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 469, n. 65

(1758); Drury, Il. Hx. Ins., vol. i, p. 20, pl. x, figs. 3, 4, male (1773) ; Hebomoia

glaucippe, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 467, n. 90; Fritze, Zool. Jahr.,

vol. xi, p. 259 (1898); Frahstorfer, Berl. Hnt. Zeitsch., vol. xliii, p. 174 (1898) ;

Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series, vol. i, p. 290, n. 1 (1898) ;

Pieris (Iphias) glawcippe, Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 60,

pl. xxxi, fig. 1, male (1842). -

The larva of the allied H. australis, Butler, in South India feeds

on Orateva and Capparis, both of the Natural Order Capparidex.

90*. PrioNeris CLEMANTHE, Doubleday.

Pieris clemanthe, Doubleday, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., first series, vol. xvii,

p. 23 (1846); Prionerts clemanthe, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 464, n. 76.

The larve of allied species of this genus in India feed on Capparis.

Natural Order Capparidex.

91*, Appras ALBINA, Boisduval.

Pieris albina, Boisdaval, Sp. Gen., vol. i, p. 480, n. 62 (1886); Tachyris (appias)

albina, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 189%, p. 467, n. 88.

The larva in Sout! India feeds ou Hemicyclia. Natural Order

Euphorbiacee.

28 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

92. HupHINA NerRIssa, Fabricius.

Papilio nerissa, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 471, n. 123 (1775); Pieris (Huphina)

merissa, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 466, n. 85; Huphina nerissa,

Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series, vol. iii, p. 212, n. 53 (1899);

Papilio amasone, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. 1, p. 68, pl. xliv, fig. A, male (1775); Papilio

coronis, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. 1, p. 69, pl. xliv, figs. B, C, female (1775) ; Huphina

pallida, Swinhoe, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond., 1885, p. 137, n. 103; Pieris (Huphina)

pallida, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 466, n. 86.

The larva in India feeds on Capparis, Natural Order Capparidee.

93*. HuvpPHINA AspastAé, Stoll.

Papilio aspasia, Stoll, Suppl. Cramer, Pap. Ex., p. 148, pl. xxxiii, figs. 3, 3e,

male (1790) ; Pieris (Hupina) aspasia, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 466,

n. 87; Huphina olga, Butler, Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., seventh series, vol. iii,

p- 210, n, 43 (1899).

Mr. James J. Walker records a single specimen from Hongkong

in the collection of the British Museum. True H. aspasia, Stoll, appears

to be confined to the Moluccas, but the variety or local race, Pontia olga,

Eschscholtz, is extremely common in the Philippines, and a specimen

may easily have been blown over to Hongkong from thence in a ty-

phoon. It has apparently not been bred, but like all Huphinas the

larva probably feeds on capers, Natural Order Capparidee.

94. Prpris caNnipia, Sparrman.

Papilio canidia, Sparrman, Ameen. Acad., vol. vii, p. 504, note m (1768); Pieris

canidia, Leech, Butt. from China, Japan, and Corea, p. 456 (1898) ; Pieris (Ganoris)

cunidia, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 465, n. 84.

The larva of this butterfly, which is by far the commonest species

in Hongkong, feeds on various species of Brassica, Natural Order Cruci-

fere.

Subfamily PAPILIONIN &.

95. Papinio aRIsTOLOcHIz, Fabricius.

Papilio aristolochiz, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 443, n. 3 (1775); Rothschild, Nov.

Zool., vol, ii, p, 245, n. 39 (1895) ; Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p, 468, n. 91.

The larva in India feeds on Aristolochia, Natural Order Aristolo-

chiacez.

96*. Papitio xuTHus, Linneus.

Papilio suthus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins. ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 751, n. 34

(1767); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 472, n. 104; Rothschild, Nov.

Zool., vol. ii, p. 503 (1895); Papilio zanthus, Rothschild, Noy. Zool.; vol. ii, p. 278,

n. 66 (1895).

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 29

In China and Japan the larva of this butterfly has been recorded

to feed on Zanthorylum and Aigle, Natural Order Rutacez, and on

Phellodendron.

97. Papitio DemoLeus, Linneus.

Papilio demoleus, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins,, ed. x, vol. i, pt, 2, p. 464, n. 35

(1758) ; Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 57, pl. xxviii, fig. 2, female

(1842); Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 279, n. 67 (1895); Papilio erithonius

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, p. 67, pl. cexxxii, figs. A, B, male (1782); Walker, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 470, n. 98; Papilio epiws, Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China,

new edition, p. 56, pl. xxvili, fig. 1, male (1842),

The larva in India feeds on Ruta, Glycosmis, Murraya, Citrus and

Afgle, all Natural Order Rutacexw, Psoralea, Natural Order Leguminose,

while the local race P. demoleus sthenelus, Macleay, is said to feed on

Salvia, Natural Order Labiat#, New Guinea.

98. PapiLio HELENUS, Linnzeus.

Papilio helenus, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 459, n. 4 (1758);

Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 873; Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 284,

n, 72 (1895); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, pl. 469, n. 96.

The larva in India feeds on Zanthorylum, Glycasmis and Citrus,

Natural Order Rutacex.

99. PAPILIO MEMNON AGENOR, Linneeus.

Papilio agenor, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 460, n. 13 (1758) ;

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 53, pl. xxiv, fig. 2, female, second

form (1842); Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, n. 469, n. 94; Papilio memnon

agenor, Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 316 (d) (1895); Papilio memnon, Leech,

Butt. from China, Japan and Corea, p. 544 (1893).

The larva of this butterfly does not appear to have been found in

India, but it almost certainly feeds on plants of the arangeaceous

group, Natural Order Rutacee. True P. memnon, Linneus, in Sumatra

feeds on Citrus.

100. Papinio PROTENOR, Cramer.

Papilio protenor, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 77, pl. xlix, figs. A, B, male (1775) ;

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 56, pl. xxvii, female (1842) ;

Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 872, Leech, Butt. from China, Japan and

Corea, p. 546 (1898) ; Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 381, n. 108 (1895); Walker,

Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1895, p. 469, n. 95.

The larva of this butterfly in the Western Himalayas feeds on

Zanthorylum, Natural Order Rutacex.

30 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

101. Papinio POLYTES BORBALIS, Felder.

Papilio polytes, var. borealis, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatsb, vol. vi, p. 22, n. 2

(1861); P. polytes borealis, Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 348 (b) (1895); Papilio

polytes, Walker, Traus. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 469, n. 97.

Mr. James J. Walker records the larva of this species 11 Hongkong

feeding on orange, lime, and pumilo (Citrus, Natural Order Rutacezx).

102. PaPiLio CLYTIA PANOPE, Linneus.

Papilio panope, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 479, n. 131

(1758) ; Papilio saturata, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 697; Papilio clytia

panope, Linnzus, (g#): ab. loe. satwratus, Rothschild, Noy. Zool., vol. ii, p. 369

(1895) ; Papilio clytia, Walker, Trans. Hut. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 470, n. 99.

In Hongkong the larva has been found on Morinda umbellata,

Natural Order Rubiacex ; in South India a local race of this species

feeds in the larval state on Cinnamomum, Alseodaphne and Litsea,

Natural Order Lauwrinex; in the Western Himalayas on Litsga ; in

Calcutta on Antiaris, Natural Order Urticacex; and in Bombay on

Tetranthera, Natural Order Zaurinee ; the latter genus being appar-

ently a synonym of Litsea.

103. PapiLio BIANOR, Cramer.

Papilio bianor, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. ii, p. 10, pl. cili, fig. ¢ (1777) ; Rothschild,

Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 378, n. 142 (1895); Walker, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p.

468, n. 93.

The food-plant of the larva of this butterfly does not appear to

have been recorded.

104. Papinio paris, Linneeus.

Papilio paris, Linnzeus Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. x, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 459, n. 3 (1758);

Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 51, pl. xxii, figs. 1, 2, female

(1842) ; Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 468, n. 92.

The food-plant of the larva of this common butterfly is apparently

unknown.

105. Papinio anTIPHATES, Cramer.

Papilio antiphates, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 113, pl. Ixxii, figs. A, B, male

(1775) ; Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 410, n. 170 (1895) ; Walker, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 471, n. 100.

I cannot find that the food-plant of this species has been recorded,

though Mynheer Piepers has described the transformations of the lucal

race Alcibiades, Fabricius, in Java,

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 31

106. Papitio nurypyLus AXION, Felder.

Papilio awion, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellgch. Wien, vol. xiv, p. 305, n. 224,

p. 300, n. 128 (1864); Papilio ewrypylus arion, Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 433

(h) (1895) ; Papilio eurypilus [sic !], Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 471,

n. 102.

The larva at Balasore near Calcutta has been recorded to feed on

Michelia, Natural Order Magnoliacex, and Uvaria, Natural Order Ano-

nace. In Calcutta I have bred it on Michelia, Natural Order Magnoliacee,

and on Polyalthia, Natural Order Magnoliacezx ; while the loca] race

yasun, Esper, feeds on Unona and Succopetalum, Natural Order anonacese

in Southern India.

107. Papitio sARPEDON SEMIFASCIA’US, Honrath.

Papilio sarpedon, var. semifasciatus, Honrath, Ent. Nach., vol. xiv, p. 161 (1888) ;

Papilio sarpedon semifasciatus, Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 442 (6) (1895) ;

Papilio sarpedon, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 471, n. 101.

The larva of different local races of P, sarpedon feed in J apan on

Machilus, Natural Order Laurinex; in the Western Himalayas on the

same plant; and in South India on Cinnamomum, Alseoduphne and

Tvtseea, all of the same Natural Order.

108. Papinio agaMemnoy, Linneeus.

Papilio agamemnon, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. X, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 462, n, 21

(1758); Westwood, Donovan’s Ins., China, new edition, p. 55, pl. xxvi, fig, 2, female

(1842) ; Rothschild, Nov. Zool., vol. ii, p. 447, n. 198 (1895); Walker, Trans. Ent

Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 471, n. 101. :

The larva of this butterfly in Java and Celebes has been found on

Anona, Natural Order Anonaces ; in the Philippine Isles on Arctacarpus,

Unona, and Michelia ; in Sumatra on Anona and Michelia ; and in India

on Unona, Polyalthia, Anona, and Saccopetalum—all Natural Order

Anonacesx.

109. Leprocircos curtus, Fabricius,

Papilio curius, Fabricius, Mant. Ins., vol. ii, p. 9, n. 71 (1787) ;

curius, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 472, n. 105,

Leptocircus

In October, 1892, on the Daunat Range, Central Tenasserin, Burma,

I observed a female of the allied Leptocireus mages, Zinken-Sammer,

ovipositing on the underside of the leaves of a creeper with compound

leaves, each leaf consisting of three leaflets, the Illigera burmannica of

King, Natural Order Combretacex. The egg is spherical, smooth, pale

green, almost transparent, and of the usual papilionid form. Unfor-

tunately I was not able to breed the larva.

32 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

Family HESPERIID 2.

110. TaGIADES Atricts, Fabricius.

Hesperia atticus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., vol. iii, pt. 1, p. 339, n. 288 (1793);

Tagiades atticus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 475, n. 119.

In Southern India the larva of this butterfly feeds on Dioscorea,

Natural Order Dioscoreacex, and Smilax, Natural Order Liliacee.

111. OpoNnTOPTILUM ANGULATA, Felder.

Pherygospidea angulata, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien, vol. xii, p. 488,

n. 149 (1862); Achlyodes Sura, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 786; Anti-

gonus sura, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 475, n. 120.

The larva in South India feeds on Allophylus Cobbe, Blune, Natural

Order Sapindacez.

112. Caprona ALIDA, de Nicéville.

Caprona alida, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. vi, p. 394, n, 37,

pl. G, fig. 40, male (1891).

The transformations of this butterfly are unknown.

113. Caprona ELWesiI, Watson.

Caprona elwesii, Watson, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 674 (1897) ;

Caprona syrichthus, var., Elwes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lord., 1892, p. 656, pl. xliii, fig. 2.

The transformations of this butterfly are unknown.

114, AsTIcTOPTERUS OLIVASCENS, Moore.

Astictopterus olivascens, Moore, Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 692 ; Asticopterus

[sic!] olivascens, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 476, n. 124; Cyclopides

chinensis, Leech, The Entomologist, vol. xxiii, p. 48 (1890); Steropes nubilus,

Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg., vol. xxxv, p. lxiv (1891); Leech, Butt. from China

Japan and Corea, p. 630 (1893).

This obscure skipper has never been bred.

115. Suastus Gremius, Fabricius.

Hesperia gremius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., a Suppl., vol. v, p. 433, n. 282-283 (1798);

Suastus gremius, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 474, n. 115.

The larva in India feeds on the leaves of palms, Areca, Caryota,

Pheniz, Calamus, and Cocos, Natural Order Palmez.

116. Jamprix STELLIFER, Butler.

Astictopterus stellifer, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, second series,

1902.] L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 33

vol. i, p. 555, n. 7 (1877); Asticopterus [sic !] (Iambry# sic!) salsala, Walker, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 476, n. 125.

This butterfly has never been bred, but the closely-allied I. salsalu,

Moore, in India feeds on bamboos and grasses, Natural Order Graminee.

117. TARACTROCERA ATROPUNCTATA, Watson.

Taractrocera atropunctata, Watson, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. x, p. 676,

un. 275, pl. A, fig. 9, male (1897).

Transformations unknown.

118. Hyaroris aprastus, Cramer.

Papilio adrastus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iv, p. 62, pl. cccxix, figs. F, G, male

(1780); Hyatotis adrastus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 476, n. 122.

The larva in Sumatra feeds on Calamus, and in India on Pheniz

and Calamus, Natural Order Palmex, and doubtless on other palms,

119. Marapa arta, Moore.

Hesperia aria, Moore, Horsfield and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. H.1.C., vol. i, p. 254,

nu. 587 (1857) ; Matapa aria, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 478, n. 108.

The larva in India feeds on the leaves of bamboos, Bambusa,

Dendrocalamus and Ochlandra, Natural Order Graminex.

120*. Erronora tTHrax, Linneus,

Papilio thraz, Linneus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 794, n. 264,

(1767) ; Erionota thraz, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 476, n. 121.

Mr. James J. Walker records the breeding of this large skipper at

Hongkong on banana leaves. In India also the larva feeds on species

of Musa, Natural Order Scitamineex.

121. Norocrypra FEISTHAMELLI, Boisduval,

Thymele feisthamelii, Boisduval, Voy l’astrolahe, Lep., p. 159, pl. iii, fig. 6

(1882); Plesioneura alysos, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 789 ; Notocrypta.

aiysos, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 473, n. 109.

In the Western Himalayas the larva of this butterfly feeds on

Hedychium, Natural Order Scitaminexe ; in South India it feeds on

Curcuma, Hedychium, and Amomum, all Natural Order Sciiaminee.

122. Ubpaspxs ro.us, Cramer.

Papilio folus, Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. i, p. 118, pl. Ixxiv, fig. F, female (1775) ;

Udaspes folus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 476, n. 123.

J. 1. 5

34 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. ],

The larva of this species in India feeds on Curcuma, Kempferia,

Hedychium, and Amomum—all Natural Order Scitaminex.

123. Te.icora BamBus#z, Moore.

Pamphila bambusz, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 691, pl. xlv, fig. 11,

male ; 12, female ; Telicota bambuse, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 475, n. 116.

The larva in India feeds on the leaves of bamboos, Bambusa and

Oxytenanthera, Natural Order Graminex.

124. Terxicota aucias, Linneus.

Papilio augias, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. Ins., ed. xii, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 794, n. 257 (1767);

Telicota augias, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xiv, p. 251 (1897).

This species does not appear to have been bred. Messrs Elwes and

Edwards record it from Hongkong, but it is very difficult to say from

examining the markings only whether any particular specimen of this

group of the genus from Hongkong is 7. bambuszx or T. augias ; in mark.

ings the specimens seem to be intermediate. Those gentlemen appar-

ently make out differences between the two species in the form of the

clasp in the males, which from the figures given by them (Il. c., pl. xxv,

fios. 62, 62a, augias, and 63, bambusz) seem to be sufficient to distiuguish

the males.

125. PapRAONA DARA, Kollar.

Hesperia dara, Kollar, Hugel’s Kaschmir, vol. iv, pt. 2, p. 455, n. 4 (1844);

Telicota dara, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xiv, p. 255 (1897) ;

Telicota mexsoides, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 475, n. 117.

The larva in South India feeds on Bumbusa, Oxytenanthera, and

Ochlandra, Natural Order Graminee.

126. Harpe ceytonica, Moore.

Halpe ceylonica, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 690, pl. xlv, fig. 9, male ;

Halpe mooreit, Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 109; Walker, Trans. Ent.

Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 475, n. 118.

In South India the larva feeds on Bambusa and Ozytenanthera,

Natural Order Graminez.

127. Baorts oceta, Hewitson.

Hesperia oceia, Hewitson, Desc, Hesperide, p. 31, n. 22 (1868); Baoris oceia,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 473, n. 110,

The larva in South India feeds on Bambusa, Dendrocalamus, and

Ochlandra, Natural Order Graminez.

1902.] lL. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. 38

128, Cuapra mAruias, Fabricius.

Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., p- 433, n. 289-290 (1798);

Chapra mathias, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 474, n. 113.

The larva in India feeds on rice Oryza sativa, Linn., and on grasses,

Natural Order Graminex.

129. Parnara consuncta, Herrich-Schaffer.

Goniloba conjuncta, Herrich-Schaffer, Prodr. Syst. Lep., vol. iii, p. 75, n. 44

(1869); Hesperia narosa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 687, pl. xlv, fig.

4, male; Baoris narosa, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 474, n. 111.

The larva in South India has been bred on Indian Corn or Maize,

Zea Mays, Linn., and on coarse broad-leaved grasses, Natural Order

Graminex.

130. Parnara assamensis, de Nicéville.

Parnara assamensis, de Nicéville, Journ. A.S. B., vol. li, pt. 2, p. 65, n. 202

(1882) ; Wood-Mason and de Nicéville, Journ A.S%. B., vol. lv, pt. 2, p. 382, n. 215,

pl. xviii, figs. 5, 5a, male; pl. xvii, figs. 7, 7a, female (1886); Baoris assamensis,

Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 474, n. 112.

This species has never been bred.

131. Parnara GoTTaTus, Bremer and Grey.

Endamus guttatus, Bremer and Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10, n. 43 (1853);

Parnara guttatus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond , 1895, p. 474, nu. 114.

The larva in India feeds on grasses and rice, Oryza, Natural Order

Graminex.

132. Parnara conticua, Mabille.

Pamphila contigua, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool., France, vol. ii, p. 232, male (1877) ;

Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xiv, p. 282 (1897).

This butterfly has never been bred.

133. ParNnara PELLUCIDA, Murray.

Pamphila pellucida, Murray, Ent. Month, Mag., vol. xi, p. 172 (1875).

Has never been bred to my knowledge.

134. Parnara coraca, Moore.

Hesperia colaca, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1877, p. 594, pl, Ivii, fig. 7,

male.

In South India the larva of this butterfly feeds on soft, small

grasses, Natural Order Graminez.

36 L. de Nicéville—Butterflies of Hongkong in Southern China. [No. 1,

135. PAaRNARA BEVANI, Moore.

Hesperia bevani, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, p. 688.

The larva in South India feeds on rice, Oryza, Natural Order

Gramines.

136*. IsMENE ATAPHUS, Watson.

Ismene ataphus, Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 126; Walker, Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, p. 473, n. 106.

The larva in Ceylon and the Western Himalayas feeds on Hiptage,

Natural Order Malpighiacez.

137*. Hasora vittTa, Butler.

Hesperia vitta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870, p. 498, Lep. Ex., p. 167,

n. 8, pl. lix, fig. 9 (1874); Hasara vitta, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895,

p. 473, n. 107.

Originally described from Sarawak in Borneo. The sex of the

type specimen is not stated by the describer. It has never been

bred.

138. ParaTa ALEXIS, Fabricius.

Papilio alesis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 5383, n. 387 (1775); Papilio cramus,

Cramer, Pap. Ex., vol. iii, p. 163, pl. eclxxxiv, fig. E, male (1780).

This is probably the species Mr. J. J. Walker records from Hong-

kong as Hasora vitta, Butler. The larva in Calcutta feeds on Pangamia,

Natural Order Leguminose, and on Heynea, Natural Order Meliacez ;

in South India it feeds on the first-named plant.

139. RHopaLOCAMPTA BENJAMINII, Guérin.

Thymele benjaminii, Guérin, Delessert’s Souv. voy. dans l’Inde, vol. ii, p. 79,

pl. xxii, fig. 2.

The larva in Sikhim in the Hastern Himalayas feeds on Sabia

Natural Order Sabiacex ; and in the Western Himalayas on the same

plant.

140*. CycLopipes etura, Mabille.

Cyclopides etura, Mabille, Soc. Ent. Belg., vol. xxxv, p. lxxv (1891).

Described from a female from Hongkong. I have not been able

to identify it, and Messrs. Elwes and Edwards omit it from their

Revision of the Oriental Hespertidxz in Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., vol. xiv,

pp. 101-324 (1897). Its food-plant is unknown.

—~~—_

1902. | J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchides. 3

I1.—Descriptions of some new species of Orchidese from North-West and

Central India.—By J. F. Dorute, B.A., F.L.S., Director, Botanical

Department, North India.

[Received 25th November, 1901. Read 4th December, 1901. }

Since the publication in 1898 of the four volumes on the Sikkim

orchids by Sir George King and Mr. R. Pantling, I have been engaged

during my spare time in the preparation of a similar work on the

orchids of North-West and Central India. As, owing to more pressing

work, there may be some delay in its completion, I have decided to

publish at once the descriptions of some new species, which have been

discovered within the period during which I have been able to make a

special study of the subject.

For the greater portion of the material, on which the following des-

criptions are based I am indebted to my friend, Mr. P. W. Mackinnon,

who for many years has taken a keen interest in the botany, and espe-

cially the orchids, of the Mussoorie district. Also, by his having

carefully trained some intelligent hillmen in his service to work as

collectors, some very interesting results have been obtained, I wish to

express also my appreciation of Sir William Thiselton-Dyer’s kindness

in allowing me to consult Mr. R. A. Rolfe, the eminent orchidologist

at the Royal Herbarium at Kew, from whom I have received great

assistance.

1. Microstyiis Macxtynoni Duthie, n. sp.

Whole plant 1-1'7 dm. high. Stem 3-4 cm., swollen below and

rising from the base of the previous year’s pseudo-bulb ; lower portion

enclosed within the leaf-sheaths. Leaves 2 or 3, horizontal, unequal in

size, the larger one about 6cm. long and 4 em. broad, ovate, obtuse,

3-7-nerved, cordate and amplexicaul at the base, fleshy ; upper surface

dark brownish-green; main nerves 3-7, prominent beneath and purple-

coloured, the interspaces raised above, and giving the whole leaf a

bullate appearance. Scape reddish-purple, sharply 4-angular. Raceme

shorter than the scape; bracts subulate, persistent, reflexed,

longer than the ovary. Flowers sessile, very small, reddish-purple,

resupinate. Dorsal sepal ovate-lanceolate, subacute; lateral shorter,

subfalcate, edges of all reflexed. Petals linear, shorter than the

sepals, much reflexed. Basal and apical portions of lip divided by

a raised rim, basal lobes falcately ovate-lanceolate, contiguous, or over-

lapping at the tips; apical portion of lip deeply bifid and protruded,

deep crimson-purple, Colunn with fleshy rounded arms. <Anther with

a truncate or emarginate lip. Ovary clavate, curved, not twisted.

38 J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchidex. [No. 1,

Western Himalaya, uear Mussoorie, on the southern face of the

Park Hill, up to 6,000 feet, P. W. Mackinnon ; also.on the Kalanga Hill

in Dehra Dun, 2-3,C00 feet, Mackinnon’s collector.

Although most nearly related to M. Wallichii, the very different

leaves at once distinguish this plant from any of the many forms of that

species. It has also much smaller flowers and a very differently shaped

a) 2. Ornorcuis Roxtret Duthie, n. sp.

Pseudo-bulb globose. Leaves two or three, about 2 dm. long by 1 to

1:5 em. broad, deflexed at the tips. 3-5-nerved, plicate. Scape about as

long as the leaves, rising from near the top of the pseudo-bulb. Peduncle

firm, with 3 or 4 close-fitting tubular sheaths. Raceme many-flowered,

about 6:7 cm. long. Flowers sessile, rather crowded, about 1-4cm. across.

Floral bract minute, less than half the length of the ovary. Sepals

about equal, 14cm. long, lanceolate, subacute, pale yellowish-green,

slightly spreading. Petals as longas the sepals, but narrower, oblan-

ceolate, subacute, pure white with afew purple blotches. Lip obovate-

oblong (when spread out), narrowed at the base into s short sac-like

claw, side-lobes linear, fleshy, white, half the length of the mid-lobe;

mid-lobe deflexed, white, and like the petals blotched with purple,

apex with a shallow sinus, base of disc with a prominent fleshy oval

channelled callus. Column curved, dilated at the base, concave in

front. Pollinia globular, united to a short thick conical caudicle,

Western Himalaya, on Nag Tiba in Tehri-Garhwal, at an eleva-

tion of about 8,000 feet. Mackinnon’s collector. Flowers in June.

This species is‘ most nearly allied to O. micrantha, but the spike is

shorter and the flowers are more crowded; it differs also by having a

saccate base to the lip, and both the lip and petals are pure white

spotted with purple. The callus at the base of the lip is oval and not

linear. I have much pleasure in naming this orchid after Mr. R.

A. Rolfe, of the Royal Herbarium at Kew.

3. CirRHoreTaLUM Hooxeri Duthie, n. sp.

Ceespitose. Pseudo-bulbs crowded, ovoid or nearly round, 1°5-1°7

em. long. Leaves solitary on each pseudo-bulb, 3-4 cm. long and 1-1-2

cm. broad, linear-lanceolate or falcately so, tapering to the base, hardly

petioled, notched at the obliquely obtuse or acute apex, coriaceous, dark

green above, paler beneath, margin narrowly hyaline. Scape equalling

or exceeding the leaves, issuing from near the base of the pseudo-bulb,

lower portion enclosed within sheaths. Flowers 3-4, umbellate. Floral

bracts 5m. long, lanceolate, acuminate, membranous, shorter than the

long-stalked ovary, margins incurved. Dorsal sepal5 m. long, quite

1902. ] J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchides. — - 39

free at its base from the lateral pair, ovate, emarginate, concave and

embracing the column, pale yellow with three broad reddish-purple veins ;

lateral sepals 2:1 m., cohering at their base and adnate to the foot of

the column, twisted and constricted above their auricled base, linear-lan-

ceolate and with acuminate cucullate tips, yellow with three to four bright

red veins, which become indistinct upwards. Petals alittle shorter than

the dorsal sepal, broadly and obliquely ovate, rounded at the apex, yellow

tinged with reddish-purple at the base. Lp deflexed from about the

middle, oblong, with the margins ineurved and forming a deep furrow

on the upper surface, very thick and fleshy, yellow with reddish-purple

blotches on the basal portion of the raised margins. Column thick,

with a long incurved foot; apical processes 2, triangular, seta-

ceous.

Western Himalaya: in Tehri-Garhwal, east of Tehri, epiphytic

on Rhododendron arboreum, at elevations between 5 and 6,000 feet,

Mackinnon’s collector.

This species is most nearly related to C. cespitoswm of Wallich.

It differs by having almost globular pseudo-bulbs and much longer

scapes, the lateral sepals cohere at the base only ; the petals are obtuse

and quite entire; the shape of the lip is different, as is also the colouring

of the flower. I have dedicated the species to my friend and benefactor,

Sir Joseph D. Hooker, G.C.S.I., F.R.S.

4. HULOPHIA CaAMPANULATA Duthie, n. sp.

Height of plant 9-15 dm., the leaves and scape rising from a

horizontal, oblong tuber. Pseudo-stem formed by the sheaths enclosing

the bases of the leaves and scape. Leaves few, linear, acuminate, 3-45

dm. long, and about 3 cm. broad; veins sharply prominent. Scape

exceeding the leaves, with a few long tight-fitting acuminate sheaths

towards the base. Flowers 6-10, in a lax raceme, appearing with the

leaves, about 2°5 cm. in diam., erect in bud, drooping and campanulate

when open. Floral bracts lanceolate, acuminate, less than half the length

of the ovary. Sepals and petals prominently veined on the back, bright

yellow outside and pale lemon-coloured within. Dorsal sepal obovate,

euspidate, 2 cm. long ; lateral, rather shorter, falcately oblong, obtuse, or

mucronate, adnate to the base of the column. Petals obovate, obtuse, about

as long as the lateral sepals. Lip 3-lobed, longer than the sepals, with a

short subacute conical sac at the base ; side-lobes erect, large, rounded, pale

yellow tinged with purple; mid-lobe bent upwards, and with reflexed

undulate margin, suborbicular when flattened out; the disc with 5-8

prominent ridges terminating within the apex of the apical lobe in an

oblong grooved callus, aud prolonged at the base into two sets of finger-

40 - J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchidee. [No. I,

like projections. Column about 1 cm. long, oblong, narrowly winged,

curving into a short foot at the base, Pollinia 2, globose, attached by a

eylindric caudicle to a triangular gland.

Norru-West Inp1a: Dehra Dun, at Karwapani, W. Bell, and

P. W. Mackinnon’s collector; N. Oudh, at Chandanpur in the Gonda

district. Duthie’s collector.

Amongst the Indian species this very handsome orchid appears to be

most nearly related to H. Mannii, Hk. f., which is found in Sikkim and in

Upper Assam. It was originally discovered in Dehra Dun in 1879 by

Mr. W. Bell, formerly Head Gardener at the Saharanpur Botanical

Garden, after whom I have named it.

5. Evuiopata Mackinyoni Duthie, n. sp.

Rhizome composed of a series of triangular flattened tubers. Leaves

few, plicate, 5 to 6°5 dm. long and 5 to 8 cm. broad, appearing with the

flowers, broadly lanceolate, acuminate, tapering into long sheaths, and

with a few leafless sheaths below; nerves prominent. Scape 6-4 dm.,

arising from the swollen base of the pseudo-stem. Flowers, rather large,

arranged in a lax raceme, spreading and afterwards deflexed. Bracts

as long as, or shorter than, the ovary, linear, acuminate, persistent.

Sepals and petals fleshy, yellow, tinged with reddish-brown, veins

prominent outside. Dorsal sepal 1-7 em. long, ovate, obtuse, subcordate at

the base, 9-veined, margin inflexed at the apex; lateral, a little longer

than the dorsal, unequal at the base. Petals shorter than the sepals,

oblong-obovate, obtuse, overlapping and with their margins reflexed

at the apex. Jip 3-lobed, with long erect rather shallow side-lobes,

its body with 5-7 parallel purple-coloured ridges which extend into a

carunculate area within the apical lobe ; apical lobe rounded, its margin

undulate. Spur short, geniculate. Column rather broad, winged, with

no foot. Axther bicornute at the apex, its lip 2-toothed. Stigma trans-

verse, placed immediately under the anther. Pollinia, tranversely

oval, attached by a broad caudicle to a shallow crescent-shaped

gland.

Norra-West Inpia: Dehra Dun, Mackinnon ; Siwalik range, Vicary

(in Herb. Calc.); Bahraich district in N. Oudh, Duthie’s collector ;

Raipur district in Cent. Provinces, J. Marten. In the Saharanpur her-

barium there is an old specimen named “ E. bicolor” which is said to

have been collected near Mussoorie in October 1842.

This species is evidently allied to H. geniculata, King and Pautling,

an extremely rare Sikkim orchid. It differs chiefly in the shape of

the rhizome, the very much broader leaves, the colour of the flowers,

and in the shape of the lip.

1902. ] J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchider. 41

6. Cymermium Mackinnont Duthie, n. sp.

Terrestrial, csespitose. Pseudo-stem short, emitting many thick

spongy roots, Leaves linear, acuminate, 3-4dm. long and about 1°3 cm,

broad; margins not serrulate, the lowest ones sheath-like and mem-

branous. Scape 1-flowered, much shorter than the leaves, clothed to

the base with loose lanceolate acuminate cymbiform hyaline sheaths.

Floral bract longer than the much curved ovary, pale yellow with purple

veins. Flowers about 5 cm. across, nodding. Sepals and petals

spreading, green. Sepals lanceolate, obtuse, a little longer than the

petals. Petals elliptic-lanceolate, obtuse, 5-nerved. Lip about as long

as the petals, obovate-oblong (when spread out), 3-lobed, saccate at

the base, very pale yellow blotched with purple; lateral lobes

narrow, erect; the terminal one abruptly deflexed, rounded at the

apex and nearly entire; the disk with two raised smooth lamelle ex-

tending from the base to a little beyond the side-lobes. Column short,

stout, curved, concave in front, marked with purple blotches like the

lip. Pollinia 4, obliquely obovoid, plano-convex, the segments of each

pair unequal, attached to a hemispherical gland. Ripe capsule 15 dm.

long (including the long pedicel), ellipsoid-clavate, prominently

ribbed.

Western HimAnaya: near Mussoorie, at an elevation of about 5,500

feet, growing under trees; in flower durmg February, P. W. Mack-

amnon.

Mr. Rolfe informs me that its nearest ally is ©. virescens, Lindl., a

native of Japan. Of Indian species it most nearly resembles C. cypert-

foliwm in habit. It is, however, a much smaller plant, the scape is always

1-flowered, and the colouring of the lip and the shape of the pollinia

and gland are very different; also the margins of the leaves are entire

and not serrulate as in OC. cyperifolium. The latter is also found in

similar localities near Mussoorie, but always at a slightly higher eleva-

tion, and it comes into flower several weeks later.

7. Lisrera Inayatt Duthie, n, sp.

~ Whole plant 155 to 2dm. high. Roots fibrous. Stem stout, about

as long as the raceme, and bearing 3-6 loosely-fitting, blunt sheaths, the

two upper ones sometimes opposite and leaflike. Flowersin dense racemes,

4m. long; rachis glandular-pubescent. Floral bract ovate or lanceolate-

acuminate, a little longer than the stalk of the ovary. Sepals and

petals connivent ; dorsal sepal oval, concave, about 2 m. long; lateral sepals

a little longer than the dorsal, obliquely ovate, tapering to an obtuse

apex. Petals about as long as the dorsal sepal, spathulate, subacute.

J. u. 6

42 J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchidez. [No. 1,

Lip twice as long as the lateral sepals, narrowly oblong, deeply cleft

at the apex, with two slightly spreading obtuse lobes, midrib thickened.

Column short, stout, dilated at the base and apex. Anther suborbicular,

bifid at the apex. Pollinia narrowly obovoid. Ovary oval or subglo-

bose, about as long as its stalk, glandular-pubescent.

Western Himdtaya; in the Kagan valley of the Hazara district.

Discovered in July 1897 by Inayat Khan, head plant-colleetor of the

Botanical Department of N. India (No. 22,596).

A shorter and much stouter plant than LZ. Lindleyana, and with

shorter and more densely-fiowered racemes. The shape of the sepals,

petals, anther and pollinia are altogether different.

8. Lisrera mMicrocLoTiis Duthie, n. sp.

A leafless parasite, 2-33 dm. in height. oot-fibres clylindrical,

brittle, pale yellowish-brown. Stem about as long as the receme, nearly

white, bearing 2-4 loose-fitting obtuse pale sheaths. Rachis of raceme,

pedicels and bracts glandular-pubescent. Flowers crowded, about 7 m.

in diameter, pale green; pedicel a little longer than the ovary ; floraj

bract equalling or exceeding the pedicel, oblong, obtuse or subacute.

Sepals ovate, subacute, about 4m. long; the lateral ones somewhat oblique.

Petals as long as the sepals, linear, margins reflexed. Jip linear-

spathulate, equalling the petals in length, entire at the apex, margins

reflexed. Column erect, alittle shorter than the petals, dilated towards

its base and apex. Pollinia 2, globose, without caudicles, extremely

deliquescent. Ovary with pedicel 8 m.long. Capsule turgid, its ridges

thick and often bearing short, broad-based, tooth-like projections.

Western Himidaya: in Tehri-Garhwal, east of Tehri, growing

under oaks and rhododendrons at elevations between 5,000 and 6,000 feet,

P. W. Mackinnon’s collector; also on the wooded hillsides below

Mussoorie at similar elevations. Flowers during August and September.

This plant, although resembling L. Lindleyana in general habit, differs

from any known species of Listera (including Neottia) by its very re-

markably restricted petal-like lip.

9. APHYLLORCHIS GoLLANI Duthie, n. sp.

A tall leafless terrestrial herb, from 4 to 5 dm. in height. Rhizome.

with numerous far-extending fleshy roots, not scaly. Stem erect, stout,

bearing several unequal tubular blunt sheaths. Raceme about 1 dm. long,

Flowers several, 2cm.long, Floral bract a little longer than the ovary,

elliptic-lanceolate, acuminate, 5-7-nerved, at first deflexed, ultimately

erect. Sepals 2 cm. long, erect, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, with

spreading tips; their nerves, as also the ridges of the clavate ovary, dark

1902. | J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchidese. 43;

reddish-brown on a pale green ground. Petals shorter than the sepals,

lanceolate, acuminate, pale green with purple veins, midrib thickened

on the back. Lip shorter than the petals, somewhat deflexed from a

concave winged claw attached to the base of the column; apical portion

ovate-acuminate, its sides towards the base erect and with a reflexed

erose margin, with no convexity near the apex. Column 1:2 cm. long,

stout, curved, narrowed towards the base. Anther 2-celled, cells parallel.

Pollinia ovate-oblong, mealy. Ovary (in flower) 1°7 cm. long, its apex

with conspicuous grandular projections between the ribs ; stigma with

an overlapping irregularly lobulate border.

Wersern Himataya: Tehri-Garhw4l, on Nag Tiba, at elevations

between 8,000 and 10,000 feet, Gollan (No. 2,062) and Mackinnon’s

collector (No. 23,000). The original specimens, discovered in 1881

by Mr. W. Gollan, after whom I have named this plant, were in too

young a condition even for determining the genus. Its nearest ally is

A. alpina, King and Pantling, a high-elevation Sikkim species. From

the above it differs chiefly in the rhizome not being scaly, the bracts

become erect as the flowers open, it has much shorter racemes, the lip

is attached to the base of the column and does not form a pouch,

the epichyle has no concavity at its apex, the colouring of the flowers

is also very different. |

10. Poconta Macxinnont Duthie, n. sp.

Tuber globose, annular and warted, about 1°2 cm. in diameter.

Leaf and scape frequently from the same tuber, but not contempora-

neous. Leaf about 5 cm. long and broad, cordate at the base, 7-lobed,

terninal lobe acute, the others rounded, principal veins terminatiug at

the end of each lobe, with many less conspicuous intermediate ones ;

petiole, 2°5 em. long. Leaves from the flowering tubers much smaller.

Scape 1-flowered, about 10 cm. long when in flower, elongatng till

fruiting, enclosed by two or three rather loose tubular sheaths. Flower

shortly pedicelled, spreading; bract erect, shorter than the cylindrical

truncate ovary. Sepals spreading, linear-lanceolate, acuminate, 1°6 to 1-7

cm. long, light green blotched with reddish-brown outside. Petals very

similar to the sepals, but a little shorter and not so acute at the apex.

Lip shorter than the petals, oblong when spread out, strongly 3-nerved,

white tinged with green towards the base; side-lobes erect, acute;

terminal-lobe blotched with purple. Oolumn slender, 7°8 m. long.

Pollinia 2, narrowly clavate, connate below and without a gland.

Western HimAtaya: near Mussoorie, at elevations between 4,500

and 6,000 feet, P. W. Mackinnon. Flowers during May and June.

Very similar in habit to P. macroglossa, King and Pantling, but the

444 J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchidee. [No. 1,

leaves are more distinctly lobed; the flowers are much smaller, and

are spreading, not drooping. Leaves and fruiting scapes are sometimes

found on the same tuber.

11. Heruiniom Mackinyonr Duthie, n. sp.

Whole plant upwards of 2°2 dm, high. Tubers narrowly oblong. Lower

portion of the stem clothed with a few close-fitting tubular subacute

sheaths. Leaves two, 12-14 cm. long by 1-2 cm. broad, oblong or linear-

lanceolate, acuminate, with loosely amplexicaul tubular bases, 3-5-veined.

Swike cylindric, rather broad, about 11 cm. long, many-flowered. Flow-

ers, spreading, crowded, about 10 m. across. Floral bract, 5 m. long,

broadly lanceolate, acuminate, a little shorter than the ovary. Sepals

3-4 m., ovate-oblong, acute, subterete, green. Petals as long as the

sepals, linear-lanceolate, divergent, white. Lip trifid, a little longer

than the petals, deflexed from near its base, white with a slight tinge

of green, margins inflexed, lower portion very thick and with a small

concavity at the base ; side-lobes filiform, curved inwards ; midlobe about

half as long as the side-lobes, lanceolate, obtuse. Anther-cells, diverg-

ing below; pollinia obovate; caudicles, very short, the glands discoid,

naked ; staminodes large, spreading. Stigmas 2, transversely oblong

and lying between the pollinia-glands and the concavity of the lip.

Ovary about 6 m. long, ovate-oblong, beaked.

WeEsteERN HimAtaya: near Mussoorie, at about 6,500 feet, on oak

trees, P. W. Mackinnon. Flowers in August.

A very distinct species, its nearest ally being H. angustifolium.

It differsfrom the latter by its fewer much shorter and broader leaves,

its shorter and broader flowering spike, white petals and lip, and with

the mid-lobe of the latter much longer; the shape of the ovary is also

very different.

12. Hasenaria ELIsaBETHZ Duthie, n. sp.

Height of plant up to45dm. Bulbs ovoid. Leaves 2-3, approxi-

mate towards the base of the stem, with a few lanceolate finely acumi-

nate sheaths above and a few loose ones below them, 6°12 cm. long and

1 to 2 cm. broad, lanceolate, the upper acuminate, the lowest one acute

or obtuse, amplexicaul at the base, midrib prominent beneath. Spike

long and slender, sometimes up to 2°5 dm. Flowers sessiles, small, green,

rather crowded, horizontal or deflexed. Bracts lanceolate, acaminate,

about half as long as the ovary. Sepals erect, the dorsal one ovate, con-

cave, the lateral ones obliquely ovate. Petals a little longer than the

sepals, obliquely ovate, obtuse. Lip 3-cleft, fleshy, longer than the

sepals, with a long concave claw; lateral lobes linear, spreading, gibbons

1902. | J. F. Duthie—Some new species of Orchider. 45

at their basal edges; midlobe oblong, obtuse, not exceeding the lateral

ones. Spur a short obovate sac, t the length of the ovary. Anther-

cells parallel. Pollinia obovate, curved, attached by a short caudicle

to an oval gland. Stigmatic processes clavate. Ovary tapering upwards

and curved.

Western Hrmaraya: Song, at 8,000 ft. Brandis; near Simla, Hdge-

worth, Lady H. Bubington-Smith; near Naini Tal, up to 8,000 feet,

Colonel Davidson; Tehri-Garhwal, 7,000 to 10,000 feet., Duthie (624 and

22,990), P. W. Mackinnon; also at Mussoorie, between 6,000 and 7,000

feet, frequently as an epiphyte on oak trees.

Of the Himalayan species of Habenaria this plant appears to be

most uearly related to H. goodyeroides. It differs principally in having

much narrower and thinner leaves, and they are placed much lower

down on the stem. The flowering spikes are longer and narrower;

the flowers are much smaller and altogether green ; the floral bracts

are shorter, and the shape of the lip is very different. I have much

pleasure in dedicating this species to Lady Hlizabeth Babington-Smith,

whose keen and practical interest in the botany of Simla during the

Viceroyalty of her father, Lord Hlgin, resulted in several interesting

discoveries.

46 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No.1,

111.—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula.—By Siz Georce

Kine, K.C.1.E., M.B., LL.D., F.R.S., &., tate Superintendent of the

Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta.

No. 13.

The present contribution carries these Materials to the end of the

Calyciflore. The orders included in it are Datiscacez, Droseracee,

Passifloraceze, Begoniacex, Ficoidex, Umbellifere, and Cornacex. It has

not been possible for me to prepare my account of the Calycifloral orders

in the exact sequence followed in Hooker’s Flora of British India; each

order, however, bears the ordinal number given to it in that work. The

species described in the present paper are 47 in number, and of these

fourteen belonging to the genus Begonia, and two belonging to Mastizia,

are new to science. I hope in future contributions to take up the

orders belonging to the groups Corollijlore and Incomplete.

Order LXVII. DATISCACEA.

Trees or herbs. Leaves petioled, simple or pinnate; stipules 0.

Flowers small, dicecious in the Indian species, clustered, racemed or

panicled. Matz: calyx-tube short, teeth 3-9; petals 0; stamens 4-25.

Femae: calyx-tube adnate to the ovary, lobes 3-8 short; petals 0;

ovary 1-celled, open or closed at the vertex; styles lateral, alternating

with as many parietal placente, simple or 2-partite; ovules very many,

ascending or horizontal. Capsule coriaceous or membranous, opening -

at the vertex between the styles. Seeds very many, small, albuminous;

embryo straight, radicle next the hilam.—Disrrie. Species 4; natives

of the Mediterranean, Central Asia, Java, and North-West America.

TETRAMELES, R. Br.

A large tree. Leaves petioled, ovate, pubescent beneath at least on

the nerves. Flowers dicecious, appearing before the leaves; males

panicled, females in elongate racemes, clustered near the ends of the

branchlets. Mate: calyx-lobes short; teeth 4, ovate, one or two

smaller teeth sometimes added ; petals 0; stamens 4, opposite the calyx-

teeth, inserted round a depressed disc; rudiment of the ovary 0 or

quadrangular. FemaALe: calyx-tube ovoid; teeth 4 short; petals 0;

styles 4, short, stigmas simple somewhat club-shaped. Capsule ovoid,

with 4 lines or slight ridges, membranous, opening at the top between

the styles. Seeds very many, minute, flattened, ellipsoid, testa very lax

and extending much beyond the nucleus as a loose membrane.

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 47

1. TT. nupirnora, R. Br. in Benn. Pl. Jav. Rar. 79, t. 17; A.DC.

Prodr. XV. pt I. 411; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 212; Brand. Yor. Fl. 245: Kurz

For. Fl. 5385; Clarke in Hook. f., Flor. Brit. Ind. IJ, 657. 7. Graham-

tania, Wight Ic. t. 1956; A.DC. 1c. . rufinervis, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.

I. pt. I. 726; A.DC. lc. Anictoclea Graham-iana, Nimmo in Grah. Cat.

Bomb. Pl. 252.—Indeterminata, Wall. Cat. 9045.

Andaman Islands; Kurz.—Disrreim. Hastern Himalaya, Burma

and Java.

Order LIV. DROSERACEAL.

Herbs with large glandular hairs, exuding a viscid fluid. Flowers

hermaphrodite, regular. Petals 5 hypogynous, rarely perigynous, thin,

nerved, imbricate, marcescent, free or slightly united. Stamens 4 to 20,

hypogynous or slightly perigynous; filaments free or slightly monadel-

phous, subulate or filiform: anthers 2-celled; disc none. Ovary free or

adherent by its base to the calyx, globose or ovoid, 1-celled; styles 5,

sometimes 3, simple or bifid; stigmas capitate; placentas parietal, equal

in number to the styles; ovules and seeds numerous. Capsule mem-

branous, 1-to 5-celled. Seeds with fleshy albumen; embryo cylindric or

minute.—Disrrin. Species about 100; in temperate and tropical regions

generally, but absent from the Pacific Islands.

Drossra, Linn.

Small perennial herbs. Leaves radical and rosulate, or cauline and

alternate, bearing many large glandular viscid hairs, usually circinate

in vernation, with scarious stipules adnate to the petiole, or exstipulate.

Calyx persistent, free from the ovary, 4-to 8-partite or sepals free.

Petals 4 to 8, hypogynous or very slightly perigynous, marcescent.

Stamens equal in number to the petals, hypogynous or slightly perigyn-

ous. Ovary 1-celled; styles 2 to 5; ovules parietal, numerous. Capsule

loculicidally 2-to 5-valved. Seeds numerous, obovoid-ellipsoid (in the

Indian species); testa black, smooth, reticulate.—Disrris. Species

about 90, cosmopolitan, but absent in Polynesia; Australsa.

Leaves cuneate-spathulate, all radical 50 .. LD. Burmanni.

Leaves peltate-lunate with long narrow petioles, some

radical the others cauline xe Bot ... 2D. peltata.

Leaves linear, all cauline Go se .. &D. indica.

1. Drosera Bormawnnt, Vahl 1 Symb J III, 50. Leaves all radical,

rosulate, cuneate-spathulate, 5 to 1°5 in. long, stipules half as long as

the petiole. Peduncles erect, 3 to 8 inches high, naked, glabrous. Flowers

racemose, their pedicels glabrous, erect in fruit; calyx minutely papil-

lose: styles 5, simple. Don, Prod. Fl. Nep. 212; DC. Prod. I, 318;

Roxb. Fl. Ind., II, 113; Wall. Cat. 1242; Wight, Ml. t. 20; Wight, Ic.

48 G. King—Waterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

944; W. & A. Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. 34; Planch. in Ann. Se. Nat.

Ser. III. Vol. 1X, 190; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat., Vol. 1, pt. II, 120; Suppl.

160; Hf. & Th. in Journ. Linn. Soe. Il., 82; Dalz. & Gibs. Fl. Bomb.,

12; Kurz in Journ., As. Soc., Beng., 1876, pt. II, 310; Clarke in Hook.

fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 424; Trimen, FI. Ceyl. pt. II, 145.

Matacca: Province Wellesley, and probably in the other provinces.—

Distriz. British India, Ceylon, the Malay Archipelago, China, Japan,

Africa, Australia, up to elevations of 8,000 feet.

2. Drosera PetTaTa, Sm. ex Willd. Sp. Pl. I, 1546. Stem erect,

leafy, 3 to 12 in. high, simple or branched near the apex. Leaves sub-

rosulate, also scattered and alternate on the stem, peltate-lunate, with

very long glandular hairs, ‘2 to 25 in. broad (including the radiating

hairs); the petiole much longer than the lamine, very slender. Racemes

1 to 3 in. long, terminal or sub-terminal ; flower-pedicels -35 to °75 in.

long, glabrous. Sepals ovate, glabrous, erose or fimbrirate. Styles 3, fim-

briate. Seeds asin D. indicu, II. DC. Prod. 1,319; Sm. Exot. Bot., I,

41; Don Prod. Fl. Nep., 212; Wight. t.,20; W.& A. Prod. Fl. Penins.

Ind., I, 34; Planch. in Ann. Se. Nat. Ser. III, Vol. 1X, 296; Kurz in

Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1876, pt. 2, 310; Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.,

II, 424; Trimen, Fl. Ceyl. pt. II, 146. D. lunata, Ham.: DC. Prod. 1,

319; Wall. Cat., 1243; Hook. Ic. Pl. 54; Planchon l.c., 296; Mig. FI.

Ind. Bat., I, Pt. 2,120. D. lunata, gracilis et D. foliosa, Hook. fil. Journ.

Linn. Soc., II, 82; 297, 298. D. Lobbiana Turcz. (fide Kurz).

Matacca, Sincarorz, and probably in some of the other provinces.—

Disrris. Malay Archipelago, British India, and Australia.

3. Drosera inpica, Linn. Sp. Pl. 282. Stem 2 to 12 in. long,

decumbent, usually simple. Leaves alternate, scattered, 1 to 3 in. long,

linear, not much broader than the glabrous petiole, very glandular-

pubescent. Racemes 2 to 6 in. long, leaf-opposed; flower-pedicels *35

to °75 in. long, rusty-pubescent. Sepals lanceolate, minutely glandulose

or sub-glabrous. Styles 3, bifid to the base. Seeds obovoid, much reti-

culate not scrobiculate. DC. Prod., I, 319; Roxb. Fl. Ind., II, 113; Wall.

Cat., 1244; Wight Ill. t., 20; W. & A. Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind., 34:

Planch. in Ann. Sc. Nat. Ser., III, Vol. IX, 209; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat., Vol.

I, Pt. 2, 120; Hf. & Th. in Journ. Linn. Soc. II, 82; Dalz. & Gibs.

Fl. Bomb., 12; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc Beng., 1876, Pt. 11,310; Trimen

Fl. Ceyl., Pt. II, 146; Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind., II, 424.

D. Finlaysoniana, Wall. Cat., 3752. D. serpens, Planch. l.c., 204.— Rheede,

Hort. Malab., X, t. 20.

Maxacca: Province Wellesley, and probably in the other provin-

ces.—Distris. British India, Ceylon, Malayan Archipelago, tropical

Australia, and Africa.

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 49

Order LI. PASSIFLORE AL,

Twining herbs or shrubs, rarely erect. Leaves alternate, stipulate,

entire or lobed, penni- or palmi-nerved, frequently glandular beneath.

Petiole usually bearing glands. Stipules foliaceous or minute, ‘T'endrils

axillary or 0. Inflorescence axillary, cymose, sometimes with one or

more branches cirrhose, rarely flowers solitary. Bracteoles 3, minute and

scattered, or foliaceous and forming an epivalyx, rarely 0. Flowers

regular, unisexual, or bisexual. Calyx tubular at the base, fleshy, sub-

coriaceous or membranous; segments imbricate, 5. Petals 0 or as many

as the calyx-lobes, springing from the tube of the calyx, membranous

or fleshy, imbricate, marcescent. Corona of one or more rows, filament-

ous or membranous or both, arising from various portions of the calyx-

tube, rarely 0; basilar corona urceolate or cup-shaped, surrounding the

base of the andreecium, sometimes represented by five separate glands

of the disc; rarely 0. Stamens 5, in a tube or free to the base, perigyn-

ous ; anthers oblong, 2-celled, basi- or dorsi-fixed, dehiscing laterally or

introsely. Ovary superior, on a gynophore or subsessile, 1-celled with

3 parietal placentas, rudimentary or absent in the male flowers. Styles

1 or 3; stigmas reniform, capitate or flattened. Ovules numerous, pen-

dulous, anatropus; funicle expanded into a cup-shaped arillus. Fruit

baccate or capsular. Seeds numerous, ovoid or flattened, often pitted,

covered with a fleshy arillus; albumen fleshy, rarely scanty; embryo

straight, cotyledons flat leafy, radicle short terete.—Distris.: Chiefly

tropical; most numerous in South America. Genera about 18; species

about 320.

Erect shrabs, without tendrils... AAO ... lL PaRopsiA.

Scandent, with tendrils :—

Fruit pulpy, indehiscent; flowers large ... ... 2 PASSIFLORA.

Fruit dehiscent; flowers small ie .. o ADENIA.

1. Paropsta, Noronh.

Shrubs. Leaves simple. lowers in dense axillary cymes. Calyx-

tube short; limb 5-parted. Petals 5, springing from the base of the

calyx-tube. Corona of fine threads springing from the tube of the calyx

and more or less divided into five phalanges. Gynophore short; fila-

ments flat; anthers oblong. Ovary subglobose. Style short, dividing

into three branches; stigmas reniform-capitate. Fruit capsular.—Dis-

TRIB. Species 4 or 5, natives of tropical Africa and Malaya.

P. varecirormMis, Mast. in Trans. Linn. Soc., XX VII, 639. A shrub

or small tree. Leaves subcoriaceous, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acute

or shortly acuminate, the base cuneate, the edges entire or (rarely)

minutely serrate ; both surfaces glabrous except the glandular puberulous

Sears @

00 «6G. King—WMaterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

midrib and nerves; the lower with numerous minute adpressed scales;

main 6 or 7 pairs spreading, curved; length 2°5 to 5°25 in., breadth

1 to 175 in., petiole ‘1 to ‘2in. Flowers about 5 in. in diam., on short,

rusty-tomentose pedicels ‘15 in. long. Calyx campanulate, leathery,

adpressed-villose outside like the pedicels, the lobes much longer than

the tube, unequal, oblong, subacute. Petals oblanceolate, smaller than

the calyx-lobes. Corona single, very short, lanate, in 5 phalanges.

Stamens 5. Gynophore shorter than the corona; ovary villose. Fruit

ovoid or sub-globose, ‘5 to ‘7 in. across. Masters in Fl. Br. Ind., I, 600.

P. malayana, Planch. ex Masters l.c. Trichodia vareciformis, Griff.

Notul., IV, 571.

Matacca: Griffith, Manigay, and others. Perak: Scortechini,

King’s Collector; a common plant.

I can find no constant characters to separate the two species into which this

plant has been divided in the Flora of British India and therefore unite them under

the oldest specific name.

2. Passirtora, Linn.

Twining shrubs. Leaves simple or palmilobed, usually with glands

on the under surface and on the petiole; stipules thread-like or leafy.

Flowers pedunculate; often involucrate; peduncles simple or cymose.

Bracteoles 3, small, scattered. Calyzx-tube fleshy, limb 5-lobed. Petals

5, springing from the throat of the calyx. Corona of one or more rows

of fine threads springing from the throat of the calyx-tube and of one

or more membranous folds arising lower down. Gynophore surrounded

at the base by a shallow membranous cup or basilar corona; filaments

5, flat; anthers oblong, 2-celled, dorsifixed; pollen-grains reticulate on

the surface. Ovury 1-celled; styles 3, stigmas reniform-capitate. Fruct

baccate. Seeds arillate.—Disreis. A genus of about 250 species which

are most numerous in tropical and sub-tropical America.

PassirLorA Horsrietp!, Blume, Rumphia, I, 170, t. 52. A slender

climber; young branches slightly quadrangular, slender, striate, al-

most glabrous. Leaves membranous, oval or oblong-ovate, subacute

sometimes retuse, the base rounded and minutely emarginate; upper

surface pale-brown when dry, shining, glabrous, minutely reticulate ;

lower surface when young sometimes with sparse deciduous hairs, but

more usually glabrous from the first, always dull and whitish and with

a few flat dark-coloured glands, the transverse veins and reticulations

very distinct; main-nerves about 5 pairs, ascending, faint; length 4 to

6 in.; breadth 2°5 to 3:25 in.; petiole ‘6 to ‘9 in., with two oval flat glands

near its middle. Inflorescence shorter than the leaves, axillary, about

5-flowered, the flowers 1:25 to 1:5 in. in diam., on slender long pedicels,

white tinged with green; corona double, the outer with long erect

1902.| G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 51

filamentous segments ; the inner about one-fourth as long, its segments

few, lanceolate, incurved. Stamens 5; the filaments spreading, clavate ;

anthers dorsifixed, oblong. Ovary ovoid, hirsute, the gynophore nearly

as long as the outer corona; styles long, recurved. Fruit subglobular,

‘75 in. in diam. Disemma Horsfieldii, Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat., I, Pt. 1, 700.

Perak; Scortechini 655, 2,192; King’s Collector 3,078, 4,104, 5,936,

Disrris.—Java and Madura.

This is apparently the only species really indigenous in the Malayan Peninsnla.

There are, however, four American species which have escaped from cultivation.

These are :—

P. suberosa, L. A small species with diversely shaped leaves, flowers little more

than half-an-inch in diameter and ovoid fruits about the same in length.

P, foetida, L. A species with variable leaves, emarginate at the base, often

3-lobed ; recognisable at once by its foetid flowers and 3-leaved fimbriate involucre.

P. edulis, Sims. With deeply 3-lobed serrate leaves, flowers more than an inch

across; and globular edible fruit. This is often cultivated under the name of

Granadilla.

P. quadrangularis, L. A large species with boldly 4-angled stems; handsome

fragrant, purple flowers banded with white, 8 to 5 in. across; broadly ovate leaves

and large obliqne ovate-oblong stipules.

P. laurifolia, L, A more slender species than the last and with smaller flowers

of similar colour, with a large 3-leaved or 3-partite involacre of broad segments,

and of long filiform stipules; the leaves broadly oblong, entire and shortly apiculate.

3. ADENTA, Forsk.

Scandent. Leaves entire or palmilobed, usually with two or more

flat circular glands on the under surface and with similar glands at the

apex of the petiole. Cymes axillary, few or many-flowered, on long

peduncles, one or more of which is sterile and tendril-like. Mae FLOWER:

Calyz tubular or bell-shaped; limb 5-lobed, lobes leathery, imbricate.

Petals 5, free, membranous, 1l-nerved, springing from the calyx-tube.

Corona a ring of threads arising from near the base of the calyx-tube,

er wanting. Glands of the disc 5, opposite the sepals, strap-shaped or

capitate. Andraeciwm cup-shaped, membranous beneath; filaments 5,

linear-subulate; anthers linear-oblong, 2-celled. Ovary rudimentary or

0. FEMALE FLOWER: Calyx and corolla as in the male. Corona a mem-

branous fold, springing from near the base of the calyx-tube, or none.

Glands of the disc 5, strap-shaped, capitate, opposite the sepals. Stamv-

nodes 5, forming a membranous cup surrounding the base of the ovary,

above dividing into barren filaments. Ovary globose or elliptic, sessile

or stalked; style cylindrical or none; stigmas 3, capitate or flat and

dilated. Fruit capsular, 3-valved. Seeds numerous, attached by long

funicles to parietal placentas.—Disrris. About 40 species, natives of

the tropics of the Old World.

52 G. King—WMaterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

Notre.—The name used for this genus in Hooker’s Flora of British India is

Modecca, Lamk. which dates from 1797. Following Engler, I have here used

Forskal’s name Adenia, which dates from 1775.

Leaves always deeply 3-lobed 360 owe ... LA, trilobata.

Leaves entire :-—

Leaves minutely peltate at the base; lobes of calyx

long, narrow and refiexed ... 33 ... 2A, nicobarica.

Leaves cordate at the base :— .

Base broadly and deeply cordate, main-nerves

radiating from the base: flowering peduncles

up to 6 in. long Be Ree .. 0&8 A. cardiophylla.

Base slightly cordate: main-nerves pinnate: 4 A. populifolia var.

flowering peduncles less than 2 in. Jong Sc pentamera.

Leaves not cordate at the base or only occasionally very

slightly so: main-nerves usually 2 sometimes 3 pairs :—

Nerves and reticulations of leaves distinct ... © A. acuminata.

Nerves and reticulations of leaves invisible, the lower

surface of the leaves whitish ies ... 6A, singaporeana.

1. ApensA TRILOBATA, Engl. Jahrb., XIV, 375. Many feet in length,

‘glabrous, the bark on the old shoots cinereous, on the young smooth

green. Leaves remote, membranous, broadly cordate at the base, deeply

3-lobed; the lobes lanceolate, the two outer often auriculate at the

base, the sinuses wide, rounded, and each bearing a small gland; main-

nerves 5, palmate; the lateral nerves and the reticulations few; length

6 to 9 in.; width 4°5 to 6°5 in.; petioles from half as long to nearly as long

as the leaf-blades, terete, smooth, not enlarged at the base, the apex

with two conical recurved glands. Peduwncles slender, smooth, terete,

axillary, longer than the petioles, umbellulately cymose; flowers few,

*3 to ‘5 in. long, the females somewhat longer than the males. Calyx

tubular, the lobes short, oblong, subacute. Petals narrowly oblong,

inserted near the base of the calyx-tube. Filuments united into a tube

springing from the fundus of the calyx; anthers linear-oblong, abruptly

acute, the connective produced into a minute point. Glands narrowly

oblong, blunt, incurved. Staminodes in female flower united into a

membranous cup. Liudimentary ovary in male flower trifid. Fruit

oblong, scarlet, from 2 to 2:5 in. long when ripe, and 1°5 in. in diam.

Seeds compressed, sub-obcordate or sub-rotund, scrobiculate, the arillus

thin, clear. Modecca trilobata, Roxb. Hort. Beng., 49; Roxb. Corom.

Plant. IIT, +. 297; Fl Ind., I1I,133; Wall. Cat., 1234; Kurz, in Journ.

As. Soc., Beng., 1877, IT, 95; Masters in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind., IT, 602.

AnpaMAN IsLanbs; common.—Disrriz. Northern parts of British

India and Burma.

2. ADENIA NICOBARICA, King. Slender and slightly branched,

glabrous Stems minutely sulcate, thin, wiry. Leaves membranous,

1902.| G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 53

entire, narrowly elliptic-oblong or lanceolate; the base rounded and

minutely bi-glandular, slightly peltate; the apex acuminate, rarely

abruptly acute; both surfaces shining; main-nerves only about 4: pairs,

interarching broadly and far from the edge; intermediate nerves

horizontal; reticulations wide; length 2°5 to 45 in.; width °6 to 1°8 in. ;

petiole 4 to ‘8 in., compressed, not enlarged at the base. Peduncles

longer than the petioles but much shorter than the leaves, bearing a

filiform tendril and only one or two flowers. Flowers rather less than

‘Sin. long, green, FemMate FLOWER unknown. Mate FLOwER ‘4 to'5 in. long

Calyx campanulate, deeply divided into 5 linear-oblong, subacute, much

reflexed lobes. Petals shorter than the calyx and inserted into it below

the middle, membranous, reticulate, oblanceolate, their apices truncate

and broad. Glands short, oblong, truncate. Anthers about equal to the

petals, oblong, obtuse, cordate at the base; the filaments united into

a wide tube. Fruit elliptic-oblong, tapered to each end, from 1°5 to

2°3 in. long, and ‘75 in. in diam., reddish when dry, smooth. Seeds much

compressed, sub-orbicular, with a few shallow pits in the centre, and

a row of short depressed radiating grooves round the edge, the aril

very thin. Modecca nicobarica, Kurz in Trimen’s Journ. Bot. for 1875,

p- 827; Mast. in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 603.

Anpaman and Nicopar Istanps; not uncommon. Matacca; Maingay

(Kew Distrib.) 670. Prrax; Wray 651, 2781; King’s Collector 2439 ;

Scortechini 633; Ridley 10280. Prnane; Curtis 1521.

A species distinguished by its entire oblong leaves minutely peltate at the base,

by its long narrow reflexed calyx-lobes, and by its rotund seeds with shallow pits

in the centre and radiating grooves at the edges.

3. ADENIA CARDIOPHYLLA, Engl. in Jahrb. XIV, 376. Rather stout,

glabrous. Stems almost terete. Leaves membranous, remote, broadly

ovate, rotund-ovate, sometimes almost sub-reniform, the base deeply

cordate, the auricles rounded; the apex with a short triangular point ;

both surfaces smooth; the lower with numerous distinct reticulations ;

main-nerves about 9, radiating from the base; the secondary nerves

sub-horizontal, numerous; length 5 to9 in, ; breadth 3°5 to 7°5 in. ; petiole

2 to 45 in. long, not thickened at the base but with 2 sessile glands at

the apex. Peduncles 4 to 6 in. long, longer than the petioles, with several

widely-spreading cymose branches and usually one tendril. Mate rLowER

narrowly ovoid, ‘2in. long. Calya leathery, spotted inside, tlie mouth

with blunt short teeth. Petals thin, broadly oblong-lanceolate, sub-

acute, spotted, their apices level with those of the teeth of the calyx,

their bases inserted about the middle of the calyx-tube. Glands short,

oblong-cuneiform. Anthers linear-ovate, acute, the filaments united into

a tube inserted into the fundus of the calyx, Fematp FLOWER twice as

54 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. {No. 1,

long as the male, tubular. Calyx as in the male, the teeth recurved.

Petals as in the male, their apices entire or minutely serrulate. Ovary

ovoid, on a short gynophore, the stigma peltate 3-lobed. Fruit broadly

fusiform, 2 to 2°5 in. longand 1 in. in diam. at the middle, dirty-yellowish

when dry. Seeds compressed, sub-rotund, keeled, with prominent

sharply edged deep pits in the centre and a row of elongate pits round

the edges. Modecca cardiophylla, Mast. in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IT, 602.

Modecea cordifolia, Kurz (not of Blume) in Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1876,

IJ, 132: Masters in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 602. WM. heterophylla,

Kurz, (not of Blume) Andam. Report Append. A., 39.

Anpaman IsLtanDs; very common. WNicopar and Great Coco

Isnanps; Prain.—Disrris. Cambodia, Khasia Hills and Hastern Bengal,

tropical Hastern Himalaya.

A species well marked by its deeply cordate leaves much reticulate on the

lower surface, widely-spreading cymes and sub-rotund cancellate pitted seeds. Some

confusion in nomenclature has arisen from the fact that Kurz, without having seen

authentic specimens of Blume’s two species Modecca cordifolia and M. heterophylla

referred this plant to both of them. Dr. Masters perpetuated part of Kurz’s mistake

by accepting his view as to the identity of this Andaman and Nicobar plant with

M. cordifolia, Blame, whereas the whole of the Andaman material (greatly increased

in bulk since he wrote) really belongs to his own species MV. cardiophylla. This

view was first expressed by Dr. D. Prain, Superintendent of the Calcutta Garden

in a note on one of the specimens in the Herbarium there.

4, ADENIA PopuLIFOLIA, Engl. in Jahrb. XIV, 376, var. PENTAMERA

King. A slender and often very extensive climber (often 150 feet)

Stems slender, smooth, terete. Leaves thinly coriaceous, oblong-ovate,

gradually narrowed to the acute or sub-acute apex, the base slightly

cordate; both surfaces smooth, the nerves and reticulations little pro-

minent when dry: main-nerves 5 to 7 pairs, curved, spreading, rather

faint; length 3 to 5 in.; breadth 1°75 to 2°5 in.; petiole °75 to 1:25 in.,

its apex bearing 2 large cup-shaped glands conjoined by their backs.

Peduncles shorter than the leaves with 2 slender spreading branches

and a single rather stout tendril. Flowers not numerous, on slender

unequal pedicels, some of them ‘75 in. Jong. Mate FLOWER ‘2 in. long,

narrowly fusiform; the calyx with 5 short oblong blunt lobes. Petals —

springing from the calyx-tube just below its lobes, and like them but

narrower. Anthers 5, broadly linear, the connective slightly produced

beyond the apex, shortly sagittate at the base; filaments joined into a

tube and inserted into the fundus of the calyx: rudimentay ovary

linear. FEMALE FLOWER shorter than the male (only ‘15 in. long) and

not so slender but with similar calyx-lobes and petals. Ovary oblong,

crowned by three erect oblong rather large stigmas. Jrwit double fusi-

form, deep red when ripe, 2°5 to 3 in. long and from ‘75 to 1 in. in

1902.) G. King —Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 56

diam. Seeds broadly oblong, compressed, foveolate with a row of short

radiating grooves round the edges. Modecca populifolia, Blume Rum-

phia, 168 t. 50. MM. populifolia, Bl.: Masters in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

II, 603 (amongst imperfectly known species).

Matacca; Maingay (K.D.) 668. Perak; Scortechini 1609; King’s

Collector, many Nos.

Blume describes and figures his Modecca populifolia plant as tetramerous and

as this exactly agrees both with his text and figure, except in being pentamerous,

I regard it as a variety. There are in Herb. Calcutta specimens from Perak without

flower or fruit, of what appears to be a 3-lobed form of this.

5. ADENIA AcUMINATA, King. Stems slender, striate. Leaves sub-

coriaceous, ovate-oblong or rotund-ovate, the base usually narrowed

but sometimes sub-cordate always bi-glandular; the apex shortly and

abruptly acuminate; the secondary nerves and reticulations distinct

on both surfaces when dry but especially on the lower; main-nerves

2 or sometimes 3 pairs, originating from the midrib near its base, all

prominent: length 4 to 6 in.; breadth 2 to 4in.; petiole ‘75 to 1°35 in.

long. Peduncles usually nearly as long as the leaves but sometimes

much shorter, bearing a few short many-flowered spreading branches

at the apex and often a short tendril. Matz FLoweR narrowly ovoid, °25

to ‘3 in. long. Calyx leathery with 5 short ovate-lanceolate lobes.

Petals thick, oblong, acute, springing from the calyx-tube above the

middle. Glands small, lanceolate. Anthers linear, sub-acute, erect, the

filaments short. FemaLe rLower larger than the males (‘4 in. long),

tubular, swollen in the lower third. Calyz-lobes very short, broad, blunt,

incuryed. Petals narrowly oblong, sub-acute, incurved. Ovary fusiform.

Fruit fusiform, dull, reddish when dry, about 2 in. long and ‘75 in.

in diam. at the middle. Seeds compressed, subrotund, boldly pitted

in the centre and with a marginal row of radiating grooves on each

side, slightly oblique and pointed at the base. Modecca acuminata,

Blume Bijdr. 940; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I, Pt. 1,702. MM. singaporeana,

Mast. in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 601 (in part).

Pera; Scortechini 254, 459, 629; Wray 498, 1745; Ridley 9462,

9632; King’s Collector, many numbers. Sw#ptancor; Ridley 7288,

Maracca; Goodrich 1340.—Disrris.; Java, Sumatra, (Beccari P.S. 743).

6. ADBNIA SINGAPOREANA, Engl. in Jahrb. XIV, 376. Stems slender,

striate. Leaves subcoriaceous, oblong to ovate-oblong, cuneate and bi-

glandular at the base, the apex sub-acute or shortly and bluntly acumi-

nate; both surfaces smooth, opaque, the lower very pale, the secondary

nerves and reticulations very indistinct on both; main-nerves 3 pairs,

the lower two pairs bold and ascending, the upper pair less bold

and spreading; length 3°5 to 4°5 in.; breadth 1°75 to 2°25 in.; petiole

06 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

‘5 to 1:5 in. long. Peduncles about as long as the petiole, few-flowered.

Male flowers (fide Masters) “°25 in. long, elongate, fusiform. Calyx

leathery, shortly 5-lobed; lobes ovate, connivent (? always). Petals

thick, leathery, oblong-acute, springing from the calyx-tube just beneath

the throat. Corona none (?). Glands of the dise 5, small, oblong, at

the base of the calyx-tube, opposite to its lobes. Stamens 5; anthers

sub-sessile, erect, linear ; connective long, thread-like. Rudimentary ovary

fusiform. Fruit 2 in. long, glabrous, fusiform.” Seeds compressed, sub-

ovoid, obliquely contracted to ashort podosperm, the centre boldly tuber-

cled, the edges with a row of broad grooves the tubercles between which

on the extreme margin are bold and some of them black. Passiflora

singaporeara, Wall. Cat. 1232. Modecca singuporeana, Masters in Hook.

fil. FL. Br. Ind. IT, 601.

Sincapore; Wallich. Jouore; King. Matacca; Maingay (K.D.)

667.—Disrriz. Java.

A species badly represented in collections and misunderstood. It is based on

the plant collected by Wallich at Singapore and issued by him under his Cat. No.

1232 and named Passiflora singaporeana. With this agree absolutely a plant collected

by Mr. Hullett and myself at Jaffaria (in Johore) also some specimens collected by Mr.

H. O. Forbes in the Preanger in Java (Herb. Forbes 565). Maingay collected at

Malacca six specimens of a Modecca all of which in Herb. Kew. are named WM. singa-

poreanda. In my opinion five of these belong to M. acuminata, Bl. I have seen no

flowers of MM. singapo eana and the account of them given above is copied verbatim

from Masters. The leaves are very opaque and of a dull pale colour beneath, and

the nerves are very faint. ‘he frnit is slightly shorter than that of M. acwminata,

BI. of which species this is I fear little more than a form.

Order LIT. BEGONIACELA.

Succulent herbs or undershrubs ; stem often rhizomatous or tuber-

erous. Leaves alternate (sometimes falsely whorled), more or less un-

equal-sided, entire, toothed or lobed; stipules 2, free, frequently deci-

duous. Peduncles axillary, dichotomously cymose, the branches and

bracts at their divisions generally opposite. Flowers white rose or

yellow, showy, sometimes small, monceecious. Mate: perianth (of the

only Indian genus) of 2 outer valvate opposite sepaloid segments, and

2-0 inner smaller segments ; stamens indefinite often very mauy, free

or monadelphous, anthers narrowly obovoid. Femate: perianth (of the

only Indian genus) of 5-2 segments. Ovary inferior (in Hildebrandia

half-superior), 2-3-4-celled; placentas vertical, axile (at the time of

estivation), divided or simple; styles 2-4, free or combined at the base,

stigmas branched or tortuous; ovales very many. Fruit capsular, more

rarely succulent, often winged, variously dehiscing or irregularly break-

ing up. Seeds very many, minute, globose or narrow-cylindric, testa

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. — 57

reticulated: albumen very scanty or 0.—Disrris. Species 400 (of which

398 belong to the genus Begonia), in all tropical moist countries; not

yet met with in Australia.

J. Breonta, Linn,

Characters of the Order.

Group I. Capsule 3-celled, with 3 nearly equal narrow

vertically oblong wings, dehiscing by 2 oblong valves on

each face between the wings :—

Small acaulescent herbs, only a few inches in height :

leaves rotund-ovate slightly oblique

Herbs with stems 2 or 3 feet high ; leaves obliquele cai

oblong or ovate-lanceolate, the base cordate and very

unequal-sided :—

Male flowers *2 to 3 in. across ... one .. 2. B. wsoptera.

Male flowers 1°5 in. across ase . .. 93. B. isopteroidea.

Group II. Capsule 2-celled, triquetrous, with 3 short un-

equal wings, dehiscing irregularly by the breaking up of the

fragile faces between the wings; anthers obovoid, often

emarginate at the apex :—

Caulescent ; rootstock tuberous :—

Upper surfaces of leaves with numerous adpressed

white stellate hairs; bracts of inflorescence ‘05 to ‘1 in.

long, densely adpressed-pubescent; male flowers *2 to

25 in. in diam.; capsules abont 3 in. broad .. 4 B. sinuata.

Upper surfaces of leaves scantily adpressed hairy ;

bracts °35 to °5 in. long, glabrous; male flowers ‘5 in.

and capsules ‘6 in, across

Leaves glabrous... 000 oc 900

Acaulescent; rhizome creeping :—

Leaves rather thick (when dry), rotund-reniform,

deeply cordate the basal lobes overlapping, the nerves

beneath and the petioles rusty-tomentose .. 4%. B. thaipingensis.

Leaves very thin (when dry), obliquely ovate-reniform,

quite glabrous except for a few sparse hairs on the

under surface of the nerves; petioles glabrous 5 8. B. guttata.

Grove III. Capsule 2-celled, triquetrous with 3 wings one

of which is much elongated transversely so as greatly to

exceed the other two, dehiscing by the rupture of the stout

membranous faces between the wings :—

Anthers cuneiform-oblong ; leaves peltate ... .. 9. B. Hasskarli.

Anthers linear-oblong or linear; leaves not peltate :—

Leaves not at all or very little oblique even at the base,

not cordate; petioles very long :—

Leaves with coarse hairs on both surfaces :—

Leaves narrowly lanceolate

Leaves ovate-lanceolate

Cai ts)

1. B. Forbesii.

5. B. andamensis.

6. B. debilis.

10. B. Scortechinit.

11, B. Kanstleriana.

08 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

Leaves glabrous :—

Leaves broadly elliptic-ovate,equal-sided atthe base 12. B. Herveyana.

Leaves ovate-lanceolate, unequal-sided especially

at the base Lee aoe .. 13. B. perakensis.

Leaves very oblique, ovate to vonieeene obliquely cor-

date at the base :—

Leaves glabrous even on the nerves :—

Male flowers less than | in. across «. 14. B. paupercula.

Male flowers about 1-5 in. across oe .. 15. B. venusta.

Leaves glabrous, but the nerves hairy; male flower

2 in. across Ee oa ... 16. B. megapteroidea.

Leaves with a fay coarse compressed ae pubescent

hairs on both surfaces; nerves beneath, petioles and

also peduncles rusty-pubescent; male flowers ‘8 in.

across ace -.. 17. B. Mazwelliana.

Upper surfaces of Weave papillose and bearing coarse

hairs :—

Acaulescent ; petiole much longer than the lamina 18, B. praeclara.

Stems 3 feet high; petiole shorter than the blade 19. B. Lowiana.

1. Beconta Forzesir, King n. sp. A small plant a few inches

high with densely rusty-villose rhizome. Leaves rotund-ovate shortly

apiculate, sometimes blunt, the base slightly cordate, the edges subentire

or remotely denticulate; upper surface glabrous: the lower with numer-

ous white scales and a few coarse hairs on the nerves near their bases:

main-nerves 9, radiating from the base, inconspicuous; length 1°25 to

2°25 in.; breadth 1 to 2 in.; petiole 1°5 to 3 in.; stipules lanceolate,

villous externally, ‘3 in. long. Peduncles as long as or longer than the

leaves, slender, glabrous, bearing a solitary flower at the apex, or

2-branched and bearing 2 to 5 flowers; bracts absent on the lower part

of the peduncle, in pairs in its upper part, small, obovate-oblong.

Flowers pink, their pedicels red. Mate; sepals 2, oblong, blunt, ‘15 in.

long; petals 2, similar but smaller; stamens numerous ; anthers obovate,

with emarginate apices, filaments short. Femaues; perianth of 4 un-

equal pieces, the outermost rotund-ovate: the inner oblong. Styles 3,

thick, the stigmas large, flattened, rotund. Capsule 3-celled, opening

on each face; the wings subequal, spreading, triangular, blunt.

Perak; Wray 2476.—Distris. Sumatra, Forbes 2666.

2. Beconta isoprera, Dry. in Smith’s Ic. 43. Caulescent: three

feet high, nearly glabrous; stem and branches slender. Leaves obliquely

ovate-oblong or ovate-lanceolate, shortly acuminate, the base cordate,

the sides very unequal; edges remotely and usually coarsely dentate ;

upper surface of leaves quite glabrous, the lower minutely scaly; main-

nerves mostly radiating from the base, branched, prominent; length

> nd

3° to 6 in.; breadth 1:5 to 3 in.; petioles slender, varying from ‘5 to

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 59

2°25 in. in length: stipules lanceolate or oblong, *75 in. long. Inflorescence

leaf-opposed, shorter than the leaves, slender; the female flowers near

its base, the male on short branches on its upper half. Matus -2 to °3 in.

across; sepals 2, rotund; petals 0; stamens numerous, broadly oblong

or obovate, minutely apiculate; filaments short. FEMALE perianth-seg-

ments 5. Styles three, bifid, the arms twisted. Oapsule 3-celled, about

‘8 in. long and equally broad, dehiscing by two slits on each face, the

three wings equal, narrow, oblong, ‘25 in. wide. Dry. in Trans. Linn.

Soc. I, 160. B. repanda, Bl. Enum. Pl. Jay.1, 97. Diploclinium repan-

dum, Klo. Begon. 72. Begonia Wrayi, Hems. in Journ. Bot. for 1887,

208.

Perak; Scortechini and King’s Collector, many numbers. Matacca;

Hervey. Serancor; Ridley 8589. Panana; Ridley 2246. Nucrt Sumpa-

LAN; Ridley 10028. Prnana; Curtis 7094.—Dristris. Sumatra, Java.

B, bombycina, Bl. (Enum. Pl. Jav. 97) is possibly identical with this; it has

been reduced here by De Candolle and part of it is no doubt so reducible. Under

B. bombycina however have been distributed specimens of an allied species with

larger flowers in short spreading cymes. Which of the two plants Blume intended

as his B. bombycina, it is impossible from his short description and in the absence of

authentic specimens to determine.

3. BEGONIA ISOPTEROIDEA, King n. sp. Caulescent, 3 feet high,

glabrous. Leaves thin, very obliquely ovate-lanceolate acuminate; the

base acute on one side of the petiole but with a broad round auricle

on the other, the edges remotely lobulate-dentate ; lower surface with

very minute white scales; main-nerves 7, radiating from the base,

rather prominent beneath; length 3°5 to 4°5 in.; breadth 1:2 to 1°5 in. ;

petioles unequal, 2 to 3:5 in long. Stipules broadly lanceolate, acute, *5

to -75 in. long. Peduncles slender, axillary, about an inch long and

bearing about two flowers on long slender pedicels and one sub-sessile.

Flowers pink, large. Mates; sepals 2, rotund-oblong, blunt, °75 in.

long; petals 2 similar but only ‘5 in. long; stamens inserted on an

elongate anthophore, the anthers quadrate, 2-groved, truncate, only

about half as long as the slender filaments. FmMA.es nearly as large as

the males; sfyle short, thick, divided into 5 slender, bifid spiral spread-

ing branches. Capsules about *75 in. in length and breadth, 3-celled,

its wings narrow oblong, thin, membranous, the posterior narrower than

the lateral.

Perak; on Gunong Brumban, elevation 5,000 feet; Wray 1548.

A species in leaves capsules and habit resembling B. isoptera, but with much

larger flowers.

4, Beconta sinvata, Wall. Cat. 3680. Shortly caulescent (from

2°) to 12 inches high) the rootstock tuberous. Leaves either broadly

60 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

reniform and blunt, or sometimes with a short broad abrupt apiculus,

the basal sinus deep and the edges wavy and minutely denticulate or

crenate; or reniform-cordate, gradually tapered to the sub-acute apex,

the margins slightly lobulate-dentate, the lobes denticulate, the basal

sinus small: length of the reniform over 4 to 6 in.; breadth 5 to 8

in., of the ovate-reniform 1°5 to 3 in.; breadth 1 to 3 in.; petioles of

the radical leaves 1 to 3 in.; of the cauline ‘5 to 2°5 in.; both surfaces

with numerous adpressed white stellate hairs, the lower with small

oblong white scales also; main-nerves 7 to 11, radiating from the base,

prominent on the lower surface; petioles unequal, *5 to 3 in. long, pube-

scent. Stpules small, oblong-lanceolate, slightly oblique, blunt, glab-

rous. Inflorescence 3 to 8 inches long, sparsely stellate-puberulous; the

peduncle very slender; branches few, short, filiform, few-flowered;

bracts minute (‘05 to *1 in. long) bluntly lanceolate, rather densely ad-

pressed-pubescent externally, the upper in whorls of three. Flowers

small, pink, glabrous. Mates about -2 to ‘25 in. in diam.: sepals 2,

roundish; petals 2, narrower, obovate; stamens about 20, monadel-

phous; anthers obovoid, connective not produced. Femate perianth-

segments 5, the inner gradually smaller. Styles 2, combined for half

their length, stigmas. lunate. Capsule about °3 in. broad and slightly

jonger, the posterior wing the largest. Seeds ovoid, shining, brown,

deeply pitted. A. DC. Prod. XV, Pt. I, 354; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc,

Beng., 1877, Pt. II, 108; Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 650.

Diploclinium biloculare, Wight Ic. 1814. Begonia guttata, elongata et

subrotunda, Wall. Cat. 3671 B (not A), 6291, 6293.

PenanG; Wallich; Phillips; King’s Collector 2269, 4860; Curtis 390,

481, 3098; Ridley 9229. Mauacca; Maingay (K.D.) 674. Perak; King’s

Collector 4971.—Distris. Burma; Griffith, Parish.

5. BeGonta ANDAMENSIS, Parish ex Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind. I, 650. Like the reniform-leaved form of B. sinuata, but the

hairs on the surfaces of the leaves scanty: the inflorescence usually

longer and its peduncle and branches much stouter ; the bracts glabrous,

longer (‘35 to 5 iz.) and blunter and the male flowers (‘5 in. across)

and capsules (‘6 in. across) longer and more numerous than those of

B. sinuata.

AnpaMANn Istanps; Parish; King’s Collector.—Dtstr1s. Burma.

This ought probably to be regarded as a variety of B. sinuata. Actual speci-

mens of the two look more different than written descriptions lead one to suppose ;

I therefore retain this as a species.

6. Beconta DepiLis, King n. sp. Aslender weak herb, about 6 to 8

inches high, caulescent. Leaves thin, narrowly reniform, blunt or sub-

acute; the base unequal, rounded at both sides but one auriculate aud

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula, 61

much longer; edges sub-entire or slightly remotely and obscurely cre-

nate; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; length (from base of largest lobe to apex)

35 to 7in.; upper surface glabrous, the lower minutely scaly; main-

nerves 7, radiating from the base, some of them branching, rather

prominent below; petioles 1 to 3 in. long. Inflorescence axillary or ter-

minal, slender, longer than the leaves, with a few lax filiform dicho-

tomous spreading fow-flowered branches, bracts in pairs, ovate-lanceo-

late, ‘1 to 15 in. long. Flowers pure white, the stamens yellow. Mate

35 in. across; sepals 2, oblong-ovate, blunt: petals 2, similar but smaller ;

stamens in a globular mass; anthers obovate, short with broad emar-

ginate inappendiculate apices. Femate pertanth of 5 unequal obliquely

oblong pieces; styles united into a short column, above divided into

numerous crowded awns. Oapsule °75 in. broad (to the end of the

wings), and ‘4 in. from base to apex, glabrous, 2-celled: the 2 lateral

wives triangular, acute, the posterior wing oblong, tapering a little to

the blunt apex, more than twice as long as the lateral.

Perak ; King’s Collector 8289.

A species allied to B. varians, A. DC., but with more entire leaves.

7. BrGONIA THAIPINGENSIS, King n. sp. Rhizome long, creeping,

rooting at intervals, wire-like, rusty-villous. eaves rotund-reniform,

the edges minutely and rather remotely dentate, the basal sinus mostly

obliterated by the overlapping of the auricles; both surfaces scaly

the lower more distinctly so and rusty tomentose on the 6 or 7 radiat-

ing sub-prominent nerves; length 1°25 to 2 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2-25

in,; petioles unequal, 1 to 4 in. long, densely rusty-tomentose. Peduncles

4 to 9 in. long, sleuder, sparsely rasty-villous, bearing one or two

remote pairs of small lanceolate bracts and near the apex 3 to 5 slen-

derly pedicellate pink flowers on slender branches. Mate flowers ; sepals

2, sub-rotund, ‘15 in. long; petals 2, smaller, oblong ; stamens numerous ;

anthers obovate, the apex blunt and emarginate, the filaments short.

- FemMae perianth of 5 unequal pieces, the largest most external: style

short, thick, with 2 stout arms and short thick twisted stigmas. Cupsule

2-celled, °5 in. broad (to the ends of the wings); all the wings trian-

gular, sub-equal.

Perak; Scortechini 1479; Wray 1774; King’s Collector 2523, 8511.

A species allied to B. sinwata, Wall., but differing by the creeping rhizome,

non-apicuiate leaves, rusty-tomentose petioles and peduncles.

8. Beconra Gurrata, Wall. Cat. 8671 A. Stem succulent, short.

weak, bearing about two thin obliquely ovate-reniform glabrous nearly

entire leaves with oblique cordate bases, and subacute apices; the

nerves about 5, radiating from the base, prominent, sparsely hairy ;

62 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

4 to 7 in. long and 2 to 4°5 in. broad; petioles 1°5 to 4 in. Pedumncles

varying in length from 1 to 2 in., slender, glabrous, bearing a few

flowers near the apex. Mate flower; sepals 2, rotund; petals 2,

narrowly oblong; stamens about 50, monadelphous; anthers obovoid.

FeMaLe; perianth-segments 5, gradually smaller inwards: styles 2,

with two twisted branches, Capsule -4 in. long and ‘75 in. broad to

the ends of the wings, the smaller wings very narrow; the posterior

one broad, descending. A.DC., Prod. XV, Pt.1,352 ; Clarke in Hook.

fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 648.

Perak; Scortechini 571. Matacca; Maingay (Kew Distrib.) 675.

Penane; Wallich. Setancor; Ridley 7289.

9. Beconta Hassxarwt, Zoll. et Mor. Syst. Verz. Zoll. 31 (not of

Mig.) All parts glabrous. Stem a creeping rhizome. Leaves rotund-

ovate, shortly and abruptly caudate-acuminate, peltate, the edges wavy

but entire; both surfaces glabrous, the upper pitted when dry, the

lower with sub-rotund scales; main-nerves about ten, radiating from

the insertion of the petiole, not very prominent; length 3°5 to 5°5

in.; breadth 2°25 to 3°75 in.; petiole attached to the leaf about -75

to 1:25 in. from its lower edge; stzpules short, lanecolate. Peduncle

usually longer than the leaves (often twice as long), about as thick as

the petioles, bearing a few slender branches near the apex, ebracteate.

Flowers small, white tipped with red. Mate -2 in. broad; sepals 2,

reniform, the margins thick. Stamens numerous, cuneiform-oblong,

their apices emarginate ; filaments very short, free. Frmatz, sepals 2,

with vertical veins, reniform; style short, thick, with 4 short branches ;

stigmas 4, much lobulate. Capsule 4-celled, -6 in. long, the lateral

wings very narrow; the posterior broad slightly narrowed to the blunt

apex, ‘5 in. long: seeds minute, ovoid, tapering to one end, brown, shining,

pitted. B. peltata, Hassk, in Hoey. et De Vriese, Tijdschr. X (1843)

133. Metscherlicia coriacea, Klotzsch in Abh. Akad. Berl. (1855) 74;

Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1, Pt. I, 696. B. coriacea, Hassk. Pl. Jav. Rar. 209;

B. hernandiaefolia, Hook. (not of others) Bot. Mag. t. 4676.

Perak; Scortechinit 1607; King’s Collector 4427, 8245; Ridley 9689.

Panane; Ridley 2442.—Distris, Java, Zollinger 1613.

This is one of three species to which the specific name peltata has been given.

That name must however be reserved for the Brazilian species to which it was

first applied by Otto & Dietr. (Allg. Gartenz. IX (1841) 58). The MSS. name

B. Hasskarliana was given by Miquel to a species near B. coespitosa which he con-

fused with Zollinger’s No. 1613 (the type of the species above described), and

this inaccuracy was perpetuated by Miquel on p. 1091 of his FI, Ind. Bat. I,

Pt. I, where he describes Diploclinium Hasskarlianum.

10. BecontaScorrecuinu, King, n.sp. Rhizomecreeping, short, scaly.

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 63

Leaves on very long glabrous petioles, narrowly lanceolate, attenuate

to the acuminate apex, and to the rounded or acute nearly equal-sided

base; the edges dentate-ciliate; both surfaces with numerous scattered

coarse subulate spreading hairs compressed at their bases, the lower

also minutely scaly; main-nerves pinnate, 3 or 4 pairs, then ascending ;

length 2°75 to 4in.; breadth 5 to 1 in.; petioles 5 to 7 in. Peduncles

axillary, somewhat shorter than the leaves, glabrous, bearing at the

apex 2 few-flowered branches and a few rather long bracts. Flowers

white, tinged with pink and green. Mate: sepals ovate, obtuse, 75

in. long; petals narrower but nearly as long. Stamens numerous, in a

short column; anthers linear-oblong, the apical appendage obtuse ;

filaments short. Female with perianth-segments similar to the male

(fide Scortechini) but 5. Ovary glabrous, 2-celled ; styles free, 2 to 4-fid.

Capsule °75 in. broad (including the wings) the lateral wings narrow,

oblong, the posterior much larger (fide Scortechini).

Perak; Scortechint 1845; King’s Collector 7227.

I have seen no ripe capsules, and the above description of them is taken from

Scortechini’s field-note. The species is readily distinguishable by its very narrow

equal-sided coarsely hairy leaves. A drawing of this, sent to Herb. Kew from

Penang by Mr. C. Curtis, represents the leaf-petioles as not more than one inch long.

11. Berconta Kunstieriana, King n. sp. Rhizome creeping, very

scaly. Leaves ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, often but not always un-

equal-sided, much acuminate; the base cuneate usually oblique; edges

ciliate-serrate, the teeth slightly unequal; both surfaces with coarse

spreading hairs with dilated flattened bases; the lower with minute

white scales also; main-nerves about 3 pairs, pinnate, densely rufescent

villous like the petioles; length 5 to 7°5 in.; breadth 1:75 to 2°5 in.;

petiole from half as long to nearly as long as the blade. Peduneles

longer than the petioles and more slender, glabrous, 2- to 4-flowered at

the apex. Flowers large, white, tinged with red. MA.e; sepals 2,

elliptic, obtuse, 1 in. long and ‘5 in. broad, vertically veined ; petals

similar but not half so large. Stamens numerous, linear-oblong, bluntly

apiculate. FEmate perianth of 5 oblong blunt segments; styles 2, each

with two short twisted branches. _ Capsule (to the end of the posterior

wing) 1 in. broad: the lateral wings short, narrow; the posterior elon-

gate not tapered to the apex, 2-celled. Seeds ellipsoid, shining, brown,

pitted.

Perak; King’s Collector 7194; Scortechini ; Ridley 9651.

This resembles B. Scortechinii, but has larger leaves and shorter petioles which

are densely villous.

12. Beconta Herveyana, King un. sp. Glabrous except for a few

64 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

hairs on the nerves on the lower surface of the leaves: rhizome creep-

ing, thin. Leaves broadly elliptic-ovate, shortly acuminate, slightly

narrowed to the rounded almost equal-sided base ; the edges slightly

undulate, very indistinctly serrate; upper surface glabrous, lower very

minutely scaly; nerves pinnate, about 6 pairs, ascending, branching ;

length 5 to 9 in.; breadth 3 to 4°5 in.; petioles much longer than the

leaves, glabrous; stipules lanceolate, inconspicuous. Peduncles 5 to 10

in. lone, slender, bearing near the apex 2 or 3 branches with few shortly

pedicellate flowers. Mate flowers; sepals 2, ovate-subrotund ; petals

2, much smaller, oblong, blunt; stamens numerous, arranged in a cone,

linear, with a blunt apical appendage, the filaments short. Femae

perianth of 5 subrotund pieces. Capsule 1 in. broad and about half

as much from base to apex, imperfectly 4-celled: lateral wings narrow

oblong ; the posterior wing ovate, blunt, about ‘65 in. long.

Matacca; Hervey ; Derry.

This is a very distinct species resembling in the shape of its leaves no Asiatic

Begonia that I have seen, except on unnamed species from Tonkin { No. 3763 of Herb.

Balansa).

13. Brconta PErRAkensis, King n.sp. Shizome slender, creeping.

Leaves ovate-lanceolate, slightly unequal-sided, acuminate; the base

broad, rounded or very slightly emarginate or oblique, the edges ob-

securely and remotely dentate, or sub-entire ; both surfaces glabrous, the

lower minutely scaly; main-nerves pinnate, 4 or 5 pairs, ascending ;

length 3°5 to 55 in.; breadth 1:5 to 2°25 in.; petiole 2°5 to 5 in.; slen-

der, glabrous. Peduncles usually longer than the leaves (at least when

in fruit), 4-angled, glabrous, few-flowered. Flowers whitish tinged with

pink, or pink. Mate; sepals rotund-ovate, *4 in. long. Petals 2, oblong

and much smaller. Stamens numerous, linear with short blunt apical

appendages and short filaments. FrmaLe perianth of 5 (?) seements.

Capsule (ripe) 1°2 in. broad (to end of posterior wing), and ‘5 in. from

base to apex, 2-celled ; the lateral wings oblong, narrow; the posterior

oblong, blunt, slightly oblique, ‘35 in. broad ; seeds small, ellipsoid,

pitted, shining.

Perak ; King’s Collector 10338, 10506, 10951.

Specimens of a species closely resembling this, but insufficient for accurate

determination, have been collected in Selangor by Mr. Ridley (Herb. Ridley 8590).

14. Beconta Paupercuta, King n. sp. Rhizome creeping, acaules-

cent, everywhere glabrous. Leaves ovate, very unequal-sided and very

oblique at the base, or ovate-lanceolate, slightly unequal-sided and little

oblique at the base; the apex always acuminate, the edges slightly

sinuate-lobed, obscurely dentate; both surfaces glabrous : main-nerves

5 to 7, radiating from the base, prominent below, midrib with a few

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 65

lateral nerves, length 3°5 to 5 in. ; breadth'1:25 to 3°5 in. ; petioles vary-

ing in length from 25 to7 in., slender, 2-to 3-flowered. Flowers white,

tinged with red. Mates; sepals 2, elliptic-oblong, ‘4 in. long ; petals 0.

Stamens linear-oblong, shortly and bluntly apiculate: filaments short,

Femate; the perianth of 5 very unequal lobes, the outermost larger

than the sepals of the male. Capsules ‘6 in. long and 1 in. broad, 2-

celled ; the 2 lateral wings sub-elliptic, oblique, ‘3 in. broad ; the posterior

wing oblong, blunt, ‘6 to °7 in long and ‘35 in. broad.

Pwrak; King’s Collector 5952.

This has leaves resembling those of B. borneensis, but the flowersare fewer and

larger. Beccari’s Sumatra specimens (P.S. 857), in fruit only, appear to belong to

this species.

15. Beraonta venosta, King n. sp. Rhizome slender, creeping ; whole

plant glabrous. Leaves reniformly ovate, shortly acuminate, the basal

sinus deep; the edges sub-entire or remotely and minutely denticulate ;

both surfaces smooth, shining : main-nerves 7, radiating from the base»

slender; length 3 to 5°5 in.; breadth 2 to 3°5 in.; petioles unequal,

slender, from 6 to 12 in. in ieee Peduncles 3°5 to 6 i in, long, bearing

about 3 pedunculate pinkish-white flowers near the apex. Mats; sepals

2, ovate-rotund, blunt, °75 in. long. Petals 2, somewhat larger. Giamens

narrowly oblong, with a large apiculus; filaments unequal, the inner

ones long, the nutes short. FEMALus smaller than the male, the perianth

of 5 unequal broad blunt segments; styles very short, with numerous

broad depressed lobules. Capsule ‘3 in. long and 1°15 in. broad (to the

ends of the wings) ; lateral wings more than half as long as the posterior,

broadly triangular, blunt; posterior wing oblong, blunt, ‘7 in. long.

Perak ; at an elevation of about 6,000 ft., Wray 1598.

The leaves are not unlike those of B. pawpercula and B. borneensis but the flowers

are large and handsome.

16. Brconta meGAPTEROIDEA, King n. sp. Rhizome as thick as a

swan-quill, creeping on rocks. Leaves broadly and very obliquely ovate,

acuminate; both sides of the base rounded but very unequal, the sinus

between them wide, the edges remotely and minutely dentate, upper

surface glabrous; the lower also glabrous except the rusty-pubescent

nerves which are also scaly near the base: main-nerves about 8, radiat-

ing from the base, the larger branched and all rather prominent ; length

(from apex of petiole to apex of blade) 4 to 5in.; breadth 4to 5 in. ;

petiole 12 to 16 in. long, glabrous. Pedwneles from half as long te

nearly as long as the leaves, glabrous, ebracteate below the flowers.

Mate flowers : sepals rotund-ovate, very obtuse, 1 in. long and °6 to ‘7 in,

broad ; petals much smaller, elliptic: stamens numerous, in a conical

J. u, 9

66 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 1,

mass on a short thick anthophore; anthers oblong, bluntly apiculate,

filaments varying in length (the inner the longest). Frmate perianth

of 5 unequal pieces: styles 2, rather long, combined at the base. Cap-

sule not seen.

Perak ; collected at an elevation of 5,000 ft., Wray 1450, 1573.

Specimens of this plant are rather scanty. They resemble B. megaptera, but

are not caulescent like that species. In the Calcutta Herbarium there is, under

the name Dipioclinium tuberosum, Mig., a specimen collected by Kurz in Western

Java which apparently belongs to this species. There are also two plants

from Sumatra collected by Forbes (Herb. Forbes 2333a and 2255) which appear to

belong to this. The genus Diploclinium is inseparable from Begonia and the specific

name tuberosa is'‘pre-occupied in the latter by a species described by Lamack from

the Moluccas which has a rounded tuberous root.

17. Beconta Maxwewiiana, King n. sp. Rhizome as thick as a

swan-quill, bearing many broadly lanceolate scales. Leaves broadly

and obliquely ovate to ovate-rotund, more or less acuminate, the edges

minutely ciliate-denticulate, the base very oblique, one side of it rounded

the other rounded-auriculate, the sinus wide; both surfaces with a few

coarse compressed rusty hairs, most numerous on the nerves near the base;

the lower surface with minute white scales; main-nerves 7 to 9, radiat-

ing from the base, prominent; length 5 to 6 in.; breadth 4 to 7 in.;

petioles 4 to 10 in. long, compresed (when dry) like the peduncles

and like them rusty-pubescent. Peduncles unequal, those bearing only

male flowers often shorter than the petioles; those bearing female and

male, or females only often longer than the petioles; all ebracteate

below the inflorescence, dichotomously branched and few-flowered at the

apex; the bracts short, broad. Mate flowers densely clustered ; sepals

2, oblong-ovate, blunt, ‘4 in. long, puberulous outside ; petals 2, similar,

but much smalJer. Stamens numerous, without anthophore ; anthers lin-

ear, bluntly apiculate, slightly shorter than the filaments. Frmaue peri-

anth of 5 unequal nieces diminishing in size inwards ; styles 2, short, much

lobulate. Capsule 2-celled, 1°4 in. broad (to the ends of the wings) and

*6 in from base to apex; the 2 lateral wings sub-quadrate, obtuse; the

posterior oblong, blunt, more than three times as long as the lateral.

Perak; Maxwell’s Hill, at elevation of 3,000 feet, Wray 119, 2199;

Scortechini 1607, 1798 ; King’s Collector 2038.—Distris. Sumatra, Forbes

31192.

The flowers of this are white tinged with pink and the leaves green, the nerves

beneath being red. This resembles B. megapteroidea, King, but the flowers are

smaller, and the leaves and inflorescence are not glabrous as in that species.

18. Breonia prachars, Kingn.sp. Rhizome creeping, very scaly.

Teares obliquely ovate, acuminate, the base rounded on one side of the

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 67

petiole and on the other expanding into a broad rounded auricle, the

edges minutely dentate, rarely with small lobes besides: upper surface

with numerous conical papillz each bearing a coarse curved hair

flattened at the base; under surface with a few scattered flattened hairs

especially on the nerves ; main-nerves 7, radiating from the base, promi-

nent beneath; length 3°5 to 5°5 in.; breadth 2°5 to 3:5 in. ; petioles

unequal 3 to 6 in. long, with a few flexuose hairs near the apex.

Peduncles longer than the petioles, slender, glabrous, 1- to 3-flowered.

Flowers on rather long slender pedicels, pink. Mates; sepals 2,

narrowly oblong-ovate, obtuse, *8 in. long; petals 2, narrowly oblong,

blunt, °5 in. long; stamens linear-oblong, apiculate, the filaments un-

equal the central the largest. Frmate perianth unknown; styles 2,

short, 2-branched, branches divided into many flat twisted lobes. Cap-

sule *5 in. long and about 1°5 in. broad (to the ends of the wings); the

lateral wings quadrate-ovate, obtuse, about 4 in. long; the posterior

oblong, blunt, 1 in. long and ‘4 in. broad.

Perak; at elevations of from 3,000 to 6,700 feet, Wray 518, 349,

427 ; King’s Collector 8077.

The upper surface of the leaves is dark green, the nerves being coloured ; the

under surface is red of various tints and the flower-stalks are pale crimson.

19. Brconta Lowiawa, King n. sp. Caulescent; 3 feet high ;

stems and branches covered with coarse flexuose glandular hairs. Leaves

mostly very obliquely reniform; but some of the cauline ovate and

nearly equal-sided acute, the basal sinus deep, the edges with a few

very shallow lobes closely and rather minutely dentate-serrate and

shortly ciliate ; both surfaces coarsely rusty-pubescent, the hairs flexuose

compressed and with dilated bases, the lower also with small white

scales; main-nerves about 9, radiating from the base, prominent and

densely villous; length 3 to 4°5 in.; breadth 4 to 7 in. ; petioles un-

-equal, stout, villous like the under surface of the ribs and midrib, from

‘4 in. long in the upper leaves, to 4 in. long in the lower. Cymes few-

fiowered, leaf-opposed and terminal, shorter than the leaves when in

flower, much larger when in fruit; bractsJovate-lanceolate, opposite,

ciliate, Flowers pink or white, pedicellate. Maur about °75 in. across ;

sepals 2, ovate-oblong, sub-acute, ‘5 in, long; petals 2, oblong, much

smaller. Stamens uumerous, oblong, blunt, without apical appendages ;

filaments short. Frmatr, the perianth of 5 pieces decreasing in size

inwards ; styles 2, deeply bifid and spiral. Capsules ‘65 in. long and

twice as broad to the end of the wings; lateral wings very narrow

(about °15 in. broad), the posterior oblique, broadly ovate, blunt, ‘9 in.

long and ‘8 in. broad.

68 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 1,

Prax; at an elevation of 7,000 feet on Gunong Brumber Pahang,

Wray 1567; also on Gunong Batu Puleb, Wray 316.

This resembles the Indian species B. Thomsonu, DC., but differs in being

caulescent, in having shorter hairs on leaves and petioles, and in the posterior

wing of the capsule being much larger. I have named the species after Sir Hugh

Low, late British resident at Malacca, to commemorate his many services towards

the botanical exploration of the Province of Perak.

Order LIV. _FICOIDEA.

Herbs. eaves simple, often fleshy, usually opposite or whorled;

stipules 0 or scarious. Flowers usually in cymes or clusters, rarely

solitary, regular, hermaphrodite rarely polygamous. Calyx of 4-5 seg-

ments, united into a tube or nearly distinct, free from the ovary in the

Indian genera, often persistent. Petals usually wanting, when present

small. Stamens perigynous or hypogynous, definite or indefinite; sta-

minodes sometimes present. Ovary free (except in Mesembryanthemum),

2-5-celled, syncarpous (except in Gisekia) ; styles as many as the car-

pels: ovules numerous in each carpel and axile or solitary and basal.

Fruit usually capsular, splitting dorsally or circumsciss, more rarely

the carpels separate into cocci. Seeds many or 1 in each carpel, usually

reniform, compressed ; embryo curved or annular, surrounding the fari-

naceous albumen, radicle next the hilum.—Drsrris. Species 450, chiefly

African, a few are scattered through most tropical and subtropical

regions.

Capsule with circumscissile dehiscence ees ... 1, SESUVIUM.

Capsule with dorsal dehiscence 300 ... 2. MoLuLugo.

1. Sssvuviom, Linn.

Succulent branching herbs. Leaves opposite, fleshy ; stipules 0.

Flowers axillary, sessile or peduncled, solitary, rarely in cymes. Calyx-

tube short; lobes 5, triangular-lanceolate, persistent, often coloured.

Petals 0. Stamens many or 5, inserted round the summit of the calyx-

tube. Ovary free, 3-5-celled; styles 3-5; ovules many, axile. Capsule

ovate-oblong, membranous, 3-5-celled, cireumsciss. Seeds many in each

cell, reniform; embryo annular.—Distris, Species 4, littoral in warm

climates.

Sesuvium Portunacastrum, Linn. Syst. ed. 10, 1058. Creeping and

rooting inthe sand, glabrous. Leaves linear-spathulate almost cylindric,

sometimes sub-obovate: gradually narrowed into a short petiole with

dilated scariously margined base. Flowers solitary, axillary, their pedicels

‘25 in. long. Calyx rose-coloured inside. Stamens 15 to 40, free or almost

free. Styles 3 to 5. Capsule ‘2 in. across. Seeds black, shining,

smooth, not numerous. Roxb. Fl. Ind. II, 509; Dalz. & Gibs. Bomb,

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 69

Fl. 15; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng."1877, Pt. II, 110: Clarke in

Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IT, 659. 8. repens, Willd. Enum. p. 511; DC. Prod.

TIT, 453: W. & A. Prod. FI. Pen. Ind. 361; Wight in Hook. Comp.

Bot: Mag. II, 71, t. 23; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I, Pt. I, 1060. Psammanthe

marina, Hance in Walp. Ann. II, 660. Orithmum indicum, Rumph,

Herb. Amb. VI, t. 72, fig. 1.

On the sea shores in the Andamans and the other Provinces.—

Drstris. B. India, Malayan Archipelago.

2. Mo.tveo, Linn,

Herbs, branched, often dichotomous. Leaves often falsely whorled,

or alternate, or all radical, from linear to obovate, entire ; stipules

fugacious. Flowers axillary, sessile or pedicelled, clustered or in pani-

cles or racemes, small, greenish ; bracts inconspicuous. Sepals 5, per-

sistent. Petals 0; staminodes 0 or small in the same species. Stamens

5-3, rarely many. Ovary free, globose or ellipsoid, 3-5-celled ; styles

3-5, linear or very small; ovules many, axile. Capsule membranous,

sheathed by the sepals, 3-5-celled, dehiscing dorsally, Seeds several in

each cell, rarely 1, reniform, appendaged or not at the hilum; embryo

annular.—Distris. Species 12, tropical and subtropical.

Mo.iuco PentaPHytya, Linn. Spec. Plantar. ed. 1 (1753), 89. A

few inches high, glabrous; stems much-branched, leafy, varying from

oblong-lanceolate, lanceolate-acute to obovate-obtuse, contracted at the

base, subsessile or sessile, from less than *5 in. to more than 2 in.

in length. Panicles compound, terminal, many times longer than the

leaves. Sepals elliptic or rotund, blunt. Stamens 3 to 5, short; fila-

ments rather broad, compressed. Capsule globose, as long’as the sepals,

thin-walled, many seeded. Seeds dark-brown, tubercled ; embryo curved.

W.& A. Prodr. 44; Dalz. & Gibs. Bomb. Fl. 16; Kurz in Journ, As.

Soc. 1877, Part II, 111. M. triphylla, Lour. Fl. Cochine. 79; DC.

-Prodr. I, 392; Roxb. Hort. Beng. 9, Fl. Ind. I, 360; Wall. Cat. 651; W.

& A. Prodr. 44. M. Linkiit, Seringe in DC. le. M. stricta, Linn, Sp.

Pl. ed. II, 181;,DC. Prodr. I, 391; Roxb. le.; Wall. Cat. 650; W.

& A. Prodr, 44; Dalz. & Gibs. l.e.; Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

II, 663: Pharnaceum strictum, triphyllum and pentaphyllum, Spreng.

Syst. I, 949.—Rheede Hort. Mal. x. t. 26.

In all the Provinces, near cultivated places.—Dtstris. General

throughout S. H. Asia.

Order LV. UMBELLIFERA.

Herbs (rarely in non-Indian species shrubs or trees). Leaves alter-

nate, usually divided or dissected, sometimes simple, petiole generally

70 G. King—Waterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 1,

sheathing at the base; stipules 0: Flowers hermaphrodite or polyga-

mous, in compound umbels (simple in Hydrocotyle and Bupleurum),

exterior of the umbel sometimes radiant; umbels with involucriform

bracts at the base of the general one and bracteoles at the base of the

partial ones (umbellules). Calyx-tube adnate to the ovary, limb 0 or

5-toothed. Petals 5, epigynous, often unequal, and with a median fold

on the face, plane or emarginate or 2-lobed with the apex inflexed ;

imbricated in bud, in Hydrocotyle sometimes valvate. Stamens 5, epigy-

nous. Ovary inferior, 2-celled, disc 2-lobed; styles 2, stigmas capi-

tellate; ovules 1 in each cell, pendulous. Fruit of 2 indehiscent

dorsally or laterally compressed carpels, separated by a commissure ;

carpels each attached to and often pendulous from a slender often

forked axis (carpophore), with 5 primary ridges (1 dorsal, 2 marginal

and 2 intermediate) and often 4 secondary ones intercalated between

these; pericarp often traversed by oil-canals (vittz). Seed 1 in each

carpel, pendulous, albumen cartilaginous ; embryo small, next the hilum,

radicle superior.—Drstris. Species about 1,500, mainly im Hurope,

North Africa, West Central and North Asia; a few are North American,

tropical, and natives of the Southern Hemisphere.

Creeping unarmed herbs oe soc . L. HYDROCOTYLE.

Erect spinous herbs ... oes seb ... 2 ERYNGIUM,

1. Hyprocotyte, Linn.

Prostrate herbs, rooting at the nodes. Jeaves (in the Indian

species) cordate or hastate, not peltate, round or 5-9-gonal, subentire or

palmately lobed, palmate-nerved, long-petioled ; stipules small, scarious.

Umbels (in the Indian species) simple, small ; bracts small or 0; flowers

white, sometimes unisexual. Calyz-teeth 0 or minute. Petals entire,

valvate or imbricate. Fruit laterally compressed, commissure narrow;

carpels laterally compressed or sub-pentagonal; lateral primary ridges

concealed within the commissure, or distant therefrom and prominent;

vitte 0, or most slender, obscure; carpophore 0. Seed laterally com-

pressed.—Distris. Species 70; in wet places in tropical and temperate

regions, more numerous in the Southern Hemisphere.

Petals acute, valvate; fruit with no secondary ridges;

pericarp thin soc oA on .. IL, H. javanica.

Petals obtuse, imbricate; fruit with prominent secondary

ridges, the pericarp thickened ... ox .. 2. H. asiatica.

1. Hyprocotyte gavanica, Thunb. Dissert. Hydrocot. n. 17, t, 2:

ed. Pers, II, 415, t. 2. Leaves renitorm, 5-6-lobed, the lobes irregularly

crenate, sometimes sub-entire, 1 to 3 in. broad. Peduncles long, slender,

often clustered. Petals acute, valvate. Fruit much compressed, the

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 71

secondary ridges absent; pericarp thin, blackish. DC. Prodr. IV. 67;

Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. Pt. I, 734; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. 1877, Pt. IT.

113; Clarke in Hook fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 667. H. hispida, Don Prodr.

183. H. nepalensis, Hook. Exot. Fl. t. 30; Wall. Cat. 561; DC. le. 65;

Miq. le. 735. H. zeylanica, DC. lc. 67; W.& A. Prodr. 366; Miq.

le. 734. H. hirsuta, Blume Bijd. 884. H. polycephala, W. & A. Prodr,

366; Wight. Ic. t. 1003. H. hirta, R. Br. var. acutiloba, F. Muell. ;

Benth. Fl. Austral. III. 340. H. Heyneana, Wall. Cat. 563. H. strigosa,

Ham. in Wall. Cat. 7219.

PERAK; and probably in all the other provinces except the Anda-

man and Nicobar Islands.—Disrris. The Malay Archipelago, Australia,

Philippines.

2. Hyprocoryte astatica, Linn. Sp. Pl, 234. Leaves rotund-reni-

form, the margins not lobed but uniformly crenate or dentate, some-

times sub-entire, *5 to 2 in. broad. Peduncles short, often 2 or 3 together.

Petals obtuse, imbricate. Fruit compressed, secondary ridges prominent,

pericarp thickened. Roxb. Hort. Beng.31: Fl. Ind. II, 88; Wall. Cat.

560; DC. Prodr. IV, 62; W. & A. Prodr. 366; Wight Ic. t. 565;

Dalz. & Gibs. Bomb. Fl. 105; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. 1877, Pt. II,

113 ; Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 669. HA. Wightiana, Wall. Cat.

7220. H. lurida, Hance in Walp. Ann. II, 690.—Rheede Hort. Mal.

X. t. 46.

ANDAMAN IstanDs; Perak.—Disrris. Tropical and sub-tropical re-

gions.

2. Eryneium, Linn.

Spinescent, glabrous, erect, perennial herbs (the Indian species).

Leaves spinous-toothed, entire lobed or dissected. Flowers in simple

heads, each bracteolate; bracts whorled, spinulose (in Indian species).

Calyx-tube covered with ascending hyaline scales; teeth rigid, acute.

Petals whitish, narrow, erect, emarginate, scarcely imbricate. Fruit

ellipsoid, nearly cylindric: carpels dorsally subcompressed, subconcave

on the inner face; primary ridges obtuse not prominent, secondary 0 ;

vitts in the primary ridges inconspicuous or Q, ‘with some very slender

scattered in the endocarp: carpophore 0, Seed semi-terete, dorsally

subcompressed, subconcaye on the inner face.—Duisrris. Species 100,

temperate and tropical; plentiful in Western Asia.

Eryncium Fretipum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 232, (in part.) Erect, unbranched

below, dichotomously branched above. Leaves radical, oblong-oblan-

ceolate, coarsely serrate, glabrous, 4 to 9 in. long and not more than

1 in. broad. Bracts of inflorescence all spinous-toothed; the lower

deeply lobed; the upper smaller (about 1 in. long), lanceolate, not

72 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. No. 1,

lobed, whorled. Flowers in dense cylindric spikes, less than 1 in. long

DC. Prodr. IV, 94.

Sincarore: King’s Collector 338.

Order LVII. CORNACEZ.

Shrubs or trees. Leaves opposite or alternate, more or less coria-

ceous, usually petiolate, entire, rarely serrate or lobed, often unequal

at the base, exstipulate. Flowers usually small, regular, hermaphrodite

or unisexual, in axillary or terminal cymes, panicles or capitules.

Calyx-tube adherent to the ovary; the limb truncate or 4-5-toothed

or lobed, valvate or imbricate, persistent at the apex of the fruit.

Petals 4-5, sometimes as many as 20, or none, valvate or imbricate.

Stamens inserted with the petals and equal to them in number, rarely

2 or 3times as many. Ovary inferior, 1-4-celled, crowned by a large

fleshy or rarely small disc. Style single, long or short; stigma trun-

cate, capitate or pyramidal, sometimes lobed. Ovules solitary in each

cell (rarely 2), pendulous from the apex. Fruit baccate, (the pulp

often scanty), usually 1-celled, sometimes as many as 4-celled. Seed

oblong, pendulous, with copious fleshy albumen; embryo axile minute

or often large with flat leafy cotyledons,—Distris. Species about 90,

widely scattered but most abundant in the temperate regions of the

Northern Hemisphere.

Flowers hermaphrodite :—

Petals not larger than the lobes of the calyx; anthers

short, ovate and cordate; style short... .. 1, MAstixta,

Petals much longer than the lobes of the calyx ; anthers

long, linear; style elongate ... we «. 2. ALANGIUM.

Flowers unisexual_ ... ae aes .. 93. Nyssa,

1. Mastixia, Blume.

Trees, young parts more or less pubescent. Leaves alternate or

opposite, petioled, entire. Flowers hermaphrodite, often 2-bracteolate,

small, in terminal many-flowered cymose panicles; bracts small or

lengthened, pedicels short or 0, jomted under the flower. Calyz-tube

campanulate, pubescent or silky ; limb 5-4-toothed. Petals 5-4, ovate,

leathery, valvate, pubescent, silky. Stamens 5-4; anthers cordate-ob-

long. Ovary 1-celled; disc fleshy; style cylindric, simple; ovule 1,

pendulous from one side of the cell very near its summit. Drupe ellip-

soid or ovoid, crowned by the calyx-teeth or a scar; putamen grooved

down one face ; endocarp protruded inwards down one side. Seed ellip-

soid ; albumen fleshy; embryo small, radicle elongate, cotyledons thin,

elliptic—Disrris. Species 18; S, India and Malaya,

1902,] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 73

Leaves alternate ; bracts of the inflorescence dimorphous 1. M, bracteata.

Leaves alternate or opposite :—

Bracts of the inflorescence all small, triangular, con-

cave, puberulous, not in whorls ... 2, M. Scortechinic,

Bracts of inflorescence in whorls at the re. of the

flower-pedicels, broad one th .. 3 M. gracilis.

Leaves opposite :—

Flowers 5-merous ... 200 SoC oo» 4 M, Maingayi.

Flowers 4—merous ... 500 ane ee» 5. M. Clarkeana,

4. ° Mastsxta BracTeata, Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 746.

A tree 40 or 50 feet high: young branches slender, glabrous. Leaves

alternate, thinly coriaceous, olivaceous-green when dry, abruptly bluntly

and shortly acuminate, the base cuneate; both surfaces glabrous, the

lower faintly reticulate; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs, ascending, curved ,

impressed on the upper but prominent on the lower surface: length

1°75 to 3 in.; breadth ‘75 to 1°35 in.; petiole ‘25 to ‘5 in. Cymes ter-

minal, °75 to 15 in. long, beenelinss many-flowered, bracteate; the

bracts of two sorts; those at the bases of the branches linear-oblong»

blunt, l-nerved, glabrous, longer than the flowers; those at the bases

of the flowers much smaller, lanceolate, puberulous. Flowers a little

over ‘lin. long. Calyx funnel-shaped, the tube adpressed-silky outside ;

the mouth expanded, glabrous, wavy but scarcely distinctly toothed,

Corolla hemispheric in bud: petals adnate by their edges, broadly ovate,

silky externally. Anthers 5, broadly ovate, cordate at the base; fila-

ments short. Disc large, fleshy, 5-toothed, each tooth with an oblong

depression in the middle. Style short, grooved. Fruit unknown.

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 710. Prax: Kunstler 6830.

2. Mastixta Scortecuiny, King n. sp. A small tree; young bran-

ches slender, angled, glabrous. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic-oblong or

oblanceolate, much attenuate to the base, the apex shortly and bluntly

acuminate; both surfaces glabrous, pale olivaceous when dry, the lower

the palest; main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs, ascending, slender ; length 1:75 to

2°5 in.; breadth ‘85 to 1:25 in.; petiole ‘25 to 5 in. Cymes corymbose,

ee several together, 1-25 to 1:75 in. long, puberulous; the

branches short, angled; bracts at the bases of the branches and of the

flowers similar, small, triangular, concave, puberulous, Flowers sessile ;

calyx-tube narrowly campanulate, the mouth with 5 distinct triangular

teeth. Oorolla depressed-globose in bud. Petals 5, puberulous outside,

ovate, acute. Stamens 5: anthers broadly ovate, cordate at the base:

filaments short. Disc fleshy, cushion-like, with 5 short lobes. Ovary

l-celled ; style short, grooved, stigma peltate. Fruitunknown. WM. brac-

teata Scortechini MSS. (not of Clarke).

Perak: Scortechine 1971.

J. u. 10

74 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. No.1,

This much resembles a leaf specimen issued by Koorders and Valeton

(No. 914) from Herb. Buitenzorg as M. trichotoma, Bl. I have not seen Blume’s type

of this species. But in his Bijdragen he describes its flowers as tetramerous. A

Sumatra specimen collected by Beccari (P.S. 956) which has ripe fruit but no

flowers probably belong to this. These fruits are narrowly oblong, tapering to

each end, smooth, slightly over an inch in length and about °35 in. in diam. (when

dry). WU. Scortechinii much resembles M. bracteata, Clarke; but differs in having

bold acute calyx-teeth, and only one kind of bracts on the inflorescence.

3. MAsrTIxia Gracitis, King n.sp. A small tree; young branches

slender, angled, smooth, yellowish. Leaves thinly coriaceous, lanceolate,

tapering much to the base and still more to the much acuminate apex ;

both surfaces pale olivaceous-green when dry, glabrous; the upper

shining, the lower somewhat dull; main-nerves 8 to 14 pairs, ascend-

ing, very little curved, faint on both surfaces; length 2:25 to 4°5 in.;

breadth ‘8 to 1°5 in.; petioles varying from °2 to ‘25 in. Cymes in

threes, terminal, about a third ora fourth the length of the leaves,

on short angled peduncles, the branches short and crowded at their

apices, many-flowered, with a whorl of minute broad bracts at the base

of flower pedicels. Flowers about *1 in. long, their pedicels about as

long, ovoid. Calyz campanulate; the tube puberulous, slightly fur-

rowed ; the mouth wavy, indistinctly 5-toothed. Petals 5, oblong-ovate,

adherent by their edges, concave, leathery. Stamens 5; anthers oblong,

bifid: filaments short. Disc small. Style short, conical: stigma con-

cave. Fruit unknown.

Perak: at an elevation of about 5,000 feet; Wray 1528.

4. Mastixia Marneavi, Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 746.

A tall tree; young branches, petioles, under surfaces of leaves, branches

and bracts of the inflorescence and the outer surfaces of the calyx

and petals densely and softly rusty-tomentose. Leaves opposite, coria-

ceous, elliptic or elliptic-ovate, the apex shortly and abruptly acumi-

nate, the base cuneate; upper surface glabrous, greenish when dry,

the midrib and nerves impressed; the tomentum on the lower surface

pale brown ; main-nerves 6 to 8 pairs, ascending, curved, very pro-

minent on the lower surface and connecting nerves transverse; length

4 to 6 in.; breadth 1:5 to 3 in. ; petioles unequal, -75 tol in. Cymes

branched, on peduncles 1'5 to 2 in. long, terminal, longer than the

leaves ; the bracts at the bases of the branches small, oblong. Flowers

numerous, “15 in. long. Calyx campanulate, deepiy 4-lobed ; the lobes

broadly ovate, obtuse. Petals 4, similar in shape to the sepals but

smaller, concave, adnate by their edges. Stamens 4, inserted on a

thick fleshy cushion-like circular dise by short filaments ; anthers short,

broadly ovate, cordate, introrse, Ovary one-celled, crowned by the

fleshy disc. Fruit ellipsaid, not compressed, attenuate towards the

apex, smooth, 1-2 in. long and °6 in. in diam.

1902.] G. King—MWMaterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 75

Matacca: Maingay (K.D,) 711. Sincaprore: TY. Anderson, Kurz.

Var. sub-tomentosa, King. The tomentum minute, the panicles some-

what shorter, otherwise as in the typical form. M. Junghuhniana,

Clarke not of Miq. in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 746.

SincaporE: Ridley 6293, 6310. Panana: Curtis 1564. -Manacca:

Maingay (K.D.) 709.

5. MasirxiA Crarkeana, King n. sp. <A tree 40 to 60 feet high ;

young branches slender, striate, glabrous. Leaves opposite, thinly

coriaceous, oblong or oblong-lanceolate, narrowed to the rounded or

sub-acute base; the apex rather abruptly and somewhat bluntly acu-

minate; both surfaces glabrous, the upper pale olivaceous-green, the

lower dull, pale brownish when dry; main-nerves 5 to 6 or 7 pairs,

ascending, slightly curved, impressed on the upper surface, prominent

on the lower ; length 3 to 4 in. ; breadth 1 to 1°35 in. ; petiole 3 to °35

in. Oymes terminal, nearly as long as (or sometimes longer than) the

leaves, pedunculate, with rather numerous many-flowered angular

puberulous branches: bracteoles minute, opposite in pairs, lanceolate

or ovate, concave. Flowers ‘1 in. long, sessile. Calyx funnel-shaped,

pubescent outside, the month with 4 deep broadly ovate teeth. Corolla

depressed-globular in bud. Petals 4, nearly as long as the calyx-teeth,

ovate-rotund, concave. Stamens 4: anthers short, ovate-rotund, fila-

ments short. Disc fleshy, 4-lobed. Style short, compressed. Stigma

concave. Fruit unknown.

Perak: Scortechini 98, 625, 869; King’s Collector 10861.

Var. macrophylla, King. Leaves ovate-elliptic, shortly acuminate ;

main nerves 7 pairs: flowers as in the typical form.

Perak: Scortechini 10575.

There are in Herb. Cal. specimens belonging to four distinct species of Mastixa

which are too imperfect to be named, and which I have been unable to match with

any already described species. These are as follows :—

- (a). Two gatherings (Wray 1234 and King’s Collector 2907) of a plant collected

atan elevation of from 3000 to 3400 feet in Perak which is evidently a Mastixia.

In their leaves these resemble M. Maingayi, Clarke, var. swb-tomentosa, King; but

the under surfaces are more glabrous and the main-nerves are rather more oblique

than in that plant; the young branches are moreover of a dark colour and almost

glabrous, while those of M. Muaingayi are pale and rufescently tomentose. These

specimens are in fruit, and none of them has a single flower. The fruit is narrowly

ellipsoid, attenuate gradually to the apex, smooth, 1‘2in. long, and *4in. in diam.

While the leaves suggest a relationship to M. Maingayi, the remains of the calyx-

lobes at the apex of the fruit, which are 4-lobed, suggest perhaps a still closer

affinity to the tetramerous species M. Clarkeana, King.

(b). A specimen from Penang (Herb. Curtis 919) which is in fruit only.

(c). Specimens of a tetramerous species (in fruit only) from the Andamans

with leaves otherwise like those of UM. pentandra, Bl., but obscurely serrate.

76 G. King—Maiterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No },

(d). Twospecimens collected by Mr. Wray at an elevation of 6,700 feet in

Perak, These are in fruit; their leaves resemble those of M, gracilis, King, but

have the main-nerves fewer but bolder.

2. Avancrum, Lamk.

Shrubs or trees. Leaves alternate, petiolate, entire, persistent.

Flowers in axillary fascicles or short cymes, hermaphrodite, hairy,

jointed on their pedicels; bracts small or 0. Calyz-tube adnate to the

ovary, the limb toothed or truncate. Petals 5 or 6 (rarely more),

linear-oblong, valvate, sometimes becoming reflexed. Stamens equal

in number to or twice as many as the petals or more; the anthers, long,

linear; the filaments short compressed, often hairy. Ovary inferior,

1- to 3-celled, or 1-celled at the apex and 2- to 3-celled at the base,

surmounted by a fleshy disc: style very long often clavate; stigma

large, capitate or pyramidal; ovwle pendulous. Fruit a berry, often

with very scanty pulp, crowned by the slightly enlarged calyx. Seed

oblong, compressed ; albumen fleshy, sometimes ruminate; cotyledons

leafy, fiat or crumpled: radicle long or short.—Distris. About 16

species, in tropical and sub-tropical Asia and Africa, Australia, Poly-_

nesia.

Stamens (in Malayan specimens) more than 6 (usually

15 to 20): fruit only slightly compressed ..., we 1, A. Lamarckit.

Stamens 5 or 6; fruit much compressed :—

Leaves oblique, membranous :—

Cymes on comparatively long peduncles, much-branch-

ed, many-flowered or . 2, A. uniloculare.

Leaves not oblique, coriaceous : —

Cymes on short peduncles; flowers 6 to 12, shortly

pedicelled and ‘1 in. in diam.; Jeaves glabrous above

and minutely scaly underneath oe . & A. ebenaceum.

Cymes sessile, 3- to 5-flowered; flowers ‘25 in. in

diam.; leaves glabrous on both surfaces .. 4 A. Ridleyi.

Cymes on very short peduncles, 4- to 8-flowered :

flowers ‘1 in. in diam, ; leaves tomentose or pubescent

on lower surface ... : .. 5. A. nobdile.

1, Atancium Lamarcxu, Thwaites Enum, Pl. Ceyl. 133. A shrub

or small tree. Leaves variable in form and size, those of the Malayan

specimens oblong-elliptic, elliptic to elliptic-ovate or ovate-rotund, the

base rounded or slightly cordate, the apex with a short blunt apiculus ;

upper surface glabrous or nearly so, the lower with a few scattered hairs ;

main-neryes 4 or 5 pairs, reticulations distinct; length 3 to 6 in.;

breadth 2 to 3°5 in.; petiole :'2 to °3in. Flowers in short dense fascicles

of 4 to 8, about *75 in. long; peduncles, pedicels and outside of calyx

rusty-tomentose. Calyx cupular, slightly 6-toothed. Petals lanceolate,

1902.] G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 77

sub-acute, externally hairy, inside glabrous but with a hairy mesial

line. Stamens about 18, two opposite each petal and one opposite each

sepal, free ; filaments slender pilose; anthers linear reaching almost to

the apices of the petals. Disc annular, wavy. Style as long as the

stamens, 6-grooved; stigma 3-lobed. Frwit ellipsoid, slightly com-

pressed, contracted below the disc-bearing mouth, densely and minutely

tomentose, *75 to 1 in. long and ‘65 in. in diam. Dalz. & Gibs.

Fl. Bombay 109; Brandis For. Fl. N.-W. India 250; Clarke in Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. II, 741; Trimen Fl, Ceylon I, 285. A. decapetalum, Lamk.

Dict. I, t. 174; DC. Prodr. IIT, 203; Wall. Cat, 6884; W. & A.

Prodr. 325; Wight Ic. t. 194 Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I, Pt. I, 774; Kurz For.

BR]. 1, 543. A. hexapetalum, Lamk. and DC. ll. c.; Roxb. Hort. Beng. 38,

Fl. Ind. If, 502 ; Wall. Cat. 6883; W. & A. Prodr. 326 ; Wight Ill. t.

96. A. sundanum, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I, Pt.I, 774; Kurz. l.c, A. tomen-

tosum, Lamk. and DC. ll. c.; Wall. Cat. 6885. A. latifoliwm, Miq. in

Pl, Hohenack. No. 719.—Rheede Hort. Mal, IV, tt. 17, 26.

Perak: Scortechini; King’s Oollestor 5590. Stncarore; Ridley

6020.—Distris. Brit. India, Malayan Archipelago, S. China, Philippines,

East Africa.

Var, glandulosa, Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 742. A large

climber. <A. glandulosa, Thw. Enut. Pl. Ceyl. 183; Trimen FI. Ceyl.

II, 286.

Anpaman and Nicopar Istanps. Distr. Cryion.

2. ALANGIUM UNILOCULARE, King. A tree 30 to 60 feet high; young

branches minutely rusty-pabescent, slender. Leaves membranous,

obliquely ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, the base

unequal, one side rounded the other acute, the edges somewhat wavy ;

upper surface glabrous except the tomentose midrib and pubes-

cent main-nerves; the lower sparsely sub-adpressed pubescent and

minutely glandular; main-nerves 4 to 6 pairs, ascending, the lower

on one side much branched, all slightly prominent on both surfaces ;

the main-veins sub-parallel; length 3°5 to 5°5 in.; breadth 1°75 to

2:25 in.; petiole ‘25 to ‘3 in., villous. Oymes axillary, about one-

third of the length of the leaves, pedunculate ; the branches spread-

ing, rusty pubescent, many-flowered. Flowers about °4 in. long, with

subulate bracteoles and short pedicels. Oalyw-tube funnel-shaped, not

grooved, the mouth minutely toothed. Petals 5, linear ; anthers linear ;

filaments short, broad, woolly at the apex. Style cylindric, pubescent ;

stigma subglobose. Fruit ovate in outline, much tapered to the apex,

compressed, faintly ridged when dry, ‘6 in. long and ‘35 in. broad when

dry. Marlea unilocularis, Griff. Notul. LV, 679, M. Griffith, Clarke

in Hook. fil, Fl, Br. Ind. II, 742.

78 G. King—Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. No. 1,

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 3387; Maingay 708. Perak: Wray

2927, 3486; Scortechini 1914; King’s Collector—many numbers.

29 ALANGUIM EBENACEUM, Griffith MSS. A tree 30 to 70 feet

high ; young branches rather slender, smooth, dark-coloured when dry.

Leaves coriaceous, oblong, slightly acuminate, the base cuneate or round-

ed; upper surface glabrous, the lower with numerous minute pale

scales; main-nerves 13 to 16 pairs, spreading, very slightly curved,

prominent on the lower surface; length 6 to 10 in.; breadth 2°5 to 4

in.; petiole ‘35 to ‘8 in. long. Cymes from as long to twice as long as

the petioles, on short peduncles, axillary, branched, 6- to 12-flowered.

Flowers sessile, 65 in. long, and only ‘1 in. in diam. Calyx cupular

slightly grooved; the mouth truncate, slightly toothed, Petals 6

(sometimes only 5), linear, minutely pubescent externally. Stamens

6 (or 5) ; anthers about as long as the petals, linear; filaments short,

compressed, woolly in front. Style cylindric-clavate, shortly hairy ;

stigma pyramidal. Fruit ovate in outline, compressed, faintly ridged,

about 1 in. long and ‘6 in. wide. Marlea ebenacea, Clarke in Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. I, 742.

Mauacca: Grifith (K.D.) 3384, Maingay (K.D.) 706, Perak:

Wray 3302; Scortechini 1963; King’s Collector 3252, 5363, 6562, 6626.

4, Atancium Ripiey!, King. A tree; young branches covered

with minute deciduous scales and hairs, rather slender. Leaves cori-

aceous, elliptic, sometimes slightly obovate, shortly and bluntly acumi-

nate, the base cuneate; both surfaces glabrous ; main-nerves 10 pairs

spreading, slightly curved upwards, bold and prominent on the lower

surface; connecting veins parallel, faint ; length 6 to 8 in.; breadth

2°5 to 3°5 in.; petioles ‘9 to1l3in. Cymes as long as or rather shorter

than the petioles, sessile, 3- to 5-flowered. Flowers nearly 1 in. long,

‘25 in. in diam. their pedicels *2 to ‘25 in. long, minutely velvety-

tomentose like the outside of the calyx and petals. Calyx campanulate,

slightly furrowed, the mouth wide truncate. Petals 6, thick, grooved

and minutely hairy inside, oblong-lanceolate, sub-acute. Stamens some-

what shorter than the petals; anthers narrowly linear, with a tuft of

hairs at the base; filaments short flat almost glabrous. Style slender

clavate ; stigma deeply furrowed, disc 6-angled cushion-like, glabrous.

Fruit unknown.

SiyGapore, in the Botanic Garden Jungle, Ridley 4941.

Ridley’s specimens are without frnit. Mr. Wray has sent from Perak some

specimens (Herb. Wray 3632) of a plant in fruit which in spite of its considerably

larger leaves (nearly a foot long), may be conspecific with this. These fruits are

narrowly ellipsoid, much compressed and deeply furrowed, narrowly to the base,

ess so to the truncate apex. A, costata, Boer]. MSS. is the nearest ally of both,

1902.] G. King—WMaterials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 79

5. AanerumM nopite, Harms. A tree 60 to 100 feet high: young

branches and petioles velvety rusty-tomentose, Leaves coriaceous,

elliptic to ovate-elliptic, rarely slightly obovate, entire, the base slightly

cordate rarely sub-acute, the apex blunt or very shortly and bluntly

acuminate; upper surface almost glabrous, the midrib and nerves min-

utely tomentose: lower surface densely and minutely tomentose or

pubescent ; main-nerves 8 to 10 pairs, spreading, slightly curved, very

bold on the lower surface when dry, the secondary nerves transverse

and bold; length 4°5 to 12 in.; breadth 3 to 65 in.; petiole ‘8 to 1°75

in. Cymes on very short peduncles, 4- to 8-flowered, shorter or slightly

longer than the petioles. Flowers ‘5 or ‘6 in. long and ‘J in. in diam.;

their pedicels very short and thick. Calyx narrowly campanulate ;

deeply 6-grooved ; the mouth with 6 deep lanceolate spreading teeth.

Petals thick, narrowly oblong, sub-acute, tomentose, especially outside,

sub-glabrous inside. Stamens 6, shorter than the petals, filaments

short villous inside; anthers linear. Style cylindric, adpressed villous ;

stigmas linear. Disc glabrous, deeply 6-lobed. Fruit compressed,

ridged, ellipsoid in outline, slightly contracted at both ends, tomentose,

about 1 in. long and °65 in. broad. Marlea nobilis, Clarke in Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. II, 743.

Matacea: Griffith (K.D.) 3384, 3385. Maingay (K.D.); 705, 707.

Perak: King’s Collector 6047, 6116, 10892. Sincapore: Mazingay;

Ridley 5077.

' Beccari collected in Borneo specimens (Herb. Bece. P.B, 3611) of a species

closely allied to this, the flowers of which are however longer (‘85 in.) with the

calyx-tube much less prominently grooved.

3. Nyssa, Linn.

' Trees (or shrubs), innovations silky. Leaves alternate, petioled,

entire. Flowers capitate, on axillary peduncles, polygamo-dicecious, 1

or few females and many males in a head, each 3-4-bracteolate, or the

niales irregularly coalescing. Mave: calyx short, cup-shaped, 5-7-

toothed; petals 5-7, imbricate, hairy; stamens usually 10 (an the

Indian species) around a large circular disc; rudiment of the ovary 0

or small. Femaue: calyx-tube campanulate; limb 5-toothed; petals

0 or minute; rudimentary stamens none; ovary 1-celled; style cylin-

dric, simple or shortly 2-fid; ovule solitary, pendulous. Berry oblong

or ovoid. Albumen copious; cotyledons flat, leafy, nearly as broad as

the seeds.—DistriB. Species 5-6, in N. America, and from Sikkim to Java.

Nyssa sessipirtona, Hook. fil. in Gen. Plantar. I, 952. A tree.

Leaves sub-coriaceous, oblanceolate or elliptic-lanceolate tapering to

each end, length 4 to 8in.; breadth 1°5 to 2°5 in.; petiole ‘6 to ‘8 in.;

both surfaces minutely punctate; main-nerves 6 to 8 pairs, spreading.

80 D. Prain—A new Indian Dendrobium. [No. 1,

Peduneles puberulous, 5 to lin. long. Ripe fruit oblong-ovoid, smooth,

crowned by the small circular calyx, “6 to ‘75 in. long when dry.

Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind, II, 747. Daphniphyllopsis capitata, Kurz

For. Fl. I, 240; and in Journ. As. Soc. 1875, Pt. II, 201, with fig. Ilex

daphniphylloides, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc 1870, Pt. II, 72. Agathisan-

thes javanica, Blume Bijd. 645; Mig. Fl. Ind, Bat. I. Pt. I. 839. Cerato-

stachya arborea, Blume Bijd. 644; Mig. l.c.

Perak: at elevat. of 3,400 feet, Wray.—Distris. Sumatra, Forbes

2880: Beccari (P.S.) 17, 335; Java; Trop. Eastern Himalaya; Khasia

Hills.

IV.—Novicie Indice XIX. A new Indian Dendrobium.—By D. Pratn.

[Received February 26th ; Read March 6th, 1902. ]

Among the Orchids that flowered in the Royal Botanic Garden,

Calcutta, during 1901, one of the most beautiful was a Dendrobiwm that

differs from any of the Indian species hitherto described. To be

assured that the plant is in reality a previously unknown species a

drawing from life has been compared with the material and drawings

preserved in the great national collection at Kew. The following des-

cription of the plant is now therefore offered.

DENDROBIUM REGIUM Prain; caulibus erectis parum compressis ; foliis

oblongo-lanceolatis versus apicem oblique retusum vel incisum augus-

tatis ; floribus 2-3 pedunculo brevi subracemosis, pedunculis e caulis

aphylli nodis orientibus; sepalis lineari-oblongis obtusis roseo-purpureis

lineis rubro-purpureis notatis ; petulis ellipticis roseo-purpureis lineis

rubro-purpureis reticulatis ; mento brevi lato ; labio lituiformi aliquantum

angustato, limbo roseo-purpureo lineis rubro-purpureis reticulato, glabro ;

tubo pallide flavo,

Has. In provinciis Hindustanie inferioribus.

Stems 8-12 cm. long, 1°3 cm. thick; nodes 3 cm. apart. Leaves

8-40 cm. long, 1° cm. wide, tips distinctly obliquely notched. Peduncles

2 cm. and pedicels 4 cm. long; bracteoles adpressed, lanceolate, under

1 cm. long. Flowers 8 cm. across, magenta with darker lines and

transverse markings ; mentum 1:25 cm. long; sepals 1 cm. and petals

2°75 cm. wide; lip 4 cm. long.

This species is very nearly related to D. nobile Lindl. but is quite distinct from

any of the known varieties of that somewhat variable species. In the nearly uniform

coloration of the sepals and petals (though not in the colour itself) it approaches

most closely the form of D. nobile distinguished and figured by Lindley, Sertum t.

18, as D. coerulescens. That plant, however, has a lip with purple throat and yellow

margin; the present species has a cream-coloured tube and throat with a magenta

limb coloured and marxed like the petals and sepals. The lip of D. regium s, more

over, narrower than in any form of D. nobile and is not pubescent,

OOOO eee eee ooo

1902. ] F..Finn-—Abrupt Variation in Indian Birds. SI

‘V.—On some cases of Abrupt Variation in Indian Birds.—By F. Finn,

B.A., F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

[ Received February 26th ; Read March 5th, 1902. |

I, ALBINISTIC VARIATION IN Dissemurus paradiseus, Athiopsar fuscus,

_ Acridotheres tristis, AND Pavoncella pugnaz.

The albinistic and other varieties which so frequently occur every-

where among birds are too frequently passed over by ornithologists as

mere ‘freaks’? unworthy of careful consideration ; yet every now and

‘then occurs an instance of sudden and abrupt variation, of a type which

when found constantly is unhesitatingly allowed the rank of a species.

It is true that the majority of albinistic specimens belong to a

form which appears no more capable of maintaining itself in nature

than is the perfect pink-eyed albino ; at any rate, just as no pink-eyed

‘species of bird exists in the wild state, so we also find that no species is

‘splashed, pied, or mottled in the irregular manner characteristicof many

domestic birds and of the usual pied variety which occurs in wild ones.

Such a specimen is the pied Bhimraj (Dissemurus paradiseus ) figured

‘on Plate I., in contrast with the type of the species named by me (J.A.8.B.

LXVIII, Pt. I. p. 119) Dissemurus alcocki; I have been induced

to refigure the latter in order to show that it is no mere albinism. The

pied bird had the base of the bill partly whitish, and even some of the

rictal bristles white; it is the only pied specimen of this species I have

ever seen, and I have exainined many, both alive and dead.

A more interesting and much rarer type of variety, however, is that

in which the markings are similar to those occurring in a natural

species. Such an one is the specimen of the Jungle Mynah (Athiopsar

fuscus) figured on plate II ; and catalogued by Anderson (Cat. Birds, Mus.

As. Soe. interleaved Museum copy) as “577, one, albino, Moulmein, Major

Tickell.”* In this bird the general plumage is white, with the quills,

both primary and secondary, and the tail feathers normally coloured.

The greater coverts are partly white and partly normal, and thus I am

inclined to suspect that this is a similar case to one which I have

recently observed in the Common Mynah (Acridotheres tristis). In this

bird the plumage was originally all white, with the eyes, bill and feet

normal. Mr. Rutledge kept it for some time, and it began to change

* This colouration of white body and dark quills and tail is normal in the

Javan Graculipica melanoptera, a bird which I was able to study in life in the

London Zoological Gardens in 1901. Since writing this paper I have seen another

grizzled specimen of Dissemurus paradiseus,

oo. ar Ld

82 F, Finn—Abrupt Variation in Indian Birds. [No kp

into the normal plumage, remaining for some time white with normal!

wings and tail, like the present bird. It is now in a very peculiar con-

dition, being only scantily covered with feathers, some white and some

normal. It has for a companiona normally-coloured bird, which, as I

can personally testify, was once white, though not so completely so.

Another case of albinism of unusual interest is furnished by the

white-headed form of the Ruff (Pavoncella pugnax), which is appar--

ently not uncommon, at all events in. Eastern specimens of this bird.

Though the male is so well known to be exceedingly variable when in

summer plumage; it is as constant in colour during the winter as other

birds. Yet every now and then there appears a specimen in winter

plumage with the head and neck more or less white, varying from

complete whiteness of these parts to merely a white nape and

unusually white fore-neck. Al of the birds thus characterized are

adults, as is shown by their orange or flesh-coloured feet (these being

olive in the young) ; and the females or Reeves are thus affected as well

as the Ruffs, but far more rarely and to-a less extent.

In the stuffed pair figured in Plate II1., which are part of the

Asiatic Society’s collection, and were procured by Blyth during the

years 1842-1846, the whole head and neck are white with the exception

of the crown, which is mostly normal, and of some scattered brown

feathers on the neck. They are numbered 1601B (the female) and

1601K (the male).

In a skin (2340 in the Museum Register) procured on in the

Calcutta Bazaar, February 19th, 1875 evidently a male from the dimen-

sions, the whole head, neck and upper breast are white, there are a few

white feathers on the upper back, and the coverts along the fore-arm

and earpus are partly white. This is figured in the plate, together

with another male (Reg, No. 24005) obtained this winter (January 30th,

1902), which is even whiter, having more white feathers on the back

and fore-arm, and one tertiary white. In this the feet and base of bill

were flesh-coloured ; the eyes normal.

Six more specimens of the variation have been obtained by me

in the Calcutta Bazaar during the present winter, all being adult males.

One (Reg. No. 24006) is whiter than either of those figured, having

the upper back largely white, as well as all the head and breast, but

no abnormal amount on the wings.

The second whitest specimen, (Reg. No. 24007) procured on

February 2nd, has a white head and neck, with normally coloured

feathers round the face ; it had the feet and base of bill orange.

Of the others, one, procured on February 16th (Reg. No. 24018:)

closely resembles Blyth’s male figured ; another, procured on February

1902. ] BF. Finn—Abrupt Variation in Indian Birds. 83

srd (Reg. No. 24024) is also similar, but has the back of the neck

normal; one, procured on February 22nd (Reg. No. 24019) has the

head normal and the neck white all round; and a rather small specimen,

obtained on February J]th (Reg. No. 24008) has the neck ail white

in front and the head and back of the neck merely mottled with white.

This nearly approaches the normal form, in which the fore-neck

shows a varying amount of white; but any white on the crown or nape

may fairly be called an abrupt variation.

I have not this year been able to procure any specimens of this

variety in good enough condition to keep alive, but early last year I was

more fortunate, and got two pairs, most of which are still living in the

Alipore Zoological Garden. Both males much resemble the mounted

male figured, but one has some tertiaries white in both wings at the

present time, though when obtained it only showed white in one wing.

The one female which remains alive merely has the neck white all round.

During last winter I remember seeing one male largely white-necked,

which was dead, and I therefore did not buy it, not then attaching so

much importance to the variety, as I had seen so few.

It is only during the last two winters that I have taken special

notice of this species, but I could not very well have overlooked the

conspicuous white-headed form had it occurred commonly before; and

it is to be noted that these last two winters have been noteworthy for

unusually numerous occurrences o* the Bronze-capped Teal (Hunetta

falcata) in the Bazaar, a bird usually decidedly rare in India. It is

possible, therefore, that these white-headed Ruffs are an Hastern strain,

which, like the duck above-mentioned, only occasionally migrate in a

westerly direction. It will be noticed also that during the years

1842-46 that Blyth procured his specimens, he also got the Clucking Teal

(Netiiwm formoswm) and Hastern White-eyed Pochard (Nyroca baert),

also eastern irregular visitants to our empire.

As ont of so many specimens of this variety seen by me only three

were females, we may conclude that the variation is largely limited to

the male, Reeves here at all events being much more numerous than

Ruffs. I have above shown that it ouly occurs in old birds, and thus

I am inclined to look on it as a species of senile albinism analogous

to what occurs in black varieties of the domestic fowl and duck. I

have also seen an ageing green Canary turn largely yellow about the

head.

At the same time, these white-marked individuals are not at all

wanting in vigour ; the two white-headed males at the Caleutta Zoologi-

cal Gardens have survived while all the normally coloured Ruffs pro-

cured that winter (1900-01) have died, though kept under similar

84 F. Finn—Abrupt Variation in Indian Birds. [No. 1,

conditions; and one now, although crippled to a great extent in one

wing, is master of most if not all the normally coloured Ruffs again

placed with him in another aviary. Yet a Reeve, which was at first

his sole companion of the species, seems to have deserted him for a

normally coloured bird.

The only-slightly-mottled specimen alluded to above also, though

undersized and slightly lame, often attacked and beat a larger, though

younger, normally-coloured male confined with it, which was sound.

In conclusion, it seems to me, that whether the unusual number

of this variety which have appeared of late is due to an abnormal

westerly migration or not, it seems to be a well-marked and definable

form, liable to recur again and again, and very probably hereditary ;

thus it would be likely to increase, unless checked by natural or sexual

selection,

The Ruff could probably afford to run a greater risk than most

birds, as it is evidently a vigorous species, more hardy of constitution,

courageous, and indiscriminate in its diet than most Limicole; this is

shown by its readiness to eat vegetable as well as animal food, its habit

of constantly fighting, in which both sexes indulge as well in winter as

in summer, and its power of recovering from injuries and enduring

so unnatural a climate as that of Bengal.

As it is desirable to distinguish a well-marked and recurrent aberra-

tion like this by a subspecific name, I venture to suggest that it be

known as Pavoncella pugnax leucoprora.*

IJ. Nove on tHe Gallus pseudhermaphroditus oF BLYTH.

With the attention that is now being paid to the variation of

animals under domestication, it may not be mal a propos to recall to the

memory of naturalists the curious variety of the fowl described many

years ago, though doubtfully, by Blyth, under the name of Gallus

pseudhermaphroditus. The specimen is alluded to in his catalogue of

the birds in the collection of the Asiatic Society under No. 1463 as

“ P, Singular individual (? ) variety, from Mergui, described as G. pseud-

hermaphroditus, J.A.S.X, 925. Rev. J. Barbe (1841).”

The specimen still exists, and, unlike too many of Blyth’s birds,

has suffered little deterioration, and hence I have thought it advisable

to give a figure of it here (Plate IL), as I have never seen or heard of a

similar variation myself. I also reproduce below the original description

from page 925 of the tenth volume of our Society’s Journal, since this is

not very readily accessible now-a-days :—

* Diagnosis—Exemplis hibernis P. pugnacis similis, sed capite et nuch4 aut —

omnino albis ant albo variegatis distinguenda.

1902. ] F, Finn—dAbrupt Variation m Indian Birds. 85

“ Gallus pseudhermaphroditus, Nobis, N.S. ?

bird, which, if I was not positively assured, was a male in normal

plumage, I should have suspected to be either an individual of mingled

Sex, or possibly an aged male ; for that it is not a female in partially

masculine attire is evident from the size of its comb and wattles, and

especially of its spurs. Size of an English game cock, or larger than

the male G. Bankivus, having much stouter legs, the spurs of which

are 13 inches long; comb and wattles as in the G. Bankivus, but the

former more entire towards the front (possibly a mere individual diver-

sity): the tail is that of a cock bird of this genus, but scarcely more

developed than in the Huplocomt (as Hu. albocristatus) ; in other

respects the plumage is altogether that of an ordinary brown hen,

haying a redder cast than in the female G. Bankivus, especially on the

wings ; tail coloured as in an ordinary male. Length about 2 feet, of

which the middle tail feathers occupy 10 inches, wing from bend

9 inches, and tarse behind, to back toe, 2? inches, Iam informed that

this species is never clad in the usual bright plumage of other male

birds of its genus.”

The specimen now only shows one long central tail-feather or

‘““ sickle,’ the other having apparently been broken, since there is a

large broken feather on the opposite side of the tail. From the look of

the comb and the coarse legs with abnormally enlarged anterior scales,

there can be little doubt that the bird was really a domestic one; and

if its peculiarities were as a matter of fact racial, it would seem that

there has existed in the east, a breed of which the cocks bore more or

less feminine plumage, comparable to the “‘ Henny” game still existing

in Bngland; which, however, are altogether hen-feathered.

I have never seen any hen-feathered cocks among the very variable

domestic poultry which occupy the coops in the Calcutta Bazaar; and

I should like here to draw attention to the fact that the operation of

Gaponizing, so frequently performed in India, results in more finely-

developed male plumage in the cockerels operated on, although their

combs and wattles do not develop fully, but remain like those of hens.

A very singular

PLATE

"IMOOO1V

saAuANASSIG

A ‘SOUSIGVUVd

SOUNOAWHASSICG

‘TMOOO1V

SOYOANASSIC

‘UVA ‘SNASIAVUVd

snuonwassiq

PLATE ll.

“vA ‘SNOSNA AVSdOIH.La

SOLIGONHdVNNAHANASd SNTIV®)

PLATE

‘(SZgr ‘qi6r ‘qaq)

*(9h—ztgt)

E74!

ryt

‘VNONdOONAT

VNO

Ad VTITHONOAVG

(zo6xr ‘yOE

‘uef) aoyy

zbgt)

ayDUuay

ee ae

é NEW SERIES. VOL, Lax

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. Lx XT. Part [ibaa 2.—1902.

EDITED BY

‘) HE Naturar JlisTORY SECRETARY.

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geocraphical limits of Asia: and

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

man or produced by nature.”—Sir WILLIAM JONES.

*.% Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Mr.

Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA®.

PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

Asiatic SocisTy, 57, FARE STRBET.

1902.

‘se

—— ee ee eee

c 7

la ;

Price (exclusive of postage) to Members, Re, 1-8.—To Non-Members, Rs, &

Price in England, 3 Shillings,

Issued 5th August, 1902,

CONTENTS.

Page

VIL. —On specimens of two Mauritian Birds in the collection of the

Asiatic Society.— By F. Finy, B.A., F.Z.8., Deputy Superin-

tendent of the Indian Museum (With plates IV and V) ...

VIL—On hybrids between the Guinea-fowl and Common fowl.—

. By F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S. Deputy Superintendent of the

Indian Museum (With plate VI) .. vee

VIII.—Notes on Animals kept in the ee Tosiiaal Garden.

No. I—By Rai R. B. Sanya, Banapur, Superintendent of

the Garden eve ese

TX.—On the Variation of the Flower of amniienlas arvensis.— By

fee SeoRKIDL; M.A. oe a ee —

HRRATA.

page 92 head line and line 8 from top for K. read R.

106 line 6 from bottom for “ overleaf” read ” opposite.”

118 line 14 for “ page 106”’ read ‘‘ page 107.”

119 line 1 for 102 read 103.

”

ee)

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

joo

Vol. LXXI. Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. II.—1902.

VI.—On specimens of two Mauritian Birds in the collection of the Asiatic

Society— By F. Finn, B.A. F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent of the

Indian Museum.

[ Received March 26th; Read April 2nd, 1902. ]

I. ON A SPECIMEN OF THE MoorHeNn FRoM MavritIvs.

In Blyth’s catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the Asiatic

Society, p. 286, one of the specimens of Gallinula chloropus is noted as

follows:—G. Var.? From the Mauritius. Presented by Willis

Earle, Esq.

This specimen is still in existence, but as it is in poor condition,

having lost many feathers, and the remainder being loose in places,

I have deemed it well to have it figured, as it presents certain points of

interest which make its appearance worthy of record, (See Plate IV).

Being a stuffed specimen itis not easy to measure exactly with

regard to length, but with a tape I make it out to be 1 ft. ¢ inches

from tip of bill to end of tail, a fair average length judging from the

measurements given by Dr. Sharpe in the British Museum Catalogue

of Birds. The wing, however, is only about 6:1 inches, and although

its feathers are much abraded, it could never have been more than about

65 inches long, whereas Dr. Sharpe gives 7°3 inches as the length of

wing for a bird measuring only a foot and half an inch in length, 2.e.,

about the size of this one, The tail of the Mauritius birds is 2°5 inches

in length, whereas the British Museum specimen alluded to has the

tail 2°9.

The most remarkable point about the present bird however is its

powerful bill and feet. The beak, with frontal shield, measures 1°65

inches ; in thickness, at the proximal end of the nostril, it is -45 of an

inch, whereas the biggest-billed Old World bird in the Indian Museum

J. mu, 12

88 F, Finn—On specimens of two Mauritian Birds. [No. 2,

Collection, a Kashmir specimen, has a bill and frontal shield of 1:6

inches, with the depth of bill measured in the same place, of ‘4 only.

The wing of this bird measures 6°3.

The left shank of the Mauritius bird, measured from the upper end

of the tarso-metatarse to the setting-on of the front-toes, is 2°2 inches,

as against the 1°8 of the Kashmir bird; but the thickness of the shank

across the front, midway down its length, is *2 in the former as

against ‘15 in the latter. I have not measured the shanks from front

to back, so as to avoid any error from the insertion of wires into the legs

of the Asiatic Society’s specimen. The middle toe and claw of the

Mauritius bird only exceed those of the Kashmir specimen by

about ‘1 of an inch, so that in the insular specimen the toes have

decreased in relative length. Another remarkable point about the

Mauritius bird is that it has the frontal shield, which is very large, trun-

cate behind even more markedly than in the American Gallinula galeata ;

that is to say, judging from our two specimens of the latter, which show

so much variation in this character as to suggest that those authors who

only allow the New World birds the rank of a subspecies are correct.

The differences in the frontal shields will be easily be apparent from

the full-sized figures given in Plate V. It will be seen that the

Mauritius bird has as long a bill as the Lake St. Clair example of

G. galeata, whose wing measures 7°4 inches.

To sum up,the present specimen of G. chloropus from Mauritius,

when compared with normal specimens, exhibits an increase of the size

of the bill and feet, and a shortening of the wings, tail, and toes, which

show that it has progressed some way in the direction of the flightless

forms of Gallinula separated in the British Museum Catalogue as Por-

phyriornis. In colouration it does not differ from G. chloropus ; it is

true that the under-tail coverts are cream-colour instead of white, but

this is probably due to the age of the specimen. Professor A. Newton’s

G. pyrrhorhoa, described from Mauritius, has these ochreous under-tail-

coverts; but the tinge has been shown by Dr. R. B. Sharpe (Cat.

Birds, B.M., Vol. XIII, p. 173), to exist in English specimens, and one

in the Indian Museum collected by Colonel C. T. Bingham in the

Shan States also exhibits it. Another character given by Professor

Newton is the yellowness of the legs of G. pyrrhorhoa; but from an

old specimen like the present one it is quite impossible now to say of

what colour the legs originally were. —

It seems to me, therefore, that the Moorhens of Mauritius need

re-examination; if they normally present the stoutness of build and

brevity of wing and tail characteristic of the present specimen, they

certainly constitute a recognizable race, which might well bear the name

1902.] F. Finn—On specimens of two Mauritian Birds. 89

bestowed by Professor Newton, since that ornithologist expressly

mentions a large frontal shield as one of the characteristics of

G. pyrrhorhoa.

II. Own two specimens or A T'RopIC-BIRD FROM Mauritius.

In Blyth’s Catalogue, under the number 1736, we find the entry,

‘““A.B., Adults, from the Mauritius. Willis Earle, Hsq.,” in reference

to two specimens of a ‘l'ropic-bird which he there designates Ph.

candidus. This is the P. lepturus of the British Museum Catalogue,

Vol. XXVI, p. 454.

I find, however, that while specimen A of Blyth’s Catalogue agrees

with the British Museum Catalogue description in most particulars,

specimen B is distinct, and resembles Phuéthon americanus iu having

shorter white tips to the first four primaries, and in having the outer web

of the fifth entirely black to within a short distance of the extremity.

Both birds also have evidently had the bill almost entirely yellow,

unlike that of P. lepturus as described. (See figures belew).

reese ecm seemed at LAAT AE TANIA AANA GaAA4 AAA aka ha A nas LSA hat4 144 on ATLA anes

1736.A.

90 F. Finn—On specimens of two Mauritian Birds. [No. 2,

Except for this bill and for the slightly shorter white tips to the

quills, 1736A is true P. lepturus, which, from the British Museum

Catalogue list of specimens, occurs-at Mauritius, and it may therefore,

I think, be referred to that species, although not entirely agreeing there-

with.

The other specimen, B, however, is not so nearly in agreement with —

P. americanus, for while it has a nearly completely yellow bill, the

white tips of the first four primaries are never so little as half an inch

long, and the third quill is not nearly all black, but marked like the

rest, although the fifth has a good deal of black along the outer web

asin P. americanus.

Thus these two specimens do not agree with the description of any

species of Phaéthon ; and yet they differ far too much from each other

to be referred to a separate form. Iam therefore disposed to think

that they are both Phaéthon lepturus; and this must bea variable

species, since it can produce, in the Old World, one individual showing

a considerable approximation to the American P. americanus, in the

1902.] F. Finn—Hybrids between the Guinea-fowl and Common fowl. 91

colouration of the bill and quills; and another which approaches the

American form in the colouration of the bill only. It is, of course, just

conceivable that a specimen of P. americanus strayed at one time to

Mauritius and interbred with the local birds; but the distribution of the

form renders this unlikely, and I should be rather inclined to put down

the peculiarities of these birds to simple variation.

VII.—On hybrids between the Guinea-fowl and Common fowl.—By

F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

[ Received March 26th; Read April 2nd, 1902. ]

A good account of this cross, which is not by any means common,

has been given by Dr. Juan Vilaro, in the Bulletin of the American

Museum of Natural History, Vol. IX. (1897), p. 225.

The hybrid, as represented in the plates accompanying Dr. Vilaro’s

papers has a very characteristic appearance, its general form and

carriage being intermediate between the Fowl and Guinea-fow], and

its head devoid of the comb and gular wattles of the one and rictal

wattles and casque of the other. I was thus easily enabled to recognize

as Guinea-fowl hybrids three curious fowls received by the Calcutta

Zoological Garden from Mr. A. T. Blewitt, of Kalka, early in 1899.

They had been caught in a wild state, but this is not surprising

as the tame-bred hybrid between the domestic Muscovy Duck and

Common Duck is known to become feral at times.

These birds all resembled Common fowls in colour, the largest

being splashed with white and red-brown, and the other two (one of

which is figured on Plate VI) being red-brown with black necks and

fine black pencilling on many of the feathers. The characteristic

spotting of the Guinea-fowl was altogether absent. All had bare flesh-

coloured faces, and a pendulous dewlap, most marked in the large white-

spotted specimen. There was no comb, although a bare median area

at the base of the bill above seemed to indicate a rudiment; and the

rictal wattles of the Guinea-fowl were just indicated at the gape; of the

horn of the Guinea-fowl and gular wattles of the fowl there was no

trace at all. The specimen figured was a male, the testes being about

the size of haricot beans ; of the others, which have also died and been

transferred to the Museum, the brown specimen has been preserved

entire in spirits, and the other made into a skeleton. The taxidermist

who prepared it states that it was a female, which I should certainly

not have suspected from seeing the three birds alive. All were larger

than a Guinea-fowl or ordinary Indian fowl, and had particularly strong

92 Rai K. B. Sanyal Bahadur—Animals kept in the Alipore. [No. 2,

pills and legs, the latter of a black colour. Their behaviour was quiet;

but they were never placed with other birds, so I do not know how they

would have treated these. Like Dr. Vilaro’s specimens, they seemed to

be very sensible to heat, panting more than other birds, and their only

cry was a piping, chirping sound, very different from the harsh note

of the birds which came under Dr. Vilaro’s observation.

—

VIII.—Notes on Animals kept in the Alipore Zoological Garden. No. I—.

By Rat K. B. Saxyan Bawapur, Superintendent of the Garden.

[Received March 26th; Read April 2nd, 1902.]

OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS OF OranG OUTANG IN CAPTIVITY.

Orang Outang thinks and acts with a view to accomplishing an

object. An Orang Outang and a Proboscis Monkey (Semmnopzthecus

[Nasalis] larvatus), lived in two contiguous cages separated by iron gra-

tings. Although of different temperaments—the Orang Outang lively,

vivacious and prone to mischief, and the monkey phlegmatic and indo-

lent—they were best of friends; and enjoyed each other’s company as

much as the intervening partition would allow. The Orang’s friend-

ship for the monkey was, however, not altogether disinterested. They

were usually fed about the same time upon the same kind of food, and

as the Orang Outang was blessed with a keen appetite, he had no

scruple to help himself, to as much of his friend’s share as chance

brought within his reach. One morning he was found making despe-

rate attempts to annex the remnants of the monkey’s breakfast by

repeatedly thrusting his arms through the gratings. But all his tricks

and trouble availed him not, as the light tin vessel coutaining the

tempting morsel lay beyond the reach of his long arms. Having failed

in his attempt to get at the food, he sat still for a few seconds as

if to collect his thoughts, aud to devise means for the accomplishment of

his object, and presently made a rush into his sleeping apartment,

fetched a quantity of straw, and twisted it into a sort of rough

rope, and with it began striking the tin vessel containing the food,

and ultimately succeeded in bringing it within the reach of his arms.

Orang Outang imitating human action. It is well known that

in their wild state Orang Outangs indulge in the habit of building

platforms of twigs and branches on large trees, Given opportunities

they would do the same in captivity also.

The Orang Outang whose habits are here chronicled, was a remark-

ably docile animal, and was, therefore, allowed to enjoy as much free-

1902. ] I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 93

dom as it was deemed safe. The first use that he made of his liberty

was to build himself a platform on one of the trees that stood close to

his habitation. One cloudy August morning, while seated on his arbo-

real perch, he noticed some early visitors open out their umbrellas to

protect themselves from a passing shower of rain, and straightway he

broke off a leafy branch and held it umbrella-fashion over his own head

in immitation of the human folks!

It was amusing to see him following visitors who happened to

have anything tied in their cloth, or who carried a bundle on their

head. Quick to observe, he had noticed some of them untying a bundle

to give him a feed, and by a simple process of ratiocination he came to

connect all bundles with food and feeding !

PHYSIOLOGICAL ECONOMY OF ANIMALS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTS.

A Large White Egret (Herodias alba) having lived happily in the

Garden for many years managed to break one of its legs by sustaining a

fracture of its left tarsus. The fracture was set up and the wound healed

nicely, butthe shock of the accident must have materially affected the phy-

siological economy of the bird’s system; as during the next two years

it did not assume the full breeding plumage, or the bright green of the

facial skin which it usually did in summer and which was such a

characteristic feature of the bird Although in about three years after

the accident it began putting on the summer dress again, there was a

marked deterioration in the character of the plumes and the colour of

thie facial skin, This might have been due to old age also.

TX.—On the Variation of the Flower of Ranunculus arvensis.—By I. H.

Burkitt, M.A.

There is a regular sequence of organs in the Phanerogamic flower,—

sepals, petals, stamens, carpels,—which is never departed from, and

which may be said to be due to the passing of moods over the axis,—a

mood for the formation of sepals, a mood for the formation of petals,

a mood for the formation of stamens, and a mood for the formation of

carpels. Hach mood is preclusive in its time of the others and definite ;

and the flower axis runs through them as a matter of course.

In the flower, mood follows mood very closely ; yet the tendency

so widely manifest, for the floral organs to be formed in whorls is a

separating of the moods each from its neighbours by concentrating on

itself.

94 I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

The symmetry of the flower depends firstly on this regular sequence

and separation of the moods; it depends secondly on the way in

which successive rings of organs,—sepals, petals, ete.—are commonly

isomerous.

IT have been driven to a conviction that the separation of these

moods has not yet obtained the attention it deserves. We need to

know much about them ; chiefly as to the conditions which lead to their

separation: for the whole Phanerogamic subkingdom shows us that

the more specialised a flower is the more distinctly are its moods separ-

ated; and the isolation of the moods is undeniably of far-reaching

importance in the growth of perfect floral symmetry.

It may be said that there are questions of four kinds to be asked

regarding the moods, (i) why the moods exist, (ii) as to the reason of

their sequence, (iii) as to the requirements which have made them as

distinct as they are, and (iv) as to the causes leading to a determination

of the number of lateral organs which belong to each of them severally.

They are questions in organography, as Goebel terms the causative

morphology of the new school, in order to distinguish it from the

descriptive morphology which is subservient to the systematist. The

foundation of organography is in the Darwinian theory of evolution.

The present paper concerns questions of the fourth kind; but in

preface I wish to make some brief remarks regarding the second and

the third kind of question. Regarding the second: the sepals are

formed outermost to protect; the petals are formed second to attract ;

and we have these reasons for the position of both; but why the

mood for the formation of stamens should invariably precede that for

the formation of carpels is a question which must remain a subject for

speculation almost as long as the origin of the Phanerogams is unsolved.

This only can be said, that somehow the formation of female organs

puts a period to the forward growth of the axis, whereas the forming

stamens have divided with the axis the available nutrition passing beyond

the growing sepals and petals. -This perhaps means some advantage in

the matter of food to one or the other. Ido not say which: but itis to

be confessed that there are strong reasons for assuming that, in nature

generally, conditions of good nourishment tend more to the formation

of female than of male organs: for experiments on the lower plants—

Alge, Fungi and Vascular Cryptogams—have shown that there is a

tendency for female reproductive organs to be formed when the plants

are well nourished, male organs when they are starved: and extensive

observations on animals indicate the same thing. A condition so widely

true may well be true also of the Phanerogams; but at the present

time can we produce any convincing evidence that the developing bud

1902. ] I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 95

gets better nourished as it progresses from the formation of sterile

protective or showy organs, through male organs to female organs, or

that the female organs appropriate two shares of nutriment because there

is by them that which might belong to an elongating axis ?

Regarding the third kind of question, let it be remarked that

intermediate organs are apt to be useless organs and that therefore we

‘see one reason for the distinctness of the moods; secondly, it is

to be stated that if we let ourselves believe that sepals, petals,

stamens and carpels are formed under conditions of nutrition which

change as the axis gives rise to them, we still cannot easily assume

that the conditions of nourishment change as abruptly as do the

moods.

Lastly, with regard to the fourth kind of question we are bound to

suppose that a certain relationship between the number of the stamens

and carpels exists which is at least not prejudicial to the maintenance

of the race; «e., that enough stamens must be produced to enable a

sufficiency of seed to be set by the carpels; and it is reasonable to

believe that the petals and the sepals are required by their biological

functions to bear a more or less definite proportion to the organs they

protect or make conspicuous: but it will be acknowledged that this

supposition implies a force too loose in its action to produce isomerism

as we see it, too loose to regulate the not uncommon orderly change of

a normally tetramerous flower to pentamerism, or of a normally penta-

merous flower to hexamerism, and impossible to accept as the sole

factor when we glance at the general absence of intermediate conditions

between isostemony and diplostemony. The view to which Schwendener’s

and Karl Schumann’s work leads, can carry us a step beyond this

supposition; for, as they have shown, we have strong reasons for

believing that the symmetry of a flower is largely influenced by the

mutual pressure in the bud of part on part, and that this pressure to

a considerable degree compels new organs to appear in the niches

between those recently formed. Thus do the sepals—the outermost

members of the flower—as it were set the step and, e.g., if they are in

rings of five (I use the word ring because I require a term less definite

than whorl) the petals and stamens frequently follow in fives.

The carpels too may follow the step, but their position is unique

in that the axis is no longer growing forward when they form and new

conditions of pressure, as perhaps of nutrition, are possibly existing.

The individual and the race are always in slight antagonism: the

race asks for reproduction, and some writers such as Axell have

thought that they could see in the flower the most perfect adaptation

or subservience to reproduction, But our flower, above conceived,

dig Vy VG

96 l. H. Barkill—F lower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

asserts the individual distinctly if we allow the possible formation of

sexual organs by order according to nutrition available, and the fixing

of the number by the need of packing. I shall show later, at least in

Ranunculus arvensis, another assertion of the individual—a setting aside

of the claims of the race by allowing a kind of right of primogeniture

to the moods in the flower. This right of primogeniture is the more

interesting when we consider it in connection with the view that sepals

and petals are sterilised stamens; for it gives preference to the mood

which by origin is then supposed secondary.

The above remarks are to be taken as embodying some notion of

the foundations of the Phanerogamic flower. Working upon them we

may make a study of a particular species of plant in order to seek how

far the fixed and definite relationships of the organs in number to one

another, which we can observe in most Phanerogams, may be due

to the compelling influence of pressure in the bud acting inwards from

the ontermost organs (sepals), or to the way in which nutrition becomes

available in the developing axis, or to nutrition and the influence of

pressure combined, or to the attempt of the plant to produce an effective

and economical assemblage of reproductive members. I have proposed

to approach the question by comparing the variation in adjacent sets

of floral organs, and seeing how far in different types of flower any

one set is free to deviate from pattern.

There are flowers where the jointing of set on set may be consi-

dered to be loose, where adjacent rings of organs are not isomerous

and such flowers seemed best for my purpose. One such is Parnassia

palustris where a 4-merous ovary tops an otherwise 5-merous flower ;

another is the garden Gloxinia where 2 carpels top a similarly 5-merous

(potentially in stamens) flower. Itis to be asked if, as a rule, variation

from normal is more easily accomplished on the upper side of the badly

fitting joint than elsewhere. If so, then the inference is obvious that

pressure is playing a large part in keeping to type the moods of that

flower which are well jointed.

This | found to be the case with Parnassia palustris. In 1894

and 1895 I examined over 5,000 flowers and I recorded my observations

in the Journal of Botany, 1896, pp. 12-15.

I had approximately 5,152 flowers normal in the number of sepals

and in only two of tlem did the petals, stamens and staminodes fail to

keep true to symmetry; but the carpels diverged from the normal

four in 450 cases. I had 36 flowers abnormal in the number of sepals,

15 with only four, 21 with six, andin all but three of those flowers

petals, stamens and staminodes followed the lead and varied with the

sepals ; but in them eleven flowers had three carpels, nine had the usual

1902. ] I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 97

four, fourteen had five and two had six. So much for the free variation

above the badly fitting line in Parnassia. In the garden Gloxinia on

which I have made, when at Kew, some unpublished observations, it is

the same. Gardeners have selected and raised beautiful races with more

than the normal number of petals; the selection was never for the sepals

or stamens, but these two sets of organs have varied hand in hand

with the petals while the ovary which normally has two carpels hesi-

tates in the improved race between two and three.

A table which I gave in my note on Parnassia shewed that when

the sepals were 4, the carpels were generally 3; and when the sepals

were 6, the carpels were generally 5. Herein we see a correlative

increase or decrease in both. Now it is easier by 3, of the unit

- to squeeze five than to expand three into the space of four and it

happened in Parnassia, as I showed in a table on page 13 of the Journal,

that five carpels were more common in 6-merous than three in the

4-merous flowers,—an observation in accord with ideas of pressure but

of a ring on a confined area; and not of organs compelling others to

fall into the niches between them. Towards satisfying myself in this

matter, I devised a little machine for measuring divergences and

succeeded in demonstrating (see Annals of Botany, XV, 1901, pp.

187-192) that, at least when near fruit-ripening, the carpels in Par-

nassia have no very exact relationship in position to the sepals.

After examining Parnassia I sought for a flower with worse fit-

ting joints or better with no joints at all and took Ranunculus arvensis

for my purpose.

Ranunculus arvensis is a little cornfield weed of Hurope and Tem-

perate Asia, an annual and easily grown. It is very variable in the

flower and in all parts of it; it has not got that concentration of the

moods for the formation of the various floral organs which occurs in

all regularly whorled flowers, its moods for the formation of petals

and stamens being particularly ill-defined. These irregularities seemed

to me qualifications suiting it particularly to my purpose. The sepals are

commonly 5 with a divergence of 2, the petals are 5 or fewer alternating

with the sepals and repeating their divergence; but the stamens and

carpels have a completely different arrangement; the former are very

variable in number and the latter generally 4-7.

I grew my plants in 1895 in the University Botanic Garden,

Cambridge, from seed which had ripened in the Botanic Gardens of

Bonn and Hiedelberg, Paris, Stockholm and Bordeaux, and in 1898

in a window box at Kew from seed which had ripened in the years

1896 and 1897 in the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. I made a point

of examining every flower produced, counting and recording the

93 1. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2

number of its sepals, petals, stamens and carpels, and noting any obvi-

ous abnormalities in it. For the purpose the flowers were picked

when just open, and this picking, done daily, caused the plants to

continue long in blossom.

In this way I examined in 1895, 1,383 flowers from Heidelberg

seed and 1,203 from Bonn seed; in 1898, 2,298 from Kew 1896 seed

(157 plants) and 1,589 from Kew 1897 seed (73 plants); and also in

1895 lesser numbers of flowers from Paris, Stockholm, and Bordeaux

seed—numbers too small to be of real service. I give the results of

the examination of the Paris, Stockholm and Bordeaux plants here before

proceeding. I shall not mention them again.

Nouae Average| Average] Average) Average

nore No. of No. of No. of No. of

dower Sepals. Petals. | Stamens.) Carpels.

Stockholm Bee ee 135 4:94 4:49 8°27 5°87

Paris oe ae 382 4°91 3°50 5°50 5°25

Bordeaux ces See 167 4-95 4:10 6°74 5°37

As to the more profitable experiments I found the different sowings

to vary as follows :

Table I.— Variation in Sepals.

No. of Sepals. | 8) een Bi 4 5 | G| (Te) 8 | 9

Heidelberg Hp Be Weed | ciccsu| fescnl| Ved gl bela bl toy (a baat Sl beter Link WGC ba

Bonn ... ees soo Ives Meee KOr| = 9419695) PAZEE 2 WiOa as

Kew, Old es woe | of peeealeaalas lies 12017 | 8 gs

Kew, New an¢ se 1 3 4/}18] 46 / 1,516 1

Tuble Il.—Variation in Petals.

No. of Petals. 0) 1 2 3 4 5 6 | 7 8

Heidelberg 5 126 486 417 345 3 1

Bonn 4 82 349 438 327 1 1 1

Kew, Old sec lee te 26 | 237 | 480 | 1592] 9]...

Kew, New -or os 3 2 Bl) ses

19 250 289 | 1091

1902. ] I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 99

Table III.—Variation in Stamens.

No. of Stamens. = eer ] 3] 4 (33. |) ‘7 j«]7]s|2 po fuss 8 | po 9 11)12)13)14)15 a 18

| a

Peldoteres ] izle 65 ee cto eet le 508|282 170] 98/32} 8] 4 J 3) 1) 1

Bonn ]} 4 9. 21| 81/154 247 294/211 123/36] 8} 5] 6) O}| 2) 1

Kew, Old. 1) 5|62 229/433/428/304) ‘270 134)140/97|73|69)27|17| 9)...]...

Kew, New | 3 oh 143)/292)265 ie 140} 95 ah 46 “| 1) 4) 1] 1

Table IV.— Variation in Carpels.

No. of Carpels. | 0} 1) 2) 3 4 5 6 | 7 | 8 | 910/11|12/13)14)15)16

Bonn «+ | S10) 4) 385 | 155 | 426 | 3879 | 1538} 28 | 6} 2)...

Kew, Old Sia. J. 3/24) 175 | 862 | 634 | 584 | 403 | 107 | 6i...|...|...|..

Kew, New eo | 1) 2/16} 68 | 198 | 353 | 391 | 364; 158 {37 1)...]...]..

Heidelberg -.. | 3] 3/13) 95 | 266 | 511 | 814] 136] 31 al © O; 1} O} OF 1) 1

There is an obvious difference between the two German races and

the Kew race and some difference between the Kew plants from 1896

seed and those from 1897 seed although they belonged to the same stock.

The variation curves which may be plotted from these figures are irre-

gular, and those for no one set of organs exactly correspond with those

for neighbouring sets: the curves of the sepals are half-Galton curves:

and the curves of the petals in the Kew race are alsohalf-Galton curves,

but not quite as those for the sepals ; while the curves of the petals in the

German races are intermediate between half-Galton aud symmetric

Quetelet binomial curves: the curves for the stamens are equally asym-

metric, but in a different way ; while the curves for the carpels are the

most nearly bi-symmetric of all but are not quite so. It is evident from

a comparison of them that the flower does not vary as an unit as for in-

stance a Tulip flower may, every ring of organs changing from 3-merism

to 4-merism; but each mood variesin its own manner. Wesbhall learn

more of this independence of the moods in variation by studying their

association. I cannot give tables of the combinations observed in the

different races for all the four sets cf organs taken two together, without

occupying a great amount of space; I therefore give tables for the

“Kew Old” plants alone. They will serve as an illustration for all,

as the tables which could be given for the German races and ‘“ Kew

New” are not unlike them.

100 I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [ No. 2,

Table V.—Kew, Old—Correlation of Sepals and Petals.

Total | Average

Sepals. @ |) it) 2 3 4, 5 6| No. of | No. of

flowers. | Sepals.

O Petals ... 500, || 500-4] 000 |] 099 nah no | ier 2

2 1 300 2 28) || coe 26 481

3 206 a 24 205 1 237 4°85

4, it 6 26 396 1 430 4:89

5 10 | 1,582 | ... 1,592 4:99

6 re 1 7 1 9 5°00

Total No. of flowers... | ... | ... 2 13 63 | 2,217 3 2,298 6

Average No. of petals...| ... | ... | ... | 346] 3°71 | 460 | ... 608 eee

Table VI.—Kew, Old—Correlation of Sepals and Stamens.

Aver-

Stamens | 1 2} 3] 4 | DN OW) Si Oi uo 12 /13/14/15}16} Total . ne

STEN Scc:l|cadloadllso0}! co |) cao ll ‘G00 |! cea |} ce6.|! 000 |} ol} coe |} 200 |] 060 Iloos|loo Iecallbacl! ace aes

2 oo-.[ teri) -« eee eee fee 2 eee ee eee eee eee eee toe serleee se. 2 eee

3 sorlfoos|foodloan|| — GH 8 PAP HU co5 |] 02 |] so00 | no || oat! © |loostload|fec 13) 439

4, God|ecclioor|ieca|| LIC) ai aise Gi eh BH @I IE C 638) 5°25

5 oefee.| 1] 5] 48} 208] 410) 419] 299) 267| 131] 139) 97] 71 69 27 17 9 2, aus 7-01

6 Sodfood|eocl[ooal] 6 i ee ake = : a

Total 7 3 62 229| 433] 428) 304] 270 134 140 7 7B 69 37 17 9 re 200

Average soeloe.|4°7 1/489) 4'94/4"98)498)4:99]4°98)/499|5°00/4°97| 6] 5) 5}...] ...

Table VII.—Kew, Old—Correlation of Sepals and Carpels.

Carpels. Ola | ar | es | ane | 6 | 7 | 8| 9 | 10| Total] Sve

Sepals —s a. | , oon

Bit! aap ON] wea co: 200 2 3 4 3 0 Di itan8 MLR Se ease 13 3°92

4 aestal Scena 2} 21) 20) 10 6 Od Wael [Ob cea fetes 63 | 4°05

SR alates Pal ei 2Se4 ae 2 20) 150) 335) 621] 577) 399) 107} 6 | ... | 2,217 | 5°46

Conky CO Rees |e 060. ||| 06 1 ] 0 BU ePean WAP bec || eee 3

Totaleee.cn |r 3 24) 175) 362) 634) 584) 403] 107] 6 | ... | 2,298 a

Average 9) <2. |: vee [4°75 oe 4:93] 4:97] 4°99] 4-99] 5-00) ... 2

1902. | I. H. Burkill— Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 101

Table VIII.—Kew, Old— Correlation of Petals and Stamens.

Stamens.| 1) 2} 3] 4] 5| 6 | Aon Sula | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 |15/16] Total. Ses

Petals seu] 000 |} Goo 200 . . . bor *

O 1} 0 0 1S Gael (O00 © {|akooo sl pone ‘0 an “0 2 :

1 o0a||ooe 1 Oo} OF 0 Wi ga0 , “ 2 900

?4'\\ 990 |[soH[s08 6) 10 7 1 1 IW ooo ove : 26 4°38

Be Bsa lose 3] 24) 88) 48] 385) 32) 4 GIF 500 |! G00 || occ: || 000 237 49}

4, 1; 17} 70| 137) 95) 56} 19) 15) 12) 6 0 1 ee | teers 430 577

ONT He saan [bese 1} 14) 59/ 237] 295) 212) 246) 116) 128) 91] 73) 68) 26/17] 9) 1,592 791

6 oor Joos oe 1 4 2 2 wee aoe wee soe soe ooo eee 9 eee

Total | 1] 5) 62] 229) 438] 428} 304) 270} 184) 140] 97] 73] 69) 27/17) 9) 2,298 ee

Average |.. |... 3°60) 3°77| 4°42] 4°61] 4°59) 4°89] 4°84] 4°86] 4°94] 5°00) 4°98) 4°98) 5)...) .. :

Table [IX.—Kew, Old—Correlation of Petals and Carpels.

Petals Tepe (ed | 5 Gdlenge mee (roe | otal ever

: ‘| age.

Carpels .. 3 || 00 | ‘600 Sag | coos |} 000. |} ooo ve tee

0) 600 wchdlsoweuilicwss : MW ON ae 2 see

1 eco O06 atetel ee Zz vee oe aee 2 eoe

2 0 co2 |} occ ] S| 14) 2 960 |} 000 26 3°65

3 ee 00 2 TSC SS) 52 |e 2 ieee ieee. 237 3°89

4, ove es 1 10} 64) 126] 141) 66) 18 4) ... 430 469

5 op con |] oa0 |} con 30] 1384] 4:35} 502] 382) 103) 6 | 1,592 5°88

6 oud ||” 56a. {P c00 | ['sn08 1} God ye GN Al aan tl oe ose

Total 3 | 24 | 175] 362} 634) 584) 403) 107) 6 | 2,298 .

Average... 3°38} 3°65] 4°06} 4°60) 4°85) 4°95) 4°96) ... eve :

[ No. 2,

I. H. Burkill— Flower of Ranunculus arvensis.

102

~I0AY ‘T®90L | OT

* oF “| OL.4| 08-2 | B04] 86:9 | 82-9) 98-9 | ST-9

“| 968° | 6 | zt | 28 | 69 | 84 | 46 | OPT | PET

om |g e@trolt eo ae aaibiees

SO-IT | LOT Hye) | oe | ee AR PE 1S

PP-6 | SOP Qe [tie i Ga 1) Ge td cise TP iz

99-4 | PSS ies | eae |e | Pee Gee Geeta Pen Oe)

SL9 | Peo CHET Ste fehl et A Rana a ee iS ]oomee ht] Bo

ce.g | goe i |fsion cuosell cant eae iets EI all Gs

19.7 | eat 5 sna hacesa al lapis ia Nsceseel (erty Ula eevee ak | riacaa Me

opp | ez Perec ail eat [Peck tise [esonedlecten | pays

a or | 7 | st | st | tt | OT | @

08:9 | 98-9

OLE | POE

8 v

gg | 68

90T | 96

08 | POT

6t | 0g

a IT

8 Z

eee

THY TATA SEVEN > Jp M2 Jf Ip oe esvi0ay

SH | (kda tA) Pk PO Gener

oe ay hae Pe. Polio coe ,

a bag lhe | Pe |e on 9

py cepa Mowe |sseulepee lesa ees “

COMm WZ 98e| GTi 0 | cise |) cabal ses ®

OOF Se foc mewn ale scan mses £

EM Ghareilar some facet cll action Ieee :

ee gens a ot cera easel are :

Sm comets: leone ances rsccen ie

G P g z I 0 ‘suouIeyg

‘sjadung pup suoummjg fo u0r7n10.1u09—pIQ ‘may—'X 9190],

1902. ] I, H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 103-

If we take three absolutely symmetrical dice and toss them the

probable scores obtained in 240 throws mathematically calculated are

as follows:— 3456 7 8 910111213 1415 16 17 18

136 10 15 21 28 36 386 28 2115106 3 1°

If we take another three dice of distinguishing colour absolutely

symmetrical, and throwing them with the others record the association

of numbers, the resulting table will be as symmetric as the binomial

curve just given, but in two dimensions, and out of 14,400 throws there is

one chance of 3 + 3 being the score of the two sets of dice and one of 18+ 18,

one of 3+18 and one of 1843; there are three chances of the score

being 4-+-3, and three of its being 1743, 7.e, equal chances as far as

the extremes are concerned of there being a close similarity between

the figures and a wide dissimilarity. A glance at the tables just given

will satisfy that this is not the case in them and that the tendency to

similarity is evident; that in the mutual relationship of mood to mood

the adjustment is not a question of chance but, as is indicated by

the averages in the last column and lowest line of each table, is due

to some loosely coercing force which will be discussed.

As I have foregone the publishing of tables to give for the Kew

New plants and the Bonn and Heidelberg races my exact observations

on adjustment of moods, I place below the averages found omitting

those derived from fewer flowers than ten.

I will briefly call attention to the chief points in the averages.

Table XI shows that fewer sepals mean fewer of all other organs and

it is to be noted that the reduction is greatest in the organs furthest

away from thesepals. Table XII shows for the Kew race a consider-

able reduction of both stamens and carpels when the petals are reduced ;

it shows for the German races a much slighter reduction of carpels

and an insignificant reduction of stamens. It shows further that re-

duction in the number of petals does not act as a reflex on the number

of sepals in anything like the way in which reduction of sepals may be

said to promote reduction of petals. Table XIII shows that with a

reduction or increase of stamens the reduction or increase of the carpels

is much greater than the reduction or increase of the organs which pre-

ceeded them. Table XIV shows that reduction or increase of carpels is

accompanied by a more nearly corresponding reduction or increase in

the organs closest to them. Consequently, admitting that there is an

exception in the relation of petals to stamens in the German races, we

may broadly state that the influence producing correlative increase or

decrease chiefly acts forwards from the preceding mood to the moods

which follow and that correlative increase and decrease is closest

in neighbouring moods.

J. u. 14

104 L. H. Borkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No, 2,

Table XI.—Aver age No. of other organs in association with ied iis and

five ve

Saneice of Sepals. TE | 3 4 ‘5

; _) (Kew, Old: | aaa ... | 3°46 | 3°71 | 460

: Kew, N oan .. | 3°06 | 3°57 |. 458

Average No. of Petals ... sate fe = | 2-78 | 3:54 | 3:87

: Heidelberg os ade 3°47 | 3°72

Kew, Old ae ... | 439 | 5251 7:01

fs _) Kew, New aS .. | 473 | 537] 7-42

Average No. of Stamens... 4 Bonn... bts .. | 378 | 7:31 | 7-83

Heidelberg, oe cen keee tI Sn] mega a

Kew, Old a . | 3°92 | 405 | 5:46

= : \Kew, New Pe .. | 867 | 409 | 5:94

Average No. of Carpels «4 Bonn... 211 | 479 | 5°48

Heidelberg a | 431 | 5°19

Table XII.—Average No. of other organs in association with two, three,

four, five and siz Petals.

Number of Petals. en 2 3 | 4 5 6

Kew, Old 481 | 485 | 4°89 | 4:99 | 5-00

Kew, New 458 | 476 | 487 | 498

Average No. of Sepals ... 4 Bonn 483 | 491 | 492 | 4-98

Heidelberg 4°93 | 495 | 489 | 4:99 as

Kew, Old 4°38 | 4°91 BEI ls ath ll TT age | wai 5°77 | 7°51 | 8°55

Kew, New 4°47 | 497 | 6°00 |-812] ...

ed ‘No. of Stamens Rote 7-84 | 7-68 | 7°68 | 7-98 ‘

Heidelberg CAL | 120 718") 735

oer Shieh ey l

Kew, Old ..| 365 | 389 | 469 5°45.

A No. : a Kew, New .. | (3°37 | 421 | 5:12 | 6°36

VGENSS Wis Os SEITE) ot a {| 494] 518| 545] 582]

Heidelberg o- | 4°74 | 482 | 5-25 | 5:63 ese

105

I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis,

1902.]

sr foes | se} eet 90.2) $8.9] ILO] TLS] 8h-2] 20.9] 64.7] 1h-F| 08-6 | 6L-4| 26.4] ~* Sxoqiopror | = ES

se} ose | we To | 7.9] 99.9] O19] 16-9] FS-S| eT-9| 18h] 89-F| PIF] 68-8) “7° Ir auog |

4 sjedaeg jo ‘ON odti0ay

“* | 98-4) 96.2] OF 2} 68-2] 18-4) $8-9] 61-9] 8-9} 64-9] 68S} 16-F| G9-F| O8-E} ~" | MON ‘Moy |

00-2] 94-4} 08-4} 20.2] £6-9} 82-9] 99-9] ST-9] 08-9] 98-9| 9T-S| 89-F| FI-F| 89-E{ “" | pro ‘Moxy J

wer [ste [see | se" | B1-F] 90-F] 01-8] 89-8] £9-8 | 69-E] L8-E] 08-8] 8E-| 91.8] 49.8] “* Sxeqjeprey )

wT fos fs 1s | 29.81 80.F] 92-8] 64-8] $9.8] 18-6] 00-F] 188} TL8] PRE] oo fo au0g |

bo" s[eJOg JO ‘ON OSBIOAY

“| $2-F| 00S] 96.6] 86-F| 00-¢] 16-F| 19.7] €8-P| 89.F] 6P-P] ST-P] 18-8) OFS} “| MON ‘Moy |

00-2] 00-2] 86.4} 86-F| 00-S| F6.F] 98->| 8.7] 68.F| 69-F| 19-F] ZF-F| 2L-8/ 09-8] “| PIO ‘sex)

eee ses ss “* | 00-¢] 26-F] 16-6 | 26-F| 86-7] 26-F| F6-F| 88-P 18-F 98-F| ESF] sazeqjeprey )

rales a pinnate 5] bag O02 €0-$ | S6.F| €6-F| 16-b| 86-7| 16-P) 48-6] 98-7] ¢8.-7) "|" pldek st |

+ ''spedag jo “ON oskr0AV

“* 1 00-$| 00-S} 20. | 00. ¢ 00-S| 66-F| 86-5] 86-5] L6-F| S6-7| 26-7) L9b| LL] “| MON ‘Moy |

00-2 | 00-9} 00-$| 00-S| 16-F| 00-9} 66.F| 86-7] 66-F| 86-F| 86-7] 76%) 68-7] TZ] “| PIO ‘ey )

oT reek ot! | Sir |= (Ol 6 8 4 9 Sg P § z TGCS)

SS ee Ser ee Se ee — =

"SUIMDIC) OT-Z YRIM UuornrW0SSn wr supb1o Lay7;0 fo waqunu eboueap—TIIX 1907,

106 I. H. Burkill— Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

Table XIV.—Average number of other organs in association with

1-9 Carpels.

Carpels. 1 2} 2] a] s ot Tl wu

: [a ]

Kew, Old 4°75| 4-84, 4-93) 4,97 4°99] 4°99) 500] ...

Average. No. of )Kew, New «. 4°69) 4°41) 4°78) 4°96, 4°98] 5:00, 4:98) 5-00

Sepals” ... ) Bonn ; . | 4°20) ... | 4°74) 4°87 4°94 4°97| 4-97) 5:00) ...

( Heidelberg 4-62) 4°79) 4-90 4:96, 4°97| 5:04; 5:06} 5:00

Bos Pew cee be lea

Kew, Old 3°38) 3°65 406] 4°60 485, 495, 4:96] ...

Average No. of ) Kew, New |... |}3831 3°18 3°77/4 51 473 4-88) 491] 495

Petals ... ) Bonn sseulaz00] le. 3°60 3°52|3 74, 3°94 411) 436 :

Heidelberg |... | ... | 3-44 318, 3-43 “a 403 419] 409] 4°12

| | |

[-2e Hamers able |

Kew, Old... | «.. | 446/461] 5°35 6°18] 7-66|9-44) 1105...

Average No. of )Kew, New... | ... | 3°94) 463) 5 22 5-9t| 7°16] 8°87) 10 27 10°68

Stamens ... ) Bonn ... 4°90) 6°03] 6°72 7°28) 8°25] 9°18] 9°57)

Heidelberg ... ace tS 5°84| 6°37 7:11) 7°84] 8°5C

8:90 8°50

I must now point out some differences between the races.

When one sepal less than the complete five is present in the Kew

race there is approximately one petal less, two stamens less and 3 carpel

less: when two sepals are wanting then we lose further 3 petal, 2 stamen

and } carpel.

In the German races one sepal less than the complete five means

roughly 3 petal less, ¢ stamen and 3 carpel: when two sepals are

wanting we lose a further ¢ petal, 35 stamens, 2} carpels; i.e., in the

German races 4 sepaled flowers are more nearly otherwise normal than

in the Kew race: and what is true for the sepals is true for the petals,

i.e., that the first reduction in them from normal is much more closely

accompanied by a reduction in other organs than is the case in the two

German races.

Apportionment of organs in the Kew race.—The least flower of the

Kew race had 8 organs in all, the largest 36. The largest flowers

were richest in stamens, the least richest in sepals. I give in table XV

the average number of sepals, petals, stamens and carpels in flowers

with varying numbers of total organs, and over leaf are curves ex-

pressing the result graphically. The result may be briefly stated

thus :—if there is power to produce more than 15 organs the sepals

claim their full compliment; if there is power to produce more than

20 organs, the petals also claim their full compliment ; if there is power

to produce more than 28 organs the carpels begin to show signs of

107

I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis.

1902.]

\ : ‘ be

Sey a

je miroenese ot

¢ :

t }

‘ |

cages j ! | if

* a . =

i ' “

+ 4

«ct

he ‘ ‘ 1

: a Fi = ary Ie RD

5 “3 | seas ns u $

seed '

= a SS Pie

Za : é

a § 3 a 9

nen Ad ry ene ee

Graphic representation of the apportionment of. sepals, petals,

stamens and carpels in flowers of Ranunculus arvensis (Kew race) with

the number of organs varying from 13 to 33.

108 J. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

satiety ; extra power beyond this goes chiefly to the stamens. At 20 the

flower is not far from having the formula K5 C5 A5 G6, «e., from

being regularly 5-merous. The staminal curve shows slight irregu-

larities at 15 and 18 the curves for petals and carpels practically touch

at 15. The correspondence in the two sets of curves is most interesting.

Table XV.—Apportionment in flowers of the Kew race with the number

of total organs varying from to 8 to 36.

Kew, OLD.

———————————————

° sd ol =

m o ) (2)

No. of 5 é 5 EZ

organs. E Aire | eG aes

Ks o 2 oa ®

aq, | we | w’e |

SMe geiot | aoa

6 fa | sa] F

A =< < =<

8 ees

9 woe eee

10 sx Te ac

ll 4 | 4:25 | 1°75 | 2°50

12 2| 400] 3:00] 3

13 14 | 407 | 286] 3°07

14 382 | 4°72 ; 2°91} 341

15 : 66 | 4°70 | 3:15} 403

16 80 | 4°81 | 3°26] 4°34

17 115 | 4:92 | 3°72 | 4°54

18 127 | 495 | 399 | 499

19 173 | 498 | 4:26 | 5°27

20 238 | 499 | 460 | 5°47

21 256 | 498 | 482 1 6:00

22 2386 | 499 | 486] 6:55

23 188 | 499 | 496] 7°32

24, 172 | 5°00 | 4°91 | 7

25 128 | 4°99 | 493) 8

26 105 | 5°00 | 4:93} 9

27 84 | 499 | 4:98 | 10°

28 93 | 5°00 | 5:00 |11°0

29 64 | 5:00 | 4°99 | 12-09

30 54 | 5:00 | 5°00 | 12-78

31 29 | 5°00 | 4°97 |13°45

32 14 | 5:00 | 5°00 | 14°36

33 15} 5:00 | 5:00 | 15°13

4 4 | 5°00 | 5°00 | 15°75

a 3 | 5°00 | 5°00 | 16°00

iw)

Stamens

Average No. of

Carpels.

Average No. of |

No. of flowers.

P Or bo

800 ST ST ST ST OD O> OS;

: SARANDON

O onl ON N™

Kew, New.

SAS, -~

+=] oe -_

° ° °

S Os S)

s |b e Zines

im On oO) oo

3 | ®s | wg | wa,

= = 5 es ze

oO 52 ax 5,2

oP 5m 5 wn 5O

< < <

—————_ OO OO OD Oo

1902. | 1, H. Burkill—Plower of Ranunculus arvensis. 109

Table XVI.—Apportionment in flowers of the German races with the

number of total organs varying from 4 to 47,

HEIDELBERG.

————— ee — creed Se ———,

Coamerre = =\) Ila a

ra i om

t=)

No. of 3 2

organs, z 3 rears a

a : Z | Se! “ =| a)

Ge n un 3) oe is A i) 3)

i) =) ra S| 9 3 a | 2,

5 Qa eS) a = Qa » 3 ~

° {<d) oD > o [-b) ® a} oS

A 77) aw ND 7, 2) A oD) ie)

1] 3:00 | 4:00 | 100] 3:00

3 | 400 | 2°66 | 3°66) 1°66

4 | 450 | 2°75 | 2°75 | 3:00

12) 458 | 2°50 | 3°50 | 3:42

23) 4:87 | 3:09 | 3°96 | 3:09

NRWONNHFENOF

16 eee 15 460 | 313 | 5:07 45 | 4°73 | 3:00 | 4°51 | 3°75

17 000 387 | 4:90 | 3°22 | 5:00 73 | 479 | 334 | 518 | 368

18 — oe 44{ 4°73 | 344 | 5°75 97 | 4°87 | 380) 5°72) 411

19 290 88 | 4°98 | 3:29 |} 6:21 162 | 4°97 | -3°33 | 6:27 | 4°43

20 .» | 153 | 492 | 3:55 | 673 174 | 4°97 | 3°44 | 6°75 | 4°84

21 oe 1457 | 4:94 | 3°74 | 7°23 221 | 4°99 | 3°69 | 7:13 | 5°19

22 ieee 173 | 497 | 380 | 7:80 155 | 4:96 | 3°77 | 7°85 | 5-43

23 ... | 162 | 4°98 | 3°96 | 8°34 132 | 496 | 405 | 820 | 579

24 .. | 150 | 4°96 | 412 |) 880 112 | 499 | 4°33 | 8:60) 6:08

25 ses 88 | 5:00 | 435 | 9:09 69 | 502 | 439 | 918 | 6°42

26 500 47 | 5:00 | 440] 981 46} 5°04 | 4°22 | 9°91 | 683

27 vee 34 | 500 | 4°71 | 10:28 27 | 5°00 | 4°55 | 10°15 | 7:30

28 000 13 | 503 | 469 | 10°77 10 | 5°10 | 4°70 | 10°50 | 7°70

29 9 | 4:89 | 4:67 | 12-11 5} 5°40 | 5:40 {11°60 | 660

30 1 | 5:00 | 5:00 | 1100 4} 4°75 | 5-00 {11°50 | 8°75

31 4 | 5:00 | 5:00 | 13°50 2| 5:00 | 5:00 | 1450 | 6°80

32 2 | 5:00 | 5:00 | 14:00 1} 5:00} 5:00 |15°00 | 7:00

33 - 1 | 5:00 | 5:00 | 14°00 1 | 5:00 | 5:00 |16°00 | 7°00

34 1 | 5:00 | 5:cO | 17-00 1] 5:00 | 4:00 | 10-00 | 15:00

35 1 | 5:00 | 5:00 | 16:00 OF aes. ac0 soc 00c

36 0 BE 0 a0 1 | 9:00 | 5:00 |15°00 | 7:00

37-40 0 ove S60) | r[Le one 0 : ee vee “oc

41 1 | 8:00 | 7:00 |16:00 0) + . ac

42-46 Br 500 000 500 6) Aso eee soc

47 > 1 | 7:00 | 7:00 |17:00 | 16-00

Apportionment in the German races.—I give in table XVI the figures

for the German races. As in the Kew race so here, in poor flowers the

sepals are most numerous and in rich flowers the stamens are most

numerous. But in these German races the petals do not claim their full

number until the flower is rich enough to have 29 or 30 organs and on

the part of the carpels no tendency to be satisfied can be detected.

110 1. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [ No. 2.

Mathematical expression of the curves in formule seems to be by

no means impossible although they are complicated.

There is no fiat which says “this will be a flower of Ranunculus

arvensis, the organs may vary in number a little from the ideal.” But

the fiat says “this will be a flower and must run throughout all its

moods. So long as all are present let them jostle for their compliment.”

So they jostle and the older win as far as they may by being already

established at the time when the younger begin to compete; the sepals

take what they want only being forbidden from getting the whole five

when that would leave too little for the other moods; and the petals

following claim their portion in the same way but a little less strongly.

There is left a residue for the stamens and carpels, and the larger

it is, the more organs do the moods of both sets, but especially the

stamens, obtain. ;

Nutrition.—l£ seeding be prevented, Ranunculus arvensis dies

flowering in utter depletion. Therefore I could get from this little

proletarian flowers formed under the best conditions and under the

worst possible conditions of nutrition, and so seek the effect of star-

vation on the moods spoken of. My earlier paper (Journ. Linn. Soc.,

Botany, Vol. XXXI, p. 235) contained a note on this plant to show that

in it, as in several other plants, the first formed flowers are richest in

stamens and carpels; I can now give fuller statistics, and shall show

distinctly that the flower is pauperised with the ageing of the plant. I

have divided the flowering period of the plants grown in 1895 into

three periods and of those grown in 1898 into four periods. The de-

crease with age in the number of parts inthe flower is shown by the

following averages :—

Table XVII.— Kew, Old. Average number of organs in flowers at

different periods.

| 6th July to |18th July to |30th July to | “53 8n*

| WthJaly. | 29th July. |10th August. ones,

| |

Sepals one 200 4-99 4°98 4:99 4°89

Petals a ai 4:95 4°85 466 | . 3:95

Stamens fs a 11°58 781 6°17 4°93

Carpels si “0 6:78 5°97 5°28 4:15

a a ee ee eee eee

1902. | I. AH. Burkill—Flower of Ranunenulus arvensis. lll

Table XVIIIL— Kew, New. Average number of organs in flowers at

different periods ; periods as in Table XVII.

Period 1. | Period 2. | Period 3. | , {cried 4. ‘

6th July to |18th July to) 30th July to) 4° Sau

17th July. | 29th July. |1Oth oe [onan

Sepals oe ou 4:99 4:99 | 5:00 4:77

Petals 000 AGO 4:97 4°84 467 3°81

Stamens coc sae 11°63 7:95 6:14 5:07

Carpels was doe 722 6°51 5°74 4°36

Table XIX.—Bonn. Average number of organs in flowers at different

periods.

0 ‘ Period 3

Period 1. Period 2. ‘

June 6th to | July 11th to | August 30th

to middle of

July 10th. | August 29th. Seorenibed

Sepals = 2] el 4:96 4-92 4*98

Petals ane “Be ae 4°22 3°43 3°69

Stamens noc 600 Res 8°80 774 6°85

Carpels sc Nes a 5°71 5:58 4°75

Table XX.—Heidelberg, Average number of organs in flowers at different

periods; pertods as in Table XIX.

: . Period 3.

Period 1, Period 2.

June 6th to | July 11th to | Ausus’ F0VR

July 10th. | August 29th

September.

Sepals ae an aS 5:00 4:94, 4:98

Petals 0 por Aull 3°92 3°70 8°49

Stamens sae cs | 8:24 6:99 7:07

Carpels ove vee | 521 | 5°16 5°01

With this reduction in number of parts there is a reduction in the

size of the flower and there is also a loss of fertility in the anthers.

This loss of fertility is shown in the following tables.

J. 1, 15

112 I. H. Burkill—Plower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

Table XXI.—Staminodes in Kew plants at different periods ; the periods

the same as in Tubles XVII and XVIII.

| Period 1. Period 2. | Period 3. Be Fh

| 6th July to | 18th July to | 30th July to to 23rd

| 17th July. 29th July. eee August. | Aneagt

= | |

Total number | 91 | 1360 | 1572 | 1777

Percentaxe of } |

stamens re-

Kew, Old { duced... | 253 2131 |° 4749 | 56°48

Average per) |

flower Sis] 0:30 | 1:66 2°9) 2°78

Total number | 23 1072 1534 | 1178

Percentage of | yes ;

Kew. N 3 stamens re- | lee

Cc) \ednced = —<:: | 078 25°88 | 6473 54:09

Average per| 2 |

flower sel 0°09 2-06 398 | 2°74

| - , | !

{ |

Table XXII—Staminodes in the German races at different periods; periods

as in Tables XLX and XX.

: ; Period 3.

Period 1. Period 2. ‘Aucwat 30th

June 6th to} July 11th to BON Cs

July 10th. | Angust 29th. | *° SUS a

5 call ree ‘| tember.

Total number 3 24 | 82 | Jn BB

Percentage of stamens

Bors “1 reduced ie 204 | 113 | 4-01

Average per flower ... 018 | 0:09 0:27

| { |

Total number s 37 | 75 | 36

, } Percentage of stamens |

BUS EEE Py reduced 3) 1:86 113 261

Average per flower ... | 015 0:08 0:19

I think it will be conceded that ares of organs and sterility of

stamens are alike marks of the plants becoming worn ont.

Different organs are unequally reduced in numbers, the stamens

most of all and before the others. Tables XVII to XX show how the

different organs are differently affected by the reduction: but to ee

this quite evident the following tables are given :—

1902.]

Table XXIII.—Rate of reduction of organs in the Kew plants from period

I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis.

to period ; periods as before.

Periods 1 to 2 |Periods 2 to3. Periada 3 is 4,

| | |

Stamens ...

Carpels ..

Sepals

Petals

Stamens ...

Carpels ...

Practically nil. 0:10

0:10 0:19 O71

3°17 1:64 1°24

0'81 0°69 113

Practically nil. 0:23

0:13 0°17 0°86

3°68 1°81 1°07

O71 0-77 1°38

Table XXIV.—Rate of reduction of organs in the German races from

period to period ; periods as before.

Sepals

Stamens

Bonn: .. & Petals

#8 Carpels

Petals

Stamens

: Sepals

Heidelberg S

Carpels .

Periods 1 to 2

Practically nil.

0°79

1:06

013

0:06

0°22

1:20

0:05

-It is easily seen that at the beginning of the flowering period a

large reduction is made in the male organs ; but that the reduction in

other organs is chiefly at the end. The following table shows. this

excess of masculinity, which occurs at the beginning of the flowering

——= _—— ————________

Periods 2 to 3.

Very small in-

crease

slight increase

0:89

0°83

increase of 0'04

0:21

imerease of 0:08

0°15

period and is soon done away with after flowering has commenced.

Table XXV.—The percentage which the Stamens ( fertile and infertile) make

out the total of organs in the flowers, at different periods ; periods

as before.

Kew, Old

Kew, New

Bonn and

Heidelberg 550 oe

68°52

61°16

60°68

6113

First period.| 2nd period.

_ 3rd period.

last period.

56°68 53°89 54°29

54°98 51°68 53°77

ee ee

58°11 53°76

98°55

60:93

113

114 I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [Nez 25.

It is impossible to dissociate the lack of nutrition felt, it must be

believed, by the flowers of the worn out plants and the right of primo-

geniture spoken of. The power to satisfy the sepaline mood and the

petaline mood and to form abundant stameus and carpels is in the

nutrition of the flower.

On page 110, it was said that the moods jostle for their compliment

of organs and that the older win by being already established when the

younger begin to compete. There is a reservation to make in regard to

this statement, to demonstrate which table XV has been recast in table

XXVI. The latter table shows that in well and fairly well fed flowers —

say with 20 organs and more—the proportion falling to the carpellary

mood is nearly constant, and that, as already made more or less evident,

the staminal mood is residuary legatee for the extra vigour. Therefore

for the richer flowers the vigour may be said to be roughly apportioned

between on the one hand the sepaline, petaline and staminal moods

which three jostle each other, and on the other hand the carpellary

mood. In flowers poorer in organs than 20, the carpellary mood seems

less prepared for and is subject in like degree to the staminal mood

to the jostling for space. .

Thus do the richer flowers appear more pre-apportioned than the

poorer ones and therefore more knit together into an unit in the

direction in which the flowers of most Phanerogams are knit together.

We may easily believe that, given a flower with its moods so knit to-

gether that they vary together, the force of pressure of organ on organ

in the bud may finish the shaping of the whole.

We can see that the flowers of the Kew race are a little more

knitted into an unit than those of the German races. Thus the petals

and sepals are much more often equal in number, and (as is shown

on p. 103) when we get a flower of the Kew race departing in the

sepals from normal by losing one, then the other organs are more likely

to lose in proportion than in the German races. In short there is

more see-sawing of mood on mood in the German races than in the

Kew race. : ;

However there are irregularities in the curves with which I have

been dealing which cannot clearly be attributed to the struggling of the

moods for satiety and their relative advantages from primogeniture.

These are made obvious in the recast table KV which we now have in

XXVI. . .

The chief irregularities of the Kew race are :—=

(i)—Between 15 and 20 the stamens are above what would

seem reasonable, rather more so at 15, 16, 18 and 19 than’

at 17 and 20,

1902. ] I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 115

(iij—At 23 the stamens are a little above what would seem

reasonable, the carpels below.

I do not intend to attempt any explanation of these facts, but I

must observe that if we cut out of our figures all flowers which have both

their sepals and their petals other than five in number, the irregulari-

ties just noted almost disappear: and they do not disappear if we cut

out only those flowers with sepals other than five: and this indicates

that between 15 and 20 the stamens are able to add to their number

from the petals. This is done in table XXVII.

Table XXVI.—Percentuges of organs in the Kew race falling to the

different moods in flowers of various numbers of parts.

NSE on Oa a ey, New:

Organs. aa i ee ae | PIE oy aN

epals. | Petals, |Stamens.|Carpels. || Sepals, | Petals. |Stamens.| Carpels.

| |

8 505 B00 600 eee v0 305 37°50 | 12:50 | 50:00

9 eee eco eee woe see OO: ~ eee ere eee

10 500 do ee 000 cn 20°00 | 3000 40:00 10:00

11 ae 38 64 15°91 PHS) PPETBS | 3, erie Lees 265

12 33°33 25°00 29:17 | 12°50 28°33 25°60 , 28°32 18°33

13 608 31°32 21°98 23°62 | 23:08: || 2896 21°26 26°24 23°53

14 ... | 33°70 20°76 24:33 | 21:20 || 3214 20°36 26:43 21-07

Mors ee 31:31 21-01 26°87 | 20°80 28 57 22°38 27°62 21:43

16 SE 30:08 26°39 27-11 | 22°42 29°43 19°88 2761 23:07

17 aes 28:95 21°89 26°70 | 22°45 28°64 19°57 27°48 24°30

18 i 27°51 22°18 27°73 | 22°57 || 27-18 20°37 27 59 24°85

19 on 26:22 22°42 20°72 | 23°63 26:19 21°70 26°70 25°40

FOP aoe 24°96 23°0U 27°36 | 24°66 25 00 22°59 | . 26°72 25 68

21 oc 23°73 22°93 28°53, 2479 23°74 22°47 27°75 26 02

22 sn0 22°69 22°08 29°78 | 25:46 22-72 21°89 28°95 26°45

23 506 21°72 21°58 31°85 24°86 |, 21°64 21:15 31:02 269

24 od 20°83 20°61 32:97 | 25°58 || 2079 20°52 32:00 26°68

25 900 19:96 19°71 34°53 | 25°78 20 (0 19°59 33:50 26°89

26 ee 19°23 18°97 36°70 | 25°09 19°19 19:19 34 87 26°76

27 * 18°47 18°43 3809 | 25°00 |, 1852 18°37 36 45 26°65

28 ot 17°81 17°81 39°47 24.88 |) 17 85 17°80 38°49 25 84

29 500 17°24 17:18 4170 | 23°87 17:24 17:24 39 79 25 72

30 506 16°66 16 66 4259 | 24°C7 || 16°66 16 53 40°95 25 85

31 Son 16:18 16:01 4339 | 24°47 16:20 16°05 42 62 25°11

32 300 15°63 15 63 44-86 | 23°88 15°62 15°43 44-14 24°80

33 15°16 15°16 45 87 | 23°84 15:15 14°72 45°89 24°24

34 ae 14°70 14°70 46°32 | 24°26 13°73 13°73 | 48°04 24°51

35 360 14:28 14:28 4571 | 25°71 14:29 14:29 45°71 25°71

36 Sve er ses 200 00 13°89 13 89 44°44. 27°77

[ No. 2,

S arvensis.

a eal

P18 | SP-08| PP-8Z| 4¢-96| 91-9| 08-62| 2o-22| TLPT| “" | “| “* |“ $0 Sx U9ne a

6-18} 96.08| $6-82/19-28 | ZL-92| 29.92) L2-22| O1-46| 9-96| P8-98| 09-96] SH UNA BIOMOL A as ONT “MONT

00.28} £0.18] 96-82] G4.L%| Z4-92| 04-92] 69-42] SP-L2| 19-26| 39-48] 8F-98 | B1OMOB ITV)

29.98| 98.18 | 62-6z| 94-22] 99-92| 9-62 | 19-82| 4-18] 00-G2| eee} “|”

GO GM ITM s19MOLT )

66.28 | F8-18 | L-62| 88.86| 63-42] 89.22 | 9-46 | 99-92] 89-96} 61.96] IP-FE) GM UY SIOMOTT ¢ as PIO ‘AO

16:28| G8-1@| 84-62! @¢.8¢| 98-2] ZL.L2| SL:2Z| O19) IT-LS) 28-92] &8-FG] sSIOMOW [LW

z 8% G3 1z 02 61 81 LI 91 CT PL *BUBSLO [BIOT,

L. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculu

116

“c sppjad pun syodes yj09 yun pun ‘uoqunw hwp spojad

pun ¢ spodas ypu ‘uaquinu hwo spojed pun syodas yjam suomoyf wn guasoud suawnys fo abnjuaovagd—TIAXX 99D .

1902. | 1. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 117

Now it comes about from this tendency of stamens to gain below

20 in percentage at the expense of the petals, and from the tendency of

the carpels above 20 to show satiety, that the excess of stamens over

carpels is likely to be least at 20 and greater both above and below

that number. Thus is the sex-proportion continually shifting along

our curves.

Half staminodal petals were found in flowers of the Kew race as

follows; it will be noticed that towards the end of the flowering period

they appeared but one at a time in the flowers.

Table XX VIJI.—Half Staminodal petals.

Period 1 2 3 4

Number wa ; ee 7 30 20 19

Kew, Old ... 4 In flowers ... aM 3 23 18 19

Percentage ... cr 47 “76 ‘79 “73

ose Number Bos ook 9 16 11 14

Kew, New s. < In flowers ... oe 5 ‘63 11 14,

Percentage ... Re “72 63 ‘61 "85

Lastly I have an abnormality to notice; it consists of a lobing of

the petals, one lobe being larger than the other. I found this abnor-

mality.in the Kew race to be fairly frequent and further I found it

to be most abundant when the number of staminodes was highest.

Table XXIX.—Lobed petals.

Period 1 2 3 4

Namber 456 A 10 30 21 19

Kew, Old ch In flowers... Kc 2 17 16 9

Percentage ...- ses 605 °756 | °839 | ‘758

- Number”... um alana 13 a

Kew,New {ts flowers .... ae ae 16 12 6

oo RAO SPr ee ‘( Percentage ... a * +399 ‘674 | 721 | °427

118 I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

Summary.

I have shown first of all (Tables I-IV) how the flowers of Ranun-.

culus arvensis in the races studied, vary; and how each set of organs

varies in a different way; so that the curves which may be plotted

for sepals, for petals, for stamens, and for carpels are unlike, most of.

them neither perfect Quetelet-Galton nor perfect half Galton curves.

I have shown secondly (Tables V—XIV) that a correlative in-

crease and decrease occurs between the different sets of organs; so

that when the stamens or any other set of organs depart from normal,

it is probable that all other sets of organs will depart from normal,

but chiefly those which follow. This is important as it indicates a

division of vigour among the various sets, to be distinguished from

an inerease of the one at the expense of another.

In Tables XV-XVI and in the graphic representation of them

on page 106 I have followed this up by showing how if we take the total

number of organs in the flower as a measure of the vigour in the bud,

we find that the ring of sepals, being the first-formed of the sets of

organs, has the first pull on the vigour and is most likely to get a full

complement, the ring of the petals being the next in order, is the next

to be satisfied, and that stamens and carpels obtain the surplus the

stamens chiefly so. I consider that the curves might with some little

trouble be translated into formulae by a mathematician.

In Tables XVII-XX, I show that the power to produce organs

diminishes as the plant grows weaker towards its death. Sometimes

a slight recovery occurred at the very end: I do not feel justified in

suggesting a cause for it. In Tables XXI and XXII, I show that

sterility of the stamens increases towards the death of the plant.

In Tables XXIII-XXV, I show that the stamens—the organs

which profit chiefly as we have seen by the extreme of vigour—lose by

its loss; and consequently the flowers are most male when blossoming

begins.

In Table XXVI, I have represented Table XV in a different way,

so as to bring out sharply the division of vigour (7.e., number of organs)

between the different sets (moods). I can show by it that the flowers

with more than 20 organs, there apparently is a setting aside ab initio

of so much vigour for the carpellary mood, the staminal mood becoming

residuary legatee; while in flowers with fewer than 20 organs the

carpellary mood has to jostle with the preceding ones for its place.

I show also by it and by the Table which follows it (XXYVIT),

that there are certain irregularities which seem to be due to a

borrowing of organs by the staminal set from the petals, which

1902. | I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. 119

borrowing as may be noticed in Table XII, (see p. 102) probably is a

more common occurrence in the German races than in the Kew race.

The last two Tables (Nos. XXVIII and XXIX) show the relative

abundance of abnormal petals and staminodal petals at different times

in the plants flowering.

The net result of the investigation is that we have in Ranunculus

arvensis just a little of what (for want of a better term) may be called

foresight in the formation of the flower. We find the ftower com-

pleted however scanty the nutrition for it may be; and, when the

nutrition is adequate, provision is, it seems, made in good time for

the carpellary mood. The next problem will be to show how far in

such a flower as that of Parnassia or of any Phanerogam, the cons-

tancy of the carpels is due to provision made for them when the bud

first begins to be formed. Can the sepaline mood lead the carpellary

by the nose, or is the carpellary not too important to the race to be

without an assertiveness of its own ?

It is interesting to observe that the staminal mood forms a sort of

residuary legatee to the three early moods of the flower; interesting

‘because we not uncommonly find that mood to disappear under condi-

tions which have generally been ascribed to something disadvantageous

to the plant (see Willis, On Gynodicecism, 3rd paper, Proc. Cambridge

Phil. Soc., viii., 1893, p. 129). «

We have sought in passing for any indication in the flower which

might suggest that pressure of organ on organ exercises an influence in

shaping the flower ; and we found that flowers of 20 organs did come

near to having the formula K,C,A,G,: and in Table V we saw K,C,

and K,C, to be commoner combinations than K,C, or , (especially 5)

and K, C, or indeed any other number, and in Tables VI and VIII ten

stamens to be commoner than nine or eleven in association with five

sepals or with five petals. These observations do not suffice for building

up any very definite statement.

It is equally advisable at present from these fabulutions to make

no statement regarding the possibility of female organs demanding per

unit for their inception more nutriment than male organs.

One notices in regard to the variation of the flower of Ranuncu-

lus arvensis that itis always hungry, 7.e., always capable to taking in

more organs; the hungriest of its moods is that for the formation of

stamens, next that for the formation of carpels, thirdly that for petals

and least hungry that for sepals.

Just as we find sepals to tend to be constant in number throughout

our larger groups such as the Dicotyledons and Monocotyledons; petals

to be constant in number in lesser groups; carpels to serve by their

120 I. H. Burkill—Flower of Ranunculus arvensis. [No. 2,

constancy for the defining of orders, and stamens to be by number

the least serviceable in the making of a classification of Phanerogams,

so do we find sepals to have the greatest tendency to be constant in

Ranunculus arvensis, petals next so, carpels in the third place and

stamens last, 7 e., what we see in a broad view of the whole Phanero-

gamic Sub-Kingdom, we see again in the variation of the flower of this

little weed.

I had intended to deal with variation in Nigella sativa and Delphi-

nium Ajacis, when writing on Rununculus arvensis but my facts, are

insufficient. They may, however, be said to be indicative of a reduction

in number of all parts with age. For the present I withhold them.

My thanks are cordially given to the Cambridge Botanic Garden

Syndicate for the facilities afforded to me in the University Garden,

and to all who have helped me. The tedious operation of casting my

figures into tables has in Calcutta occupied the time for several months

of a clerk, Babu Kanai Lall Das.

——eerrera~-ra~-rerersanaere —a—coeOOTnee e ——onc—nen nn ee eee

PLATE IV.

GALLINULA PYRRHORHOA (Bdjth's Mauritius Specimen).

PLATE V.

*saAdONOTH,)

Ayia wah

(4207. “25 2Y07)

VLVAIVD “5

‘VLVATVS) “5

“SNAH NOOJN HO SQ@'IHIHS 'IVILNOYY AGNV STIG

(sn2zpiinvpy)

VOHYOHAIA

‘

)

= - , a i 2 ®

7 : ; ad wy: “ , ; : ’

j = i = . x

PLATE VI

“IMO NONWWOD GNV TMOKd-VANIN®)

NHHMLYA CIYHAH

Ace

E Y NEW SERIES. VOL. LX CCCCIII.

JOURNAL

OF THE

| ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol, LXXI, Part II, No. 3.—1902.

EDITED BY

yHe Natura piistory PECRETARY.

‘

a a Ng a ay

* The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

within these limits its inauiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

man or produced by nature.”—Sir WILLIAM JONES.

#.* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Mr.

Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA: ©

PRINTED AT THE PapTIST MISSION PREss,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

psiatTic Society, §7, PARK STREET.

1902.

‘ae

Price (exclusive of pcatage) to Members, Re. 1-8.—-To Non-Members, Ra, &-

Priee in England, 3 Shillings,

Issued October, 24th, 1902.

CONTENTS.

Page.

X.—On a collection of Birds from Upper Burmah.—By Liszvr.

H. Woop, R.E., and F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.8., Deputy Superin-

tendent of the Indian Museum. (With Plate VII.) reget bE

XI.—Notes on Animals observed at the Alipore Zoological Garden,

| No. 2. A brief note on the “ Doctrine of Telegony” with

reference to facts observed in the Loological Gardens, Calcutta.

—By Rat RK. B. SanyAdt, BAHADUR, Superintendent ees AY

XII.—Note on a disputed point in the Lafe-History of wee

theivora.—By Harotp H. Mann, B.Sc. see 133

XT.—On a pair of Abnormal Deer-Horns.—By F. Fiyy, BA.

EVZ.S., Deputy Superintendent, Indian Musewm 135

XIV.—Notes on Animals observed at the Alipore Zoological Carlen

No. 3. Melanic specimens of Common Palm Squirrel

(Sciurus palmarum, Linn.) —By Rai R. B. SanyAt, Bawa-

DUR, Superintendent, Alipore Zoological Garden cea eT,

XV.—On Tidal Periodicity in the Harthquakes of Assam.—By

R. D. OnpHam, Superintendent, Geological Survey of

India ose poe 139

AVI.—General Notes on Vartation in Bir ds.—By F. Finn, B.A.,

P.Z.8., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Whecuii

(With Plates VITI and IX)... ag pee hoe

; Ase a

ERRATA IN LAST NUMBER.

Page 102 column headed 6

for 67 read 167

ciel, ) | Aeleg

mG, 136

» 33 , 38

Page 104 four lines from bottom column headed 5, where

figure has dropped out, supply 5°88.

Page 104 eight lines from bottom

for 7°81 read 7°87.

» 855 ,, 5°55,

JOURNAL

OF THE

ADIATIC SOCIE TAO GEINGAL,

—< oh eo

Vol. LXXI. Part Il.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

a a a

No. III.—1902.

OOOO OOOO

—~

X.—On a collection of Birds from Upper Burmah.—By Linut. H. Woop,

R.E., and F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.8., Deputy Superintendent of the

Indian Museum.

(With Plate VIT.)

[Received 30th April. Read 7th May, 1902. |

In the following paper Lieut. Wood is responsible for the general

introduction and remarks on localities where the birds were collect-

ed; while the birds have been identified and annotated at the Indian

Museum by the Deputy Superintendent. Almost all of the specimens

have been generously presented to that institution by Lieut. Wood,

and the accession is a particularly welcome one, as several rare species

are represented, such as Trochalopterwm erythrolaema.

The collection is also noteworthy as containing examples of two

species new to the Indian fauna, Pére David's Babbler (Babaz lanceolatus )

and the Marsh Tit (Parus palustris). It has been deemed worth while

to have these figured, on account of their interest from a distributional 4 py

point of view. (See Plate VII). EW YORK

The collection was made in that part of Burmah ms IS ICA ts

bounded on the west by the high range which divides the Pakokki DEN

and Minbu districts from the Chin Hills, and on the east by a paralle

range which runs more or less due north and south, distant about 30

miles, and known locally under different names as the Pontaung

Se 6 eae 6)

122 H. Wood and F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. (No. 3,

Nwamataung, Dudwataung, &c. Latitude 22° formed approximately the

northern boundary and 20°15’ the southern, A few specimens were

however procured outside this tract while marching from Pakokku,

the headquarters of the district of that name and situated on the

River Irrawaddy.

The country within the boundaries described above is hilly, the

average height of the eastern range being about 1,500 feet while some

of the peaks are higher.

From this range the country is ievalcn up by a number of smaller

ranges, each slightly lower till the foot of the western range is reached.

Along the foot of the eastern slopes of this range there is nearly always

a large river which breaks through the range and then turns imme-

diately due north or south and flows in this direction for some distance

till it finds a low place in the eastern range through which it can pass.

The Maw, Man, Salin and Mon Rivers are all met in this way. The

western range is much higher than those to the east. The average

height being about 5,000 to 6,000 feet, while Mount Victoria (the

highest peak in Burmah, 10,300 feet) is one of the peaks on the range

within the limits. The country is heavily forested except in the valleys

of the main streams, where rice is principally grown.

Pakokku, Long. 95°10’, Liat. 21°18’, height 300 feet. The head-

quarters of the district of that name. It is situated on the west bank

of the Irrawaddy River and is in the dry zone of Upper Burmah.

Outside the cultivation which surrounds the town, the country is

covered with scrub jungle.

Kanhla, Long. 95°2’, Lat. 21°17’, height 400 feet. A small

village on the Pakokku-Pauk Road; surrounding country scrub jungle.

~ Pauk, Long. 94°30’, Lat. 21°29’, height about 900 feet. A large

village on the Pakokku-Tilin cart-road, situated just to the east of

the first high range met with while marching west from the Irrawaddy

River. The Yaw River flows about a mile to the east of the village.

Outside the cultivation there is serub jungle which gradually changes

to forest as the hills are approached. It is on the west edge of the

“dry zone”

Kyin, Long. 94°18’, Lat. 21°37’, height about 2,000 feet. A

small village on the Pauk-Tilin cart-road, situated to the westward of

the first high range which is met with while marching westward from

the Irrawaddy River. A small area of cultivation surrounds the village ;

beyond this is dense forest.

Ta-hnyin-taung, Long. 94°15’, Lat. 21°37’, height about 2,500

feet. A spur running westwards from the first high range met with

while going west from the Irrawaddy. This high range is known locally

1902.] H. Wood and F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. 123

under a number of different names but it runs more or less along

meridian of 94°20’. It is covered with dense forest.

Tilin, Long. 94°8’, Lat. 20°13’, height about 1,500 feet. A large

village at the foot of the Chin Hills on the right bank of the Maw

River. The cart-road to Gangaw from Pakokku passes through

the village. Outside the cultivation the country is covered with dense

' jungle. .

Man, Long. 94°17’, Lat. 21°18’, height about 1,500 feet. A small

village on the Pauk-Pasok cart-road, situated to the west of the first high

range met with while going west from the Irrawaddy. The village is

surrounded by dense jungle outside the small patch of cultivation.

Pontaung, Long, 94°18’, Lat, 21°20’, height 1,900 feet. The

first high range met with while going west from the Irrawaddy ;

on the lower slopes the forest is principally bamboo, which gradually

changes into timber trees (teak, etc.), as the range rises in height.

Laungshé, Long. 94°10’, Lat. 21°0’, height about 1,000 feet. A

large village situated at the foot of the Chin Hills just where the Salin

River breaks through. A good deal of rice is cultivated in the valley

and it was on the cultivation that most of the birds were shot here.

Kanpetlet, Long. 94°0’, Lat. 21°14’, height 7,000 feet. At

this place on the slopes of Mount Victoria the headquarters of the

Pakokku Chin Hills are being built. It at present consists of two or

three houses, while barracks for about 60 sepoys are being built.

Mount Victoria, the summit of which is 10,300 feet, is the highest hill in

Burmah and is the culminating point of tie high range which runs

from Manipur southwards more or less along the meridian of 94°, A

long spur emanates from the summit running in an easterly direction,

and it is on this spur that Kanpetlet is situated. In the valleys the

forest is very dense, while on the spurs there are large open spots

covered with grass alternating with tracts of fairly open tr forest.

Birds labelled Mount Victoria were shot on the way up to Kanpetlet

from Saw, the village at the foot of the spur.

Dudawtaung, Long. 94°18’, Lat. 21°5’, height about 2,000 feet.

A range of hills about 2,000 feet high running north and south, the

first high one that is met while marching west from the Irrawaddy

River. It is covered with fairly dense forest.

Yinkweétaung, Long. 93°58’, Lat. 20°44’, height 5,500 feet. The

local name of one of the spurs which run eastward from the high range

which forms the boundary between Pakokku district and the Chin

Hills. Near the summit the spurs are bare of trees and covered with

grass. In the valleys and on spurs below about 5,000 feet there is dense

jungle.

124 H. Wood and F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. [No.3

Nwamataung, Long. 94°18’, Lat, 20°4’, height about 2,500

feet. A local name. of the same range which to the north is known as

Dudawtaung.

Salin, Long. 94°44’, Lat. 20°35’, height 250 feet. A large village

on the Salin River about 10 miles on the west of the Irrawaddy

River. It is in the dry zone and outside the cultivation is scrub jungle.

Sidéktaya, Long. 94°15’, Lat. 20°25’, height 2,000 feet. A large

village situated at the foot of the Chin Hills on the bank of the river

Mon. A large area of cultivation lies to the east of the village, while

to the westward dense jungle comes very close. rf

Dalet Choung, Long. 94°0', Lat. 20°10’, height 300 feet. A river

which rises in the Arakan Yomas and flows due south reaching the sea

between Akyab and Kyaukpyu. The surrounding hills are all densely

covered with bamboo jungle.

Family Corvide.

Urocissa occipiratis. Red-billed Blue Magpie.

Two, Laungshé, January 11th, 1902; one, Kyin Village, November

30th, 1901.

Denprocitta RUFA. Indian Tree-pie.

One, Laungshé, January 12th, 1902; one, Man, December 25th,

1901.

CrYPSIRHINA CUCULLATA. Hooded Racket-tailed Magne.

One, Sidodktaya, February 14th, 1902.

GARRULUS OATES!. Indo-Chinese Jay.

One, Kanpetlet, January 3rd, 1902.

Parus pALustris. Marsh-Tit.

One, Kanpetlet, January 14th, 1902.

This specimen undoubtedly belongs to one of the races of

P. palustris. The dimensions are rather large, the length being 4'9

inches, wing 2°5, tail 2-1, bill from gape 4, and shank nearly -6. The

colour above is olive grey, or drab; below a dirty drab-white. The

cap and nape are glossy black, and thesides of head and neck pure

white ; the throat black with white tips to the feathers: The bill and

feet are greyish black in the skin.

[The specimen agrees perfectly with some Chinese specimens of

P. palustris, recently procured by Captain Walton, I.M.S. ]

Family Crateropodide.

GARRULAX LEUCOLOPHUS, Himalayan White- Crested Laughing-Thrush.

Two, Laungshé, January 12th, 1902.

GARRULAX PecToRALIS. Black-goryeted Laughing-Thrush.

1902.] H. Wood and EF. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. 125

One, Dudawtaung, December 26th, 1901; one, Laungshé, January

llth, 1902. The latter has the under-surface buff throughout up to

the chin. Both have the light tips to the tail-feathers pure white.

GarruLax moniLicer. Necklaced Lauyhing-Thrush.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 10th, 1901.

The ear-coverts of this bird are entirely black; tips of tail pure

white. .

BaBax LANCEOLATUS. Pere David’s Streaked Babbler.

One, Kanpetlet, January 4th, 1902.

As this bird does not seem to be well known, I give a description

of the specimen. Length about 11; inches; wing 38; tail 5; bill from

gape 1:1; shank at front 1:2.

Plumage striated, with the exception of the visible parts of the

wings and tail, which are plain olive, as also the upper tail-coverts.

Centres of the feathers above blackish, shading into chestnut on each

side, with the outsides edged on the neck with creamy white and on

the back with olive. Lores, ear-coverts, and eye-brow, white slightly

mixed with black; a strong black moustache running into a mottled

black-and-white patch behind the ear-coverts. Under-surface creamy

white streaked with black, the black streaks getting finer upwards and

fading out on the throat, and becoming bordered with chestnut on the

flanks ; lower tail-coverts plain buff.

From the descriptions and figures of David and Oustalet (Oiseaux de

Chine) J. Verreaux (Nouv. Arch. du Museum, Bull. VII, 1871) and Dr.

R. B. Sharpe (B.M. Cat. Birds, Vol. VII.), Bubax lancevlatus would

appear to have a uniformly chestnut head, the dorsal plumage edged

with grey, not olive, and the ventral surface less striated than in our

bird, in which also the tarsi seem considerably shorter.

At the same time, without specimens for comparison, I do not like

to regard the present bird as deserving of specific distinction ; if it be

so I would propose the name of Babax wood: for it.

TROCHALOPTERUM ERYTHROLAMA. Hume's Laughing-Thrush.

Two, Yinkwetaung, January 19th, 1902; one, same locality, January

20th, 1902.

TROCHALOPTERUM ViRGATUM. Manipur Striated Laughing-Thrush.

One, Kanpetlet, January 3rd, 1902; one, Kanpetlet, January 4th,

1902.

ARGYA GULARIS. White-throated Babbler.

Two, Pakokku, November 19th, 1901.

MYIOPHONEUS TEMMINCKLL. Himalayan Whistling-Thrush.

One, Yinkwétaung, January 27th, 1902.

Lioprina Gracitis. Grey Sibia.

126 H. Wood and F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. [No. 3,

One, Vinkwétaung, January 18th, 1902; two, January 27th, 1902 ;

one without date or locality.

AxgGITHina TIPHIA. Common Tora.

One, Pakokku, November 21st, 1901 ; one, Pank, November 27th,

1901; one no date or locality.

CHLOROPSIS AURIFRONS. Gold-fronted Chloropsis.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, November 8th, 1901; one, same locality,

December 2nd, 1901; one, same locality, December 10th; one, Man,

December 14th; one, same locality, December 20th; one, same

locality, December 24th; one, Dudawtaung, January 7th, 1902.

CHLOROPSIS CHLOROCEPHALA. Burmese Chloropsis.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, no date; one, same locality, December 3rd,

1901.

Hypsireres esaroipes. Himalayan Black Bulbul.

One, Yinkwetaung, January 29th, 1902.

HEMIXUS MACLELLANDI. Rufous-bellied Bulbul.

One, Yinkwetaung, November 2nd, 1901; two, same _ locality,

January 18th, 1902; one, same locality, January 19th; one, same

locality, January 27th ; one, same locality, no date available.

ALCURUS SrRIATUS. Striated Green Bulbul.

One, Yinkwetaung, January 20th, 1902.

MOoLPASTES BURMANICUS. Burmese Red-crested Bulbul.

One, Tilin, December 12th, 1901.

XANTHIXUS FLAVESCENS. Blyth’s Bulbul.

One Kanpetlet, January 4th, 1901.

OvocoMPsa FLAVIVENTRIS. Black-crested Yellow Bulbul.

One, no data; one, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 3rd, 1901; one, same

locality, December 6th.

Family Sittide.

SITTA HIMALAYENSIS. White-tailed Nuthatch.

One, Yinkwetaung, January 20th, 1902.

SITrA NAGAENSIS. Austen’s Nuthatch.

One, Kanpetlet, January 4th, 1902.

SITTA FRONTALIS. Velvet-fronted Blue Nuthatch.

Two, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 7th, 1901 ; one, Man, December

25th.

Family Dicruride.

Dicrurus aver. Black Drongo.

One, Pakokku, November 23rd, 1901 ; a decidedly small specimen.

DIcRURUS CINERACEUS. Grey Drongo.

1902. | H. Wood and F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. 127

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 8th, 1901.

BHRINGA REMIFER. Lesser Racket-tailed Drongo.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 8th; one, same locality,

December 10th.

DISSEMURUS PARADISEUS. Larger Racket-tailed Drengo.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 5th, 1901; one, no locality.

Family Lanide.

LANIUS COLLURIOIDES. Burmese Shrike.

One, Pakokku, November 19th, 1901; one, Yinkwetaung, February

2nd, 1902. The first specimen has the two outer pairs of tail-feathers

white with black shafts, and the next pair white with a lone black patch

on the inner web, the rest being black tipped with white; the under-

parts are also very pale, creamy white in fact. The dimensions are

also smaller than those given in the Fauna of British India, Vol. I,

p. 463. The crown and nape are dark ashy, and the forehead and lores

black. The second has the tail normally coloured, and pale fulvous

under-parts.

TEPHRODORNIS PELVICUS. Nepal Woud-shrike.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December, 1901. 3

PRRICROCOTUS FRATERCULUS. Burmese Scarlet Minivet.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, November 4th, 1901; two, same locality

December 4th; one, Pauk, November 27th, 1901; one, Mt. Victoria,

December 30th; one, Kanpetlet, January 4th, 1902.

PERICROCOTUS BREVIROSTRIS. Short-billed Minivet .

One, no locality or date; one, Kanpetlet, January 4th, 1902.

Pericrocorus Perecrinus. Small Minivet. ,

Three, Man, December 22nd, 1901; one, Pauk-Tilin Road, November

29th, 1901.

Family Oriolide.

ORIOLUS TENUIROSTRIS. Burmese Black-naped Oriole.

One, Pauk, November 27th, 1901.

ORIOLUS MELANOCEPHALUS. Indian Black-headed Oriole.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 4th, 1901; one, same locality,

December 8th ; one, Pakokku, 22nd November; one, Tanksoh, February

9th, 1902; one, Man, December 22nd, 1901; one, Dudawtaung,

January 7th, L901.

Family Sturnide.

GRACULIPICA BURMANICA, Jerdon’s Mynah.

One, Pakokku, November 20th, 1901; one, no date.

128 H. Wood and F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. [No. 3,

The birds referred to Sturnia nemoricola in J. A.S. B. 1900, pt. IT.

p- 116 are, I find, of this species; at least the four specimens kindly

presevted by Colonel Bingham to the Museum belong to it.

Family Muscicapide.

Cyornis RUBECULOIDES. Blwe-throated Flycatcher.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 2nd, 1901; one, Pontaung, February

2nd, 1902.

CoLIcICAPA CRYLONENSIS. Grey-headed Flycatcher.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 8th, 1901,

RatpPipurA ALBIFRONTATA. White-browed Fantail Flycatcher.

One, Pakokku, November 20th, 1901.

Family Turdide.

PRATINCOLA CAPRATA. Common Pied Bush-chat.

Three, Pakokku, November 19th, 20th and 21st, respectively ; one,

Laungshé, January 12th, 1902.

All have the black plumage fringed throughout with fulvous,

except the bird killed on November 21st, which shows no such edgings

at all except a few barely perceptible specks on the belly.

Copsycuus savLaris. Magpie-Robin. —

One, Pakokku, November 21st, 1991.

This is by plumage a female, and has the fulvous parts of the

under-surface finely cross-barred with a lighter shade.

PETROPHILA ERYTHROGASTRA. Blue-headed Rock-Thrush.

One, Kanpetlet, January 3rd, 1902; two, same locality, following

day.

PETROPHILA SOLITARIA. astern Blue Rock-Thrush.

One, Pakokku, November Lith, 1901.

Not typical, but only showing a little chestnut on the under-

tail coverts.

PETROPHILA CYANUS, Western Blue Rock-Thrush.

‘One, Dudawtaung, January 7th, 1902; one, Laungshé, January

llth; one, Nwamataung, February 2nd, 1902. The last shows one red

under-tail covert.

OREOCINCLA DauUMA. Smail-billed Mountain-Thrush.

One, Dudawtaung, January 8th, 1902.

Family Fringillide.

PASSER FLAVEOLUS. Pegu House-Sparrow.

One, Pakokku, November 21st, 1901; one, same locality, Novem-

ber 23rd.

1902.] H, Wood & F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. 129

Family Nectarintide.

ARACHNECHTHRA ASIATICA. Purple Sun-bird.

One, Salin, February 4th, 1902.

Family Picide.

Grcrnus occrpiTatis. Black-naped Green Woodpecker.

One, Pakokku, November )9th, 1901; one, Man, December 24th.

Hypopicus HYPERYTHRUS. Rufows-bellied Pied: Me as

One, Kanpetlet, January 4th, 1902.

TYNGIPICUS CANICAPILLUS, Bir mese Pigmy Woodpecker.

One, T'a-hnyin-taung, December 4th, 1901; one, same locality,

December 7th; one, Dudawtaung, January 7th, 1902.

Tiga SHORES. Himalayan Golden-backed Three-toed Woodpecker.

Two, Ta-hnyin-taung, killed on December 5th and 7th, respectively.

Both have the rudimentary hallux previously described by me as

characteristic of this species. (J. A. S. B. 1899, pt. IT. p. 242).

CHRYSOCOLAPTES GUTTICRISTATUS. T%ckell’s Golden-backed Wed

One, Ta- hnyin- taung, December 11th, 1901.

This specimen, a male by plumage, has the red of the rump running

right up to the Se aa but shows none on the wings or ety

Family Capitonide. PIAS sar geht

‘THUEREICERYX LINEATUS. Laneated Barbet.

Three, Ta-hnyin- taung g, December 2nd, an and Se) NES USEL TE: :

one, Pontaung, December 21st.

Cyanops Astatica. Blwe-throated Barbet.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 4th, 1901.

Family Coraciide. -

CorRActIAs AFFINIS. Burmese [oller, .

One, Pakokku, November 20th, 1901; two, Laungshe, J anuary 12th,

1902; one, Man, December 26th, 1901,

Family Meropide.

Merops viripis. Common Indian Bee-eater.

One, Pakokku, November 20th, 1901; one, no date. |

Both very rufous on head, nape and upper back.

_ Family Alcedinide.

CeryLe varia. Indian Pied Kingfisher.

One, Pakokku—Pagan Road, November 25th, 1901.

Als Ail, LNG

130 H. Wood & F. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. [No. 3,

Hancyon sMYRNENSIS. White-breasted Kingfisher.

One, Pakokku, November 20th, 1901; one, Renbla; Nenembey 21st ;

one, Laungshé, January 12th, 1902.

Family Bucerotide.

ANTHRACOCEROS ALBIROSTRIS. Indo-Burmese Pied Hornbill. .

One, Dalet Choung, February 27th, 1902. A small specimen, but

rather over the measurements given in the Fauna of British India for

the smaller race of this species.

Family Upupide.

Upupa IGS Indian Hoopoe.

One, Ta-hnyin- -taung, December 6th, 1901.

Family Cuculide.

‘Ruopopytes Tristis. Large Green-billed Malkoha.

- Two, Kyin Village, November 30th, 1901; two, of which the data

are illegible, all the specimens being very greasy, and mostly unfit to

keep. All possess eyelashes, although the genus is stated (F.B.I.

Birds, Vol. III, p. 280), to want these.

CENTROPUS SINENSIS. Common Coucal or Crow-Pheasant.

One, Man, December 6th, 1901.

Family Psittacide.

PALZORNIS TORQUATUS. Rose-ringed Paroquet.

One, Pakokku, November 22nd, 1901; one, Pauk-Tilin Road,

November 29th.

PALZORNIS FASCIATUS. ed-breasted Paroquet.

One, Pakokku, November 21st, 1901.

| Family Asionide.

_ ATHENE BRAMA. Spotted Owlet.

One, Pakokku, November 19th, 1901.

Family Falconide.

SPILORNIS CHEELA. Orested Serpent-Eagle.

A pair of feet with a few feathers attached exe belong to this

species.

BUTASTUR TEESA. “White.eyed Buzzard-Hagle.

One, Pakokku-Pauk, November 24th, 1901.

Hatiastur inpus. Brahminy Kite.

One, Pakokku, November 22nd, 1901.

1902. ] H. Wood & ¥. Finn—Birds from Upper Burmah. 131

Fatco sucecer. The Laggar Falcon.

One, Pakokku, November’ 22nd, 1901.

A beautiful adult example of this species.

TINNUNCULUS ALAUDARIUS. Kestrel.

One specimen without data.

MICROHIERAX EUTOLMUS. Red-legged Falconet.

One, Ta-hnyin-taung, December 9th, 1901.

Family Phagianide.

Puastanvs Humiz, Mrs. Hume’s Pheasant.

One specimen obtained at Kanpetlet, January and, 1902. This i is

by plumage a male, and is of the typical Manipur form with steel-blue

rump-feathers narrowly edged and barred with white. Only the front

of the neck, however, is steely-black, the sides and back of the neck

being steely-grey, contrasting with the colour of the throat and breast.

GENNAUS sp. P

One female specimen aieined at Winkritemn ¢ on February 2nd

1902, most closely agrees with Mr. Oates’ description of what he calls

(Manual of the Game-Birds of India, Vol. I, p. 365,) the North-Arrakan

Silver Pheasant; but it has the two centre pairs of tail feathers chest-

nut with dark brown pencillings, the rest being black with chestnut

pencillings progressively diminishing to the outermost feathers.

ARBORICOLA INTERMEDIA. Arrakan Hill Partridge. -

One, Yinkweétaung, January 27th, 1901.

Family Charadriide.

HOopPLOPTERUS VENTRALIS. Indian Spur- ee Hapland:

One, Kanhla, November 24th, 1901.

AveraLitis puBtIA. Little Ringed Plover.

One, Pakokku, November 11th, 1901.

132 R. B. Sanyal—A brief note on the Doctrine of Telegony. [No. 3,

XI.—Notes on Animals observed at the Alipore Zoological Garden, No. 2

A brief note on the “ Doctrine of Telegony” with reference to facts

observed in the Zoological Gardens, Caicutta—By Rai R. B. Sanyal,

Bawabur, Superintendent.

[Received April 29th. Read May 7th, 1902.]

The doctrine of telegony as it is understood in Europe and

Australia is practically unknown in India.

There is a vague notion among some of the cattle-breeders, espe-

cially in parts of Bengal and Behar, that when first covered, a heifer

ought to have a high-class bull for its fate.

Be that as it may, no scientific experiments, as far as I am aware

have ever been undertaken in India to test the correctness or otherwise

of the doctrine to which I have alluded. ,

I have ventured to bring the following facts to the notice of the

Society, not so much for the sake of throwing any light on the subject,

especially as Professor Cossar Ewart has already, after a series of careful

experiments, proved that there is no equine telegony, but as they

were the results of experiments in which a most interesting species of

wild cattle was concerned.

~ In 1898 the Zoological Gardens, alcutes, came in possession of a

small herd_of Bantengs (Bos sondaicus Miller and Schleg.) a species of

wild cattle which’ mostly inhabit the plains of Burma and the Malay

Peninsula and the islands of Borneo, Java, and Bali. One of the heifers

was covered by an ordinary country male, which, though not a Brahmin

bull as it is ordinarily understood in India, was a sturdy young bull of

a very superior character. The offspring of this pairing was a healthy

brindled male calf, which already promises to be a fine bull. The

opportunity which this occurrence presented of examining the theory of

telegony by futher experiments was duly taken advantage of, and the

dam of the brindled calf was mated, in proper time, with a healthy

bull of its own species. The offspring of this union was a pure bred

Banteng calf without any traces of the previous strain. The same cow

has had a second pure-bred calf lately.

1902, | H. H. Mann—Life-History of Helopeltis theivora. 133

XII.—WNote on a disputed point in the Life-History of Helopeltis theivora.

—By Haroup H. Many, B.Sc.

[Received April 30th ; Read May 7th, 1902. |

As is well known, Helopeltis theivora,—the “‘ Tea Bug of Assam” as

it was called by Mr. Wood-Mason, the “‘ Mosquito Blight” as it is gen-

erally termed—is the most alarming pest which has yet appeared on tea

cultivated in India, It causes the more disquietude as it tends to

increase as years go by,—fluctuating according to season, but generally

increasing, and invading new areas. During 1901, which was a parti-

cularly bad year in almost all districts subject to the pest, a very

moderate estimate gives seven lakhs of rupees as the nett loss to the

Indian Tea Industry from this cause alone.

Though we have a knowledge, thanks to Peal,* Wood- Macone Dud-

geon,f Watt§ and Green,J of the general life-history of the insect from

the egg to the adult stage, yet there remain several points which have

been very obscure. Of these the most important is the question as to

what becomes of the insect during the time when it apparently dis-

appears from the tea bush. So complete is this disappearance, as a rule,

that most planters living in affected districts in North-East India have

hardly ever seen a single insect during January, February and March.

Mr. Dudgeon has suggested that it hibernates in the ground, but offers

no evidence for his position, and declares frankly that he had not been

able to verify his conjecture. It has also been supposed that hiber-

nation takes place in water and swamps, but again, not a scrap of

evidence in favour of the view exists, and the same may be said of the

very general idea among tea planters that in the cold weather the

Helopeltis goes on to various jungle trees.

With a view of acquiring information on this point, I have spent

a considerable time in January, February and March of the present year

in two of the districts most affected by the pest—the Darjeeling-Terai,

and Cachar—at a period when the insect was supposed to be hibernating.

As a result I have come to conclusions of which the 2 uoMaae is

a summary,

‘The Helopeltis theivora can be found on the tea bush in every stage

of development during every period of the year. The cold weather

* Tea Cyclopedia, 1881.

+ The Tea Bug of Assam, 1884.

{ Indian Museum Notes. Vol. III pp. 33-38.

§ The Pests and Blights of the Tea Plant 1898.

§{ Royal Botanic Gardens, Ceylon. Circular, No. 21 (1st Series), 1901.

134 H. H. Mann—Zife-History of Helopeltis theivora. [No. 3,

kills off the bulk of the mature insects and practically all the larve,

but at all times sufficient remain to carry on the pest to the next

season, and in addition the bushes are full of eggs. These latter were

found not only in the usual position on the young shoot, but also at a

much lower part of the bush thau has previously been noticed, embedded

in the usual fashion in the midrib of the large mature leaves. The

larvee were found on 11th January in small numbers on unpruned and

sheltered bushes, then forming about 23 per cent. of the total number

of insects caught. By 12th February, however, a very different pro-

portion of adults and larve were obtained, and now instead of 23 per

cent. the larvee formed 80 per cent. of the total catch. This proportion

was approximately kept up during several weeks from that date. The

difficulty in obtaining evidence of their presence at this time is due to

their attacking almost entirely the slightly shaded young leaves, the sur-

face growth being rarely injured in the early part of the year.

The insect could, further, not be found on any jungle plant at this

time. Though jungle of very miscellaneous character was system

atically searched both by myself and by the children who are regularly

catching the insect, and who are extremely expert at the work, not a

single one was discovered in any form.

It appears, therefore, evident that there is, from present knowledge,

no need to assume a hibernating stage at all for Helopeltis theivora, and

that the insects remain and can be found in every stage of growth from

the egg to the mature female full of eggs, in the tea-bush, at all times of

the year. Whether the egg found low down in the bush, as described ©

above, can be considered as a special hibernating egg, I can hardly say, but

there certainly was no difference in structure or in method of deposition

from that usual during the regular season. Inasmuch, then, as there is

absolutely no evidence of the cold weather being passed by the insect

in the soil, in water, or on other trees, and furthermore, as careful

observation can always detect the insects and their eggs on tea bushes

in affected districts, there is no need to imagine any hibernation stage

at all in India, and beyond a certain retardation in development due to

the reduced temperature, the reproduction of the insect may be con-

sidered to take place in a similar manner throughout the year, and to

be carried out on the tea bush itself during the whole period.

These observations have a practical interest, and may lead toa

sound method of attempting to deal with the pest, and experiments in

this direction are now in progress. |

‘1902. | F. Finn— Qn a pair of Abnormal Deer Horns. 135

XIII.—On a pair of Abnormal Deer Horns.—By F. Finn, B.A., F.Z.S.,

Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum.

[Received May 28th; Read June 5th, 1902. |

I am indebted to His Highness the Maharajah of Cooch Behar,

and to Mr. David Hzra (who procured me the loan of them) for the

opportunity of exhibiting the very remarkable pair of antlers figured.

below.

As will be seen they resemble those of the Sambhar (Cervus

unicolor) in general appearance and in their rough and deeply furrowed

surface; but the terminations are much more branched than is usual

in this species, which has only two terminal tines. In the present

specimen there are no less than five terminal points, and the two horns

are not at all alike, the branch representing the longer terminal tine

in the normal horn being palmate or flattened in the left horn of this

pair. (See figure on page 135.)

The number of points in this specimen no doubt accounts for the

statement that was made to me by Mr. Hzra, that the animal which

bore the horns was a hybrid between the Sambhar and the Barasingh

(Cervus duvauceli). But in’ the absence of any information as to the

appearance of the rest of this stag’s body, I am inclined to put the

specimen down as an abnormal Sambhar, some Sambhar horns in the

collection exhibited in the Mammal Gallery also showing supernu-

merary points, though not to this extent. A very fine head in the

Asiatic Society’s collection, alluded to by Mr. W. L. Sclater in his

pamphlet ‘Notes on Indian Horned Game,” has nine points, both

terminal tines of the right horn and the anterior or outer terminal tine

.of the left, being bifurcated.

Another has a third terminal tine on the right horn, directed down-

wards and backwards. 5

A third has a snag to the brow tine of the right horn, the terminal

tines of the beam of which are very small.

A fourth has three small snags at the base of the beam of the right

horn, and a small accessory snag on the large outer terminal tine of the

left.

It is noteworthy that in all these cases the excess of points affects

the right horn; but in one specimen, the single extra point, a very

small one, is on the inner terminal tine of the left.

[ No. 3,

‘UVHANVG 10 SNYOFT TVWTONay

vi)

(

‘Horn

F. Finn—On a pair of Abnormal Deer

136

)

1902, | R. B, Sanyal Bahadur—Common Palm Squirrel. 137

Mr, Ezra informs me that the present animal was killed in the

Maharajah’s territories six years ago,

XIV.—Notes on Animals observed at the Alipore Zoological Garden. No. III.

Melawic specimens of Common Palm Squirrel (Sciurus palmarum,

Linn.)—By Rat R. B. Sanya Bawapur, Superintendent, Alipore

Zoological Garden.

[Read June 4th, 1902. ]

Squirrels, it is well known, are subject to great diversity in size,

form and colour. The upper surface of the body of the large Indian

Squirrel (Secwrus indicus, Erxl.) is usually of a maroon red colour, but

darker, almost black individuals with thicker coats are not uncommon.

Apart from their seasonal dimorphism, no two specimens of the Sciwrus

bicolor of Sparrmann are alike; and it is no wonder that the species

proved a puzzle to Desmarest, Horsfield, Is. Geoff. St. Hilaire, and other

naturalists of classic repute, each of whom described it under a differ-

ent name. Palm Squirrels (Sciurus palmarum, Linn.) so common

and abundant in Bengal, North-Western Provinces, the Punjab, and

Central India, are also remarkable for great diversity of form and colour,

and this tendency to variation in colour, which is so characteristic of

the genus, has led, in the case of the Palm squirrels, to an increase

in the deposition of pigment, resulting in the production of a definite

melanic form. 4

Melanism as a common colour phenomenon is well known to

naturalists, but as far as I remember, I have seen no case of complete

melanism in squirrels recorded in the literature of the genus, and I

‘have therefore ventured to exhibit to the Society a melanic specimen

of a Palm squirrel which lately came under my observation. The

following notes sent to me by Haji Mahammud Mustapha Khan of

Aligarh, the donor of the animals, will, I hope, be found interesting :

‘“‘Some time in December last [1901], so far as I can recollect, my

bearer came to me in Aligarh and said he had seen four or five black

squirrels in the jungle at Burhegaon. Burhegaon is the headquar-

ter village of my estate, in Tahsil Atrauli in this district, and lies

about 25 miles east from Aligarh. I told him to try and catch them,

and explained to him how best to do it by the usual basket snare.

About a fortnight later, when I had gone to stay for a time at Burhe-

gaon, he brought one of the squirrels to me. A couple of weeks after

that he brought a second one. So faras I can judge they seem to be

J. 1, 18

138 R. B. Sanyal Bahadur—Common Palm Squirrel. [No. 3,

a male and a female. There was a third, he told me, which eluded

capture on the second occasion. They seemed to me uncommon, and

remembering to have heard, at a District Board Meeting, that the

Secretary of the Zoological Gardens at Alipur would be glad of help

in procuring interesting additions to his family, I mentioned the matter

to Mr. Brownrigg, then Collector of the District. -I have always taken

an interest in animals, but had never seen any black squirrels like these

before. I am told that there are still, perhaps, three or four more at

large in the jungle where this pair came from, but they are now very

wild, and do not allow any one to approach them. I am also informed,

by those who have seen them, that these black squirrels live apart by

themselves on separate trees, and do not associate with their less distin-

guished grey-mantled brethren. The boycott is probably mutual. I

have no reason to think that they came to Burhegaon from any outside

source. So faras I can see they are a freak of nature.”

It would be interesting to observe other forms cf animal life in

the jungle in which these melanic squirrels were found, and to note

whether there is any preponderance of black in them also. The fact,

if proved in the affirmative, will give additional support to the theory

of colour change induced by environmental causes.

This is, however, not the first time that melanie squirrels are

exhibited in the Calcutta Zoological Garden. In 1877, a couple of

them were obtained from Assam, and lived for about a year.

1902.] R. D. Oldham—Vidal Periodicity in Harthquakes of Assam. 139

On Tidal Periodicity in the Earthquakes of Assam.—By BR. D. OLpHaM,

Superintendent, Geological Survey of India.

(Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey of

India). [Received July 2lst, Read August 6th, 1902. |

I.—IntTRopUCTORY.

Ever since earthquakes were first studied there have been repeated

and persistent attempts to trace the action of the sun, the moon, and

the planets in producing them, or at the least in influencing their rela-

tive frequency. Mallet, from the discussion of his great earthquake

catalogue !, found that there was a marked periodicity, which caused

earthquakes to have a maximum frequency towards the end of each

century, with a minor, but nearly as great, maximum a little before the

middle ; and, more recently, Dr. A. Cancani has remarked a similar pecu-

liarity in the earthquakes of Italy. Periods of this length, however,

have no direct and obvious connection with the movements of the

heavenly bodies, and more interest attaches to variations of shorter

periods. Perrey, and following him Mallet,’ believed that they had de-

tected such variations, and that the frequency of earthquakes showed

a relation to the distance of the sun and the moon from the earth, and to

their relative positions in the heavens, at the syzygies and quadratures.

As a result of this careful investigation it had been generally accepted

that earthquakes were more frequent during winter than in summer

and during the night than during the day.

In 1889 the subject was again attacked by M. F. deMontessus de

Ballore,* who started by preparing a catalogue of 45,000 earthquakes.

From this he proceeded to discuss the diurnal periodicity, and found

that though each individual list and record showed a distinct periodicity,

there was no agreement among them and that the larger the number

- of shocks taken the more uniform became the resulting distribution of

earthquakes throughout the day and night. In a subsequent paper ®

he applied the same treatment to the seasonal periodicity with a similar

result and came to the conclusion that there was no real variation in

the frequency of earthquakes, which he regarded as a purely geolog-

ical phenomenon, unaffected by either astronomical or meteorological

influences.

About the same time Dr. Davison began his investigation of

1 Rep. Brit. Ags., xxviiii, (1858).

2 Boll. Soc. Sismol. Ital. vii, 205-209 (1901).

8 Brit. Ass. Rep., xxviii, (1858).

4 Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, 3. Ser., xxii, 409, (1889).

5 Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, 3. Ser,, xxv, 504, (1891).

140 BR. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Earthquakes of Assam. [N o. 3,

earthquake frequency, and ina laborious paper,! on the annual and semi-

annual periodicity of earthquakes, came to the conclusion that, treating

each region separately, there was a distinct variation in frequency, which

was in excess of that which might be expected if the occurrence of

earthquakes was in no way connected with the seasons.

From this brief review it will be seen that the question, of whether

earthquakes are at all affected by extra-terrestrial influences, is at present

an open one, and for this reason I made every effort, after the great

earthquake of 1897, to obtain the fullest possible record of the extreme-

ly numerous after-shocks, thinking that if there was any external cause

at work it should be especially easy to trace at a time when, and ina

region where, the earth’s crust was evidently in an extremely unstable

condition. The discussion of these records is not complete but in the

case of one of them it has been completed, so far as one particular phase

of the frequency is concerned, and the results obtained appear to he of

sufficient interest to justify some notice of them.

In July of 1897, Mr. T. D. LaTouche, who was then in Shillong

reporting on the results of the earthquake, constructed a seismograph

on the duplex pendulum system, which was set up by the Executive

Engineer, and from which continuous records have been taken ever

since. The instrument, like all seismographs, is far from a perfect one,

it does not record many shocks which can be distinctly felt, and it does

not record the time, yet the records are of great value. In the first place

we know that every shock recorded attained a certain standard of range

of motion of the wave particle and of violence, if such a word may be

applied to what in many cases are merely slight shocks, and that all the

shocks exceeding this standard are recorded. The absence of automatic

time record is more serious, but as the time of the shock was, in every

case, recorded by the observer we may take it that there is no very serious

error or omission in this respect. very shock recorded represents one

at approximately the time given, and the only cause likely to affect

the periodicity is a possible error in the case of the night shocks: it

is possible that the instrument may at times have registered a shock

while the observer was asleep, and the record afterwards referred to

one, felt when he was awake, which did not affect the instrument. The

uncertainty due to this cause is, however, slight, as the gentlest shock

registered by the instrument is sufficiently strong to usually awake

a sleeper.

From this instrument we have received records from August 1897,

but those discussed as yet only extend to the end of 1901; so far

they have only been examined with a view to the hourly variation in

1 Phil. Trans, clxxxiy, A, 1107 (1893).

1902.] R. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Harthquakes of Assam. 141

frequency, and instead of contenting myself with a mere record of the

relative frequency of the earthquakes, as has usually been done in the

past, I have made an attempt to see whether there is any trace of extra-

terrestrial influence in this frequency.

As pointed out by me in a short note published in 1901' any effect

which the attraction of the sun and the moon may have, will be most

effectively, if not solely, exerted by the Tide-producing forces they set up,

and that, to trace the effect of these, it is not sufficient to merely tabu-

late earthquakes by the hours in which they occur. The time at which

the tide-producing forces reach their maximum depends on the declination

of the sun and the moon, that is to say itis subject to seasonal vari-

ations, and to determine whether these forces have any influence it is

necessary to classify the records, according to the position of the sun or

moon with reference to the equator, and then examine the frequency

to see whether there is any variation which can be correlated with the

tidal forces.

IJ.—STatEMENT OF THE PROBLEM.

There is neither space nor occasion to recapitulate what is known

of the theory of the tides, but a brief account of the form of the tide-

producing influence of the attraction of the sun and the moon is desirable,

that the nature of the effect to be looked for may be clearly understood,

and the review will be simplified by the fact that we need not consider

the theory of the tides themselves, but merely of the stresses to which they

owe their origin. Omitting all reference to the why, it will be sufficient

to point out that the effect of the attraction of a satellite—and in this

connection the sun is regarded as a satellite equally with the moon—is

to produce a stress equivalent to an upward force at the spot which is at

any moment directly under the satellite, and at the antipodes of that spot.

Along the great circle half way between these two spots, separated from

each by 90° of are, there is a force acting downwards towards the centre

of the earth, and equal in amount to one half of the upward force. At

spots between these two points and the great circle just referred to,

the stresses produced are equivalent to forces acting in directions away

from the vertical, and along a circle which is distant about 54° 44’ 14”

from the spots where the satellite is in the zenith or nadir the force acts

horizontally.

Now if we suppose the force exerted at any point to be resolved

into two separate forces, one acting vertically and the other horizontally,

then the vertical force attains its upward maximum where the satellite

is in the zenith or nadir, and its downward maximum along the great

circle intersecting the line joining these two points and lying at right

L Geol. Mag. 4. Decade, viii, 449, (1901).

142 RB. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodtetty in Harthquakes of Assam. (No. 3,

angles to it. The horizontal force attains its maximum along two

circles distant about 54° 44’ from the zenith and nadir respectively, the

direction being towards the satellite in the former case and away from

it in the latter. If then the tidal stresses have any influence in deter-

mining the time of origin of earthquakes we should look for the effect

in connection with these circles.

Both sun and moon, as is well known, vary their position in the

heavens, travelling alternately north and south of the equator, the sun

moving to about 23°, and the moon to about 26°, from it. From this it

follows that neither can ever be in the zenith of any spot distant more

than 26° from the earth’s equator, that is in more than 26° of latitude

either north or south, and no spot situated outside those limits can ever

experience the maximum upward force. Within those limits, at either

one or two periods in each year, when the declination of the sun and

the latitude of any given place are the same in amount and sign, the

maximum upward force, due to the sun, will be experienced at midday

and midnight; and similarly in each lunar month there will be either

one or two periods at which the maximum upward force will be ex-

perienced, when the moon is either overhead, mid-moon-day, or under-

foot, mid-moon-night. Outside the limits of the two 26° parallels, and

within them at all times when the declination of the sun or moon is

different in amount or sign from the latitude, the maximum upward

force will not be experienced, but, as the earth revolves on its axis, the

circles of maximum horizontal and downward force sweep over its sur-

face, and pass any given place at an interval, before and after the meri-

dian passage of the satellite, which depends on the declination of the

satellite at the time and the latitude of the place.

From these considerations it will be seen that, before discussing the

frequency of earthquakes with reference to the tidal stresses, it is

necessary to group them according to their place of origin, and then

see whether, for any one district, there is a connection between the

relative frequency of earthquakes and the times of passage, over the

epicentre, of the circles of maximum tidal force.

One method of discovering whether there is any such connection

would be to calculate for each earthquake the exact time which

separated the time of its origin from that of the passage of each of the

circles of maximum tidal force, and then to classify the records accord-

ing to these intervals, and see whether there was any preponderance of

earthquakes at or about these times. The process would be a laborious

one, and, in view of the want of exact accuracy in the times, did not seem

worth going through, as a result within the limits of accuracy of the

records can be obtained in a simpler manner.

1902.] R. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Harthquakes of Assam. 143

We may assume that the epicentres of the earthquakes now under

consideration all lie in 26°N. Lat., without introducing any material

error, and, calculating for that latitude the time intervals, which elapse

between the meridian, passage of the satellite and the passage of the

tidal circles, we obtain, for extreme and mean values of declination the

intervals given in the tabular statement below, ! where 0h represents

the lower, and 12 h. the upper, meridian passage, or midnight and mid-

day in the case of the sun.

I.—Table showing the times of passage of circles of maximum horizontal

and vertical Tide-producing force ; calculated for Lat. 26° N.

Decl Hor. force, Vert. force, Hor. force,

‘ Direct. Downward. Indirect.

12h. + Oh. + Oh, +

h. m, neers h, m.

26° N. 4-15 4-38 =

9°N. 3-31 5-34 2-14

0° 2-59 6-0 2-59

9° Ss. 2-14 6-26 3-31

26° S, : — 7-22 4-15

From this table it is obvious that, if the total number of shocks is

divided into three groups, according to the position of the sun, the first

comprising those which occurred when the sun was more than 9° N.,

the second when its declination did not exceed 9° N. or S. and the

third when the declination was more than 9° S., then in the first group

the effect of the horizontal force must be looked for between 33 and

4 hours before and after midday, and within two hours on each side of

midnight; in the second group the effect is to be looked for between

3 and 34 hours on either side of midnight and midday; while in the

third the condition will be the same as in the first, with the substitu-

tion of midnight and midday. Moreover, as the effect may be due

rather to the rapidity of changes in the amount, than to the

actual amount, of the force exerted, the horizontal force may have

but small influence when the passage of the circles takes place at

less than two hours on either side of the meridian passage, that is

to say, when the intersection of the circles is oblique, and the rate and

range of change in the amount of force is less than when the passage

takes place ata greater time-interval than 2 hours from the meridian

passage. This, combined with the much greater length of time during

1 The intervals are not exactly the same on either side of the meridian passage

on account of the motion of the sun and moon in the heavens, but the inequality

is not sufficient to be of importance in this connection,

144 R. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodocity in Barthquakes of Assam, [No. 3,

which the interval exceeds three hours, shows that in a general list of

all the shocks the effect must be looked for between 3 and 4 hours on

either side of midday and midnight. Further, as it is a common pheno-

menon in nature that the maximum of effect lags*behind the maximum

of cause, it may be that the effect will not be found between 3 and 4

hours on either side of the meridian passages, but at some time after

that epoch, Another effect which may be looked for, which follows

from the consideration of the greater efficiency of the force when its

rate of variation is greater, is that we may expect the number of shocks

recorded during the day to be proportionately greater when the sun is

more than 9° N., that is during the summer, and the night shocks to be

proportionately more numerous during the winter, when the sun is more

than 9° South of the equator.

There is another supposition which must also be tested, that the

effect, if any, of the tidal forces is not to be looked for in connection

with the times when they attain their maximum, but with the times at

which the rate of change, of amount and direction of the forces, is at

its maximum. For any particular place the rate of change always

reaches its maximum at 3 hours before and after the meridian passage,

but along a great circle, passing through the place of observation and

the place where the satellite is in the zenith, the maximum rate of

change is at 45° from the latter, and it will be useful to see what is

the time interval for different declinations at which a circle 45° distant

from this spot passes the place of observation. The result is given in

the following table.

Il.—Times of passage of circles of maximum rate of change of the Tide-

producing forces calculated for Lat. 26° N.

Decl. Direct. Indirect.

12h + Oh +

h. m, | h. m.

26°N. 3-22 ares

ON. 2-56 1-56

0° 2-33 2-33

9°S 1-56 2-56

26°S = 3-22

It must be distinctly understood that the times given in this table

are not those at which the rate of change is actually greatest, but those

at which the rate is greatest, as measured along a different circle to the

east and west one, along which the place of observation travels. In the

solitary case where this place and the satellite are both on the equator

the two agree, and in uo other; but the table is useful, for the closer the

1902.) RB, D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Harthquakes of Assam, 146

value in the table approximates to 3 hours the greater is that rate of

change, and the closer it lies to 0 h. or 12 h. the less is the rate of

variation of the tide-producing forces.

The passage of the circles of maximum vertical force is not subject

to the same changes as that of the other circles, and never varies more

than 1 h. 22 m. from six o’clock ; the effect of this force must therefore be

looked for about that time in the morning and evening or somewhat later.

Finally, it is necessary to notice one objection, which might be

raised to the preceding passages, that the effect is not necessarily to be

looked for at any fixed time before or after the meridian passage of the

satellite, but that, for each place, there will be something equivalent to

what is known as the “establishment” of a port in the case of marine tides,

The objection, however, is not valid, for in this case we have not to do

with free travelling waves, like that of the tides, which take a greater

or less time to travel from the place where they originate to the place

where they are felt, but with the direct effect of the stresses which

produce the waves. These depend solely on the latitude of the place

and the declination of the satellite, and for them there is nothing in

any way analagous to the “ establishment ” to be considered.

Il]. Drscussion of tHe Dara.

After this preliminary exposition of what is to be looked for, we

may pass on toa consideration of the results obtained. In the record

discussed there are contained 1274 distinct shocks, and, on counting these,

it was found that, in each hour of the twenty-four, the number of shocks

recorded was as given in the tabular statement No. III, where all shocks

recorded from 0 h. to 0 h. 59 m. are placed under 0, those between 1 h.

and 1 h. 59 m. under J and so on.

not at all uniformly distributed during the twenty-four hours, and

‘that there is. a great preponderance during the hours preceding mid-

night, with a lesser increase towards 64.M. It may also be noted that

the night shocks seem more numerous when the sun is more that 9°S

and the day shocks when it is more than 9° N, but no proper compari-

son is possible on account of the difference in the total number of

shocks in each line. For comparison they must be brought all to the

same ratio, and this may be done, either by calculating the percentage

of the total number of shocks recorded in each hour, or more simply

by dividing each figure by the mean value for the line; this gives a

result showing the proportion of the number of shocks recorded in each

hour to the average number for one hour. In this way we get the

result shown in the next tabular statement.

J. u. 19

dicity in Barthquakes of Assam. [No. 3,

E710

146 BR. D. Oldham—Tidal Iz

19-168 -1FU-T |P6- 68. 98- | SE-TE6» | 68. | P8. 08. | 0.1] 8. | O8e | 24. \42- 08-1 |LO-1 | GI-1] ZO-T |60-1/ 08: | 09. | °” S30048 [TV

$0.6/06-1 |00.T 00.T JOL-T |96. | OT-T) $9. | 8. | 09. jU8. | 96. | OF | SZ. | OS. | O08. | OS-T| $6- | OL-1| SP-T] SP-1/¢0.1 |eg. | S.6<

IPT PLT IZG-1 48 |08- |PL. /Lh-1 |LP-1/09- | 12-TihZ. |P6- | £8. 110-1] 09. | 20-1] 20-1166. | FL-1) b6. | PG. | Fo. | ee. | 7” S6°No6

PG.1/S9-T |9T-T \86. | 22. |88- |6P-T |99- |TZ-1/ SZ. |8g. |9T-T 1Z.T |99- |[2-1 | PP | SE.1168-1| TZ. |99- | 88. |S. | 19. | * No6 <

| ik Lt Lael aA Sl th Amel pS | eet - =: —s — ee a eo

| aS UOTUROLpOOq

66 | 16 | OB | GL | ST | 4T | 91 | SI | FL | St] ot} It}or}6|s |z{/9 |e \r |e |e |t lo —~ aang

| Saino Hy ate:

t . A lee PE) ae

‘sunoy liq Syooys fo worngrssip agnuor.1odo.1g— Al

06 |T4 |09 \0S |S [oF [IL |4F \8h |b leh jbo job icp tp lop | 0, | 2z¢ 119] Ss] 69! ee] ee | aso

Ir |Po \06 OG 6G |6L |2e |€l {Zt |2t jot f6t ig ST |OL |9T O€ | BL | & | 62} 6B | 12} 2 | °° S.6<

TG j4t j6L [St ot [It jae jee j6 [st |tt lr jet ict |e lot | or | et | 92! 1 | et SP Gis ices So6-NoG

86 jOS |Te |4I |PE JOT (46 [et jae fet jor |te jez let lez ig Po | FS] SU | SL (190 | St It | Nc6<

. ~_ 1oearpeg

6¢ | 16 | OG | 61 | ST.) ZT | OL.) ST |. T | St | Bt] T/or}/6 jg |zi9%i¢ le le @ it | 0 N88,

+8400 fo worngrsgsep ApunoyT—'T I].

TOBUYIOP OY} WOYA JULININ0 SYOOS 1OJ GAMO OY} SI OUT] PoyjOpoyT, "NG WEY) O1OW SV UOLIVUTPOOp 6,UNs oY} TOYA Da1M0I0 BOGS yo UOIINLI4BIp Oty

*Juesoidor OUI] UOXOIG OFT, *SYOOYS Te WoIJ pouryjzqo oarno [V1oued oy} SI OUI] BNONUUOD oY, ‘soyenbyZAea JO uOINgIIZSIP [eUIRIP JO BOAIND “1 “Sty

ee ae

Sehr

earn

WY wUXx WX XX AX WAX WAX WX MX

‘sinoy € jo surew Aq ‘peyjoous Aquenbeay yo eaina Ajinoyy 1O6I-ZL6GI YdesSowsies Guogwus

148 R. D.. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Earthquakes of Assam. [No. 3,

Here we again see that the day shocks are proportionately more

numerous when the sun has declination of more than 9°N. than when

the sun is more than 9°S. of the equator, and that in the latter case the

night shocks are proportionately more numerous than in the former.

It is also evident, from the irregularity of distribution from hour to

hour, that the number of shocks is not enough to give a near approach to

the true curve, when plotted directly, and a process of smoothing has

to be adopted. This has been done by adding together the number of

shocks recorded during each group of three successive hours and, by re-

garding them as grouped round the centre of the middle hour, obtain-

ing a fresh series of hourly means, from which a great deal of the irregu-

larity of the curve has disappeared. The result is represented graphi-

cally in Fig. 1, so far as the shocks which occurred when the sun was

more than 9° north and south of the equator respectively.

From this curve it will be seen that as regards the shocks occurring

about two hours before midnight there is little difference, but that

for the rest of the twenty-four hours the curve for south declination is

steadily above that for north declination throughout the twelve hours of

the night, and below it for the day. Moreover there is a distinct maxi-

mum in the earthquakes recorded round three hours after and two hours

before midnight, while the earthquakes recorded near midnight are

much more frequent than when the sun was more than 9° north of the

equator. Turning to the shocks recorded when the sun was north of

the equator, not only are they proportionately more numerous, than

when it was south but there is again a distinct pair of maxima, shortly

before and three hours after midday. Among the shocks recorded

when the'sun was within 9° of the equator we have maxima distinctly

marked at about 5 hours after midnight and midday, another at about

2 hours before midnight and a less marked one at about 2 hours before

midday.

There is consequently an approach to what might be expected if

the tide-producing forces caused by the attraction of the sun had their

effect in determining the time of origin of earthquakes, but it is also

evident that, if these forces have any effect, it is so small and so

complicated by other causes, giving rise to a greater variation in

frequency than they do, that it is necessary to adopt some method of

discussion, which will more or less completely eliminate the effects of

variation, other than those due to the tide-producing forces.

The most obvious of these would be the conversion of the solar

into lunar times. The moon moves through the heavens at a rate

which brings it on the average about 50 minutes in advance of the sun

for each day. If, then, we consider the interval between the two

1902.] R. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Eurthquakes of Assam. 149

successive similar meridian passages of the moon as representing 24 lunar

hours, and convert the recorded times into lunar times, it is obvious

that, in a long series of observations, any irregularity of frequency, at

any particular hour of solar time, will get spread over the whole of the

lunar day, and in its place will be introduced any fresh irregularity

due to the position of the moon. Now as the moon has twice the effici-

ency of the sun, as a tide producer, any irregularities due to the tide

producing forces should be double as great as in the case of the sun.

Unfortunately the test cannot be applied in this case as, on. trial,

it was found that the series of observations was not sufficiently long

to eliminate the effect of the diurnal irregularities.

This method of elimination failing, we must fall back on the

recorded times, to see whether there is no other method of eliminat-

ing the non-tidal diurnal variation, and a method appears which depends

on the fact that, taking the year as a whole, the tidal effect is on the

average the same all through, since the times of passage of the tidal

circles during the six hours on either side of midnight are the same for a

south declination as the times on either side of midday in the case

of the same amount of north declination.

If, then, we take the recorded frequency of shocks for each hour,

write them down in two lines, placing those for the hour after midday

uuder those for the hour after midnight and so on, and then add the

two lines, we obtain a series of numbers representing the semi-diurnal

curve of frequency. In this curve any diurnal periodicity, which is of a

harmonic nature, is completely eliminated, and any non-harmonic

periodicity largely reduced in amount. On the other hand any semi-

diurnal periodicity which is harmonic in character, or which, if not

harmonic, has its irregularities similarly distributed with regard

to midnight and midday, will be exaggerated ; that is to say the effect

we are looking for will be increased, while that which we wish to elim-

inate will be reduced, in amount.

In the next tabular statement the process is illustrated as regards

the total number of shocks, and four more lines given, showing the

results obtained in the case of certain combinations of shocks, which

will be referred to further on.

150 R. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Earthquakes of Assam. [No. 3,

V.—Semidiurnal distribution of Shocks.

ee eS ee ee

| ] ‘ | | |

} o| 1 2 3 4) 5) 6 7 68 69) Jo 11

Hours. 12) 13| 14 15! 16] 17] 18] 19] 20) 21) 22) 23

| |

All shocks Oh. tollh. | 33} 44) 59} 55) 61) 57 70) 40 es 42| 43

Do. 12h.to23h. | 43} 43) 48] 47) 71) 46 48| 50 aa 71| 90 Be

aaa 76| 87] 10% 102) 132] 103] 118] 90 | 113] 133} 112

i | }

Sum + Mean | -79| -81 1:01] -96|1-26] °97 1-11] 85] -95) 1-06] 1:25| 1:05

Day shocks >9° N. | 82 128 sane 841-1] ‘67/ 1°01). *87| 1°52

Night shocks>9°S. })| 0 | | Le

77!

] |

ue 20 As al 84

All shocks 9° N. to 9° S. | 53

Day shocks>9° N. |

AlPuhocke 9° N. 9° 8. t -69| -84| 1-04] 1-08] 1:36] -84/1-04| -g0| -98| -95 c 1-02

Night shocks>9° S. |

{ | |

Night ae N- 1 77| 77 71 |1-001 1-23) 1-26 ‘au 94 ma 1-03] 1-12

Day shocks >9° § | | |

}

Here we see two very marked maxima, in the distribution of the

shocks, one during the fifth hour after, the other during the second

hour before, the meridian passage, and these maxima may be taken as

grouped around 43 hours and 1034 hours of the morning and afternoon.

That is to say they both follow by 1; hours the epoch corresponding to

three hours before and after the meridian passage, a time which corres-

ponds more closely to the passage of the maximum rate of change of

tidal force, than to that of the circle of maximum horizontal stress.

If we turn to the next line in the table, representing the distribu-

tion when the tide producing forces may be expected to be most effect-

ive, we find the same features, except that the maximum following the

meridian passage is less marked than that which precedes it, and that

though the latter is proportionately greater than in the case of the.

whole number of shocks the former is less.

The next line shows the distribution when the sun is within 9° of

the Equator, when on the average the conditions—so far as the tide.

generating forces are concerned—are the same during the day as the

night. Here we find the two maxima again, but it is that follow-

ing the meridian passage which is most conspicuous, the other being

small and ill defined.

1902.] R. D, Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Barthquakes of Assam. 151

The fact is that in both these cases the total number of shocks

considered is too small to get an approach to a true average, and, in this

small number of shocks, accidental variations of distribution may pro-

duce an irregularity of the curve which exceeds its normal variation.

To some extent this difficulty may be overcome. If we refer to the

tables I and II, we will see that when the sun is within 9° of the

equator, there is not a very great variation in the times of passage of

the tidal circles as compared with the times of passage during the day

when the sun is north, and during the night whenit is south, of the

equator. On the other hand the night when the sun is north, and the

day when the sun is south, of the equator, show a much greater range of

time in the passage of the circles and not only is the range of time

greater and the effect consequently less conspicuous, but during part of

the time the maximum of horizontal force is not felt at all, and during

the rest of the time the passage is so oblique that the rate of change

is slow and the tidal forces probably less effective.

Excluding these shocks we may add together the two groups of

shocks already considered and so obtain a larger one, in which the tidal

effect is tolerably uniform. The résult is given in the table, and shown

graphically in Fig. 2. Here it will be seen that the two maxima preced-

ing.and following the meridian passage are both distinct, and exceed

those obtained from the total number of shocks.

Shillong Seismograph 1897-1901. Semidiurnal curve of frequency,

ee TOT as ea nT TR es ce

° °&D

Sun >9N. Da He

All Shocks Xe wm @X4Sun IN. g SAD Pocesecs +{0 ? SW. Nighe

Sun >9'S. Night Sun >9'S Day

Fig. 2. Semidinrnal curves of frequency.

152 RB. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Rarthquakes of Assam. [No. 3,

We have consequently the effect which was to be looked for if the

frequency of earthquakes is influenced, either by the amount of the

horizontal tide generating force, or by the rate of change of the tide

generating forces, and the fact that this effect becomes more marked

the larger the number of shocks—suitably distributed as regards time

of oceurrence— which are taken into consideration, lends support to ee

supposition that the apparent relation between cause and effect is

real one.

Passing on to the last line, representing the night shocks when

the declination is north and the day shocks when it is south, that is

to say a time when the rate of variation of the tidal stresses is at

its lowest and less effect to be looked for, we find that the marked

maxima have disappeared, and that there is an almost equally distinct

increase in frequency about six o’clock, that is at a time corresponding

to the passage of the circles of maximum vertical force. This has the

appearance of indicating that the purely vertical stresses have less

influence than those which have a large element of horizontal stress,

and that the effect of the former only becomes apparent when

that of the latter becomes small. Too much stress must not, however,

be attached to this conjecture, as the number of shocks dealt with is

smaller than in any of the other combinations, and the possibility of

fortuitous irregularities in the curve more probable in a corresponding

degree, and besides this the effect here only lags half an hour behind

the presumed cause, while in the case of the 45; and 10; hour maxima

it lags 14 hours behind the presumed cause.

It appears then that the tidal stresses have a distinct effect in

determining the time of origin of earthquakes, though their influence is

small in proportion to other causes, but at the same time it is necessary

to enter a caution that, though the facts in this case seem to support

the conclusion, they are far from proving it. For proof a more extended

series of observations are required, not only from Assam, but from other

stations also, and even inthe record discussed in this paper there is

reason to doubt the correctness of the conclusion, inasmuch as the

effect found appears to be out of proportion to the cause invoked.

When we consider that the maximum upward tidal force exerted by

the moon is only 1/8, 450,000 of gravity, that this corresponds very closely

to the difference in downward strain which would be produced by the

removal or replacement of half a grain on a one-ton weight, that the

maximum horizontal tide generating force is only three quarters of this,

and finally that the tide generating forces set up by the sun are a little

less than half of those set up by the moon, it is surprising that they should

-have any effect at all. On the other hand when we consider that these

1902.] R. D. Oldham—Tidal Periodicity in Earthquakes of Assam. 153

forces are sufficient to give rise to the tides, and that the difference

between the spring tides and the neaps is due to the forces whose

effect has been searched for in this paper, it is quite conceivable that

they should not be without effect in determining the moment at which

a gradually increasing strain becomes too great for the resistance, and

the fracture is produced which gives rise to an earthquake.

TV.—ConcLusions.

From what has gone before we may draw the following conclusions.

1, That there was a very large variation in the diurnal distribu-

tion of earthquakes in Assam during the years 1897-1901, shocks being

most frequent between 10 and 11 p.M., and again between 6 and 7 A.M.

This greater frequency is a real one and not merely due to a larger

number of shocks happening to be recorded at those times.

No satisfactory cause can be assigned for this irregularity of

distribution, which must for the present be accepted as a fact true for

a limited period and area.

2. Superimposed on this large ad unexplained variation in

frequency, there is a smaller variation which has the appearance of

being due to the tidal stresses set up by the attraction of the sun.

3. If this smaller variation is really due to tidal stress,

then the horizontal stress is much more efficient than the vertical stress,

and the effect is less due to the amount of the stress than to the rate

and range of its variation.

4, ‘That these conclusions must be taken as purely provisional and

require verification from a more extended series of observations. For

their verification we require an instrumental record from some station

within or near the tropics, where earthquakes are fairly frequent, and

extending over 19 or 20 years.

ls ait, PAO)

154 F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

XVi.—General Notes on Variation in Birds.—By F. Fryy, B.A., F.Z.S.,

Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

A. Some Srrixincg Cases of VARIATION IN STRUCTURAL CHARACTERS.

I have occasionally been able to note marked deviations instructure,

which might conceivably have been useful in some cases.

Thus I saw at a Pigeon show in Oxford, on October 23rd, 1891, a

white Fantail Pigeon with the two inner front toes on each foot

webbed, The abnormality is not common, but has been recorded by

Darwin. (Animals and Plants under Domestication, Vol. I. p., 160).

I obtained in Port Said in 1894 the feet of a common fowl! with a

long hallux like a Curassow’s but not apparently capable of flexion at

the terminal joint, being more like the supernumerary hallux so often

present in these birds—especially in Port Said specimens, where every

gradation between this and the normal hallux may be seen.

In Zanzibar, where the fowls are usually of the long-legged Malay

type, I occasionally saw a very short-legged specimen with the usual long

neck. As there are some breeds of fowls, e.g., the Japanese Bantam,

wherein the legs are always very short, this is probably an easily per-

petuated and abrupt variation.

At a meeting of the British Ornithologists’ Club last year,

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier showed the head of a wild Rook (Corvus frugilegus)

with a remarkably elongated beak approaching in form that of a

Chough.

The Chough itself (Graculus graculus) in confinement is liable to an

elongation of the bill which is often very regular, and makes the beak

resemble that of an Ibis. This might well occur in the wild state—as

overgrowth of the upper chap is known todo in some birds—and be

of service. The subjacent tissues may also penetrate the overgrowth of

horn, for Mr. Rutledge found on attempting to cut back the overgrown

bills of some Choughs that this could not be done, as blood was drawn

in cutting off the first half inch.

Recently I procured in the Calcutta Bazaar a common Quail

(Coturnix communis), possessing on each foot five toes like a Dorking

fowl. In each case, as so often happens in fiye-toed fowls, the true

hallux was higher up the shank than usual. The upper supernumerary

hallux was quite distinct, but shorter than the normal one, whereas in

five-toed fowls it is usually longer. One only of these extra toes had a

claw, but as it was loose on the other, and ultimately came off, it had

1902.] BF, Finun—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 155

evidently become accidentally detached from one toe. An enlarged

drawing of these feet is given below.

Five-rorp Furr or Common Quatin.

As five-toed birds do not occur as natural species, this instance

may seem off the point, but it has its interest from the point of view of

Analogous Variation.

In the London Zoological Garden last year there was a male

Curassow with the yellow nasal knob on the bill double, the extra part

being somewhat out of line with the normal lump, and extending behind

it.

B. Some Conour-Variations in Wit Breps.

The Garganey or Blue-winged Teal (Querquedula curcia) is very

liable to produce a pallid variation, in which the usual brown markings

ave reproduced in a pale dun shade. These pale forms vary in pallor,

but do not grade into the normal type. Males and females are abont

equally affected. The irides of such birds are normal, but their bills and

feet are flesh-coloured instead of slaty. A white Garganey I once saw as

a skin seemed, however to have had dark bill and fect. Mr. E. C. S.

Baker records (J.B.N.H.S., Vol. XII, p. 446), a Garganey with orange

156 F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

feet, with, I presume (as he says nothing to the contrary) normal plumage.

After examining hundreds of both this species and the Common Teal

(Nettium crecca), | have never seen any variation in the latter.

Snipe (Gallinago celestis and G. stenura) frequently present pallid

forms, which, as in the Garganey, vary inter se but do not grade into the

type. I was fortunate last winter in procuring, in addition to a pallid

specimen of the Fantailed species, a Pintail Snipe, which was a pied bird

of remarkable aspect. The general plumage was normal, but the dark-

streaked buff plumage of the fore-neck and breast was interrupted by a

longitudinal white patch, and there was a great deal of white in both

wings. The right wing had the first three primaries white, together

with nearly all the wing-coverts of the outer part of the wing, forming

a conspicuous patch. On the left wing all the primaries were white,

and a still greater extent of the wing-coverts. The irides, bill and feet

were normal, except that the toes were fleshy orange instead of olive-

green like the shanks. (Ind, Mus. Reg. 24155, ¢.)

I have thought it worthwhile to have this specimen figured

(Plate VIII, fig. A), together with two pallid specimens of this species

(G. stenura) (Plate VIII, figs. B, C) of different shades.

Pallid forms of the Indian House-Crow (Corvus splendens) are not -

rare ; one of a pale fawn, with the face and wings darker, lived 15 years

in the Calcutta Zoological Garden ; this had fleshy white bill and feet.

Some rather similar specimens in the Indian Museum have, however,

evidently had dark bills and feet. The white specimens we have have

had fleshy white bills and feet, and this has been the case with all the

white Jackdaws (Corvus monedula) I have seen in England; about

half-a-dozen in all. (I believe, however, these white Jackdaws are a

domesticated race).

I have thrice in seven years secured pallid varieties of the

Rain-Quail (Coturniz coromandelica), once only of the common Quail

(C. communis), though this is more abundant in the Calcutta Market.

These birds have always been hens, I have now got another hen Rain-

Quail with all the primaries and their coverts, with the two outer

feathers of bastard-wing, pure white in the left wing; on the right side,

all the primaries but the fourth, ninth and tenth, with the distal

primary coverts, were white, but bastard-wing normal. The centre

of the throat and a patch on the fore-neck, were also white. (Reg.

No, 24229). The irides, bill, and feet were normal.

Grey or slate-coloured varieties are not common, but I have seen two

such in the Jackdaw (Corvus monedula), one in the King-crow or Black

Drongo ( Dicrurus ater) and one in the Bengal Bulbul (Molpastes

bengalensis). In the last-named bird the red under-tail-coverts persisted.

1902. ] BK. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 157

Recently Mr. Rutledge obtained a pale ash-coloured House-crow (Corvus

splendens), a young bird, with dark-lead-coloured bill and feet, and

wings and tail faintly barred with darker grey than the ground-colour.

White varieties are so well known as to need little comment ; they

are seldom pink-eyed like albino mammals. Red often persists in such ;

I have seen an albino red-whiskered Bulbul (Otocompsa emeria) retain-

ing the red “ whiskers ” and under-tail-coverts, and an albino Goldfinch

(Carduelis carduelis) retaining the red face and yellow wing-bars.

In India I have seen two pale varieties of the crimson-breasted

Barbet or Coppersmith (Xantholema hematocephala), one in the

Indian Museum, and one now alive at the Alipore Zoological Garden.

In the former (Reg. No. B5031) the plumage is yellowish white except

the primary-coverts and several quills from the sixth onwards, which

are normal. The stiff glossy frontal feathers and breast patch are pale

yellow instead of scarlet. The beak is yellowish white in the skin. In

the latter, captured adult, the red of forehead, breast, and feet persists.

The bill is flesh-coloured instead of black. The plumage is pale yellow,

irregularly marked with green. It has not changed in moulting.

The common Ring-Parroquet (Palwornis torquatus) frequently

produces a yellow variety, in which the red bill in both sexes and red

collar of the male persists, I have also seen, besides numerous green

birds splashed with yellow, a bird of an even intermediate tint between

yellow and green, Specimens shaded with green on a yellow ground

are not uncommon. Mr. W. Rutledge knows of a case where two nor-

mally coloured wild birds constantly produced a yellow brood.

The large Ring-Parroquet and its races (Palxornis nepalensis, Sc.),

is very rarely lutinistic; we have, however, in the Indian Museum a

green-tinted lutino of the large-billed Andaman race still showing the

red wing-patch. (Reg. No. 22071).

The Rose-headed Parroquet (P. cyanocephala) is not infrequently

yellow, when the head is pink (as in specimen 23981, Ind. Mus. Reg.).

In the Indian Museum there is a specimen of the Blue-crowned

Hanging Parroquet (Loriculus galgulus) with primaries nearly all yellow

and many other yellow feathers. The bill is black as in the normal

birds, but the blue patch on the head is replaced by a faint red one.

(Reg. No. B. 342).

Tonce, in England, saw a wild Song-Thrush (Tardus musicus)

with the tip of the tail regularly white; but it had an abnormal-look-

ing patch of white on one wing also.

The Calcutta Zoological Garden once possessed a Coucal or Crow-

Pheasant (Centropus sinensis) with bill and feet normally black, normal

158 F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

red irides and chestnut wings, and all the rest of the plumage white, ©

where it should have been black. In the Museum is a pale dun bird of

this species with pale chestnut wings, and the two central tail feathers

decidedly fibrous and loose in texture. (Reg. No. B. 7220 procured in

Purneah 1871). Mr. Rutledge recently had a dun-coloured male Koél

(Eudynamis honorata) with fleshy-white bill and feet, but normal eyes.

Its plumage faded before moulting, to cream-colour, like a dun

pigeon’s, the new feathers being strikingly darker.

I have discussed the question of the white-headed form of the

Ruff (Pavoncella pugnaz leucoprora) in J.A.S.B., Pi. II, 1902, p. 82.

Both the living Ruffs mentioned there assamed pure white ruffs and

ear-tufts this year ; but one had a rufous-marked back, and the other—

with the white tertiaries—a grizzled one.

C. Reversion to Norma Cotour 1x ABNORMAL VARIETIES.

A much-prized albino or lutino specimen, taken in that condition,

often disappoints its owner by moulting out into the normal colour.

Mr. W. Rutledge tells me that this is always liable to happen unless

the individual has pink eyes or an abnormally white bill or feet. I

have seen entire or partial resumption of the normal colour in two

House-Mynahs (Acridotheres tristis), and a Babbler (Crateropus canorus)

in his possession. (See paper on Variation above quoted, J.A.S.B. 1902,

also Bateson, Materials for the Study of Variation, p. 43, foot note 2).

Pallid specimens are also liable to revert in this way. A male

eream-coloured sparrow I recently obtained put out new feathers of a

nearly normal colour, and I have seen a skin of the House-Mynah in

the same condition. The grey Bengal Bulbnl above alluded to, however,

has never reverted ; its bill and feet are normally black, as were those

of the two grey Jackdaws mentioned with it.

The same phenomenon has occurred in the case of melanism. A

Bullfinch (Pyrrhula pyrrhula) found as a black nestling in an otherwise

normal brood, attained on moulting ordinary female plumage (Howard

Saunders, Manual of British Birds, p. 188, ed. 1889).

It seems to me that such facts as these furnish a simple explana-

tion of the case of those Herons which are white only in youth.

VARIATIONS IN ReLAtion or Immatcre To ADULT PLUMAGE.

Darwin gives several cases of this on Blyth’s authority, and I can

add a few myself.

The skin of a young Crow-Pheasant (Centropus sinensis) in the

Indian Museum (Reg. No. 11265 from Bhowra) already shows in per-

1902. ] F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 159

fection the rich blue-black body and chestnut wings of the adult, instead

of the usual barred plumage of immaturity. Birds resembling the adult

in everything except in being duller are quite common.

The young of the King-crow (Dicrurus ater) and the small {fndian

Cormorant (Phalacrocorax javanicus) ave supposed to be mottled with

white beneath, but all the nestlings [ have seen in Calcutta have been

black like adults. Yet the Dicrwrus does undoubtedly have a white-

spotted immature plumage, and some young Cormorants I reared after-

wards moulted out mottled below, so that apparently a reversion may

take place at the moult.

Similarly, the young Pied Hornbills (Anthracoceros albirostris) fre-

quently sold here are always coloured lke the adult; but one I knew

of moulted out in confinement with white tips and bars to the feathers;

a white-barred feathering being given as the young plumage of the

closely-allied A. coronatus by Parker (Blanford, F'.B.I. Birds, Vol. IIL,

p. 145).

The young of the common Mynah (deridotheres tristis), normally

resemble the adult except in being duller, but I have seen two with

brown heads instead of black; this is much more common in the young

of the allied Bank Mynah (4. ginginianaus).

The young females of the Golden-backed Woodpecker (Brachypternus

aurantius), are described as having a black forehead, whereas that of

the old bird is spotted with white. Often, however, young hens occur

in which the forehead is spotted, sometimes as clearly as an adult’s.

D. VARIATION IN PREPOTENCY.

The silver-grey gander mentioned in the note on the variations of the

Gray Goose was an example of spontaneous prepotency. Such a variation

in the wild state might easily have produced the white and partially

white males in the sexually dimorphic species of the genus Chloéphaga ;

C. hybrida—the Rock-Goose of Darwin—and C. magellanica, the fami-

liar Magellan Goose of waterfowl fanciers, the Upland Goose of the

Origin of Species, and a third species barely distinct specifically from

C. magellanica—C. dispar, in which the male is barred beneath like the

- female.

The species C. rwbidiceps, which is extremely like a small female of

C magellanica, may be taken as one in which no variation in the direc-

tion of gray-and-white ganders has appeared, or if it did occur, has not

been perpetuated by natural or sexual selection.

I have come upon some curious instances of the opposite attribute to

prepotency in pigeons. In 1894 I crossed a well-developed and fully-

adult Black Fantail Cock with a young and hitherto unmated Homer

160 F. Finn—CGeneral Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

hen. The Fantail had 33 tail-feathers, the Homer of course only the

usual twelve. Yet the pair of mongrel squabs which resulted from their

union had only 14 and 15 tail-feathers respectively. I may mention

that the Homer hen’s subsequent offspring by a cock of her own breed

showed no trace of the Fantail; imdeed, were telegony better established

than it is, so weak a sire could hardly be expected to produce any

telegonic phenomena.

A similar case was the failure of the Silver chequer Homer hen,

paired to a Blue cheguer, to reproduce any offspring of her own colour,

either directly or in the second generation, as recorded in Nature, June

12th, 1902, p. 157.

E. ProGRESSIvE VARIATION,

Cases of a variation carrying on the line of development of a species

are probably much commoner than is supposed, the attention of natura-

lists having hitherto been fixed rather on reversionary types than

progressive ones. (Cf. Bateson; Materials for the Study of Variation,

p. 307).

Such a case is the tendency to extension of the green ocellated

spots in a skin of a male Polyplectron bicalcaratum (Malay Peacock-

Pheasant) described by me recently from a skin (unfortunately a poor

specimen) in the Indian Museum. (Reg. No. 21344). In this the

black speckling on the upper back is in groups of spots in_ certain

feathers, richly glossed with green, forming rudimentary ocelli in a

non-ocellated region; and the black patches of the outer webs of the

lower tail coverts are green-glossed to some extent, thus approaching

ocelli in quite another way. (Nature, Vol. LXV., p, 367).

Another example is afforded by the Gold-backed Woodpecker

(Brachypternus aurantius), whose orange-yellow back frequently shows

a strong admixture of red, as I have often observed in young birds at all

events. (See also Blanford, FBI. Birds, Vol. IT], p. 50).

The Bronze-Cap Teal (Eunetta falcata), which has of late years

been invading India in unusual numbers, was so common last winter

1901-1902 in the Bazaar that I secured no less than a dozen specimens,

most of them females. Among these I noticed one with a strong green

gloss on the head; one with a tail as purely grey as a male’s, and one

with a tail as distinctly barred as a female Gadwall’s, there being thus

twe cases of progressive as against one of reversionary variation.

The dull male of the Gadwall (Chaulelasmus streperus) closely allied

to this species, sometimes shows a green gloss on the head (see Hume;

Game-birds of India, Vol. III, py. 186): I have never seen this myself,

but have seen one with a plum-coloured gloss.

1902. | F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 161

The peculiar Teal of the Andamans (Nettiwm albigulare) is now

frequently white all over the face, whereas in Hume’s time it was

exceptional for the white eye-ring and white loral patch to join, and

nothing is said by Count Salvadori in the British Museum Catalogue

(Vol. XXVII., p.257) about any extension of the white. The heads of

a normal (Reg. No, 18671) and a white-faced (Reg. No. 18671) bird are

figured, from a photograph, in Plate IX. The white-faced specimen

was one procured as many as twelve years ago, so that the variety existed

then; but itis now quite frequent, though not always so white in

face as the bird figured; this specimen is a male, as also is the normal

bird shown with it.

F. VARIATION DIRECTLY tNDUCED BY CONFINEMENT.

This is not nearly so common as currently believed among ornitho-

logists, and most of the variations which do occur among birds kept in

captivity are well-known and recorded.

In male birds of the Finch family which have a carmine or pink

colour in their plumage, this hue is not stable, but usually disappears

after the first moult in a cage, as I have often seen.

In the Linnet (Acanthis cannabina) the red on head and breast

leaves no trace at all; the same is the case with the Eastern race when

kept in India (A. cannabina fringillirostris).

The Redpoll (A. rufescens) loses the red on the breast and rump

entirely ; that on the crown changes to greenishi-gold.

The Rose-finch (Carpodacus erythrinus) changes the general carmine

hue of its plumage to dull ochreous yellow.

The Sepoy-finch (Haematospiza sipahi) offers a curious case; it is

allied to the Rose-finch, but is a brilliant scarlet, not carmine at all; yet

a bird which died half through the moult in Calcutta, had changed, where

the feathers had come out newly, to bright yellow.

The Bull-finch (Pyrrhula pyrrhula) is very liable to become dull in

the red colour; and sometimes turns completely black, usually owing to

a too free use of hemp-seed. But this may occur without the bird

having tasted any, and also in a wild bird (see above p. 158).

Melanism is also common in captive Bulbuls; I have seen it in the

Bengal Red-vented species (Molpastes bengalensis) the white-cheeked

(Otocompsa leucogenys) and the white-eared (Molpustes leucotis) in which

last I have seen it combined with albinism in the same individual.

The Gold-finch (Carduelis carduelis) kept under unfavourable

conditions, is liable to have its red face become dull orange.

The Red Cardinal (Cardinalis cardinalis) becomes dull red if not

kept ont of doors in a good light; this has happened in Calcutta,

J. um. 2)

162 F. Finn—Geneval Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

The common Troupial (Icterus vulgaris) becomes yellow from amber

in confinement if the conditions are unfavourable.

The Pekin Robin (Liothriz luteus) is apt to fade as to its orange,

yellow, and green tones in confinement; it is also liable, in the plains of

India at all events, to melanism, becoming either irregularly splashed

with jet-black, or regularly washed or clonded with a dark smoky hue,

as if it had bathed in ink. Both these variations occurred in two birds

out of about a couple of dozen kept under exactly the same conditions

in Calentta. Their companions manifested no dislike to them.

The Rosy Starling (Pastor roseus) in confinement in Europe fades to

a dirty cream-colour; in India it gets clouded with black, black edgings

appearing on the feathers. A bird of mine, deposited at the Calentta

Zoological Gardens, and treated in the same way as about a dozen

others, became almost completely black. The bird was in good condi-

tion, with the plumage glossy and sleek, and the colour looked quite

natural. As these birds are always quarrelling, it was not easy to make

out how its companions regarded it.

A pair of Striated Finches (Uroloncha striata) kept by a friend of

mine in England in an out-door aviary many years ago became during

one season heavily mottled with black all over the white belly ; but they

afterwards reverted to the normal colour.

Conversely, a Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio calvus) at present

in the Calentta Zoological Garden has on one occasion moulted out with

all the black parts mottled with white; but. it has since become, and

remained, black again.

A male Red Dove (Turtur tranquebaricus) in the same garden, living

under the same conditions as many others of the same species and sex,

became nearly all white over the normally vinous red part of the plumage.

One of many specimens of Turtur damarensis brought by me to

the London Zoological Garden in 1892, had last year (1901) when I

saw them become very largely white in big patches.*

The male Golden Oriole (Oriolus galbula) of Europe, according to

Bechstein, never retains its full yellow hue in confinement, but reverts

to the streaky green plumage of the female.

The red summer plumage of the barred-tailed Godwit (Limosa

lapponica) is not always assumed in confinement, for of a pair in the

London Zoological Gardens last year (1901) the male was in red colour,

but the female showed no sign of it.

* By some accident these birds have never been registered in the Zoological

Society’s list, but I am quite certain about the species; I took specimens of the live

Pigeons I brought home, to Count T. Salvadori who kindly identified them, being

then at work on the group for the British Mnseum Catalogue of Birds.

1902. | F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 163

Similarly, the adult female Scarlet [bises (Hudocimus ruber) in the

Calcutta Zoological Gardens always remain of a rich salmon-pink, while

the male shows stains of scarlet in places in the spring.

A young female bred in these gardens moulted out white feathers

at first from her brown immature dress, whereas a young male’s first

adult plumage came out pink.

Some of the hens kept in Calcutta, on the other hand, assume in the

breeding season a goitre-like enlargement of the throat; this never

occurs in the cock. ‘The fact that the species here remains red at all is

noteworthy, as in Europe it becomes very pale, getting more so at each

moult, whereas our adult birds here have remained equally bright for

years. ae

The legs of Finches which in the wild state are black, become

usually fleshy white after moulting in confinement, as is well known to

fanciers in the common Goldfinch (Carduelis carduelis). 1 find the same

thing happens with the Himalayan Goldfineh (C. caniceps) when kept

in Calcutta, also with the Eastern race of the Linnet (Acanthis linaria

fringillirostris). The toes are first affected. *

{

G. PArHoLoGicAL VARIATION.

In the cases above-mentioned, the birds seem to be healthy, but

when a bird is in poor health, certain variations present themselves

which are more or less constant and definable. They may occur under

domestication or in the wild state, but are naturally more frequently

observed in the former case, since a sickly bird cannot survive long in

nature.

Baldness in certain places is very common; the lores, and in bad

cases the whole space round the eye, are apt to become bald in the

domestic Duck and its ancestor the Mallard, in unhealthy surroundings,

as when confined in a coop. The nearly allied Spotted-bill (Anas

pecilorhyncha) does not suffer in this way, nor does any other Duck so

far as I know.

Baldness round the eyes also occurs in the Starling (Sturnus

vulgaris) and sometimes in the Rosy Starling (Pastor roseus). In the

latter species I have seen one or two birds affected while the rest,

treated in exactly the same way, were exempt. The head of a tamed

specimen of the Jungle Mynah (Aithsiopsar fuscus), which has become

bald-faced while living at perfect liberty, is figured below. The

resemblance to the normal state of affairs in the adult Rook (Corvus

frugilegus), is obvious, and suggests a hereditary incapacity to retain

the facial plumage in that species.

164 EF, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

Heap or JuNGLE MYNAH, ABNORMALLY BARE IN ACE.

The rump becomes bald in many birds, and the tail-coverts and

lesser wing-coverts drop out.

Baldness over the whole head frequently occurs in caged birds ;

and I have seen it in a wild House Mynah ({ Acridotheres tristis) more

than once. In this case the whole bare skin of the head was bright

yellow like the skin round the eye, which is normally bare in this

species.

In caged House-Mynahs in England (but not in India) I have seen

this circum-ocular skin faded to white, while the bill and feet remained

yellow. The white facial skin characterizes the young bird naturally.

- A Cassowary ( Casuarius galeatus) at the London Zoological Gardens

last year (1901) showed a large amount of irregular naked skin on the

back, which was coloured pink and blue, in faint imitation of the hues

of the bare head and neck. In a Cassowary which recently died at the

Calcutta Zoological Garden I found to my surprise that the skin on the

body was dull white like human skin.

The overgrowth of the bill, claws, and scales of the shank is patho-

logical, and is not necessarily due to old age or absence of wear, which

cannot affect the scales of the shank. I have seen a Canary become

very scaly-legged in its second year, while another, ten years old, had

feet and legs as smooth as a bird of the year.

The feathers frequently become more or less reverted, as in frizzled

fowls, in wild gallinaceous birds kept entirely under cover; this 1 have

seen in India in several species of Pheasants and Quails. In one case a

single hen Pheasant (the species was Phasianus torquatus) was affected,

while a cock and several other hens, kept under the same conditions,

were not.

H. SPONTANEGUS VARIATION UNDER DOMESTICATION.

While Darwin has very fully and completely gone into the question

of the extent of the modifications which can be effected by selective

breeding, little attention seems to have been paid to the range of-spon-

taneous variation in birds under domestication, the material, in fact, on

1902, ] F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 165

which breeders have had to work. I shall therefore take a number of

domestic or protected species in detail, and discuss the colour-variations

to which each appears to be subject without the intervention of selection.

Tue Canary (Serinus serinus canaria). Dr. Bowdler Sharpe in The

British Museum Catalogue of Birds, treats the Wild Canary of the

Atlantic islands as an insular form of the European Serinfinch (Serinus

serinus); it differs from this continental bird in darker colouration and

longer tail. It varies much when not bred systematically.

Birds of the wild colour, called green in the fancy, are common ;

they are often mistaken by people not well-acquainted with Canaries for

Mules or hybrids. They are the strongest imconstitution. Yellow birds

or lutinos are, as is well known, the commonest. They may be either

“buff,” z.e., pale whitish yellow, or “ yellow,” which is bright yellow. If

“‘vellow”’ birds are continually paired, the offspring is scanty in feather.

A pallid form is not rare, in which the plumage is pale brown with

slightly darker streaks; this is the “cinnamon” of the fancy. Once

I have seen specimens of a dark brown form among common singing

Canaries in England. These birds, although undoubtedly pure-bred

Canaries, showed in one or two instances no trace of green or yellow,

being simply warm brown with dark streaks, and looking rather like

hen linnets. White canaries have recently been bred. (Feathered

World, June 13th, 1902, p. 1039.)

I have read of grey forms, but have never seen any such. Pied

birds are very common; the marking is commonly asymmetrical. The

parts most prone to exhibit dark feathers in light-pied birds are

the secondary quills, feathers round the eye, and two outer tail-

feathers. Dark-pied birds run to white in the tail. Cinnamons may

be pied, but no gradation seems to occur between cinnamon and green.

IT have once or twice seen green birds among Chinese specimens

with the central part of the quills and tail marked with yellow as in

the Greenfinch. A male Green Canary I once knew for several years

began to show yellow about the head with advancing age.

The bills and feet of Canaries are horny in the green, and fleshy-

white in the light-coloured types. The retention of the dark colour

in the legs is noteworthy, considering the evanescence of this in wild-

caught captive Finches of other species.

In view of the variability of the tame Canary, the following opposite

instances in allied Finches are interesting :—

Mr. G. C. Swailes (Avicwlétwral Magazine, Vol. I., 1894-95, p. 118)

gives his experience with the Twite in confinement (Acanthis flavirostris).

A pied cock, about half-white, and a pure white hen, being paired,

produced five young; the only two reared were both normally coloured.

166 F. Finn—Generul Notes on Variation in Birds. [ No. 3,

“This” says Mr. Swailes, “I expected, as I have reared a large number

during the past few years from both white, pied, and cinnamon Lesser

Red-polls, and have in-bred them, but have never had one vary in the

least from the normal colour.”

Tue Java Sparrow (Munia oryzivora) of the Hast-Indian Archipel-

ago has long been domesticated in Japan, and tame aud wild specimens

are now both commonly kept as cage-birds. It is not a variable bird

in its wild state ; I have never seen any variation in wild birds of the

species, nor bas Mr. W. Rutledge in his very large experience.

The tame-bred Japanese birds may either be pure white or pied

with the normal colour. Tle dark colouring in this case is confined to

the upper plumage as a rule, but is not very regular. The head is

almost always pure white, and the tail also. The bill, feet, and eyelids

are normal. Dr. A.G. Butler, who has bred the white variety, found

that a young bird he reared was grey above till its first moult ; paired

with a normally coloured cock (which it did not desert for white ones)

it produced two young like its own first plumage, one like a young wild

bird, and two intermediate, allin the same brood. (Foreign Finches

wn captivity, p. 262).

Mr. F. Groser, who has also bred both forms in Calcutta, tells me

that they kept distinct whenever they could find mates of their own

colour.

The tame white birds are larger and stronger than the wild type.

They are more phlegmatic, but also more spiteful; the small sexual

distinction, in the stouter and larger head and bill of the male, is more

marked. The song of the white birds is quite different, according to

Dr. Butler.

Tue Suare-raicen Fincn (Uroloncha acuticauda) of Eastern Asia

has also long been domesticated in Japan, and its tame forms are the

‘‘ Bengalee” of English fanciers. Dr. A.G. Butler, who in his Foreign

Finches in Captivity beautifully figures the three tame varieties, con-

siders with the late J. Abrahams that this little domestic. Finch origi-

nated in a cross between the Striated Finch (Uroloncha striata) and the

Indian Silver-bill (Aidemosyne malaharica). I cannot agree with this,

as my observation of these birds leads me to conclude they are simply

derivatives of the Sharp-tailed Finch (Uroloncha acuticauda) ; 1 have

never seen one resembling the Silver-bill or the Striated Finch, and all

three species are well known to me in life as well as in the skin.

The late Dr. K. Russ, the greatest authority on small birds in captivity,

gave Urolonchu acuticauda asthe ancestor of the domestic bird. Some

tame forms resemble the type, but they are generally pied with white,

the amount of this colour varying from a few white feathers to complete

1902. | F. Finn--General Notes on Variation in Birils. 167

whiteness. The pied markings are irregular and unnatural-looking.

There is a cinnamon form, showing the markings of the dark-brown

type on a fawn-coloured ground. This is generally pied with white,

grading, as the dark-pied birds do, into complete whiteness, and pied

irregularly like them.

Pure white birds are less common than pied ones, but more so than

_ dark-brown typical or pure cinnamon birds. “

There is no intergradation between the brown and cinnamon forms.

The bill and legs vary as in the Canary; they are normally

coloured in normal or nearly normal types, fleshy white in cinnamon,

white, and light-pied forms The upper chap may be black and the

lower fleshy white, in correspondence with the head-marking, —

The cinnamon and white forms are smaller than the dark-brown

ones. :

THe ContareD Dove (Turtur risorius). The exact origin of the

domestic Turéle-dove is unknown ; its varieties are of three types. The

ordinary form is creamy-fawn with drab primaries and white tips to

the tail-feathers except the central pair; a half-collar on the nape

and the proximal half of all the tail-feathers below are black. The

bill is black, the iris red, the feet purple-red, and the eyelids creamy-

white. The sexes are similar, though the cocks are almost impercep-

tibly lighter about the head. The young have no distinct collar, have

fieshy-coloured bills and paler red feet. This form does not vary more

than a wild bird, and English- and Indian-bred specimens are alike.

There is also a white form with a flesh-coloured bill and paler red

eyes; the pupil is often red (non-pigmented) in these. This may have

a dark collar, but is generally without it.

There is an intermediate form, coloured generally as in the common

type, but with the primaries white, collar drab, all tail feathers white

but the two central, which are buff, and grey at base of tail below

instead of black. The bill in this form is flesh-coloured and the irides

light red as in the white birds, I have only seen this in India.

Mr. D. Ezra, to whom I showed birds of this intermediate form

tells me he got somewhat similar birds by crossing the white and black-

collared fawn types. He is sure they were not pied or splashed as

Pigeons often are,

I have seen in cages of these Doves specimens of a drab colour with

with dark ring, identical in plumage with the wild T. dowraca of India,

but in the absence of opportunities of studying these individuals I cannot

say whether they were tame or wild specimens ; I think the latter.

THe Rocx-Piazon (Columba livia and intermedia) has been so

long bred selectively that it is not a good species on which to study

168 F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. { No. 3,

spontaneous variation, since it is hard to find it ina really unselected

state. Both the Western and Eastern forms produce chequered indivi-

duals when wild.

By studying Pigeons not selected for-colour, or living in a semi-

feral state, asin towns where they pick up their living in the streets,

the following leading types are evident :—

(a) Asin wild type; common, but not the most numerous.

(b) Silver, a pallid form, greyish cream-colour with the wing-bars

and tail-tip dark drab ; bill flesh-colour. Not uncommon. Correct for

many breeds.

black ; very common, in fact the most numerous in semi-feral pigeons,

and also occurring frequently among birds in a perfectly wild state.

(a) Silver-chequer, the corresponding marking in cream and drab.

(e) A sandy-red form with grayish white primaries, rump and tail;

very common. Often the wings are chequered with whitish, when the

bird is a red chequer,

(f) Silver-dun; a sort of ashy-grey, with dark-reddish-brown

neck and wing-bars ; no tail-bar ; very common,

(g) Black, of a dull slaty shade, very common.

(h) Pure white ; rare.

Intermediate pied and splashed forms are numerous, generally

asymmetrical; the quills and tail are often more or less white, or

again may be markedly darker than the body when this is or white. In

this case the marking is symmetrical, but ill-defined. Blue and

black, blue and blue chequer, and blue chequer and black, grade into

each other commonly; but not, as a rule at all events, any of the blue

shades with red or silver ; nor do these last grade into black as a rule.

The beak is fleshy-white in light forms, the feet and eyes remain-

ing normal, except in whites, where the eyes are dark (‘‘bull” of

the fancy).

The pigeon certainly shows convincingly what can be done by

careful selection of structural variations, for in its feral state it is

not by any means a structurally variable bird. In form a lot of feral

pigeons are as uniform as most wild birds, and much more so than

some species.

THe Bopeericar (Melopsittacus undulatus). This little Australian

Parrakeet, known in books as the Undulated Grass-Parrakeet, has been

exported only during the last half-century, and many are still brought

over ; but it is largely bred in captivity.

In domestication the usual colour is the typical one, but three yarie-

tal forms occur.

1902.] F, Finn— General Notes on Variation in Birds. 169

One isa pallid form, of a general greenish-yellow tint with the

dark markings faintly indicated ; the blue cheek spots are present in

full development. I have seen at least five of this form.

Another is a pure lutino, clear uniform yellow throughout

pink eyes. I have seen two of this type.

Two blue specimens, in each case the offspring of yellow birds,

have been known. (J. Abrahams, vide Mr. R. Phillipps, Aviculturat

Magazine, Vol. VIIL, 1902, p. 75.)

One or other of He first two is being fixed by breeders, but cannot

say to which form the “Yellow Budgerigars” so often advertised belong.

I have seen no pied, splashed, or otherwise intermediate forms.

Tae Bios Mountain Lorixeet (Trichoglossus swainsoni) was bred

yearly for about four years previous to 1890, at the Blackpool Aqua-

rium and Menagerie, according to Mr. W. Osbaldeston (Avicultural

Magazine, Vol. VIII, p. 167, 1902). Mr. Osbaldeston, after giving

an account of the conditions under which the birds were kept, says

“One year a very curious, handsome, ‘sportively’ plumaged bird was

reared. The head was red with lacings of white, and the shoulders

were tinted with green. The greater portions of all other parts of

wings, body, and tail were of a bright chrome yellow, intermixed with

green feathers here and there; and the tail feathers were tipped with

red ; making a really handsome, showy, and rare bird. It was a young

bird in May 1891, and was alive some three years afterwads to my

knowledge. I went many times to look at and admire this rare-feath-

ered Lorikeet. . . On one occasion, I noticed that its claws had

grown very long. It was always kept in the same cage with the

others.”

» with

Tar Paeasant (Phasianus colchicus) has been more or less artificial-

ly cared for ever since the time of the Romans, and so may be fairly

reckoned a protected bird. Its variations fall into two main types :—

The pallid “ Bohemian” form, in which the cock’s ground-colour

is a lustreless buff, with the usual dark edgings to the feathers and

dark neck almost devoid of gloss. [ can find no account of the hen.

The white form, which is found in both sexes.

Intermediates between Bohemian and normal seem not to occur.

White-pied birds are common; the white marking is irregular and

mostly confined to the upper surface. Pied birds will produce their

like if paired, and will give some pied offspring with normal birds ;

but a white and a normal bird will not usually produce pieds, though

some whites may be bred from such a mating. (Tegetmeier, Pheasants

for Coverts and Aviaries, 3rd edition, 1897, p. 150).

White specimens are weaker than normal.

J. 1, 22

170 F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

Tar Gonpen ParasAnt (Chrysolophus pictus) of China has been

bred in confinement over a century.

It is generally true to the type, but a variety, the Black-throated

Gold Pheasant, is known (C. pictus obscwrus of Schlegel) in which the

cock’s cheeks and throat are dark brown instead of buff, and the scapulars

blackish instead of bright red, while all the tail-feathers are barred, the

central ones with the rest. The hen of this form is darker than that

of the type, as also are the chicks. It is believed to bea variation

which has arisen in captivity, as it is only known in that state.

As the Amherst Pheasant (@. amherstix) the only near relative of

the Golden species, has a dark throat and barred central tail-feathers,

the peculiarities of this form seem to be more probably due to a

reversion to the ancestral type of the genus than to an approach to

melanism.

Mr. P. Castang, the well-known wild-fowl dealer of Leadenhall

market, tells me that this variety used to be more common, but was not

liked, on account of its dull appearance.

Tue Sinver PHEAsantT (Gennaeus nycthemerus) has given no varia-

tions in captivity.

THE Fowt (Gallus gallus) is obviously excessively variable in colour-

ation. As I showed some time ago (Nature, Jan. 30, 1902, p. 297) the

characteristic colours of all except the highly specialized pencilled, laced

and spangled breeds occur in common Indian Bazaar fowls.

I stated on this occasion that the colouration of rufous with a

black tail was not recognized as correct for any breed in hens, but in

making this statement I overlooked the Nankeen Bantam breed, in

which both sexes are thus coloured. This colouration is perhaps the

commonest met with in domestic poultry allowed to interbreed freely.

A few more details may here be added :—

The colour of the legs and feet in unselected fowls varies much,

being fleshy-white, blue-grey, black, yellow, or olive-green (“ willow ” of

the fancy). The only intermediate form which occurs is the black-

mottled white or yellow accepted for Houdans and Anconas respectively

The ear-lobe, as in the wild bird, varies from red to white; it may

present a combination of the two colours. Creamy-yellow ear-lobes also

occur. The ear-lobe is blue in the dark-skinned ‘“ Silky ” breed.

The bill is dark as in the wild bird except in birds which have

white or yellow legs, in which case the bill is of the same colour, some-

times marked along the ridge with black.

The naked skin of the comb and face, &c., is uniformly red as a

rule, whereas the wild-bird’s face is flesh-coloured. A dark purple

face may occur, as in the Brown-Red Game, which is hence called

1902. ] F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 171

‘‘ eipsy-faced.” The whole skin, as is well-known, is dark in the Silky

breed, as is also in this case the periosteum of the bones. This breed

has white plumage, but usually dark-faced fowls are dark-feathered

also. I have never seen a dark-faced cock in India except, of course, a

“Silky.”

The comb in mongrel fowls is usually single; but rose-combs often

occur, and pea-combs less: commonly. The single comb is always larger

than in the Jungle-fowl, and higher and more arched in outline in the

cocks. The wattles are also larger, and are developed in the hens,

which is not usually the case in the wild bird. Small crests and a muff

of feathers on the throat occur in mongrel fowls of both sexes, but not

together asa rule. Tame hens are also often spurred, which is rarely

the case in the Jungle-fowl, though Blyth obtained such a specimen.

The legs and feet are always larger and coarser in tame fowls than in

wild, and the tail is carried more erect.

The wattles may be occasionally aborted, and a median dewlap

take their place., This tends to be the case in the Indian Aseel or fight-

ing-cock ; and in two fighting-cocks of a larger breed, from Saigon, I saw

at Mr, Rutledge’s establishment some time back, not only were the

wattles absent and replaced by a dewlap, but there were no earlobes

either. Their combs were small and non-serrated, and as the neck and

head were all bare and red, the general appearance strikingly recalled

that of a Condor (Sarcorhamphus gryphus).

Tue Peacock (Pavo cristatus) varies at times in its wild state in

India. Mr. Hume (Game-birds and Wild-fowl of India, Vol. I., p. 89)

records, on Sanderson’s authority, two hens of a dirty yellow. Mr.

W. Rutledge once received a cock of the colour of a new copper coin,

as he described it.

Most tame Peafowl conform to the ordinary wild type.

_ White specimens are not rare, with fleshy-white bills and feet.

Pied specimens are also not uncommon ; the colouration, though not quite

regular, and unlikea natural marking, follows certain rules, the neck, pri-

mary quills and belly being white, and the rest of the plumage coloured.

- Most important of all is the Japan or Black-winged form (Pavo

nigripennis of Sclater) in which the male has all the wing, except the

primaries, black, glossed at the edges with blue and green; the primaries

are chestnut with clouding of black along the shaft and edge. The thighs

are also black in this form, and the train more glossed with copper than

in the type. The hen in this variety is white with the upper surface

grizzled with black, and longitudinal central black splashes on the rump-

feathers ; the tail is black, and the primaries chestnut as in the male.

The feet ave fleshy-white in both sexes.

WG? F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

The young are all white in the down and first feather, with a pink

flush on the wings ; but the young cocks soon become dark. The variety

has been abundantly shown by Darwin to arise in either sex as a sport

from the type in domestication; it seems in one instance to have occur-

red wild. It is smaller and weaker than typical birds, and not a match

for them ; yet when they are allowed to interbreed indiscriminately the

black-winged form swamps the other. Mr. Castang tells me that black-

winged birds will throw back to the type, but generally speaking the

variety breeds true. i

Tue Guinea-FOwL (Numida meleagris), although so recently domes-

ticated, varies a great deal. I have discussed the colour-variations in

Nature (June 5th, 1902, p. 126). Since then I have seen two or three of

a type I had only previously seen in one pied bird, 1.¢., lavender without

spots. I find self-coloured birds of this type have barred primaries

like the dark-purplish self-coloured birds.

Mr. L. Wright (Joc. cit. infra) says that pied birds are the result of

crossing white and coloured specimens.

There is also a form with white ground-colour and dark spots, but

this Ihave never seen. (L. Wright’s Illustrated Book of Poultry, Cassell

& Co., 1890, p. 511). In all the forms the white of the lower cheeks

invades most of the sides of the head and neck; and in most birds, even

the normally coloured ones, the toes and more or less of the shanks are

orange yellow. The white of the face also often invades the wattles, and

both these and the face may be stained with blue.

The loose naked skin of the throat is much more developed in

Indian than in English Guinea-fowls, often forming a dewlap an inch

deep, and frequently coloured a bright sky-blue instead of dull

purple.

I procured some time ago a normally-coloured male specimen with

a pendulous throat-tuft of feathers coloured like the adjacent feathered

part of the neck, of a plain purplish-slate.

Tue Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo) of Mexico was found domesticated

when the Spaniards invaded America, and very soon was kept in Europe.

It has not been bred selectively till lately.

The colour-variations in domestication are few and well-defined.

The typical bronze form is not very common in Hurope; and in India

I have only seen it once in seven years’ residence. This bird in colour

exactly resembled the plate of this species in Elliot’s Monograph of the

Phasianide. The commonest type is one in which the bronze part of

the plumage is replaced by black, bronze only in certain lights, the brown

aud white markings being retained.

The pure black form is also not uncommon.

1902. ] EF, Finu—General Notes on Variation in Birds, iy (2:

A white form with the body and tail-feathers subterminally barred

with black in a very regular manner is not infrequent; the primaries in

this are smoky-black on the inner and white on the outer web, not

barred as one would expect. Pure white, fawn, and grey varieties

occur in Kurope, but apparently not in India.

The legs of dark forms of domestic birds are horn-colour, not pink

as in the wild bird; in light forms they are pinky-white.

The occurrence of a downy crest in tame Turkeys has been discussed

by Darwin ; I have never come across an instance.

The tame Turkey shows a distinct increase in the size of the naked

head processes and carunculations as compared with the wild bird; and

the tame Turkeys of India, as Blyth long ago remarked, similarly show

a marked increase of development of these parts as compared with

THuropean domestic specimens.

The feet are also coarser than in the wild bird.

Tue Mute Swan (Cygnus olor) of Central Europe and Asia has been

tame for many centuries in Hurope, but has practically lived the life of

a wild bird, largely shifting for itself, and often, when left unpinioned,

reverting to the wild state, so that its exact natural range is doubtful.

The species has continued true to type except for the production of

one well-marked variety :—

The Polish Swan (Cygnus immutabilis of Yarrell). In this the

plumage is white at all ages; and the nestling-down is white. The feet

are flesh- or clay-coloured instead of black, and the frontal knob is

smaller. Sometimes the cygnets are fawn-coloured in this form.

The variety is known to be propagated truly for at least one genera-

tion. It has occurred in a wild or feral condition, and has been bred from

the ordinary type both in England and of late years on the continent.

Intermediate forms occur, for the characters are not sufficiently

constant to allow of this type ranking as a species, to say nothing of its

origin. Those few specimens which I have seen were, however, all

readily recognizable and typical. The variation is not recorded to bo at

all sexually limited.

Tue Moscovy Duck (Catrina moschata) of Tropical America, was,

like the Turkey, found in a domesticated state by the Spaniards, but it

also exists wild.

Domestic birds are often nearly true to the wild type, but seldom

completely so, as they usually show a few white feathers about the head.

The head and upper neck are often grizzled throughout with black and

white, ending very definitely, while the rest of the body remains normal.

Pied birds are common, the black being usually mostly restricted

to the crest, back, and tail, but the marking is not very regular. The

174 F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

primaries are always white in pied birds. A variety with white body

and black crest occurs, and has been fixed as the “‘ Peruvian ” breed.

A slate-grey variety occurs, but is rare.

Pure black and pure white specimens are not uncommon.

The bill and feet in the latter are pale sickly yellow, and the irides

light blue, instead of the usual orange-brown.

The bill and feet remain normal in most birds, but the terminal

portion of the toes and webs are often pale yellow in pied birds, the

rest of the limb remaining normal. The bare face of the drake varies

much in extent and development, being either moderate and smooth, or

excessively carunculated. It is sometimes nearly all black instead of

red, even in white birds. The duck has the bare face and carunculations

like the drake, but on a smaller scale, and the development varies

similarly. ,

The form is often heavy and clumsy, but the birds can generally

fly, and often display a strong perching instinct.

Tue Grey-Lac Goosr (Anser ferus) of the temperate parts of the

Old World is the oldest of all domesticated birds, a white tame variety

having been known in the days of Homer. It is unusually variable in

the wild state, according to Mr. Hume (Game Birds of India, Vol. II1.,

pp. 68, 64). Ihave not noticed the variations he mentions, the com-

paratively few birds I have seen having been very uniform, but I have

several times seen a slight difference of colour which he does not appear

to have found, viz., the nail of the bill being horn-coloured instead of

white. Mr. J. G. Millais (Wild-fowler in Scotland, p. 31) records a

white Grey-lag which for four winters frequented the Tay Valley with

others of its species—thison the authority of a Mr. C. M. Innes, who

ultimately wounded but lost it. ;

This goose has varied very little m colour, presenting only the

following types :—

(a) Resembling the wild form ; correct for Toulouse breed.

(b) Silver-grey ; only known as a sport in Toulouse ganders. The

case, as reported by a well-known water-fowl breeder, Mr. J. K. Fowler,

in Mr. L. Wright’s Illustrated Book of Poultry (Cassell & Co., 1890),

p. 559, is so important that it may be given in full :—‘‘ Some time ago

I bought for a change of blood a fine gander from a celebrated fancier,

which differed from my own strain in colour, being of a beautiful silver-

grey instead of dark like my own, though otherwise the markings were

exactly similar. I bred from him that year some splendid stock, which

all took after their maternal relatives in colour with one exception,

consisting of a gander, which came of exactly the same hue as his sire.

Since that time, in each succeeding year, I find one or two—seldom

1902. } B, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 175

more—come silver-grey ; and strange to say, they are always ganders,

and generally remarkably fine, and superior to their brothers. I have

never yet bred a single goose of this lighter shade.”

(d) Sandy-coloured ; never seen by me, “ Sandy-coloured (common)

geese are not infrequentin some parts.” (Rev. Dr. Goodacre on The

Question of the Identity of Species of the Common Domestic and the Chinese

Goose, P.Z.S., 1879, p. 711.)

‘The bill and feet in all tame birds are usually orange, but still a

good many have flesh-coloured feet. The irides are dark except in

white or light-pied birds, wherein they are blue.

Pied intermediates are common, ranging from white- -quilled birds

to the more common type of white body Bain erey neck and head,

patch on back, and one on each flank. Ganders are almost always

white in rongh-bred geese ; seldom grey, and still more seldom pied.

Mr. Hewitt found that in crossing the Embden and Toulouse, for

which he preferred females of the latter and a male of the former, that

the goslings came “ ‘saddle-backed’ in the feather, with the head and

upper portion of the neck grey, and a patch of the same colour on the

thighs, the whole of the remainder of the plumage being white. Sin-

gularly enough, the majority of the young ganders and a fair proportion

of the geese thus bred are slightly crested, though this peculiarity is

not possessed by either parent.’ (Cassell’s Illustrated Book of Poultry,

p. 562.) Tame geese are much heavier in build than wild, but can fly.

THe Prink-FooTeD Goose (Anser brachyrhynchus) produces a variety

with the feet and band across the bill orange instead of pink in the

wild state (see Sir R. Payne-Gallwey, Letters to Young Shooters, p..69,

foot-note). The same variation occurs in semi-domestication.

Mr. Cecil Smith, in Mr. H. H. Dresser’s Birds of Hurope (pp. 71,

72, published 1878), writes :—

' “ My original pair were perfectly true Pink-footed Geese, there

being no suspicion of orange about the bill or legs and feet of either :

the colour on these parts, however, became very pale and faded after

the breeding-season, and continued so long into the autumn, but to-

wards the end of autumn it got much brighter, the colour being most

intense at the beginning of the breeding-season ; it is the same with those

of their young which have orange legs and Hille: This pair hatched

three young in 1872; of these only one reached maturity. The leg,

and bills of the young were all alike, very dark olive-green, showing

no trace of pink as long as they were in the down; but soon after they

began to assume their feathers the colour on the legs and bills began to

disclose itself, and those parts in the only survivor of this brood were

176 F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

and still are orange. Since then the old ones have bred every year,

some of the young having orange legs and bills, and some pink like

their parents. This year the first orange-legged one, a female, had a

brood, some of which had orange and some pink bills and legs. I have

never seen any mixture of the colours, the legs and bill being either bright

orange or bright pink ; there seems to be no gradation between the two.

As to the bills, the dark portion (that is, the nail and the base) remains

the same whether the other part is orange or pink; in fact, the only

part of the bill that shows any change is the part which in the Pink-

footed Goose is usually pink.”

Tue Cutnese Goose (Cygnopsis cygnoides) of astern Asia has long

been domesticated in China and has been known as a tame bird in

Europe for more than a century.

This Goose as usually seen in England shows two varieties. One in

which the colour of the wild type is preserved throughout, and a pure

white type, with bill as well as feet orange. I do not remember seeing

intermediate pied forms, which no doubt occur.

The bill is shorter than in the wild type, and at the base there is

a fleshy knob, level with the forehead above, and noticeably better-

developed in the male. The form is of course heavier than would be

the case in a wild bird.

The species can be modified to a greater extent, for the large Swa-

tow breed, while typical in colour, has a very large knob, a pendulous

feathered dewlap and abdominal fold.

A smaller lighter breed is imported to India from China, inferior in

size to the type and much darker and greyer in colour, with the feet as

well as the bill black, only just tinged with orange. There is no

gular or abdominal flap, but the frontal knob is well developed, and

the beak short.

The geese kept in India were considered by Blyth to be hybrids

between the Chinese and the common goose, but so far as I have seen

they show, in colour at all events, no trace of the latter. Their colour is

not very often completely normal, as they frequently show some orange

at the base of the beak, a white-band of feathers round the base of the

upper mandible, and a more or less perfect white belt across the breast.

White birds are as described above. Pied birds are common, and

usually have the dark colour on the back, flanks, and head. They are

just as often gandersas geese, so that white is not sexually limited in —

this race.

The nasal knob is never very large, and grades into complete

absence. Two young specimens imported direct from China, and

normally coloured, had each a small round tuft at the back of the head.

1902. ] F, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 177

The Mauutarp (Anas boschas) of the Northern Hemisphere has been

domesticated since the beginning of the Christian era, and has given

rise to several distinct breeds. It varies to some extent when wild, and

a great deal in an unselected condition, as when kept in India; the

varieties are best considered separately as to sex.

The leading variations in drakes are as follows :—

(a) As in wild type; rare ; correct for Rouen breed.

(b) As above, but no bay breast or white collar, the pencilled-grey

of the under-surface running up to the green neck; common; said to

supervene with old age in domesticated birds of recent wild stock.

flanks ; common.

(d@) Black with a white patch on breast.

(e) Blue grey but with the usual markings ; breast warm brown.

(f) Pure white; correct for Aylesbury, White Call, and Pekin

breeds, the last-named being tinged with yellow.

Intermediate types are very common, generally irregularly mark-

ed ; the breast is the first part to show abnormal white feathering, then

the wings. I have never seen a pure black duck among mongrel Indian

birds.

One pied type recurs so frequently, in various colours, that it

deserves special mention. In this the head, breast and shoulders, and

hinder part of body are coloured, the rest white. This is the correct

marking for the new Indian Runner breed, in which the coloured part

of the plumage must be fawn in tint.

As in the fowl, the female varies more than the male :—

(a) As in wild type; rare. i

. (b) As above, but light and dark head-markings obsolete, all head

being uniformly speckled ; speculum often whitish or brown like rest

of wing.

shading into white ; speculum normal ; common.

(d) As in wild type, but ground-colour much cen rich warm

brown, correct for female of Rouen breed; common,

(e) Black with white patch on breast; speculum often whitish ;

* common,

(f) Blue-grey, often with dark edging to the feather; not

uncommon,

(gq) Pure white ; correct for Aylesbury and other white breeds.

(h) White, with coloured speculum and some dark colour on rest

of wings. Drakes are never marked like this.

The intermediate types are very numerous; the markings in pied

J. 1, 23

178 F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

ducks are the same as in pied drakes, which is remarkable when the

great natural difference between the sexes is considered. For instance,

the type with white neck, wings, and belly, and coloured head, breast

and stern, corresponds closely with the drake so marked, and is correct

for the female of Indian Runners.

The colour of the bill varies cee the iris, however, is not

noticeably variable, being always dark asin the wild form. The legs

and feet are always orange except in black and dark black-pied birds,

where they are black or black with orange toes respectively; I have

also seen some light brown types with dark olive feet, in females. The

female’s beak is extremely variable, usually a mixture of orange and

black in varying proportions; but it may be black-and-slate in the

darker and some of the lighter types. In white birds it is generally

orange, but should be fleshy white in the Aylesbury, a colour not seen

in Indian mongrels.

The drake’s bill varies much as the duck’s, being most commonly

yellow or orange, often pied with black at the ridge and base. I never

saw dark olive legs in a drake ; except in black or black-pied birds they

are always orange. The legs‘and general form are always coarse.

The Ostricn (Struthio camelus) has been domesticated for thirty

years in Cape Colony (Mr. C. Schreiner, Zoologist, 4th series, Vol. L,

1897, pp. 99, 100).

An abrupt variation occurs in the colour of the naked skin, which

is fleshy in some individuals, and grey of a dark or light shade

in others. This difference of skin colouration is the main point relied

upon to distinguish the various wild races now ranked as species.

The plumage of the cocks varies from jet-black to rusty brown, the

latter hue predominating in the moister coast districts. They may

be more or less spotted with white, and in some the body feathers are

curled. The hens vary from dark rich brown to light brown, grey,

or ash; they may have wing and tail-plumes white, or be barred

with white; and a male-plumaged specimen was in Mr. Schreiner’s

possession.

IT. Moran VaRiapi.ity.

Variation in disposition is very familiar to bird fanciers, and as

examples I may perhaps be allowed to detail some observations I made

recently on two members of the Babbler group (Timeliidae or Cratero-

podidae) the Red-billed Liothrix (Liothriz luteus) and the striated Reed-

Babbler (Argya eazliz).

Thad a couple of dozen of the former and one of the latter in a large

cage together. Before the Babbler had been many days in the cage I

began to notice the Liothrix often tickling and scratching its head, as

1902.] ¥F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 179

they habitually do to each other, but the recipient of this kind attention

did not try to return it.

After a little time I introduced cight more Reed-Babblers into the

cage, six adults and two young birds. . They fraternized with each other

and the other member of their species, but before long I had to remove

one bird, a young one, for bullying the Liothrix. Twice I caught it

holding a Liothrix by the nape and keeping it suspended in the air as

it perched, in one case the victim losing many of its feathers on escap-

ing. It also drove the Liothrix from the food in sheer wantonness,

whereas the other Babblers displayed no such selfish spirit. The bird

was amicable enough with members of its own species. The Liothrix

bore no grudge against these for the bad behaviour of their compatriot,

for after its removal I saw one of them caressing one of the remaining

Reed-Babblers in the usual way. But I never saw these take any

trouble to return the compliment, any more than did the solitary indi-

vidual. However, I did not long keep them in the company of smaller

birds.

The Liothrix itself varies in temperament, although usually to be

described as tame though nervous, harmless and good-natured; of the

two dozen birds alluded to, one, a fine male with a large stout bill and

somewhat clouded with black below (A) was inquisitive, always coming

near me when Lapproach the cage; but he would not usually take food

from my fingers. He was fonder of seed than any of the rest, and was not

mischievous, though well able to hold his own. The others did not

dislike him on account of his colour variation, unsightly as it was. Very

likely his fondness for seed was responsible for the change.

_ Another bird (B) also a male, witha very short bill, was tame, would

feed from the fingers, and was slightly inclined to be mischievous. When

I put in an unfledged Paradise Flycatcher (Terpsiphone paradist), this

specimen made several attempts to pull it off the perch by the tail.

B was not spiteful, but A, in spite of his bigger beak, was afraid of him.

A third male (C) normally coloured, with largish bill, was very

tame, alighted on a food tray while I had it in my hand, and would peck

from my fingers. It pecked several times at the head of the young

Flycatcher above alluded to, and also bullied a young Tailorbird (Ortho-

tomus sutorius) I put in experimentally. The second bird mentioned

made no attempt to molest this little creature, in spite of his inhospitable

behaviour towards the Flycatcher a few days previously. Nor did most

of the other specimens touch either young bird, so that the interference

Was unusual in this species. On one occasion I saw CU mischievously

jerking and pulling B by the tail, while another was combing B’s

feathers.

180 F. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. [N 0-3,

Here, then, we have in two species of the same natural group con-

siderable variation in disposition, both individual and specific.

J. VARIATION IN MENTAL POWERS.

Iti is familiar to bird-fanciers that some individuals of a species

deans to speak or sing with greater facility than others. 3

In talking Hill-Mynahs (Hvlabes intermedia) and Parrots of vari-

ous species everyone must have noticed how few specimens can clearly

enunciate words. I have only seen two of the above Mynahs which I

should call good talkers, and one of these was more perfect than the

other.

Sex may be supposed to make some difference, jut two out of the

only three clearly-speaking Parrots I have known were females; these

were a red-and-yellow Macaw (Ara macao) anda common Ring-necked

Indian Parrakeet (Palzornis torquatus). The other was an African

grey Parrot (Psitiucus erithacus) whose sex I do not know.

I also noticed in a brood of young Cormorants (Phalacrocorax

javanicus) I reared some years ago, that one was so tame that I could

carry it about on my hand, while another was so wild and vicious that

it was difficult to handle it at all.

Two young Bayas or Weavers (Ploceus atrigula) which I recently reared varied

exceedingly in intellectual powers. Both were confiding, but one was also nervous

and stupid, dashing off in aimless flights, and when coming to me settling some-

times on my nose; while the other’s excursions were much more purposeful, and

it would freely alight on my head or shoulder, or on those of others, hardly ever

trying to settle on the face.

K. Variation In TASTE.

A few instances of special preferences or the reverse in diet seem

worth recording.

Mr. Meldrum of this city tells me that a Bhimraj (Dissemurus

paradiseus) in his possession will not eat cockroaches ; the specimens I

have kept have usually done so readily, although supplied. as his — aS,

with other insects.

T have noted above (p. 179) inone Liothrix (L. luteus) out of two

dozen kept under the same conditions, a strong appetite for canary-seed.

T have heard of a pair which ultimately killed themselves by too much

indulgence in this article of food, although they had a choice.

Sexual variations in taste have been fully dealt with by Darwin,

and it is plain that individual inclination to breed outside the species

frequently occurs. (Descent of Man, 2nd edition, 1899, pp. 414, 415).

The aversion to particular males, however, often alluded to, is very

1902. | FB. Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds. 181

probably due in many cases to the male in question not being strong

enough to coerce a refractory female. Darwin mentions this (Descent

of Man, second edition, 1899, p. 417) with regard to the fowl; and in

the case of the Pigeon and Canary, the more frequent occurrence of

the phenomenon seems to be connected with the greater Suey of

the sexes.

I once witnessed a case in which a male domestic collared dove

(Turtur risorius) confined in a hutch with a recently wild caught Turtle-

dove (T. auritus) female, bullied the unfortunate bird till she was nearly

scalped, with the result that oma she laid, although no young

were hatched from the eggs,

Had she been the stronger bird, this would certainly not have

happened ; I have seen a ora Muscovy duck repulse ignominiously

a male common drake which tried to pair with her.

The converse case, of a cock strongly objecting to a particular hen,

has been recently recorded with the fowl by (Bateson, Royal Society

Reports to the Evolution Oommittee, I., 1902, p. 100).

L. VarRtation In Hapsirts.

Some habits of birds, such as the method of showing off to the

female, of manipulating food—with or without the use of the feet—seem

remarkably constant, but the ordinary way of living is subject to

considerable variation. Darwin and Wallace have given a good deal of

evidence on this head, and perhaps it will not be considered out of place

if a little more be added.

The Pariah-kite of India (IMlilvus govinda), habitually takes cooked

vegetable food in default of meat, such as boiled rice, bread, &e.

The White-breasted Kingfisher (Halcyon smyrnensis), a bird of

varied general feeding-habits, as it takes both fish and land-animals

such as earthworms, occasionally practises piracy ; one which haunts the

tank in the Museum grounds has taken to robbiug the Dabchicks

(Podicipes albipennis) living there of their fish ; I have seen it make several

_ attempts, one at least successfully.

The King-crow (Dicrurus ater) of India, although usually preying

for itself, also practises piracy at times; and though normally insect-

ivorous, it will also attack small birds and fish.

The Indian House-crow (Corvus splendens), though usually carrying

objects with its beak like Passerine birds generally, may be occasionally

seen carrying something in its feet like a bird of prey. As the object

‘is always according to my experience, valueless, a leaf, bit of dry cow-

dung, or astick,it would seem that the prudence of the crow prevents the

bird from experimenting on articles of food in this way, lest they be lost.

182 F. Finn— General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3,

This crow certainly does learn new habits; those at the Museum

are afraid to fish things out of the tank, but down by the Hooghly they

take objects off water readily. At the Grand Hotel in Calcutta they

have learnt to catch food on the wing, owing to being fed by residents

in this way.

Mr. A. L. Butler observed in the Andamans one individual of the

Chestnut-headed Bee-eater (Melittophagus swinhow) capturing small

beetles while clinging to a bank, while others of the species were

hawking insects on the wing in the ordinary way. (Journ. B.N.HLS.,

Vol. XII., p. 561).

I had a common domestic drake which learned to fly up and perch

on a seat in company with two Muscovy ducks kept with him. His

general power of flight also improved much by his association with

these birds, which, as usual with the species, were much more powerful

and ready with their wings than common ducks.

Rai R. B. Sanyal Bahadur records that some Wigeons (Mareca

penelope) and White-eyed Pochards (Nyroca africana) kept in an aviary

with many other birds learned in this way to fly up to the perches and

sit there. (Hand-book to the Management of Animals in Captivity im

Lower Bengal, p. 309, Calcutta, 1892).*

I observed that some common Teal (Nettium crecca) confined in an-

other aviary at the same garden (Calcutta) used to perch on the narrow

ridges of nest-boxes. This was also in all probability an acquired habit,

as this Teal seems never to perch when wild. No other non-perching

ducks in the same aviary acquired the habit, not even the Garganeys

(Querquedula circia), nor the Wigeons or White-eyed Pochards, though

perching ducks were confined with them.

CONCLUSIONS.

In most of this paper I have merely tried to record some facts

which may be useful to students of variation, but with regard to the

facts concerning the range of variation in domesticated birds given in

Section H. (p. 164), the following conclusions seem justifiable :—

Domestication seems not to induce variation directly ; it merely

gives varietal individuals a better chance of surviving and multiplying,

and of producing secondary varieties by crossing with each other or

with the type. The frequent occurrence of varieties in the wild state

shows that the tendency to produce them is there just as strongly.

Were domestication to act in inducing variability by the change of

conditions, we should expect to find our protected species varying more

* The writer includes the Mandarin Duck (A. galericulata) as one of the species

that acquired the perching habit ; but this bird is naturally a percher.

1902. | FB, Finn—General Notes on Variation in Birds, 183

in proportion as they were more unnaturally treated. But this is not the

case ; the Java Sparrow and Collared Dove, bred for generations in small

cages, do not vary more than wild birds ; whereas the Pheasant, which

lives almost a completely natural life, is more variable than these.

Climate does not directly induce colour-variation. The same colours

constantly recur in domestic birds in Europe and in India, without

variation in intensity. But some types of colouration may be absent

altogether in one or the other country. Here an indirect action of

climate, weeding out colours which are correlated with an unsuitable

constitution, may be reasonably suspected.

For so soon as a correlation between colour and some constitutional

quality is detected, it will probably be found that selection steps in

even in domesticated birds not bred for colour, Fighting cocks are very

variable in colour, being judged solely by courage and prowess in the

pit, and hence not selected deliberately for colour-points. Yet the

quasi-natural selection to which they are exposed seems to act in sup-

pressing some few colours; cuckoo-coloured (barred-grey) birds—so

common among unselected fowls—were rare in English fighting game,

and I have never seen a cuckoo-coloured Aseel or Indian game-cock. In

this breed, which is even more courageous than the English game, and

has to fight under more trying conditions, the range of colour is alto-

gether more limited than among EHuglish birds; the hen, for instance,

is never of the wild “ partridge’’ colour, and very rarely shows any

approach to it, though the cock usually has some likeness to the male of

Gallus gallus, the Red-Jungle Cock, his ancestor.

On the other hand, the duck, domesticated in so unnatural a climate

as that of India, shows much the same variations as it does in England.

Every species we have taken under our protection varies in its own

way; the two tame geese, Grey and Chinese, so nearly allied that they

produce a fertile hybrid, have not an identical range of variation.

The variations of domestic birds have mostly an abnormal and

unnatural appearance, like casual variations among wild forms; this

may in some cases be explained. For instance, most domestic

species produce a white variety, and albinoes are common among wild

birds; yet these are usually unfitted for the struggle for existence on

-account of their colour, and accordingly we find few white species. Those

we do find may reasonably be supposed to have originated as albinistic

sports ; in the family where white species are commonest—the Herons—

we still find yet other species which commonly produce temporary or

permanent albinoes. A bird with the primary quills only white at once

looks unnatural, and yet it is an extremely common variation among

both tame and wild birds. Examination of the white quills, either in

184 F, Finn— General Notes on Variation in Birds. [No. 3, 1902.

pied or pure white varieties, will very commonly show them soft and

abraded at the tips, a serious matter for a wild bird. Accordingly we

find that white-quilled species, like white ones, are almost always large

and strong, and well able to defend themselves.

Why no species is mottled or splashed or irregularly pied, as tame

forms and varieties commonly are, is less easy to understand. But the

fact that constitutional disturbance seems to cause a bird to become

temporarily so marked, may afford a clue. Such birds may be weak in

constitution, and unfitted to live in a wild state. The hens do not

appear to object to them, witness the case given by Darwin of Sir R.

Heron’s pied Peacock, and that of the pied Black bird recorded by

Mr. Bucknill in his Birds of Surrey. This latter was evidently weakly :

his whiteness increased with age, and he died from natural causes.

At the same time, some species seem incapable of producing mot-

tled or irregularly pied varieties ; I have never seen such in the Turkey

or Collared Dove, and the Guinea-fowl is never mottled or splashed,

although its pied markings are not quite as regular as a wild bird’s,

The Canary, on the other hand, is particalarly prone to be asymmetrical

and irregular in its markings, as also is tlie Pigeon.

The tendency of so many domestic birds to become coarse and heavy.

looking, especially marked in the Water-fowl, is probably due to the

adding up of small variations in that direction ; these would, especially

ou birds performing long and perilous migrations, be weeded out in

each generation ; but if allowed to breed, would, in accordance with a

tendency well-known to fanciers, produce offspring coarser and heavier

even than themselves, till a conspicuous difference in appearance

resulted.

‘It is possible that the tendency to the increased production of fleshy

out-growths, like the combs and wattles of poultry, is connected with

this assumption of a coarse habit of body; but it must be remembered

that such processes are peculiarly susceptible to external influences and

constitutional changes, and, hence, if the environment is ever proved to

produce an inherited effect on any bird, might be expected to show this

effect early and conspicuously.

—— —-— —- ~~ Orne OOOO

PIPASTs Ewa Ile

BABAX LANCEOLATUS, PARUS PALUSTRIS.

PLATE VIII.

VARIATIONS OF PINTAIL SNIPE (Gadlinago stenura).

PLATE IX.

NETTIUM ALBIGULARE.

Normal form.

White faced variety.

INDE

Names of New Genera and Species have an Asterisk (*) prefixed.

Abelmoschus, 18

Abisara echerius, 20

» fraterna, 20

» prunosa, 20

Abrus, 22, 23

Abutilon, 18

Acacia, 9, 25

AcantTHACEa, 15, 16, 18

Acanthis cannabina, 161

5 ” fringillirostris, 161

op flavirostris, 165

» linaria fringillirostris, 163

» vufescens, 161

Achlyodes Sura, 32

Achyranthes, 15

Acidalia hyperbius, 19

Acridotheres ginginianus, 159

s tristis, 81, 158, 159, 164

Adenanthera, 9

Adenia, 49, 51, 52

» acuminata, 52, 55

» cardiophylla, 52, 63

>» nicobarica, 52

» populifolia var. pentamera, 52, 54

» singaporeana, 52, 55

trilobata, 52

Adina cordifolia, 14

Adolias phemius, 12

» sancara, 12

Aegialitis dubia, 131

Aegithina tiphia, 126

Aegle, 29

Aeschynomene, 26

fisculus indica, 24

Aethiopsar fuscus, 81, 163

Agathisanthes javanica, 80

Aidemosyne malabarica, 166

Aix galericulata, 182

Alangium, 72, 76

ny costata, 78

‘< decapetalum, 77

ebenaceum, 76, 78

a glandulosa, 77

on hewapetalum, 77

on Lamarckii, 76

5 5 var. glandulosa, 77

5 latifolium, 77

ib mobile, 76, 79

Alangium Ridleyt, 76, '78

5 sundanum, 77

% tomentosum, 77

5» uniloculare, 76, 77

Albizzia, 9, 26

ALCEDINIDAE, 129

Alcibiades, 30

Alcurus striatus, 126

Allophylus Cobbe, 32

Alseodaphne, 80, 31

Alysicarpus, 22

AMARANTACER, 15

Amathusia phidippus, 1, 2

AMATHUSIINAE, 8

Amblypodia deva, 23

jangala, 24,

» lohita, 24

Amomum, 38, 34

Anas boschas, 177

» pecilorhyncha, 163

Andrapana columella, 14

op singa, 14

Anictoclen Grahamiana, 47

Anona, 31

ANONACES, 31

Anosia erippus menippe, 3, 4

» menippe, 4

Anser brachyrhynchus, 175

» ferus, 174

Anthracoceros albirostris, 130, 159

coronatus, 159

Antiaris, 30

Antidesma, 24

Antigonus sura, 32

Antirrhinum Orontiwm, 15

Apatura bolina, 17

» carniba, 11

» misippus, 18

» parisatis, 11

» parysatis, 11

» (Rohana) parysatis, 11

Aphnezus lohita, 24

zebrinus, 24

Aphyllorchis alpina, 43

3 Gollani, 42

Apes 5, 6,

Appias albina, 27

Ara macao, 180

128 Index.

Arachnechthra asiatica, 129 BITES megaptera, 66

Arboricola intermedia, 131 » megapteroidea, 58,65, 66

Arctocarpus, 31 = », pawpercula, 58, 64, 65

Ardisia, 20,22

Areca, 32

Argya earlii, 178

» gularis, 125

Argynnis childrent, 19

5 erymanthis, 18

D hyperbius, 19

“ ntphe, 19

Argyreia, 24

Aristolochia, 28

ARISTOLOCHIACER, 28

Artemisia, 17

ASCLEPIADE®, 3, 4, 5

Asclepias, 3,4

5 curassavica, 4

ASIONIDZ#, 130

Asticopterus olivascens, 32

A salsala, 33

Astictopterus olivaseens, 32

3 stellifer, 32

Atella phalanta, 18

» phalantha, 18

Athene brama, 130

Athyma asita, 14

» bahula, 14

» leucothoé, 15

» nefte, 14

» pervus, 18,15

» selenophora, 14

sulpitia, 13

Babaz lanceolatus, 121, 125

* 4, Wood, 125

Bambusa, 33, 34

” sp., 7, 8, 9

Baoris assamensis, 38

» narosa, 35

» oceia, 34

Barleria, 15, 16

Begonia, 46, 57,64, 66

» andamensis, 57, 60

» bombycina, 59

» bvorneensis, 65

5» ccespitosa, 62

3 coriacea, 62

* 4, debilis, 57, 60

», elongata, 60

* ,, Forbesii, 57, 58

» guttata, 57, 60, 61

», Hasskarliana, 62

» Hasskarlii, 57, 62

» hernandizfolia, 62

* ,, Herveyana, 58, 63

» tsoptera, 57, 58, 59

» tsopteroidea, 57, 59

» Kunstleriana, 57, 63

» Lowiana, 58, 67

» Mazwelliana, 58, 66

* * * *®

( Iambryz) salsala, 33

» peltata, 62

* ,, perakensis, 58, 64

* 4, praeclara, 58, 66

» ‘vrepanda, 59

* ,, Scortechinii, 57, 62, 63

» sinuata, 57, 59, 60, 61

» subrotunda, 60

* ,, thaipingensis, 57, 61

3, Thomsonii, 68

_ 9 tuberosa, 66

» varians, 61

* 5, venusta, 58, 65

Wray, 59

BEGoNraceg, 46, 56

Bhringa remifer, 127

BIxINE®, 18, 19

Blumea, 17

Bos sondaicus, 132

Brachypternus aurantius, 159, 160

Brassica, 28

BUCEROTID2, 130

Bupleurum, 70

Butastur teesa, 130

Butea, 22, 23

Caduga, 5

» sita, 5

» tytia, 5

Czsalpinia, 9

Catrina moschata, 173

Cajanus, 23

Calamus, 32, 33

Calotropis, 3, 4, 5

CALYCIFLOB&, 46

Calysisme horsfieldii, 6

a mineus, 6

Camena deva, 23

Cami, 25

CAPITONIDZ, 129

CAPPARIDEZ, 27, 28

Capparis, 27, 28

CAPRIFOLIACES, 13

Caprona alida, 32

“ elwesti, 32

A syrichthus var., 32

Cardinalis cardinalis, 161

Carduelis caniceps, 163

ee carduelis, 157 161, 163

Carduus, 17

Carpodacus erythrinus, 161

Caryota, 32

Cassia, 26

Casuarius galeatus, 164

Catachrysops strabo, 22

Catochrysops cnejus, 23

= strabo, 22,23

Catopsilia catilla, 2

+ chryseis, 26

3 crocale, 2, 25

Index. 129

Catopsilia pyranthe, 26 Carvus splendens, 156, 157, 181

Celtis, 11 Coturnin communis, 154, 156

Centropus sinensis, 180, 157, 158 » coromandelica, 156

Ceratostachya arborea, 80 Crastia, 5

Ceropegea, 4 » felderi, 5

Cervus Duvauceli, 135 frauenfeldi, 5

», wnicolor, 185 frauenfeldu, 5

Ceryle varia, 129 _ godartii, 5

Cethosia biblis, 18 » kinbergi, 5

Chapra mathias, 35 » lorquini, 5

CHARADRIIDA, 131 Crataeva, 27

Charazes athamas, 9 CRATEROPODIDH, 124, 178

os bernardus, 9, 10 Crateropus canorus, 158

1 polyxena, 11 Crithmum indicum, 69

. A polyxena, 9, 11 Crotalaria, 23

» (Hulepis) athamas, 9 CRUCIFER, 28

Chaulelasmus streperus, 160 Orypsirhina cucullata, 124

Chilades laius, 21 Cryptolepis, 5

Chloéphaga, 159 CucuLip&, 130

» dispar, 159 Culicicapa ceylonensis, 128

oy hybrida, 159 Cupha erymanthis, 18

m1 magellanica, 159 Curcuma, 38, 34

.S rubidiceps, 159 Curetis acuta, 23

Chloropsts aurifrons, 126 Cyanops asiatica, 129

3 chlorocephala, 126 Cyclopides chinensis, 32

Chrysocolaptes gutticristatus, 129 PA etura, 36

Chrysolophus amherstizx, 170 Cygnopsis cygnoides, 176

5) pictus, 170 Cygnus immutabiles, 173

» obscwrws, 170 » olor, 173

Ginnanorivne 30, 31 Oylista, 22, 23

Cirrhochroa mithila, 19 Cyllo aswa, 8

. satellita, 19 Cee cypertfolium, 41

Canna gore cespitosum, 39 as Mackinnoni, 41

p Hookeri, 38 + virescens, 41

Cirrochroa mithila, 19 : Cynanchum, 4

5 rotundata, 19 Cynthia aenone, 16

y satellita, 19 . » almana, 16

Citrus, 21, 29, 30 » orithya, 15 |

» Sp. d Cyornis rubeculoides, 128

Clerome, 9 DANAINIA, 3

» eumeus, § Danais, 12

Cocos, 32 » alopia, 6

Colias phyranthe, 26 » chrysippus, 4

» verhuellt, 26 » erippus menippe, 3,

Columba intermedia, 167 » Hestivus ewmeus, 8

» livia, 167 » genutia, 4

Colutea, 23 » Uimniace, 3

CoMBRETACE®, 24, 25, 31 », melanoides, 4

Composit, 17 » plexippus, 4

CoNNARBACER, 24 » septentrionis, 4

Connarus Ritchiet, 24 » similis, 3

CONVOLVULACEA, 17, 24 35 3 var. chinensis, 3

Convolvulus, 17 » sita, 5

Copysychus saularis, 128 3» eytia,, &

Coracias affinis, 129 », (Anosia) erippus menippe, 8, 4

CorRaciipH, 129 » (Caduga) sita, 5

CornacEa@, 46, 72 GREER ey Les ©

CoROLLIFLORA, 46 », (Limnas) chrysippus, 4

Corvip#, 124, » (Parantica) melanoides, 4

Corvus frugilegus, 154, 163 » (Radena) similis, 3

», monedula, 156 » (Salatura) genutia, 4

130.

Danais (Salatura) plexippus, 4

»» (Tirwmala) limniace, 3

) septentrionis, 4

Daphniphyllopsis capituta, 80

DatiscacEz, 46

Debregeasia, 17

- sp. 17

Delias aglaia, 25

» hierte, 25

+ pasithoé, 25

Delphinium Ajacis, 120

Dendrobium, 80

x cerulescens, 80

- nobile, 80.

ue regium, 80

Dendrocalamus, 33, 34

Dendrocitta rufa, 124

Dercas skertchlyi, 27

» verhuelli, 26, 27

Derris, 23 :

Deudoria epijarbas, 24

= eryz, 24

= mecenas 23

mo orsets, 25

os schzstacea, 24

55 timoleon, 23

(Iraota) mzcenas, 23

» € 5 -)tmoleon, 23

» (Lehera) eryz, 24

(Rapala) orseis, 25

andere mena, 11

DicRvuRiDz, 126

Dicrurus ater, 126, 156, 159, 181

» etmeraceus, 126

Dioscorea, 24, 32

DioscoREACES, 24, 32

Diploclinium, 66

5 biloculare, 60

5 Hasskarlianum, 62

” repandum, 59

3 tuberosum, 66

Dipsas epijarbas, 24

DIPTEROCARPE®, 22 ~

Discophora tullia, 8

Disemma Horsfieldii, 51

Dissemurus alcocki, 81

3 paradiseus, 81, 127, 180

Dolichos, 22, 23

Dozocopa epilais, 10

Dregea, 3

Drosera, 47

» Burmanni, 47

», Finlaysoniana, 48

3 Joliosa, 48

» gracilis, 48

» tndica, 47, 48

» Lobbiana, 48

> lunata, 48

» peltata, 47, 48

serpens, 48

DRosERAC Ez, 46,47 .

Index.

| Dryas childreni, 19

Elatostema, 17

ELYMNIINA, 9

Embelia, 20, 22

Enchrysops cnejus, 23

Endamus guttatus, 35

Ergolis ariadne, 19

Erionota thraz, 33

Eryngium, 70, 71

%5 fetidum, 71

Eudocinus ruber, 163

Eudynamis honorata, 158

Eulabes intermedia, 180

Eulepis athamas, 9

athamas, 9

Eulophia bicolor, 40.

> campanulata, 39

or geniculata, 40

aren Mackinnoni, 40

55 Mannii, 40

Eunetta falcata, 83, 160

EUPHORBIACES, 13, 18, 19, 24, 27

EvupPLocomt, 85

Euplocomus albocristatus, 85

Euplea felderi, 5

» Jrauenfeldi, 5

» Kinbergi, 5

» godartii, 5

» lorquinii, 5

» midamus, 2,6

» superba, 2,6

» (Crastia) frauenfeldi, 5

» ( » ) godartii, 5

» (_ 4 ) Kinbergi, 5

» (dsamia) midamus, 6

(5) Stperbas 26 :

(Trepsichrois) midamus, 2; 6

Euthalia phemius, 12

Everes argiades, 22

Falco jugger, 131

FALCONID2, 130

FIcoIDEa, 46, 68

Ficus, 5, 23

Flacourtia, 18, 19

Fleurya, 17

FRINGILLID&, 128

Gallinago celestis, 156

stenura, 156

Gallinula, 88

3 chloropus, 87, 88

a galeata, 88

= pyrrhorhoa, 88, 89

Gallus Bankivus, 85

» gallus, 170, 183

» pseudhermaphroditus, 84, 83

Ganoris canidia, 28

Garrulazx leucolophus, 124,

5 moniliger, 125

»». pectoralis, 124

Garrulus oatesi, 124

Gecinus occipitalis, 129

Genneus nycthemerus, 170

op sp., 131

GERANIACER, 21

Gerydus, 20

» chinensis, 20

Girardinia, sp., 17

Gisekia, 68

Glochidion, 18

of eriocarpum, 18

Gloxinia, 16, 97

“Glycosmis, 21, 29

Gnaphalium, 17

Goniloba conjuncta, 35

Graculipica burmanica, 127

0 melanoptera, 81

Graculus graculus, 154

GRAMINE®, 7, 8, 9, 33, 34, 35, 36

Granadilla, 61

Grewia, sp., 9

MEDIATE, 45

of Elisabethe, 44

3 goodyeroides, 45

Hematospiza sipahi, 161

Halcyon smyrnensis, 130, 181

Haliastur indus, 130

Halpe ceylonica, 34

9» mooret, 34

Hamadryas decora calliroé, 17

Haridra bernardus, 10, 11

» hippanaz, 11

» gjalinder, 11

» polyxena, 9, 11

Hasara vitta, 36

Hasora ,,- 36

Hebomoia australis, oT

rs glaucippe, 27

Hedychium, 33, 34

Helopeltis theivora, 133, 134

Hemicyclia, 27

Hemizus maclellandi, 126

Herminium angustifolium, 44

S 3 Mackinnoni, 44

Herodias alba, 93

Hesperia zlianus, 22

2p) aria, 33

2 atticus, 32

0 bevani, 36

» cajus, 21

op cippus, 24

» cnejus, 23

op colaca, 35

» dara, 34

» gremius, 32

» mecenas, 23

» mathias, 35

» MNarosa, 35

9, oceia, 34

3, strabo, 22

vitta, 36

Hysperips, 32, 36

Hestia lynceus, 2

Index,

Hestina assimilis, 11

» mena, 11, 12

- yy var. viridis, 12

nicevillei, 12

» Migrivena, 12

» viridis, 12

Heynea, 22, 23, 36

Hildebrandia, 56

Hiptage, 36

Holarrhena, 5

Hoplopterus ventralis, 131

Hoya, 3

Huphina, 28

. aspasia, 28

”

0 mereisa,2 °

. nerissa, 28

# olga, 28

pallida, 2, 28

Hyar otis adrastus, 33

Hydrocotyle, 70

3 asiatica, 70, 71

5 Heyneana, 71

i hirsuta, 71

Fe hirta var. acutiloba, 71

4 hispida, 71

i javanica, 70 trie

lwrida, 71

3 nepalensis, 71

a polycephala, 71

* strigosa, 71

60 Wightiana, 71

3 zeylanica, 71

Hygrophila, 15, 16

Hypolimnas alcippoides, 18

6 bolina, 17

3 diocippus, 18

5 maria, 18

. misippus, 18

Hypopicus hyperythrus, 129

Hypsipetes psaroides, 126

Iambriz stellifer, 32

Iambry2# salsala, 33

Ichnocarpus, 5

Icterus vulgaris, 162

Ideopsis daos, 1, 2

Tlerda phenicoparyphaus. 23

Ilex daphniphylloides, 80

Illigera burmannica, 31

INcoMPLET, 46

Iphias glaucippe, 27

Iraota mzcenas, 23

», timoleon, 23

Isamia, 6

» alopia, 6

» midamus, 6

» sinica, 6

» superba, 2, 6

Ismene ataphus, 36

Itanus phemius, 12

Tyngipicus canicapillus, 129

Iziaz evippe, 27

131

132

Taias pyrene, 27

Izora. 18

Jamides bachus, 22

. 3 var., 22

» straha, 22

Junonia almana, 16

» asterie, 16

» atlites, 15

hierta, 15

» lemonias, 16

5 enone, 16

orithya, 1a

Tea, 16

Kempjeria, 34

Kaniska charonia, 16

LaABIATz, 29

Ladaga camilla, 13

ss japonica, 13

Lagerstremia, 24

Lampides zlianus, 22

= celeno, 22

Lanne, 127

Lanius colluricides, 127

LAURINEZ, 30, 31

LeeuMiInos2, 9, 15; 17, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

29, 36

Lehera eryz, 24

Leptocircus curias, 31

es mages, 31

Lethe confusa, 7

3, dyrta, 7

5) europa, 7

s» vrohria, 7

» verma, 7

Litiacez, 16, 32

Limenitis camilla, 13

aS ewrynome, 14

= japanica, 13

“c leucothoé, 13

a selenophora, 14

= sibylla, 13

= sidii var. japanica, 13

os (Ladaga) comes 13

Liicoiz, 84

Limnas, 4

s bowringt, 4

» chrysippus, 4

» Mutabilis Midamus, 6

Limosa lapponica, 162

Lioptila gracilis, 125

Liothriz luteus, 162, 178, 180

Listera, 42

* ,, Inayati, 41

5 Inndleyana, 42

* ., ‘Mmicroglottis, 42

Litsza, 30, 31

Lonicera japanica, 13

LORANTHACE, 23, 24, 25

Loranthus, 23, 24, 25

Lorieulus galgulus, 157

Lyczna argia, 21

TInilezx.

Lgcena argiade, 22

» atratus, 22 - -

» vetica, 23

> bohemanni, 21

= cajus, 21

> diluia, 21

>» wdica, 2

3, latus, 21

> maha, 21

» marginata, 21

» opilina, 21

serica, 21

squalida, 21

zenodice, 20

LycENIDz, 1, 20

LYTHRACEZ, 24

Machilus, 31

Mzsa, 20

MAGNOLIACER, 31

MALPIGHIACER, 36

MALvacez, 17, 18

Mareca penelope, 182

Marlea ebenacea, 78

» Griffithii, 77

» nobilis, 79

5» wunilocularis, 77

Marsdenia, 3,5

Mastizia, 46,72, 75 —

3 bracteata, 73, 74

Ties Clarkeana, 73, 75

a 55 var. macrophylla, vis

% 4, gracilis, 73, 74,76

=< Junghuhniana, 75

+s Maingayi, 73, 74, 75

33 33

pentandra, 75

* Scortechinii, 73, 74

trichotoma, 74

Matapa aria, 33

Melanitis aswa, 8

bela, 8

determinata, 8

“s ismene, 8

“6 leda, 8

MeELAsToMACEZ, 16

Meleagris gallopavo, 172

MELIACE, 22, 23, 36

Melilotus, 23

Melittophagus swinhoti, 182

Melopsittacus undulatus, 168

Meropip, 129

Merops viridis, 129

Mesembryanthemum, 68

Metscherlicia coriacea, 62

Michelia, 31

Microhieraz eutolmus, 181

*Microstylis Mackinnont, 37

3 Wallichti, 38

Miletus chinensis, 20

Milvus govinda, 181

Modeeca, 52, 56

”

var. subtomentosa, 75

Index. 133

Modecca acuminata, 55, 56 Nymphalis jacintha, 17

a cardiophylla, 54 - polyno, 9

+ cordifolia, 54 rp strophia, 13.

7 heterophylla, 54 (Charares) bernardus, 9

i nicobarica, 53 Nyr oca africana, 182

rs populifolia, 55 5, baeri, 83

is singaporeana, 55, 56 Nyssa, 72, 79

trilobata, 52 », sessiliflora, 79

Mollugo, 68, 69 Ochlandra, 33, 34

Pr Linkin 69 Odontoptilum angulata, 32

» pentaphylla, 69 Oreocincla dauma, 128

3 stricta, 69 Oreorchis micrantha, 38

i triphylla, 69 OS Rolfei, 38

Molpastes bengalensis, 156, 161 ORIoLIDz, 127

5 burmanicus, 126 Oriolus galbula, 162

- leucotis, 161 ; » melanocephalus, 127

Morinda umbellata, 30 » tenwirostris, 127

Munia oryzivora, 166 Orthotomus sutorius, 179

Murraya, 29 : Oryza, 35, 36

Musa, 33 » sativa, 8,85

MuscicaPip&, 128 Osbeckia, 16

Mycalesis, 7 Otocompsa emeria, 157

» horsfieldit, 6,7 ” flaviventris, 126

3 mineus, 6, 7 Ph) leucogenys, 161

a »» var. confucius, 6 Ougeinia 22, 23

re perseus, 7 . Ozxalis, 21

5 (Calysisme) horsfieldii, 6 Oxytenanthera, 34

» J mineus, 6 Padraona dara, 34

Myiophoneus temminckti, 125 Palzornis cyanocephala; 157

MyYRSINEA, 20, 22 of fasciatus, 130 :

Myrracem, 24, 3 nepalensis, 157

Nacaduba atrata, 22 if + torquatus, 130, 157, 180 |

Nasalis larvatus, 92 PALMER, 32

NEcTARINIIDS, 129 Bie) Pamphila pellucida, 35

Nelsonia, 16 6 contigua, 35 ©

NEMEOBIINA, 19 ese ey) bambuse, 34

Neopithecops "zalmora, 20° Pandita sp., 1

Neottia, 42 1 Pantoporia asita, 14

Nephelium litchi, 13 . . selenophora, 14

Neptis antilope, 14 Pek Papilio aceris, 14

», columella, 14 » adrastus, 33

» eurynome, 14 : : » enippe, 27°

» hainana, 14, 15. Ber » agamemnon, 31

», leucothoé, 15 » agenor, 29

3» martabana, 14 » aglaia, 25

» ophiana, 14 », alexis, 36

- oD var. nilgirica, 14, », allica, 20

varmana, 15 » almana,16 ~

Wen: Sono 5 » amasone, 28

Nettium albigulare, 161 3 antipathes, 30

» crecca, 156, 182 » aonis, 16

» formosum, 83 » argiades, 22

Nigella sativa, 120 » argynnis, 19

Notocrypta alysos, 33 » ariadne, 19

op feisthamellit, 33 » aristolochiz, 28

Numida meleagris, 172 » aspasia, 28

NYMPHALIDA, 3 eae », assimilis, 11

NYMPHALINS, 9 » asterie, 16

Nymphalis assimilis, 11 5, atalanta, 16, 17

7 bernardus, 9 y op indica, 16

. camilla, 13 », athamas, 9

134

Papilio atlites, 15

augias, 34

aventina, 3

azion, 31

bernardus, 9, 11

bianor, 30

biblis, 18

beticus, 23

bolina, 17

camilla, 13

canace, 16

canidia, 28

cardui, 17

catilla, 25

celeno, 22

charonia, 16

chryseis, 26

chrysippus, 4

clytia, 30

5» panope, 30

columbina, 18

columella, 14

coriolanus, 20

coronis, 28

cramus, 36

crocale, 25

curwus, 31

decempunctatus, 9

demoleus, 29

» sthenelus, 29

dione, 25

echerius, 20

enippe, 27

epius, 29

Eques achivus athamas, 9

erippus, 4

erithonius, 29

erymanthis, 18 ©

ery2, 24

eumea, 9

europa, 7

eurynome, 14, 15

eurypilus, 31

eurypylus axion, 31

flegyas, 19, 20

folus, 33

genutia, 4

glaucippe, 27

gripus, 9

grispus, 9

hecabe, 26

helenus, 29

hierta, 15

hylas, 14, 15

hyperbius, 19

tacintha, 17

ismene, 8

kollina, 16

lajus, 21

lemonias, 16

leucothoé, 18, 14, 15

Index,

Papilio libythea, 26 ~

1» liumniace, 3

» lucina, 17

» memnon, 29

” 1» agenor, 29

» midamus 6

» mineus, 6

» Misippus, 18

» nerissa, 28

» niphe, 19

» odin, 20

5 @none, 15

» orithya, 15

» otis, 21, 22

» panope, 30

» paris, 30

» Pasithoé, 25

» pertus, 13, 15

» phalantha, 18

» plexippus, 4

2» polytes, 30

x » borealis, 30

” » var. borealis, 30°

» polyzena, 9, 10, 11

3» polyzina, 13° r

3 porsenna, 25

» prorsa, 13

3, protenor, 29

» pyranthe, 26

» pyrene, 27

» sarpedon, 31

”» 23

” x Var, ”

» saturata, 30

» stbilla, 13

» similis, 3

» sulpitia, 13

» superbus, 6

» thraz, 33

» tvmoleon, 23

» tullia, 8

» Yyasan, 31

» eanthus, 28

» wuthus, 28

9» (Athyma) perius, 15

PAPILIONID2, 25

PAPILIONINZ, 28

Parantica, 5

a aglea, 5

6 melanoides, 4

Parata alexis, 36

Parathyma sulpitia, 13

Parhestina, 12

35 assimilis, 11, 12

op mena, 11, 12

Parnara assamensis, 35

35 bevani, 36

op colaca, 35

- conjuncta, 35

contigua, 35

>A guttatus, 35

semifasciatus, 31

Parnara pellucida, 35

Parnassia, 97

“5 palustris, 96

Paropsia, 49

» malayana, 50

» wareciformis, 49

Parus palustris, 121, 124

Passer flaveolus 128

TREC etna 49, 50,

D edulis, 51

5 fetida, 18, 51

a Horsfieldi, 50

cp laurifolia, 51

75 quadrangularis, 51

a singaporeana, 56

suberosa, 51

PAssIFLORACER, 46

PASSIFLORED, 18, 49

Passularia, 4

Pastor roseus, 162, 163

Pavo cristatus, 171

» nigripennis, 171

Pavoncella pugnaw, 81, 82

- leucoprora, 84, 158

Pericrocotus brevirostris, 127

sy fraterculus, 127

ob peregrinus, 127

Petrophila cyanus, 128

9 erythrogastra, 128

on solitaria, 128

Phaéthon 90

20 americanus, 89, 90, 91

oH candidus, 89

- lepturus, 89, 90

Phalacrocoraz javanicus, 159, 180

Pharnaceum pentaphyllum, 69

o strictum, 69

Ss triphyllum, 69

Phaseolus, 23

PHASIANID, 131

Phasianus colchicus, 169

op humiz, 131

56 torquatus, 164

Phellodendron, 29.

Pherygospidea angulata, 32

Pheniw, 32, 33

Phyllanthus, 13

Picipm, 129

PIERINA, 25

Pieris albina, 27

» aspasia, 28

» canidia, 28

», clemanthe, 27

», glaucippe, 27

» neretsa, 2

9» nerissa, 28

» pallida, 2, 28

» pasithoé, 25 ~

» pyrene, 27

» (Ganoris) cauidia, 28

» (Huphina) aspasia, 28

Index,

Pieris (Huphina) nereisa, 2

i92 ess ) nerissa, 28

ee. (Cee ) pallida, 2, 28

5, (Iphias) glaucippe, 27

» (Thestias) pyrene, 27

Pithecops zalmora, 20

Plebeius alboceruleus, 21

», leucofasciatus, 21

5 sivaha, 22

Plesionewra alysos, 33

Ploceus atrigula, 180

Podicipes albipennis, 181

*Pogonia Mackinnoni, 43

» macroglossa, 43

Poinciana, 9

Polyalthia, 31

Polyammatus chandala, 21

* sangra, 21

Polyommatus beticus, 23

Polyplectron bicalcaratum, 160

Pongamia, 22, 23, 36

Pontia olga, 28

Porphyrio calvus, 162

Porphyriornis, 88

Portulaca, 17, 18

PorTULACES, 17, 18

Pratincola caprata, 128

Precis almana, 16

» atlites,15

» Aierta, 15

», lemonias, 16

»» @none, 16

» orithya, 15

Prioneris clemanthe, 27

Psammanthe marina, 69

Psidium, 24

PsITTACIDH, 130

Psittacus erithacus, 180

Psoralea, 29

Punica Granatum, 24

Pyrameis callirhoé, 17

Pyrrhula pyrrhula, 158, 161

Querquedula circia, 155, 182

Quisqualis, 25

Radena, 3

» similis, 3

Randia, 24

[120

Ranunculus arvensis, 96, 97, 110, 118, 119,

Rapala orseis, 25

» schistacea, 24

» varuna, 25

Raphanus, 4

Raphis, 4

RHAMNE, 24, 25

Rhipidura albifrontata, 128

Rhododendron arboreum, 39

Rhopalocampta benjaminii, 36

Rhopodytes tristis, 180

RIoDINIDs, 19

Rohana parisatis, 11

» parysatis, ll

135

136

RosacEz, 25

Rostellularia, 18

Rusiacea, 14, 18, 24, 30

Ruta, 29

Rutacea#, 5, 21, 29, 30

Sabia, 36

SABIACER, 36

Saccopetalum, 31

Salatura, 4

3 genutia, 4

2 plexippus, 4

SALICINEA, 18

Saliz, 18

Salvia, 29

SAPINDACER, 18, 22, 24, 32

Saraca, 22

Sarcorhamphus gryphus, 171

SATYRINA, 6

Satyrus gripus, 9°

Schleichera, 22

ScITAMINEA, 33, 34

Sciurus bicolor, 137

» wmdicus, 137

» palmarum, 137

ScROPHULARINEA, 15

Semnopithecus larvatus, 92

»» (Nasalis) xi 92

Serinus serinus, 165

» canaria, 165

Sesbania, 26

Sesuvium, 68

. Portulacastrum, 68

_ repens, 69

Sida retusa, 17

» vhombifolia, 17

Sithon jangala, 24

Sitta frontalis, 126

» himalayensis, 126

» nagaensis, 126

SITTIDz, 126

Smilaz, 16, 32

Spilornis cheela, 130

Spirea, 25

Steropes nubilus, 32

Streblus, 5

Strobilanthes, 16

Strophanthus divergens, 5, 6

Struthio camelus, 178

Sturnia nemoricola, 128

StTuRNIDA, 127

Sturnus vulgaris, 163

Suastus gremius, 32

Symbrenthia daruka, 17

5 hyppoclus, 17

» 0 lucina, 17

- khasiana, 17

lucina, 17

Tachyri is albina, 27

» (Appias) albina, 27

Tagiades atticus, 32

Tajuria cippus, 24

Index.

| Tajuria jangala, 24

» longinus, 24

Taractrocera atropunctata, 33

Telicota augias, 34

» bambuse, 34

» dara, 34

» mesoides, 34

Tephrodornis pelvicus, 127

Terias anemone, 26

» brigitta, 26

» hecabe, 2, 26.

» leta, 26

» libythea, 26

» mandarina, 2, 26

subfervens, 26

Terminalia, 24

Terpsiphone paradisi, 179

Tetrameles, 46

a Grahamiana, 47

A nudiflora, 47

rufinervis, 47

Tetranther a, 30

Theela mxcenas, 23

» . varuna, 25

Thereiceryx lineatus, 129

Thestias pyrene, 27

Thymele benjaminii, 36

» feisthamellii, 33

Tiga shoret, 129

TILIACEA, 9

TIMELIIDZ, 178

Tinnunculus alaudarius, 131

Tirumala, 3

> limniace, 3

9 septentrionis, 4

Tragia, 19

Trepsichrois midamus, 2,6

Trichodia vareciformis, 50

Trichoglossus swainsont, 169

Trochalopterum erythrolema, 121,125

3 virgatum, 125

Tronga kinbergi, 5

TuRDIDS, 128 -

Turdus musicus, 157

Turtur auritus, 181

» damarensis, 162

» douraca, 167

» vrisorius, 167, 181

» tranquebaricus, 162

Tylophora, 5

Udaspes folus, 33

UMBELLIFERS, 46, 69

Unona, 31

Upupa indica, 130

Upupip#, 130

Urocissa occipitalis, 124

Uroloncha acuticauda, 166

5) striata, 162, 166

Urtica, 17

UrrticacE&, 5, 11, 17, 23, 30

Uvaria, 31

Index, 137

Vanessa canace, 16 Ypthima huebneri, 8

» cardui, 17 _ ordinata, 7, 8

» charonia, 16 Zanthoxylum, 29

», indica, 17 Zea Mays, 35

» vulcania, 17 Zemeros confucius, 20

Vateria, 22 » flegyas, 19, 20

Viola, 19 » ‘phlegyas, 20

VI0LACER, 19 F. * indicus, 20

Wagatea, 22, 23, 24 Zizera diluta, 21

Xanthieus flavescens, 126 », maha, 21

Xantholema hematocephala, 157 », ossa, 21

Xylia, 22, 23, 24, 25 » otis, 21

Ypthima argus, 2, 7, 8 » sangra, 21

» avanta, 7, 8 Zizyphus, 24, 25

M4 hubneri, 2, 7, 8 Zornia, 17, 22

a i ia a i i ae

JOURNAL

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

PARTIE. .

TITLE PAGE AND INDEX

FOR

1908.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

VOL, LX

PART II. (NATURAL HISTORY, &XC.)

(Nos. I to TV.—1903.)

EDITED BY THE

NatuRAaL fiisTORY SECRETARY, |. Q¥

new YORK

BoTANICAT

GARD

‘S

OO OO OO OO OO er

“Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science

_ in different parts of Asia, will commit their observations to writing, and send them to

the Asiatic Society of Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long

intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.”’ SiR Wm, Jones.

_————SoorSOS STE en’-'wrrere—eneereererereererer er

CALCUTTA :

PRINTED AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY, 57, PARK STREET.

1904.

Dates of Issue. Part II, 1903.

No. I.—Containing pp. 1-10, was issuedon 4th May, 1903.

» 11.—Containing pp. 11-60, was issued on 17th June, 1903.

,, 111.—Containing pp. 61-110, and Plates I—VI, was issued on 12th

September, 1903.

», LV.—Containing pp. 111-257, was issued on 6th February, 1904.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Gamsue, J. Sykes ;—See Kina, Sir GeorGe and GAMBLE, J. SYKES,

Hoopsr, Davin ; Silajit: an Ancient Hastern Medicine... ..ese0..000

——-——— ; The occurrence of Melanterite in Baluchistan......

Kine, Sir Georce and Gamsne, J. Sykes ;—Materials for a Flora

of the Malayan Peninsula. No. Var iiiieess ssc ccs ccrecascoccoses

Littie, C.;—Himalayan summer storms and their influence on mon-

SOOMMROUETALINOMIENORL LCI L110 UC: sa snetinetaeneetenicel sarees poodo0g0ge

— On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal; and some of

the more aes features of the monsoon in Northern India

in 1902.. 20009 Peteinefelieles/aeieln=clecnsiees

Prat, H. W. eGo butions Naigarde a Monogr aah of the O-oel

Aleurodide. Part I.. ae san deoed00on 3.000

-;—The heel ae a the Vasiforn m NGrctee of this ee, 0-

didex.. 508 : 290000 one odd ob aeOnaE guoACd

a ollie i 9 Cheep ‘Bia aad ane Tenet as past for

BURG a vida «0s o.0's e'nins eves Ree 30 0.0.0 ponDonaDdaoKCOoN

Prain, D.;—Novicise Indice XX. Some A dditional Sirephalaince!

Ray, P. C. ;—A study on the Constitution of Dimercurammonium salts.

—_—_——- ;— Dimercurammonium Nitrate.. aeelsle asolasieinectaice

Sressine, H. P.;—A first note on the Life- Hate y sof Glieemes abietis

piceze, Steb. MS... sev eaoe ove eave nee seooeer eee eoeoeee ooo eee cee eee see

--; A note on the Thee y of Thanasinine Sp. prow. nigri-

_collis in the N.-W. Himalayas with some remarks on tts life-

ges and 5¢.000 S00 BHO nodNGEONG doGASdO00 Odo HEO AED SOMAAGAdeaECCC

. On, the iequnaston of alar appaninces by the Spruce form

of Shen mes abietis picese MS. in the N.-W. Himalayas.........

- ; On the life-history of Arbela tetraonis, Moore, a destruc-

tive Insect-pest in Casuarina Plantations 12 Madras..e.0s..000eess

Watton, H. J.— ; Notes on the occurrence of Motacilla taivana

CSwinhoe) near Calewtia,, .«0cnsanencenieaienenmennecearsraiyeesencces

Page

236

111

239

252

& pn a

ar Z NEW SERIES, VOL LXXII. CCCCIX,

‘$ a

éX

JOURNAL |

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. LXXII. Part I, No. 1.-1908.

EDITED BY |

‘BE Natura fiisTORY SECRETARY.

—_

“ The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

man or produced by nature.”—Sin WILLIAM JONES.

*.® Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

ie to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac § Oo., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. O., or Mr.

Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED AT THE PaAPTIsT MiISssION PRES,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

Asiatic Socisty, 57, PARE STRBET.

1908.

Price (exclusive of postage) to Members, Re. 1-8.—To Non-Members, Re, $

Priee in England, 3 Shillings,

Issued 4th May, 1903.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE, &c.

OO OeeeeaOOOOOOOOOeEOOeOEO Sr

No. 1.—1908.

CONTENTS.

Page.

L—A Study on the Constitution of Dimercurammonium

II = Ty mie caT oni Nite os = PC, Ray, DS022 7 4

TIl.—The Function of the Vasiform Orifice of the Aleurodide.

—By H. W. Peat, F.ES. o.. 6

1V.—The ‘‘ Green Bug” and other Jassids as food for Bee —_

By H. W. Peat, ¥.E.S. we 7

V.—Notes on the occurrence of Motacilla ine (ecinhoe)

near Calcutta.— By Carr. H. J. Warton, 1.M.S. ar 9

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

—s clo e—

Vol. LXXII. Part Il.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

No. 1.—19038.

A Study on the Constitution of Dimercurammonium Salts.—By

P. C. Ray, D.Sc.

[Read 8rd December 1902. ]

A solution of mercuric chloride with ammonia yields what is com-

monly known as the infusible white precipitate for which two different

formule have been proposed from time to time, according as it is regarded

as the amido-derivative of the sublimate: NH,-HgCl or as the mono-

substitution product of sal-ammoniac: Hg. NH,Cl. Rammelsberg and

Pesci even go a step further ; they propose to double the formula of the

compound and look upon it as a double salt of ammonium chloride and

di-mercurammonium chloride: NH,C1+ NHg,Cl.

Hofmann and Marburg, who have recently repeated the experiments

of Rammelsberg and Pesci, have come to the conclusion that through the

researches of the last named chemists the formule of the mercurammonium

compounds have been unnecessarily complicated, and they further main-

tain that the infusible white precipitate may be regarded as amido mer-

euric chloride, and as the salts of Millon’s base contain ‘‘water of con-

stitution,” they should be looked upon as oxyidmercurammonium salts

of the type OHg,—= NH,X.1

1 Zur Kenntniss der Stickstoffquecksilber-verbindungen Annalen: Bd. 306,

p. 191.

de ai, Bl

g P, C. Ray—Constitution of Dimercurammonium Salts, [No. 1,

It is somewhat surprising that Hofmann and Marburg should have

overlooked the valuable contributions of André, which throw considerable

light on the constitution of the compounds in question. The French

chemist has carefully studied the interaction of corrosive sublimate and

ammonia under varying conditions and degrees of dilution,! and finds,

moreover, that a solution of the sublimate and ammonium chloride when

treated with potash (l.c.p. 1110) yields a compound which may be

viewed as made up of equal molecules of dimercurammonium and dimer-

curoxy ammonium chlorides: NHg,Cl1+NH,OHg,Cl. Itshould be noted,

however, that this rather complex formula admits of being simplified as

2NHg,01+ H,0.

Judging from analogy, I was naturally led to expect that mercuric

nitrite solution with ammonia would yield a compound of the formula

NH,-Hg-NO,. The expectation was in a way realised, only in place of

the mono-, a di-substitution product was invariably obtained, viz., N.Hg.

Hg.NO, or dimercurammonium nitrite with a semi-molecule of water.

When this nitrite is treated with hydrochloric acid and gently warmed, it

dissolves to a clear solution, evolving nitrous fumes. On evaporation a

crystalline double chloride of the formula 2 HgCl,+ NH,Cl is obtained ;

hydrobromic acid also yields a compound of analogous constitution. The

aqueous solutions of these double salts again, when treated with an excess

of alkali, throw down precipitates of the type NHg, X: where X repre-

sents a halogen atom.?

The haloids as obtained by me, however, seem to conform to the

general formula 2 NHg,X.H,0. The water is obstinately held by these

salts—even at 160° C.; and hence this water may be regarded as “‘ water

of constitution.”

It may be urged that the hydrated compounds, in view of their high

molecular weights, may all be taken to have one instead of a semi-molecule

of water, and the percentages of mercury and nitrogen, &c., may still fall

fairly within the range of “errors of experiment;” but the concurring

testimonies of the analyses of the different compounds under the respec-

tive heads speak in favour of a semi-molecule.

As regards the question whether these salts should be regarded as

of the type mercuroxy—or mercurammonium derivatives, my answer is

in favour of the latter. On treating the double salt 2HgBr,.NH,Br.

with an alkali I have succeeded in preparing not only the hydrated bromide

2 NHg,Br.H,0, but also a salt of the formula 2 NHg,Br.HgBr, which

is absolutely non-hydrated. A corresponding chloride has been described

by Kane, though prepared under different conditions. [Ann. Chem. Phys.

1 Compt. Rend. T. 108, pp. 235, 290, 1108, 1164.

% Trans. Chem. Soc, (1902), Vol. 81, p. 644.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

PART IT.

TITLE PAGE AND INDEX

1902.

1903.] P.C. Ray—Oonstitution of Dimercurammonium Salts. 3

(2) 72, 215.] Again, the mercuroxy-ammonium chloride, if it exists at

all, when heated, decomposes into ammonia, nitrogen, water, and calomel

(Kane). But both the chloride and the bromide as obtained by me de-

compose according to the equation: 2 NHg,X.H,O—N,+2 HgX+Hg,+

H,O—a reaction which has been established quantitatively, as will be

shown in a subsequent communication. Scarcely a trace of ammonia

could be detected even by Nessler’s reagent; I thus find myself in agree-

ment with Weyl’s observations, though his salt is non-hydrated. André,

as has been already noted, goes halfway between Kane and Weyl and

believes in the existence of two distinct compounds: NHg,Cl and OHg,

== NH,Cl, often formed side by side.

In the case of infusible white precipitate, as we have already seen,

Kane attributes to it the formula, NH,HgCl. Rammelsberg, on the other

hand, looks upon it as a ‘“‘ double salt,” having the composition, NHg,Cl+

NH,Cl. He is supported in his contention by the compound “‘dissocia-

ting” into NHg,Cl and NH,C1 on treatment with H.OH, or better K.OH.

A study of the decomposition of the compound under the action of heat,

on the other hand, corroborates the other view of its constitution. For,

if Rammelsberg’s formula be accepted, the decomposition might be ex-

pected on the following lines (cf. decomposition under heat of ammonio-

magnesium chloride) :—

NHg,Cl NH,Cl.

NHg,Cl+NH,Cl,

. N+ Hg +HgCl+NH,Cl.

But the amount of ammonium chloride was relatively insufficient,

nor was there any free mercury found. The slight amount of ammonium

chloride may well be due to a secondary reaction between calomel and

ammonia, Here the decomposition is found rather toagree with Kane’s

view of the constitution.

We thus find that both these views about the constitution of the in-

fusible white precipitate are supported by experimental data, which can

well be explained by having recourse to considerations of “tautomerism.”

Although we know little or next to nothing about the molecular configura-

tion of the so-called “double salts,” it would be interesting to note that

such instances of “‘tautomerism” are given in inorganic chemistry. (cf.

in this respect, Hantzsch, on the tautomerism of hyponitrous acid and its

salts, Annalen, Bd. 292, 340).

The so-called mercuroxy-ammonium chloride, NH,( Hg.OHg )Cl,

4 P. C. Ray—Dimercurammonium Nitrate. [No. 1,

which we have regarded as NHg, Cl+H,0, breaks up, according to Kane,

into nitrogen, ammonia, water, mercury, and calomel. The anhydrous

salt, NHg,Cl, according to Weyl, breaks up into HgCl+Hg+N. Our

results with the hydrated variety ¢onform to Weyl’s result with the

anhydrous salt. It would thus appear that there is no necessity for set-

ting up two distinct types of compounds, wz., (1) mercuroxy-ammonium;

and (2) dimereurammonium, for the salts supposed to belong to the former

elass do not yield any appreciable ammonia as they are stated, by Kane,

to do. Therefore the salts regarded as mercuroay-ammonium compounds may

very reasonably be looked upon as (hydrated) dimercurammonium salts. [cf-

Trans. Chem. Soc., Vol. 81, (1902), pp. 645-46].

This conclusion is further corroborated by the corresponding bromine

compound, which behaves exactly like the chloride. Buta stronger argu-

ment in favour of the non-oxylic constitution of this class of compounds

seems to be based upon a study of the dimercurammonium nitrate, which

I have prepared aceording to two distinct methods (see below).

Dimercurammonium Nitrate—By P. C. Ray, D.Se.

Preliminary—When dimercurammonium nitrite is treated with

halogen acid, nitrous fumes are evolved and a elear solution is obtained,

which on concentration yields the double salt, 2 HgCl,.NH,Cl, or 2 HgBr,

NH,Br, as the case may be. [Vide Journ. Chem. Soc., Trans., Vol, 8h

(1902), p. 648]. The behaviour of nitric acid towards the nitrite, how-

ever, affords a marked contrast, giving rise to the formation of a prac-

tically insoluble compound. Here, the nitrite molecule evidently does not

undergo a complete “break-up” and the reaction seems to consist in the

replacement of the radical NO, by NO,, just as silver nitrite under similar

conditions is converted into silver nitrate.

For making a comparative study, the so-called mercuroxy-ammo-

nium! nitrate was also prepared and its properties studied.

Preparation.—To the pale yellow dimercurammonium nitrite strong

nitric acid is added from a pipette, till the evolution of nitrous fumes

ceases. After a time the clear supernatant acid liquid is decanted off and

the substance dried over sulphuric acid till the weight is constant. The

mother liquer on testing indicates the presence of traces of mercury, show-

ing that the compound is only very slightly soluble in nitric acid.

1 The nomenclature adopted is as given in the new Edition of Watts’ Dictionary

of Chemistry.

1903. ] P. OC. Ray—Dimercurammonium Nitrate. 5

The nitrate thus obtained is a white amorphous powder; it retains

moisture, which is not driven off even when the salt is dried in the steam-

oven. It approaches closely to the formula 2NHg,NO,+H,0.

Analysis.—The analyses given below are of distinct preparations :—

Table of Analyses.

°/, Mercury °/, Nitrogen °/, Water

2NHg,NO,+ H,Orequires ... 82°47 ..... 95°

77 meee OO

83713) yuan 1 oO2

Found ... “od “cb er {en Gere ioe

S248 ewe

NHg,NO; requires... ss O4'03, | eeateeeaoo

Behaviour.—When heated in a bulb tube the salt decomposes, with-

out fusion, with a sudden puff, giving off nitrous fumes, mercury, and

water, and leaving a reddish yellow residue, consisting mainly of mer-

curic oxide.

“Mercuroxy”-ammonium Nitrate.

Preparation.—To a moderately strong solution of mercuric nitrate

containing the minimum amount of the free acid dilute ammonia solu-

tion was added with constant shaking till there was a persistent smell

ofammonia. A bulky, flocculent, very pale yellow precipitate was obtained,

which was thrown on the filter-paper, washed and dried in the steam-oven.

The filtrate, though smelling distinctly of ammonia, gave on testing

indications of the presence of notable quantities of mercury.

Analysis.—Prep. I. In this, the preparation was washed with cold

water :—Hg=83.20"/,. f

_ Prep. IJ. In this case, the preparation was washed with hot water.

ig — 62) 9902/4 (@)corOane/4(0)) > N —0-On cas

Prep. III. The dry substance was digested with nitric acid, the

acid decanted off, and the substance dried once more as above. The

colour was found to change from pale yellow to perfectly white. Hg=

Seton anN(— Oo) 1/ a.

The identity of all the above preparations, as far as analysis goes,

seems to be established.

Behaviour.—All the above samples when heated in a bulb-tube

decomposed with a sudden puff, giving off nitrous fumes, and yielding a

mirror of mercury, the residue mostly of mercuric oxide. It was, how-

ever, distinctly noticed that moisture was on the stem of the tube.

6 H. W. Peal—Functions of Vasiform Orifice of Aleurodide. [No. 1,

Conclusion.

The identity of the so-called mercuroxy-ammonium nitrate with

dimercurammonium nitrate is at once apparent.! The formation of the

“mercuroxy” compound in the presence of strong nitric acid would seem

to favour the view already put forward, namely, that the dimercuram-

monium compounds are non-oxylic in constitution. Pesci found that

when the preparation was washed with hot water, the anhydrous salt,

NHg,NO, was obtained. This, as will be seen, is not, however, borne

out by my own experiments.

1 There is, however, this difference that when the compound is obtained by pre-

cipitation of mercuric nitrate with ammonia, the colour is faintly yellow.

The Function of the Vasiform Orifice of the Aleurodidee.—

By H. W. Peat, F.E.S.

The vasiform orifice of the Alewrodide is a small oval organ always

present on the posterior surface of the dorsum of both the larval and

adult insects. This organ consists of three parts: The vasiform orifice,

which is a more or less oval pit or depression. The operculum, which

is a flat shield-like organ which covers the vasiform orifice to a greater or

less extent. It is hinged on to the anterior margin of the orifice. The

lingula and a narrow tube-like organ, which lies beneath, and some-

times projects beyond the operculum. The lingulais usually two jointed.

It is continued within the body as a transparent tube, which expands

and opens into the body cavity of the insect.

So far the exact function of the vasiform orifice has received little

or no attention and the exact use to which it is put has up to the present

been a matter of conjecture. While observers like Maskell! have sur-

mised that this organ is concerned in the secretion of honey dew, no one

as yet has been able to definitely state that such is really the case.

Some time back, while I was examining an aleurodid which in its

earlier stages is remarkably flat and transparent, I was fortunate enough

to observe the lingula in motion. This organ was shot out beyond the

vasiform orifice with extreme rapidity, it being protruded some four or

five times a second.

When the lingula was shot out the vasiform orifice moved in

unison, the upper edge being bent inwards while the whole organ moved

candad. The internal opening of the lingula lies directly in the path

1903.] H.W. Peal— Green Bug” and other Jassids as food. 7

of the rudimentary circulatory system, and when the organ is in motion it

throws the circulatory fluid into a pulsating motion for some distance

within the body cavity. 1 have been unable so far to detect the actual

formation of the globules of honey dew, but as soon as the lingula comes

to rest after a series of protrusions a small globule may be seen just

within the lower end of the lingula. This globule advances slowly,

being apparently forced forward by the movement of the lingula, and

after awhile reaches the tip of thatorgan. I have never observed these

globules within the lingula of an adult insect, but once on examining an

adult male of Alewrodes simula, I perceived a globule of honey dew em-

erging from the lingula.

There is no doubt that the function of the organ is the secretion of

honey dew and the operculum may be regarded as a protective covering

to this organ.

It would appear that but little honey dew is formed by these insects

compared with the majority of the coccids, aphids, or psyllids.

The ‘‘ Green Bug” and other Jassids as food for Birds.—

By H. W. Peat, F.E.S.

In 1897, a very interesting paper by Mr. F. Finn, the Deputy

Superintendent of the Indian Museum, appeared on this subject in

Indian Museum Notes.

Mr. Finn, however, confined his attention to the ‘‘ green bug”

(Nezara viridula, Linn.), which periodically at the beginning of every

cold weather appears in swarms in Calcutta, Fortunately this little

intruder contents itself with a merely temporary visit, as during the

period of its stay it is a source of no little discomfort. This, on the

other hand, is the true reason why the suggestion put forward by

Mr. Finn has not up to now, at any rate to my knowledge, received the

notice it really deserves. The period of its stay is far too short to

make its collection profitable.

Some time back, while investigating the operations of the mango

jassid (Ideocerus niveosparsus, Leitherry), it struck me that it would be

an excellent addition to the “green bug” as a bird food. This jassid

may in most years be found in swarms in mango topes in February,

March, and April. It subsists by sucking out the juices from the young

flower shoots of the mango. This insect is one of the most serious of

our mango pests. Still later in June and July I found another jassid

8 H. W. Peal—“ Green Bug ” and-other Jassids as food. [No. 1,

exceedingly plentiful in the various plots around Calcutta devoted to

the cultivation of the Bhindi (Hibiscus esculentus). This insect is

clothed in a uniform coat of green, is far softer than the two jassids just

referred to, and would, if anything, prove an even more palatable addi-

tion to the above two species as a bird food. These three species taken

together would, I am sure, make it worth one’s while to take the matter

up. (There are in addition several other species of jassids occurring in

abundance on various plants which could also be systematically collected).

It will be seen from Mr. Finn’s paper that ‘ants’ eggs’ sell from

about ls. to ls. 6d. per 1b. retail in the English market. Presumably

about 4 to 6d. would be about the correct wholesale rate it could be sold

at. Ihave no data to hand which would give one an ideaas to how much

each lantern trap could be counted on to catch in a night during the

season. As a matter of fact, it must be admitted that it would vary

enormously with the state of the weather, the wind, and to a certain

degree the type of lantern used. I have myself gathered considerably

over a pound of the green fly from off an ordinary lamp in about two

hours’ time. f

A suitable lantern trap would consume about ananna’s worth of

oil per night and it would require to catch some two or three pounds of

insects per night to make it pay.

Last year the insects were plentiful from the 27th October to the

5th November. Giving an estimate of two pounds of dried insects off

each lantern trap, the total catch for a hundred lamps would be nearly

2 ewt. per night or a ton for the ten days’ work. ;

As for the mango jassid I did not know at first if it would prefer

immolation in a lantern trap to the allurements of the mango shoots.

I find, however, that like the rest of its family it has a strong fascina-

tion for light,

One can count on ten days or a fortnight for the “ green bug,” a

period of nearly three months for the mango jassid, and two months on

the “bhindi” jassid, This would mean at least 150 working days for

each lamp and the total catch for each lamp would be almost 3 cwt. of

insects. This on 200 lamps would represent an outturn of about 30

tons. On a basis of 4d. a pound, this would mean some £1,120.

For drying the insects Mr. Finn’s idea of cheap coarse cloth

stretched on frames is both inexpensive and efficient. The frames should

be double to prevent the insects while drying being eaten up by other

birds, like the crows. If, however, the work was taken up on an exten-

sive scale, it would pay to use a dryer, such as is used for drying fruit

in the United States or tea in India.

I could never understand before where the insect hid itself during

1903.] H.J. Walton—Oceurrence of Motacilla tawana (Swinhoe.)' 9

the day. This year while searching for insects on peepul seedlings,

{ found this jassid packed. away in large numbers under the leaves.

Possibly the peepul is its food plant. Peepul seedlings spring up in

enormous numbers during the rains in all sorts of likely and unlikely

places. For various causes most of these seedlings die out about the

beginning of the cold season, but during the time of their growth they

would afford an unlimited supply of food for the bug.

Note on the occurrence of Motacilla taivana (Suinhoe) near Caleutta.—

By Carr. H. J.-Wauron, 1.M.S.

In the Fauna of British India, Birds, Vol. IH, p. 296, under the

heading of Motacilla flava, Mr. Oates remarks: ‘‘ An allied species,

M. taivana, Swinhoe, from China and the Malay Peninsula, is extremely

likely to be found in Burma............. A specimen of a wagtail in the

Hume collection killed at Howrah, Calcutta, would appear to belong to

this species, but unless supported by other specimens, it would be pre-

mature to pronounce it such.”

With the exception of the specimen mentioned above, I can find no

reference to the occurrence of M. taivana in India.

On January 7th, 1900, amongst a number of live small birds in a

coop in the New Market, Calcutta, I noticed a wagtail that I was un-

familiar with. I bought the bird and skinned it. I labelled it at the

time “? M. taivana.” For various reasons, I have only lately been

able to re-examine the skin and to compare it with the wagtails in the

Indian Museum. In doing this, I had the great advantage of the assist-

ance of Mr. Frank Finn, My bird differs from all the Indian wagtails

in the Museum collection, and except that it is of a slightly duller

yellow on the under parts, agrees perfectly with a specimen of

M. taivana, from Foochow. Mr, Finn agrees with me that my bird is

undoubtedly M. tawvana.

The distribution of this species, given by Mr. Bowdler Sharpe, in

the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum, Vol. X, is “ Kurile

Islands, Hastern Siberia, Dauria, Amoorland, throughout China and

Formosa, wintering in the Malayan Peninsula.”

The fact of my specimen being exposed for sale in the market in

the same coop as a miscellaneous lot of common small birds, ** ortolans”’

in the language of the market —completely negatives the idea that it

may have been imported. All these small birds are obtained in the

aj Ti,

10 -H. J. Walton—Occurrence of Motacilla taivana ( SMnhoe.) [No. Ty

immediate neighbourhood of Calcutta, and there can be no doubt that

the wagtail came from the same locality. It is curious that Hume’s

specimen should have been killed at Howrah.

My bird is ahen. The following measurements were taken in the

flesh :—

Length—

Total me sapere br had

wing Ae ny AR

tail Ba | rer a0

bill from gape ... yon aie

tarsus ce peed

Iris; dark brown.

Bill; upper mandible black: lower mandible pale horny..

Legs and feet; black.

Ovary ; very small.

NEW SERIES. VOL... LX aie CCCCR,

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. LXXII, Part II, No. 2.—1908.

EDITED BY

yRE Natura jiistoRY SECRETARY.

* ee are PRAT Bae : eae

“ The boundg of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

Within these limits its inquiries will be extended to punares ig performed by

man or produced by nature.”—Sir WILLIAM JONES.

*,° Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Agiat. Soc.,

‘ to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, ae W. 0., or Mr.

Oito Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED AT THE PAPTIST MISSION PRES,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

ASIATIC SOCIRTY, 57, FARE STREET.

19038.

zene (exelusive of posters) to Members, Re. 1-8.—To Non-Members, Be, %

Frise in England, 3 Shillings.

; - ‘Issued 17th June, 1903.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Part II.—_NATURAL SCIENCE, &c.

No. 2.—1908.

Sy Ses

—

CONTENTS.

Novicie Indice XX. Some Additional aug D.

PRAIN ae

On two remarkable rain- has oD) Boal: He some of thet more pro-

minent features of the monsoon in Northern India im 1902. Abas

C. LitrLe

On the acquisition of alar appenddaia by the ierae: fon m Sf nerines

abietis-piceze M§. in the N.-W. Himalayas.—By EH. P. Sressine,

F.L.S., F.E.S. =i 3 :

OOS OOS eS OO

Page.

1i<4

24°

mod

‘Ne tay

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. LXXII. Part Il.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

LOOT OOO OOO ee

No: 2.—19@ss

OOOO er

Novicie Indice XX. Some Additional Scrophulariness.—By

D. Prarn.

[Received 24th March 1903. Read Ist April 1903. ]

Having had occasion to assort the material of the natural order Scroph-

ularinese, preserved in the Herbarium attached to the Royal Botanic

Garden at Shibpur, the writer finds, as is usually the case, that there

are a number of species belonging to the order which are new to India

in the sense that they are not included in the account of the family

published by Sir J. D. Hooker in the Flora of British India, vol. iv.

(1884). In almost every case the new record is the result of the exten-

sion of the territories of the Indian Empire along its north-western and

its north-eastern frontiers. Following the practice, commenced now

fifteen years ago, of providing diagnoses of species thus found to be new

to the Indian flora, arranged according to the method of the Flora of

British India, for the benefit of members of the Society who may be

botanising near the Indian frontiers, the writer now presents the neces-

sary supplement to this particular natural family. Having regard,

however, to the needs of those who may be working in the field else-

where than on the frontiers, new localities for species already accounted

for in the Flora of British India are duly noted.

J. 1. 5

LIRRAR

12 D. Prain—Some Additional Serophularinez. [No. 2,

1. ANTICHARIS Enpt.

1. ANTICHARIS LINEARIS Hochst.

Add to localities :—RasputaNAa; Bikanir, where it is known as

“ Dhunnya,” Major Roberts !

The capsules, in all the Indian specimens at Calcutta, are pubescent.

2. VERBASCUM Linn.

2. Verpascum ERIANTHUM Penth., DC. Prodr. x. 236; Boiss. Flor.

Orient. iv. 319 ; thinly ashy-pubescent, lower leaves oblong narrowed to a

petiole, upper auricled cordate obtuse or subacute, flowers panicled.

Brivisn Betvcuistan ; Ziarat, Lace! Harnai and Lakkahana, Du-

thie’s Collectors! Cu1traL; near Drosh, Hamilton ! Kala Drosh, Harriss !

between Mirga and Dir, Harriss! Disteis. Afghanistan; W. Beluchis-

tan.

Biennial ; stem 3-4 feet, blackish, paniculately branched upwards. Leaves cre-

nate, radical up to 18 in. long, cauline 4-8 in. Flowers in distant tomentose fascicles

on the 6-8 in. long branches of the terminal panicle; pedicels unequal, rather

shorter than the calyx, ‘25 in. long. Calyz-lobes triangular, partite to the middle.

Corolla 5 in. across. Stamens 5, filaments woolly. Capsule ovate, twice as long as

enlyx.

4. LINARIA Juss.

2. Litnaria incana Wall. Pl. As. Rar. 1.43; Benth., DC. Prodr. x.

270. lL. cabulica Hook. f., Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 251, quoad descript. L.

ramosissima VAR. pubescens Stocks Mss., Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 251.

Deccan: Perrottet! C. Inp1a: Jubbulpore, Beddome! Goona, King!

Nerat: Rambun, Wallich 3910! N.W. Himataya: Sirmore, Vicary !

Jaunsar, Gamble! Fagu, Gamble! Hazara, Slewart! Kangra, Stoliczka!

Chumba, Clarke 23566 in part, mixed with L. ramosissima! Rawal Pindi,

Aitchison 213 in part, mixed with L. ramosissima! Rasevrana: Abu,

King! N. Inpta: Etawah, Hume! Currran, near Drosh, Harris !

The above are the Herb. Calcutta localities for this plant, which the writer is

inclined to agree with Clarke and Aitchison in uniting with L. ramosissima. This

is the species with softly hirsute leaves and echinate or, as Bentham expresses it

“ muricate-tubercular ” seeds, exactly like those of L. ramosissima,

3. LINARIA CABULICA Benth., DC. Prodr. x. 270. L. ineana Hook.

f., Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 252.

AFGHANISTAN: Griffith K.D. 3859, named by Bentham! KaAsumir:

Srinagar, Clarke 29124! Gammie! Falconer 763!

The above are the localities of the specimens in Herb. Calcutta, of this species,

which is, as an authentic sheet named by Bentham shows, the one with flowers,

capsules, and seeds larger than in L. ramosissima and L. incana; in this plant the

seeds have a closely roughly pitted testa, not echinate or “ muricate-tubercular.’’

1903. | D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularines. 13

5. Lanaria Grirritai Benth., DO. Prodr. x. 272 (Griffithsi:) ; Boiss.

Flor. Orient. iv. 370; perennial, erect, glabrous, leafy, leaves alternate

glaucous, oblong, flowers shortly pedicelled, spur rather shorter than the

corolla-tube ; seeds discoid marginate.

British Betvcnistan: Shelabagh, 6,000 ft., Lace! Dusrris. Af-

ghanistan.

Stem 1°5-2 ft., branches short ascending. Deaves1*5-2 in. long ; ‘5-'75 in. wide,

semi-amplexicaul, acute, 5-7-nerved from the base. Flowers in long rather lax

spiciform racemes; bracts and calyx-segments lanceolate acute, pubescent ; caly@

*25 in long ; corolla yellow, ‘6 in. long, spur slender subincurved. Capsule subglobose,

‘3 in, in diameter, pale brown. |

6. Livarra opora M. Bieb. Flor. Taur.-Oauc. ii. 76; Benth., DC.

Prodr. x. 274; Boiss. Flor. Orient. iv. 373. L. venosa Lindl. ; Benth. l.c. ;

perennial, erect, much branched, glabrous, glaucous, leaves alternate,

linear, pedicels short, spur shorter than corolla-tube; capsule globose,

seeds smooth wide-margined.

W. Himataya: Chitral, Harriss! Younghusband! Gilgit, Giles !

British Betvcutstan : Kanozai, Duthie’s Collector! Distris. Northward

to Siberia, westward to Central Hurope.

Stem 2-2°5 ft. high, branches strict, numerous from the base. Leaves linear-

subulate rather distant, entire, semi-terete, canaliculate, 1:25-1:75 in. long.

Flowers few laxly shortly racemed; calyx small, glabrous or faintly puberulous,

segments elliptic subobtuse or slightly acute, ‘15 in. long; corolla yellow, °75 in.

long, throat bearded, spar straight or slightly incurved short. Capsule globose, 25

in. in diam.

5. SCHWEINFURTHIA A. Bravy,

1. ScHWHINFURTHIA SPHAHROCARPA A. Br.

Add to localities :—British Berucnistan; Sibi, Lace! Kaloo-killa,

Duthie’s Collector !

7. SCROPHULARIA Livy.

“11. Scropsuraria variecata M. Bieb.

Add to localities :—H. Hrmataya; Phari, King’s Collector !

14. ScropHunarta capuLica Benth., DO. Prodr. x. 316; Boiss. Flor.

Orient. iv. 420; glabrous, glaucescent, leaves small oblong-lanceolate,

repandly toothed, cymes few-flowered, divaricate, flowers small distant

sessile ; sepals oblong, hardly margined ; staminode linear.

N.W. Himaraya: Chitral, Harriss! British Be_ocuisran : Torkhan,

etc., Duthie’s Collector ! Lace!

Stems much branched from the base upwards, 1-15 ft. high; branches rigid

sparsely leafy below, passing above into long strict thyrsoid panicles. Leaves ‘6 in.

long, oblong-lanceolate, teeth very faint. Cymes 5-7-flowered divaricately divided,

the lower peduncled, the upper nearly or quite sessile,

14 D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinee. [No. 2

9. WIGHTIA Watt.

1. WicuHTta gigantea Wall.

For Western read Eastern Himataya; and add to localities of

F.B. I. :—Assam; Khasia, Hooker and Thomson! Simons! Jaintea, Wal-

lich! King’s Collector! Manipur, Watt! Burma: Bithoko Range,

Brandis! Ruby Mines District, King’s Collector! Shan Hills, Alpin!

A large epiphytic climber.

11, MIMULUS Liry.

1. Mimunus yepatensis Wall.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Burmua: N. Shan States, at Najong,

4,500 ft. Gatacre!

3. Mucus eraciiis R. Br.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Rasputana: Aboo, King! CentTrat

Inp1a: Goona, King! Betul, Duthie! Assam: Naga Hills at Kohima,

Clarke! Manipur, Watt! Burma: Shan Hills, Calcutta Collectors!

14. LINDENBERGIA Lexum.

1. LrypDENBERGIA GRANDIFLORA Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Norruern Circars: Ganjam, on Ma-

hendragiri, at 4,500 ft., Gamble 13954!

A very interesting extension of distribution, especially since the species has

not yet been met with on Parasnath oron the other subtemperate hills of Chota

Nagpur.

2. Linpenpercia Hooxert Clarke.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Assam: Dikri Hills, Simons ! Brah-

makund, Masters !

3. LINDENBERGIA PHILIPPINENSIS Benth.

Add to synonyms of the #. B. I,:—L. siamensis Teijsm. & Binn.,

Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. xxv. 411 (1863); Mig. in Herb., ex Hook. f., Flor.

Brit. Ind. iv. 262 (1884). Adenosma cuspidatum Benth. in Wall. Cat.

3852 (1829). A. macrophylluam Benth, in Wall. Cat. 3853 (1829).

Pterostigma macrophyllum Benth. Scroph. Ind. 21 (1835); DC. Prodr.

x. 380 (1846).

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Assam ; Naga Hills, Zamba, Collett !

and Pherima, Prain’s Collector! Banks of Brahmaputra near Dibru-

garh, weak plants on sand-banks apparently from seed washed down

from higher elevations, Prain’s Collectors !

4, LINDENBERGIA MAcROstacuya Benth.

Delete synonyms of the F. B. I.:—U. siamensis Mig. in Herb,

Adenosma cuspidatum Benth. in Wall. Cat. 3352.

Delete the localities :—Marrapay, Siam, Cain.

1903. | D. Frain—Some Additional Scrophularineex. 15

Some confusion has grown up regarding the identity and the distribution as

well as the synonymy of Lindenbergia philippinensis and Lindenbergia macrostachya ;

this requires to be definitely settled, if for no other reason than that, as the Flora

of British India truly says, the one may prove only a variety of the other.

The species Lindenbergia philéppinensis was first described as such in DC, Prodr.

x. 377 (1846), the basis of the species being Stemodia philippinensis Cham. &

Schlecht. Linnea iii. 5. (1828), and the Philippines being then its only known

locality. Hooker in Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 261, also describes the species but gives it as

occurring in Chittagong, Burma, Pegu, Tenasserim, and as extending to China and

the Philippines.

The species Lindenbergia macrostachya, which is admitted by Bentham, as well

as by Hooker, to be very nearly related to L. philippinensis, was first described by

Bentham in Scroph. Ind. 22 (1835), and is again described in the Prodromus x. 376,

It is thus, as a Lindenbergia at all events, older than L. philippinensis. But, since

the basis of DL. macrostachya is Bentham’s own Stemodia macrostachya in Wall. Cat.

8925 (1829), the epithet philippinensis has priority over the epithet macrostuchya.

Bentham gives the distribution of L. macrostachya as from the N.-W. Himalaya as

far as to Martaban and Moulmein. This, however, he only manages to do by includ-

ing in the species his own Adenosma cuspidutum in Wall. Cat. 3852 (1829) which is

a Burmese plant. Hooker does not put the distribution in this way. He says that

LL. macrostachya occurs in the N.-W. Himalaya and in Martaban ; a somewhat differ-

ent statement from Bentham’s. But it seems clear, from the way in which the citations

are made, that the species is considered Burmese solely on the strength of Wall. Cat.

3852. The further distribution Siam is clearly on the strength of Lindenbergia

siamensis Miq. in Herb.; that of China is probably on the strength of specimens

from China named Lindenbergia macrostachya by Hance and by Maximowiz.

The only tangible character in the various diagnoses of these two species is

that the style in Lindenbergia macrostachya is glabrous, whereas in L. philippensis it is

hirsute at the base. The character of glabrous and pubescent leaves is unreliable ;

Hance’s “ L. macrostachya,” for example, is undoubtedly L. philippinensis with nearly

glabrous leaves; on the other hand Griffith and King have both collected in North-

West India examples of undoubted L. macrostachya with leaves as pubescent as

those of L. philippinensis.

As a rule the calyx is distinctive but even at best the difference does not

amount to much and there are some Burmese examples of L. philippinensis, i.e.,

of the plant with a very hairy base to the style, that have calyx-teeth quite like those

of LZ. macrostachya which always has a glabrous style. The corolla of L. macro-

stachya is smaller than that of L. philippinensis, but the character, being a relative

one, is hardly sufficient for absolute diagnosis, and the corolla of L. philippinensis

itself varies too much in size to make the character of more than subsidiary value.

By the only crucial character, “‘style hairy at the base,’’ Adenosma cuspidatum

Benth. is certainly Lindenbergia philippinensis! So also is “ L. siamensis Miq.’’

which is only L. siamensis Teijsm. & Binn., of which I have seen an authentic

example and of which there is a drawing made from the living plant in the Calcutta

Herbarium. By this test too the Lindenbergia macrostachya, from Chiva, of Hance

and Maximowicz, is L. philippinensis.

In short Lindenbergia macrostachya is a species strictly confined to Northern

India; L. philippinensis is a species that extends from Central China, throughout

the whole of Indo-China from the Brahmaputra river eastward to Upper Tenasserim

16 D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinee. [ No. 2,

and to the Philippines. It has not, however, as stated in the Index Kewensis, been

yet collected in any part of Malaya.

Whether the two plants deserve to be considered specifically distinct is rather

an open question. They are easily distinguished in most cases and in any case are

certainly very distinct varieties.

15. ADENOSMA R. Br.

1.* ApENOSMA INOPINATUM Prain; hirsute, leaves ovate-acute,

serrate; flowers axillary sessile, 3 outer sepals in fruit very large,

rounded at base, about twice as long as broad, 2 inner very small

lanceolate. A. ovatum Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 263 as to the Malay Penin-

sula locality, not of Benth.

Matay Peninsvta; Malacca, Griffith! Singapore, Anderson! Kunstler !

Branching from the base, black when dry ; branches 2-3 ft long, often rooting

below, prostrate or ascending. Leaves 1°5-1°75 in., base cuneate, tapering to a very

short petiole. Fruiting sepals nearly *5 in. long, membranous reticulate pubescent

outer twice as long as broad. Flowers blue.

This is very near A. ovatwm from which it differs by its narrower fruiting sepals

and still nearer A. subrepens from which it differs by its rather larger, serrate not

crenate and acute not obtuse leaves.

9. ApDENOSMA HIRSUTUM Kurz, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xlv. 2. 143

(1873). Pterostigma hirsutum Mig. Flor. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 562 (1860).

P. villosum Mig. Flor. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 562 (1860) not of Benth.; stout,

erect, densely tawny-tomentose, leaves very short-petioled, ovate ovate-

lanceolate or lanceolate, acute or subobtuse, crenate-serrate, flowers in

dense cylindric villous bracteate spikes, corolla blue; capsule ovate

abruptly beaked.

Nicopars: Kamorta, Kurz! Matay Peninsuza, Prov. Wellesley, at

Kuleang Ulu, Curtis 2238! Distrrs. Sumatra, at Rau (Teijsmann 1157) !

Bangka, near Djebus (Teijsmann 3429) !

Stems 2-4 ft., and leaves on both sides densely villous with tawny hairs, as are

the leafy bracts "75 in. long at base of spikes, but gradually decreasing upwards.

Spikes 2-3°5 in. long, very dense. Calyz-teeth lanceolate, the uppermost largest.

Capsule straw-coloured.

The bracts of the Nicobar specimens are rather larger than these of the original

Sumatra plant but the leaves are identical. The leaves of the Malayan Peninsula

plant are rather narrower, but the bracts are exactly as in the Sumatra plant. The

Bangka plant is rather more slender, but has’*the same compact heads with leafy

bracts and tawny pubescence, and is very different from Pterostigma villosum Benth.

{Adenosma ce@ruleum) to which Miquel has referred it. The nearest ally of the

species is Adenosma capitatum from which, however, it is very distinct.

8. ADENOSMA MACROPHYLLUM Benth.

This plant, founded on Wall. Cat. 3853, as represented in Herb. Calcutta, is

only Lindenbergia philippinensis.

1903. ] D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularines. 17

17. LIMNOPHILA R. Br.

2. LIMNOPHILA BALSAMEA Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Manay Peninsuta; Perak, Kunstler

1027 !

Leaves rather dark green, flowers blue (Kunstler).

5. LIMNOPHILA MICRANTHA Benth.

Add to localities of F’. B. I. :—Matay Peninsuta; Pahang, Ridley /

6. LimnopHita precta Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Matay Peninsuta; Perak, Wray!

Kunstler ! Pahang, Ridley !

The stems are sometimes 12 in. long, and the leaves sometimes 1°5 in. long.

8. Limnopuina vittosa Bl. Bijdr. 750. L. javanica A. DC. Prodr.

x. 594, L. pulcherrima Hook. f., Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 267.

11. . Limnopuita urirsuta Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Matay Pentinsuta; Perak, Kuns-

tler ! Scortechini !

17. Li nopHina sEssiuiFLora Bl.

Add to localities of the F. B. I. :—Burma; Hotha, J. Anderson f

Kachin Hills, Shaik Mokim! Anpamans; Port Blair, King’s Collector !

The Burmese localities are very far north; the species may however occur else-

where but have been overlooked. At Port Blair it is to be suspected that the

species has been accidentally introduced with seed of rice from India.

21. LIMNOPHILA GRATIOLOIDES R. Br.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Cuitracone ; Puttea, Clarke! Burma ;

Rangoon, Kurz! Tenasserim, Helfer !

The great rarity of this species to the east of India Proper leads to the sus-

picion of introduction.

22. Limvyopuita Grirritait Hook. f.

This interesting little species has also been collected in Perak by Kunstler, who

reports the flowers as pure white, so that the plant from Nigeria referred to by

Hooker may be actually the same.

18. HERPESTIS Garry.

4, Hoprprstis coAMmpryoIpEs H. B. & K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. ii. 369 ;

Benth., DC. Prodr. x. 393 ; decumbent, leaves short-petioled, ovate, tooth-

ed; pedicels solitary, ebracteate; upper sepal ovate, 2 lower ovate

or oblong ; capsule ovate.

Lower Beneat: Shibpur, plentiful.

Quite glabrous, not at all succulent ; branches 3-6in. long. Leaves *5-"75 in. long,

narrowed to the distinct petiole. Pedicels as long as or longer than the leaves.

Fruiting calyx *8 in. long. Corolla yellow, rather longer than calyx,

18 D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinez. [No. 2,

This small American weed has, Of late years, become quite naturalized on paths

and in waste corners in the neighbourhood of Calcutta.

92. CURANGA Juss.

1. CURANGA AMARA Juss.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Matay Prntnsuta; Perak, Scorte-

chini ! Pahang, Ridley !

23. TORENIA Liyy.

3. ToRnNIA CORDIFOLIA Roab.

In all the specimens examined by the writer the lower filaments are distinctly

toothed.

5. TORENIA ASIATICA Linn.

Add to localities of F'. B. I. :—Matay Pentnsuta : Perak, Scortechini !

Curtis !

Add to distribution :—Sumatra.

6.* ToreniA RUBENS Benth., DC. Prodr. x. 410.

This is included under T. vagins in the F. B. I., and may, as Hooker suggests,

be but a form of that species. The two are, however, very easily distinguished in

the Herbarium by the smaller, often minnte, teeth on the longer filaments of J. rubens.

They are still more easily distinguished in the field by the colour of the flowers:

T. vagans has a fairly uniform blueish-purple or dull-violet corolla; 7. rubens has a

corolla with a pale lilac or nearly white tube with three bright violet-purple spots.

10. Torenta FLAVA Ham.

Add-to localities of F. B. I. :—MAtAy PeninstLa: Perak, Kunstler !

Kunstler describes the corolla of this as bright yellow.

Il. Torpnta crtrata Sm.

Add to synonyms of Ff’. B. I. :—T. flava Mig. Flor. Ind. Bat. Suppl.

237.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Matay Pentnsuxa : Perak, Scortechini !

Kunstler! Distr. Sumatra (Teijsmann 1182) !

Teijsmann’s original specimens of “7. flava Mig. non Ham.” are marked corolla

cerulea. Two species of Torenia collected by Teijsmann and described by Miquel

I have not seen. One of these is T. lamponga which from Miguel’s description

ought certainly to be T. peduncularis; the other is T. cerulea and it ought equally

certainly to be T. ciliata.

12. TorentA BenTHamIAna Hance, Ann. Sc. Nat. Ser. 4. xviii. 226

(1862) ; decumbent diffuse rooting at the nodes, finely tawny-tomentose ;

leaves petioled deltoid-ovate acute, serrate; pedicels axillary larger

than the calyx or the leaves; fruiting calyx oblong, subclavate, 5-angled,

keeled and chanelled, not winged; lower filaments with a very long

slender tooth.

1903. ] D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinee. 19

Matay Peninsuta: Johore, Ridley 4160! Distr. China (Hance

5901)! Cochin-China.

Stems slender, up to a foot long ; leaves °75-1 in. long including the petiole '2-'25

in. long, base rounded truncate. Calyx in fruit *5 in. long, peduncle °75-1°5 in.

long. Corolla ‘6 in. long, yellow with purple eye.

This seems to be the 7. flava Bot. Mag. t. 6,700 not of Ham.

“

24. VANDELLIA Livy.

3. WANDELLIA stEmMoNoIDES Mig. Flor. Ind. Bat. Suppl. 563 (1860).

V. Hookeri Clarke Flor. Brit. Ind. iv. 280 (1884). Disrris. Bangka,

(Teijsmann 3242) !

6. VANDELLIA HIRSUTA Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Matay Preninsuta: Perak, Kunstler !

Pahang, Ridley ! |

7. WVANDELLIA SCABRA Benth.

Add to localities of #. B. I. :—Matay Peninsuna: Proy. Wellesley, at

Butterworth, King! Singapore, Kunstler !

8. VANDELLIA MOLLIS Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Burua: Chin Hills, Abdul Huq!

Add to Disrris. :—Sumatra, (Forbes 1981)! Java, (Kurz 555) !

8*, VANDELLIA PUNCTATA Prain; procumbent, quite glabrous; leaves

shortly petioled orbicular-ovate, succulent, crenate-serrate, distinctly

punctate; pedicels in axillary and terminal racemes much longer than

the calyx; sepels lanceolate glabrous not quite so long as the ovate

capsule.

San Hitis: Fort Stedman and Taungyi, King’s Collectors !

Stem creeping below 12-18 in. long, somewhat succulent. Leaves ‘5-'75 in. long,

quite glabrous. Racemes up to 2’5 in, long, distantly 10-12-flowered; pedicels very

slender “4 in. long. Sepals ‘15 in. long, lanceolate glabrous except for the finely

ciliate-serrate margins. Corolla ‘3in. long, pale purple. Filaments glabrous. COap-

sule :2 in, long.

This species is most nearly related to V. scabra and V. mollis, the flowers and

capsules much resembling those of the former, the influence being exactly that of

the latter. From both it differs in its quite glabrous leaves which are thicker than

in either and are very distinctly punctuate.

12. VANDELLIA PEDUNCULATA Benth. -

Add to synonyms of # B. I. :—Y. cerastioides Coll. § Hems/.,

Journ. Linn. Soc. xxviii. 100. .

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Burma: Tagaung, J. Anderson!

Poneshee, J. Anderson! Pegu, Kurz! Shan Hills, Collett! Manay

Prninsuta: Malacca, Harvey! Singapore, Kunstler! Add to Distriz. :-—

Sumatra (Beccari 873) !

J. uu. 4 ;

20 D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinez. [No 2,

25. ILYSANTHHES Rarity.

1. ILYSANTHES HYSSOPOIDES Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Cuora Nacrur: Sirguja, J. J. Wood!

26. BONNAYA Ling & Orrto.

2. BOoNNAYA REPTANS Spreng.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Matay Peninsuta: Perax, Scorte-

chini ! Wray! Singapore, Hullett! Ridley! Pahang, Ridley !

This species appears to be common in the Eastern Peninsula, B. brachiata,

on the other hand, being rare. The latter was collected at Singapore by Wallich in

1822, but had been recorded by no one else till recently when it was collected by

Ridley in Pahang. The two are very similar and perhaps B. brachiata may have

been overlooked.

4, BONNAYA PEDUNCULARIS Benth.

This species is based ou Wall. Cat. 3865, and, so far as the Calcutta example of

that number is concerned, is simply typical Vandellia angustifolia, because it has

4 perfect stamens.

32. SIBTHORPIA Liny.

1. SrprHorPia PInnaTA Benth.

Add to localities of the F. B. I. :—Sixxim: Tongloo, 10,000 ft.

Lister! Clarke! Gamble! King’s Collectors !

338. HEMIPHRAGMA Watt.

1. HeiMIPHRAGMA HETEROPHYLLUM Wall,

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Naca Hiuus: Japvo, Clarke!

Manipur, Watt! Burma: Kachin Hills, Prain’s Collectors! North

Shan States, Hantong Stream, 5,200 ft., Gatacre!

39. VERONICA Liyy.

13. Veronica cana Wall.

Var. robusta Prain; stems stoutish, up to 2 ft. high ; leaves larger

over 2 in. long; more densely tomentose everywhere; calyz-segments

acute ; fruit less deeply 2-lobed than in the type.

Sikkim: Phallut, Tongloo, Kalipokri, Tassijour and elsewhere in

Western Sikkim, common.

Larger in all its parts and more robust than the typical plant.

15. Veronica Javanica Bl,

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Nineiris: Gamble!

40. ALECTRA Tuouns.

2. Atecrra THomsont Hook. f.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Noada in Singbhum, Clarke! Raj-

1903. ] D. Prain—Some Additional Secrophularinez. 21

mahal Hills near Sahibganj, Kurz! Chanda District, C. Provinces, at

Patal Pani, near Alapilli, Duthie !

42. STRIGA Loor.

3. StTrIGA LuTEA Lour.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Anpamans: Port Blair, Prain! King!

Matay Penrysuta: Pahang, Ridley (the yellow-flowered form) ! Singapore,

Kurz (the pink-flowered form) !

44, CENTRANTHERA R. Br.

1. CENTRANTHERA GRANDIFLORA Benth.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Assam: Manipur, Watt! Burma ;

Chindwin Valley, Prazer!

45. SOPUBIA Ham.

2. Sopusia triripa Ham.

Add to localities of F. B. I.:—Naaa Hints ; common, Prain ! Mani-

pur, Watt! Burma; Chin Hills, Prazar! Shan Hills, King’s Collectors !

Disrris. Bali (Zollinger) !

A specimen of this species, n. 3,889 Zollinger, is in Herb. Calcutta, with the

MSS. name Sopubia sulphurea Kurz. It was collected among the volcanic ash of

Mt. Bator, in Bali, at 4-5,000 ft. in Sept. 18387. Of Sopubsa stricta, which was already

recorded from Java, there is also a specimen from Madara, collected by Teijsmann.

47. LEPTORHABDOS Scarenx.

2. LEPTORHABDOS LINIFOLIA Walp.

Add to localities of F. B. I. :—Hazara; Kagan Valley, Duthie’s Qoi-

lector ! Gilgit, 8,000-9,000 ft., Giles! Lahul, Jaeschke !

This form, which Duthie’s collectors have also collected more than once in

Baltistan, differs both from L. parviflora and from L. virgata in the points noted by

Hooker, but it hardly differs more from either of these forms than they do from

each other, and the Flora of British India is almost certainly right in suggesting

that there is but one species in the genus.

48. PHTHEIROSPERMUM Bonce.

3. PHTHEIROSPERMUM TENUISECTUM Bur. § Franch. Journ. de Bot.

v. 129 (1891); Prain im Hook. Icon. Pl. t. 2211 (1894); glandular-

pubescent; leaves ovate-acute 2-3-pinnatisectly dissected, segments

linear ; calyx-lobes subequal ; corolla-tube nearly twice as long as calyx.

Hastern Himanava: Chumbi Valley at Tassi-chen-doom, King’s

Collector ! Distr1s. Tibet, W. China.

Stems slender from a perennial woody rootstock, many, simple or sparingly

branched, Leaves -75 in. long, nearly 1 in. wide, Flowers axillary, shortly pedi-

22 D. Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinee. [No. 2

celled. Calyx ‘3 in. long. Corolla ‘5 in. long, '2 in. wide. Capsule compressed

beaked. Seeds with reticulate testa.

52. PEDICULARIS Linn.

11.* PrpicuLaris DIFFUSA Prain, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xii. 2,7, t. 1

(1893) ; glabrescent, stems erect or ascending, cauline leaves 4-nately ©

whorled petioled ovate-oblong pinnatisect, segments oblong-obtuse, in-

cised-serrate ; flowers whorled, whorls numerous distinct ; corolla-tube

twice as long as calyx, upper lip slightly curved, apex somewhat in-

curved not beaked; lower lip 3-lobed, lobes oblong-ovate with sinuate

margins the lateral one-half larger than the central; stamens inserted

opposite top of ovary, anterior filaments bearded above.

Eastern Himataya: Sikkim, Mt. Tankra, Gammie !

Stems 1°5-2 ft. long; canuline leaves *75-1 in. long, petioles *25-°4 in. long,

radical leaves evanescent. Floweis in rather distant whorls, except the uppermost ;

bracts leafy. Calyx °25 in. long ; lobes rather large, unequal ; the anterior and lateral

ovate, incised-serrate, the upper deltoid entire, small; Jateral twice as large as

anterior 4 times as large as upper. Corolla rose; tube widened upwards, 4 in.

long; limb ‘2 in. wide; lip *8 in. wide. Capsule narrowly lanceolate, acute, twice

as long as calyx, ‘5 in. long. Seeds ovoid, testa black, finely reticulate.

Most nearly related to P. verticillata Linn. and P. refracta Maxim., but while

differing considerably from both in habit and foliage, it further differs from

P. verticillata in having a calyx with large teeth and with the tube reticulated

throughout, and further differs from P. refracta in having the anterior and lateral

calyx-teeth serrate instead of entire. In habit it most resembles P. flexuosa, but is

glabrescent, where that species is hirsute, or still more P. gracilis var. macrocarpa,

from which it is hardly distinguishable in fruit. The flowers of these two last species

have, however, long-beaked corollas.

30. PEDICULARIS FLAGELLARIS Benth.

Add to synonyms of #. B. I.:—P. Gammieana Prain, Journ. As.

Soc. Beng. lviii. 2. 260; Ann. Roy. Bot. Gard. iii. 162.

32. PEDICULARIS CURVIPES Hook. f.; Bot. Mag. t. 7735.

Add to description of F. B. I. :—Corolla-tube not longer than the

calyx ; lower lip sessile, 6 in. wide, pale rose-coloured, white towards

the mouth, 3-lobed, glabrous, lateral lobes obliquely rounded, median

much smaller, orbicular, emarginate or obcordate ; upper lip puberulous,

bright rose-red erect and inflated, arcuate, ending in a decurved slender

beak.

53. LATHRAA Livy.

2, LATHRH#A PURPUREA Cummins, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. |xiv. 2. 137

(1895) ; calyx cylindric. campanulate, hirsute, 10-ribbed, slightly 2-

lipped.

Eastern Himataya: Bhutan, Dichu Valley, 12,000 fb. Cummins !

Sikkim, Singalelah, 13,000 ft., King’s Collector !

1903. ] D, Prain—Some Additional Scrophularinez. 23

Diffusely branched ; stems short, 3-4 in., purple, slender; scales purple, orbicu-

lar, obtuse, opposite, short-petioled; flowers racemed rather long-pedicelled, erect ;

bracts subsessile like the stem-scales. Calyw purple. Corolla-tube purple, about twice

as long us calyx, “75 in. long ; upper lip purple hooded, subacutely toothed below the

apex on both sides; lower lip 3-lobed, purplish-white with dark purple veins. Sta-

mens didynamous, included ; anterior filaments pubescent thronghout and one-third

shorter than the posterior which are only pubescent towards the apex. Ovary

2-lobed, purplish ; style simple; stigma very small, subexserted ; each chamber 10-15-

ovuled.

Nearest to L. clandestina Linn., but differing in its nearly uniform purple colour,

its subentire calyx, and its smaller corolla with subacute not rounded subapical teeth.

24. CO. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal ; and some of the more prominent

features of the monsoon season in Northern India in 1902.—By

C. LitTLe.

[Received 18th March 1903. Read 1st April 1903. ]

Part I.

The south-west monsoon is a subject of enduring interest to many,

not only to those who are continuous residents in the plains of India, or

to those who are interested in raw products, but to all professional meteo-

rologists, and to many other scientific men, whose work dovetails in with

meteorological investigations. I make no claim to belong to any of these

classes except the first, but my official duty as storm-warning officer for

ports in the Bay of Bengal, has made it necessary for me to try and

follow others in their advances in the direction of explaining complicat-

ed atmospheric changes. Any attempt by me to go beyond the réle of

follower has been either with the purpose of educating myself or merely

as a pastime, and in either case it is not likely that it will be much, or

any advantage to others to know what I have been studying, or what

conclusions I have come to.

In my position of follower I have one strong belief which is, of course,

a not uncommon belief, and it is that much of the weather in Northern

India during the monsoon season depends on storms, which develop in

the Bay of Bengal, or to be on the safe side, which enter India from the

Bay. I have another belief which may not be so common, viz., that, in

one important respect intimately connected with the character of the

monsoon, the behaviour of these storms is as yet a mystery. My main

object in offering this brief paper for publication is that, by showing my

ignorance others may be induced to supply the necessary information,

or that if that information is not available, the collection of meteorological

statistics may be more specially directed so as to meet a most important

demand.

The difficulty I have felt is, how to account for the line of advance

of storms (the word here meaning any cyclonic disturbance, slight or

severe), while moving over the Bay, or the part of the country, which

they may devastate or enrich. The past few years appear to me to

have cast into strong relief the importance of having this matter placed,

if possible, beyond question, so that the direction of advance may not

only be accountable for after the event, but may be capable of exact

forecast several days before. The importance of what is called the recurv-

ing of cyclonic storms was shown in 1899, when nota single depression

entered India from the Bay but recurved over Central India, and as

1903.] C. Littlh—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 25

every one will remmember the general distribution of rainfall in that

year was great scarcity in the west and abundance in the east. The

past monsoon season has been even more rich in evidence, in favour of

the enquiry, which I here suggest, being one of first class importance.

The recurving of cyclonic disturbances, is not the only important

matter of enquiry which a discussion of the past monsoon season brings

to the surface. The disturbed weather which extended along the Hima-

layas on two occasions appears to me to indicate the direction in which

the enquiry as to recurviny should be made. These disturbances were

the immediate cause of the two rain-bursts in Bengal, and I have on that

account used them as a title for this paper. In what follows I have

given small tables containing the more important meteorological statis-

tics collected at the time of their occurrence and I have endeavoured to

show how they serve to divide the monsoon season into periods which have

important characteristics as regards the recurving of storms from the Bay

and of the rainfall distribution in Northern India. Noone who gives any

consideration to such matters can have forgotten the famine cloud that

was hanging over North-Western and Central India, in the early part

of August, and the rapidity with which that foreboding vanished,

when the storms from the Bay moved towards the area of drought.

Some Calcutta people may remember the change that occurred in

the weather here on the 30th June. On that date a very trying period

of hot muggy weather came to an end, and there began, at last, what had

ail the appearance of the south-west monsoon.

If there should be any doubt in the minds of my Calcutta friends

as to what happened here on that date, I am sure residents of Benares

will remember the relief they must have experienced, not on the 30th

June, but on the 2nd July, that is, two days later, when their excessive

temperature gave place to the comparative coolness of the south-west

monsoon. The interval of two days between these occurrences shows

one of the points which I wish to make out, viz., that the change

progressed from east to west. No one, I think will be likely to

challenge that statement because it is accepted by everyone that south-

west monsoon conditions gradually extend from the head of the Bay

north-westward into Northern India. The other point which I wish to

make, and which may not be readily accepted, is that the disturbance

to which that change of weather was due, began in the north-east of

India, and while progressing westward also extended southward over

Bengal Proper in the first instance, then over Orissa and on to the

Circars. It was even felt in Arakan and Madras though not very

noticeably,

Of the occurrences accompanying this wave of change, which

26 C. Little—On two remarkable vain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

passed over Bengal, one of the most noticeable on the meteorological

record of the time is the heavy rainfall in Bengal Proper, between

8 a.m. on the 29th, and 8 a.m. on the 30th June. It appears in the

record as rainfall of the 30th June.

I may, perhaps, be allowed to digress here for a moment to point

out the difficulty, which I shall refer to later on, in establishing the

sequénce of events in atmospheric matters. The only record of such

events is what the observers note at certain fixed hours—mostly 8 .m.,

supplemented at a few places by observations at 4 p.m. If any change

passes so rapidly over the land that it is completed within the 24 hours,

between 8 a.m. of one day, and 8 a.m. of the next, it appears, as a simul-

taneous change and at times, an important part of the change is lost

altogether. For instance, when a cyclone of small extent passes over

an observatory the rapid fall of pressure during the approach of the central

area and the rapid rise, after its passage, may occur in a few hours, and

neither will be shown by the 8 Am. record of that station, unless the

passage occurs about that hour. For that reason, the pressure record of

a disturbance, with a high rate of progress, is of less value in a historical

survey than are those for temperature and rainfall. It would be a very

awkward circumstance if the rain which falls, say in the afternoon, were

to evaporate before it could be measured next morning. But the rain-

fall remains and though some rise of temperature occurs after the

passage of a disturbance the recovery is slower than that of pressure,

more especially if there should be a good deal of cloud at the time.

Because of this difficulty as regards the record of pressure changes

I rely more on the rainfall and temperature changes to prove the

progressive motion from north to south for the disturbance which

accompanied and no doubt caused the rainfall of the 30th June.

The second disturbance with which the rain-burst of the 11th

August was associated was no less remarkable than the first, but it was

less striking to the ordinary observer because there was not the same

reversal of temperature. In one respect it was even more noticeable

and that was as regards the pressure changes which in this case,

strongly support the view that the disturbance entered India from

Thibet, A reference to the Indian Daily Weather Report, will show

that the fall of pressure preceding the June rainfall, occurred almost

simultaneously over the whole of India so that pressure changes alone

would not be sufficient to prove that the disturbance did not come from

some other direction, from the Bay of Bengal for example, but the

pressure changes preceding the August rainfall leave no room for doubt -

that that disturbance did not originate over the Bay. The fall of

pressure began in the north-eastern Himalayas and from there, extended

1903. ] C. Little— On two remarkable vain-bursts in Bengal. 27

westward and southward. The southerly element in this progressive

movement was less marked in the second than in the first disturbance,

as shown by both pressure and temperature changes.

The explanation of the weather changes for the periods represented for

the purpose of this paper by the 30th June and the 11th August appears

to be that just previous to these dates, depressions were crossing Thibet

towards the Himalayan range, the first moving in a south-westerly, and

the second in an almost due westerly direction. These depressions on

reaching the Himalayas became to a certain extent broken up, more

especially the former whose direction of motion had been almost per-

pendicular to the range of high hills. Owing to the comparatively

small height of the hills to the north of Assam, a disturbance of some

intensity entered that province and moving south-westward caused the

rainfall in Assam and Bengal. The higher hills in Nepal, formed a

more serious obstacle to the progress of the general disturbance, and

that may be the reason why on both occasions the changes appear to

have been delayed in Bihar and the United Provinces. The fact that

the depressions had to pass over a range of hills extending in places to

between twenty and thirty thousand feet, adds greatly to the difficulty

of establishing continuity in the changes that occurred. What adds

still further to the difficulty is that when a cyclonic storm encounters a

range of hills of height sufficient to cause disintegration of the cyclonic

system of air motion, local storms with large irregular changes of

pressure and temperature and with irregular rainfall generally occur.

In almost every case where a cyclonic storm moves northwards from

the Bay of Bengal towards the Himalayas the storm breaks up very

suddenly on reaching the hills, and instead of a well-defined depression

with cyclonic winds we find in a few hours a uniform distribution of

pressure with numerous thunderstorms, it may be along the whole line

of the Himalayas. Judging by what one observes of these storms, from

the southern side of the range of hills it is very improbable that weather

becomes disturbed in Thibet after a storm from the Bay of Bengal

disappears amongst the hills. But that is not a sufficient reason for

arguing that a cyclonic storm may not cross the Himalayas from Thibet

into India. In the first place the Thibetan storm is at a high altitude,

because of the Central Asian plateau, and a second reason is that the

obstacle which the hills present, to the progress of a storm, from the

Thibetan side is not nearly so serious as to storms from the south.

There would be more or less isolated peaks to pass, instead of the solid

wall, formed by the lower ranges up to 10,000 feet, surmounted by the

peaks.

Among the general conclusions given in the Monthly Weather

J, Wane

28 C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

Review for June, 1902, issued by the Meteorological Reporter to the

Government of India, and Director-General of Indian Observatories,

and suggested by the discussion of the atmospheric conditions in June in

Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, and the adjoining seas, the following

occur :—

(1) “That conditions in India may be sometimes largely condi-

tioned by actions taking place in the Central Asian areas, and that

occasionally these actions extend over the greater part of Europe and

Asia.”

(3) “That these actions are largely modified by the barrier of the

Himalayas and seem to spread more readily southwards through the

gaps in the range.”

These conclusions may I think be interpreted, as giving general

support to my assumption that it is possible for a storm to cross the

Himalayas into India from Thibet; but as regards my statement, that

the depression moved towards India from a north-easterly direction,

the Mouthly Weather Review takes up an entirely different position.

Discussing the changes of the 28th Juve it is there stated that

‘‘Large and important changes occurred on this day” and subsequently

*‘Tt hence seems probable that the main centre of the action was near

Gilgit, and that it extended almost up to Lake Balkash on the north, to

Chitral on the west (where pressure was steady) and on the south over

the greater part of India. It is impossible to further define the scope

ef the action for no data are available for the regions to the east of

Gilgit. The fact, however, that the fall in Upper Assam was only

moderate seems to indicate that the action did not extend far eastwards

into Thibet.”

What the comparatively small readings on that date in Assam

appear to me to indicate is, that the wave of change had passed rapidly

over Thibet, that the 8 a.M. pressure readings on the 28th in the north-

east included some part of the recovery which had, by that time, com-

menced in the east; and that it had not reached the neighbourhood of

Gilgit, etc. The great rapidity with which that change of pressure

occurred is shown by the almost uniform fall over India, as given by

the pressure readings at 8 a.m. of the 28th. The main result is that

the pressure changes on that occasion give little or no indication of the

direction of advance of the disturbance and that if there were no con-

firmatory evidence in favour of a westerly movement from other sources

reliance would have to be placed on temperature and rainfall only.

But the storm of the 11th August and adjoining days shows beyond alk

question, that that depression moved from east to west, and as in all

other respects there was a striking resemblance between the two storms

1903. | C, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 29

it appears to me to be an established fact that the depression accom-

panying the rainfall of the 11th June passed over Thibet in a westerly

or south-westerly direction, and that at 8 a.m. on the morning of the

28th, the region of Gilgit was near the front of the advancing wave.

Before commenting separately on the information regarding these

storms preserved in the meteorological records, I will again point out

that from whatever direction the storms entered Northern India, it was

not from the Bay of Bengal. For several days before and after the

two dates, mentioned above, weather was unusually quiet over the Bay,

and in one respect was in striking contrast to what is usual in disturbed

weather. At Diamond Island the most exposed of the observatories

on the sea coast easterly winds of greater or less strength are an

invariable accompaniment of disturbance. During the two periods of

disturbance the direction was westerly day after day, which would

indicate that weather was more probably disturbed over the south of

Burma, than over the Bay, that is, if there were any disturbance in that

region. The unusually low wind velocity at Diamond Island is

sufficient in itself to prove that there was disturbance, neither over the

Bay nor in Burma, until some days after the events under discussion. ~

Part Il.

The following tables give in the form which appears to me most

convenient for purposes of comparison, the data for the storms in succes-

sion. When weather is unsettled changes at different observatories are

often very irregular more especially when local storms are frequent as

-appears to have been the case on both of these occasions. I have there-

fore given the average change for divisions containing four to six

observatories or even more. The number of stations for each province

or division is given in the rainfall tables.

Storm of June 30th.

The following tables I (a) and II (a) give the pressure changes from

June 27th to July Sth, and the variation from the normal in Assam,

Bengal Proper, and on the northern coasts of the Bay, arranged with the

view of showing the southerly movement of the disturbance. As I have

already stated the pressure change is practically useless for this purpose

in the case of the June storm because it extended over India with great

rapidity. The fall on the 28th was general and it continued in the

north on the 29th. The recovery began on the 30th and extended from

Assam and Bengal Proper to Ovissa on the lst July, practically the only

evidence of south-westerly movement, afforded by the table. Table

II (a) shows that pressure was relatively high on the 27th June, and that

30 C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

there was continued excess, over the area represented, throughout the

period except in Bengal Proper and Assam on the 29th June, and the

Burma coast on the 2nd July. If the smallest excess or largest defect

be selected for these divisions it will be found in the column of the 29th

for Assam and Bengal Proper, of the 30th for Orissa, and of later dates

for the Circars, Akyab, and Diamond Island. The relatively small excess

on the 5th in the Circars and at Diamond Island is due. to a cyclonic

storm which began in the south of the Bay about that time.

Tas_e I (a).

Giving the pressure change daily from June 27th to July 5th, arranged to

show the southward movement of the disturbance.

Jnne | June | June} June | July | July | July | July | July

2 3 4 5

27 28 29 30 1

Assam ... |—'012”| —*080”| — :026”| + ‘041”| + 006”) — 013”) +038”; +°053”| + 024”

North Bengal | —‘009| —-073| —-083) +°096) —°006) —-009} +°027| +-040] +°029

East Bengal... | +°003) —'075| —°032} + 060) —-025) —-021| +:005| +:087| +°018

South-West

Bengal . | +°002) —‘081)| —‘042) +-037| +°027) ~—°024) +:012) +:075| +-°004

Orissa .. | +°014) —:045) —-032) —-006) +:027) —-028) +-005|) +-032| + 028

Circars ... | +031) — 028) —‘008} +°602} —-019| +°002) —:024) +:003} — 004

Akyab .. | =001) —:048 000} +-005| —‘023) —:012) +:017| +:073} —-019

DiamondIsland|] + nye — ‘025; —-012| —‘015| +:011) —°044) +°024) +-008] +:004

Tasce II (a).

Giving the pressure variation from the normal from June 27th to July sth,

arranged to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

June | June | June

Jone | July | July | July July | July

1 2 3 4 5

2H) 228 |)/297men

Assam —... | +111") + 034”/—-002 | +045”) + 047”| + 029”| + 055” + °112”| +139”

N. Bengal ...| +°115| +'04 —-041] +-049| +-047| +-036| +-064 +108] +133

East Bengal... | +°116) +-039| —-001} +°063| 4-040) +016] +°025 +-109|) +°127

South-W est

Bengal ...| +°123} 4-050 +-010) + 041) +058) +-031] +°045 +:124) +-126

1903. | C. Littlek—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 31

Taste II (a).—Contd.

27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5

—_—_——— | |

Orissa .. | +°130| +°082| +°043) +°035| +°064) +°038) +-044) +°081) +°110

Circars we | +7100) +°070| +°061| +°062} +°042| +041) +°018) +°020| + 015

Akyab ee | +°085) +°041) +°040) +°044) 4-020) +007) +°023) +°096) +°077

DiamondIsland| +°071| +044) +-:031) +°015) +°025| —°020) +-003| +-:010) +°013

Tables III (a) and IV (a) give the temperature change and varia-

tion from the normal for the same provinces and divisions as tables I

(a) and II (a), prepared in the same way and with the same purpose, viz.,

to show the southward movement of the wave of disturbance. To assist

the eye I have had the larger changes and the larger variations printed

in bolder type. It will be readily seen that the rapid fall of tempera-

ture began in Assam and North Bengal on the 29th June, in Hast Ben-

gal on the 30th, in South-West Bengal and Orissa on July Jst, and in

the Circars on the 2nd. There is here clear evidence that a wave of

falling temperature proceeded from North-East India in a southerly

direction beginning about the 29th June, and reaching the more southern

distriots three days later. Akyab and Diamond Island felt the change

later-and not to the same extent, as might be expected from there being

a westerly element in the movement indicated by subsequent tables.

From Table IV (a) it will be seen that mean defect in Assam was

5°-7 on June 30th, about 5° over the whole of Bengal Proper on July 1st,

4°3 in Orissa on the 2nd, 3°°1 in the Cirears on the 3rd, and 4° 6 at

Akyab on the 4th, while at Diamond Island there was a moderate to

large excess throughout the period.

It is impossible to say whether the fall of 1°°5 at Diamond Island

on the 5th is connected with the wave of falling temperature so clearly

indicated as proceeding from the north-east or with the cyclonic dis-

turbance which began over the south of the Bay about that date.

32 GC. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

Taste III (a).

Giving the temperature change daily from June 27th to July 5th, arranged

to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5

| es |S |

Assam... + 2°4°] ~0°2°|,—2°7°| —3-2°] + 8*3°| +1°3°| +0°8°| +05°| —1°6°

North Bengal ....| +#2°5| —1°2) —18)—2°3) —16)+4°4) —02) —15) +18°

Hast Bengal ..| +0°2} +1°0| —07)—4°2) —2.2)+4°1; +03) —16) +0°8

South-West Bengal} —1°1) +15 +06) —13) ~7°3)+3*g, +18) —20) —26

Orissa... ...| +£2°2| —0°7) +09) 403] —5°g| —35, +6°6| +0°6 —36

Circars ..{ —O5| —3°2) 41:2} —10) 41:0 —4°4) —04)+4°1) +01

Akyab... ...| —0°8} +10) —02) —2°3 0-0} +08) —2°3) —2°3/ +3°8

Diamond Island ..| +1°8; +0°5) +05] 402} +05 a —O1| +07) —15

Tasie IV (a).

Giving the temperature variation from the normal from June 27th to July

5th, arranged to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

June | June} June | June | July | July | July | July | July

4 5

27 28 29 30 1 2 3

Assam .-»| +0°8°) 4+0°3° —2°0°| — 5°7°| —2°99| —0°5°| +0°7°| +0°4°| —0-9°

North Bengal ...| +2°2) +1°2) —@8&| —31) —5°5| —0°7| —1:3) —2°7} —0°4

East Bengal ...| +12) +22) 41:5] —2-7|-~6°0} -—0-9| —0-5| -—2:1) —1-2

South-West Bengal) +2°2) +38) +45) +43°3)-40, —0-2) +1°7) —0-2)/ —27

Orissa... | +4°3) 4+3°3) 447 caus ne —4°3) +26 +27) —1'3

Circars | +3°8) +0°6] +1°7) +0°6) te — 278 — SA > a2 ee

Akyab | +0°8) 41:9) +16 _os ae 00) —2°3 —4°6) —0°8

Diamond Island ...] +1:6) +21) +26) +29 +34) +34) +32) +40] +2°5

Tables V (a) to VIII (a) are arranged to show the westerly move-

ment of the disturbance and give the pressure and temperature changes

and variations for Northern India from Assam on the east to the Pun-

jab and Kashmir on the west.

1903. ] C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 33

Table V (a) shows that the fall of pressure was general over Nor-

thern India on the 28th and on the 29th, and that the changes on those

days give no indication of progressive movement; but on the 30th the

recovery is shown as almost complete in Assam and North Bengal ; part-

ly complete in Bihar, beginning in the United Provinces and not yet be-

gun in the Punjab. That is the only clear indication, of the westerly

progressive movement given by the pressure changes.

TaBLe V (a).

Giving the pressure change daily from June 27th to July 5th, arranged to

show the westward movement of the disturbance.

June | June } June | June | Jaly | July July | July | July

27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5

Assam .- |—"012”) —-080”| — 026” + :041”) + 006”|— 018”) + -038”| + °053”| + 024”

North Bengal | —‘009| —-073| —:083} +-096) —.006| ~°009| + :027| +°040) +°029

Bihar .-. | —‘020) —-085| —064| +-069} +°O41| +°032} —°009} +°032; —‘021

United

Provinces .., | 026) —-096) —:055|} +°015) +°082} —°013) +°019) +°031| —‘031

Punjab .. | —'022| —*117] —*061| —:608} +:028} — 030} +°091) +°051) —‘017

Srinagar, etc. | —'006) —:093) —°045| +-026) —-004) —'057| +024) +°021) +°005

Taste VI (a).

Giving the pressure variation from the normal from June 27th to July 5th,

arranged to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5

————— If ff

Assam ... |+°111”| +-034”|—°002”| + -045”|+°047”| +4:029”| +:°055”7|+4-112”|+-°139”

North

Bengal +°115| +-°040] —:041| + 049} +:047 +°036| +°064) +°108) +°133

Bihar... | +°097} +:010; —:049) +:°008|} +°046 +:071 +°065} +°101) +°082.

United Pro-

vinces +°138] + :043] —°009} +:°005| +:'079 + 062 + O76] +:106) +:075

Punjab ... | +°182} +:°074| +°019| +°012) +-°036)(?) —°005|(?) +077) +°123) +°107

Srinagar +°172) +°074) —:002| +°045) + 041 — 003; +°015) +:065) +°046.

Leh ee | #9153) +°073) +°053) +°070) +°059 +°007) +:017| +-017} 000

a4 C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. __[ No. 2,

Table Vi (a) shows that on the 27th there was a large excess in pres-

sure over the whole of Northern India and that the excess was greatest

in the Punjab and Kashmir. During the two following days this ex-

cess disappeared except at Leh and before the end of the period covered

by the table the old excess pressures were restored except at the high

level stations. Leh which is the highest of all the hill stations given in

the Indian Daily Weather Report was the only station on the 4th and

5th July, for which pressure was not in moderate to large excess.

The westward progress of the temperature change is clearly shown

by tables VII (a) and VIII (a). The rapid fall of temperature, which

began on June 29th in Assam is most marked in North Bengal on the

30th, in Bihar on July lst, in the United Provinces on the 2nd and 3rd,

in the Punjab on the 2nd to 4th, and in Kashmir on the 5th.

TasBLe VII (a).

- Giving the temperature change daily from June 27th to July Sth, arranged

to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

June | June | June} June |} July | July | Tuly | July | July

27 | 28- || 29 Uieso I 2 | 3 5

Assam wee | #2°4° —0-2°|~ 2°79 —3 2°/+3°3°| +1°3°| +0°8° +0°57| —1°6°

North Bengal... | +2°5 | —1'2 | -18 | —2°3) —16 | + 4°4) -02 | —15 | +18

Bihar... ...| -06 | +06 | —0°3 | -0°5 | ~5°2/) -1°3 | -26/4+1°7 | —O'3

United Provinces | +12 | +419 | +06 | +24)|—-17 | -4°0 —53 |+0°6| —08

Punjab | $25) 433/422 /)+32)+410)-6'4) -31)|-49 +2°9

Srinagar, etc. ..| +05 | +45 Bees) id +04| OO} -16 | -15 | —47

Taste VIII (a).

Giving the temperature variation from the normal from June 27th to July

5th, arranged to shuw the westward movement of the disturbance.

June Mane | June | June| July

27 | 28 29 30 1

July

July | July | July

3 4 5

Assam | +0°7°| +0°4°% —0-9°

North Bengal | —o4| —1-3] —2-¥] —o0-4

Bihar +1°4 —1°2) 405) +04

United Provinces +49 —0°2] +05) —0°3

Punjab +18) —1-2} —5°9) —3-1

Srinagar —1:3) —4-4) —2°0) —5:1

Leh

—14) +1°1) —2°1| —5*7

1903, ] 0, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 35

From Table VIII (a) it can be seen that the lowest temperature in

Assam was on June 30th, in North Bengal on July 1st, in Bihar and

the United Provinces on the 3rd, in the Punjab on the 4th, and in

Kashmir on the 5th. The very low temperatures which are shown at

Srinagar and Leh on the 27th were connected with conditions, then pre-

vailing in Western India, and have no connection with the disturbance

or series of disturbances which I have been discussing.

A very striking feature of Table VIII (a) is the large fall of fou

perature in Northern India between June 30th and July 4th. In the

United Provinces the change was from an excess of 10° on the 30th to

a small defect on the 8rd, and in the Punjab from excess of 8° on July

1st to defect of 5°'9 on the 4th.

Taste IX (a).

fiainfall. (June 27th to July 4th).

ois June | June} June | June | Jnly | July | July } July

Ss 27 28 29 30 Mie ey 3 4°

ae!

Assam 5 310| 2°47; 6°28) 8°06 089 559) 0:04} 3°91

North Bengal ..| 7 2:12} 6°54) 10°68 14-28 2:20 0:10) © 3:85] 3°77

East Bengal @\) 37) “014 1°60| 26°41} 3:92) 9:46) 2°10} 670

South-West Bengal| 9 0:93} 0°36 0:37, 2°51) 1°72) O01) 2°09) 16°31

Bihar ... sin Leh) O14" 62% oe 2°02} 0°67) 8°85) 2°78) 2°24

United Provinces... | 12 | ... 500 eee exe 0-79 8°14) 4°46) 7°01

Punjab Geet lier Gllp ante se vis eve 181; 0:47| 3°12) 1°56

Simla Hills Soo iD Ie OREN! cae 0 bor O17; 0°85) 6°49) 5°92

Kashmir sco || @ OPO) cor a 0°62; 0°49) 0°35) 0°46] O°91

Darjeeling cc | oe | 0:04} 0°85] 0:26] 1°69] 0-02) 0°35) 1°49

Cherrapoonjee ...| .. | .. | 0°51] 868] 466] 0715) 0-05) 1:22] 5:61

Orissa B50 cael PO su one nee 8°76} 1:12} 0°07). 0°46

Circars seit 4). G35) Odd) | oe ae 1:60 7°01

SS eS eee oT MM EL —-

J. I. 6

36 C, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal.

TaBLe X (a).

[No, 2,

Rainfall.

Bee 30th Tage, | 30th Jane. goth Jane, | Total

Assam 5 11°85 8*06 | 10°43 30°34

North Bengal 7 19°34 14:28 | 9:92 43°54

East Bengal ae, oi j\ Mbaeeecnndl ge ea 57°70

South-West Bengal 9 166 2°51 20°18 2430

Bihar vo 13 0-64 | 2-02 14:54 17:20

United Provinces | 12 | niece 15°40 15°40

Punjab te Sl - | BSc 6:96 6:96

Simla Hills [cairns 0-04 | ie 13°43 13°47

Kashmir | 6 0:07 | 062 2°21 2°90

Darjeeling 1°15 | 1°69 1°86 4°70

Cherrapoonjee 4°19 | 4:66 7°03 15°88

Orissa AY | Aoeeps aes : 10°41 10°41

Circars 4 0-79 | ats 8°61 9°40

In Tables IX (a) and X (a), I have given the rainfall in Northern

India, for the period June 27th to July 4th. They are similar, to those

which precede as to divisions of the country. The figures I have obtained

by merely adding up the rainfall recorded at the various stations in each

division and the stations which I have taken, are those given in the

Indian Daily Weather Report. In the first column of each of these

Tables the number of stations is given so that the average rainfall for

each day or for a group of days so far as it depends on the records of the

stations selected can be obtained by dividing by that number. The

heavy rainfall in East Bengal on the 27th June, has no connection, so

far as I can see with the general disturbance which culminated in the

down-pour in East and North Bengal on the 30th. Setting that item

aside it will be seen that in Assam and North Bengal, the rainfall stead-

ily increased between the 27th and the 30th, and that the dates of

heaviest rainfall were the 29th and 30th. Proceeding southward from

North Bengal the dates of heaviest rainfall are East Bengal June 30th,

South-West Bengal June 30th and July Ist, Orissa July 1st, and the

03. ] C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 37

Circars July 2ud. Going westward we see that before June 30th, Bihar

was practically rainless, and that there was no rain in the United Pro-

vinces, Punjab, and the Simla Hills, until July 1st. The dates of heavi-

est falls are July 2nd in Bihar, the 2nd and 3rd in the United Pro-

vinces, the 3rd in the Punjab, and the 3rd and 4th in the Simla Hills.

In Table X (a) I have merely added together the columns for

the days 27th, 28th, and 29th, with the heading “ before 30th June”

and the columns for the days July Ist to 4th with the heading “ after

30th June.” It will be seen that the heaviest falls occurred before the

30th June in Assam and Bengal, and after the 30th June in Lower

Bengal, Orissa, the Circars and over the whole of North- Western India.

In addition to the provinces and divisions in the Table, I have given

the rainfall at Darjeeling and Cherrapoonjee. The rainfall at these two

stations agrees only partially with what is given for the plains of Ben-

gal and Assam; and there is a striking difference between the falls at

these places for the two disturbances. With the June storm, rainfall

was comparatively light at both Darjeeling and Cherrapoonjee, while in

August it was very heavy at both.

There appears to me to be no want of evidence, in the above Tables,

in favour of the view that an atmospheric disturbance invaded India

from the north-east, at the end of June. I may, however, give one or

two further items of information showing the south-westward direction

of progress over Bengal. They are only stray items, but they will indi-

cate to some extent how the meteorological record might be improved, if

there were some fore-knowledge of coming events and of the direction

from which change should be looked for.

As the disturbance advanced over Bengal, thunderstorms probably

occurred at places in succession. If so the fact has not been recorded.

But I saw in the newspapers that a local storm of great severity had

occurred between Nalhati and Rampur Hat, on June 29th, and I have

ascertained that the hour when it overturned a train on that part of ths

E.I. Railway was between 3 and 4 o’clock in the afternoon. I person-

ally observed the changes, as the wave passed over Calcutta, on the

morning of the 30th and the traces of the self-recording apparatus, at

the Alipore Observatory, show that it begau about 4 a.m. on that date

and was practically over by 10 4.m. When the weather was becoming

more settled at Calcutta, that is about 10 a.m. I received a telegram

from the observer at Saugor Island that weather was very unsettled

there, that the barometer had fallen two-tenths of an inch, and that

the wind was blowing 44 miles an hour. The following day I heard

from a Calcutta resident who had just arrived from Madras that while

the train on the Hast Coast Railway was passing through Orissa on the

38 C: Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. (No. 2,

night of the 30th, they had experienced very severe thunderstorms, with

most vivid lightning. Though these are only stray facts, they indicate

very clearly how the disturbance was advancing.

fe etras TABLE.

Place. | Hour and date of local storm.

Rampur Hat | cat) (a eiad ee maonre

Caleutta ... 5a ..| 6-0 A.M. to 8 A.M., June 30th,

Saugor Island ¥ «| About 10 a.m., June 30th.

Orissi ~ save ae 7 About midnight, June 30th.

The following Table gives the hourly changes of pressure from the

barograph at Alipore Observatory, on June 30th. Hourly pressure at

- Alipore corrected for instrumental errors and reduced to 82° Fah.

. June 30th. Acinal pressure. | SED sata | Change.

—_—__—_—_—. |

4 AM. oo a 29°539” 29°548” —-009”

Bia: ee sy 363 549 | +014

Bm, i él ‘588 560 | +028

‘ima ne i 633 576° | +°057

Save Ss | 507. | “592 | +°005

ues re Lite 646 602 | +044

10 ,, Ee 4 658 | 13 | +045

11s ;,; | “697 598 +001

i) Me ; ‘678 585 | —-007.

The Table shows that at 4 a.m. pressure was normal, that consider-

able oscillations occurred between that hour and 11 a.m. (a rise followed

by a fall) and that at noon the difference from the normal was the same

as ithad beenat 4 a.m. -The general appearance of the part of the trace

from which the above measurements were taken is irregular and jagged

without any marked sign of a depression, that is, the trace is of the

kind characteristic of the passage of nor’westers in the hot season.

The temperature changes show a steady decline from 4 a.m. until

noon, The change, though not quite regular, is not of the sudden cha-

1903.] © Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 39

racter of the fall accompanying thunderstorms. It was continuously

falling throughout the period and that ata time, it may be observed,

when in ordinary weather temperature is rising with the advancing day.

- Table giving temperature changes at Alipore observatory in degrees

Fahrenhett.

Approximate

On June 30th, Difference.

’ normal.

4 AWM. 080 sis 85°"2 80°°7 + 47°5

Gi fs Rae asthots 83:0 811 +19

ie wen ee 82'8 83'5 -07

10) 5; acs veal 79'5 86°2 —6°7

POG ay sae Ae Visws) 87°5 —9:0

The last column of the Table shows the large change of teim-

perature which occurred between 4 a.m. and noon on the 30th June at

Calcutta. It also shows indirectly how scanty, comparatively, would

have been the information if the record had been limited to what is

usually noted at 8 a.m. The temperature at that hour was practically

normal,

Storm of August 11th.

The Tables containing the information for the August disturbance

have been prepared in the same way as those for the preceding storm

and are given below in the same serial order for purposes of com-

parison. I stated in discussing the earlier storm that the pressure

changes give an imperfect indication of the line of advance of the wave

of change. From Tables I (b), II (6), V (6) and VI (0) it will be seen

that the fall of pressure began in North Bengal on August 9th, that

it extended southward over Bengal Proper and Orissa and westward as

far as the Punjab on the 10th; and that while pressure was beginning

to recover in North-Hast India on the 11th it was still falling in the

United Provinces, the Punjab and Kashmir. The fall on the 11th, was

very rapid at Teheran (‘175’) and Ispahan (‘150’), showing that the

centre of the wave had passed westward beyond the Indian region.

The rapidity of this westerly movement is very little less than that

of the earlier disturbance, and would probably have eluded observation

if it had not been for the larger fall. The fall is first shown on the 9th

in the north-east, and within 48 hours has passed far beyond the western

honndary of India. The movement is_also shown by the recovery

40 C. Little—Ox two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

which began on the 11th in Assam, and North Bengal, was rapid in North-

Western India on the 12th and at Jask, Quetta, etc., on the 13th.

TasLe I (6).

Giving the pressure changes daily from August 8th to 14th, arranged to

show the southward movement of the disturbance.

' ]

| |

| August Pee. | August \aeenats| VAneast August | August

8 | i) [Ome ert | 12 13 | 14

Assam | £040" | +:004” | —-048” | +-019” | +°022” | —-019” | —‘019”

North bengal ... [i ‘057 | —°025 | ~'087 +°037 | | +059 | —'018 | —‘010

East Bengal ... | +°067 | + °003 | —O61 | —°003 | +052 | —-020 | —‘025

South-West Bengal) +°050| +°006| —065 +:050| +°039| —-025%| —-018

Orissa | +051 | +7044] —-043 | 4-013} +-052| —-024| —-043

Circars | +049 | +7054 | —-009 —017 | +°019 | ~°022 —"051

Akyab | +062 | +°028} —-021 —-043 | +008 | +-011 | —-062

Diamond Island... +°055 | +014 | —-016 ay +°019 | —'003 | —°057

Winds at Diamond Island varied between south-west and west-

north-west and showed no signs of becoming easterly.

Taste II (6).

Giving the pressure variation from the normal from August 8th to 14th,

arranged to show the southward movement Z the disturbance.

| August aoe August acest | August fears August

ies 9 10 feed i203) 04s) J) ete

Bes a) hoes ae es ae Seer ee

Assam ... | +056” | +052” | —-007” | +004” +-028” | +010” ay

North Bengal ..,| +°075| +°040| —051| —019 +-034) +-016 | +006

East Bengal --- | +°O079 | +:°075 | +006 000 +053 + 027 +°003

South-West Bengal +°066 | +°071| 000 +043 +°080) +°049 + 028

Orissa «»| +°060| +°104) +°053 4-069 +°114| +°087 | 4-041

Circars | +7032) 4-085 | 4-072 4-054 +°102| +-078| +024

Akyab | #066 | +091 | 4-066) +-020 +025 +082 | —‘034

Diamond Island... +4°055 +°'066| +°047 —€07 +°010 +°004, —*055

1903. ] 0, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. Al

Taste IIT (0). ©

Giving the temperature changes daily from August 8th to 14th, arranged to

show the southward movement of the disturbance.

9 10 11 12 13 14

Assam wef 38°38? | —0°7° —2°8° | —2°9° | —0°6° | +4+3°5° | +2°8°

North Bengal .,,, —0'6 —19 —04 | —3°4 -11 +3°3 +1°5

Kast Bengal wes -—1°6 +02 +06 | —3°9 -—0°7 +3'9 +0°7

South-West Bengal] —0°3 —0°6 +05 | —5°6 +11 +45 +0'2

Orissa | —14| 402] +09] -—1°8| -O3] +418] 41:3

Circars 60 +18 —04; —1°4 +10 00; —O1 +1°2

Akyab Pel PO) +£2;5 | 4 O0'SrleeaO-2a le 0-7/6 9-2-8) |) eee

Tasie IV (6b).

Giving the temperature variation from the normal from August 8th to 14th,

_ arranged to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

August |} August | August | Angust | August | August | August

8 9 10 ll 12 14

Assam | —O7°} ~—08° |} —37° | —6°4° | —6°8° —1°3°

North Bengal... +2°1 +0°4 +01] -32) —40 +0°2

Hast Bengal _.,, +05 +07 +13] —2°5 | —3°2 +1°2

South-West Bengal) +2°4 +2°0 + 25) -81) -—2°1 +2°6

Orissa ol eh OS |) LIL), 22 eee b0:2'| +3°6

Circars oe +3°7 +3°'3 +19 +3°0 +29 +41

Akyab es -02 +2°4 +3°2 +3°5 +2°7 | +1°5

42 GC. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2.

Taste V (6).

Giving the pressure change daily from August 8th to 14th, urranged to show

the westward movement of the disturbance.

———

8 y 10 i. 1 13 14

— |

j | | |

Assam | +040" | +-004” | =-043”| 4-019” | 4-022” | =-019” | —-019”

| | | |

North Bengal ...| +7057 | —025 | —-087 4-037 +°059 —018 | —-o10

Bihar .. | +086 ee —078 | —-009| +102} ~—022| —-017

United Provinces | +-004| +°060| 101) —-077| +°144| +-024] —-086

| | |

Punjab ..| —025 | +056 | —-085 | —-103) +212] 4-041 | —-o40

Srinagar, ote. ...| —-007 | —"008 | —"084 087 | +9130 | +-089} +-002

at |

( | |

eS eee

Table VI (b). |

Giving the pressure variation from the normal from August 8th to 14th,

arranged to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

8 g ee 12 13 14

Assam | +036” | 4-052” | —-007” | +-004” | +-028” | +-010” | —-013”

North Bengal ...| +:075 | 4-010 —-051 | —-019 | +-034| 4-016 | +-006

Bihar | +045] +-048 | —-038 | —'041 | +050 | +-029| +-010

United Provinces | + 027 | +-080 | ~-022| —-100| +-035| +-054| +-015

Punjab | 06cO | +046] —-041 | —153 | +085 | +078 | +-040

Srinagar .. | +:054| +025 | —-031 | —130|] +-055| +137] +-106

Leh ... | +7059 | +038 |---047 | —145| —-052] +-049] 4-045

It is not a matter of much importance in connection with this

paper, whether local variations occurred while the above changes were

in progress. What I have attempted is to establish the general pro-

gress of the disturbance, pointing out that the part of India first

affected was the north or north-east and that from the place of first

contact the line of advance was southward and westward. The Tables

for the second disturbance are very similar to those of the earlier one

1905, | CG. Lithle—On tuo remarkable ra‘n-birsts in Bengal. 15

and I propose commenting very briefly on the figures they contain.

Tables III (J) and IV (b) give the temperature changes, aud variation

indicating the southward movement, and VII (b) and VIII (6) are similar

Tables for the westward movement.

Taboe VIL (b).

Giving the temperature chanyes daily from August 8th to 14th, arranged to

show the westward movement of the disturbance.

8 9 10 | 11 12 13 T4

Assam | —d8d | —O7° | —2°8° | —2°9° | -—O06° | +3°5°} +2°8°

North Bengal ..| -06] -19| -04| —8°4 | =11 |) +33 | 41°65

Bihar 900 +07 -10 -—O7 | —-2°8, -—02 +3°0 +01

United Provinces | +1'8 — 25 — 0-4 +20 | —1°4 +1:0 +15

Panjab le eaie| 402i) 1-0) eaoomieeoG) = 2-6) leens-S

Srinagar, etc. .. +2°5 +11 +03 | — 3°0 | —7°8 | —5°4 —0'2

TasLe VIII (6).

Giving the temperature variation from the normal from August Sth to Ath,

arranged to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

SS —————————————

Assam esi -07° | —0'8° —3'7° | —6°4° | —6°8° | —34 | -1:3°

North Bengal ... +2°1 +0°4 +0°1 —3'2| —40 -0'9 +02

Bihar Se +2°9 +1:9 +13 —1°4 —1:2 +18 +18

United Provinces + 2°4; -01 —0°6 +1°5 +0:2 +1°2 +2'8

Punjab ond 470] 4+72| +55] 449) -10] -8°5) -01

Srinagar Tee +41 +49 +49 +52 —3'4}-10°5 |—10°7

Leh see +0°9 +23 + 2:0 —1'4 —7'5 -14°9 —-9°7

dls ais 9

AA GC. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

The southerly movement is less marked than was the case in June.

The fall of temperature began in Assam on the 10th, it extended to

Bengal Proper on the 11th, and there was a slight fall in Orissa also on’

that date. But unlike the earlier disturbance, mean temperature did not

fall below the normal in Orissa, and in the Cirears temperature con-

tinued high throughout the period.

From Tables VII (6) and VIII (0) it may be seen that the fall of

temperature which began in Assam on the 10th, and North Bengal on

the 11th, occurred in Bihar on the I1th, and in the United Provinces,

Panjab, and Kashmir on the 12th. From Table VIII (6) in which the

variation from the normal is given it may be seen that there was a very

large defect in Assam on the 11th and 12th, and at Srinagar and Leh on

the 13th and 14th. :

The rainfall Tables IX (6) and X (6) show as before the heavy rain-

fall in Bengal Proper on the 11th, the heavy rain in Assam on the

previous day the 10th, and that the days of heavy rainfall in the west

of India were the 12th and 15th.

Table IX (0b).

Rainfall (August 8th to 14th).

| F

August | August |} August | August | August | August | August

8 || ee) 0) 11 12 13 i4

Assam a 3°28 707 | 18°73 | 12°40 | 13°38 Lege) 0°70

North Bengal ..,, Zc9 324 15°53 | 29°43 9°38 2°19 4°26

East Bengal _... 2°63 6°79 1:62 | 28°71 9:08 4°04, 1:15

South-west Bengal ib alyf 0°55 3°33 | 15°11 2°28 0:93 0°25

Bihar ae 1:80 6°55 5°19 | 12°94 3°10 4°44 0:92

United Provinces COTES 1:38 5:24 1:32 — 0°32 0-01

Panjanb ts = | — | O05; 1°31 1°81 0°32 —

Simla Hills as 0:16 | 721 | 1:09 2°06 8°62 3°59 0°16

Kashmir He 0:43 | _ | 0:03 1:05 2°49 1-02 0:52

Darjeeling oa 0-79 | 012 | 1°01 7°91 1°35 017 O11

Cherrapoonjee ... 2-09 | 408 28°69 | 22°71 4°25 169} O18

1903. ] C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal, 45

Tapty X (b)

Rainfall.

stations. ith August Ith Auguste yj, Accie

Assam .., son ove 4) 29°08 12°40 16°05

North Bengal oe 500 a 20°86 29°48 15°83

East Bengal a sits i 11°04 28°71 14°22

South-west Bengal ... an Hy) 5°05 15'1) 3°46

Bihar ant 000 13 13°54 12°94, 8:46

United Provinces... ct 12... | eae eT ae 0:33

Punjaub ... des SbAilbee Ee 0°05 131 2°13

Simla Hills 500 500 | BY 8°46 2:06 12°37

Kashmir 6100 500 6 | 0-46 1°05 4°03

Darjeeling bas spoils aS 1:92 791 1°63

Cherrapoonjee os scien 3486 | 22°71 6°12

Orissa... was ny | 4, = _ —

Circars .., Son ado |] — —_ ae

It may also be seen that the rainfall was much more heavy at Dar-

jeeling and Shillong thanin June. At Darjeeling on the 11th nearly 8

inches fell, more than double the total fall for the three preceding and

the three following days put together. At Cherrapoonjce 50 inches fell

on the 10th and 11th taken together.

The only sensational incidents I have heard of in connection with

this later storm were landslips in the Hills and heavy flooding of the

rivers as the rainfall extended westward along the Himalayas.

If a comparison be made of the two sets of Tables, it will be seen

that in many important respects the resemblance is as striking as two

sets of meteorological Tables could almost be expected to be. The wave

of pressure change in cach case passed very rapidly, so much so that it

is difficult to show the line of advance by the sequence of changes. The

fall and the recovery were much greater in Western India in the latter

than in the former. In each case the fall of temperature can be traced

from Hast to West, but in the June storm the sequence is more complete

46 C. Littie—Onx two remarkable rein-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

because of the change from intense hot weather in Bihar, the United

Provinces and the Punjaub, to thecooler weather of the monsoon season.

Though the intermediate changes of temperature are less marked in

August, there is abundant evidence of the line of advance of the wave

of change ;and the low temperature in Assam on the 11th and 12th,

followed after an interval of two days by what may he called wintry

weather in Kashmir, affords a succession of events which it would be

difficult to account for, except on the supposition of a westward-moving

atmospheric disturbance. But in my opinion the most striking simila-

rity in connection with these two disturbances is afforded by the heavy

general rainfall in Bengal Proper on the 3 30th June and the 11th August.

In the latter case particularly, it is obvious that no disturbance entered

Bengal from the Bay, which had been singnlarly calm throughout the

week from the 8th to the 14th August. The wind direction at Dia-

mond Island was westerly throughout the period, and velocity day by

day was below the average for the season. In both cases, as shown by

the following Table, there was considerable increase of wind force at

Saugor Island ; but the direction continued south-westerly, showing that

the change was due to some influence to the north, and the record of the

Pilot Brig shows that the strong winds extended to no great distance

southward from the Bengal coast.

Table giving the wind force and direction at Saugor Island during

the two periods of disturbed weather.

SS ee

| Daily velocity | Wind direction - Daily velocity ' Wind direction

ae inmiles. | at 8am. wi ehse in miles. at 8 a.m.

EE PE Revenant 2s i as

Dy ea 312 S.S.W. 8 360 S.W

28 | 408 | S.8.W. 9 504 | “ps owe

29 576 [4 ASW 10 768 S

30 S40 | S.S.W. 1 304 | W.S-W.

July | |

i 360 | WS. Wea eteg te 288 S.W.

2; 456 pearects Wi 13 384 | W.S.W.

3 | 384 forcgws Gables 120 W.N.W.

| |

One difference which may be noted, as shown by the above Table, is

that the highest velocity in the earlier disturbance occurred at Saugor

1903.] C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 47

Island between the 10th and 11th, that is along with the heavy rainfall

in Bengal Proper, whereas in the later disturbance it was between the

9th and 10th, or before the heavy rainfall. In other respects the resem-

blance is very striking, and the Table shows that with the fall of pres-

sure in the north, the south-westerly wind increased and continued to

increase until the recovery of pressure was complete. There is no sign

with either disturbance of the northerly winds which invariably accom-

pany a disturbance over the Bay.

Mr. C. C. Collingwood who was in command of the P.V. “ Alice”

at the Sandheads informs me that, from the 29th June to the Ist July,

_ the brig was under way all the time, and that work went on as usual ;

also that there was very little sea-set. The weather was bright and

clear, except from 8 a.m. of the 30th June to 10 a.m. of the 1st July.

The following extract from the log for June 30th is given in full,

because it shows the time at which the disturbance which passed over

Bengal south-westward commenced at the Pilot Brig.

Extract from the log of the P.V. “ Alice”’ stationed at the Sandheads

June 30th.

Hour. Pressure. | Temperature. ee ee Wind force. Weather.

2 29°66" 88° S.W. 3 be

4 63 | 88 S.W.x W. 4 be

6 67 | 88 5.W. 34 be

8 73 89 | S.W. 3 oc

NO. | ‘78 82 | S.W. 12 oeqlt

12 | 76 so | W.N.W. 34 oc

1 | 74 | 81 | 2.S.E ] o

16 66 S4 | S.S.E, 1 | oO

18 ‘GG 84. Ss. 3 | oceqlt

20 68 83 We 3°5 ocl

22 (4 83 S.W. 23 ocl

24 OSmae 83 - S.W.x W. 1°2 oed

48 C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal, _—[ No. 2,

The change of temperature shows that the disturbance which had

begun at 4 A.M. in Calcutta, reached the Pilot Brig between 8 and 10.

A.M., and the column giving wind force shows that nothing more than a

moderate breeze was experienced. The increase of cloud began about

§ a.M., and the sky was more or less overcast during the day.

Part III,

In the preceding, which I have called Part II, I have considered

only the weather changes, as they are indicated chiefly by the § a.m. ob-

servations from day to day during the period of disturbance. These

are of sufficient interest to justify their separate consideration. But

the two storms, which in what follows I shall represent by the dates

June 30th and August 11th, appear to me to have caused a change so

striking in the atmospheric conditions over Northern India, that those

dates become punctuation marks in the monsoon season of 1902. The

expression “ punctuation marks ” inadequately conveys my full mean-

ing, and I would perhaps indicate more clearly the importance of the

changes which then took place if I say that new chapters begin with

those dates. Itis impossible in the space which I now have at my dis-

posal to go fully into the wider question which I am attempting to open

ont, even if J had the material ready. ButI will indicate briefly the

general run of the argument in order to form a line of connection with

some future effort in this direction.

A study of the monsoon season of 1902 falls naturally into four

periods :—

A—From the beginning up to the end of June, that is until the

first Himalayan storm occurred.

B—From the 30th June to the 11th August, that is, from the first

Himalayan storm up to the beginning of the second.

C—The three to four weeks which follow the 11th August, and

during which the ‘remarkable series of storms’ moved

from the Bay of Bengal north-westward to the extreme

west of India.

D—The remaining part of the season, which I consider began

with the storm which early in September broke up over

the south-west of the Province instead of moving west-

ward as the various members of the ‘ remarkable series’

did.

During each of these periods we have a well-defined behaviour

of the cyclonic storms, and a well-defined distribution of rainfall. Also

the connection between the line of advance of the storms and the

prevalence of monsoon conditions is so striking that the study of the

1903. ] C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 4.9

monsoon is reduced to an enquiry why a cyclonic storm should move

from the Bay of Bengal in one direction at one time of the year, and

in another direction a week or two later; why it may be for several

weeks at a time the prominent features of these storms are, more

especially as regards the line of advance, repeated with but little varia-

tion; and why there should come without warning by ground level

instruments a marked change in the line of advance.

In ordinary years cyclonic storms move westward, or slightly to the

north of west! from the beginning of the monsoon season, and while

they follow the usual direction there is no want of rain in any part of

Northern India, During the past five years cyclonic storms have been

very far from following the usual course, that is the course which the

previous fifteen or twenty years’ experience had shown to be the usual

course. or instance, in 1899 the recurving was very marked, especially

in August and September; and there being no ‘remarkable series of

storms’ such as occurred during the past year, the crops failed over wide

areas in Western and Central India. Several storms developed in 1899

over the Bay at the most critical time, that is August, and began to

move westward; but in every case their advance was checked over the

Central Provinces, and they recurved towards Bengal, where in conse-

quence rain fell in abundance. Contrast the past year with 1899, and

the main difference will be found in the behaviour of the cyclonic

storms in the latter part of August and the early part of September.

No one who is interested in crops and rainfall can have forgotten how

critical the condition had become in the west of India in August 1902 ;

and how it was a question of days whether or not there would be a

repetition of the disasters of 1899; and that just when it was not too

late the change came, and came with the first of that ‘remarkable

series of storms’ which was in the west of the Bay on the 19th of

August and over the north-west dry area and Guzerat on the 22nd.

Two more storms followed the same course at intervals of about a week,

crossing the area of drought and giving plentiful rainfall where it was

most needed. |

The difference between the years 1899 and 1902 is that the storms

of the second-half of August and first part of September in former

1 In page 173 of the Hand-Book of Cyclonic Storms in the Bay of Bengal,

Second Edition, Sir John Eliot says regarding cyclonic storms in July :—‘ The charts

shew that all the 39 storms which formed in the Bay during this month, in the

period 1877-99, marched in west or west-north-west directions across the north-west

angle of the Bay; and the centres of all with about six exceptions crossed the coast

between Saugor Island and Gopalpur. In the great majority of cases they after-

wards advanced across the head of the Peninsula into Sind, Guzerat or Raj-

putana, ’

50 C, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. (No. 2,

year recurved over Central India and in the latter year they did

not.

And so it appears to me that this matter of the motion of cyclonic

storms over Northern India is one urgently requiring explanation, and

that so long as it is unknown in what direction a storm will move in the

immediate future so long will the distribution of rainfall be a subject

of speculation only. So great a difference as we find between the

directions of motion of storms in the four periods of the past monsoon

season must be due to well-defined causes which it must be possible to

determine, The only point on which I feel any certainty is that these

causes will not be determined by ground level observations. To me it

appears much more likely that they are connected with overhead condi-

tions, and tlie past season indicates that the cause may be found in an

overhead current from the west, that is in its height and strength. This

current is the main current over Northern India during the cold season

and the early part of the hot season. It retreats upwards with the

approach of the monsoon season and my opinion is that monsoon con-

ditions cannot be established in Northern India so long as its strength

is unimpaired.

The only effects which I am aware of as giving some indication of

the strength of that current late in the season are the occurrence of late

snowfall in the hills, and of late nor’westers in Bengal such as were

experienced in June of last year. It is well known that for some years

late snowfall in the lills has been put forward as indicating the late

arrival of the monsoon, but I am not aware that there has been any

connection established between the snowfall and the strength of the

westerly overhead current. The reason for this doubtless is the great

difficulty always experienced in any attempt to investigate the higher

levels of the atmosphere—a difficulty which is not to any extent removed

by the establishment of observatories on ranges of high hills. It has

come to be recognised by meteorologists that a high level observatory

must be placed on the top of an isolated peak; otherwise the local

irregularities of the ground, such as the spurs and valleys of the

Himalayas, cause deviations in the record and the result is misleading.

I have divided the monsoon season of 1902 into four periods—June

30th being the division between the first and second and August 1lth

between the second and third of these periods—and I will now state

generally the line of advance of depressions from the Bay of Bengal

during these periods.

Pertop A.

In May a depression entered Burma, moving in a north-easterly

direction, the usnal one at that time of the year. In June there was at

1903.] C, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 51

times a tendency to the formation of depressions over the north of the

Bay, but it was temporary except about the 11th June, when the slight

depression which then formed moved northwards into Bengal proper.

The usual direction in which depressions advance in the middle of

June is north-westward, and it is a fact worth noting that last year the

depression which in ordinary years would have been followed by mon-

soon conditions over north-western India, moved into North Bengal

instead, and that the monsoon weather was confined to Bengal Proper

and Assam.

Prriop B.

Two storms occurred during this period. They followed an almost

identical course into Central India and then recurved towards the

Kumaon Hills. .

The following extracts from the Indian Daily Weather Report give

the opinions recorded at the time regarding the change of motion and

the place where it occurred.

( July 17th. “ The cyclonie storm will probably continue

to advance in a_ west-north-westerly

direction.”

July 18th. ‘The cyclonic storm from the Bay instead

cf continuing a westerly course has been

almost stationary, and is apparently

recurving to the north.”

July 19th. ‘The storm is apparently advancing to-

\ wards the Kumaon Himalayas.”

lst storm of

Period B.

It may be noted that the change of direction which occurred between

the 17th and 18th was not anticipated, showing that the information

supplied by the ground level observations was not sufficient to settle

the direction beforehand.

(July 30th. ‘The cyclonic storm has continued to ad-

| vance slowly in a west-north-westerly

direction and is now apparently central

near Nowgong.”

| July 51st. ‘The cyclonic storm in the Central India

Plateau has been almost stationary

during the past day, which may be an

indication that it is about to change its

direction of advance.

Aug. Ist. “The cyclonic storm is apparently advanc-

L ing to the Kumaon Himalayas.”

The course is shown by the above extracts to be the same as in the

preceding storm and it is also seen that the experience gained from the

J. 8

2nd storm of

Period B.

ene,

52 G. Tittle—On tivo remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. ([No. 2,

earlier storm made it possible on July 31st to anticipate to some extent

the change of direction.

Perron C.

A single extract from the Indian Daily Weather Report, of Septem-

ber 4th, will give the necessary information regarding the storms of this

period.

“The present storm is the third of a remarkable series of storms

which have formed in the Bay since the 19th August and have followed

an almost identical course.”

The first storm was over Guzerat or the north-west dry area, on

August 22nd, the second on August 28th, and the third on September

ord.

Perron D.

What appeared to be a fourth in the above series was over the

north-west of the Bay, on September 5th, and was expected to advance

into the east of the Central Provinces during the next thirty-six hours,

but it moved northwards, and on September Sth and 9th became diffused

over West Bengal and the adjacent part of Central India. The following

extracts are taken from the Indian Daily Weather Report because they

support my contention already expressed, that recurving or.in fact the

direction of motion at any time is not directly indicated by the ground

level observations of the day.

September 6th.—“ The storm at the head of the Bay is likely to

advance: into the east of the Central Provinces during the next thirty-

six hours and will probably give moderate to heavy rain to Orissa,

Chota Nagpur, West Bengal, and the east of the Central Provinces.

Weather may become feebly unsettled in Kashmir within the next day

or two.”

(Sd.) J. Murray,

Ojfg. Meteorological Reporter to the Govt. of India

and Director-General of Indian Observatories.

September 7th.—“The storm at the head of the Bay has hardly

changed in position during the past twenty-four hours and tiow shows a

tendency to advance northwards into Bengal in which case rainfall will

increase in Lower Bengal.”

September 8th.—‘The cyclonic storm in Bengal will probably

continue to advance in the same general northerly direction and give

moderate to heavy rain in East and North Bengal and Assam.”

The next storm in the Bay began towards the end of the third

week of September and was well defined over the north-west angle on

the 24th, From there it moved north-westward into Chota Nagpur,

then northwards, and on the morning of the 26th was recurving towards

903. ] C, Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. od

the Darjeeling Hills. It broke up on reaching the Himalayas, causing

heavy rainfall in the eastern part of the range. A slight residual

depression moved eastward into Assam.

Tt will be seen from the above extracts and remarks that the storms

from the Bay during the monsoon season fall clearly into the four classes

Ihave formed. Two in period (A) moved northwards; two in period

(B) moved in the usual west-north-westerly course, but recurved over

Central India towards the Kumaon Himalayas; three in period (C)

moved west-north-westward, and without recurving passed over Guzerat

and other parts of Western India where rain was much needed; and

that the two storms in period (D) moved into Bengal; thus showing

that, whatever the determining cause of the line of advance of these

storms may be, it was in September becoming similar to what obtained

in period (A) that is at the beginning of the season.

The question therefore is what cause would be sufficient to account

for the change of motion in its various degrees shown by these storms

of the past monsoon season. I know of only one, and that is the westerly

wind overhead which is believed to cease before the monsoon commences,

but which may continue in the higher levels after it has ceased near the

ground. I was watching this wind very carefully last year, and believe

it still existed over Lower Bengal as late as the last week of June,

because typical nor’westers occurred about that time. I believe also

that the north-westerly wind returned earlier than usual at the end of

the season, and was stronger than usual or in some other way differed

from what it is in ordinary years, and my reason for thinking so is that

nor’westers occurred in* October in Western Bengal, a most unusual

event.

Another question is, why should the two storms from Central Asia,

which I have discussed in the second part of this paper, influence that

westerly current. Iam unable to say why it should be so, but I think

there can be no doubt, but that seasonal currents are often materially

altered by what for want of a better word I will call the shock of a

storm, ‘The Rangoon cyclone early in May supplies au example of such

achange. An cxamination of weather charts for April and May last

year will show that the wind directions on the Burma coast were north-

erly up to the occurrence of that storm and that afterwards they had

generally the south-westerly direction usual in the monsoon season.

The permanent change in the wind system on the Burma coast then

produced is none the less instructive, because the north-westerly winds

in April and May are believed to be a continuation of the very current

which appears to me to have so much to do with the advent of the

monsoon in different parts of Northern India, and in reasoning that the

54 C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. __[No. 2,

storms from Thibet influence the overhead current so as to render the

advent of the monsoon possible in the first case as far west as Central

India and the Kumaon Himalayas, and in the second case to the extreme

west of the empire I am making an assumption in support of which I

believe numerous examples such as the Rangoon cyclone of 1902 can

be cited. The influence of these storms from Thibet was in all proba-

bility greater in the upper reaches of the atmosphere than is shown by

the ground level observations, because in the first place the storms were

at a high level to begin with, owing to the Central Asian plateau, and in

the second place the Himalayan range was an obstacle to their progress

so serious that none but disturbances extending to a great height could

have passed over them without complete disintegration.

Before closing I will refer very briefly to the storms which occurred

in the Arabian Sea during 1902. They were only three in number.

Two occurred in period (A), wiz., the two Karachi cyclones and they

moved in much the same direction as the two storms in that period

from the Bay, that is, northward or north-eastward. The third occurred

in July and was therefore in period (B). That storm appears to me to

be very suggestive as to the circumstances in which monsoon conditions

may be produced by a cyclonic storm. It entered Guzerat and the part

of India which was most in need of rainfall. It, however, ceased to be

a well-defined cyclonic disturbance, while still over Guzerat and though,

a steep pressure gradient developed shortly afterwards over the whole

of North-Western India and there were all the appearances which

would suggest a strong inrush of monsoon winds with general rainfall,

only a few showers fell and those near the coast. The weather produced

by that depression, which was quite as deep as any one of the “ remark-

able series”? in the third period, was dry hot weather, rather than

monsoon weather.

The following extracts from the Indian Daily Weather Report,

during the time of that disturbance will show that what I have stated

above is borne out by the daily observations and also that it was difficult

if not impossible to forecast the behaviour of the depression as regards

the line of advance.

July 6th.—“ The low pressure area in the Arabian Sea is apparently

still an ill-defined disturbance, and has not yet developed into a cyclonic

storm.”

July 7th— The cyclonic storm in the Arabian Sea is apparently

advancing towards the Kathiawar Coast.”

July 8th. The cyclonic storm in the Arabian Sea crossed the

Kathiawar Coast yesterday afternoon and has apparently been almost

stationary during the past eighteen hours. Its future course is un-

1903. | C. Little—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. 55

certain, but the character of the isobars and of the pressure changes,

would appear to indicate the possibility of its EASE in a north-

westerly direction.”

July 9th.—“ The cyclonic storm in Guzerat has been almost station-

ary during the past twenty-four hours.”

July 10th.— The storm in Kathiawar is filling up but will pro-

bably continue to give rain in Guzerat, during the next twenty-four

hours.”

On July llth no reference is made to the storm which was no

longer shown by the ground observations and rainfall in India was

confined to restricted areas.

The following Table, gives the rainfall in Guzerat, between the 6th

and 11th July, and the amount which from the normal Tables was likely

to fall during those days :—

Actual rainfall bet- | Normal rainfall bet-

ween 6th and ween 6th and

llth July. 11th July.

Surat We, ie en 2°17 311

Ahmednagar ... vee eee 0°70 191

Bhavnagar... S00 000 0 65 O71

Veraval as i? Ses 6:05 0°76

Rajkotpaan ep ‘ 0°70 2:28

Bhuj p00 500 900 1:00 1:18

Deesa 30 000 066 032 1°35

It will be seen that Veraval alone received excess rainfall, and that

at three other stations, Ahmednagar, Rajkot, and Deesa, rainfall was

much in defect.

I have pointed out that the two storms from the Bay in period (B)

recurved towards the Kumaon Hills, and that the storm from the

Arabian Sea filled up in Guzerat after causing rainfall near the coast,

In fact, that storm was very similar in its behaviour, to the first storm

in period (D), which filled up in south-west Bengal, and it is not unlikely,

that the filling up was due to similar causes, if these were only known.

It may, therefore, be assumed that throughout period (B) there was some

influence which prevented the advance of cyclonic storms, whether

from the Bay of Bengal or from the Arabian Sea, into the north-west

56 C. Littlk—On two remarkable rain-bursts in Bengal. [No. 2,

dry area. What change took place, before period (C), with its ‘“‘remark-

able series” of storms began, can be matter of surmise only, but I

think it is fair to assume that it was not shown by the ground level

observations, and that it may have been caused by the disturbance of

August 11th, which entered India from Thibet, and which was so clearly

shown in its advance along the Himalayan Range.

I may be allowed to explain that I make no claim to have thrown,

by this discussion, any light upon the complicated problem of the

distribution of monsoon rainfall in Northern India. . The connection

between cyclonic storms and rainfall has for years been a matter of

enquiry. I shall be satisfied if I have even partially succeeded in

making out a primd facie case for au extension of meteorological

observations to the upper atmosphere, feeling sure as I do that further

information in that direction will meet requirements which ground

level observations have hitherto failed to satisfy.

crt

1903.] Ti. P. Stebhbing—Alar appendages of Chermes abietis-picex.

On the acquisition of alur appendages by the Spruce form of Chermes

abietis-picese MS. in the N.-W. Himalayas.—By E. P. Sroneine,

F.LS, F.E.S.

[ Received 27th March 1908—Read Ist April 1903. ]

In July 1893, Mv. Smythies, late Conservator of Forests, Central

Provinces discoverd the winged form of a species of Chermes issuing

from galls or pseudo-cones (see fig. d) on spruce (Picea Morinda) trees at

Deoban in the Jaunsar Forests of the N.-W. Himalayas (elevation 9,200

ft.) Mr, Smythies stated that only immature forms were to be found in

the gallsin May and June, the first winged individuals observed issuing

on July 21st. These insects were identified by Mr. EH. B. Buckton, F.R.S.,

as the species Chermes abietis of Linneeus and Kaltenbach.

The above facts are recorded in Indian Museum Notes, Vol. ITT,

No. 5, the species being noted as new to the fauna of India. I can find

no further mention or data about this insect.

In May, June, and a portion of July, in 1901, and the latter part of

May, all June, and half of July, in 1902, the writer toured through the

Jaunsar and Simla Hill Forests, and whilst observations were noted

on the habits of other insects, many quite new to science, a careful study

was made of the Chermes. The notes then recorded are still far from

complete, but the important and interesting discovery was made that

whereas, as in Europe, the insect spends one generation of its life in

pseudo-cones upon the spruce (Picea Morinda), the individuals of the

alternative generation of the parallel series live, not upon the larch as in

Kurope, siuce the tree is not to be found in the N.-W. Himalayan

Forests, but upon the silver fir (Abies Webbiana). Owing to this habit

Icall the insect Chermes abietis-picese, MS., to distinguish it from the

Chermes abietis-laricis of Kurope. We shall here only concern ourselves

with the acquisition of alar appendages and method of escape of the

winged individuals from the galls found on the Spruce, leaving for a

future paper full descriptions of the forms and habits of the other indivi-

duals of the parallel series of this most interesting insect.

As noted by Mr. Smythies, throughout June only small immature

larve are to be found within the false cones. In the first week of May 1

have found the eggs, laid in patches on the bark of the twigs and main

stem of the tree by the winter female, to be abundant. Little purple

larvee (see plate, fig. a) hatch out from these and slowly increase in size

throughout the rest of May, June, and early days of July, by which date

they become full-grown. An examination of the cone shows that even.

whilst still quite small it is partitioned off into chambers, figs. e, f,each con-

58 EE. P. Stebbine—Alar appendages of Chermes abietis-picee. (No. 2,

taining a number of the immature aphids. It differs, however, from the

European one in the fact that it uever has long portions of needles growing

out of the centre of the diamond-shaped external portion of the covering

of each chamber. It would appear as if the gall arising from the attacks

of the larvee of the Chermes abielis-picee was almost a stem growth and

not a leaf one. And yet this is in all probability not the case. In the

European form the formation of the gall is attributed to the young

larve feeding at the bases of the young needles causing them to swell

up at this point and coalesce, the upper part of the needle still continu-

ing its growth. Thus the external covering of each chamber has the

upper portion of a spruce needle, perhaps half an inch or more in

length, growing out of its centre. No such long upper growth of

needle is found in the Himalaya gall; but at times the centre of each

diamond-shaped cover bears a tiny green spike which appears undoubt-

edly to be the upper extremity of the needle and thus proves that the

gall arises in a similar manner to the European one. This point will be

dealt with more fully in a subsequent paper. Im fig. d a branch is

shown bearing a typical set of the pseudo-cones containing nearly mature

larvee as they are invariably found in the N.-W. Himalayas. Fig. f,

shows an old last year’s cone from which all the insects have escaped.

The year 1902 was a dry warm one up in the Himalayan region aud

therefore favourable to insect growth and development. Galls in sunny

warm spots were found to be opening on the 10th July. The gall or

false cone, in the process of what may perhaps be termed ‘ ripening,’

changes from green to pale crimson; this takes place first on one side, .

after the manner of a ripening apple, and then all over, the cone often

becoming bright crimson for a time, finally turning, when the insects are

ready to emerge, a dull purple with the exception of a small patch or

point in the centre of each of the diamond-shaped covers (where the

needle would arise from in the European Spruce gall) which remains

bright green.

The cone does not necessarily commence opening at the top: the

small chambers may open anywhere all over it. The portions more ex-

posed to the sun and in direct contact with warm air currents ripen

first. An examination of the insects within the galls, just before the lat-

ter begin to open, will show them to be little thickish, puffy, wingless

aphids, dull purple in colour and much ridged dorsally with greatly en-

larged globose anterior coxe. Beneath the skin at each side of the

mesothorax a small dull yellow excrescence can be seen and posterior

to this, on the metathorax, also at either side, a dark longish, flatter

protuberance. Legs and antenne are yellowish-green. Antenne are

six-jointed. Length 235 mm. Fig. 6b, shows this fully grown larva,

1903.] EH. P. Stebbing—Alar appendages of Chermes abietis-picere. 59

This is the last stage of development of the insect within the gall, no

functional alar appendages being present.

In opening the upper two edges or sides of the diamond-shaped outer

covering of the chamber become detached at their points of juncture with

the two lower sides of the cover of the chamber next above, thus form-

ing a kind of lip, which can be forced open with forceps. The external

surfaces of the diamond-shaped coverings then contract slightly, thus

causing the aperture to permanently gape, the opening becoming wider

and wider as the surface dries and consequently contracts (fig. f). The slit

is at first quite narrow, but as soon as it appears the insects commence to

crawl out. On reaching the outside of the false cone the fat purple

larva at once undergoes its last moult. In doing this, the skin splits

down a median line, both dorsally and ventrally ; as far as the meso-

thorax dorsally, and the first or second pair of cox ventrally ; the insect

then slowly crawls out leaving the white papery cast skin, to which

are attached the dark-coloured leg and antennal cases, behind it.

After this last moult it will be seen that the Chermes has undergone

a great change.

It now appears as a small gorgeously-coloured aphid, with black

shining head and prothorax, dark orange-brown shining meso- and meta-

thorax, both dorsally and ventrally, and with a shining black abdomen.

Legs and antenne bright canary yellow. On either side of the thorax

two little bright-coloured bundles are visible, a bright naples yellow an-

teriorly and vivid apple-green posteriorly. The whole insect, in fact, is

very highly coloured and looks at this stage as if it had just been freshly

painted with the very brightest tints in Nature’s colour box and then given

a coating of varnish. As soon as the Chermes has freed itself from the last

attachment of its last skin it begins to crawl actively about on the exterior

surface of the gall and the little yellow and green bundles unfold and

disclose the fact that they are the rolled-up alar appendages. As far as I

could perceive, the insects themselves take no active part in unfolding

these wings. They do not hang themselves up to get them unrolled as is

the case with Lepidoptera, but simply walk about and under the influence

of the sun and heat, the wings rapidly spread out, stiffen, and become

functional. I noted that in many cases, even before the insect has entirely

freed itself from the last larval skin, the little bundles had so far unrolled

as to be quite distinct from one another. Within half an hour from the

time of leaving the cone, the wings are fully unrolled, being held at an

angle on the side of, but not meeting in a roof-shaped manner over,

the abdomen. These wings are pale apple-green in colour with yellow

nervures except at their juncture with the thorax where they are chrome-

yellow.

/ dis tH, Y

60 EE. P. Stebbing—Alar appendages of Chermes abietis-picee. [-No. 2,

Total length of insect with wings is 4°68 mm. The wings project

beyond the posterior end of the body about 1} times the total length of ~

the aphid. The Ohermes is short, thickish, almost squarish in build and

appears somewhat flatter after its final moult. The head is small;

antenne six-jointed, the first joint very small, second and third small,

fourth longest; prothorax broad and much channelled; the rest of

thorax also broad the metathorax being sessile upon the abdomen. Fig. e,

shows a dorsal and side view of the winged form.

Within one and a half hours of shedding the last skin, patches of

white sete begin to appear upon the aphid, and the meso- and meta-

thorax turn from orange to shining black. These hirsute white patclres

appear on the head, upon each division of the thorax, and two little tufts,

set side by side on each segment, run medianly down the dorsal surface

of the abdomen. On the prothorax these white sete are in a transverse

ridge; on the meso- and meta-thorax they are in two large patches as on

the abdomen, The wings become a paler green, the costal and median

nervures being strongly marked and orange in colour, the transverse

intersecting ones being silvery.

The insect by now, %.e., within three hours of its last moult, has lost

all its brilliant colouring and has become dull and inconspicuous. It

only differs from the winged form to be found at this period on the

needles of the silver fir in having a green tinge in the wings, those of

the silver fir fly being colourless but irridescent in certain lights.

—=—

NEW SERIES. VOL. LXXITI, CCCCXKI.

“§

JOURNAL

‘ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. LXXII. Part II, No. 3.—1903.

EDITED BY

JHE Natura ftistory SECRETARY.

—

a s

== Jit

Mires

= i

———$—— —

eax! ae Ss i Se

A A I RA NST

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever is performed by

man-or produced by nature.”--Sin WILLIAM JONES. .

*,* Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed in India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac & Oo., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Afr.

Otto Harrassowits, Leipsig, Germany.

)

| CALCUTTA:

f PRINTED AT THE Paptist Mission PRaés,

| AND PUBLISHED BY THE

)

“The bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

psiatic Sociatr, 57, PARE STARsRT.

19038.

——

Price (exclusive of postage) to Members, Re. 1-8.-To Non-Members, Bs. 3

Price in England, 3 Shillings,

Issued 12th September, 1903.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE, &c.

No. 3.—1908.

—

CONTENTS.

. Page.

Contributions toward a Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidee. -

Part —By H. W. Prat, F.E.S. sve 2 OE

Silajit: an ancient Hastern Medicine.—By Davin Haoras F.C.S. . 98

A note on the discovery of Thanasimus sp. prox. nigricollis in the

N.-W. Himalayas with some remarks on its life-history.—By

E. P. STessine. 104

ERRATA

JOURNAL, AstaTic Society oF Breneat, Vou. LX XII, Part II, 1903.

p. 6, lines 18 and 19, from top: for “orifice. The lingula and a

narrow” read ‘ Orifice; and the lingula a narrow.”

» 8 5 938 and 39 for “ by other birds, like the crows” read “ by

crows and other birds.”

Ci ye ee ie

ce te P AL IT ad

fopee te

stand a

cae ees

JOURNAL

OF THE

-ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

—~soloe—

Vol. LXXII. Part Il.-NATURAL SCIENCE,

No. 3.—1908.

Contributions toward a Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide.—Part I~

By H. W. Peat, F.E.S. is |i

{Received 28th January, 1903. Read 4th February, 1903, |

CHAPTER I.

INTRODUCTORY.

The Aleurodide area family of the Homoptera which are allied to the

well-known Qoccidse or Scale Insects. Owing to their similarity to this

family they are usually mistaken for such by Agriculturists and such

mistakes can easily be excused owing to this family being so little known.

The Aleurodidz, like all the bugs, are sucking insects and derive

their nourishment from plants by pumping up the sap by means of a pro-

boscis formed of three fine setee. In the Coccide the winged males (the

females are unwinged) aredestitute of mouth parts, butinthe Aleurodide

the males and females both possess wings and. the mouth parts and diges-

tive organs are present. It is however in the immature and stationary

stages that the greatest damage is done by these insects. In a country

like India where there is practically a perpetual summer, these insects

are present in great abundance and they are more destructive than in

colder climates, This is due to there being a continuous succession of

Qe.1ts 10

62 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

generations uninterrupted by winter, which in colder latitudes not only

puts an end to their depredations for a season, but also seriously thins

their numbers, thus acting as a very efficient check on an abnormal

increase. Fortunately however for us the members of this family have

not proved so prominently destructive as some of the Scale Insects,

and probably this is the reason why hitherto they have been but little

studied. Although not of pressing importance it must be admitted that

their potential power for expansion and destruction is possibly even

greater than that of the Coccide. Although not possessing limbs in the

early and more destructive stages | as in some Coccids (like the Mono-

phlebine) still their power of dissemination is greater as, owing to the

females being winged and capable of prolonged flight, they can be more

easily spread. Thus ina plantation their spread would take place quicker

than Scale Insects. Asa matter of fact it is rare, when several plants of

the same species are grouped together, to find only one or two showing

traces of this pest; as a rule the entire clump is affected.

So far only six species belonging to the family Aleurodide have

been described from India. This it must be admitted is a poor record.

When we turn to the Coccidz we see however that even this important

family had been till only recently entirely neglected. Now, thanks to

the admirable work of Mr. E. E. Green, the number of our recorded

Indian Species of the Coccide has risen from seven in 1886 to fifty-

two in 1901, and this even is only a tithe of those which will be

discovered in time and worked up. The case of the Aleurodide is

similar or even worse ; as latterly, after the death of Mr. Maskell of New

Zealand, no one has done any work on the Indian forms. India in

reality is exceedingly rich in members belonging to this family. In the

short space of time that I have been working up the Aleurodide I

have examined nearly fifty species. Mr. Green has sent me twenty-

eight species from Ceylon, one species from Java and two species from

Victoria for determination.

CHAPTER II.

COLLECTION AND PREPARATION.

As the habits of members of this family are so similar to those in

the Scale Insects the method of collection and preparation is identical or

almost so in the case of both. The only disappointment one may meet in

collecting is the far larger number of scale insects one is inveigled into

examining. It isimpossible to give any definite instructions as to the

method of searching for these insects, but the few following notes as to

. 1 Except the very first stage and then their power of movement is not very Breals

the lary usually moving but a short distance from the egg. 7

1903. ] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodide. 63

my method of collecting may be of use. I carry a large number, a dozen

suffices, of fairly long and narrow envelopes. These envelopes are all

that is required for the collection of larvae and pupe.

One soon gets quite expert in noticing the signs which betray

the presence of these insects. A spotted yellow leaf, a black deposit of

fungus on the upper surface of the leaf, a procession of ants, these and

many other little signs are soon picked up. Always search the older

and more mature leaves rather than the young foliage, nor should one

overlook the dead and withered leaves which lie on the ground. The

insects are almost invariably attached to the under-surface of the leaves.

For collecting the adults use small phials. The insects themselves

must be picked up with a fine camel hair brush the tip of which has

been previously moistened.

After collecting as many larve and pupe as are required, make what

notes you wish on the envelope itself. The following at least should be

entered. Name of tree, colour of insect, character of fluff if any, the

comparative abundance of the insect, locality and date. If the tree

cannot be recognised’ carry away some of the leaves and if possible

- flowers for identification by a botanist.

As soon as possible after reaching home the insects should be exam-

ined and sorted, and if possible: mounted. When the insects are

dry it is impossible to examine the first larval stage satisfactorily as the

legs and antenne shrivel up.

For examination one will find that powers of 4, }, and + are

usually sufficient. A camera-lucida for making the drawings is almost

indispensable. After cleaning a microscope slide, drop some dilute

Canada balsam on it; examine the leaves with a hand lens, and with a

fine pin moistened if necessary with turpentine, pick up a few

eggs and transfer them to the slide. Next search for larve of

the. first stage. This is somewhat difficult as they are usually

only about ‘2 mm. in length. Do not be content with one or two speci-

mens, mount several. Pick up the other larval stages present and

also some of the pupz. If the insects are very dark one will have to

boil them in caustic potash before mounting. The following is the

method, Half fill a fairly long test-tube or watch glass with an almost

saturated solution of caustic potash, drop in one insect and boil over

a spirit lamp or gas jet. When sufficiently transparent remove the

specimen with a piece of wire or a hair spring into a small dish of

water. After soaking out the caustic potash mount the specimen in

a drop of glycerine. I however find that with black species, if one

mounts specimens in dilute Canada balsam, and the slide is put away

for some time, the insects as a rule become trausparent enough to be

64 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No.3,

examined for fine details. Those species which have the dorsum

covered with spines should be mounted under a cover glass raised

above the slide by acork or metal ring. The cover glass is thus kept

some distance from the insect itself. It is impossible however in this

case to examine with very high powers. The winged insect should

be mounted as soon as possible, as it is impossible to make out the

details in a shrivelled specimen. I find Canada balsam excellent for

mounting them, but it is advisable to stain some of the insects first.

Tt will be found somewhat difficult to mount the adult so as to show

the wings to advantage. I find that by placing the insect on the slide,

when the balsam is somewhat hardened, gentle pressure on the head

with a fine pin will cause the body to slip backwards and leave the

wings spread out evenly. If this is found difficult, an alternative

method is to carefully cut off the wings with a fine scalpel, the operation

meanwhile being watched with a hand lens. Asarule it will be found

that Canada balsam is not suited for those species in which the wings

are banded, as the bands show but faintly. In this case mount dry

by making a ring of balsam and after placing the wing in the centre,

pressing on a small cover glass. Keep a fairly large number of the

insects in situ on the dry leaves and also some of the winged insects in

empty phials or if preferred in spirit. —

CHAPTER III.

PREVENTIVE MEASURES.

I do not think it will be out of place to describe shortly such pre-

ventive measures as are useful in eradicating or at any rate keeping

down these pests. These insects cannot be killed by means of any

of the poisons ordinarily used against mandibulate insects, as they

exist by pumping up sap from within the leaves by means of their

sete. The most convenient all-round remedy is the well-known kero-

sine emulsion which when sprayed on the plants kills the insect by

closing up the spiracles. It is true that these insects are extensively

parasitized by chalcids and their numbers thus kept down; but despite

this check these pests often get out of hand and do extensive damage.

The causes which lead to this result are varied. It may be that as in

the case of most cultivated plants, their natural food-plant may be large-

ly increased and thus safficient pabulum be provided; or seasons may

be favourable. In this case the pests’ increase would be short-lived,

as the parasite being provided with plenty of food, would soon increase

and reduce the pest to something like its old numbers. If, however,

the pest is unwittingly imported with its food-plant into a new country

and its natural parasite or parasites be left behind at home, it is possible

1903. ] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidz. 65

that the pest may increase amazingly and do extensive damage. In

this case its natural parasite being absent, the most suitable remedial

measure would naturally be a search for and importation of the parasite.

Care would have to be taken of course that no hyperparasites were im-

ported as well. In my opinion I think it may be taken for granted that

in its native habitat and under the check of its parasites, a pest cannot

ordinarily, without other assistance, be eradicated by means of these

natural parasites, as the balance has been adjusted after many genera-

tions of struggle between the parasite and its victim.! Inthe case how-

ever of an imported parasite the case is quite different; the environ-

ment, climatic conditions, abundance of food and the like will be differ-

ent from that in its native habitat and the pest will take some time to

settle down in its new home. While in this as it were transitory stage

the parasite (imported without its own parasites) will probably have a far

greater power to check the pest.

I have never observed lady birds feeding on any of these insects

but it is possible that they do so.

CHAPTER IV.

CHARACTERS AND CLASSIFICATION.

The Aleurodide area family of insects Belonging to ite Order

Hemiptera, Suborder Homoptera.

Characteristics of the family :—

Adult. Furnished with four wings in both sexes. Sucking and

digestive organs present. Hyes usually constricted or reniform, some-

times completely divided. An ocellus above each eye. Antenne seven

jointed, Tarsi dimerous and furnished with three claws. Fore wings

with one median and one basal vein (in the genus Aleurodicus there is

also a terminal vein). The wings usually white, sometimes spotted or

banded with red or grey. The surface of the wings mealy.

Puparium. Scale-like. Brown, black or yellow in colour. The

dorsum sometimes covered with a waxy secretion. The most important

characteristic is the vasiform orifice described below.

Larva lst stage. Shape elliptical, Furnished with short stout

Jegs and antennz. The other larval stages similar to the puparium or

last quiescent stage.

Egg. The eggs are bean shaped, curved and are attached to the

leaf by a short peduncle or stalk. ;

In the adult stage these insects can be distinguished from the

1 Tt cannot, we think, be said that there is ever a ‘struggle’ between the

parasite and its host; the lessened food supply available for the former is entirely

brought about by its own actions. Hon, Hdit. :

66 H. W. Peal— Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidz. [No. 3,

Coccids by their possessing four wings to the latter’s two, and from the

Pysllids by the venation of the wings. The fore wings of the latter

family aresupplied with several veins while in the Aleurodids there

are only two (or in some cases three). In the larval and pupal stages

they can be distinguished from both the Coccide and Psyllide by the

presence on the dorsal surface of the last segment of the abdomen of

a triangular or subelliptical opening (also present in the adult) known

as the vasiform orifice. This orifice has hinged to it anteriorly a plate

or flap known as the operculum. This operculum projects and covers

to some extent the opening of the vasiform orifice. There is besides in

nearly every case a narrow tongue-like organ which lies within the

vasiform orifice and which projects caudad more or less into or beyond

the vasiform orifice. This is the organ which produces the honey-dew.

The family is divided into two genera: Alewrodes and Alewrodicus.

The species belonging to the genus Aleurodicus have with one exception

been all described from the warmer parts of America.

Genus Aleurodes.

Adults with only one branch (basal) from vein of forewing. Hind

wing with a single vein.

Genus Aleurodicus.

Adults having the vein in both wings with a distal and basal branch.

In a recent work by Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell (Proc. Acad. Philadel-

phia, May 1902, p. 279), these two genera are divided into several sub-

genera. I will deal with these subgenera later on when classifying our

Indian species. As regards the bibliography, the principal works dealing

with this family are Dr. V. Signoret’s papers in the Journal of the

Entomological Society of France, 1867 and 1883; Mr. W. M. Maskell’s

papers in the Transactions of the New Zealand Institute 1889, 1890, and ©

1895; and Mr. A. L. Quaintance’s “Contributions toward a study of

the American Alenrodide,’ (U.S. Dept. Agri. Technical Series No. 8).

From these works the complete bibliography can be obtained.

Both Mr. Maskell and Mr. Quaintance have put forward a plea for

describing species belonging to the family, not only from the adult

insect, but also from the larva and pupa. However objectionable such

a practice is in the case of other insects it is perfectly valid in the case

of the Aleurodide. Though in some cases it is true that the perfect

insects do differ in some small particulars, such as the occasional pre-

sence of spots and bands on the wings, it is practically impossible in

most cases to differentiate species from this stage alone. In the larval

and pupal stages on the other hand there is a considerable diversity of

1903.| H.W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidx. 87

form andcolour and in the character of the waxy secretion. It also

happens that generally when these insects are collected, only the larve

and pup are sent for examination, as these are the stages in which

damage is done to plants. If however the adult “flies” are obtained,

they should always be described, particularly the colour of the wings, as

although in most cases they are white some species have the wings more

or less spotted with brown or red. .

I have gone somewhat into detail in describing the different larval

stages. It is difficult except in some few cases to be absolntcly sure

as tothe number of moults. I have however but little doubt that the

normal number is four excluding the pupal stage. This I have made

certain of in some species but it is of course impossible to find out

the number in many cases as material sent usually consists of only one

or two of the stages,

CHAPTER V.

DESCRIPTION OF 7 NEW SPECIES OF Alewrodes.

Aleurodes religiosa n, sp. Plate V, figs. 6-9.

Signoret in his ‘‘ Essai Monographique sur les Alewrodes” (Ann.

Soc. Ent. France Ser. 4, VIII, 1868), describes and figures an Aleu-

rodid he obtained from Rubus fruticosus and which he named A. rubi.

This species is distinguished from A. longicerse, Walk. by:minute dif-

ferences in the adult insect, the larval (really pupal) state, which he

figures being identical except that as he says “ sur la ligne mediane on

observe sur chaque segment abdominal une impression plus visible a la

base qu’au sommet.” In allied species the differences in the adult stage

are extremely minute and it is hardly safe to rely on these differences

alone in defining a species.

A. religiosa is undoubtedly closely allied to these two species possess-

ing as it does the same series of spines on the dorsum. It however dif-

fers in having in addition another pair of spines placed fairly close

together on the cephalic region, caudad of the outer and longer pair on

cephalic region. It also has two yellow ridges one on each side of the

vasiform orifice. The caudal half of the dorsum is narrower than the

cephalic half and the margin caudad is slightly incurved. The cephalo-

thoracic margins are also incurved the surrounding area being suffused

with yellow. The indentures also bear a short fragmentary fringe of

wax.

I have described this species in detail as Signoret gives no detailed

description of the vasiform orifice. His drawing shows that it is probably

identical or almost identical (but smaller in proportion) to that in A. re-

ligiosa ; he does not deal with the earlier stages at all, nor does he give

68 EH. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No 3,

any measurement. {I have found A. veligiosa fairly common on some

pepul and banyan plants in Calcutta. So far however I have been able

to obtain it from only ‘one locality. The larve and pups are usually

to be found on the same leaves as A. quatntancet.

All stages can be obtained at the same time and from off the same

leaf, but one or two stages always largely predominate. In the middle

of November pupx, adults and eggs can be obtained in abundance but

the larval stages are scarce.

Egg. Size 16 mm. x ‘06 mm.

Light yellow when first laid turning light-brown afterwards.

Peduncle short about ‘025 mm. in length; surface minutely sculptured

with hexagons. The adult female when laying eggs moves in the seg-

ment of a circle, the leaf being whitened by the white meal from the

undersurface of the abdomen.

Larva lst stage. Size ‘18 mm. xX ‘1 mm.

Elliptical, narrow for its length. Colour light yellow, eyes maroon.

Legs and antenne present. One long seta on centre of each tibia of

second and third pair of legs. One long seta on tarsi of alllegs. Antennz

apparently six-jointed the last joint short and slender. Two long caudal

setz and two short sete caudo-laterally on margin. There is a narrow

fringe of wax around the margin.

Larva 2nd stage, Size ‘16 mm. x ‘09. mm.

Elliptical, narrow for its length. Colour light yellow. Two darker

yellow pigment patches on abdominal region. Hyes maroon, fairly

broad waxy fringe right around margin. Dorsum slightly elevated

especially along centre of abdominal region. Abdominal segments dis-

tinct along dorsum. Two long setz on second segment of abdomen. Two

long sete caudadon margin. Length of latter pair‘l1mm. Two shorter

setee on caudo-lateral margin. Region round vasiform orifice slightly

tinged with yellow. Vasiform orifice relatively large in this stage,

shape conical, apex pointing caudad. Anterior edge flat, posterior edge

slightly flattened ; lateral margins upper edge convex lower edge con-

cave. Operculum brown: anterior and posterior margins flat, lateral

margins convex. Length not quite half that of the vasiform orifice.

Colour brown, surface covered with fine hairs. Lingula two jointed the

first joint short and broad, the second joint narrow broadening out to

a conical tip: the surface covered with fine hairs. The lingula projects

almost half its length beyond the operculum, the tip extending almost

to the lower edge of the vasiform orifice. Legs present but short and

rudimentary ; antennz obsolete. The marginal fringe of wax rises from

a series of pores just above and within the dorsum. | At each ‘segment

of the abdomen and about the same distances apart on the cephalo-

1903. ] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodide. 69

thoracic region there are two larger pores which produce larger fila-

ments of wax and so more or less break up the otherwise uniform

stretch of fringe.

Larva 3rd stage. Size 35 mm. x ‘21 mm.

Shape elliptical, broadest cephalad tapering gradually caudad. Ce-

phalothoracic margins incurved. Colour light yellow: two yellow pig-

ment patches on abdomen. Area around indentures on cephalothoracic

margins and around vasiform orifice suffused with yellow. Eyes maroon.

Dorsum slightly elevated, especially along the abdominal region. Seg-

ments of abdomen very distinct along centre of dorsum; they cannot be

distinguished near margin. A short fringe of waxall around margin. It

isrelatively narrower than that in theprecedingstage. There are two sete

on the second segment of the abdomen: two extremely fine long sete ‘2

mm. in length, just within the margin at incurved cephalothoracic areas

and two sightly shorter sete caudad on margin. All these sete spring

from small tubercles, Vasiform orifice and its appendages similar to

that in the preceding stage, There are, however, two fairly long sete

near end of lingula. |

Larva 4th stage. Size 44 mm. x ‘3mm.

Caudal extremity of vasiform orifice flat. There is a narrow

marginal fringe of wax. The rest substantially as in puparium. The

lateral margins of the operculum in this stage and in the pupa are flat,

angled inwards to meet posterior margin : upper edges curved to meet

anterior margin : they are not convex as in the other stages of the larva.

There is a series of small pores along ventral surface of margin. These

produce a smali quantity of wax. The margin is fairly broad.

Puparium. Size 56 mm. x ‘35 mm.

Shape elliptical, broadest cephalad. Lateral cephalothoracie and

caudal margins incurved. Colour yellowish, semi-transparent under the

microscope. Two yellow pigment patches on abdomen: light yellow-

brown areas around cephalothoracic and caudal indentures. There is

an extremely short scanty fringe of wax at indentures; no trace of a

fringe elsewhere on margin.. Dorsum elevated, surface granular, abdom-

inal segments fairly distinct. Dorsum. covered with several long

sete which spring from small tubercles. They are situated one pair

cephalad some distance from the margin; slightly caudad of these a

second shorter pair in which the sete are placed rather close together ;

one pair on prothorax at inner edge of yellow-brown areas running

from the. incurved thoracic margins; a pair on metathorax ; a pair

fairly close together on first segment of abdomen; a pair on fourth

segment of abdomen; a pair one on each side of the vasiform orifice,

and a pair caudad just within the margin.

dis tis 1h)

70 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

Vasiform orifice long, in the shape of a narrow cone ; apex pointing -

caudad. Cephalic margin flat, corners rounded. Connecting the vasi-

form orifice to the incurved area on caudal margin is a narrow groove

or channel. This channel and the sides of the vasiform orifice are

bounded by two yellow, rounded fleshy ridges which run from the upper

corners of vasiform orifice caudad to margin, On the end of these

ridges are the two tubercles from which the caudal sete spring. Edge

of vasiform orifice light brown. Operculum similar to that in previous

stages but lateral margins flatter ; but little more than ird. length of

vasiform orifice. Colour light-brown, caudal margin darkest; surface

covered with fine hairs. There are near the tip two fairly long hairs

which project caudad. pier oe

Parasited pups become very convex, dark coloured andin some cases

turn quite black.

Adult female. Length ‘8mm. Wing ‘85 mm. x ‘31 mm.

Colour light-yellow ; dorsal surface of thorax tinged with brown.

Legs light-yellow; eyes maroon, almost divided, lower half larger.

Wing immaculate powdered with white meal. Length of antenne ‘22

mm. Formula 3, 2, 7, 5, 6,1, 4. Joint 1 short, broad for its length ; joint

2 subpyriform, nearly twice the length of joint 1; joint 3 twice the length

of joint 2; joint 4 one-fourth length of joint 3; joint 5 one-and-a-half

times the length of joint 4; joint 6 slightly shorter than joint 5; joint

7 nearly one-and-a-half times the length of joint 6. Vasiform orifice

cordate, anterior edge flat. Rim of vasiform orifice tinged with yellow.

Operculum in the form of a narrow neck which broadens out into a

wide bilobed tip. The posterior margin incurved. Operculum faintly

tinged with yellow. Lingula long, fairly stout, conical at tip; setose,

the end extends almost to the inferior edge of the vasiform orifice ;

colour yellow.

Adult male. Length -72 mm. Wing ‘74 mm. x‘25 mm. An-

tenne.2mm- Formula of antenne, shape of vasiform orifice, etc., as

in female.

Aleurodes bengalensis n. sp. Plate II, Figs. 10-16.

Egg. ‘2 mm. x ‘1 mm.

Colour reddish-brown under the microscope, dark claret colour

under a hand lens. Surface covered with meal, The eggs are usually

laid in a more or less perfect ring.

For want of material the first, second, and third larval stages have

been described from empty skins and in some cases dead and dried

individuals. I will describe them later on in detail when these stages

can be obtained. Just now, Nov. 20th, pups and adults are fairly plenti- —

ful and larve 4th stage scarce, no living examples of any of the other

1903.] H.W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodidx. 71

larval stages being obtainable. Large quantities of the cast off skins

can however be obtained, which is rather unusual amongst these

insects.

The insects are present on the leaves in colonies of from half a

dozen to several hundred individuals. The location of a colony can be

easily ascertained owing to the peculiarly whitened appearance of the

leaf wherever a colony has planted itself. This white is the meal from

off the adults. I observed no parasited pupe.

Tuarva Ist stage. Size *2 mm. x *l mm.

Shape elliptical. Yellow pigment patch on centre of abdomen. A

fairly broad marginal fringe of wax. There are 26 spines on dorsum,

all around and some distance from the margin. Two series of pores

around the margin; difficult to make out but apparently as in later

stages. Two long sete caudad on margin. Two short sete caudola-

terally on margin. The vasiform orifice opens directly on the surface

of the dorsum. Shape cordate; anterior edge flattish; edge tinged

with yellow. Operculum yellow, similar in shape to the vasiform

orifice only narrower being broader than long. Anterior and posterior

margins flattish. ‘The operculum extends only a little further than cen-

tre of vasiform orifice. Lingula short, broad, constricted in the middle

to form a flat broad basal end and aspatulate tip. About half the lin-

gula projects beyond the operculum. Colour of lingula brownish yel-

low. There appear to be no pores placed centrally on the abdominal

segments as in later stages.

Larva 2nd stage. Size ‘65 mm. x ‘43 mm.

Shape elliptical. A large brown patch on abdomen extending from

the first to the sixth segment. Area around vasiform orifice tinged with

brown. There are 26 sete around and slightly within the margin.

Caudad on margin 2 sete. Two shorter setz caudolaterally on mar-

gin, These 4 sete are placed on a lower plane than the marginal ring

of sete. There is a fairly broad marginal fringe of wax. There are

two marginal series of pores situated apparently asin pupa. Of the

central double row of abdominal pores present in the pupa only the

pair on the first and second segments present. There are rows of ex-

tremely minute pores on each segment of the abdomen placed centrally

and extending about one-third the width of the dorsum. These pores

tend to be disposed in rows but are very irregularly placed. The

‘fourth, fifth, and sixth segments have the largest number.

Vasiform orifice placed in a depressed pit. The pit proportionately

far smaller than that in the pupa, the vasiform orifice nearly filling it.

Anterior and posterior edges of pit flat, sides convex. The lateral and

posterior edges slope inwards. The vasiform orifice situated in a clear

72 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. _[No. 8,

space, the edges of. the space being demarcated by a dark line; rest of

pit yellowish brown. Vasiform orifice similar in shape to pit, edges

dark brown. Operculum broader than long, anterior edge flat, posterior

edge concave, sides convex ; colour brown. It extends toa little beyond

centre of vasiform orifice. Lingula broad for its length, dumb-bell-

shaped, being constricted in centre, tip spatulate. It projects for about

half its length beyond operculum ; colour brown.

Larva 3rd stage. Size 76mm. x ‘46 mm.

Apparently similar to the 4th stage. -

Larva 4th stage. Size ‘85 mm. X°5 mm. os

Shape as in pupa. A short marginal fringe of wax. Vertical

fringe short. Dorsum much blotched with black. Rest apparently as

in pupa.

Puparium. Size 11 mm. x 681 mm,

Shape elliptical, narrower cephalad, the margin being rather abrupt-

ly incurved at thorax. Margin caudad flattish. Cephalothoracic area

‘lemon yellow, later turning to orange. Last three segments of the

abdomen up to vasiform orifice orange. There is aclear space between

these two patches. Two irregular longitudinal grey bands on anterior

segments of the abdomen just without the central double row of pores.

A broad edging of black around cephalothoracic margin. This is in

some cases interrupted so as to form three separate patches, one cephalic

and two thoracic. The cephalic patch is divided into two by a narrow

yellow band which connects the cephalic margin to central yellow area.

A black edging on margin canudad. Caudolateral margins more or less

blotched with black. Rest of body of a cream white colour. The grey

edging on margin is not at all constant, it varying a good deal. As

the insect within develops the markings gradually disappear. They

disappear very irregularly, in many cases blotches disappearing from

one side before the other. The -caudolateral marginal blotches dis-

appear first. The suture between thorax and abdomen sometimes

apparent as a fairly broad transparent band. There are 26 sete

right around dorsum; they are set just within the margin. The

upper end of each seta for about one-third of its length surrounded

with a quantity of fluffy wax. Of these sete 14 are situated on the

abdominal and 12 on the cephalothoracic region. The spines are

comparatively short; colour light brown. Two long sete caudad on

margin on a slightly lower plane than the marginal fringe of spines.

Mesad of the marginal spines there are present on the dorsum two

series of large pores an inner and an outer series. There are in all 28

pores in the outer series, 12 on the abdominal and 16 on the cepha-

lothoracic region. The pores on the abdominal segments. are situated,

1903.] H.W. Peal—-Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodidz. 73

one-on each side near margin of 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th segments and

twoon7th. There are 26 pores in the inner series, 14 on the abdominal

‘and 12 on the cephalothoracic region. The abdominal pores are situated

two on each side near margin of the 3rd segment, oneon each side

near margin of 4th, 5th,and 6th segments and two similarly placed on

the 7th segment. There are also two rows of similar pores down centre

of dorsum on the abdominal segments. The rows are placed fairly close

together. There are in all 6 pores in each row, | pore of each row be-

ing. placed on abdominal segments 1 to 6. The pores are large, rims

shghtly elevated above dorsum. All the pores secrete globules of

liquid: Ventrally on margin a series of fine pores which secrete a

quantity of wax. This fringe of wax is vertical and about ‘15 mm. in

length. It elevates the pupa off the leaf. The vasiform orifice is pro-

minent and is extremely characteristic. It is situated in a large depres-

sed pit. The pit is conical apex pointing caudad. Apical and basal

margins flat, the apical margin being if anything a trifle incurved.

Lateral margins rounded, basal-ends being curved to meet basal margin.

Sides from centre to near apical margin flat, then sharply incurved to

meet apical margin, Edges dark brown, an outer edge of light brown.

The sides slope inwards. Apical end of pit shallow, the floor sloping

down to the anterior end at which point the pit is deepest. Floor of pit

highly rugose, with seven dark wavy brown lines forming the demarca-

tions of the ridges. These ridges vary in different individuals. A

clear light yellow area around vasiform orifice. Vasiform orifice oval,

posterior margin slightly incurved. Anteriorly the margin projects be-

yond and can be seen below basal edge of pit, showing that the pit’s

basal edge overhangs at the top. Edge of vasiform orifice tinged with

brown. Operculum two-thirds the length of the vasiform orifice. An-

terior margin flat, posterior margin slightly concave, sides convex, the

curve being somewhat angular. Colour light brown. Lingula spatu-

late at tip. Only the tip projects beyond the operculum, it is the only

part which can be distinguished. Colour brown. Legs of adult can be

distinguished through ventral surface. Appearance much the same as

that shown in the description of A. citri:; When the adult is emerging

from the pupal case its thorax is of a bright deep orange colour,

Adult female. Length 1mm. Wing 1°15 mm. X ‘42 mm.

- Colour light orange ; surface of the body dusted with a large quan-

tity of white Tinea, Hyes maroon, almost divided. Wings immaculate,

covered with white meal. Legs and antenne white, tinged with yel-

low, dusted with white meal. Antenne ‘3 mm. in length. Formula 4,

(2, 3,) 5,7 (1,6). Joint 1 short, flat: joint 2 stout, subpyriform : joints

thin, ne equal in length to joint 2: joint 4 slightly longer than

74, H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

joint 3, joint 5 short, only two-thirds length of joint 4: joint 6 short,

little more than one-third length of joint 5: joint 7 twice the length of

joint six. Vasiform orifice somewhat square, broader than long, poste-

rior edge widest, anterior edge flattish, posterior edge slightly convex :

lateral edges flat and angled outwards. Margin of vasiform orifice slight-

ly tinged with brown: inner area semitransparent. Operculum flattish,

broader than long: only about one-third length of vasiform orifice. An-

terior and posterior margins concave, lateral margins convex. The up-

per corners are the only parts of the operculum which touch the vasi-

form orifice. Colour brown. Lingula long, cylindrical, two jointed,

first joint shortest. The lingula projects nearly half its length beyond

the vasiform orifice. ;

Adult male. Length ‘9 mm. Wing °*85 mm. x ‘31mm. Antenne

‘25 mm. :

Long silky fluff on abdomen asin A. citri, This is only present in

recently emerged individuals.

Aleurodes alcockin. sp. Plate II, Figs. 1-9.

Egg. Size ‘2 mm, X ‘1 mm.

Colour light yellow brown. It stands upright on leaf to which it

is attached by a peduncle about ‘04 mm. in length. The egg is curved,

surface sculptured with minute hexagons.

Larva Ist stage. Size ‘27 mm. x ‘16 mm.

Shape elliptical, extremely narrow for its length. Provided with

antenne and legs. Colour whitish, semitransparent under the micro-

scope. Margin minutely crenulated. There is a series of closely appos-

ed marginal pores which secrete a short regular fringe of wax. Four

fairly long sete caudad on margin. Caudolaterally on margin eight ex-

tremely short sete (four a side) placed equidistant and forming a regu-

lar continuation of the four long caudal sete. Cephalad there are mar-

ginally twelve (six a side) setee which extend around the cephalothoracic

margin. Vasiform orifice slightly elevated, conical, apex pointing cau-

dad. Operculum semicircular, flat anteriorly, almost filling up vasiform

orifice. Colour brown, surface covered with fine hairs. Lingula extreme-

ly short, cylindrical, about half the length of the operculum beneath

which it is hidden. Legs stout; tibiz of second and third pair of legs

furnished each with a long curved hair placed about the centre of the

joint. The tarsi of all the legs provided with a long hair just above

claw (or claws). Tarsi with apparently only one claw each. Antenne

‘06mm. (Formula 5, 6, 3, (1, 2, 4,) 7), long, seven jointed, covered with

fine hairs. 1st joint short : 2nd joint short, stout, about the same length

as the first joint: 3rd joint thin, cylindrical, slightly longer than joint

two: 4th joint shorter than joint three, about the same length as joint

1903. | H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 75

two: 5th joint extremely long, four times the length of joint four: 6th

joint short, one and a half times length of jointfour: 7th joint extremely

thin and short, about one-fourth the length of joint six. It is extremely

difficult to make out the different joints distinctly, but there is no doubt

that joint 5 consists of only a single joint, Hyes maroon coloured.

There are several rows of minute pores on the abdomen there being two

rows on each abdominal segment. In the figure the artist has repre-

sented the vasiform orifice as seen ventrally by him through the trans-

parent body.

Larva 2nd stage. Size °7 mm. x °37 mm.

Margin slightly incurved on-sides of cephalothorax and at caudal

margin. Colour yellow, almost transparent when seen under the micfo-

scope. Yellow, pigment patch in centre of anterior abdominal segments.

HKyes maroon coloured. Dorsum slightly elevated. The margin is un-

usually broad. ‘The abdominal segments clearly discernible on elevated

portion of dorsum. There is a narrow ridge running from thorax ce-

phalid to the margin where it sometimes projects to a slight point. A

series of closely apposed marginal wax tubes which secrete a very frag-

mentary fringe. Crenulations of marginal pores distinct right up to

edge of elevated portion of dorsum. Hdge of margin thickened some-

what, brown in colour. Marginal pores on incurved thoracic and caudal

margins slightly larger than the rest, Two fairly long sete on caudal

margin, and a pair placed caudolaterally, slightly anterior to these and

in line with the lower edge of the vasiform orifice. Vasiform orifice

oval, anterior margin flattish. Edge of orifice tinged with brown. Oper-

cuium broader than long, of the same shape as the vasiform orifice. The

anterior margin flat so that it only touches the rim of the vasiform orifice

at the outer edges. Its lower edge extends some distance beyond centre

of vasiform orifice. The free (lower) margin slightly elevated. Sur-

face of operculum covered with fine hairs. Lingula short, cylindrical,

difficult to make out as it is shorter than the operculum beneath which

it lies.

Larva 3rd stage. Size 85mm. x ‘6 mm,

Shape elliptical, narrower cephalad. Colour yellow: a bright

yellow pigment spot on centre of anterior abdominal segments. Brown

medio-dorsal ridge running from the thorax cephalad to margin. At

thorax a dark brown bar crosses the median dorsal ridge at right an-

gles. Posterior to this is another line which is angled caudolaterally,

then back again cephalolaterally. Thorax suffused with light brown,

with a deeply trilobed brown line on each side of mediodorsal ridge

demarcating the outlines of the developing insect within. Abdominal

segments distinct, Edge of margin set with closely apposed pores

76 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

which produce a very fragmentary fringe. These pores are situated on

a slightly higher plane than the margin. Margin incurved at sides of

cephalothorax and at caudal margin. There are eight large and dis-

tinct wax tubes on each of these areas. Region around these inden-

tures tinged with brown, which, in the case of the caudal indenture,

reaches to the vasiform orifice. Hyes reddish. Two small sete on the

cephalic margin. Two small sete caudad just within the margin and

placed one on each side of the incurved area. They point upwards and

outwards. Vasiform orifice similar to that in the larva 2nd stage. In

some specimens the orifice is almost circular. In others the anterior

margin and the sides are flattened somewhat, giving the vasiform orifice

a conical appearance, the apex pointing caudad.. The edges of the ori-

fice tinged with brown. The orifice appears to project slightly beyond

surface of the dorsum. The operculum similar in shape to that in the

larva 2nd stage but is smaller in proportion and does not extend so far

caudad. Lingula as in larva 2nd stage. There is but little difference

except in size between this stage and the pupa, except that the insect

is more transparent, has the median keel on cephalothorax less promi-

nent and the operculum is larger, being intermediate in size between

that of the pupa and the larva 2nd stage.

Puparium. Size 1 mm. x ‘78 mm.

Shape elliptical, narrower cephalad. Mato at thorax and caudal

extremity incurved. Colour yellow. Dorsum elevated. A dark brown

elevated median keel running from thorax to cephalic margin beyond

which it slightly projects. At thorax a dark brown bar crosses the me-

dian dorsal ridge at right angles. Slightly posterior to this is another

line which is angled caudolaterally and then back again cephalolaterally.

Thorax suffused with brown; centre of abdomen suffused with lighter

brown, Segments of abdomen fairly distinct along medio-dorsal line.

Vasiform orifice oval: anterior margin slightly flattened. Rim round

vasiform orifice dark brown. The lower portion of the orifice covered

with fine short hairs. Operculum small, similar in outline to vasiform

orifice. The lower edge extends to.about the centre of the orifice. Sur-

face covered with fine hairs.. Lingula short, cylindrical, difficult to ob-

serve as it is shorter than the operculum and does not extend beyond

that. organ. Incurved areas at thoracic and caudal margins -tinged

‘with brown. At these places the marginal pores are eight in number,

larger than the other marginal pores and differ in producing fairly long

filaments of white wax. A distinct series of pores right around on

margin. They secrete a quantity of gelatinous looking wax. Hach in-

‘dividual filament is distinct for a certain distance beyond the margin

-then coalesces to form a gelatinous mass with the others. Dorsum cover-

1903.) H. W. Peal—Monograph of-the Oriental Aleurodide. 77

ed with a similar gelatinous secretion. This is secreted from a large

number of very minute pores which appear to lie all over the dorsum

without any definite grouping. Colour of secretion yellow. Two sets,

one on each side of incurved caudal area. Parasited pups are smaller

than nonparasited pups, are darker in colour and have the dorsum

much arched. The developing parasite can be easily distinguished

within the body.

Adult female. Length 1mm. Wing 1:05 mm. x ‘45 mm.

Colour yellow: thorax tinged with brown, body and legs dusted

with white meal. Eyes reniform, almost divided. Upper half cherry-

red lower half maroon. There is a large rectangular brown patch on

last segment of abdomen: within it and at the upper end is the vasi-

form orifice. Vasiform orifice oval. Operculum small, extending only

to centre of orifice. Lingula long, cylindrical, extending a short dis-

tance beyond vasiform orifice. Forewing patched with bluish grey.

These patches lie in the form of three bars which run across the wing

being more or less interrupted at median vein. A longitudinal bar con-

nects all the transverse patches. This bar is situated below the median

vein but is prolonged above the vein to apical margin of wing. Apex

of hindwing tinged with grey. Antenne yellow; Formula 3, 2, (5, 6, 7,)

1,4. Ist joint short, stout: 2nd joint subpyriform, almost globular :

3rd joint thin, cylindrical, two-and-a-half times the length of joint two :

Ath joint extremely short, half the length of joint two: joints 5, 6, and

7 one-and-a-half times the length of joint four. There is a dark line on

each side of. the under-surface of the second and third segments of the

abdomen. ‘The under-surface of the last segment of the abdomen with a

patch of grey.

Adult male. Size *95 mm. Wing ’9 mm. x ‘33 mm.

Colour yellow: dorsally segments of abdomen and thorax tinged

with grey. Last segment of abdomen and genitalia uniform grey. Rest

as in female.

‘I first found this leneadel on the leaves of a seedling fasten

(Ficus indica) lodged on the trunk of a mango tree in the vicinity of

Caleutta. I was only able to obtain some half a dozen pupe at the

time. Iwas much struck by the gelatinous looking secretion of the

insect. It is the only Aleurodid which I have obtained which produces

such a secretion. It is possibly allied to A. gelatinosus, Ckll., although

when the two insects are compared they appear to be very cligamalee

A. gelatinosus is elevated off the surface of the leaf by its lateral

fringe, not.so in this species. The margin of A. gelatinosus is deeply

crenulated, while in this species the crenulations are quite difficult to

detect. It differs in colour, A. gelatinosus being black: but the two

J. Wy, 12

78 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

species agree in producing an apparently similar substance, and the

distinctive feature, the indentures on the cephalo-lateral and caudal

margins with the pencils of wax issuing therefrom, are common to both.

I have, within the last two years, frequently come across this species; at

first only on banyan (Ficus indica) seedlings, where I searched for it;

but later on also on pepul (Ficus religiosa) seedlings as well. I find

that especially after the rainy season (about October) the insect simply

swarms on the young banyan and pepul plants, which spring up during

the rains on buildings, rubbish heaps and the like. In the case of the

pepul seedlings it is frequently associated with A. quaintancei. One

peculiarity, however, is that I have only found this species on young

plants, and when the two species are both present on the same plant

this aleurodid is always to be found on the lower and older leaves. I

have failed so far to find the insect on banyan or pepul trees, though I

have frequently searched for it. So far, I have only obtained this spe-

cies from two localities ; at Turkaulia, Champaran district, Behar, and

in and around Calcutta. The insect is heavily parasited by a minute

yellow chalcid. When parasited the dorsum becomes very convex and

when the parasite pupates it can be seen quite easily within the body.

Although it is to be often found associated with A, guaintancei the chal-

cid parasiting A. guaintancei never to my knowledge attacks this species.

It is a pity that the insect should suffer so severely from this parasite,

as it undoubtedly does some indirect good by killing off the enormous

numbers of pepul and banyan plants which take root on old buildings

and the like, and which would otherwise in many cases grow up and do

future injury. The aleurodid is usually present in large numbers, sev-

eral hundred being frequently attached to a single leaf, in the greater

number of cases eventually killing off the plant. Most of my material

has been obtained from the Museum terrace. I may note that I have

failed so far to obtain specimens of the 2nd stage; the stages marked

2nd and 3rd being probably the 3rd and 4th. I have much pleasure in

naming this species after Major A. Alcock, I’.R.S., C.LH., Superin-

tendent, Indian Museum, to whom I am much indebted for encourage-

ment in my entomological studies.

4, Alewrodes quaintancei nu. sp. Plate V, Figs, 10-14.

Egg, Size ‘18 mm. x ‘09 mm.

Cream coloured when recently laid, changing later to light brown.

Peduncle about one-third length of egg. The eggs are usually laid

four or five abreast in a curved line.

I take this opportunity of naming this species after Mr. A. L,

Quaintance, to whom I am indebted for much valuable assistance in my

study of this family.

1903.] H.W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 79

Larva Ist stage. Size -28 mm. x ‘9 mm.

Shape elliptical, narrow for its length. Colour light yellow. Dor-

sum flat: segments of abdomen fairly distinct. Four long set cau-

dad on margin. They rise from small tubercles. Between each pair

is a short seta. Four pairs of short sete (four a side) placed caudo-

laterally on margin and forming a continuation of the caudal seta. Lat-

erally on margin six pairs of short sete (six a'side) the pair furthest

cephalad longest. Six long sete cephalad on margin (three a side), of

these the second pair is longest. The caudo-lateral, lateral and cepha-

lic setes do not form a continous line, there being a space between each

set of sete. Legs and antennw present. Wasiform orifice as in the

pupa only larger in proportion, and the operculum only extends to

about the centre of the vasiform orifice.

Larva 2nd stage. Size 42 mm. x ‘3 mm.

Shape elliptical, broader in proportion than the first stage. Dor-

sum flat: abdominal segments fairly distinct. Hyes maroon. Two

short sete on cephalic margin, two fairly long sete caudad on margin

and twa short sete caudo-laterally on margin. The sete caudad on

margin spring from small tubercles. Vasiform orifice as in pupa but

larger in proportion.

Larva 3rd stage. Size 7 mm. x ‘53 mm.

Shape elliptical, broad for its length. Colour light yellow. Dor-

sum flat, sometimes slightly rounded. Thoracic and abdominal seg-

ments clearly discernible. With the exception of the central area, the

surface of the dorsum is covered with coarse granular striations which

extend to the margin. Vasiform orifice essentially the same as in later

stages. Setee as in previous stage. In some cases there is a slight line

running from thorax cephalad to margin and faint indications of the two

radial yellow bauds running from thorax to cephalo-lateral margins.

The channelled passage running from the posterior extremity of the

vasiform orifice caudad to margin and the two ridges situated one on

each side of the vasiform orifice and the channelled passage which are

present in the pupa, first appear in this stage.

Larva 4th stage. Size 1:05 mm. x ‘76 mm.

Characters essentially as in pupa.

Puparium. Size 1°55 mm. x 1:23 mm.

Shape oval. Colour translucent white, with in most cases a tinge

of yellow, two yellow pigment spots usually present on the first two

segments of the abdomen. As the insect develops within the entire

thorax and abdomen become yellow and opaque. Dorsum slightly con-

vex, the surface, with the exception of the central area, covered with

granular striations which radiate to the margin. Abdomen and abdom-

80 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [WNo. 3,

inal segments clearly defined. Sides and divisions of thorax apparent,

the sides being bounded by a three-lobed line. Three faint lines run-

ning from suture between pro and mesothorax, one cephalad: and two

cephalo-laterally to margin. The cephalo-lateral lines are really more

or less clearly defined yellow bands. In some specimens a fairly broad

distinct margin can be observed, but in others the margin gradually

merges into the central dorsal area, there being no well defined inner

edge. In some the margin is extremely pronounced but this is appar-

ently only the case when the insect is parasitized. As in the larve of

the three preceding stages there are two small sete cephalad on mar-

gin and four (the two inner long and placed on tubercles) on the caudal

margin. Vasiform orifice conical, apex pointing caudad; corners round-

ed. Anterior margin flat. Edge of orifice tinged with brown. Cau-

dad there isa channelled passage extending to margin. Operculum

broader than long, nearly filling aperture of vasiform orifice. Anterior

margin flat, posterior margin concave, lateral margins convex and angled

inwards to posterior margin. Corners rounded. Colour brown, poste-

rior edge darkest. Lingula long, cylindrical, spatulate at tip. It pro-

jects about one-third its length beyond the operculum. Colour brown.

There are two rounded yellow ridges which lie one on each side of the

vasiform orifice. They are prolonged caudad to margin. The channel-

led passage is situated between them. The two long caudal sete are

situated on the end of these ridges. Small tufts of brown wax are se-

creted at margin at end of these ridges and also where the cephalo-

lateral bands touch the margin. There is an extremely light and nar-

row marginal fringe of wax. Normally the pupa is semitransparent,

flat, and its lower surface adheres closely to the surface of the leaf.

The longitudinal cephalic, and radial cephalo-lateral lines are then

fairly distinct. As the pupa matures the dorsum becomes convex, the

central area becomes yellow and the margin turns an opaque white.

The cephalic and cephalo-lateral radial lines are then very distinct.

Parasitized pupz however have an entirely different appearance. The

insect is then more or less opaque, the colour ranging from a uniform

yellow through shades of brown and red brown to black. Usually how-

ever the parasitized pupa has two dark brown blotches one on the thorac-

ic and one on the abdominal region, the rest of the dorsum being of a

yellow or cream colour. When the parasite pupates it shows up asa

‘brown and black patch within the central area of the dorsum. The

dorsum of a parasitized pupa is invariably highly convex, almost globu-

lar in fact. Pupe from which the parasite has emerged are of a dark

yellow or brown colour, while those which develop normally and from

which the insects have emerged in due course are of a dull semitrans-

1903.) H.W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidx. 81

parent white colour. The chalcid parasitising this insect has its head

and thorax black, abdomen brown.

Adult female. Size 1-1 mm. Wing 1:16 mm. x ‘52 mm.

Head and thorax light brown, abdomen yellow. Ventrally last two

segments of abdomen tinged with grey along centre. Legs semitrans-

parent, tinged with grey, joints yellow. Eyes reniform, maroon.

Wings white with three faint bands of grey running diagonally across

wing. Nervure dark grey where the bands cross it. Hind wing imma-

culate. Body and legs powdered with white meal. Antenna ‘32 mm.

in length. Formula 3, 2, 7, (4, 5,6,) 1. The first joint is short and

flat ; the second joint stout, pyriform, about three times the length of

joint one; the third joint long, thin, cylindrical, about two-and-a-half

times the length of joint two; the fourth, fifth, and sixth joints equal,

the three together about equalling joint three in length; the seventh

joint thin, slightly longer than joint six.

Vasiform orifice oval, anterior edge flattened. Operculum similar

in shape but slightly smaller being only about two-thirds the size of the

vasiform orifice. -The posterior edge is concave. Lingula long, cylin-

drical, projecting about one-third of its length beyond operculum.

Adult male. Length ‘95mm. Wing105mm. x ‘48mm. Anten-

nee ‘25 mm.

Markings of wing similar to that in female. Entire body yellow,

legs asin female. Two small tubercles on last segment of abdomen just

above forcipate process. I have found this species on pepul (Ficus

religiosa) in and around Calcutta. It is extremely abundant after the

rains (October-November).

5. Aleurodes simula n. sp.. Plate III, Figs. 1-14.

Egg. Size 2mm. x ‘(09 mm.

Colour light yellow when first laid, afterwards turning brown.

Peduncle about one-fourth length of egg. Examined while still within

the body of the female the eggs are light yellow. The peduncle is

curved inwards and pressed against the egg. Colour of peduncle pink,

basal end of egg fairly dark yellow.

Larva Ist stage. Size '25 mm. x 15 mm.

_ Shape elliptical. Colour semitransparent yellow; two yellow pig-

ment patches in centre of abdominal region. There are a series of 34

long hairs right around margin. The four hairs furthest cephalad are

grouped in two pairs placed some distance apart. Of the six hairs on

caudal margin the inner pair long, the second pair short, and the third

pair long. The 24 other sete are shorter than the long caudal sete,

they are situated at equal distances apart on the lateral margins. Vasi-

form orifice as in the pupa-case, but the operculum is larger proportion-

82 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

ately, and the lateral margins of the orifice are somewhat incurved pos-

teriorly beyond the operculum. Eyes maroon. Abdominal segments

distinct. Antenne and legs present. The artist has drawn the vasi-

form orifice as seen by him through the transparent body.

Larva 2nd stage. Size 45 mm. X ‘32 mm.

Shape elliptical; colour yellow. Two yellow pigment patches in

centre of abdominal region. Two curved hairs caudad on margin. Va-

siform orifice as in the pupa-case, but the orifice is situated quite close

to the margin. Abdominal segments distinct. Eyes maroon. A mar-

ginal fringe of stout, cylindrical, waxy filaments which are placed quite

close together.

Larva 3rd stage. Size "7 mm. x ‘5 mm.

Shapeelliptical, margin at thorax angled slightly outwards. Dorsum

almost flat. Colour yellow. Two sete caudad, and two sete placed

caudolaterally on margin. A marginal fringe of stout, cylindrical wax

filaments. Eyes maroon. Abdominal segments distinct. Dorsum granu-

lar near margin. Margin broad, faintly demarcated mesad, and deeply

striated radially. There is a distinct yellow band extending from the

posterior extremity of the vasiform orifice caudad to margin. There

are faint indications of the two radial thoracic bauds so conspicuous in

the pupa. They end, as also does the band extending caudad to margin,

in five separate brown horizontal pores which secrete a small quantity of

brown wax. Dorsum covered with a large number of extremely minute

circular pores.

Larva 4th stage. Size 1:25 mm. X1 mm.

Similar to pupa-case except in size, it is also flatter.

Puparium. Size. 1°86 mm. x 152 mm.

Shape oval, anteriorly the thoracic margins angled outwards, giving

the anterior end a somewhat square appearance. Colour bright yellow.

Dorsum at first somewhat flat, later turning fairly convex. Three ridges on

dorsum, two radiating from thorax to cephalo-thoracic margins, and one

from the posterior end of the vasiform orifice caudad to margin. These

ridges are dark yellow, blotched with grey. They end marginally in five

stout distinct brown pores which produce a small quantity of brown

fluffy wax. Margin broad, demarcated mesad by a fairly broad distinct

white band the inner edge of which is dark brown. Margin with strong-

ly marked radial striations, the dorsum also marked around the central

avea, but the markings are more granular than striated. A small quan-

tity of short stout waxy filaments produced from marginal pores spaced

some distance apart. There are also aseries of submarginal pores which

produce finer and longer wax filaments. They are also spaced some

distance apart. There are two small slender sete on cephalic, and two

1903. H. W. Peal— Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 83

gray

similar but smaller sete on lateral margins. Surface of dorsum and

especially of the margin covered with a very great number of extremely

minute circular pores which tend to form detached groups. These pores

are also present over the radial patches, but the grouping does not differ

from the rest of the margin, the pores not being arranged in any sort of

pattern.

_ The margin of the pupa-case turns quite white a short time before

the adult emerges. Vasiform orifice conical, apex pointing caudad.

Anterior margin flat. Lateral margins sloping inwards; the sloping

surface with six ridges on each side. Operculum rhomboidal; the pos-

terior margin somewhat incurved. The operculum extends to about or a

little beyond the centre of the vasiform orifice. Surface setose, colour

light brown. Lingula two-jointed, lower joint short, stout. Upper joint

club-shaped. The lingula extends for one-third its length beyond oper-

culum; the surface setose, colour brown. Two long hairs spring from

near the tip of the lingula and extend some distance beyond the vasiform

orifice.

Pupa extracted from puparium.

Head fairly broad, colour yellow, the ocelli lighter in colour. Tho-

rax rather dark yellow, abdomen light yellow. Hyes dark maroon. Un-

folded wings dark grey. Legs almost transparent, well formed, setose.

Sides of abdomen flattened and spread out. Abdominal segments fairly

distinct but the vasiform orifice cannot be made out. Antennz not

noticeable in the specimen examined. When the adult emerges from

the pupa-case the dorsum splits up not only from the cephalic margin to

thorax, and across the thorax, but also right round the inner edge of

the margin so that in empty pupal cases the anterior portion of the

- dorsum is usually missing. I have observed no parasites on this species.

Adult female. Length 1:9 mm. Wing. Size 19 mm. x ‘85 mm.

Body light yellow; antennz and legs semi-transparent white. Tip

of mentum grey. A lateral grey stripe on each side of the first segment

of the abdomen, and dorsally a rather broad diagonal grey patch on each

side of the same segment. Dorsally each abdominal segment dark grey

nearly the entire width of the body. An oval grey plate situated on the

dorsal surface of the last segment of the abdomen. It encloses the

vasiform orifice. Ventrally the abdomen covered with fine short hairs.

Body and legs covered with white meal. Eyes reniform almost divided ;

colour dark maroon. Wingsimmaculate. Vasiform orifice broadly coni-

cal, the anterior edge somewhat produced and with a flat indenture in the

centre. Operculum cordate, apex pointing cephalad. Posterior margin

ineurved ; lateral margins dark and wavy. The operculum extends nearly

the whole length of the orifice, but is somewhat narrower. Colour dark

84. H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodide. [No. 3,

grey. Lingula cylindrical ; it projects to the posterior edge of the vasi-

form orifice. End almost flat. Only the part which projects beyond the

operculum can be made out. Colour grey. Antenne length ‘+5 mm.

Formula (3, 6,) (2, 4, 5,) 7,1. Joint one short, flat ; joint two subpyriform,

about twice length of joint one; joints three and six equal in length, each

about twice the length of joint two; joints four and five each equal in

length to joint two; joint seven short, thin, and tapering to a point, about

one-third length of joint six.

Adult male. Length 1:7 mm. Wing. 1:5 mm. x ‘77 mm.

Colour, ete., much as in the female. The antenne however are

enormously developed, being proportionately about twice as long as those

in the female. Length’9 mm.. Formula 5, 3, (6,7,) 2,4,1. Joint five is

very long, being nearly equal to all the others together. Joint one short

flat; jointtwo subpyriform, twice length of joint one; joint three fairly

long, one-and-a-half times length of joint two; joint four short, less than

half the length of joint three ; joint five long almost equal to all the other

joints together; joints six and seven equal, together about equal to

joints three andfour. The antenne are heavily ringed and it is extreme-

ly difficult to make out the joints. The under surface of the abdomen

covered with a large quantity of white fluff.

This species occurs in great abundance on the Simul tree (Bombyx

malabaricum) in Caleutta. The leaves are thickly covered with the

insect; they become yellow and spotted wherever an insect is attached

and are ultimately killed. Superficially the insect somewhat resembles

A. eugeniez, Mask. There are the same radiating dorsal patches and the

dorsum is similarly striated. They differ however in the shape of the

pupa-case, and the shape of the vasiform orifice. A. simula has a slight

marginal fringe and there are four sete on the margin. The radiating

dorsal patches are quite different in the two insects. In A. simula

these patches are not formed by closely apposed pores but are yellow

bands striated with grey. The thoracic radial patches are also true

ridges, being elevated above the surface of the dorsum. All three pat-

ches in this species end not in a single aperture or pore opening dorsally,

but in five stout brown horizontal pores which secrete a small quantity of

fluffy brown wax. The dorsum in this species is covered with a large

number of extremely minute circular pores; the margin is also broad

and clearly defined.

Mr. Maskell was mistaken in assuming that the three radial patches

were sufficient evidence to prove the close relationship of A. eugeniz and

A. eugeniz var. aurantii. Asa matter of fact many of the Indian Aleu-

rodidse possess this characteristic, however widely different they may

otherwise be,

1903. ] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 85

Aleurodes bambuse n. sp. Plate IV, Figs. 1-9.

Egg. Length ‘25 mm. x ‘11 mm.

Colour light brown. Surface sculptured with hexagons, Attached

in an upright position to leaf by a short peduncle.

Larva Ist stage. Size 35 mm. x ‘2 mm.

Shape elliptical; narrow for its length. Colour deep black; dark

brown under the microscope. The dorsum is completely hidden by a

quantity of white fluff which is produced by a series of submarginal

pores. There is an elevated mesio-dorsal ridge extending anteriorly

almost to the margin and posteriorly to the vasiform orifice. Segments

of abdomen fairly distinct. Margin crenulated, bearing a series of

closely apposed pores which produce a regular but somewhat short hori-

zontal fringe. Ventrally just within the margin a series of pores which

produce a scanty white secretion. There are four long sets on cepha-

lic and four on caudal margins, On the dorsum there are four long

stout curved spines which are situated a pair on the cephalic and a pair

on the anterior edge of the abdominal region. They are placed on

the sides of the medio dorsal ridge. The spines point backwards.

Each spine is about half the length of the body, the anterior pair being

slightly longer. Two short stout curved spines are situated one on each

side of the vasiform orifice. Vasiform orifice large elevated on a tuber-

cle. It is apparently similar to that in the puparium but owing to the

colour is difficult to make out.

Larva 2nd stage. Size 55 mm, x °3.mm.

Similar except in size to larva 3rd stage.

Larva 3rd stage. Size 1 mm. X% °55 mm.

Shape elliptical, somewhat broader proportionately than in the first

stage. Colour dense black. There isa distinct mesio dorsal ridge which

is somewhat slighter than in the preceding stage. Abdominal segments

distinct. Area surrounding vasiform orifice darker than the rest of the

abdomen. Margin broad crenulated. Mesad the margin ends ata broad

ridge which separates it from the rest of the dorsum. Along its edge

are a series of large closely apposed pores which produce a short but

abundant horizontal fringe of wax. The upper surface of the margin

bears a large number of extremely minute pores. These pores produce

a quantity of white fluffy wax filaments which curve inwards and

cover the dorsum. Ventrally a little within the margin there are a

series of pores which produce a small quantity of wax. The dorsum

is covered with a number of stout spines. There are: a pair on the

cephalic region at end of mesio dorsal ridge and nearly on the margin;

two pairs placed fairly close together on the cephalic region ; a pair placed

widely apart on the thoracic region ; immediately behind this pair there

Jj, uit, JS

86 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

are two pairs placed fairly close together on the lower edge of the mesio _

dorsal ridge; a pair of spines on each of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th abdom-

inal segments ; and two stout curved spines, one on each side of the vasi-

form orifice. There are two short setse, one on each side of the vasiform

orifice and two fairly long sete caudad on margin. The vasiform orifice

as in preceding stages, but in some specimens the lingula appears large

and dumb-bell shaped.

Larva 4th stage. Size 14mm. x ‘9 mm.

Shape elliptical, anterior edge abruptly conical. Colour dense black.

Mesio dorsal ridge as in preceding stages. A broad crenulated margin

which ends mesad in an elevated ridge which separates it from the rest of

the dorsum. The margin ends in a series of large closely apposed pores

which produce a short thick marginal fringe of white wax. The upper

surface of the margin is covered with a large number of minute pores

which produce a quantity of white fluff, which curving inwards covers

the dorsum. Segments of abdomen distinct. The dorsum is covered

with a large number of stout spines which lie: five pairs on the cephalic

region ; four pairs on the thoracic region, and five pairs on the abdominal

segments. There is also a stout curved pair situated one on each side

of the vasiform orifice. There are two short sets, one on each side of

the vasiform orifice and a slightly longer pair caudad on margin. Vasi-

form orifice large in proportion to its size as compared to the vasiform

orifice in the puparium.

Puparium. Size 2:1 mm. x 1:4 mm.

Shape elliptical, broadest caudad. Colour dense black. Distinct

mesio dorsal ridge which is narrow and sharp anteriorly, and broad and

rounded posteriorly. From this ridge there are a series of five ridges

which mark out the abdominal segments. Margin broad, crenulated ;

bearing on its upper surface a large number of minute pores which

produce a quantity of white wax filaments which curling inwards con-

ceal the dorsum. There are a series of closely apposed marginal pores

which produce a short but abundant horizontal secretion of wax. There

are ventrally on margin a series of pores which produce a small quantity

of wax. The dorsum is covered with a large number of short but stout

spines. ‘These spines are grouped as follows. There are thirty hooked

spines forming a ring around the dorsum just within the margin. The

other spines are shorter and are situated as follows. A double row of

eight spines across the cephalic region; four spines on the thoracic re-

gion ; sixteen spines in a row down the mesio dorsal ridge on the abdom-

inal region ; two rows of three spines, one row oneach side of the mesio

dorsal ridge on Ist and 2nd abdominal segments ; two rows of two spines

placed similarly on third and fourth segments and one spine on each

1903.] H.W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 87

side of the mesio dorsal ridge on the 5th segment. A pair of short stout

Spines placed, one on each side of the vasiform orifice. Two long sets

caudad and two cephalad on margin. The vasiform orifice is situated

on a short tubercle at the posterior end of the mesio dorsal ridge. Shape

oval. Operculum similar in shape but somewhat smaller, the lower

half apparently slightly ridged. Lingula indistinct, shape rectangular,

broader than long. It is completely covered by the operculum.

Adult form unknown.

This Aleurodid occurs plentifully on various species of bamboo in

the vicinity of Calcutta. As arule only a few leaves in a bamboo clump

are attacked by the insect. I have, however, sometimes found it occur-

ring in very large numbers in some bamboo clumps. It then undoubt-

edly is a rather serious pest as frequently most of the leaves are then

killed. The insect is kept in check by a parasite, presumably a chalcid,

as large numbers of dead insects can always be found which have the

minute hole on the dorsum made by the parasite for its exit. I have

so far obtained no specimens of the parasite. When this aleurodid is

detached from the leaf it will be observed that the portion of the leaf

beneath the insect is yellow and discoloured. As arule the exuvie of

the preceding stages remains attached to the spines on the dorsum.

Aleurodes leakit n. sp. Plate V, Figs. 4-5.

I obtained specimens of this insect off both Natal (I. arrecta)

and ordinary indigo (Indigofera tinctoria) at Dalsing Serai, Behar, in

the month of May 1902. As seen with the naked eye the pupex and

larvee are yellowish in colour. I noticed one peculiarity with regard to

this species ; the scales invariably occur on the upper surface of the

leaves. This is rather an unusual feature. The insect itself was not

common enough to constitute a pest. It may possibly however at other

times of the year be present in larger numbers and so prove a factor

amongst the numerous insect pests indigo has to contend with. I have

fourid it to be far commoner on Natal than on ordinary indigo. Consid-

ering that in the future the Natal plant will almost certainly be grown

toa large extent owing to its superiority over the ordinary indigo the sup-

pression of this pest may at some time have to be taken in hand. The

scales themselves as a rule occur rather sparsely, two or three on each

leaflet. I have however occasionally found them in fairly large num-

bers on single leaflets.

Egg. Size ‘2 mm. x ‘1 mm.

Colour yellowish brown. The egg is attached to the leaf in an up-

right position by a short peduncle or stalk.

Larva probably 2nd stage. Size 1°05 mm. x *76 mm.

Shape elliptical; colour whitish-yellow, a few yellowish-brown

88 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodide. [No. 3,

marks along the centre of dorsum: dorsum covered with coarse granula-

tions. Segments of body more or less distinct along dorsum. Margin

of case broad, crenulated ; there is no wax fringe. Dorsum flattish,

sometimes slightly convex. Vasiform orifice conical, very much elonga-

ted, anterior edge concave, sides emarginate. Abdomen distinctly

cleft from the vasiform orifice to the posterior margin, the edge of which

is slightly incurved to meet the cleft; the vasiform orifice is over one-

half the length of the cleft. Operculum attached anteriorly to vasiform

orifice, sub-elliptical, broader than long, Iingula narrow, broadest at tip,

narrowest a little above the middle. Tip conical, projecting beyond

operculum about one-and-a-half times the length of the operculum.

It is slightly shorter than the vasiform orifice within which it

lies.

Larva. Last stage. Size 1‘1 mm. x ‘76 mm.

Shape elliptical. Dorsum almost transparent. Segments more or

less distinct along dorsum. Insect itself more or less distinct beneath

the dorsum. Colour of maturing insect orange to yellow, eyes maroon.

Margin of dorsum broad and transparent, the rest of the body faint

greenish-yellow. Vasiform orifice lemon-yellow the operculum slightly

darker in shade. Lingula similar in colour. Vasiform orifice opercu-

lum and lingula as in preceding stage. No trace of sete or hairs,

either on dorsum or on margin of body. Margin extremely flat, the

dorsum rises with a slight curve from margin.

Puparium. Size 115 mm. x ‘84. mm.

Colour translucent, faintly tinged with yellow. Insect itself clear-

ly discernable beneath the dorsum; colour yellow, eyes dark red. The

rest as in larval stages.

Adult female. Length 85mm. Wing 105 mm. x ‘35 mm.

Colour of body brownish-yellow ; legs and antenne yellow. Length

of antenne *22 mm., seven jointed : joint one short, subpyriform: joint

two stout, slightly longer than joint one: joint three two and a half

times length of joint two: joint four short, less than one-third joint

three in length: joints five and six equal, slightly shorter than joint

two: joint seven long and tapering, half the length of joint three. Wings

immaculate. Hyes reniform, undivided.

I have been unable to obtain specimens of the adult male.

IT have. much pleasure in naming this species after Mr. H. M.

Leake, who assisted me in collecting specimens and was kind enough to

mount examples for the microscope.

Aleurodes hoyex n. sp. Plate V, Figs. 1-3.

This species is fairly common in and around Calcutta on Hoya sp.

I have observed it in the years 1900, 1901, and 1902. Although -it is

1903.] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodide. 89

comparatively easy to obtain larvee and pups I had the greatest difficul-

ty in rearing adults as nearly every one of the many hundred pups

I have examined was parasited ; the parasite, a minute hymenopteron

(a chalcid) cutting a neat circular hole on the dorsal surface of the

puparium when escaping. This species is I believe unique in having

the wings of the adult of a uniform plum-blue colour. Owing to this

peculiarity it has a remarkably moth-like appearance.

Ege. Size 25 mm. x ‘1 mm.

Light brown, curved, surface sculptured with lines forming irregu-

lar hexagons. Peduncle one-sixth length of egg.

Larva first stage. Size "9 mm. x 68 mm.

Shape elongate elliptical. Colour light yellowish-brown. At this

stage the larva is somewhat dissimilar in appearance to more advanced

larve, the larva being in some cases comparatively narrow and long.

Dorsum flat and minutely granulated. There is a slight dorsal ridge.

Larva 2nd stage. Size l'4mm. X 1:2 mm.

Shape elliptical. Colour light-brown. Dorsum flat and granular.

There is a delicate series of marginal wax tubes from which a small

quantity of wax filaments extrude; filaments short. Vasiform orifice

similar in shape to that in the third stage. Operculum darker in colour

then the rest of the body. Caudal margin slightly incurved, with two

wax tubes which are larger than those on the margin, situated one on

each side of.the curve. They produce two fairly long wax filaments.

Larva 3rd stage. Size 16 mm. x 1-4 mm.

Colour from light to dark-brown ; centre of dorsum darkest, there

being a wide band lighter than the centre along edge of dorsum. Shape

elliptical, flattish. Broad medio dorsal ridge on which the abdom-

inal and thoracic segments are clearly discernible. Dorsum granular in

appearance. The centre of dorsum has small circular granulations,

those on the outer edge being coarser and oval in shape. A series of

minute closely apposed wax tubes along margin. There are sometimes

traces of a waxy fringe. Vasiform orifice cordate; anterior margin

flattish or slightly incurved. Operculum similar in shape and extend-

ing almost to the caudal extremity of the vasiform orifice. Edge of

vasiform orifice tinged with brown as also the operculum.

Puparium. Size 1°62 mm. x 1°43 mm.

Colour black. Shape elliptical. Some specimens, however, are al-

most circular. The dorsum is granular and rounded. The medio-dorsal

ridge so conspucuous in the larva is far less prominent though still dis-

cernible. Margin flat and extremely narrow. Vasiform orifice cordate,

anterior margin flattish. Owing to the extremely dense black colcur of

the dorsum it is difficult to make out the details of the vasiform orifice

90 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidez. [No. 3,

even after boiling in caustic potash. It however appears to be similar

to that in the larva.

Adult female. Size 1:85 mm. Wing 1:55 mm. x ‘67 mm.

Body brown. Legs and antenne yellowish-brown. Eyes reniform,

dark red-brown in colour. Antenne ‘63mm. Seven jointed. Joint

one short subpyriform; joint two stout, one and a half times the length

of joint one ; joint three long, cylindrical, about twice the length of joint

two; joint four short, slightly shorter than joint two; joints five, six,

seven equal, each about half the length of joint three. Vasiform orifice

obovate, operculum small; anterior and posterior margins flat, lateral

margins curving outwards from anterior margin and incurving to meet

posterior margin. Lingula V shaped, upper extremity broadest, nar-

rowing in centre and broadening out slightly at tip. The tip itself is

conical. It projects slightly beyond vasiform orifice; wing purplish-

blue in colour, having a bloom on it like that seen on a plum. Edges of

the wing reddish along margin. A series of closely apposed globular

projections each bearing two delicate sete.

I only succeeded in rearing three adult females. I have never ob-

tained the male.

Cuaprer VI.

Description of Aleurodide previously described from the Indian

Region.

Only a few species of this family have been described so far from

India and Ceylon. For the sake of convenience I have thought it ad-

visable to include the full descriptions.

The following species have so far been described.

Aleurodes eugenize Mask.

Aleurodes eugenix Mask. var. aurantiz Mask,

Alewrodes barodensis Mask.

Aleurodes cotesit Mask.

Aleurodes piperis Mask.

Aleurodes nubilans Buckton.

Three other species in all have been described from the Oriental

Region. A. gossypiz Fitch, A. lactea Zehnt. and A. longicornis Zehut.

Their descriptions will be given in Part II.

Aleurodes eugenie Mask.

Trans., N.Z. Inst., Vol. XXVIII, 1895, p. 430, Indian Museum

Notes, Vol. IV, No. 2, p. 52.

Larva dull white or grey, or slightly yellowish ; form roundly ellip-

tical, the anterior edge very slightly compressed; dorsum scarcely con-

vex; length about 2, inch. Dorsum marked with very delicate radiat-

ing strix. Margin without either fringe or hairs, and not at all thick-

1903. ] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 91

ened, but finely fluted and minutely crenulated. Three marginal de-

pressions and radiating dorsal patches as described below in the pupa.

Pupa-case very pale yellow, or greyish; dorsum very slightly con-

vex; form roundly elliptical or subcircular ; length about one-twentieth

in. as a rule, but reaching one-fifteenth in. The enclosed pupa is con-

spicuous dorsally, dark brown, the segments fairly distinct ; on turning

over the case the rudimentary feet may be made out rather confusedly,

and the antenns more faintly. Dorsum of the case marked with radiat-

ing stris, more clear than those of the larva: these stris are most con-

spicuous near the margin, which is not at all thickened, but marked with

narrow but deep channels dividing it into broad segments. At three

points in the margin there are small concave depressions, one on each side

opposite the rostrum, and one at the abdominal extremity. Correspond-

ing with these, on the dorsum, are three very faint radiating dotted

patches : when viewed by transmitted light, these patches are seen to be

formed of a lace-like pattern, with small, irregular cells, and at their

extremity they end ina circular orifice deeply crenulated; the anterior

pair extend from the rostrum to the margin, the posterior one from the

vasiform orifice to the margin. Vasiform orifice with straight anterior

edge, sides and end regularly convex ; operculum nearly covering the

orifice, and of similar form ; lingula short, almost regularly cylindrical,

scarcely extending beyond the operculum. There is no marginal fringe,

nor are there any dorsal or marginal hairs.

Adult form unknown.

Hab. In India, on Hugenix# jambolana. My specimens were sent

by Dr. Alcock, Superintendent of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. From

the great numbers on the leaves it would seem that the insect is injuri-

ous. They came from Poona.

A short description of this insect was sent by me to Dr. Alcock for

insertion in ‘‘ Indian Museum Notes ;” but I have included it again here

in order to note the distinctions which separate it, firstly, from A. euge-

nix, var. aurantii, next described, and secondly, from A. citvi (Ashmead),

Riley and Howard, Insect Life, 1893, p. 219. As to the first my descrip-

tions and figures will suffice. From J. citri the species differs in the

entire absence of marginal and dorsal hairs in the larva and in the three

radiating lace-work patches, of which no mention is made by Riley and

Howard, but which are conspicuous characters of A. eugenix.

This insect and its variety, with A. citri, A. melicyti, and others, may

be placed in a series of which A. proletella, Linn., may be taken as the

type.

Aleurodes eugenix, Maskell, var. Aurantii, Maskell.

Trans., N.Z. Inst., Vol, XXVIII, 1895, p. 431, Ind. Mus. Notes,

92 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodidez. [No. 3,

Vol. IV, No. III, p..144. Larva very pale-yellow, sometimes almost

white; form roundly elliptical, flattish; length about one-fortieth in.

Dorsum striated, but the striations are very faint, except near the mar-

gin. Margin not at all thickened, finely fluted and crenulated, bearing

no hairs or fringe. There are three small marginal depressions and

three dorsal patches as in the pupa.

Pupa-case very pale yellow, roundly elliptical or subcircular, flat-

tish and thin; length about one-twenty-fourth in., reaching sometimes as

much as one-sixteenth in. The enclosed pupa is only faintly discernible

dorsally, rather darker than the case, the abdominal segments moder-

ately distinct ; on turning over the case the rudimentary organs are less

confused than in A. eugeniz. Dorsum of the case very finely marked

with radiating strie, which are a little more conspicuous near the mar-

gin. Margin not thickened, almost entire, divided by deep narrow chan-

nels into segments narrower than those of A. eugenix. There are three

marginal depressions, two opposite the rostrum and one at the abdominal

extremity, and three radiating patches terminating at these depressions;

the patches end (as in the type) in crenulated circular orifices, but are

composed of great numbers of very minute circular pores or dots,

which do not form a lace-work pattern. Vasiform orifice subtrapezoi-

dal or subelliptical, broader than long; operculum nearly fitting the

orifice ; lingula very short, cylindrical with a dilated end, sometimes

obsolete. .

Adult form unknown.

Hab. In India, on Citrus aurantium. Mr. Cotes, late of the Indian

Museum, Calcutta, sent me some orange leaves from “ North-West Hima-

layas,” thickly covered with this insect.

I attach this as a variety to A. ezgeniz on account of the similarity

in several respects, notably in the dorsal radiating patches, though it

differs in some others. It has none of the marginal or dorsal characters

of A. citri, Riley and Howard.

Aleurodes barodensis, Maskell.

Trans,, N.Z. Inst., Vol. XXVIII, 1895, p. 424, Ind. Mus. Notes, Vol.

IV, No. III, p. 143. Eggs orange coloured, rather large, oval, pedun-

culated, length about one-one-sixtieth in. The eggs and empty shells are

found in large numbers on the leaf.

Larva dark-brown, becoming later almost black; elongated ellipti-

cal; slightly convex; abdominal segments fairly distinct, length about

one-forty-fifth in. Margin minutely crenulated and bearing a short

white waxy fringe, which is frequently very fragmentary or absent,

Dorsum bearing, within the margin, a row of about thirty-two small

simple circular pores; within these is a transverse row of four on the

1903. ] H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Alewrodide. 93

anterior thoracic region, another transverse row of four on the anterior

abdominal region, a longitudinal row of four on each side of the abdo-

men, and one on each side of the vasiform orifice. Vasiform orifice sub-

conical, the posterior extremity slightly produced; operculum short,

rounded, subconical ; lingula cylindrical at the base, afterwards widened,

finally tapering, not quite reaching the edge of the orifice.

Pupa-case very dark-brown or glossy-black ; very elongated, ellipti-

cal, with sides nearly straight, the width only about one-third of the

length. Dorsum sometimes slightly convex, sometimes flat, sometimes

slightly concave; abdominal segments indistinct. Vasiform orifice ap-

parently as in the larva, but difficult to make out on account of the very

dark colour of the case. Margin crenulated and bearing a very elegant,

long, snowy-white fringe of slender waxy cylindrical tubes. There is

frequently some white powdery meal on the dorsum, which probably

bears pores as in the larva, but it is most difficult to detect them. The

ventral surface is flat, brown ; the rudimentary organs are not distinct,

owing to the dark colour.

Adult form unknown.

Hab. In India, on Saccharum officinale. My specimens were sent

by Mr. Cotes, late of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, from Baroda. He

‘informed me they were rather damaging to the sugarcane im those

parts.

The very elongated form is distinctive, besides the black colour.

Aleurodes cotesii, Maskell.

Transt., N.Z. Inst, Vol. XXVIII, 1895, p. 427, Ind. Mus. Notes,

Vol. IV, No. III, p. 145.

Larva yellow, the median region darker than the margin ; form ellip-

tical; length about one-fortiethin. Inthe earliest state only very faint

indications of the insect itself appear, and the whole is very thin and

flat ; later on the enclosed future pupa begins to be visible, and the vent-

ral surface becomes more convex; the eyes alsoappear. The larval

integument becomes too small for the growing insect, and splits longi-

tudinally; and in the early pupalstate it may be seen attached

along the dorsal edges of the pupa-case. Margins somewhat thickened,

the adjacent tubes forming minute crenulations, and within it the dorsum

bears numbers of very small circular pores ; from these and from the

marginal tubes is produced a quantity of white waxy matter, some of

which covers the dorsum in scattered patches, and the rest spreads

round the larvain avery long fringe of delicate threads, frequently much

longer than the insect itself! This waxy matter is very brittle, and, as

a rule, the whole surface of a leaf is powdered over with the fragments,

making the leaf Jook as if mildewed.

J. 1. 14

94 H. W. Peal— Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No. 3,

The pupa-case, in the earliest stage, scarcely distinguishable from

the late larva; afterwards as the insect grows, it becomes much thicker.

The form remains elliptical; the length reaches about one-thirtieth

in. Thedorsal disk is slightly convex, flattened towards the margin ; it is

larger than the ventral disk, and slightly overlaps the sides, which are

vertical. The hollow thus formed is covered by a ring of thin white

wax, and there is also a plate of wax beneath the ventral surface; por-

tions of this ring and of the plate are frequently seen amongst the long

threads of the larva. The pupal margin is crenulated, but bears no

fringe, and the dorsum has no pores or wax. The outline of the enclosed

pupa may be made out indistinctly on the dorsum, and the rudimentary

organs ventrally on turning over the case. Vasiform orifice subconical,

with regularly convex sides, the anterior edge concave; operculum sub-

elliptical ; lingula very short, not extending beyond the operculum.

Adult form unknown. ;

Hab. In India, on Rosa. My specimens were sent by Mr. Cotes,

late of the Indian Museum Calcutta. They came from Quetta, Baluchis-

tan. I have named the species after him.

- The overlapping of the sides by the dorsal disk of A. cotesti is found

also in a New Zealand species, A. fagi, Maskell, 1889; but that insect has

no fringe, the margin bears twenty-four hairs.

Aleurodes piperis, Maskell.

‘Trans., N.Z. Inst., Vol. XXVIII, 1895, p. 438.

Eggs dark-yellow, elongate-elliptical, transversely striated ; length

about one-one hundred and forty-fifth in.

Larva very dark-brown or black, very slightly convex, elliptical ;

length about one-fortieth in. Dorsum bearing long, very black spines

of which four are on the cephalic, eight on the thoracic, and ten on the

abdominal regions. Margin not thickened, but very distinctly crenulated

There seems to be no fringe.

Pupa-case intense glossy black, slightly convex, with a median longi.

tudinal ridge; abdominal segments indistinct. Form elliptical ; length

about one-twenty-fifth in. Dorsum bearing many long black spines, of

which one series of from twenty to twenty-four are submarginal, the

others scattered (seemingly about twenty, but very difficult to make out on

account of the intense black colour) ; two of the spines, at the posterior

extremity, are longer than the others. Margin with very small crenula-

tions; there is a very short fringe of white wax, which in many specimens is

not noticeable. Vasiform orifice broadly rhomboidal with rounded angles, -

anterior edge slightly concave ; operculum semi-elliptical, covering. about

half the orifice; lingula short, roundly clavate. The larval exnviz are

commonly seen attached by the dorsal spines to the pupa-case.

19038.] H.W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. 95

The pupa extracted from its case is reddish-yellow, the rudimentary

feet and antenna yellow, the rudimentary wings yellow with bands of

dark brown, the eyes dark-brown.

Adult form with the thorax red, banded with brown; the abdomen

red; genitalia brown; feet and antennw darkish-yellow, tipped with

brown. The antenne and feet are normal. Forewings with three

bands of dark-brown, of which the outer one does not quite reach the

margin atthe extremity. The genitalia do not exhibit any special fea-

tures.

Hab. In Ceylon, on (Piper nigrum ?). My specimens were sent

by Mr. EH. EH. Green, from Punduloya.

I know of no described species in which the larva and pupa have

such strong black spines as this, The wings of the adult are not parti-

cularly distinctive, for those of A. sacchari, Mask., 1889, have quite

similar bands. I have found it extremely difficult to correctly distin-

guish the dorsal spines on the pupa; and the vasiform orifice also pre-

sents much difficulty.

Aleurodes nubilans, Buckton.

Indian Museum Notes, Vol. V, No. 2, p. 36.

Legs long and hairy with dimerous tarsi. Antenne rather long

and with seven (?) joints in the female, which is a larger insect than

the male. Wings four, rounded at the apices, and fringed with minute

hairs. A single unforked central nervure, not continued to the margin.

Membrane smoky in patches with a darker blurred spot. The male

smaller with a large thorax, taper abdomen, and furcate at the apex and

with hinder legs longest.

The larve crowd the undersides of the leaves of the betel in the

form of small scales very difficult to detach. They appear like scales

of some Coccidz, but these show no distinct organs such as antenne,

legs, or eyes. Their outer surfaces were more or less spined, and some

larve were tufted with woolly matter, each thread being formed of a con-

tinuous spiracle.

This new Aleurodid was received on betel leaves from the Manager,

Court of Wards Estates, Backergunge, who reported that it was doing

considerable damage to the plants.

N.B.—This Aleurodid was received and identified before I joined

the Entomological Section of the Museum. It is to be regretted that

no description was drawn up of the larvx or pupe. The types in the

Museum are too badly damaged for description. I hope hereafter to

describe the earlier stages.

96 H. W. Peal—Monograph of the Oriental Aleurodide. [No.3

Explanation of Plate II.

All figures much enlarged.

Aleurodes alcocki.

Fig. 1. Larva Ist stage.

Leg of larva Ist stage.

3. Antenna of larva Ist stage.

4, Larva 2nd stage.

5. Pupa-case.

Vasiform orifice of pupa-case.

Margin of pupa-case.

. Incurved thoracic margin of pupa-case.

9. Wing of adult female.

Aleurodes bengalensis.

Fig. 10. Vasiform orifice of larva 1st stage.

11. Vasiform orifice of larva 2nd stage.

12. Pupa-case.

13. Vasiform orifice of pupa-case.

14, Antenna of adult female.

15. Vasiform orifice of adult female.

16. ” ” 9 ” ”

Euplanation of Plate III.

All figures much enlarged.

Aleurodes simula.

Fig. 1. Egg as seen within the body of the female.

2. Peduncle of egg.

3. Larva Ist stage.

4, Antenna of larva Ist stage.

5. Pupa-case.

6. Vasiform orifice of pupa-case.

7. Outcurved thoracic margin of pupa-case showing pores

forming termination of thoracic radial bands.

8. Margin of pupa-case showing the circular pores on dor-

sum.

9. Pupa extracted from pupa-case.

10. Genital organs of male.

11. Wing of female.

12. Vasiform orifice of female.

13. Antenna of male.

14. 5 ys female:

1903.] H.W. Peal—Monograph of thelOriental Alewrodide.

Huplanation of Plate IV.

All figures much enlarged, except fig. 1, which is natural size.

Alewrodes bambusx.

Fig. 1. Insects im situ on plant.

2. Larva Ist stage.

3. Ventral pores near margin of do.

4, Larva 2nd stage.

5. Larva 4th stage.

6. Margin of case of do.

7. Puparium.

8. Margin of case of do.

9. Vasiform orifice of do.

Explanation of Plate V.

All figures much enlarged.

Aleuwrodes hoye.

Fig. 1. Puparium.

2. Vasiform orifice of do.

3. Wing of adult female.

Aleurodes leakiv. |

Fig. 4. Puparium.

5. Wasiform orifice of do.

Aleurodes religiosa.

Fig. 6, Larva lst stage.

7. Vasiform orifice of do.

8. Puparium.

9. Vasiform orifice of do.

Aleurodes quaintancet.

Fig 10. Puparium.

: 11. Parasited puparium.

12. Vasiform orifice of puparium.

13. Wing of adult female.

14. Antenna of do.

Hxplanation of Plate VI.

All figures much enlarged.

1. Adult female.

2. Antenne of do.

3. Edge of forewing of do.

4, Typical forewing of Aleurodes.

Fig.

98 D. Hooper—Silajit : an ancient Eastern Medicine, [No. 8,

5. Typical forewing of Aleurodicus.

6. Leg of adult.

7. Leg showing three claws on tarsus.

8. Male genital organs and vasiform orifice, dorsal view.

9. Side view of vasiform orifice of male.

10. Female genital organs, ventral view.

11. Head of adult, side view.

pe 5 | Ontsyaew:

13. Egg. *

14. Typical vasiform orifice.

Silajit : an ancient Eastern Medicine —By Davin Hooper, F.C.S.

[Received 29th April 1903. Read May 6th 1903.]

One of the most peculiar medicinal substances of the Hast is that

called Silajit or Shilajaju. It is known by the former name in Hindi

and Persian, and by the latter in Bengali and Sanskrit. The meaning

of the term is derived from Sila—=a stone, and jyatu==produce or essence.

It may therefore be regarded as a substance born of the rock, essence of

stone, or, more literally, “‘ rock sweat.” ;

The localities in which this article is reported to be found are con-

fined to Northern India. It is obtained from the lower, central and upper

ranges of the Himalayas and the Vindhyan hills, and is procurable in

Simla, Mussoorie, and Katmandu. In Vadarikasvan, near Hardwar, a

sacred retreat at the foot of the Himalayas, it is fairly abundant. It is

brought down by Bhuteas and other hill tribes, and sold with such com-

modities as brick tea, incense, gums and precious stones.

The occurrence and formation of silajitisat present somewhat ob-

scure. It appears as an exudation upon rocks, and, according to report, is

contained in the substance of therock. Silajitis collected during the hot

weather in May and June, the heat of the sun is said to be necessary in

drawing out the extract from the rocks. In Sanskrit works it is stated

that silajatu imbibes the therapeutic properties of the metals with

which it remains associated. The black variety, which is the most

commonly available, is said to possess the properties of iron, and the

white variety is said to exert the peculiar action of silver. The manner

in which this exudation occurs, and the kinds of rocks which afford it,

are matters requiring investigation. The collection is in the hands of

shepherds and nomadic tribes, who can, of course, furnish no intelligent

1903. ] D. Hooper—Silajit: an ancient Hastern Medicine. 99

account of its nature, or explain its origin with any degree of satisfac-

tion, :

Before describing what is at present recognised as medicinal silajit,

it will be convenient to allude to the varieties of substances under this

name which have been mentioned in Indian works or met with in the

bazars.

In the first place, there is a kind of silajit which is of a mineral

nature, and is amore or less pure native aluminium sulphate. This

was described in 1833, by Mr. J. Stevenson, Superintendent of the Behar

Saltpetre Factory (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. II. 321). It was found in Nepal,

and was widely used as a medicine to cure green wounds and bruises,

It occurred in small brownish-white lumps with a semi-crystalline struc-

ture internally. It consisted of 95 per cent. of aluminium sulphate

with 3 per cent. of iron. It sold for the high price of two rupees for a

rupee weight. In the same year Dr. A. Campbell, in a letter to the

Asiatic Society, (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. II. 482) confirmed the existence

and use of the alum earth, and stated that the average qualities con-

tained only 66 per cent. of aluminium sulphate. The price of the product

at Katmandu was from Rs. 11 to Rs. 15 amaund, but sold as a drug in the

bazar, its price was purely fanciful. The rocks, it was suggested, might

be lixiviated and be made to yield a larger supply, but it is very impro-

bable that it could be obtained in sufficient quantities to be of commer-

cial importance.

Mineral silajit was again referred to in 1846, by Capt. Sherwell in

his account of Behar (Journ. As. Soc. Beng. XV. 58). This officer re-

ported that a small quantity of alum was manufactured from shales in

the Shahabad District ; these rocks probably belonged to the pyritous

shales of the Kaimur group of the Vindhyan series. Thealum was sold

at the high price of one rupee a tola. It was identical with the silajit of

Nepal and was much esteemed as a drug.

That the mineral silajit does not all come from Nepal is confirmed

by Dr. Hamilton in his account of Nepal, where he says: “I have collected

Salajit in Behar with my own hands.”

In the “‘ Economic Geology of India,”’ it is recorded that alum exuda-

tions or stlajit are sometimes collected by the natives of Assam.

More recent geological investigations in India have not brought to

light any fresh information regarding this aluminous mineral under the

name of silajit, and although fresh deposits have been discovered, such as

those in Baluchistan where it is called ‘‘ Phul-Mak,”’ they have not been

regarded as medicinal.

’ The second variety of this substance, called Black Silajit, is quite a

different article to that just described, Itis sold in the bazars of Calcutta,

100 D. Hooper—Silajit : an ancient Eastern Medicine. [No. 3,

in Dehra Dun and Hardwar. The Kabirajis are aware of the distinc-

tion between the two products,and hold out a warning that the Nepal

alum earth is not the silajit of Sanskrit writers ; they state that the for-

mer is an article of Yunani medicine, while the latter, or black kind, is

only suitable for Hindu practitioners. ;

Dr. Campbell appears to be the first to discriminate between the two

drugs. He says (Jour. As. Soc. Beng. Il. 483): “There is a dark bitu-

minous substance used in Nepal, said to exude from rocks, and is called

“ Black Salajit.” It resembles bituminous alum ore, but there is

much vegetable matter in it, and it is probably a vegetable production,

notwithstanding the belief by the Nepal physicians of its mineral

nature.”

Black silajit is sold in the form of brown or black cakes, tough or

pasty in consistence, and having an odour of rancidity which has been

stated in Sanskrit works to resemble that of cow’s urine, The usual

odour is that of leather. Its taste is bitter, saline, pungent and astrin-

gent. The partially purified specimens of this black substance, as brought

down by the Bhuteas, are in the form of rounded flattened cakes about

25 inches in diameter and half an inch thick, or in sticks resembling

liquorice juice. Silajat is hygroscopic, and when exposed to a damp at-

mosphere becomes unctuous and sticky. Ina dry state it is quite hard,

and breaks with a shining black fracture, and in course of time some

samples assume a brownish crystalline efflorescence on the surface.

Black silajit is soluble for the most part in distilled water, yielding

a dark reddish-brown extract with an alkaline reaction. Ether, alco-

hol and other volatile liquids have little or no solvent action uponit. In

one case ether extracted a small amount of a fatty compound having an

odour of Russian leather. The aqueous solution is precipitated by

mineral acids, plumbic acetate and ferric chloride, but not by acetic acid

or alkalis. The aqueous solution is not precipitated by four volumes of

alcohol, The organic matter is of the nature of an organic acid, and, in

the specimens I examined, not one was of a bituminous nature.

There is a large quantity of mineral matter or ash left on incin-

erating the samples, and as this consists mainly of carbonated alkalis, it is

indicative of the presence of one or more organic acids combined with

bases in the orignal extract. In Dr. U. C. Dutt’s “ Materia Medica of

the Hindus,” p. 95, it is stated that the ashes left after burning silajatu on

platinum foil, consist chiefly of lime, magnesia, silica, and iron in a mixed

state of proto- and per oxide.” It is said by the nativedoctors that the

mineral constituents are regarded as impurities, and that the active prin-

ciple is a cream-like body which rises to the surface of the liquid when

the solid silajit is dissolved in hot water. The solution is placed in the

1903. ] D. Hooper—Silajit : an ancient Hastern Medicine. 101

sun until it thickens, the surface is removed, and this swt-silajit is allowed

to dry.

That there is no uniform combination between the organic and

mineral constituents is shown in the analysis of two specimens of black

silajit supplied by two Kabirajis of Calcutta.

No. 1. No. 2.

Water 7:95 9:34

Organic matter 35°05 55°36

Mineral matter 57:00 35°30

100:00 100:00

Ash soluble in water 10°90 24:4,

soluble in acid 15°55 9°4,

insoluble 30°55 15

A more complete examination was made last year of four addition-

al samples: No. 1, round cakes from Calcutta; No. 2, long flattened cakes

from Calcutta; No. 3, from Jaunsar, through the Director Imperial

Forest School, Dehra Dun; No. 4 from Bashahr Forest, Punjab, through

the Curator, Imperial Forest Museum. :

1 2 3 4

Water 9°85 15:90 11:15 10:99

* Organic matter 56°20 49°86 51°55 56°86

+ Ash 34°95 34°24 37°30 32°15

100-00 100:00 100-00 100-00

* Including nitrogen 1:03 *82 3°25 1:26

¢ Containing

Tron and alumina 2°24, 1:08 6:00 4°64

Lime 4°36 3°96 3°86 3°88

Magnesia 1:50 “52 “15 1:34

Potash 9:07 669 © 371 6:10.

Soda 4°11 7°63 1:07 ‘81

Phosphoric acid 16 "25 27 "20

Sulphuric acid ‘58 "24 "34 ‘14

Chlorine ‘07 12 ‘11 06

Carbonic acid, &e. 11°51 12°13 3°69 4°83

Silica 1°35 1°62 18:10 10°15

The chief ingredients of the ash are the bases lime, magnesia, potash

and soda, combined as carbonates. The absence of a large iron and

alumina precipitate indicates the non-identity of this substance with

the mineral silajit of Nepal and Behar.

J, u, 15

102 D. Hooper—Silajit: an ancient Eastern Medicine. [No. 3,

_ The bulk of the organic material consists of an acid which is

related to humic acid, a principle which by the way is not usually

administered by the general practitioner. When the aqueous solution

is precipitated by hydrochloric acid, and the precipitate washed and

pressed, it readily dissolves in warm alcohol. The lead salt of the

organic acid separated from the filtered solution, washed and dried,

afforded 54°91 per cent. of lead oxide. Heated in a dry test tube,

the silajit evolved white alkaline fumes with a strong empyreumatic

odour. at

The crystals formed on the surface of cakes of black silajit are those

of potassium and sodium carbonate.

There are a few points of resemblance between this article and the

minerals belonging to the oxydised hydro-carbons, Dopplerite, for

instance, (Ber. Akad. Wien. 2.287, 1899 ; 52.281, 1865)is an acid substance

or mixture of different acids related to humic acid. It is insoluble

in alcohol and ether. The ash ranges from 3 to 14 per cent. It is found

in peaty beds, and shows the transition from peat to coal.

It will be necessary in a few words to refer to the third kind

or white variety of silajit. Alum earth is sometimes supplied for this

substance, but only as a fraudulent substitute. The original white

silajatu is said to be obtained from crevices of rocks in the vicinity

of Mount Abu, and this variety is used largely in Rajputana. A sample

of white silajatu from Jeypur was shown to me two years ago. It was

a cream-coloured crystalline compound with a strong nauseous odour.

It was apparently of animal origin, and evolved gaseous ammonia

when mixed with slaked lime. It yielded 64 per cent. of pure urea

when determined from the amount of nitrogen given off by means of

hypobromate of sodium. It was, therefore, crude urea or inspissated urine

in a solid state. A reference to Taleef Shereef or Indian Materia Medica,

edited in 1833 by Dr. George Playfair, throws some light upon this source

of the drug. Art. 577, ‘‘ Silajeet is the urine of the wild hill-goat,

which, when the animal is rutting, is discharged on the stones and

evaporated by the sun’s heat. Itis found in small quantities. Some

have said it is the urine of the wild ass, found as above.”

In the Makhzhan-ul-adwiyah, a Persian work on Materia Medica

of great antiquity, it is said that silajit is generally found among the

haunts of monkeys, and that the drug is the alvine discharge of a

certain species with a black face and long tail. It distinguishes between

the salajit-t-asli, a black gummy inodourous substance, and salajit-i-nagli,

the evacuated substance with a nauseous odour and hard consistence.

The medicinal virtues of silajit are set forth in the Makhzan-ul-adwiyah.

Charaka, Susruta, Bhabaprokasha, and Bagbhata’s Rasartna samuchchaya.

1903.] D. Hooper—Silajit : an ancient astern Medicine. - 108

It has heating properties, and is used in piles, leprosy, pleurisy, worms,

asthma, gonorrhoea, and it is a specific for debility aud for kidney and

bladder diseases. Dr. Hem Chandra Sen, in a recent paper on ‘“‘Shilajatu”’

in the Indian Medical Record, for 14th and 21st May, 1902, recommends it

as digestive and laxative, suitable for dyspepsia, diabetes, diseases of the

liver and spleen, to regulate the action of the heart, and as a good respira-

tory stimulant and expectorant. And finally, itis said to be a sheet anchor

in diseases of the genito-urinary organs and of the nervous system. The

Taleef Shereef says: “It is one of the most powerful remedies, and is

stronger than any other ingredient in whatever formule it may form a

part. It is the favourite medicine of all Hindu physicians.” The author

of Charaka says that there is no curable disease which will not yield

to shilajatu in judicious combination with other drugs.

The medicinal uses of silajit are hence most varied, and it is

difficult to realise what active therapeutic principles can affect this long

list of ailments. Before European physicians can prescribe white, black,

or brown silajit for any disorder, we must ascertain more exactly

the nature of the chief ingredient, and be able to procure a regular

supply of a uniformly prepared medicine. It is open to reason that no

drug will become popular if no guarantee be given as to whether

it belongs to the animal, vegetable or mineral kingdom.

Silajit is allied to another ancient drug named momiyia’ which

has long been employed in the Hast. The original drug is said to have

been made from Egyptian mummies, and subsequently to have beem

prepared by boiling down and extracting the essence of Abyssinian boys..

Since the last source of supply has become scarce, several bituminous:

exudations are reported to have been substituted. There is little doubt

that some forms of silajit may be entered in this category.

In conclusion, it will be necessary to alter the definition of this:

substance given in Indian glossaries. In a geological work it is called

‘“* Alum,” and in more than one medical work it is termed ‘“ Bitumen ;”’

but, from the evidence collated in the above notes, itis also an extractive

matter containing an organic acid combined with alkalis,. and a

Comupletely soluble i in water.

TT Eee ee Oe OOOO a>

104 E. P. Stebbing—Discovery of Thanasimus sp. prox. nigricollis. [No. 3,

A note on the discovery of Thauasimus sp.! prog. nigricollis in the N.-W.

Himalayas with some remarks on its life-history— By E. P. Stessine.

[Received May 27th, 1903—Read June 3rd, 1903.]

In June 1902, whilst touring in the Tehri Garhwal forests in the N.-W.

Himalayas, the writer discovered and took a number of specimens of

both larve and beetle of a species of Thanasimus prox. nigricollis Lewis,

a beetle belonging to the family Cleridz. The insect was submitted to

the well-known specialist, the Rev. H. S. Gorham, who has reported that,

with the exception of a few minute differences which will require com-

parison with the types to settle, the insect is identical with G. Lewis’

T. nigricollis, taken by the latter in Japan and described in the Ann.

Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. X (1892), p. 187. It is owing partly to these

minute differences to its greater size and perhaps to a certain extent

to the fact that there appears to be a curious close relationship between

the insects found in parts of Japan and some of those of the N.-W. Hima-

layas, that I at present put the species as prox. nigricollis. In the case

of another predaceous insect a Niponius (the first species of which genus

were found by Lewis in Japan) the N.-W. Himalayan one has proved to

be a different species to Lewis’ Japanese ones.

I think it may be shown that the discovery of this Thanasimus is

one of very considerable importance, since it is predaceous upon several

bark and wood boring Scolytidz which have been recently discovered to

cammit serious damage in the coniferous forests of the N.-W. Himalayan

~ area. My observations tend to prove that it takes the place in this

region of the well-known Thanasimus formicarius of the Huropean coni-

ferous forests. This latter clerid preys upon (to mention but two) the

larve and adults of Myelophilus piniperda and M. minor which are

amongst the principal scolytid enemies of the European pine forests,

and is in consequence very rightly looked upon as an insect ally of

the greatest value to the forester in those regions. So great, in fact, is the

value attached to its predaceous habits that it was imported into some of

the coniferous forests of North America in 1892. The initiation of

this experiment, the first of its kind to be undertaken on a larger scale

(in forest areas), came about in the following manner:—Between 1900

and 1902 the pine trees in portions of Hampshire, Hardy, Grant,

Pendleton, and Mineral counties, West Virginia; Bath, Highland,

Augusta, and Rockingham counties, Virginia and also in portions of

Maryville, died off in large numbers, the destruction being widespread

and in some places universal. This wholesale mortality was soon traced

to its origin, as countless numbers of small bark-beetles were found

\ Clerus sp. Steb. Dept. Notes Ins. aff, For. No. 2, p, 213 (1908).

1903.] E. P. Stebbing—Discovery of Thanasimus sp. prow. nigricollis. 105

breeding in the bark of the trees, the depredator being Dendroctonus

frontalis. So greatly had the insect increased that healthy trees were

attacked equally with sickly ones. Dr. D. A. Hopkins, Entomologist to

the West Virginia Agricultural Experiment station, made several tours

of examination of the infected areas, and his observations showing him

that there were no predaceous or parasitic insects of sufficient impor-

tance in the forests to cope with the attack, he suggested the importation

of some Europeanones. A study of the question narrowed this suggestion

down to the experimental introduction of T. formicarius, and with assist-

ance of some of the great Lumber Companies, who were being seriously

affected by the widespread deaths of the trees in large areas of forest

owned by them, funds were made available to enable Dr. Hopkins to

visit some of tle Huropean coniferous forests with a view to the collec-

tion of the clerid and its importation to the other side of the Atlantic.

This experiment was conducted toa satisfactory conclusion. I think the

above short note will prove that the discovery of the presence of a simi-

lar insect in the great and important coniferous forests of North Western

India is not without a considerable economic as well as scientific value.

I give the following descriptions of the adult and larva :—

Beetle. Elongate stout and robust. Head and antenne black.

Antennz 11 jointed with joints slightly increasing in width upwards,

the last three forming a small club, the last joint of which is largest.

Prothorax black and hirsute dorsally. Elytra under the prothorax

broad, and rounded at their apices; red on the basal quarter of their

length, then black, the black being twice crossed by white wavy bands,

the first a narrow one just above the juncture of the black with the

red colour, this band being reflexed backwards towards the apex and

not upwards as in formicarius and in other species, and the other

a broad one placed about { of their length up from the base. There is

also a small white patch at the extreme apex. Legs black. Abdomen

a bright vermilion red, its segments very mobile. Body somewhat short,

flattened, pubescent. Long o 7°5-9 millim. ¢& 9-11 millim.

I would suggest, with Mr. Gorham’s permission, that the species,

should it prove new (at this distance from the types I am unable to

speak with any certainty upon this point) should be named himalayensis

since it would be useful to mark the locality where so important an

insect to foresters was discovered.

Larva. General colour a bright pink. Head brown, flat, man-

dibles black. A brown dorsal patch on Ist thoracic segment and pair

of brown spots situated dorsally on each of the two succeeding seg-

ments. These thoracic segments a paler pink than the following

abdominal ones. Latter nine in number, bright pink to reddish pink

106 E. P. Stebbing—Discovery of Thanasimus sp. proz. nigricollis. [No. 3,

except last which is narrower and brown posteriorly and terminates in

two small black processes. The larve tapers anteriorly and has three

pairs of legs on the thoracic segments and no others. It is slightly

lighter in colour beneath. Long. 15-18 millim. (varies). A single speci-

men of the beetle was first taken on the 16th June at Kathian, in the

Jaunsar Hills, but it was not until the 24th of the month that the insect

was secured in any numbers; this was in the forests round Pajidhar in

Tehri Garhwal. Some deodar fellings were being carried out in these

forests, and trees, cut at the end of April and still lying unbarked upon the

ground, were found to be full of the larva and adults of two recently

discovered bark-boring Scolytide, Scotylus major and S. minor, Steb. MS.

The Thanasimus was discovered in some abundance, flying about over the

trees or running about on the bark, whilst in the beetle and larval

galleries beneath the latter its pink-coloured larvee were numerous.

Before describing the life-history of the clerid, it will perhaps be

advisable to describe the state of affairs at Pajidhar. It has been

mentioned that deodar fellings had commenced towards the end of

April, and were still being carried on at the time of the writer’s visit.

The trees cut were not barked, or in any way touched, until converted

into timber—chiefly sleepers. They therefore lay several months in

the forest. The scolytid beetles above referred to commence laying

the eggs of the first generation of the year towards the end of April or

beginning of May. For this purpose they require the fresh bast layer -

of the deodar, preferring sickly trees and, more especially, newly felled

ones in which the upward flow of sap hasceased. Failing such they will

attack young, green, healthy trees. At Pajidhar the fellings had com-

menced at a most opportune time for the bark-borers and large num-

bers of females were attracted to the newly felled trees and at once

burrowed into them and oviposited. Towards the end of June the

larve from these eggs were full grown, and in many cases had changed

to the pupal state. The larve were being attacked by the predaceous

clerid grubs. A curious point about the life-history of these scolytid

beetles, is that the female does not die as soon as she has finished laying

her eggs, but remains in the long egg-gallery she bores in the bast layer

and sap wood parallel to the long axis of the tree, or in the entrance gallery

in the bark, and lives here until the larve are full grown, at times going

up to the outside. When she finally dies she does so near the entrance

hole, thus effectually blocking it up and preventing predaceous enemies

from entering and feeding upon the pupz at the end of the larval burrows.

It would appear probable that this prolongation of life after oviposition.

is in some way connected with the protection of the young larve, It was

upon these female scolytid beetles that the adult clerid was feeding. —

1908.] EB. P. Stebbing— Discovery of Thanasimus sp. prow. nigricdllis. 107

Life History. Itis possible that the Thanasimus is to be found on the

wing more or less continuously from spring to the end of autumn in the lo-

calities which it affects, The eggs have not yet been discovered, but they

are probably laidon the bark ofthe trees near or in the entrance holes of the

bark beetles, and the young larve, or hatching out, make their way down

these tunnels into the egg galleries in the bast and sap wood and from

thence into the larval galleries. My observations up to the present have

shown that larves of all sizes are generally to be found in these situa-

tions between May and October. The length of time spent in the larval

stage is at present unknown, but it is unlikely to be more than’a month

in the case of the summer generations. On becoming full grown the

grubs go into the thick outer bark of the tree to pupate. This is to

facilitate the beetle when mature leaving the tree. The adult never

enters the tree. It is a brightly-coloured, very active insect, running

and flying well even in hot sunshine, and it spends its life flying round

or running about on the bark of the trees. Its food consisting of bark

and wood boring Scolytidsx, it searches for these on the bark, since it is

much too bulky to enter their tunnels, and seizes them whilst they are

engaged in either boring into or tunneling their way out of the tree.

In the case of the Scolytus major and minor beetles, upon which it was

preying when discovered, it would appear that they form its food for

some weeks or months during the year, since they remain alive after ege-

laying and until the larve are full grown. The mother beetles spend

their time walking up or down the egg-gallery, or going up the ertrance

hole to the outside and the Thanasimus watches at-the mouth of these

holes and seizes and devours the beetles when they appear at the mouth

of the tunnel. They only feed upon living beetles, and will not touch

dead ones, and they catch their prey by sight. only and not by scent:

unless the bark beetle is right in front of them they will pass it by

unnoticed. I was able to definitely ascertain this point by a number

of experiments. Beetles kept for twenty-four hours without food pass-

ed close to their prey without noticing it although they were in a

ravenous condition. It would appear that they only see directly in

front, and this is borne out by the position of the eyes which are placed

rather forwardly upon the head. When, however, the scolytid comes

within their range of vision they pounce upon it, just as a tiger does, with

one rush and if out of its hole the bark beetle has not the remotest

chance of escape. I have not been able as yet to observe whether they

ever take their prey upon the wing. The clerid seizes the bark-borer

with its anterior legs and mandibles, picks it up off the ground, turns

it round so as have the ventral surface facing it with the head upper-

most, sits well back on its hind legs and commences to feed upon its

108 B. P. Stebbing—Discovery of Thanasimus sp. prow. nigricollis. [No. 3,

prey, whose struggles are quite ineffectual in that deadly grip. In

commencing to devour the scolytid it invariably begins with the head ;

it fastens its mandibles round the junction of the head and prothorax,

following the parallel of the tiger, and chews and sucks at the head until

it has finished this completely. It next goes to work on the prothorax,

piercing with ease through.the hard chitinous shell with its powerful

mandibles and breaking it to pieces, the contents being entirely cleaned

out aud consumed, for the beetle is a neat feeder, and entirely clears the

meat off the chitinous bone before rejecting it. Having finished the

prothorax, it throws away the mangled shell and turns its attention to

the body consisting of the meso- and meta-thorax and abdomen. In a

bark beetle this is often in the shape of a blunt elliptical cylinder with

a flattish top where it joins the prothorax. The beetle holds this between

its front legs, the meso-thoracic end upwards, and proceeds to first pull off

the elytra which are rejected: the under wings being consequently re-

leased open out to their full extent but remain attached tothetrunk. The

clerid then entirely cleans out this bottle-shaped cylinder, as neatly as

one could clean out a jar with a spoon. When quite empty, it is

thrown away and the insect starts off in search of another bark-beetle.

A mangled prothoracic shell and the empty chitinous body cylinder

with the outspread lower wings attached to it are allthat are left of a

S. major beetle six minutes from the moment it was captured alive. I

have seen three such eaten consecutively, and of 20 beetles put in with

four clerids only the above mentioned portions remained when the box

was inspected 35 hours afterwards. As has been already mentioned the

resemblance between this insect and the tiger in its methods of rushing

upon, seizing, and commencing to feed upon its prey is remarkable, the

difference being that the insect is more cruel than the mammal since it

makes no pretence of killing the bark-beetle, but commences on it whilst

it is alive and kicking, often bringing forward its middle pair of legs to

assist in holding its struggling prey. As an instance of its tenacity and

rapacity I may quote the following. In common with most insects the

clerid dislikes being upon its back and when so placed makes violent

efforts to right itself. A beetle had been placed in a tube with two

Platypus (Platypodee) beetles. It atonce seized one and, though shaken

violently about, clung to its victim and, falling on its back and finding

it impossible to right itself at once, gave up the attempt and consumed

its prey in this position, before restarting its struggles to resume the

normal position. It then made an effort to seize the second Diapus but

was removed as the writer wished to preserve the latter. The insect is

polygamous. A ¢ kept in a box with three? and fed with bark borers

for four days, paired with one or other of the three whenever it was not

1903. H. P. Stebbing—Discorery of Thanasimus sp. prov. nigricollis. 109

feeding or searching for its prey. In pairing the & rushes atthe ? from

behind with the same impetuosity with which it pounces upon its prey,

mounts on her back and thrusts the tip of his very flexible abdomen down-

wards, curling it round till it reaches the tip of the abdomen of the 9.

The latter is at times larger than the @ though it may be of the same

size. She walks about carrying the male whilst pairing lasts. IT have

not yet ascertained how long the beetles spend in the adult stage of

their life-history. It is evidently several days and may extend to a

week or two. We have seen that larve of all sizes (and consequently

probably ages) are to be found in the scolytid larval tunnels during

the spring and summer months (they have been so found in May, June,

July, August, and September) and therefore with the long life of the

beetle it is probable that the generations overlap, this meaning a con-

tinuous supply of larve and beetles throughout the spring, summer, and

autumn. It will be shown later on how excessively important this

fact is.

To sum up my observations on the habits of the &, I may say that

when not eating or searching for bark-beetles it is pairing or vice versa

and the 9, at any rate up to the time she commences egg-laying, appears

to be an equally large and voracious feeder. Since the insect is fully twice

as largeas its Huropean confrére, being from 8 to 10 millim. and more in

length, whilst the bark-beetles are much of the same size as the Huropean

ones, from 2°5 to 5°5 millim., it is naturally capable of consuming in its

lifetime a far larger number of beetles and it will therefore be readily

understood that the beetle is a valuable ally to have in forests where

bark-boring insects may assume the form of serious pests in seasons

favourable to themselves.

Food. With the exception of one specimen taken on the wing in the

middle of June, which was probably feeding upon Diapus impressus

Jans., the insect may be said to have been first discovered feeding upon

Scolytus major and minor in Deodar on the 24th June. From the

study of the life-histories! of, these latter beetles, which I have been

able to make, it is certain that they are to be found in the adult state

from the end of April (the beginning of spring when insect life com-

mences to re-awake inthe N.-W. Himalayas after its winter hibernation)

to the end of June, or perhaps as late as the end of the first week in

July. The beetles from the eggs laid at the end of April and beginning of

_ May, begin to appear on the wing at the end of July or early in August

and are to be found throughout that month and on into September. It

is thus evident that with but a short interval of three weeks or so this

form of food-supply is available for the clerid from its resumption of

| Vide Steb, Depart. Notes on Ins, aff, For., No. 1, p. 45. Id., No. 2, pp. 203-212.

de ite WG

110 E. P. Stebbing—Discovery of Thanasimus sp. prow. nigricollis, [ No. 3,

activity in the spring until the autumn. That the insect has an

adequate food-supply will be evident from the following facts:—

From calculations made from measurements and countings taken in

the forest I estimated that in a deodar tree of a hundred feet length

of bole and three feet diameter at base which had been felled at the end

of April and in which the scolytids had deposited their eggs in the bast

layer from top to base, a first generation of some 56,300 adults was

produced in July-August. Taking but 50 per cent. of the eggs (S. major

lays about 60 and S. minor 40 per brood) laid (these being those of the

second generation of the year) by these 56,300 beetles as arriving at matu-

rity, we have the enormous total of 1,550,000 beetles at theend of the year,

the result of the eggs laid in but one tree in the spring. I may say that

in this calenlation large deductions have been made to allow for over-

estimation, &c., the large number of beetles which oviposited in the giant

crown of the tree and their resultant offspring being left out of account

altogether. Experiment has shown, however, that the Thanasimus is by

no means dependent upon the Scolytus beetles for its food-supply as it

will devour with almost, if not quite, equal avidity, various other

scolytid pests found in the region of its known activity. I have fed it

with the following beetles :—

1. Bark-boring species (i.e., those species which confine their at-

tacks to the bast layer of the trees attacked).

Scolytus major Steb. MS.

S. minor Steb. MS.

Polygraphus major Steb. MS.

P. minor Steb. MS.

Pityogenes conifer Steb. MS. | (

; mentioned above (Deodar).

; (Blue pine and Spruce).

Blue pine, Deodar and Pinus

Gerardiana).

Tomicus sp. (Blue pine and Spruce).

2. Wood-boring species (i.e., those species which bore right into the

wood of the tree and oviposit in it).

Rhyncholus sp. (Blue pine, Spruce, and perhaps Deodar )

Hylastes sp. (Blue pineand Spruce).

Diapus impressus Jans. (Quercus incann).

Platypus? sp. (Deodar).

All the above are coniferous insects, with the exception of the Dia-

pus impressus which bores into the wood of the oak Quercus incana.

This Thanasimus would therefore appear to be fairly omnivorous

where bark-beetles are concerned, attacking freely many different species —

and in this resembling its European confrére T. formicarius.

I think the above short note onits habits will support and confirm

the opinion held by the writer, as to the great value and importance of. the

presence of such an insect in the N.-W. Himalayan Coniferons Forests.

FNS OOOO Or

Hl Paipaa’.

¥.% ita fieen, ye 2

(he, i palror iT i ata tg hy a bis! . we. ili ek

Taree if ahs a

fiat ‘ i ;

aN, wa

A eae inte

<hal: el ath

ms ¥y as -

i, :

Prats I.

a. Young half-grown larve, dorsal and side view.

b. Full-grown larva, just before final moult, showing the rolled-up

alar appendages beneath the last larval skin. The larva is

thicker and shorter when full-grown.

ce. Winged adult.

d, Spruce branch bearing four pseudo-cones.

e. A gall or pseudo-cone in transverse section showing the partition

into chambers.

f. The same magnified showing larve in situ within the chambers.

[Note.—Plate I accompanies the paper on the “Alar appendages of Chermes

ene in the N.-W. Himalayas,’ published in No. 2 of the Journal, Pt. II,

Plate I.

Society Bengal Journal Part TL. 1903.

= —— > ~ 4 o a e -

: : — — —~ img

™ 7 2 : =e ca yy

- Pe a = Sa?’ J /| é

— ZA Ah

“3 a am ey SS : "Zi i y A“ “4 4 Ha

— “ Bp é > oe, A; j s 4

= fen «8 : es f y ff /

= (a EE Ce J y y / d

ee LS a i f Y 1 J Uy. / Y

_ = << J “4 y ( ]

- Pe if | ls Z f i

wo 2 AS MAN A ff j J / Yj

: Pact. bn p oh —< pi i, i J Lp J / 4

: Oy = 7 ee A i / F

ne eg Fe Af fie F 4 j i ;

ani Za i , 1 4 ! 7 P J

J Rif 4 ne | i 4 , y j , =

FAO FS ft so, WJ y i j

ey, = aad

MISE HIKE

LE = ies

NOP: |

of India Offices,Calcutta, June 1903.

Survey

Photogravure,

S.B.Mondul, del.

JST RB. aS:

ABIE I IS-Pic &

CHERMES

PLATE I,

S.C. Mondul Lith.

AMT. Pt. UI

adie

Wrpe

G.C.Chuckraburtty del.

PLATE Iil.

{ (1963,

Journal As. Soc. Beng. Vol. LXXTI. P

S.C. Mondul Lith.

. Chuckraburtty del.

G.C

PEATE:

vournal

AC.Chowdhary, Lith.

,del.

rabutty

()

G.C.Chu

eee

eo aee9

2 a

Journal As, Soc. Beng. Vol.LZ X11, It. |

G.C. Chuckrabutty, del. A.C.Chowdhary, Lith.

fx]

—e

—]

AC Chowdhary, Lith.

aa} , 4 aC)

cS NG BS

Oo =A oS

ep) AN

| :

mn ie

< ra

i 5)

re -G

= i)

= )

3 ob

NEW SERIES. VOL LXXII, CCCCKXIII.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Vol. LXXII. Part II, No. 4.1903.

EDITED BY

‘y HE Natura FiisTORY SECRETARY.

Oe ON IO ol,

Tho bounds of its investigation will be the geographical limits of Asia: and

within these limits its inquiries will be extended to whatever ia performed by

manor produced by nature.”—Sirk WILLIAM JONES.

*,” Communications should be sent under cover to the Secretaries, Asiat. Soc.,

to whom all orders for the work are to be addressed im India; or care of

Messrs. Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, London, W. C., or Mr.

Otto Hurrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany.

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED aT THE PapTist MISSION PRESS,

AND PUBLISHED BY THE

psiatic Society, 57, PARE STREST.

1904.

Price (exclusive of postage) to Members, Re. 1-8.—To Non-Members, 3s.

Price in England, 3 Shillings,

Issued 6th February, 1904.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

Ce ed

Part II.—NATURAL SCIENCE, &e.

No. 4.—1908.

CONTENTS.

Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula No. 14.—By Sir

Grorge Kine, K.C.I.E., LL.D., F.B.S8., late Superintendent of the

Botanic Garden, Calcutta, and J. Sykes GamBtis, C.1.E., F.R.S.,

late of the Indian Forest Department [Published with the assis-

tance of His Excellency the Governor of the Straits Settlements

and High Commissicner for the Federated Malay States. | eee

A first note on the Life-History of Chermes abietis-piceae Steb.

MS.—By H. P. Stespine soa

The occurrence of Melantertte in Naluchietans —By Die Hooper,

F.C.S. as i — ose aS

Himalayan summer storms and their influences on monsoon rainfall

an Northern India.—By C. Littie, M.A. es eee

On the life-history of Arbela tetraonis, Moore, a destructive Insect

pest in Casuarina Plantations in Madras.—By EH. P. Stensine

Page.

111

229

236

939

252

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

—= chee

Vol. LXXII. Part IIL.—NATURAL SCIENCE.

—™~

No. 4.—1908. Se ce onic

BOTANICAL

GARD eM

Materials for a Flora of the Malayan Peninsula.—By Sir George Kine,

K.C.LE., LL.D., F.R.S., late Superintendent of the Royal Botanic

Garden, Calcutta, and J. Sykes Gamsue, C.1.E., F.R.S., late of the

Indian Forest Department.

No. 14.

The present contribution contains an account by Mr. Gamble of the

few species belonging to the Natural Order Caprifoliacex, which have so far

been collected in the Malay Peninsula and adjacent Islands. But the larger

part of it is occupied by a joint account by the authors of the species of

the Order Rubiacex, which are characterised by having more ovules than

one in each cell of the ovary. The key which precedes the text is only

for these genera. In a paper which the authors hope soon to submit to

the Society they will deal with the species of the genera which have only

a single ovule in each ovarian cell; and that paper will, in like manner,

be preceded by a key to these uniovular genera.

With the exception of the important family of Leguwminose, which

was elaborated entirely by Major D. Prain, of the Botanic Garden,

Calcutta, and of one genus of Melastomacex, which was done in conjunc-

tion with Dr. O. Stapf, chief assistant in the Kew Herbarium, the whole

of the orders dealt with in the preceding thirteen parts of these Materials

have been worked out by Sir George King. With the view of expedit-

dis Is 2?

112 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

ing the completion of the series, and in consideration of the liberality of

the Government of the Straits Settlements which has made feasible a

more rapid rate of publication, it has been arranged that Mr. J. S.

Gamble will henceforth, in the majority of the orders belonging to

Corollifloree and Incompletz, work in collaboration with Sir George King ;

while certain orders will be worked out independently by botanical

friends, who have kindly promised their aid.

Order LVIII. CAPRIFOLIACE A.

Small trees or shrubs, erect or climbing, rarely herbs. Leaves op-

posite, rarely alternate, simple, lobed or imparipinnate ; stipules usually

absent. Inflorescence various, usually cymose ; fiowers hermaphrodite, re-

gular or irregular. Calyx adnate to the ovary ; lobes 5, superior, usually

imbricate, rarely valvate. Corolla superior, gamopetalous, tubular,

funnel-shapel or rotate; limb 5-fid, lobes imbricate. Stamens 5, rarely 4,

inserted on the corolla-tube, alternate with the lobes ; filaments filiform

or subulate ; anthers 2-celled, introrse, longitudinally dehiscing. Ovary

inferior, 2-6-, rarely 1-celled ; style terminal, stigma capitate, undivided

or bifid, sometimes short and 3-lobed; ovules sometimes solitary, pendu-

lous, sometimes many, biseriate, anatropous. Fruit a berry or drupe or

sometimes dry and indehiscent, many-celled, l- to many-seeded. Seeds

single or many in each cell; testa crustaceous or hard; albumen fleshy,

copious; embryo usually minute, ovoid or clavate, 2-fid, radicle smooth,

cotyledons ovate——Distriz. Genera 13, species 200 to 220; chiefly found

in the Northern Hemisphere more especially in temperate regions; a

few in Australia and South America; none in tropical or Southern

Africa.

Visurnum, Linn.

Shrubs or small trees. Leaves opposite, rarely alternately verticillate,

simple, petiolate; entire, serrate or dentate, sometimes palmately lobed ;

sometimes stellately pubescent, sometimes gland-dotted ; stipules usually

inconspicuous or absent, in a few cases very large. Flowers herma-

phrodite, in terminal or subterminal subumbellate corymbs, the branches

cymose or panicled; bracts few, small; bracteoles 1 to 2, usually very

small, generally quickly deciduous. Calyz-tube turbinate, cylindric or

clavate; limb short, 5-toothed, persistent. Corolla white, pink or

yellowish ; rotate, campanulate or tubular; lobes 5, equal, imbricate.

Stamens 5, inserted on the corolla, alternate with the lobes; anthers

oblong, usually exserted; filaments linear or subulate. Ovary 1-3-

celled; style short, conical, stigma small, obscurely 3-lobed; ovules

solitary in the cells, pendulous. Fruit a drupe 1- or rarely 2-3-celled,

1-seeded ; endocarp tough, papery or crustaceous. Seed oblong, com-

1903. King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 113

pressed, grooved, the edges sometimes incurved; testa membranaceous ;

albumen fleshy, sometimes ruminate; embryo minute, cotyledons thin.—

Distris. Species over 80, chiefly of the temperate and sub-temperate

regions of the Northern Hemisphere in Europe and Asia; a few in the

West Indies, South America and Madagascar.

Leaves entire :—-

Corolla rotate; filaments long, linear; calyx-tube

pubescent C100 eee bor ww. Ll. V. sambucinum.

Corotla tubular; filaments short, subulate; calyx-

tube glabrous ... 900 coe ww. 2 V. Beccarii.

Leaves dentate or serrate; calyx-tube glabrous .. o& V. lutescens.

1. VisurNuM samBucinum, Reinw.; Blume Bijdr. 656. A large

shrub or small tree up to 30 feet high; young branches stout, smooth,

somewhat angled; youngest parts and branches of the inflorescence

brown, stellate-pubescent. Leaves opposite, entire, thinly coriaceous,

elliptic-oblong or -lanceolate, abruptly acuminate, the base cuneate ; both

surfaces glabrous except for a few hairs on the midrib beneath and occa-

sional tufts in the axils of the main-nerves ; main-nerves 4-6 pairs, promi-

nent, curved upwards, joined by prominent arches near the margin, lesser

nerves reticulate; length 5 to LO in., breadth 1°5 to 4 in., petiole °75 to

1:25 in., pilose especially on the inner surface. Corymb terminal,

usually peduncled but sometimes nearly sessile, umbellate, primary

branches 6 to 8 and ‘5 to 1 in. long, upper cymosely branched, short in

flower, longer in fruit ; bracts of primary branches very early deciduous,

linear-spathulate, -2 to ‘3 in. long, bracteoles also very deciduous, very

short, linear-oblong, densely brown stellate-pubescent. Calyx-tube

cylindric, ‘05 in. long, pubescent; lobes 5 spreading, lanceolate-acute.

Corolla hemispheric in bud, rotate when open; lobes 5, rounded,

imbricate, yellow-white. Stamens 5; anthers oblong, exserted; filaments

longer than the petals, much folded in bud. Ovary 1-celled, style

conical. Fruit a drupe, broadly ovate, suddenly acute, compressed,

wrinkled, 2-grooved on one and 3-grooved on the other face, ‘35 in. long,

‘2 in. broad, endocarp thick, osseous. DC. Prodr. IV. 325; Mig. Fl.

Ind. Bat. IT. (1856) 120; Oersted in Vidensk. Meddel. (1860) 299, t. 7,

figs. 11-13; C. B. Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 5; Koord. &

Val. Boomsoort. Java in Mededeel. ’sLands Plant, XX XIIT. (1900) 40.

V. integerrimum, Wall. Cat. 457; DC. Prodr. IV. 324; Hook. fil. and

Th. in Journ, Linn. Soe. II. 476. Prema (?), Wall. Cat. 9077.

Perak: Wray 1237, 1488, 2951; Scortechint 514. Punane: Wall.

457; Walker 92, 272; Maingay (K.D.) 712/2; King’s Collector 1586,

2273, 5202; Curtis 278. Manacca: Griffith 3395. Sincapore: Ridley

6335. Distris. Sumatra; Java; Borneo.

14 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _ [No. 4,

The Perak specimens show two forms, the one (No. 1483 Wray) with leaves

elliptic-oblong, glabrous beneath; the other (No. 2951 Wray) with smaller leaves

elliptic-lanceolate, with occasional stellate hairs beneath. Other specimens from

various localities show intermediate forms so that they are not constant varieties.

2. Visurnum Beccari, Gamble n. sp. Apparently a small tree,

young branches rather thick, smooth. Leaves opposite, entire, coriace-

ous, ovate, obtuse or very shortly and bluntly acute, base cuneate ;

glabrous above, minutely glandular-dotted beneath ; main-nerves 4 to 6

pairs, smaller nerves reticulate; length 3 to 5 in., breadth 2 to 3 in.,

petiole ‘75 to 1:25 in. Corymb terminal, long-peduncled (1°5 to 3 in.),

umbellate, main branches 6 to 8, upper branches cymose, all brown

stellate-pubescent when young ; bracts and bracteoles small, linear, very

numerous, rusty stellate-pubescent, very quickly deciduous. Calyx-tube

clavate, glabrous, ‘1 in. long; teeth very minute. Corolla tubular, ovoid

in bud, ‘15 in. long; teeth 5, acute. Stamens 5; anthers oblong, pendu-

lous from the summit of a subulate thickened filament, 075 in. long.

Ovary 1-celled; style short, conical. Fruit (young only) a drupe, 1-

celled, faintly 1-grooved on one face, 2-grooved on the other.

PERAK: Scortechini 3756. Distrip. Sumatra (Beccart No. 194 on

Mt. Singalan in Herb. Kew).

Specimens of the fully opened corolla or of the mature fruit are not yet avail-

able,

3. WIBURNUM LUTESCENS, Blume Bijdr. 655 (1825). A small tree,

young branches slender, smooth, youngest parts and branches of the

inflorescence brown, stellately-pubescent. Leaves opposite, ovate-acu-

minate, thinly coriaceous, cuneate at base, upper two-thirds deeply

crenate-dentate, sometimes serrate, teeth mucronate, lower one-third

entire; both surfaces glabrous; main-nerves 6 to 8 pairs, ascending,

prominent, lesser nerves reticulate; length 3 to 5 in., breadth 1°5 to

2°5 in., petiole ‘5 to °75, rough when dry. Corymb terminal, long-

peduncled (1'5 to 2°5 in.), umbellate, primary branches 3 to 6 and °5 to

‘75 in. long, paniculate-cymosely branched above; bracts of primary

brauches deciduous, linear-spathulate, ‘4 to ‘5 in. long, bracteoles very

minute, ovate-acuminate, both stellately brown-pubescent. Calyz-tube

angular, glabrous, ‘05 in. long; lobes 5, erect, ovate, bluntly acute.

Corolla hemispheric in bud, rotate -campanulate when open; lobes 5,

rounded, imbricate, white. Stamens 5; anthers oblong, exserted; fila-

ments short, equal to the petals. Onaey l-celled ; style short, conical,

faintly 3-lobed. Fruit a drupe, oblong-ellipsoid, abruptly apiculate,

compressed, 1-grooved on one and 2-grooved on the other face, ‘3 to *4

in. long, ‘2 in. broad; endocarp thick, hard. DC. Prodr. IV, 325,

V. monogynum, Blume Bijdr. 655; DC. Prodr. IV. 327. V. sundaicum,

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 115

Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. (1856) 121; Koord. & Val. Boomsoort. Java in

Mededeel. ’sLands Plant. XX XIII. (1900) 45.

Perak: Wray 1496, at 4900 feet on Ulu Batang Padang. Dzisrris.

Sumatra; Java.

Nat. Ord. LIX. RUBIACEA.

Trees, shrubs or herbs, erect, climbing, twining or prostrate, un-

armed or spinous. Leaves simple, opposite, usually quite entire;

stipules inter- or intra-petiolar, free or united to each other or to the

petiole; in the tribe Galiex leaf-like and forming a whorl with the

leaves. Inflorescence various. Flowers usually hermaphrodite, mostly

regular and symmetrical. Oalyx-tube adnate to the ovary: its limb

various, sometimes petaloid. Corolla gamopetalous, regular, usually

4-5-lobed, rarely bilabiate; the lobes of the limb valvate, imbricate or

contorted. Stamens equal in number to the lobes of the corolla, sessile

or on short or long filaments; anthers 2-celled, usually linear, dorsifixed,

and dehiscing longitudinally, rarely with porous dehiscence. Disk

epigynous, usually annular or cushion-shaped, sometimes lobed, or

reduced to glands. Ovary inferior, 1-10-celled; style simple or cleft

(but rarely cleft to the base) ; stigmas various, usually on the style-

arms, but sometimes connate and fusiform, oblong, capitate or mitriform

and simple or lobed. Ovules in the ovarian cells solitary or in pairs,

or numerous. fruit capsular, baccate, drupe-like, 2—10-celled, or

dehiscing into 2 or more dehiscent or indehiscent cocci. Seeds various,

with horny albumen; embryo straight or curved; cotyledons flat or

semi-terete ; radicle superior or inferior.—Distr1B. About 4,800 species,

chiefly tropical and sub-tropical.

Ovules numerous in each cell of the ovary :—

Fruit dry, capsular or separating into 2 or 4 cocci:—

Flowers collected into dense globular heads: corolla

funnel-shaped, its lobes valvate or imbricate in bud :

stigma simple :—

Lobes of the corolla valvate 900 ww. 1, MUITRAGYNE.

Lobes of the corolla imbricate :—

Tubes of the calyces concrete 900 .. 2, SARCOCEPHALUS,

Tubes of the calyces free :—

Seeds not winged o00 vee .. 3 ANTHOCEPHALUS,

Seeds winged :—

Trees :—

Capitules solitary or few see w. 4 NAUCIEA.

Capitules numerous, small... vee) Ore ANDINA

Climbers :—

Capitules usually solitary, axillary, on

peduncles curving into hooks when in

fruit... nee tes wv. 6. UNCARIA,

116

King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peminsula. [No. 4

Flowers in corymbs or panicles, not in globular

heads; corolla-lobes valvate, imbricate or contorted in

bud. Fruit capsular, 2-celled, seeds winged :—

Corolla funnel-shaped, its lobes twisted in bud;

flowers in terminal pendulous panicles; lobes of

calyx equal, not petaloid : stigma simple fusiform...

Corolla with a short tube, its lobes slightly twisted

in bud; flowers stalked, in erect corymbs or panicles;

one of the lobes of the calyx sometimes large,

petaloid and persistent; stigma fleshy, 2-lobed ...

Flowers in subscorpioid cymes: corolla funnel-shaped,

its lobes valvate, but somewhat twisted in bud;

capsule 2-celled; seeds numerous, obscurely winged ;

stigmas 2 linear, revolute sx. sor "WE os

Corolla and inflorescence various, corolla-lobes valvate

in bud. Stamens 4 or 5. Fruit a loculi- or septi-

cidal capsule with 2 or 4 cells, or consisting of 2 or 4

adnate dry dehiscent or indehiscent (rarely quite in-

dehiscent) cocci; seeds small or minute, rarely

winged. Herbs or small shrubs (never trees) with

entire leaves :—

Fruit 2-celled, usually indehiscent: stipules entire :—

Corolla funnel-shaped, 4- or 5-toothed; anthers

included, dehiscing longitudinally ... x

Corolla rotate ; anthers large, exserted, connivent,

dehiscing by apical pores see

Fruit oblong, sub-globose, or orbicular, 2- rarely i:

celled, usually dehiscent, many-seeded, rarely 1-

seeded: stipules often divided into bristles :—

Corolla funnel-shaped or campanulate, 4-lobed ;

capsule locnuli- or septicidal, rarely indehiscent ;

calyx-teeth contiguous; seeds usually angular ...

Corolla rotate, funnel- or salyer-shaped, 4- rarely

5-lobed; capsule loculicidal above the remote

calyx-teeth, rarely indehiscent; seeds minute,

angular see as eve

Fruit broadly and didymously obcordate, compress-

ed, composed of 2 spreading lobes, loculicidal above

the calyx; flowers secund on the branches of

dichotomous cymes aaa - “o

Frnit fleshy, dehiscing irregularly or at the apex, or

drupe-like and separating into 2 or more many-seeded

cocci :—

Flowers in capitula :—

Capitula without inyolucres: calyx entire: sta-

mens 4 a0

Capitula involucrate; calyx obliquely ampiees

obtusely 2-4-lobed or 2-lipped: stamens 5; climb-

ing shrubs see ces

7. COPTOSAPELTA.

oO:

ap ite

12.

.» 13.

14.

= plas

a 16;

MUSSAENDOPSIS.

GREENIA.

DENTELLA.

ARGOSTEMMA.

HEDYOTIs.

OLDENLANDIA.

OPHIORRHIZA.

LUCINAEA,

LECANANTHUS.

1903. | King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 117

Capitula bracteate, crowded; calyx with 5 ciliate

lobes; corolla 5-lobed; stamens 5; arms of style

2, truncate ; berry with thin pericarp; herbaceous 17. CopropHyLLuUM.

Flowers in terminal corymbs or racemes: one of the

calyx-lobes occasionally long, petaloid, persistent ;

erect or scandent shrubs ... 600 ... 18. MUSSAENDA.

Flowers in panicled terminal umbels; calyx-limb

cupular, deciduous; corolla 5-lobed ; stamens 5; arms

of style linear-lanceolate ; woody scandent shrubs ... 19. TRISCIADIA.

Flowers in axillary cymes; shrubs or small trees :—

Flowers polygamous; cymes panicled; lobes of

calyx and corolla and the stamens 8 to 16; disc

large, convex, with as many lobes as the stamens

and stigma ee ee 600 .. 20. AULACOODISCUS.

Flowers hermaphrodite :—

Cymes short, few-flowered; calyx minutely

toothed ; fruit with scanty pulp 800 ... 21, UROPHYLLUM.

Cymes loose; flowers 4-5-merous; lobes of

corolla reduplicate-valvate ; fruit baccate, fleshy,

2-5 celled on 000 p0« .. 22, ADENOSACME.

Corolla-lobes twisted in bud: fruit baccate, fleshy or

dry ; seeds usually large, cotyledons often foliaceous :—

Seeds numerous in each cell of the fruit :—

Flowers dioecious :—

Cymes from the axils of fallen or undeveloped

leaves; style arms 2; berries with thin pericarp,

ellipsoid or globular 500 000 «. 20. BRACHYTOME,

Flowers hermaphrodite :—=

Flowers in cymes :—

Cymes terminal, corymbose; flowers 5-merous ;

stigma simple, fusiform; fruit pisiform, 2-

celled Bas ae on ... 24, STYLOcoRYNA.

Cymes usually axillary; stigma fusiform or

bifid ; fruit baccate with thick pericarp :—

Calyx-limb various; fruit 2-celled ... 25, RANDIA.

Calyx-limb usually tubular; fruit 1-celled ... 26. GARDENIA.

Flowers in spikes :—

Calyx-limb minutely 5-toothed: anthers thick-

ened at the apex Ao on ... 2%. PETUNGA,

Ovules and seeds 2 or 3 in each cell :—

Flowers in axillary fascicles on small cymes; calyx-

limb truncate or 4-5-toothed; fruit baccate, ovoid or

globose, sessile... 300 acc se. 28, DIPLOSPORA,

Ovules never more than 2 in each cell of the two-celled

ovary :—

Corolla-lobes twisted; ovules inserted together half-

way up the ovarian cell, one pendulous, the other

erect ; flowers in dense axillary pedunculate cymes:

a small littoral tree FO Ha .»» 29, SCYPHIHORA,

118 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Corolla-lobes valvate; ovules erect, on the top of an

erect basilar placenta; flowers in scorpoid cymes,

collected in corymbose panicles evo ees OO. JACKIAs

J. Mirracyna, Korthals.

Trees with petiolate leaves and large caducous bracts and stipules.

Flowers sessile, crowded in globose, solitary or paniculate, pedunculate

capitules, each peduncle with 2 foliacious long-petioled bracts near its

apex: the flowers mixed in the capitules with numerous, spathulate.

paleaceous bracteoles. Calyces conoid, densely crowded, but quite separ-

able from each other: the calyx-tube short, its mouth truncate or 5-

toothed. Corolla funnel-shaped; the tube long, the mouth with a ring

of villose hairs inside below the base of the lobes; lobes 5, thickened

towards the apex, lanceolate, valvate in astivation. Stamens 5, origina-

ting just above the ring of hairs; anthers lanceolate, apiculate, cordate

or sagittate at the base; filaments short. Ovary 2-celled; style

filiform, exserted; stigma cylindric or mitriform, its base overlapping

the apex of the style; ovwles numerous, on pendulous placentas. Fruit

of two 5-ridged cocci dehiscing at the apex. Seeds numerous, small;

the testa with thin wings, the albumen fleshy.—Disrriz. Hight species,

5 of which are Indo-Malayan and 3 tropical African.

Main-nerves of leaves 7 to 9 pairs; corolla ‘2 in. long;

calyx-tube narrow, not ridged ... ve L. WM. diversifolia.

Main-nerves of leaves 12 to 15 pairs; cantil ‘3 in.

long; calyx-tube wide, ridged ... ees -. 2, W. speciosa.

1. MrrraGyNa DIVERSIFOLIA, Haviland in Journ. Linn. Soc. XX XIII.

71. Young branches pale, compressed. Leaves thickly membranous,

ovate or elliptic, to rotund-ovate; obtuse or sub-acute ; the base rounded

(in the lower leaves slightly cordate); both surfaces glabrous, the lower

minutely reticulate, sometimes puberulous especially on the nerves;

main-nerves 7 to 9 pairs, rather straight, spreading; length 4 to 8 in.;

breadth 2 to 6 in.; petiole 35 to 1:25 in. ; stipules oblong, blunt. Corolla

*2 in. long; tube of calyx not ridged, about ‘025 in. wide. Anthers cor-

date at the base. Stigma cylindric, overlapping the apex of the style

by its hollow base. Mitragyne javanica, Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8, 38.

Stephegyne diversifolia, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 26. 8S. parvifolia,

Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch., p. 161 (in part). Nauclea diversifolia, Wall.

Cat. 6096: G. Don Gen. Syst. III. 467. NN. rotundifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind.

I. 516; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. IJ. 67. WN. Brunonis, Wall. Cat. 6097:

G. Don, lc. N. parvifolia, Roxb. var. 2, Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II.

67.

Anpaman Istanps.—Distris. Burma; Chittagong; Philippines.

1903. } King & Gamble — Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 119

The occurrence of this in a wild state in the Malay Peninsula is doubtful. In

the Andaman islands it is common.

The stigma of this is externally almost cylindrical. But it is hollowed at the

base like a wine-bottle and covers the apex of the style like a cap. The leaves of the

upper part of the branches are smaller and more or Jess ovoid in form; those of the

lower parts are larger and more rotund, hence the specific name. Roxburgh,

thinking only of the lower leaves, named the species Nawclea rotundifolia.

2. Mirracyna speciosa, Korth..Obs. de Naucleés Indicés, p. 19

(name only). Young branches usually dark-coloured, compressed.

eaves membranous, oblong-obovate to oblong, shortly and abruptly

acuminate or sub-acute, the base broad and rounded or rarely slightly and

suddenly contracted ; both surfaces glabrous, the lower minutely reticu-

late and sometimes puberulous on the 12 to 15 pairs of slightly curved

ascending nerves; length 4 to 55 in.; breadth 2 to 35 in, ; petiole thin,

‘8 to 12 in. long; stipules lanceolate, sparsely pubescent. Corolla °3 in.

long; tube of calyx wide, ridged, its mouth about ‘075 in. across.

Anthers sagittate at the base. Stigma mitriform., Haviland in Journ.

Linn. Soc. XXXIIT. 69. Stephegyne speciosa, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch.

Bot., p. 160. SS. parvifolia, K.Schum. FI. Kaiser-Wilh. Land., p. 127.

Nauclea speciosa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 140.

PawanG: Ridley 2190. Perak: Wray 1896, 4280; Perak:

Scortechint 616; King’s Collector 1776, 10021, 10459.—Drsrete.

Sumatra, Forbes, Borneo ; Motley 1169; Korthals, Philippines ; Cuming ;

Motley ; Vidal; New Guinea.

2. SarcocerHatus, Afzel.

Shrubs or trees with petiolate leaves and small or large caducous

or persistent stipules. Flowers sessile, conjoined by their confluent calyx-

tubes into globose, axillary or terminal, pedunculate, ebracteolate heads,

the peduncles with 2 small bracts near or below the middle. Calyz-tube

short; its mouth with 4 or 5 imbricate, persistent or caducous teeth,

Corolla infundibuliform; its mouth with 4 or 5 broad, blunt, imbricate

teeth not thickened near the apex. Stamens 4 or 5, inserted in the glab-

rous throat of the corolla by very short filaments, or sessile; anthers

broadly ovate. Stigma clavate, fusiform or capitate, exserted, the style

long, filiform. Ovary 2-celled ; ovules numerous, on two pendulous pla-

centas. rwits combined into a globose fleshy mass of 2-celled pyrenes,

with thin septa. Seeds ovoid, compressed, not winged ; testa crustaceous ;

albumen fleshy.—Distris. About a dozen species, mostly Indo-Malayan ;

one Australian and one African.

Leaves pubescent beneath: capitules about °8 in, in

diam. aaa a ae »» IL. S. hirsutus,

ig tilts dle}

120 King & Gamble— Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4

Leaves minutely scaly beneath, more or less obovate;

capitules 1*5 in. in diam. ... one .. 2 8. Maingayt.

Leaves quite glabrous :—

Leaves oblong-lanceolate to elliptic-oblong; capi-

tules ‘5 to ‘75 in. in diam. ... “oc .. 3 8S, subditus.

Leaves more or less obovate; caption ‘5 in. in

diam, aD oe sor «» 4. 8. Junghuhni.

1. SarcocepHaLus HirsuTUS, Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII.

32. A tree: young branches slender, pubescent, the bark pale. Leaves

thickly membranous, oblong-oblanceolate, shortly and abruptly acumin-

ate, the base attenuate: upper surface quite glabrous, shining, the lower

with short pubescence on the nerves and midrib, otherwise minutely

scaly ; main-nerves 7 to 9 pairs, ascending, slightly prominent on the

lower surface; length 3 to 5 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2°25 in. petiole “2 to

‘3 in., pubescent; stipules oblong-oblanceolate, obtuse, “3 in. long.

Peduncle solitary, terminal, about 1 in. long, with 2 lanceolate small

bracts about the middle. Capitules about ‘8 in. in diam. Calyx very

short; the limb truncate, hairy. Corolla infundibuliform, glabrous

both outside and inside; the mouth with 4 rarely 5 broad rotund

slightly obovate lobes. Anthers 4, broadly ovate not apiculate, cordate

at the base, inserted at the base of the corolla-lobes by short broad

filaments; numerous flattened and ridged imperfect flowers mixed with

the perfect ones. Style shortly exserted, stigma cylindric.

Matacca: Ridley 3214.—Distris. Borneo.

The Malacca specimens described above have their leaves more attenuate at the

base and rather more hairy beneath than the Bornean type (Herb. Hay. 3406) on

which Haviland founded the species. But in other respects they agree.

2. SarcocepHatus Maineayi, Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII.

33. A spreading tree, 40 to 80 feet high; young branches rather

stout, yellowish-brown, glabrous. Leaves coriaceous, broadly elliptic

or elliptic-obovate, shortly and abruptly acuminate, the base attenu-

ate; upper surface quite glabrous, shining; the lower covered with

minute white scales: main-nerves 9 to 14 pairs, impressed on the upper

surface, prominent and sparsely puberulous on the lower; length 4 to 8

in. ; breadth 2°25 to 3°5 in. ; petiole ‘5 to °75 in., slightly winged ; stipules

oblong, sub-acute, thick, conjoined at the base, ‘65 in. long. Peduncles

solitary, terminal, short (‘25 to ‘5 in. long) bearing several oblong or

lanceolate bracts, about *5 in. in length. Capitule 15 in. in diam.

Calyx-tube tomentose, 4-5-lobed. Corolla ‘3 in. long, infundibuliform ;

the tube sub-glabrous ; the lobes 4 or 5, lanceolate, pubescent on both

surfaces. Anthers oblong, sub-acute, apiculate, filaments very short. .

Style exserted ; stigma large, overlapping at its base the apex of the

style. Nauclea Maingayi, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II, 27,

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 121

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 823. Prax: King’s Collector 4470,

4771, 6424, 7768, 7977, 10020, 10363; Wray 2043, 4173; Scortechini

265. Senancor: Jivdley 2851. Province WeLLestey: Ridley 9888.

3. SarcocurHanus suppitus, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 133. A shrub

or small tree; young branches slender, pale, the very youngest dark-

coloured, glabrous. Leaves dark-coloured (when dry), thickly membran-

ous, glabrous, oblong-oblanceolate to elliptic-oblong, shortly and ob-

tusely acuminate, the base cuneate; main-nerves 6 or 7 pairs, spread-

ing; length 3 to 4°5 in.; breadth 1:25 to 2:5 in.; petiole *2 to ‘4 in,

Peduncles usually solitary, slender, axillary or terminal, less than 1 in.

long when in flower, longer in fruit, glabrescent or puberulous; bearing

two small lanceolate bracts below the middle. Capitules °5 to *75 in. in

diam. Calyzx-tube short ; the mouth expanded, truncate. Corolla with a

narrow cylindrical tube; the mouth expanded into 4 broadly oblong

or sub-obovate, obtuse lobes, slightly hairy on the inner surface; anthers

ovate, almost sessile; style exserted, stigma clavate. Syncarpium

globular, °5 to °75 in. in diam.; pale, covered with striate pits. Seeds

black. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IJ. 22; Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soe.

XXXII. 30; Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8, 16. Platanocarpum subditum;

Korth, Verh, Nat. Gesch. 133, t. 32.

Perak: Scortechini; Wray 4167; King’s Collector 1073, 3027, 6646,

7812, 8854, 10436. Sutancor: Ridley 10212. Matacca: Grifith (K.D.)

1770, 2771.—Distris. Sumatra; Borneo.

4, Sarcocepuantus Juncuonnu, Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 133. A tree,

40 or 50 feet high; young branches brown when dry. Leaves pale

brown (when dry), thinly coriaceous, glabrous, elliptic to obovate-elliptic,

abruptly, shortly and bluntly acuminate, the base more or less cuneate ;

main-nerves 5 to 7 pairs, curving upwards, prominent beneath ; length

3°5 to 5'°5 in.; breadth 1°64 to 3'5 in.; petiole ‘35 to ‘65 in. Peduncles

axillary or terminal, solitary or in groups of three, from 1 to 1°5 in.

long, with four small unequal, ovate-acute bracts below the middle,

minutely pubescent. Capitules ‘5 in. in diam. Corolla infundibuliform ;

its mouth with 4 large obovate-rotund blunt lobes, imbricate in aestiva-

tion, glabrous; anthers short, almost sessile, broadly ovate. Style

exserted ; stigma clavate. Syncarpium globular, covered with shallow

striate pits. Seeds black. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 23; Havil. in

Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXII. 29.

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2772; Maingay (K.D.) 822; Derry 1110,

1188. Sincapore: Ridley 2847, 2850, 2880, 3397, 6534, 6897. Prnane:

Curtis 803 ; Fow 10674. Prax: Scortechint 2166, 2105; King’s Collector

4440, 4499, 8179, 8315,—Disrris. Sumatra; Borneo; Philippines;

Cochin-China,

122 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. __[No, 4,

3. AntHocEPHALUS, A. Rich.

Large glabrous trees with petiolate coriaceous leaves and large

caducous stipules. Flowers sessile, crowded in solitary terminal globose

pedunculate heads, the peduncles bracteate at the base: the capitules

ebracteolate. Calyx with a narrow cylindric tube expanding above and

divided into 5 linear-oblong sparsely pubescent persistent lobes. Corolla

tubular below, infundibuliform above, with 5 deep linear lobes, glabrous.

Anthers linear-oblong, the apex apiculate. Style long, exserted; stigma

elongate, cylindric, slightly fusiform. Ovary 2-celled; placentas linear,

attached to the middle of the septum; ovules numerous. Seeds minute,

ellipsoid ; testa sub-membranous, albumen fleshy.—DistRis. 2 species

both Indo-Malayan.

ANTHOCEPHALUS InNDICUS, A. Rich. in Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris,

1834, p. 237. A tall tree; young branches slender, dark-coloured.

Leaves elliptic, elliptic-oblong or ovate; the apex acute; the base

cuneate or rounded, sometimes sub-oblique; upper surface glabrous, the

lower sometimes puberulous; main-nerves 10 to 12 pairs, spreading,

‘slightly prominent on both surfaces; length 5°5 to 8 in.; breadth 2:5 to

3°5 in.; petiole 1-2 to 1°75 in., somewhat winged near the apex; stipules

triangular. Capitules 1 to 2 in. in diam.: their peduncles 1°5 to 2 in.

long. Calyx short, tubular below, infundibuliform above and deeply

divided into 5 narrowly oblong lobes with obtuse, somewhat thickened

apices, glabrous. Corolla elongate, infundibuliform, glabrous; the

teeth broadly lanceolate, sub-acute. Anthers 5, linear-oblong, apiculate,

the filaments short. Style long, exserted ; stigma large, fusiform. Fruit

4-celled, with thin walls, the upper part containing 4 cartilaginous, in-

dehiscent several-seeded pyrenes, the lower part only 2-celled aud con-

taining numerous seeds. A. indicus, Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 6) pe, LAL

morindefolius, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. 154, t. 48 ; Mig. FJ. Ind. Bat. IT.

135. A. Cadamba, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 135; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. 127; t.

35; Brand. For. Fl, N.-W. Ind. 261; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 23.

Nauclea Cadamba, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 14; Fl. Ind. 1IL.512. Sarcocephalus

Cadamba, Kurz. For. Fl. Burm. II. 63; Wall. Cat. 6088 (excl. sheet C).

Perak: King’s Collector 6913. Anpamay Istanps: Prain’s Collector

43, 93.--Distris. British India; Malayan Archipelago.

A perusal of Richard’s original description of Anth. indicus convinces one that

the shrub which he describes is not Nauclea purpurea, Roxb., as he says, but

Nauclea Cadamba of the same author.

4. Navciea, Linn.

Trees or shrubs with petiolate or sessile, coriaceous or sub-coriace-

ous leaves, often of rather large size; the stipules caducous or sub-

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 123

persistent, large. Flowers sessile, in solitary or ternate, pedunculate

heads; the peduncles often thickened near the apex and bearing caduc-

ous bracts, often of large size, mostly caducous; the flowers mixed with

bracteoles consisting of Jong thin stalks and conical hairy heads, or

ebracteolate. Calya-tubes closely adpressed ; but not united with each

other; the lobes 5, deciduous, filiform or spathulate, often thickened at

the apex:and hairy, valvate in estivation. Oorolla infundibuliform ;

the lobes 5, short, imbricate, the throat glabrous. Stamens 5; the

anthers oblong or linear, included in the tube of the corolla; filaments

very short. Style elongate, rather stout: stigma sub-globose or globose-

ovoid. Ovary 2-celled, the placentas pendulous; ovules imbricate.

Fruit of 2 cocci, often separating from the persistent axis, dehiscent.

Seeds flattened; the testa with a wing, bifid at one end, acute at

the other,—Disrris, About 30 species mostly tropical and Indo-

Malayan. j

Lobes of corolla densely sericeous-strigose externally ;

peduncles solitary, short, each with 2 large sub-

persistent bracts ... «. 1. WN. Gageana.

Lobes of corolla minutely glandular pubelone exter-

nally ; bracts of peduncle deciduous, minute

Lobes of corolla glabrous or nearly so :—

Capitule enveloped in two large sub-persistent

bracts 30¢ 500 3. N. purpurascens,

Bracts near the base of the capitule, Snell) dentate

ous .. . 4, WN, nicobarica.

Bracts near the es of the redenotet ann pocnatel

deciduous nae sie 700 «. 5. N. peduncularis.

N. synkorynes.

1. Nauctua Gaceana King. n. sp. A tree; young branches rather

stout, slightly compressed, when dry pale-brown. Leaves coriaceous,

broadly ovate-elliptic (sub-rhomboidal) gradually narrowed to the

obtuse apex, the base cuneate; both surfaces quite glabrous, the upper

shining (when dry); the lower dull, reticulate; main-nerves 8 to 10

pairs, SPN, @, prominent on the lower surface: the midrib very bold;

length 6 to 8in.; breadth 35 to 4°5 in.; petiole °6 to ‘8 in., flattened,

winged in its upper part. Capitules about 1°5 in. in diam., solitary or in

pairs. Peduncles 1 in. long, with a pair of large (1°25 in. long) sub-

persistent bracts above the middle. Calyx short, cylindric, densely

sericeous; the mouth very short, with 5 broad truncate lobes. Corolla

infundibuliform, *4 to ‘5 in. long, outside glabrous in its lower, sericeous-

strigose in its upper part; inside glabrous; lobes of the mouth 5, ovate.

Style exserted, glabrous ; stigma ovoid. Fruit villous. Bracteoles of the

capitulum fusiform, villous.

AnpaMaNn Isnanps: King’s Collector 463, Prain’s Collector 76.

124 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

A very distinct species named in honour of Captain Gage, Curator of the

Calcutta Herbarium, who was the first to recognise it’ as a hitherto undescribed

species.

2, NavucLEA SYNKORYNES, Korthals Verh. Nat. Gesch. 160. A tree

30 to 40 feet high ; young branches thin, compressed, broad at the nodes,

pale-coloured (when dry). Leaves thinly coriaceous, oblong-ovate or ob-

long-obovate or narrowly elliptic, shortly rather abruptly acuminate, the

base cuneate: both surfaces quite glabrous; main-nerves 7 or 8 pairs,

rather straight, ascending, thin but prominent on the lower surface; length

3:5 to 5 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2°5 in.; petiole 25 to °4 in., slightly winged

near the apex : stipules oblong-obovate, blunt, ‘5 in.long. Peduncles two

or three together, erect, 15 to 2'5 in. long, dilated near the minutely

bracteate apex. Capitules about 1 in. in diam. Calyz-tube short: its

lobes long, partly deciduous; hirsute and sub-lanceolate in the lower

persistent part, glabrous and clavate in the upper deciduous part.

Corolla infundibuliform; the tube glabrous, ‘25 in. long: its lobes

minutely glandular, pubescent outside, broadly ovate, blunt. <Anthers

reaching to the top of the tube, linear-oblong, shortly apiculate, the base

sub-cordate. Capsules cuneiform, ridged, the apex villous, crowned by

the calyx-limb. Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XX XIII. 60.

Perak: King’s Collector 10276.—Distris. Borneo.

3. NAUCLEA PURPURASCENS, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. 158. <A

small tree, the young branches brown when dry, purple when fresh.

Leaves thinly coriaceous, elliptic, elliptic-oblong, oblanceolate or oblong-

oblanceolate, acute or sub-acute, the base attenuate; both surfaces

glabrous; main-nerves 7 to 9 pairs, rather straight, spreading, promi-

nent on the lower surface, the midrib broad, length 45 to 85 in.;

breadth 1°75 to 38 in.; petiole “35 to °75 in.; stipules ovate, acute, ‘75

in. long. Capitules 1:5 to 1:75 in. in diam., the peduncles 1:5 to 3 in,

long, solitary or in threes, with 2 large boat-shaped sub-persistent bracts

at the apex embracing the capitule. Calyzx-tube short; the lobes 5,

erect, linear, blunt, adpressed hairy. Corolla infundibuliform, glabrous;

the lobes 5, short, broad, blunt, puberulous outside. Anthers 5, linear

with a minute apical appendage ; filaments shorter than the antlers.

Frm ribbed; the apex depressed, densely villous, the remains of the

calyx-lobes short, hairy. Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc, XXXIII, 58.

Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8, p, 24. N. Blancoi, Vidal Phan. Cum. Phil.

175. N. purpurea, Blume Bijdr. 1008 (not of Roxb.).

SeLancor: Ridley 7446. Pauana: Ridley 2189. Purak: Scorte-

chint 112; Ridley 9721; King’s Collector 8603, 10276, 10641; Wray 195.

Anpamans and Nicogars: Kurz; Prain’s Collector.—Disrris. Java;

Borneo ; Celebes ; Philippines.

1903. | King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 125

The large bracts which envelope the capitules in their younger stages are very

characteristic of this species. It is closely allied to N, peduncularis, G. Don, ag

noted under that species.

4, NavcLea nicoparica, Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII.

59. A tree; young branches slender, compressed, pale, smooth. Leaves

thickly membranous, elliptic or obovate-elliptic, shortly and bluntly

acuminate, the base cuneate, both surfaces glabrous; main-nerves 5 to

7 pairs, spreading, slightly curved, prominent on the lower surface,

midrib very stout ; length 3°5 to 7 in.; breadth 2 to 3:5 in. ; petiole ‘5 to

‘8 in. ; stipules shorter than the petiole, obovate-oblong, blunt, Peduncles

usually in threes, rarely solitary, slightly compressed and thickened

towards the bracteate, striate, adpressed hairy apex. Calyx with a

short. cylindric tube: the mouth with 5 broadly oblong, blunt lobes,

pubescent. Corolla glabrous, 35 in. long, infundibuliform ; the lobes of

the mouth 5, broadly oblong, blunt. Anthers 5, oblong, sagittate at the

base, slightly apiculate at the apex, half exserted from the throat of the

corolla; filaments more than half as long as the anthers. Fruit ridged,

densely villous on the apex and covered by the white calyx-teeth.

N. purpurascens, var. latifolia, Korth. (fide Haviland) Korth. ex Mig.

Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 182.

Nicopar Isuanps: Kurz. ANDAMANS: Prain’s Collector 83.

5. NAUCLEA PEDUNCULARIS, G. Don Syst. III. 469. A tree 40 to 60

feet high ; young branches pale purplish-brown when dry. Leaves coria-

ceous, elliptic or elliptic-obovate, sub-acute, the base cuneate or rounded;

upper surface quite glabrous, shining, the lower dull, minutely scaly

when dry ; main-nerves 9 to 11 pairs, ascending, very slightly curved;

length 5 to 9 in.; breadth 2°5 to 41in.; petiole ‘4 to 6 in. Capitules

globose-ovoid, 1:25 to 1:5 in. broad; the peduncles usually in threes,

sometimes solitary, slightly compressed, thickened at the apex; bracts

near the base (fide Haviland) small, ternate, deciduous. Calyzx-tube

short, silky, the lobes 5 or 6, erect, ovate, acute or sub-acute. Corolla

infundibuliform, the tube glabrous; lobes 5, ovate, glabrous, rarely

puberulous outside. Stamens 5, inserted in the tube of the corolla:

anthers linear-oblong, sagittate at the base, the apex with a broad

membranous apiculus; filaments as long as the anthers. Style exserted :

stigma short, ovoid. Fruit cuneiform, boldly ribbed, its apex depress-

ed and slightly hairy. Bracteoles of the capitule with filiform stalks

and double fusiform heads ; the upper part of the head papillose and

yellow; the lower covered with pale hair. Wall. Cat. 6091; Hook, fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. II]. 27 ; Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXII. 57.

Penane: Porter ; Curtis 1056, 3405. Perak : Wray 2598, 3197 ; King’s

Collector 3404, 3578, 6424, 6761.—Distris, Borneo, Beccari (P.B. 1890).

126 King & Gamble—lVora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Very close to N. purpurascens, Korth., but the nerves of the leaves of this are

more numerous, the bracts of the peduncles are mach smaller; the apical append-

age of the anthers is much longer and the filaments shorter.

5. Aptna, Salish.

Trees or shrubs with petiolate sub-coriaceous or membranous leaves ;

the stipules small or large. Flowers sessile, in small bracteolate capitules.

- Peduncles in large or small panicles, or solitary, terminal or axillary.

Caulyces not concrete; the tube angled: lobes of the limb 5, short,

persistent, or none. Corolla infundibuliform: the throat glabrous:

lobes of the limb 5, imbricate or pseudo-valvate, the flowers mixed in the

capitules with bracteoles. Stamens 5, on the mouth of the corolla;

anthers short, oblong; filaments short. Ovary 2-celled; style thin,

filiform, elongate ; stigma clavate or capitate. Ovules numerous, imbricate

ona pendulous placenta in each cell. Fruit 2-coccous, many-seeded.

Seeds oblong, flat; testa winged; albumen fleshy.—Duistriz. Hight or

nine species, tropical Asiatic or African.

Capitules in threes on axillary peduncles; stigma globose... 1. A. rubescens.

Capitules in large lax usually terminal ia stigma

clavate... ae aa = «. 2. A. polycephala,

1, Apina ruBESCENS, Hemsl. in Journ. Bot. XXV. (1887), 204.

A tree 60 to 80 feet high ; young branches pale, striate, slender. Leaves

sub-coriaceous, elliptic, shortly caudate-acuminate, the base cuneate;

upper surface glabrous, the lower sometimes puberulous on the nerves,

faintly reddish-brown in colour (when dry): main-nerves 8 to 10 pairs,

spreading, curying, prominent below; length 2°5 to 4in.; breadth 1:25

to 1:75 in.; petiole 15 to ‘25 in., slightly winged for half its length;

stipules small bifid. Capitules about ‘4 in. in diam. when in flower, in

short, pedunculate, triclotomous, pubescent panicles, much shorter

than the leaves. Calyx pubescent; the lobes very short, oblong.

Corolla-tube ‘1 in. long, hairy outside; its lobes 4 or 5, ovate, sub-

valvate. Stumens inserted in the throat; anthers extending to the

middle of the lobes, sub-setose at their bases. Style exserted ; stigma

globose. Bracteoles linear, compressed, pubescent. Havil, in Journ,

Linn. Soc. X XXIII. 45. z

Perak: Wray 539; King’s Collector 7850. Sincarore: Ridley

10458. Penane: Curtis 369.

2. ADINA POLYCEPHALA, Benth. Fl. Hongkong 146. A small tree;

the young branches sub-compressed, slender, striate, at first dark but

becoming pale. Leaves sub-coriaceous, oblong-oblanceolate, shortly

caudate-acuminate, the base alternate; both surfaces glabrous: main-

nerves 7 to 10 pairs, curving upwards, slightly prominent beneath;

1903. | King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula, 127

length 4:5 to 9 in.; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; petiole *2 to ‘6 in., winged near

theapex. Capitules about'35 in. in diam. when in flower, in pedunculate,

trichotomously-branched, lax or condensed axillary or terminal pubes-

cent panicles, shorter than the leaves. Lobes of the calyx oblong, obtuse,

persistent. Tube of corolla glabrous, narrow; ‘1 in, long; lobes 4 or 5

ovate. Anthers reaching to the middle of the lobes of thecorolla. Style

exserted, stigma clavate. Fruit obovoid, hairy in its upper part:

bracteoles filiform. Seeds very shortly winged. Mig. Aun. Mus. Lugd.

Bat. IV, 183; Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8,17. Nawclea polycephala, Wall.

Cat. 6100; G. Don Gen. Syst. III. 467; Kurz For. Flora Burma II. 65.

Var. macrophylla Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II. 25, leaves oblanceolate,

with 10 to 12 pairs of main-nerves, 6 to 10 in. long and 2°5 to 4 in.

broad. N. microcephala, Wall. MSS. in Herb. Hook. Adina aralioides,

Benth. & Hook, Gen. Plant. II. 30. Nauclea capitellata, Voigt Hort.

Cale. 375. N. trichotoma, Zoll. Verz. Ind. Archipel. 61. N. araliocdes,

Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 344. Cephalanthus araltoides, Zoll. 1.c.

Penane: Ourtis 2737, 2751. Matacca: Ridley 758; Derry 130.--

Distris. Java; Sumatra; Cochin China; Burma; Chittagong.

The variety macropylla is the form most frequent in our region.

6: UNCARIA, Schreb.

Climbing shrubs. Leaves shortly petioled; stipules entire or bifid.

Flowers in peduncled globose heads, solitary and axillary or collected in

terminal panicles; peduncles (often without flowers) converted into

stout, recurved hooks. Calyzx-tube cylindric or double fusiform; the

limb usually expanded, 5-toothed or 5-lobed. Corolla with a long

cylindric tube, often expanded towards the apex, the limb with 5

slightly imbricate or valvate lobes, the throat glabrous. Stamens 5,

inserted by short filaments on the throat of the corolla; anthers dorsi-

fixed, with 2 basal bristles. Ovary fusiform, 2-celled. .Style long,

slender; stigma capitate; ovules many, ascending on the placentas.

Capsule elongate, usually double fusiform, septicidally 2-valved, many-

seeded. Seeds minute, numerous, imbricating upwards; the nucleus

small, its testa winged at each end; albumen fleshy, embryo clavate,

cotyledons short.—Disrris.: about 40 species mostly tropical Asiatic.

Lobes of calyx narrow, acute :—

Flowers and capsules subsessile ... eee we 1. U. Roxburghiana.

Flowers and capsules distinctly pedicellate :—

Leaves pubescent beneath :—

Calyx-lobes lanceolate, acute, shorter than the tube :—

Flowers *75 in, long; leaves ovate-lanceolate, 2°5

j to 3'5 in, Jong ... one oes we 2. U, lanosa,

Je i 19

128 King & Gamble—F lora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Flowers 15 in. long; leaves broadly oblong or

ovate-rotund, 5 to 7 in. long ~ “or 3. U. sclerophylla.

Flowers lin. long; leaves 4 or 5 in. long, prone

or ovate, never rotund-ovate oes .. 4 U. pedicellata.

Calyx-lobes filiform, longer than the tube, spread-

ing; tube of corolla very slender; capsules on long,

slender stalks :—

Young branches, under surfaces of leaves, and

capsules rusty-pubescent «+ .. ©. Uz. ferred.

Young branches and capsules piaberiee ; foes

slightly pubescent on the under surface only «. 6. U. glabrata.

Leaves glabrous or nearly so on both surfaces :—

Lobes of the calyx shorter than the tube ws 7. U. Kunstlert.

Lobes of the calyx as long as the tube we Se U. Wray.

Lobes of the calyx short, broad, blunt :—

Leaves quite glabrous, not glaucescent beneath :—

Leaves 1°75 to 2°5 in. long :—

Leaves with 3 or 4 pairs of nerves; tube of calyx

densely pubescent, the lobes of the limb sub-glab-

YOUS ave eee one see .. 9. Uz. ovalifolia.

Leaves with 5 or 6 pairs of nerves; tube and lobes of

calyx pubescent externally .. poe .. 10. U. jasminiflora.

Leaves 3'5 in; or more in length :—

Nerves of leaves 5 or 6 pairs... ses ee 10. U. jasminiflora

var. macrophylla.

Nerves of leaves 3 pairs ao Sap a. Ll. U. trimervia.

Leaves glabrous, glaucescent beneath ; nerves of leaves 7

or 8 pairs, the reticulations transverse and very distinct

beneath ... os ... 12. JU. pteropoda.

Leaves glabrous, but bie. 4 or 5 pairs of main-nerves with

tufts of hair on the lower surface, at their union with the

midrib a or sae ... 13. U. Gambier.

Leaves uniformly CHETEHE beneath: nerves 5or6pairs 14, U. canescens.

Under surfaces of midrib and the 4 to 6 pairs of main-

nerves laxly hirsute, sometimes with tufts of hair in the

nerve-axils os. “or se “re . 15. U, dasyoneura.

Calyx-tuhbe long, the teeth very short and blunt :—

Nerves of leaves 6 to 8 pairs, stont, and bearing like the

midrib and transverse veins short pale-brownish hairs ... 16. U. attenuata.

J. Uncarra Roxpurcuiana, Korth. in Ver. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 172.

Young branches obtusely 4-angled, densely clothed with minute, par-

tially deciduous, harsh, rusty tomentum. Jieaves coriaceous, ovate,

acuminate sometimes caudately so; the base rounded, emarginate or

minutely cordate; both surfaces reticulate, the upper strigose-scabrid,

the lower with longer curved hispid hairs; main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs,

curved, spreading, ascending, depressed on the upper aud prominent on

the lower surface like the midrib; length 2'5 to 3°5 in.; breadth 1°5 to

1903.) King & Gamble—Flora of the Maluyan Peninsula. 129

2 in.; petiole ‘15 in,, tomentose; stipules broad, bifid, glabrous, *2 in,

long. Peduncles five or six times longer than the petioles, axillary,

stout, compressed, tomentose, bracteate near the apex, sometimes one of

them barren and forming a much-recurved hook; heads in flower about

1 in. in diam., in fruit rather less. Caly# almost sessile, *15 in. long,

pilose; the tube oblong-ovoid ; lobes of its mouth linear, blunt, twice as

long as the tube. Corolla about three times as long as the calyx,

glabrous: the tube narrowly cylindric, angled, the lobes of the limb

broadly oblong, very obtuse. Capsules sub-sessile, narrowly double-

fusiform, glabrous, ‘35 in. long, crowned by the short calyx-lobes.

Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 32: Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc, XX XIII. 87.

SINGAPORE: Anderson 106; Ridley 2844. Purax: King’s Collector.

2148, Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 831.—Disrris. Sumatra.

_ 2, Uncaria Lanosa, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey & Wall. II.

131: Wall. Cat. 6110. Young branches sparsely hirsute, reddish-

browo when dry. eaves membranous, ovate-lanceolate, shortly

acuminate, the base rounded or narrowed: upper surface of a warm-

brown when dry, glaberulous or with scattered hairs, the midrib and

nerves pubescent: lower surface pale brown, clothed with soft, adpress-

ed long slender tawny hairs especially on the midrib and 6 or 7 pairs of

rather bold slightly curved ascending main-nerves; length 2°5 to 3°5

in.; breadth 1 to 1°6 in.; petioles ‘15 to ‘2 in. long, pubescent; stipules

broadly triangular, deeply bifid, reflexed, glabrous inside. Peduncles

axillary, several times longer than the petioles, tapering upwards, some-

what compressed, pubescent, with 4 linear reflexed glabrous bracts near

the apex. Capitules ‘75 in. in diam. when in flower, 2 in. when in fruit.

Calyx *2 in. long, pedicellate, glabrescent, the tube double-fusiform, not

longer than the 5 linear externally hairy lobes of the limb. Corolla

glabrous, three times as long asthe calyx; the tube very narrow, the

lobes linear, spreading. Capsules clavate-fusiform ; °25 to ‘35 in. long, on

long slender pedicels, longer than themselves, glabrous. Hook fil. Fl.

Br. Ind. III. 83; Havil. in Linn. Journ. XXXIII. 85. Nauclea lanosa,

Poir. Encycl. Suppl. IV. 64. NN. setigera, Blume Bijdr. 1013.

PrenanG: Phillips; Curtis 917. Perak: Scortechint.

3. UNCARIA SCLEROPHYLLA, Hunter in Roxb. Hort. Beng. 86; FI.

Ind. ed. Wall. II. 180; idem ed. Carey I. 520. Very large; young

branches as thick as or thinner than a goose-quill, densely rusty-pubes-

cent or villous, 4-angled, sometimes bearing stout recurved hooks.

Leaves coriaceous, broadly oblong or ovate or rotuud-ovate; shortly and

bluntly apiculate, the base rounded aud sometimes minutely cordate:

upper surface dark-coloured, shining, the nerves hairy; the lower

densely rusty-pubescent; the midrib, 8 to 10 pairs of main-nerves and

130 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 4,

the transverse veins much depressed on the upper, very prominent on

the lower surface; length 5 to 6:5 in.; breadth 3 to 5 in. ; petiole 4 to

‘6 in.; stipules large, rounded, bluntly bifid, sparsely hairy, reflexed,

‘Sin. long. Heads from 4 to 5°5 in. in diam. to the ends of the style, on

thick,. axillary, rusty-pubescent spreading peduncles shorter than the

leaves, bearing a whorl of bracts about the middle. Calyz pedicellate

about ‘5 to ‘8 in. long, densely adpressed-sericeous, the tube short, ovoid ;

the limb campanulate, cut into 5 narrowly lanceolate, acute lobes.

Corolla villous or sericeous externally ; about twice as long as the calyx;

its tube narrow, cylindric below; the mouth funnel-shaped and deeply

cut into 5 oblong or lanceolate sub-acute, erect lobes. Capsules on

slender, rusty stalks; ‘5 to 1 in. long, oblong, tapering much to each end ;

densely but. shortly rusty-pubescent, ribbed, *6 or ‘7 in. long, crowned

by the large funnel-shaped calyx-limb. U. sclerophylla, DC. Prod. ie

347; Mig, Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 148 ; Hook. fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. Il. 23 ; Koord.

& Valet. Bijdr. 8,42. U. speciosa, Wall. Cat. 6106, U. insignis, DC.

Prod. IV. 348: Havil. lc. 78: U. Ralli, Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch.

Bot. 165, t. 33. Nauclea rotundifolia, DC. Prod. IV. 346. Nauclea

sclerophylla, Hunter in Trans. Linn. Soc. IX. 223.

In all the provinces except the Andamans, more or less common.—

Distriz. Malay Archipelago. a4

This is closely allied to U. pedicellata, Roxb., which see.

_ 4, UNCARIA PEDICELLATA, Roxb. Hort. Beng, 86: F'l. Ind. ed. Carey

I. 520; idem, ed. Wall. Il. 128, Like J. sclerophylla, Roxb. in all its

parts, but somewhat less robust and much less hairy, the leaves smaller,

narrower, never subrotund, paler and much less hairy beneath ; sometimes

even sub-glabrous; the flowers smaller (only about 1 in. long); the

lobes of the calyx only ‘25 in. long; the tube of the corolla only ‘4 or

‘S in. long, more slender, ferrugineous-silky, rather than pilose or villous;

capsule shorter (‘5 to ‘6 in.) but wider in proportion. DC. Prod. IV.

348; Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. 166; Mig. Fl, Ind. Bat. II. 142; Hook.

fil. Fl. Brit. Ind. II. 28; Havil. in. Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII. 77

(in part); Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8, 43. U. sclerophylla, Deless. Ic.

Pl., .t. 81: Havil. lc. (in part). U. ferruginea, DC. Prod. IV. 348;

Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. 166; Kurz. Fl. Burn. 11. 69. U. sclerophylla

Havil. (not of Roxb.) in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII. 78. Uncaria

pedicellata, Bl. Bijdr. 1012. Nauclea ferruginea, Bl. Bijdr. 1013.

In all the Provinces, very common.

This closely resembles U. selerophylla, Roxb., and should probably be treated

a3 a variety of that species. In a few specimens of this the under surfaces of the

leaves between the reticulations are palesgrey and pitted. ; : a

1903.] King’ & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 131

5. Uncarra rerrea, DC. Prod. IV. 348. Young branches. much

thinner than a goose-quill, minutely but deciduously rusty-pubescent,

the bark dark-coloured. eaves membranous, ovate or ovate-lanceolate,

shortly and bluntly acuminate, the base rounded or slightly emargin-

ate; upper surface dark-coloured when dry, glabrous or with a few

scattered deciduous sub-adpressed pale hairs, the midrib and sometimes

the main-nerves pubescent; lower surface pale, minutely reticulate, sub-

adpressed rusty-pilose on the midrib and nerves; main-nerves 7 or 8

pairs, curving upwards, depressed on the upper surface like the midrib

and prominent on the lower; length 2°5 to 3°25 in.; breadth 1°35 to 2

in.; petioles ‘1 to ‘2 in., tomentose; stipules broadly semilunar, deeply

two-lobed, adpressed rusty-pilose, ‘25 in. long. Peduncles much longer

than the petioles, but shorter than the leaves, lengthening in fruit, com-

pressed, densely ferruginous-tomentose’; bracteate above the middle;

heads about 1°5 to 2 in. in diam. when in flower, and 2 to 3 in. when in

fruit. Calyx shortly stalked, ‘25 in. long, silky; the tube narrowly

oblong-ovoid; the limb deeply divided into filiform lobes longer than

the tube. Corolla about twice as long as the calyx, glabrous; its tube

very narrowly cylindric, angled: the lobes of the mouth broadly oblong

or obovoid, very obtuse. Capsules double-fusiform, ridged, pubescent, ‘5

to ‘75 in. long, crowned by the filiform calyx-lobes, tapered into slender

pedicels as long as themselves. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIL. 33; Havil.

in Journ. Linn. Soc. XX XIII. 87 ; Koord. & Valet. 8, 44. U. Hovefial:

diana, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 151. Nauelea ferrea, Blume Bijdr. 1014.

Perak: Scortechini 130; Wray 2555; Curtis 1305 ; King’s Collector

2240, 2453, 4899. Serinaene Goodenough. —Distris. Sumatra; Borneo;

Java.

"var. tomentosa; young branches, under-surfaces of leaves and

peduncles densely rusty-tomentose, calyx and capsules more silky than

in the type.

~Manacca: Maingay (K.D.) 830; Derry 1070; Ridley 10078. Perak:

King’s Collector 429, 790, 5390. Pauanc: Ridley 2192. Negri Sempiran:

Ridley 10080.. Anpamans: Helfer 2761.—Disrris. ‘Java; Sumatra.

6. Uncarta qanasrata, DC. Prod. [V, 348. As in U: ferrea but

with young branches glabrous and often bearing shining, much recurved

slender hooks about than °5 in. long; longer peduncles (which are

glabrous and bracteate not much below the apex); less filiform, blunt

‘calyx lobes; and glabrous capsules which are thicker but shorter (about

‘4 in. long). Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIIT. 85; Koord. & Valet.

Bijdr. 8, 44. U. Lobbii, Hook. fil. in Fl. Br. Ind. IIL. 33.

SingarorE: Lobb. 100, 332; Ridley 2846, 2853, 8035; Hullett ; Aing’s

Collector 277. Senancor: Goodenowgh.—Disi1ris. Sumatra; Java; Borneo.

132 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

”. Uncaria Kunstpert, King nu. sp. Young branches thinner

than a goose-quill, 4-angled, grooved, deciduously puberulous. Leaves

coriaceous, elliptic or obovate-elliptic, narrowed to the petiole, the apex

with a small bluntacumen; both surfaces sparsely and minutely

puberulous especially on the midrib and 6 or 6 pairs of ascending

slightly curved main-nerves; main-nerves depressed on the upper

surface, thin but prominent on the lower; length 2°5 to 4in.; breadth

1:25 to 2°25 in.; petiole °85 to ‘5 in., puberulous; stipules 33 in. long.

Peduncles as fone as or slightly longer than the petioles, axillary,

compressed in the lower half, often hooked, bracteate about the middle;

heads nearly 1 in. in diam. when in flower. Calyx *l in. long, its stalk

‘05 in., densely pubescent, the tube narrowly funnel-shaped, the lobes

of the mouth narrowly oblong, acute, shorter than the tube. Corolla

three times as long as the calyx, adpressed-pilose, very narrowly

cylindrical, funnel-shaped in its upper third, the lobes of the limb

oblong, blunt,

Perak: King’s Collector 5376, 6843.

Very near U. jasminiflora, but with more coriaceous leaves, and narrower,

more oblong calyx-lobes.

8. Uwncaria Wrayl, King n.sp. Abush(?). Young branches half

as thick as a goose-quill, dark-coloured, with small pale white lenticels,

obtusely 4-angled, glabrous. Leaves coriaceous, broadly obovate-elliptic,

shortly and bluntly acuminate, narrowed at the base; both surfaces

glabrous, the upper shining olivaceous when dry: the lower paler and

minutely reticulate (the veinlets very dark); main-nerves 5 pairs,

slightly curved, ascending, inconspicuous; length 2°5 to 3 in.; breadth

1:35 to 19 in.; petioles *5 in., slender. Peduncles axillary, slightly

longer than the petioles, compressed; bracteate above the middle;

glabrous below the bract and pubescent above it. Calyx shortly pedi-

celled, densely pubescent, ‘2 in. long; the tube cylindric or somewhat

double fusiform, about as long as the narrowly campanulate limb; lobes

lanceolate, sub-acute. Corolla softly pubescent, known only in bud.

Perak: Wray 2888.

9. Uvcaria ovatirouia, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 86; Fl. Ind. I. 519; in

Wall. Cat. sub. 6103 B,C, .(U. Gambier). Young branches thinner

than a crow-quill, obtusely 4-angled, glabrous. Leaves membranous,

elliptic to ovate-elliptic, the apex shortly and obtusely acuminate or

sub-acute, the base cuneate; both surfaces glabrous; main-nerves 3 or 4

pairs, ascending, slightly curved, thin; length 1:75 to 2°75 in.; breadth

"85 to 1'4 in.; petiole 35 to -45 in., slender, stipules broad, lunate-acute,

bifid, “35 in, long. Peduncles axillary, about twice as long as the

1903. ] King & Gamble—Llura of the Malayan Peninsula. 133

petioles, slender, rusty-puberulous, or glabrous, occasionally forming

compressed tapering much recurved hooks, the bract small and near the

base. Head about 1 in. in diam. in flower and I'5 in. in fruit. Calyx

‘15 in. long, nearly sessile, densely rusty-pubescent except the lobes; the

tube narrowly ovoid, contracted into a cylindric deeply lobed limb, the

lobes short, broadly oblong, blunt, spreading, sub-glabrous. Corolla

twice as long as the calyx, very narrowly funnel-shaped, pale pubescent

outside, the teeth narrowly oblong, blunt, glabrous inside. Capsules

narrowly double-fusiform, occasionally somewhat curved, about ‘4 or 5

in. long, crowned by the thick, erect calyx-tube, narrowed into the short

rusty pilose pedicel, adpressed-pubescent. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III,

30. N. ovalifolia, Spreng. Syst. IV. Curae Post. 80.

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2758, 2759; Cunning 2292. SELancor:

Curtis 2342. Prrak: Scortechini; King’s Collector 5262.—Disrrip,

Burma; Borneo. :

10. UwncartA JASMINIFLORA, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 32. Young

branches thinner than a goose-quill, somewhat compressed, 4-angled,

puberulous. Leaves thinly coriaceous, broadly elliptic, rarely elliptic-

lanceolate, with an abrupt, short, blunt acumen, the base rather abruptly

narrowed to the slender petiole; both surfaces glabrous; when adult the

nerves and midrib on the lower surfaces puberulous; when young the

upper pale brown and shining when dry; the lower paler and minutely

reticulate; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs, spreading, curving upwards, thin;

length 2 to 2°5 in.; breadth 1 to 15 in.; petiole ‘5 in., puberulous;

stipules entire, ‘2 in. long. Peduneles axillary, longer and thicker than

the petioles; compressed, puberulous ; heads rather more than 1 inch in

diam. when in flower, about 1°75 when in fruit, bracteate near the apex.

Calyx shortly pedicellate, -15 in. long, adpressed pilose; the tube shortly

double-fusiform, about as long as the campanulate limb, lobes short, broad,

obtuse, glabrous inside. Capsules about *5 in. long, double-fusiform,

crowned by the calyx-limb, ridged, puberulous, their pedicels slender,

"15 to ‘2 in. long. Wall. Cat. 6103 C.F.; Havil. in Journ, Linn. Soe,

XXXITI. 80.

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2766; Maingay (K.D.) 832, 833. Srnaa-

pore: Ridley 10415, 6467; King 382. Perak: King’s Collector 4619,

7860; Wray 3124. Setancor: Ridley 8579.—Distrie. Borneo.

Var. macrophylla, King. Stem-hooks stout, compressed, much

curved. Leaves °3°5 to 5 in. long, dark brown and very shining in the

upper surface, 3°5 to 5 in, long and 2 to 2°5 in. broad; capsules nearly

glabrous.

Singapore: Schomburgk 65; Anderson 87; Hullett 41, 75.

11. Uncarra tRINERVIS, Haviland in Journ. Linn. Soe, XXXIII,

134 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [N o. 4,

80, Young branches thinner than a goose-quill, obtusely '4-angled,

compressed and broad at the nodes, pale brown, glabrous; the hooks

much curved and compressed. Leaves coriaceous, pale brown when dry,

ovate or elliptic, slightly and abruptly narrowed at the base, the apex

shortly, abruptly and broadly acuminate; both surfaces quite glabrous,

with fine transverse veins and minute reticulations ; main-nerves 3 pairs,

ascending, depressed on the upper, but prominent on the lower surface ;

length 3°5 to 4°5 in.; breadth 1°75 to 2°5 in.; petiole °7 to ‘9 in.; stipules

small, broad, entire. Inflorescence racemose; peduncles °75 in. long,

compressed, minutely pubescent; their bases broad and glabrous ; bracts

(fide Haviland) entire, -15 in. long. Heads (including the styles) about

1 in. in diam., the flowers sub-sessile,.pale tomentose externally. Calyx

‘1 in. long, its lobes broad, blunt. Corolla ‘25 in. long, the tube cylin-

dric; the lobes broad, blunt. Capsules double-fusiform, crowned by the

conspicuous calyx, minutely pilose, ‘5 in, long; receptacles without brac-

teoles, hirsute.

Penane: Curtis 1247. Perak: Curtis 2981.

- Allied to U. pteropoda, Miq., but with smaller quite glabrous leaves which have

only 3 pairs of nerves and with smaller flowers. Allied also to U. canescens, Korth.,

from which it is distinguished by its smaller, fewer-nerved, glabrous leaves.

12. Uncarta preropopa, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, II. 348. Young

branches 4-angled, somewhat compressed, broadly grooved, as thick as a

goose-quill, glabrous. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic-rotund, the apex with

a short, broad, blunt point, the base broad and rounded; both surfaces

glabrous, the upper shining, minutely reticulate (when dry): the lower

pale-glaucescent ; main-nerves about 8 pairs, deeply depressed like the

midrib on the upper surface, prominent on the lower, spreading, curving

slightly upwards; length 5 to 65 in.; breadth 3°5 to 5 in.; petiole 35

to ‘85 in. long, with a broad undulate wing. Peduncles axillary, strong,

much compressed, grooved, somewhat longer than the petioles, often

much recurved, bracteate near the apex; sometimes collected into a’

terminal panicle longer than the leaves; heads about 1 inch across when

in flower, two or three times as much when in fruit. Calyx shortly

stalked, ‘25 to 3 in. long in flower, rusty-pubescent; its tube narrow,

double-fusiform, about ‘25 in. long, crowned by the short narrowly

campanulate limb, its lobes narrowly oblong, blunt or sub-acute.

Corolla nearly three times as long as the calyx, silky, the tube narrowly

cylindric; the lobes of the limb broad, obovate, blunt. Capsules narrowly

double-fusiform, ‘6 to *75 in. long, up to 1 in. when quite ripe; on

stalks nearly as long, minutely rusty-pubescent, crowned by the short

calyx-tube. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 29; Havil, in Journ, Linn, Soe,

XXXII. 82. any! Rin

1903. | King & Gamble—Jlora of the Malayan Peninsula. 135

Srncapore: Ridley 2854; Anderson 105. Perak: Wray 2738, 3115

Scortechint 256; King’s Collector 2528, 4587, 6576, 7831, 7882, 10189,

10593. Penance: Phillips; Curtis 332. Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 829.

—Distrris. Sumatra; Borneo.

A very distinct species, the leaves drying of a pale colour.

13. Uncarta Gambier, Hort. Beng. 86; FI, Ind. I. 517. Young

branches thinner than a goose-quill, obtusely 4-angled, glabrous. Leaves

thinly coriaceous, olivaceous; brown when dry, the lower surface paler ;

ovate or oblong-ovate, shortly acuminate, the base usually rounded,

occasionally a little narrowed and oblique; both surfaces glabrous

except for the tufts of hair at the origin of the main-neryes from

the midrib on the lower: main-nerves 4-5 pairs, curved, spreading,

obscure on the upper, bold on the lower surface (when dry); length

3 to 45 in.; breadth 1°85 to 2:25 in.; petioles ‘2 to ‘25 in.; stipules

ovate, bluntly acuminate, ‘3 in. long. Peduncles axillary, usually

shorter than the leaves, slightly compressed, bracteate above the

middle, glabrous below and pubescent above the bract; heads 1°75 in.

in diam. when in flower, 2°75 in. in fruit. Calyx shortly stalked, ‘35 in.

long, densely adpressed-silky; the tube cylindric, ridged; the mouth

campanulate, somewhat shorter than the tube; its lobes spreading,

ovate, blunt, glabrous inside. Corolla ‘5 in. long, narrowly funnel-

shaped, with sparse {rarely dense) white hairs outside, the lobes

broadly oblong, blunt, densely silky outside, glabrous inside. Capsules

narrowly double-fusiform, sometimes curved, ‘75 to 1 in. long, crowned

by the large calyx-tube, ridged, sparsely pubescent; the pedicels

unequal, ‘2 to ‘4 in. long. Korth. Verh. Nat. Gesch. Bot. t. 34: Hook.

fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 31: Havyil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII. 81;

Wall. Cat. 6103 A.H.C. (in part) and 6107 in part. Nauclea Gambier,

Hunter in Linn. Trans. IX. 218 t. 22; Flem, in As. Res. XI. 187.

U. acida, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 520. Nawclea acida, Hunter in Linn. Trans.

IX, 223.

SINGAPORE: Ounning 2403; Anderson 95; Ridley 2843; Walker 90 ;

King’s Collector 1158; Hullett 361. Perak: King’s Collector 2262,

JoHor: King 671. Matacca: Derry 59; Griff. 2757,—Distris. Over

the whole Malayan Archipelago either cultivated or wild.

Maingay No. 827 differs from the sheets above noted in having brown leaves and

rusty-pubescence. This may be the species named U, acida by Roxburgh whose

description makes it impossible now to distinguish it from U, Gambier.

14. UnNcariaA CANESCENS, Korth. Verh. Nat, Gesch. 172. A slender

creeper ; young branches thicker than a crow-quill; grooved, compress-

ed and obtusely 4-angled, minutely pubescent. Leaves coriaceous,

J. mm, 20

136 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

olivaceous and shining on the upper surface, pale and dull on the lower

(when dry), elliptic or ovate-elliptic, abruptly, bluntly and shortly

acuminate, rounded or slightly narrowed at the base; upper surface

glabrous except the puberulous midrib and nerves, the lower minutely

pale-puberulous; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs, depressed on the upper and

prominent on the lower surface, slightly curved, ascending ; length 3°5 to

5 in.; breadth 1°85 to 3 in.; petioles °5 to ‘7 in., pubescent. Pedwncles

slender, slightly longer than atte petioles, densely rusty-pubescent in the

upper parts bracteate about or below the middle; heads ‘6 or ‘6 in. in

diam. Calyx‘15 in. long, shortly stalked, adpressed rusty-pilose, the tube

double-fusiform, the mouth expanded, its lobes broad, blunt, glabrous

within. Corolla rather more than twice as long as the calyx, pilose, the

tube very narrowly cylindrical ; the lobes of the mouth short, lanceolate-

ovate, sub-acute, glabrous inside. Capsules unknown, Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

‘Ind. TIT. 29: Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII. 80.

Perak: King’s Collector 3871, 4584. Punane: Grifith, Curtis 331.

15. Uncaria pAsyoneuRA, Korth. Ver. Nat. Gesch. 169. Young

branches obtusely 4-angled, glabrous. Leaves elliptic or elliptic-rotund,

shortly, abruptly and bluntly acuminate, the base rounded or narrowed,

upper surface dark-brown when dry, glabrous, shining ; the lower paler

brown ; laxly hirsute on the midrib and nerves, otherwise glabrous, rarely

with tufts of hair in the nerve axils; main-nerves 4-6 pairs, very

slightly curved, ascending, distinct below; the intermediate veins

horizontal: length 3 to 4 in.; breadth 1:75 to 2:25 in.; petioles about

*5 in. long, narrowly winged above, glabrous; stipules minute; entire.

Peduncles shorter than the petioles, broad, glabrous and cpcreeced at

the base, thin and pubescent in the upper two-thirds, with deciduous,

linear-oblong bracts at the point of constriction. Flowers sub-sessile.

Calyx narrowly urceolate, minutely ferruginous-tomentose, about ‘15 in.

long; its hmb with broad, blunt lobes. Corolla three times as long as

the calyx: the tube narrowly cylindric, adpressed hairy, the limb shortly

campanulate, with 5 blunt lobes, glabrous inside. Capsules narrowly

double-fusiform, glabrous, ‘8 in. long, their pedicels shorter. Mig. Fl,

Ind. Bat, II. 143; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 31; Havil. in Linn.

Journ. XXXII.82. U. Gambier, Thw. Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 138. UW. elliptica,

R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 6104 A. (in part), B.

Matacca: Grifith 2756; Maingay (K.D.) 827/2. Sincapore: Lobb.

Penang: Phillips ; Curtis 1070. Perak: King’s Collector 2501.—Distriz.

Java, Ceylon.

16. Uncarta arrenvata, Korth. in Verh. Nat. Gesch. Bot. 170; t.

v4. Young branches chinnee than a goose-quill, obtusely 4-angled,

minutely rusty- pubescent. Leaves coriaceous, broadly elliptic or oyate-

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 137

elliptic, slightly narrowed at base, the apex with a very short, blunt

acumen; upper surface dark olivaceous-brown, shining; lower warm

brown, with short pale brownish hairs on the midrib, nerves, and their

axils, and on the distant transverse veins: main-nerves 6 to 8 pairs,

boldly prominent on the lower, depressed on the upper surface; rather

straight, ascending; length 3 to 5 in.; breadth 1°75 to 3 in.; petiole 4

to ‘Sin. Peduncles solitary, axillary, about twice as long as the petioles,

much compressed in the lower half, rusty-pubescent, Heads (to the

ends of the styles) nearly 1'5 in. in diam. Flowers shortly pedicellate.

Calyx *15 in. long, funnel-shaped, rusty-tomentose; the tube slightly

inflated, the limb as long as the tube with short blunt teeth, Oorolla

twice as long as the calyx, narrowly cylindric, the mouth abruptly

expanded and cut into 5 deep, broad, blunt, oblong lobes. Capsules

narrowly double-fusiform, crowned by the wide calyx-limb, ‘7 to ‘9 in.

long, rusty-tomentose. U. Gambier, Wall. Cat. 6105 C. in part. Hook.

fil, Fl. Br. Ind. I. 29; Havil. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XXXIII, 83. 7 UV.

sclerophylla, Deless. Ic. Select. III. t. 81.

Matacca: Holmberg 889. Prnana: Hunter, Phillips, Curtis 185.

Parak: King’s Collector 4880; Wray 3150. TenasseRim and ANDAMANS:

Helfer (K.D.) 2767.—Distris. Borneo; ? Java.

DoustruL SPECIES.

UncariA ovata, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 6112: Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 29. The

single sheet bearing the No. 6112 in the Wallichian Herbarium at Burlington House

has two things glued down on it, viz., two twigs of U. Gambier, Roxb., and a third

twig which must, by exclusion, be this. Unfortunately a specimen exactly resem-

bling this third twig, collected by Finlayson and probably, like so many of his plants,

in Siam, was issued by Wallich under the number 6103 D. and the name U. Gambier,

while another also exactly like it, but collected in Sylhet, was issued by him

under the number 6107 and the name JU. sessilifolia. I have seen no Malayan

specimens which resemble these two except the one attributed by Wallich to Singa-

pur, which I, therefore, believe must have been so attributed as the result of some

confusion of specimens at the time of issue.

7. CoprosAretta, Korth.

Scandent shrubs with terete branches. Leaves coriaceous, softly

hairy beneath ; stipules small, triangular, deciduous. Flowers in ter-

minal many-flowered often thyrsoid panicles; the buds 5-angled; the

pedicels short, bi-bracteolate. Oalyx-tube ovoid, 5-ridged, the limbs

shortly 5-toothed, persistent. Corolla coriaceous, salver-shaped; the

tube narrow, its throat naked or hairy; the limb deeply divided into 5

linear-oblong, blunt, valvate lobes, longer than or as long as the tube.

Stamens 5, inserted on the throat; anthers long, linear, flexuose, bifid at

138 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 4,

the base, hairy on the back; filaments short, subulate. Ovary 2- to 3-

celled, with many ascending ovules, the placentas on the septum. Style

short; stigma exserted, long-fusiform, or quadrangular. Capsule 2-3-

celled, sub-globose, loculicidally dehiscing by 2 or 3 valves. Seeds

small, numerous, peltate, imbricate, winged; embryo straight, in fleshy

albumen.—Distriz. Species all Malayan.

Corolla-tube nearly as long as the lobes, its throat glabrous ;

calyx-tube under ‘05 in. in diam.. .. 1. C. flavescens.

Corolla-tube much shorter than the jones its heoat densely

woolly ; calyx-tube more than *15 in. diam. ... .. 2. C. Grifithir.

1. CoprogaPELTA FLAVESCENS, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. II. 113.

Young branches, panicles and under surfaces of the leaves covered with

soft, minute, partly deciduous hair. Leaves elliptic or ovate, minutely

apiculate, the base rounded, somewhat narrowed; upper surface

glabrous and shining; main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs, ae upwards,

slightly prominent on the lower surface; length 2°5 to 4in.; breadth

15 to 2°5 in.; petiole ‘2 to 3 in., pubescent. Stipules very acuminate,

“15 in. long. Flowers about 1 in. long (of which the calyx forms only

715 in.) Calyx under ‘05 in. in diam., tubular, 5-ridged, pilose; the 5

teeth small, erect, sub-glabrous. Corolla-tube -3 in. long, narrow; the

lobes of the limb oblong, blunt, ‘4 in. long, reflexed, glabrous or sub-

glabrous. Anthers and stigma nearly as long as the corolla-lobes.

Stigma cylindric-fusiform, puberulous. Capsule broadly obovoid, glabrous,

‘3 or ‘4in. in. diam. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 35. Stylocoryne macro-

phylla, Wall. Cat. 8405 (excl. syn.) Webera macrophylla, Roxb.

Penang: Porter, Griffith (K.D.) 2788. Matacca: Maingay (K.D.)

908. Perak: Wray 1801, 2521, 4276; King’s Collector 4651, 7938,

10384, 10393, 10853. Panane: Ridley 2192.—Disrris. Burma; Malay

Archipelago.

2. CoprosapeLya GrirFitHil, Hook. fil. Hook. Ic. Plant. t. 1089:

Fl, Br. Ind. III. 35. Leaves as in C. jlavescens ; but with only 3 pairs of

nerves and the under surface paler and rather more hairy; also ‘the

panicles with fewer flowers. Flowers only ‘85 in. long, their buds nearly

‘16 in, in diam. Calyx rather more than ‘2 in. long and ‘15 in. in diam.,

the tube densely tomentose: the limb scantily hairy, cylindric, nearly as

long as the tube; its 5 or 6 teeth short, broad, erect. Corolla-tube -25

in. long and half as much wide, the throat densely woolly, the lobes of

the limb linear-oblong, obtuse, reflexed, twice as long as the tube, rusty

adpressed-pubescent on the lower, glabrous or sub- glabrous on the upper

surface.

Matacca and Sivearore: Grifith (K.D.) 2789; Maingay (K.D.)

907. Perak: Scortechini 1983; Wray 1827; King’s Collector 4366, 7938.

1903.] King & Gamble—Llora of the Malayan Peninsula. 139

Sincarore: King’s Collector 75. Anderson 101; Ridley 6824, 6891.

Pawance: Ridley 2229.

8. Mussaenpopsis, Baillon,

A tall tree, all parts glabrous except the inflorescence. Leaves very

coriaceous, broad, entire, petiolate, main-nerves few, stout, veins indis-

tinct; stipules coriaceous, oblong, blunt. Flowers shortly pedicellate

in lax, axillary, cymose panicles, with opposite spreading branches.

Calyx puberulous, campanulate; the limb truncate, with 5 minute,

broad lobes, one of them occasionally developed into a large coloured

obovate 5-nerved lobe attenuate at base, 1 in. long. Corolla short,

puberulous outside, ovoid in bud: the tube very short or none, the lobes

5, thick, oblong, slightly twisted in bud, slightly papillose near the

margin. Disc fleshy. Stamens 5; anthers linear-oblong, curved. Style

fleshy, short, lobes of the stigma short, thick, rounded. Ovary 2-celled,

the placentas attached to the septum. Ovules numerous. Fruit capsu-

lar, many-seeded, septicidal. Seeds small, winged at the margin;

embryo fleshy with scanty albumen. A single species, Malayan.

Mussarnporsis Beccartana, Baillon in Adansonia, XII. 282. A tree

100 feet high. Leaves sub-orbicular to elliptic, shortly apiculate, 4 to 6 in.

long and 2°75 to 4°5 in. broad: main-nerves about 6 pairs, rather straight,

depressed on the upper and prominent on the lower surface: petiole °75

to 1 in. long: stipules oblong, blunt, almost as long as the petiole.

Panicles about 8 in. in diam., and half as much long; their peduncles

3 to4in. long. Calyz+15 in. long: the foliaceous lobe obovate, tapering

to the base, 1 to 1:25 in. long and ‘6 to ‘8 in. broad, white. Corolla

lobes about ‘15 in. long and ‘1 in. broad, spreading or reflexed. Capsule

oblong-subclavate, slightly compressed, ‘6 in. long; puberulous, very

coriaceous, splitting from above downwards, the septum also coriaceous.

Stapf in Hook. Ic, Pl. 2388. Creaghia fagreopsis, Scortechini in Journ,

Bot. 1884, 370.

Maracca: Maingay (K.D.) 835, 1692; Derry 1044. Perak: Scorte-

chint, King’s Collector 6195.-—Distris. Borneo, Beccari, Haviland ;

Sumatra, [idley 9016.

9, Greenta, W. & A.

Shrubs with terete branches. Leaves sometimes in whorls of three,

membranous; stipules various. lowers small, sessile, in terminal,

panicled, scorpoid cymes, with or without bracteoles. Calya-tube tur-

binate with 4 or 5 short, erect, persistent, subulate or ovate lobes, one

longer than the others. Corolla funnel-shaped, pointed in bud, pubes-

cent outside: the tube long almost glabrous inside; the limb with 4 or 5

erect ovate lobes, valvate in bud, but twisted. Stamens 4 or 5, inserted

140 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

by short filaments on the mouth of the corolla; anthers bifid at base

and apex, slightly exserted. Ovary 2- (varely 3-) celled; ovules numer-

ous on peltate placentas attached to the septum: style filiform; stigmas

2, exserted, linear, revolute. Capsule small, globose, crustaceous, 2-

celled, dehiscing septicidally by 2 valves. Seeds falcate or rather

square, somewhat compressed; the testa reticulate and sub-acute;

embryo small, clavate, in fleshy albumen.—Disrriz. Species 5 or 6,

Malayan and Burmese.

Greenta Jacku, W.& A. Prod. 404. An evergreen shrub. Leaves

oblanceolate, minutely acuminate, gradually narrowed from above the

middle to the short petiole, drying brown: upper surface with the

midrib minutely pubescent; otherwise sparsely adpressed-puberulous, or

quite glabrous; lower surface softly tawny-pubescent, especially on the

midrib and 20 to 30 pairs of slightly curved, spreading main-nerves, or

subglabrous; length 6 to 12 in.; breadth 2 to 3°56 in,; petioles -4 to 1

in., pubescent. Stipules broad, abruptly acuminate, ‘4 in. long, or

broadly lanceolate and about ‘6 in. long. Panzcles terminal, branched,

shorter than the leaves, on long, compressed, pubescent peduncles, the

lower branches nearly as long. Flowers numerous, secund, sessile, 3 to

‘35 in. long; the corolla several times longer than the calyx. Capsule

globose, less than ‘1 in. in diam. crowned by the spreading calyx-lobes ;

the epicarp adpressed, pubescent, peeling off and showing the glabrous

endocarp. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 41. Rondeletia corymbosa, Jack in

Mal. Misc. I. 4; B. spicata, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind., ed. Carey & Wall.

II. 1389. Wendlandia? corymbosa, Wall. Cat. 6276; DC. Prod. lV. 413;

Kurz For. Fl. Burma. IT, 75; W. ? spicata, DC. l.c. 412.

In all the Provinces.

Rather variable as regards pubescence and the shape of the stipules: differs

from the closely allied G. Wightiana, W. & A., chiefly in its leaves, having twice as

‘many nerves as that species.

10. Dewyretia, Forst.

A small prostrate much-branched herb with 4-angled stems thinner

than a crow-quill, rooting at the nodes, 4to 12 incheslong. Leaves small,

shortly petioled; the stipules short, scarious. lowers small, solitary

in the axils of the leaves and forks of the branches, sessile or shortly

pedicelled. Calyz-tube sub-globose; the limb membranaceous, tubular,

toothed, persistent. Corolla white, funnel-shaped ; the tube hairy inside:

the limb with five 2- or 3-tootled lobes, valvate in the bud, but with the

edges induplicate. Stamens 5, attached in the middle of the corolla-

tube; anthers included, dorsifixed, linear, entire at base and apex;

filaments short. Ovary 2-celled, with numerous ovules or hemispheric

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 141

placentas. Style short; stigmas 2, filiform, papillose. Fruit rather

large for the size of the plant, dry, globose, 2-celled, indehiscent, with

many minute, angled, dotted seeds.—Disrris. A single species inhabit-

ing Asia, tropical Australia, and the islands of the Pacific.

DENTELLA REPENS, Forst. Char. Gen. 26; t. 18. Leaves obovate-

spathulate or oblanceolate, one-nerved, puberulous, *2 to ‘3 in. long, and

less than ‘1 in. broad. lowers ‘25 to ‘3 in. long. Oalyx-tube somewhat

compressed, shorter than the 5-toothed erect limb. Corolla longer than

the calyx. Style bifid nearly to the base. Capsule pellucid-hispid or

glabrous, somewhat compressed, broadly ovoid, with 2 vertical grooves,

about ‘1 in. long, crowned by the membranous calyx-tube. Roxb. FI.

Ind. I. 5382; Wall. Cat. 6206; W. & A. Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. 405;

Dalz. & Gibs. Fl. Bomb. 115: Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 42. Olden-

landia repens, Linn. Mant. 40. Hedyotis repens, Lam. Ill. 1424 (not of

Don). Lipaya telephioides, Endl. Atakt. t. 13.

In moist spots near cultivation: in all the provinces.

11. Arcostemma, Wall.

Small, delicate, flaccid or somewhat fleshy herbs, glabrous or pilose,

the hairs sometimes jointed. Leaves usually membranous, the leaves in

pairs, equalor very unequal, opposite or sub-verticillate. Stipules entire,

persistent, or obsolete. Flowersin pedunculate cymes or umbels. Calyz-

tube short, campanulate, turbinate or obconic: its lobes usually 4 or 5

(sometimes 3-7). Corolla white, rotate, with 4 or 5 valvate lobes. Stamens

4 or 5; anthers large, elongate, free, connivent or coherent, erect or

declinate, dehiscing by 1 or 2 terminal pores or by longitudinal slits ;

filaments short. Ovary 2-celled ; ovules numerous on placentas project-

ing from the septum. Style filiform, stigma capitellate. Capsule

membranous or coriaceous, 2-celled, many-seeded, dehiscence valvular

or opercular. Seeds minute, angled or compressed; testa reticulate or

muriculate, punctate; embryo very small, in dense fleshy albumen.—

Disrris. Species about 40 or 50, mostly from mountains, in sub-tropical

Asia and in Malesia.

Leaves of the pairs equal in size, or one smaller but not

minute :—

Leaves numerous, in a saa near the apex of

the stem 1, A. acuminatum.

Leaves a single vat on the apex of the stam: —

Flowers ‘15 in. long 500 eee 2. <A. pictum.

Flowers °3 in. long eee 3. A. subinequale.

Leaves two pairs at the apex of the stem 2. <A. pictum var.

_ tetraphylla,

142 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Leaves in a pseudo-whorl at the base of the stem ...

Leaves numerous scattered along the whole length

of the stem :—

Leaves glabrous :—

Leaves thickly membranous, narrowly elliptic,

acute at the base see

Leaves thinly membranous, proadty ovate, ae

base widely cordate aes or eae

Leaves more or less pubescent :—

Cymes dense, many-flowered :—

Leaves oblong-elliptic, oblong, or elliptic, sub-

acute, flowers drooping in bud ... ace

Leaves broadly oblanceolate, shortly acumin-

_ ate; flowers erect in bud ont See

Cymes lax, few-flowered oes eee

Leaves of the pairs very unequal, the smaller one minute

and about equal to the stipules :— ;

Leaves a single pair at the apex of the stem :—

Corolla with narrow buds, its lobes lanceolate s

anthers with apical appendages longer than them-

selves, the filaments thick; leaves with 5 or 6 pairs

of main-nerves ... soe ove see

Corolla ovate in bud; its lobes boldly nerved,

ovate; anthers sessile, their apical appendages

short: leaves with 9 to 14 pairs of main-nervyes ...

Leaves several pairs crowded near the apex of the

(often short) stem, pubescent; flowers °35 to ‘4 in.

long, glabrous: calyx-lobes short, acute; calyx and

corolla glabrous ... aa oe

Leaves scattered along the whole length of the stem :—

Leaves more or less pubescent on both surfaces,

the lower not glaucous: calyx hairy and corolla

glabrous externally eee oe ee

Leaves pubescent on both surfaces; or if glabres-

cent (var.) the midrib, nerves and edges with a

few short, thick hairs; calyx and corolla pubes-

cent externally ... “os ose eee

Leaves quite glabrous, succulent :—

Leaves linear-oblong; main-nerves obscure...

Leaves elliptic- or oblanceolate-oblong; with 7 to

12 pairs of main-nerves ... oD) eee

Leaves glabrous on both surfaces, occasionally with

s few adpressed hairs, not glaucous beneath :—

Leaves thinly membranous, broadly oblanceolate,

flowers in terminal umbeis aoe on

Leaves thickly membranous :—

Leaves with broad, obliquely pseudo-cordate

bases or

10.

Ep 1

16.

A. nutans var.

verticillata,

A, Yappii.

A. membranaceum.

A, nutans.

‘A, urticifolium,

A. Ridleyi.

A. unifolium.

A, unifolioloide,

A. spinulosum.

A. Elatostemma,

A. involucratum.

A, Curtisii.

A. subcrassum.

A. perakense.

ase ore tes ive A. oblongum

1903, ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 143

Leaves with narrow bases never pseudo-cor-

date :—

Stem terete, scurfy; leaves more or less

oblanceolate, 1°35 to 4°5 in. long: flowers

‘4 in, long: calyx-lobes broad, ovate vw» 18, A, ophirense,

Stem angled, not scurfy: leaves lanceolate,

2 to 3 in. long: calyx-lobes lanceolate,

acuminate aa 8 .. 19, A. Wrayi.

Leaves glabrous except the midrib and nerves,

under surfaces glaucous :—

Leaves distinctly petiolate, ovate, or oblong-

lanceolate, unequal but not cordate at the base,

“75 to 1°35 in. long: calyx campanulate «. 20. A. Hookert.

Leaves sessile or very nearly so, elliptic-oblong,

unequal and cordate at the base, 1'5 to 2°15 in.

long: calyx rotate as SAG : see Ode - Ay bicolor,

1, ARGOsTEMMA ACUMINATUM, King n. sp. Glabrous except occa-

sionally for a few scattered minute pale hairs on both surfaces of thé

leaves; about 12 in. high. Stem erect, unbranched, twice as thick as a

crow-quill when dry, obscurely 4-angled or minutely winged, naked.

Leaves crowded near the apex of the stem, thinly membranous when

dry, very unequal; the larger of each pair oblong-lanceolate, sometimes

sub-oblique or sub-falecate, the apex acuminate, gradually narrowed from

above the middie into a petiole of varying length; both surface glab-

rous; drying of a deep olivaceous colour, the midrib broad and rather

distinct and the 10 to 15 pairs of curved spreading nerves indistinct;

length 3:5 to 6°5 in.; breadth 1 to 1:5 in.; petioles +1 to*4 in.; the

smaller leaf of the pair sessile, sub-rotund, under ‘1 in. long. Stipules

usually with broad bases and acuminate apices about the same length

as the smaller leaf. Cymes terminal, about half as long as the leaves,

pedunculate, di- or tri-chotomous; the peduncle and branches slender,

slightly swollen and bracteolate near the divisions. Flowers few, *3 in. long

on capillary pedicels longer than themselves and bracteolate at the base.

Calyz campanulate with 5 broad, blunt, spreading lobes. Corolla nearly

three times as long as the calyx, its lobes slightly shorter than the

staminal cone: anthers linear-lanceolate, acuminate, dehiscing longitudi-

nally, the connective forming narrow marginal wings and long flattened,

apical appendages. Style somewhat longer than the anthers: stigma

clavate. Capsules almost hemispheric, crowned by the obscurely toothed

cupular remains of the calyx, smooth, *15in.indiam. Seeds rather large

for the genus, angled, pitted, black,

Penang: Wallich. Sstancor: Ridley 8233.

This plant was collected 65 years ago in Penang by Wallich, and until Mr.

Ridley obtained it in Selangor it does not appear to have been found since, In the

Je le ol

144 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Flora of British India it has been put under A. verticillatwm, Wall.—a species origin-

ally described by Wallich from the Nepal Himalaya, from which species this differs

amongst other things in its larger size and more numerous leaves.

2. ArcostemMa prctum, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey and Wall.

II. 327. A succulent herb 3 to 5 in. high. Stem 1 to 2 in. long, twice

as thick as a crow-quill, ebracteate, glabrous. Leaves a single pair at

the apex of the stem, membranous, sub-equal, broadly or rotund-ovate,

sub-acute or obtuse; the base broad, sub-truncate or slightly cordate,

upper surface blackish-brown when dry, glabrous or with sparse, short,

thick hairs, the midrib and nerves faint (when dry) ; lower surface paler,

glabrous or with a few coarse hairs on the 4 or 5 pairs of rather straight,

ascending, broad, flat main-nerves ; midrib broad, flat; length 1-5 to 3°5

in.; breadth 1°25 to 2°5 in.; petiole under °l in. ornone. Stipules

lanceolate or ovate, acute, ‘2 to ‘3 in. long. Umbel solitary, terminal,

on a slender, ebracteolate peduncle, more slender than the stem and from

°75 to 2 in. lone. Flowers from 8 to 12, drooping in bud, ‘15 in. long (to

the end of the exserted style), on pedicels more than twice as long, with

a whorl of small bracteoles at their bases, Calyx narrowly campanulate,

coarsely puberulous, with 5 acute, triangular, erect lobes. Corolla nearly

twice as long as the calyx, its 5 lobes oblong, obtuse, reflexed, rather

longer than the stamens. Anthers free, oblong, blunt, dehiscing longi-

tudinally, not apiculate, the base bifid, the connective behind the cells

thickened ; filament short, broad, thick. Style filiform, longer than the

anthers: stigma small, capitate. Wall. Cat. 8392: Benn. Pl. Jay. Rar.

94: Hook. fil, Fl. Br. Ind. II. 43.

Perak: King’s Collector 3105, 3110, 10585, 10586; Scortechini 310;

Wray 1202. Prnana: Curtis 480. Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 896.

Var. tetraphylla. Leaves in two unequal pairs, or three in a whorl,

Perak: Wray 1202.

3. ARGOSTEMMA SUBINEQUALE, Benn. Pl. Jav. Rar. 95. Glabrous:

succulent when fresh, 4 to 8 in. high: stem fleshy when fresh, thinner

than a goose-quill, 1°5 to 4°5 in. long, ebracteolate. Leaves membranous,

only a single pair, somewhat unequal (rarely a whorl of three) broadly

ovate-oblong to ovate-elliptic, acute or bluntly acuminate, the base

truncate and broad or slightly cuneate; upper surface brown when dry,

glabrous, the nerves and midrib indistinct ; lower surface paler, glabrous

except for a few hairs on the broad flattened midrib and 5 or 6 pairs of

broad, flat, obliquely ascending main-nerves; length of the longer leaf 4

to 6 in.; breadth 2°5 to 3°5 in.; of the smaller leaf 2 to 3 in.; breadth

175 to 2 in; petioles ‘1 to '2in. Stipules lanceolate, ‘3 to ‘75 in. long.

Cymes umbellate, terminal, solitary or in pairs, pedunculate; peduncles

slender, bearing a pair or whorl of lanceolate bracteoles near the middle.

1903.] King & Gamble—Fora of the Malayan Peninsula. 145

Flowers *3 in. long, numerous, on pedicels shorter or longer than them-

selves, pubescent, bracteolate at the base. Calyw campanulate; the tube

small, narrow; the 4 lobes thin, lanceolate, much longer than the tube.

Corolla longer than the calyx; its lobes 5, imbricate, ovate-lanceolate,

acute, spreading slightly, imbricate. Anthers alternately quite free, at

first slightly cohering in the upper half, linear, not winged but with a

flattened, 2-pored apical appendage, the bases thickened and cordate:

filaments free, nearly half as long as the anthers. Style as long as the

anthers ; stigma filiform.

Perak: King’s Collector 2242.—Distriz. Sumatra.

4, ArGost—emMMA Yappru, King n. sp. Glabrous; stem erect, un-

branched, 6 to 12 inches high, succulent, when dry nearly as thick as a

goose-quill at the base, tapering rapidly upwards. Leaves almost equal in

size, thick (almost fleshy when fresh), elliptic, narrowed pretty equally

at both ends, shining, upper surface pale-olivaceous, minutely scaly

when dry, the lower olivaceous yellow, the midrib distinct and the 6 to

8 pairs of spreading main-nerves indistinct on both: length 2 to 3°5 in.;

breadth °75 to 1°35 in., petiole *15 to °5 in., winged in its upper half.

Stipules free, ovate-oblong, blunt, °4 to ‘7 in. long. Oymes terminal,

trichotomous, on pedicels exceeding an inch in length, with a whorl of

bracteoles at the apex and (like the branches) pink when fresh, branches

often trichotomous. lowers few, ‘5 in.-long, on slender pedicels longer

than themselves. Calya campanulate; the lobes 5, triangular, acute,

spreading, as long as the tube. Corolla more than twice as long as the

calyx, green; its 5 lobes oblong-lanceolate, sub-acute, spreading, much

longer than the short tube and slightly longer than the staminal cone.

Anthers lanceolate, dehiscing longitudinally, coherent by the marginal

wings of the connective, shortly apiculate, slightly shorter than the

filiform style: stigma small.

PERAK: Scortechini 245, 1234; Wray (no number); Yapp 435.

Named in honour of Mr. R. H. Yapp who, as botanist, accompanied an explor-

ing party sent to the Malayan Peninsula by the University of Cambridge.

5. ARGOSTEMMA MEMBRANACEUM, King n. sp. Glabrous; except for

a few slender adpressed hairs on the upper surface of the leaves and on

the calyx and pedicels. Sfem erect, 8 to 10 in. high, thinner than a

goose-quill, angled. Leaves sub-equal, few, scattered, large, thinly

membranous, green when dry, slightly unequal-sided, the apex sub-

acute; the base broadly ovate-cordate, main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs, the

lower one branched on the side and spreading, the upper ascending, all

distinct and pale on both surfaces, length 2°5 to 5 in.; breadth 1°5 to

3'5 in.; petiole about as long as the blade. Cymes axillary and termin-

al, condensed, 6- to 12-flowered, on long, slender, sometimes puberulous

146° King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No.4

peduncles, bearing 1 or 2 small leaf-like bracts near the apex, otherwise

naked. Calyx broadly ovoid, about ‘1 in. long, puberulous, the tube

broadly ovoid, the teeth narrowly lanceolate; pedicel nearly as 2s and

also puberulous. Corolla unknown.

Penane: Curtis 955.

6. ARGOSTEMMA NUTANS, King n. sp. Stem erect, 4 to 12 in. high,

sometimes decumbent and rooting at the base, thicker than a crow-quill,

bearing many scurfy but deciduous hairs. Leaves somewhat unequal

but not conspicuously so, membranous, oblong, elliptic, or elliptic-oblong,

occasionally slightly obovate, often more or less oblique, the apex acute,

the base cuneate rarely rounded; upper surface dark olivaceous-

brown, densely and uniformly adpressed glandular-hispidulous; the

lower surface paler, coarsely pubescent on the midrib and nerves;

almost glabrous between; main-nerves 5 to 8 pairs, curved, spreading

and ascending, rather prominent on the lower surface only ; length from

1:75 to 4 in.; breadth ‘75 to 2 in.; petioles ‘2 to °8 in., pubescent.

Stipules ovate-lanceolate, ‘15 to 25 in. long, deciduous. Daniels cymose,

terminal, usually solitary, on deciduous, pubescent peduncles, 1 to 2°5 in.

long, surrounded at their bases by a whorl of lanceolate, small, pubescent

bracteoles; many-flowered. Flowers ‘3 in. long, pendulous on pubescent

pedicels 2 or 3 times as long as themselves. Calyx campanulate; the

tube short, densely hairy outside: the lobes 5, ovate, sub-erect, longer

than the tube, almost glabrous. Corolla slightly longer than the calyx,

sparsely glandular-hairy outside; the 5 lobes membranous, reflexed,

lanceolate, acute, longer than the stamens. Stamens 5, free, basifixed by

the short flat filaments opposite the lobes of the corolla; anthers linear,

dehiscing longitudinally, the connective coriaceous, with a short broad

slightly notched apical appendage. Style filiform; stigma small,

slightly exserted. Capsules erect, ovoid-globular, ridged, hairy, crowned

by the short erect calyx-teeth, 2-celled, many-seeded, ‘05 in. in diam.

_ Perak: Wray 843, 1296; King’s Collector 585, 7190, 7802, 8060;

Scortechini 157.

VAR. 1 glabra. Only a few inches high; all parts glabrous ; leaves

with shorter petioles and less narrowed at she: base than in the type.

Perak: Scortechini 297; Wray 2646 ; King’s Collector 1985.

VAR. 2 verticillata. Only a few iepbe high; glabrous; leaves few

(often only a single pair) lying flat on the ground: peduncle of umbel

several times longer than the leaves; umbels often few-flowered.

Perak: Scortechini 310; King’s Collector 427, 1920.

7. ARGOSTEMMA URTIOIFOLTUM, n. sp. King. Stem decumbent and

rooting at the base, 8 to 12 in. long, thinner than a goose-quill and

scurfy when dry. Leaves membranous, somewhat unequal in sizes

1903.) King & Gamble Flora of the Malayan Peninsula: 147

broadly oblanceolate, shortly acuminate, cuneate and sometimes slightly

unequal at the base; upper surface dark-brown with sparse, coarse,

glandular, bulbous hairs, the midrib and main-nerves obscure; lower

surface paler, with many glandular hairs on the bold midrib and slightly

prominent 7 or 8 pairs of spreading, slightly curved main-nerves; the

interspaces with a few similar hairs, minutely papillose; length of larger

leaf of the pair 3 or 4 in.; of the smaller 2 to 2°5 in.; breadth of the

larger 1:7 to 2 in.; of the smaller ‘9 to 1:2 in.; petioles from ‘3 to ‘7 in.,

glandular-pubescent. Cyme umbellate, terminal, solitary, 10- to 12-

flowered, pedunculate; the peduncle 4-angled, scurfy like the stem and

also glandular-hairy. Flowers on deciduously hairy pedicels, °3 to ‘4 in.

long, bracteolate at the base. Calyx globular-campanulate, densely

glandular-hairy outside; the teeth short, erect, acute, fleshy, glabrous

inside; disk large tumid. Corolla unknown. Capsule globular, crowned

by the small erect calyx-teeth and the disk hairy at first, but becoming

glabrous; 2-celled, the placentas axile. Seeds numerous, triangular,

pitted, black.

Perak: Scortechint.

This appears to be the same species as one of Beccari’s Sumatra plants (Herb.

Becc. Argostemma 33).

8. Arcostemma Riptey1, King n. sp. Stem decumbent or pros-

trate rooting in its lower half, about as thick as a crow-quill, 6 or 8 in.

long, 4-angled, softly rusty-pubescent. Leaves in each pair slightly un-

equal, membranous, narrowly oval or oval-oblong, acute, the base

cuneate; upper surface darkly olivaceous, densely and coarsely pubes-

cent on the midrib. and nerves and with some scattered hairs on the

spaces between; lower surface paler, the pubescence on the midrib and

5 or 6 pairs of main-nerves not so coarse as on the upper, the reticula-

tions with a single row of hairs, the areole glabrous, but with minute

white scales; length ‘8 to 1:8 in.; breadth ‘4 to °8 in.; petioles ‘15 to ‘6

in., densely and coarsely pubescent. Stipules lanceolate to broadly ovate,

their apices acute and bifid, about *2 in. long. Oyme terminal, solitary,

pedunculate, longer than the leaves, umbellately 2-3-flowered; rusty-

pubescent in all its parts; peduncle 75 to 1°5 in. long, bearing a whorl

of bracteoles about the middle and another at the base of the pedicels.

Flowers ‘4 in. long, their pedicels much longer. Calyx campanulate with

5 broad spreading ovate-acute lobes slightly longer than the tube.

Corolla unknown. Capsules obconic, crowned by the prominent calyx-

teeth, °15 in. in diam., pubescent. See’s numerous, small.

Matacca: Ridley 10110.

9. ARrGOSTEMMA UNIFOLIUM, Benn. Pl. Jay. Rar. 94, Rhizome

short, fleshy; whole plant glabrous, succulent, 6 to 8 in. high. Stem

148 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

simple, erect, bearing, about or below the middle, a pair of lanceolate

bracts about °2 in. to “4 in, long and, at the base of the peduncle, a whorl

composed of a single pair of very unequal thin membranous (when dry)

leaves and a pair of stipules; the larger leaf broadly ovate, shortly

acuminate, the base rounded or cordate; when dry the upper surface

dark brown, the midrib broad and channelled, the nerves elevated;

lower surface pale brown, the midrib and 5 or 6 pairs of spreading

slightly curved nerves slightly prominent ; length 3 to 6 in.; breadth 1°5

to 3 in.; petiole ‘4 to ‘8 in. Smaller leaf sessile, ovate-lanceolate, acute,

l-nerved, ‘2 to ‘5 in. long. Stipules similar to smaller leaf. Cymes

terminal, simply or compoundly and laxly uwmbellate, few- or many-

flowered; peduncle slender, 1°5 to 8 in. long, with a whorl of narrow

bracteoles at the origins of the branches. Flowers narrow in bud, °25

in. long; their slender pedicels slightly longer, sometimes lengthening

in fruit. Calyx under ‘1 in. long, campanulate, with broad, blunt, thick,

short, spreading lobes. Corolla narrow in bud, more than twice as long

as the calyx; its 5 lanceolate lobes slightly shorter than the erect stamin-

al cone. Anthers lanceolate, the cells narrowly linear, cordate at the

base, edged by the cohering wings formed by the connective and sur-

mounted by membranous, flat, apical appendage longer than themselves:

filaments short, thick, curved. Capsule hemispheric, crowned by the

rather large calyx, subglabrous, “1 in. in diam., 2-celled, dehiscence

circumscissile. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 45.

JoHor: Ridley 3730. Penane: King; Curtis 990; King’s Collector

2276. Matacca: Maingay (K.D. 895).

10. ARGOsYEMMA UNIFOLIOLOIDE, King n. sp. Rhizome woody?

stem fleshy when fresh, glabrous, thinner than a goose-quill and angled

when dry, 8 to 7 in. high, bearing one or more pairs of lanceolate,

glabrous bracts about “25 in. long, and at the base of the peduncle a pair

of yery unequal membranous leaves and a pair of stipules all in a whorl;

the longer leaf sessile, broadly ovate or ovate-rotund, shortly acuminate,

the base rounded or cordate; upper surface dark brown when dry, with

sparse, coarse, glandular hairs or (in var. glabra) glabrous; lower surface

pale brown, the broad midrib and main-nerves sparsely glandular-pubes-

cent, otherwise glabrous; main-nerves 9 to 14 pairs, curved, spreading,

slightly prominent on both surfaces (when dry) but chiefly on the lower;

length 5°5 to 10 in.; breadth 3:5 to 6°5 in. ; smaller leaf sessile, narrowly

ovate, acute, about ‘5 in long; the stipules similar but usually narrower.

Inflorescence terminal, solitary, pedunculate, paniculately umbellulate,

lax, usually many flowered; peduncle and branches glabrous, fleshy

when fresh and somewhat stout; bracteoles in whorls (usually of 4),

oblong obtuse, concave, connate at the base, about ‘3 in. long. Flowers

1903. ] King & Gamble—flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 149

rather broad in bad, ‘2 to ‘25 in. (sometimes ‘4 in.) long, the pedicels

varying in length, the ultimate umbellules with rather large, broad, blunt

bracteoles at the base. Culyxz under °] in. long, campanulate, the lobes

5, broad, blunt, thick, spreading. Corolla several times longer than the

calyx, broadly ovate and angled in bud; the 5 lobes ovate, acute, boldly

I-nerved, longer than the cone of anthers, spreading or reflexed.

Anthers almost sessile, narrowly linear-lanceolate, the connectival margin

narrow and the apicular appendage short. Oapsules somewhat fleshy,

hemispheric, ‘1 in. in diam., crowned by the small calyx, 2-celled, the

dehiscence circumscissile.

Perak: at elevation of from 2,500 to 4,500 feet; Scortechini 282,

384; Wray 410.

vaR. glabra. Leaves glabrous on both surfaces.

Perak: Scortechint 412, 1204; Wray 2814; King’s Collector 5064;

Curtis 3146.

This differs from 4. wnifoliwm in its corolla being broadly ovate in bud and

having ovate, boldly 1-nerved lobes, in having its anthers almost sessile, with very

long cells and short apical appendages, This has also larger leaves with more nerves

which are sometimes hairy ; its stems are also shorter and stouter.

11. ARGOSTEMMA SPINULOSUM, Clarke in Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. ITI.

46. Stem only 3 to 8 inches long, nearly as thick as a goose-quill,

decumbent and rooting at the base, obscurely 4-angled; with a few

deciduous flexuose hairs. Leaves crowded, subcoriaceous, very unequal,

the larger of each pair oblong-oblanceolate, acute or acuminate, slightly

narrowed from above the middle to the somewhat unequally-sided base;

upper surface olivaceous, with a few thick, scattered hairs chiefly on the

broad depressed midrib and near the edges, otherwise glabrous; the

lower pale brown with many thinner hairs on the prominently raised

broad midrib and on the nerves, and a few on the interspaces; main-

nerves 10 to 14 pairs, curved, spreading, distinct on the lower surface,

faint on the upper; length 2'5 to 5 in.; breadth 1 to 1°75 in.; petiole

‘2 to °5 in. Smaller leaf lanceolate to oblong, sessile, 3- to 5-nerved, °5

to°75 in, long. Stipules like the smaller leaves but shorter and with

only one nerve. Umbels terminal, simple or compound, solitary or

several, all on long peduncles shorter than the leaves, sometimes united

at their bases ; succulent, few-flowered, glabrous, 1°5 to 2in. long ; umbels

or umbellules 3- or 4-flowered. lowers *35 to ‘4 in. long, on slender

pedicels of about the same length, with lanceolate scarious bracteoles at

their bases, glabrous. Calyx campanulate; the limb with 5 triangular

acute spreading lobes shorter than the tube. Corolla about twice as

long as the calyx; its lobes broadly lanceolate, acuminate, shorter than

the erect staminal cone; filaments short, curved; anthers linear-oblong,

150 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

dehiscing longitudinally ; the connective with long linear apical process.

Capsule obconic, smooth, ‘2 in. long, crowned by the calyx, 2-celled, 2-

seeded, Seeds minute, dark brown.

Prrak: Scortechini 454, 500; Ridley 2920; Wray 463, 1083, 2910,

2953, 3936; King’s Collector 2789, 2892, 7520. Senancor: Ridley 7409,,

This species is closely allied to A. Hlatostemma. It has, however, a shorter stem

and larger fewer leaves.

12. ArcostemmMa Exnatostemma, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 45.

Stem thinner than a goose-quill, 4 to 12 in. long, decumbent and rooting |

at the lower nodes, deciduously scurfy-hairy, sometimes becoming sub-

glabrous. Leaves thickly membranous, very unequal; the longer one of

the pair somewhat oblique, oblong-lanceolate; the apex broad or sub-

acute, sometimes shortly apiculate, more or less narrowed from a little

above the middle to the often somewhat unequally-sided or obliquely-

cordate base, the edges not ciliate; upper surface glabrous or nearly so,

the slightly depressed midrib and main-nerves sometimes puberulous;

the lower surface minutely scaly, rusty adpressed-pubescent on the

prominent midrib, reticulations, and 10 to 12 pairs (only 7 or 8 in var.)

of slightly curved spreading main-nerves; length 1°25 to 2-25 in..

(shorter in var.); breadth ‘75 to 1 in.; petioles unequal, ‘15 to ‘2 in long, ~

scurfy-pubescent; the smaller leaf ovate-lanceolate (broadly ovate in

var.) sessile, ‘15 to ‘2 in. long, with 2 to 4 pairs of nerves. Stipules

about the same in size and shape as the smaller leaves. Corymbs termin-

al, solitary, pedunculate, few-flowered, usually shorter than the leaves ,

the peduncles slender, minutely pubescent or sub-glabrous ; bracteoles

at the forks, minute. Flowers ‘4 in. long, on slender sometimes puberu-

lous pedicels about as long as themselves. Calyx ‘1 in. long, pubescent,

campanulate, with 5 triangular, spreading, acute lobes. Corolla white,

glabrous, with 5 long lanceolate much veflexed lobes. Anthers linear-

lanceolate, cohering by the narrow wings and long terminal appendage

of the connective, erect, dehiscing by long vertical slits. Style long,

slender, cylindric: stigma small, slightly exserted beyond the narrow

staminal cone. Capsule pyriform, glabrous, crowned by the calyx-teeth,

*2:in. long.

Penance: Hullett 195; Curtis 962, 2250; King’s Collector 1605, 1752.

Stycapore: Lobb 295. anon Griffith (K. D.) 2876. Perak: eorte

chini; Wray 3334; King’s Collector 2131.

VAR. obovata, King. Leaves obovate, minutely apiculate, the base.

obliquely cordate : upper surface with a few scattered, short, thick hairs,

length ‘9 to 1-4 in.; breadth -5 to °75 in. Corymb 2- to 4-flowered, its:

peduncle arineeeen with a whorl of minute Saas near its apex. .

Perak: King’s Collector 10815. (4 VOOR S

41903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 151

13. ARGosTEMMA INvoLUCRATUM, Hemsl. in Hook. Icon. t. 1556:

Stems thinner than a goose-quill, succulent, decumbent, 4 to 12 in. long

with partially deciduous, long, flexuose, white hairs. Leaves membranous,

very unequal in size, the larger of the pair obliquely and narrowly

lanceolate or oblanceolate (linear-ovate-lanceolate or ovate in vars.)

more or less narrowed to the slightly unequal base; both surfaces

greenish or olivaceous-brown when dry, the lower paler, the upper more

or less bulbous-strigose especially on the midrib and nerves: the under

hispidulous, sometimes pitted, the edges shortly ciliate, main-nerves 7

or 8 pairs (in var., glabrous sometimes only 5 or 6 pairs) curved,

spreading or ascending, slightly conspicuous when dry; length 1:25 to

3 in.; breadth °5 to 1:25 in.; petiole ‘1 to 4 in.; the smaller leaf ovate

or arilledempedstia evened sessile, from °] to ‘4 in. long. Stipules

like the smaller leaves, but not cordate, free. Flowers ‘5 in. long, from

1 to 3 in a multibracteolate pubescent terminal raceme shorter than the

leaves; the pedicels about as long as the fowers, hairy. Calyx densely

hairy; the tube short; the 5 lobes many times longer, lanceolate,

acuminate, spreading. Oorolla with lobes like the calyx but slightly

broader and less hairy, not reflexed, Stamens 5, erect; the filaments

short, thick, curved, dorsifixed near the base of the linear-lanceolate,

acuminate, apiculate, but not winged, longitudinally dehiscing anthers.

Capsule small, compressed, obovoid, crowned by the long Spieaaiues calyx-

teeth, 2-celled, 2-seeded : seeds compressed, brown.

_ Prrax: King’s Collector 2204, 2820, 8062. Prnana: Ridley 10278 ;

Curtis 342, 3148; Gunong Tahan, Yapp.

~ var. mollis, King. Leaves usually more than 1 in. broad, obliquely

ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, the under surfaces and inflorescence with

soft flexuose rather coarse hair.

Perak: Ridley 2927; King’s Collector 2898; Scortechini 38.

vAR. glabrescens, King. Leaves linear-lanceolate to oblanceolate,

rarely ovate, glabrous except for a few stiff strigose hairs on the midrib

and main-nerves ; ‘9 to 2 in. long.

Perak: Scortechint 803, 455; Ridley 9763; King’s Collector 2714;

Wray 696.

The bracteoles on the inflorescence often form an inyolucre at the bases of the

pedicels, hence the specific name.

14, ArcostemmMa Curtis, King n. sp. All parts quite glabrous;

stems succulent, decumbent, glabrous, reddish when fresh, rooting in the

lower part, thicker than a crow-quill when dry; 4 to 8 in. long. Larger

leaves succulent, unequal; the larger linear-elliptic, much attenuated to

either end, the apex gradually acuminate, the base more abruptly so;

both surfaces olivaceous when dry, the lower the paler ; main-nerves

152 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

invisible; the midrib depressed on the upper surface, prominent on the

lower ; length 1:25 to 2:75 in.; breadth ‘1 to °4 in.; petiole *1 to °25 in.

the smaller leaves linear, ‘3 in. long. Stipules ie the smaller leaves

but somewhat shorter and broader. Cymes terminal, pedunculate, —

shorter than the leaves, 2— 4-flowered. Peduncles slender, longer than

the pedicels, with one or two whorls of small lanceolate bracteoles ;

pedicels longer than the flowers, bracteolate at the base. Flowers °30 in.

long, white. Calyx campanulate; with 5 triangular, acute, spreading

teeth as long as the short tube. Corolla with 5 spreading lanceolate,

acuminate lobes twice as long as the calyx. Stamens 5 in an erect cone;

the filaments short, thick, curved ; anthers linear-Janceolate ; the connec-

tive margined and apiculate.

Perak: Seortechini 1890. Prnane: Curtis 3332.

15. ArcostemMa suscRrAssum, King n. sp. A glabrous herb 12 to

18 in, high; stems succulent, thinner than a goose-quill when dry, little

branched, decumbent near the base, ascending, covered with a layer of

smooth, oblong scales. Leaves very unequal, membranous; the larger of

each pair membranous when dry, succulent when fresh; elliptic- or ob-

lanceolate-oblong, somewhat oblique, acuminate, narrowed at the base;

both surfaces olivaceous-brown when dry, the lower the paler; main-

nerves 7 to 12 pairs, ascending, much curved, faint on both surfaces

when dry; the midrib raised on the upper surface, flat and broad on the

lower; length 3°5 to 7 in.; breadth 1 to 1°5 in.; petioles ‘1 to ‘3 in.;

slightly winged. Smaller leaf ovate-cordate, sessile, only *1 to ‘25 in.

long. Stipules like the small leaves but smaller. Cymes with few or

rnany umbellate branches, the ultimate branches few-flowered, lax; the

branches. with small lanceolate bracteoles at the forks. Flowers ‘4 or ‘5

in. long, on slender pedicels as long as themselves and minutely bracteo-

late at the base. Calyzx-tube short, campanulate, its 5 lobes thick, short,

broadly ovate, blunt or acute, spreading. Corolla three times as long as

the calyx; its 5 lobes lanceolate, ‘25 in. long, spreading. Stamens con-

joined in an erect cone longer than the corolla; anthers linear-lanceolate,

the connective with a long terminal process half as long as the anther;

filaments short, thick, curved, dorsi-fixed near the base of the anther.

Capsule obovoid-globular, truncate, crowned by the calyx, smooth, 2-

celled, many-seeded.

Perak: Scortechini 1203, 1912; King’s Collector 10154; Ridley

9762. SELANGOR: Ridley 7408,

16. ARGOSTEMMA PERAKENSIS, King n. sp. Stem erect, unbranch-

ed, with the peduncle 8 in. high, thicker than a crow-quill, bearing a

few scattered coarse hairs near the base, otherwise glabrous. Leaves 2

pairs, ‘thinly membr anous, very unequal ; the larger oblanceolate-elliptic,

1903.] King’ & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 153

the apex acuminate, the base much narrowed; both surfaces. dirty

olivaceous when dry, glabrous; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs, ascending,

faint; length 2°5 to 3°5 in.; breadth 1:2 to 1'5 in.; petiole -4 in.; winged

near the apex: smaller leaf about ‘1 in. long, lanceolate, sessile.

Peduncele terminal, erect, 3 in. long; miuutely hairy, with a whorl of

lanceolate bracts near its base and another ‘2 in. long at the base of the

10- to 12-flowered terminal umbel. Flower-pedicels about *3 in. long,

slightly unequal, flattened, sub-glabrous, Oalyaz with a broadly ovate-

rotund puberulous tube "1 in. long, and 5 minute radiating teeth.

Corolla unknown. |

Perak: Ridley 110.

17. ARGOSTEMMA OBLONGUM, King n. sp, Siem 6 to 15 in. high,

slightly branched, half as thick as a goose-quill, rooting in its lower part,

covered with scaly deciduous pubescence. Leaves membranous, very

unequal; the larger of each pair elliptic to oblong, acute, the base

rounded and slightly and obliquely cordate; upper surface brownish,

olivaceous, everywhere glabrous, the midrib depressed; the lower pale,

glabrous except the midrib and 6 to 8 pairs of curved spreading slightly

prominent main-nerves; length 2 to 3 in.; breadth 1 to 1:35 in.;

petiole *1 to ‘2 in.; smaller leaf sessile, ovate-oblong or ovate-cordate,

25 to ‘4 in. long: stipules like the smaller leaf but not so large. Cymes

few-flowered, solitary, pedunculate, terminal or from the upper axil,

shorter than the leaves, with very few, shortly pubescent branches,

often with a whorl of lanceolate bracts below the middle of the peduncle

and at the base of the umbels. Flowers ‘25 in. long, on pubescent

pedicels of about the same length. Calyx pubescent, campanulate, with

5 short, triangular, acute, spreading teeth. Corolla twice as long as the

calyx, slightly hairy outside; the lobes broadly lanceolate, nerved, re-

flexed. Stamens 5, coherent in an erect cone slightly shorter than the

corolla. Anthers dehiscing longitudinally; the connective forming

marginal wings and a long flat apical process slightly recurved at the

point; filaments short, curved, thick, attached to the back of the anther

near its base. Capsule sub-globular, crowned by -the slightly enlarged

ccalyx-lobes, minutely pubescent, ‘lin. in diam, Seeds numerous, angled,

black, large in size for the genus.

Pporak: King’s Collector 907, 10261, 10675; Scortechini 159,

SELANGOR: Nidley 7410. Jouor: Xing.

18. ARGOSTEMMA OPHIRENSE, Maing. ex Hook. fil. Fl. Ind. ILE. 45,

Stem ascending, rooting at the base, little-branched, minutely nodose,

‘succulent, terete and thicker than a crow-quill when dry, deciduously

seurfy-hairy, 4 to 10 in. high. Leaves sub-coriaceous, glabrous but

occasionally with a few scattered hairs on the midrib, very. unequal, the

154 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No, 4,

larger of each pair oblanceolate or elliptic-oblanceolate or elliptic, often

more or less oblique, acuminate or acute, narrowed to the base; upper

surface olivaceous when dry; the lower pale brown, sometimes scurfily

puberulous on the short midrib and nerves; main-nerves 5 to 8 pairs,

curved, ascending, obscure on the upper but slightly prominent on the

lower surface when dry; length 2 to 35 in.; breadth °7 to 1:25 in.;

petiole ‘1 to ‘35 in. Smaller leaf of the pair obliquely ovate-cordate,

or lanceolate, acute, sessile, ‘1 to ‘2 in. long. Stipules like the small

leaves but not so large. Cymes terminal, spreading, sometimes branch-

ed, solitary, usually shorter than, but sometimes as long as the leaves,

glabrous, with whorls of small lanceolate or ovate bracteoles in the

lower part of the 1 to 2 in. long peduncle and at the forks of the

branches. Flowers ‘4 in. long’; their pedicels about as long and minutely

bracteolate at the base. Calyx pubescent, short, campanulate, with 5

broadly ovate spreading lobes half as long as the tube. Corolla more

than twice as long as the calyx, glabrous; its 5 lobes lanceolate, shorter

than the stamens, their edges waved. Anthers lanceolate, dehiscing

longitudinally ; connective forming narrow marginal wings and a long

apical appendage. Style filiform, slightly exserted; stigma clavate.

Capsule obconic, crowned by the broadly toothed oie ‘15 in. in diam. ;

seeds numerous, minute.

Maracca: Grifith (K.D.); Maingay (K.D.) 07; Ridley 3210.

Perak: Wray 2197.—Distr1s. Borneo.

19. ArcostemMmMA Wrayl, King n. sp. Stem procumbent, rooting

at the nodes in the lower half, when dry 4-angled and somewhat thicker

than a crow-quill, sparsely hairy in the upper, but glabrous in the lower

part. Leaves of the pairs very unequal, membranous; the larger lanceo-

late, acuminate, narrowed and slightly unequal at the base; upper

surface, when dry, dark olivaceous, glabrous, the midrib broad and de-

pressed, the main-nerves obscure ; under surface pale, reticulate, sparsely

pubescent on the midrib and 6 or 7 pairs of curved ascending rather

distinct mainenerves; length 2 to 3 in.; breadth ‘6 to ‘9 in.; petioles ‘3

to ‘4 in., puberulous: the smaller leaf sessile, aidtseitcodttial ‘15 to ‘2

in. long. Stipules like the small leaf but not so large. COyme terminal,

shorter than the leaves, pedunculate, dichotomous, few-flowered. Ped-

uncle about *5 in. long, glabrous, with a whorl of lanceolate glabrous

bracteoles at its division into the 2 short branches. Flowers ‘25 in.

long; their pedicels about as long, bracteolate at the base, pubescent.

Gali campanulate, puberulous, lobes deeply-lanceolate, acuminate,

spreading, longer than the tube. Corolla nearly twice as long as the

calyx, glabrous: its 5 lobes lanceolate, slightly longer than the staminal

cone. Axthers linear-lanceolate, coherent by the narrow marginal wing

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 155

of the connective, the apex with a long flat process, stigma oblong, about

as long as the anthers.

Perak: elevation 3400 feet; Wray 1012.

20. ArcosremMA Hooxert, King n.sp. Stem slightly thicker than

a crow-quill, decumbent and rooting in its lower part, obscurely 4-angled,

6 to 12 in. long, covered with long, soft, pale, flexuose hairs. Leaves

thickly membranous, very unequal; the larger of each pair lanceolate,

ovate-lanceolate or oblong, sub-acute or obtuse, somewhat narrowed to

the unequal-sided base; upper surface (when dry) olivaceous, with a

few scattered, thick, adpressed, pale hairs near the edges and on

the midrib; the lower pale, glaucous; the broad midrib and some-

what prominent 5 or 6 pairs of curved spreading nerves scurfy

and sparsely pubescent ; length -75 to 1°35 in.; breadth °35 to ‘6 in.;

petiole ‘1 to ‘2 in. Smaller leaf ovate-lanceolate, cordate, sessile ; stipules

like the smaller leaves. Cymes umbellately 2-3-flowered, terminal,

solitary, on slender, sparsely pubescent peduncles, about 15 in. long, and

with a whorl of narrow bracteoles about the middle. Flowers ‘3 in,

long; their pedicels puberulous and bracteolate at the base. Calyx

widely campanulate, tomentose outside, the 5 lobes broadly triangular,

spreading, shorter than the tube. Corolla twice as long as the calyx,

white, sparsely hairy outside; the 5 deep lobes lanceolate, acuminate,

spreading or reflexed. Anthers lightly cohering by their exalate edges

into an erect cone, lanceolate, the base acute and entire, the apex with a

long, flat, minutely bifid appendage. Style filiform, longer than the

anthers, stigma clavate. Capsule obconic, very hairy, ‘15 in. in diam.

crowned by erect calyx-lobes. A. parvifoliwm, Hook. fil. (not of Benn.)

Fl. Br. Ind. III. 45.

- Penane: King’s Collector 1747, 1756. Jouor: King.

21. AnrGcosreMMA BICOLOR, King n,sp. Whole plant 3 or 4 in. high,

Stem erect, simple, as thick as a crow-quill, pubescent. Leaves thickly

membranous, very unequal; the larger of each pair subsessile, elliptic

or oblong, tapering to the sub-acute apex and to the oblique, minutely

cordate base; when dry the upper surface pale-olivaceous and bearing a

few adpressed hairs on the midrib and near the margins; lower surface

pale-yellowish, minutely hairy on the midrib and 5 or 6 pairs of spread-

ing, little-curved main-nerves ; length 1°5 to 2°15 in.; breadth 65 to ‘85

in.; smaller leaf only ‘25 to ‘3 in. long, ovate, sessile. Stipules broad,

rounded, shorter than the smaller leaf. Pedwncles axillary or terminal,

as long as or longer than the leaves, erect, adpressed-pubescent, bearing

a whorl of ovate-lanceolate bracts at or below the middle and another at

the base of the terminal 3- to 6-flowered (sometimes branched) umbel.

Flower-pedicels ‘2 to ‘205 in. lovg, densely pubescent like the calyx.

156 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Flowers ‘3 in. long. Calya rotate, only ‘05 in. long; its lobes triangular,

spreading. Corolla five times as long as the calyx, glabrous, rotate; its

5 lobes broadly pblong:landselaie” sub- aca te) Spacaelngy pabernlons:

Anthers glabrous.

PERAK: Curtis (without number).

12. Hepyoris, Linn.

Erect, decumbent or climbing herbs, or undershrubs, with 4-angled

or terete stems, the stipules free or united with the petioles to form a

cup, often bristly on the edge. Leaves sometimes whorled, often’ with

bold nerves. Flowers in terminal or axillary, often much condensed cymes,

4-merous. Calyx with a globose ovoid or turbinate tube, and 4 acute

persistent lobes without interposed teeth. Corolla white or lilac,

funnel-shaped or campanulate; the lobes 4, valvate, ovate to linear;

the throat’ naked or hairy. Stamens 4, in the tube or throat of the

corolla ; anthers dorsifixed, oblong or linear. Disk fleshy, inconspicuous.

Ovary two-celled, many-ovuled, the style filiform, stigma bifid or bilobed,

rarely entire; ovules on sessile or pedicelled placentas attached to the

septum at or below the middle. _ Fruit small, membranous coriaceous or

crustaceous, septi- or loculi-cidal, or splitting into two separable or united,

2- or many-seeded cocci, or indehiscent. Seeds plano-convex, or angled,

granulate or pitted, rarely winged; embryo sub-cylindric, in horny

albumen, radical short.—Distris. Species about 100, chiefly Tropical

Asiatic.

Cymes pedunculate, umbellate or capitate, terminal or

axillary :—

Scandent :—

Cymes umbellate, collected in a terminal leafy pani-

‘cle; flowers distinctly pedicelled eae cee, Le) EL mollis.

Cymes capitate, collected in a terminal leafy panicle;

flowers on very short pedicels :—

All parts pubescent; flowers ‘1 in. long « 2 H, Prainiana, -

All parts glabrous; flowers ‘15 in. long .. & 4H, capitellata.

Erect or diffuse, herbaceous :—

_ Cymes capitate, solitary or in small axillary panicles

shorter than the leaves; pubescent herbs .» 4, H. vestita.

Cymes umbellate, in small trichotomous axillary

branches shorter than the leaves; glabrous erect

herbs ... nar was . o. H, glabra,

Cymes capitate, on slender axillary peduncles (near

than the leaves; pubernlous decumbent herbs .. 6. H, stipulata..

_ Erect woody glabrous shrubs :— :

Cymes capitate, solitary, on stout peduncles much a€

longer than the leaves is a vee 46) ~6, peduncularis,

1903.]. King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula, 157

- Cymes in terminal little-branched shortly peduncu-

late compound umbels ae ate « 8. H. Maingayi.

_ Cymes sessile, axillary, dense, capitate :—

Leaves elliptic to ovate-lanceolate, 2°56 to 6 in. long and

15 to 3 in, broad (about twice as long as broad) :—

Flowers 4-merous, not glaucous beneath :—

Leaves and corolla glabrous ; shrubby, with herbace-

ous branches... -. 9. 4H. congesta,

Leaves rounded or abruptly. iaerowEA at the base;

_main-nerves curved ; flowers only ‘1 in, long .. 10, H. macrophylla,

Leaves gradually narrowed to the base; nerves

not curved; flowers °15 in. long eve .. 11. H. Kunstleri.

Leaves narrowly elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, 1 to 2 in.

‘long, *3 to °8 in. broad (about three times longer than

broad) :—

Stipules with numerous filiform bristles, nual longer

than the sheath; leaves subsessile, with broad bases,

their main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs, very faint -» 12. H. connata,

Stipules with a few bristles, not much longer than the

Sheath; leaves at the base petiolate :—

-Main-nerves of leaves 4 to 6 pairs, straight, oblique,

very prominent soa 500 .» 13, H. Auricularia,

Main nerves of leaves 8 or 4 pairs, oneal faint ... 14.° H. Havilandi.

- Leaves linear-oblong or linear, many times longer than

_ broad: —

-Leaves glabrous, sessile :—

Leaves glabrous beneath; flowers ‘15 in. long;

' calyx obovoid-campanulate with 4 lanceolate-ovate

spreading lobes; lobes of corolla short with thick-

ened apices; anthers broadly ovate... .. 15. H. tenelliflora,

' Leaves not glaucous beneath; flowers ‘2 in. long;

calyx tubular-campanulate, with 4 ovate ciliate

suberect lobes; lobes of corolla ana) ovate,

sub-acute; anthers oblong .. 16. H, nitida.

Leaves with weak hispid hairs on the upper surface,

glabrous on the lower, sessile; capsule sparsely

_ pubescent 390 wee w 17. H. pinifolia,

_Leaves with both auetaeoay lightly scaberulons,

shortly petiolate ; capsule coarsely pubescent .» 18, H. hispida.

1. Hepyorts montis, Wall. Cat. 859. Scandent; the older stems

terete, thickened towards the nodes, the younger 4-angled, grooved,

softly but minutely pubescent like the branches of the inflorescence.

Leaves membranous, lanceolate to elliptic-lanceolate, shortly acuminate,

the base cuneate; upper surface olivaceous when dry, glabrous or sub-

glabrous, the midrib often puberulous; lower surface paler and pubern-

lous; main-nerves 3 or 4 pairs, ascending obliquely, little curved,

slightly depressed on the upper and prominent on tbe lower surface like

158 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[No. 4,

the midrib; length 1:75 to 3:5 in.; breadth ‘6 to 115 in.; petiole ‘05 in.

Stipules pubescent, short, broad, fannie the upper wae bearing 3 or 4

stout black erect bristles. Inflorescence 1 to 1°75 in. long, terminal and

from the upper leaf-axils, paniculate ; the branches diverging, each with

a minute linear bracteole at its base and at its apex a lax few- flowered

umbel ‘4 in. in diam. Flowers about ‘15 in. long, their pedicels about

as long or shorter. Calyx narrowly campanulate, glabrous; the mouth

with 4 rather broad triangular teeth. Corolla about twice as long as

the calyx, glabrous; the tube funnel-shaped; the mouth deeply divided

into 4 oblong blunt teeth. Capsules narrowly obovoid, glabrous, crown-

ed by the small spreading calyx-teeth, faintly 2-grooved, under ‘7 in.

long. Seeds several in each cell, dark brown. G. Don Gen. Syst. III.

527; Hook fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 57.

Perak: Scortechini 55 ; King’s Collector 2704. Penance: Curtis 1096.

var. lava. Inflorescence 1°5 to 3 in. long, much more lax than in

the type; flower-pedicels slender, often ‘15 in. long; flowers ‘2 in. long.

Perak: King’s Collector 2926, Prnane: Curtis 1096.

2. Hepyoris Pratniana, King n. sp. Scandent, at first green but

ultimately olivaceous-brown when dry; young branches thinner than a

goose-quill, broadly two-grooved, very slightly angled, uniformly clothed

with short yellowish pubescence. Leaves thickly membranous, broadly

lanceolate or narrowly elliptic, acute, the base narrowed into the petiole ;

both surfaces minutely pubescent; midrib prominent; main-nerves 4 or

5 pairs, rather straight, ascending; length 2 to 4 in.; breadth 1 to 15

n.; petioles °3 to ‘8 in. long, tomentose ; the leaves of the inflorescence

becoming smaller and with shorter petioles upwards, the uppermost pair

sessile. Stipules broad at the base, the mouth with numerous long

linear or lanceolate unequal lobes. Inflorescence a narrow panicle 6 to15

in. long, with short simple or ternate spreading umbel-bearing branches

‘75 to 2:5 in. long, everywhere clothed with rather dense yellowish

pubescence. Umbels capituliform, 3 to ‘5 in. in diam. when dry, bi-brac-

teolate at the base, 10- to 12-Aowered. Flowers rather more than ‘1 in.

long, on short pedicels about as long as their acute bracteoles. Calyzx

narrowly campanulate, with 4 long erect lanceolate lobes, pubescent out-

side like the corolla. Corolla slightly exserted, tubular, with 4 short

broad teeth. Stamens 4, included; anthers narrowly ovate, filaments

short. Fruit oblong, pubescent, the cocci plano-convex, each containing

a large placenta and 2 or 3 large compressed seeds.

Penang: Curtis 977.

Allied to H. capitellata, Wall., but pubescent and with flowers only half as large.

Scortechini (Herb. 34) collected in Perak specimens in advanced fruit which may

belong to this.

1903. | King & Gamble—Tlora of the Malayan Peninsula. 159

8. Hnpyoris cApitettAtA, Wall. Cat. 837 (in part). Scandent,

glabrous, greenish when dry; young branches slender, 4-angled, the

older usually terete. Leaves thickly membranous, lanceolate or elliptic-

lanceolate, acuminate, the base more or less cuneate; lower surface

darker than the upper; main-nerves 3 or 4 pairs, ascending, very little

curved, rather prominent (like the midrib) beneath length 1°5 to 2°78

in.; breadth ‘75 to 1:25 in.; petiole ‘1 to ‘15 in. Stipules short, broad,

with long coarse teeth. Inflorescence panicled, pedunculate, mostly

terminal; the primary branches trichotomous; the secondary branches

divaricate, each bearing a linear reflexed bracteole at its base and at its

apex a dense capitulum of flowers. Flowers ‘4 in. long, sub-sessile.

Calyx a little more than ‘1 in. long, campanulate, ribbed; the mouth

with 4 broad, ovate, lanceolate, acute spreading teeth, with a few hairs

on their edges. Corolla tubular in bud, deeply divided into 4 narrowly

oblong blunt spreading lobes, glabrous outside but with many coarse

hairs inside. Capsule narrowly obovoid, sub-compressed, grooved, glab-

rous, a little more than ‘1 in long. Seeds several in each cell, black.

G. Don Gen. Syst. IIT. 527; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1877, II, 135

(excl. var. 7). Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 57. Oldenlandia rubioides,

Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 853. H. Finlaysoniana, Wall. Cat. 6189.

In all the provinces ; common.—Distris. Malay Archipelago.

4. Hepyoris vestira, R. Br. in Wall. Cat, 847. <A diffuse little-

branched herb 1 to 4 feet long, all parts, except the upper surfaces of

the leaves, softly pubescent ; stems and branches slender, 4-angled and

4-grooved when dry. Leaves membranous, narrowly elliptic-lanceolate,

more or less acuminate, the base narrowed; upper surface sparsely

adpressed-pubescent ; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs, ascending obliquely,

almost straight, depressed on the upper and prominent on the lower

surface; length 2 to 3°5 in ; breadth ‘6 to 1 in.; petiole 15 to ‘25 in. ;

Stipules short, broad, crowned by one to three bristly or subulate pro-

cesses. Inflorescence axillary, consisting of few-flowered head-like um-

bellate cymes, on simple peduncles or in small panicles, bracteolate.-

Flowers about ‘05 in. long, sessile or sub-sessile. Caly# cupular, with 4

deltoid or lanceolate, spreading, narrow acuminate lobes. Corolla blue or

violet, funnel-shaped, hairy externally and in the throat, its lobes re-

curved. Fruit dry, sub-indehiscent, broadly turbinate or obovate, less

than ‘05 in. long; seeds numerous, compressed. G. Don Gen. Syst. III.

526; Hook. fil. F]. Br. Ind. III. 58. H. costata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc.

1877, II. 135 (not of R. Br.) H. cwrulea, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch.

II. 160. HZ. capituliflora, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. Il. 183. Metabolus ceruleus,

Bl. Bijd. 992; DC. Prod. IV. 435. M. lineatus, Bartl. in DO. Prod. 1.c.

Spermacoce costata, Roxb. Fl. Beng. 10; FI. Ind, I. 370,

J. 1. 23

160 King & Gamble— Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

In all the Provinces.—Distriz. Sub-tropical Himalaya; Assam ;

Malay Archipelago.

5. Hepyoris GLABRA, R. Br. Wall. Cat. 848. A glabrous erect ~

herb, 18 to 24 in. high; stems woody at the base, terete even when dry,

slightly striate, thicker than a crow- quill, somewhat smaller near thie

nodes. Leaves linear-lanceolate tapermg much to each end, when dry

pale yellowish-olivaceous and with recurved edges; main-nerves 3 or 4

pairs, straight, oblique, ascending, prominent like the midrib on tlie

lower and depressed on the upper surface, length 1:75 to 3in.; breadth

15 to ‘4 in.; petiole] to‘15in. long. Stipules adnate to the petioles

to form a euatimlan cup with truncate mouth bearing a few long

bristles. Cymes in small trichotomons axillary pedunculate panicles

from ‘35 to 1:25 in. long, minutely puberulous, and minutely bracteolate.

Flowers less than ‘1 in. long, on short pedicels of varying length. Calyz

narrowly campanulate ; the lobes spreading, triangular, sub-acute. Corolla

tubular, its lobes oblong, blunt, sub-erect. Fruit globular, crowned by

the calyx-lobes, about ‘1 in. in diam. Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. IT, 183;

Hook fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 59. Spermacoce glabra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 368.

Knozia glabra, DC. Prod. IV. 569.

PenanG: Schomburgh, King, Deschamps, Ridley 5749; King’s Collec-

tor 1370, Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 892° Griffith (K.D.) 2885.—

Distriz. British India.

6.. Hepyotis sTIpuLaTa, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 6195 and 863a.

Slems herbaceous decumbent, rooting, less than a foot high, branching ;

branches (when dry) slightly compressed, deeply 2-grooved, slightly 4-

angled, puberulous. Leaves membranous, ovate to narrowly elliptic-

oblong, the apex sub-acute, the base much narrowed to the short winged

petiole; both surfaces olivaceous brown when dry ; the upper glabrous;

the lower paler, sparsely pubescent on the 5 or 4 pairs of spreading

slightly curved little prominent main-nerves; length ‘75 to 1°75 in.;

breadth ‘4 to ‘8 in.; petioles ‘2 to ‘Bin. Stipules cupular, short, the

“mouth wavy and hearitig a few short bristles. Peduncles axillary and

terminal, from half as long to as long as the leaves, each bearing a

dense 3- to 6-flowered head abont ‘35 in. in diam. (when dry). Flowers

‘15 in. long, sub-sessile. Calyx compressed, obovoid, glabrous, the lobes

deep lanceolate, acuminate, spreading. Corolia short tubular, with

oblong blunt broad lobes. Anthers oblong, large, sessile. Capsules

longer than the flowers, broadly obovoid, almost reniform, compressed,

glabrous, crowned by the enlarged triangular acuminate recurved calyx-

lobes, dehiscent by apical valves ; seeds numerous, brown. Hook. fil. Fl.

Br. Ind. III. 63. H. Lindleyana, Hook. MSS. in W. & A. Prod. 409.

Oldenlandia japonica, Mig. in Ann. Mas. Lugd. Bot. II. 194. 0. hirsuta,

1903. ] King & Gamble—Floia of the Malayan Peninsula. 161

Linn. fil. Suppl. 127; DC. Prod, IV. 127. ?Anotis capitata, Korth in

Ned. Kruidk. Nat. Gesch. II. 151.

Perak: at 2000 feet, Wray 1450. Panana: Ridley 2233.—

Distris. Java; British India.

7. Hepyoris pepuncuraris, King n, sp. A Jow glabrous under-

shrub; young branches slender, angled, slightly winged, shining, pale

brown. Jeaves coriaceous, linear-lanceolate, tapering acutely to each

end, nerveless, the midrib strong; length 1:5 to 2°5 in.; breadth °2 to

‘35 in.; petiole *15 to ‘4 in., winged. Stipules with broad triangular

bases, much acuminate, sparsely glandular hairy. Peduncle solitary,

terminal, 2 to 4 in. long, bearing usually a single terminal dense, many-

flowered capitulum ‘75 in. in diam., sometimes with smaller capitules

in the upper leaf axils; the terminal capitule with two deflexed leaf-

like linear bracts. Flowers sessile or nearly so. Calyx *15 in. long,

coriaceous; its 4 lobes lanceolate, spreading, persistent in fruit. rut

obovoid, ‘1 in. long, the two cocci with tough integuments.

Kernan: Ridley 5546.

8. Hepyotis Maineayt, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II. 49. A low

branching glabrous shrub; young branches slender, angled, slightly

winged, greenish when dry. Leaves coriaceous, lanceolate, acute, the

base rounded or slightly narrowed, nerves obsolete, the midrib bold ;

length 1°5 to 1:75 in.; breadth °4 to 6 in.; petiole 05 to-lin. Stipules

broadly triangular, acute, not acuminate, thick, persistent. Cymes

terminal and axillary, on slender peduncles varying from ‘25 to 1 in.

in length; the terminal ones the longest; bracteoles thick, lanceolate ;

branches of inflorescence and flower-pedicels slightly winged. Flowers

‘3 in. long, their pedicels under ‘1 in. Calyx campanulate, deeply

divided into 4 linear-lanceolate, acuminate, spreading lobes. Corolla

salver-shaped; the limb extending beyond the calyx, divided into 4

oblong, blunt lobes. Capsules ovoid-globular, less than ‘1 in. long,

ridged, crowned by the deflexed calyx-lobes.

Matacca: Griffith; Lobb, Cuming 2348; Maingay (K.D.) 887 ; Ridley

3211; Derry 619; Hullett 796, Jonor: Ridley.

9. Hepyoris congusra, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 844. Shrubby glab-

rous, much-branched; branches thinner than a goose-quill, acutely 4-

angled. eaves thinly coriaceous, lanceolate ovate-lanceolate or elliptic,

shortly acuminate, the base rounded or slightly cuneate, both surfaces

pale brown tinged with yellow or green when dry: main-nerves 5 or 6

pairs, curved, spreading, indistinct on both surfaces when dry; length

2°5 to 5 in.; breadth 1°5 (rarely °75) to 2 in.; petioles *15 to ‘35 in,

Stipules triangular, much acuminate, nearly as long as the petioles, with

many linear lobes, the middle one pectinate. Cymes sessile, axillary,

162 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. __[No. 4,

dense, many-flowered. Flowers under *15 in. long, surrounded by

numerous scarious broad acute bracteoles. Calyx campanulate, °15 in.

long, the mouth wide and divided into 4 large triangular sub-acute

ciliate lobes. Corolla tubular, connected by the calyx-lobes, glabrous,

the mouth with 4 lanceolate sub-acute much reflexed lobes. Fruit

oblong, crowned by the large incurved calyx-lobes, glabrous, °15 in. long 5

seeds numerous. G. Don Gen. Syst. IIL. 525; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

III. 61. H. argentea, Wall. Cat. 858.

In all the provinces, common.—Distris. Borneo; Sumatra.

Var. nicobarica. leaves narrowly elliptic, 3'°5 to 5°5 in. long and

*8 to 1:4 in. broad, much tapered at either end; the petioles °3 or *4 in.

long; cymes half as long as the petioles, with fewer flowers than in the

type. ? H. carnosa, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. II. 161.

Nicopar Isnanps: King’s Collector 506.

10. Hepyroris MAcRoPHYLLA, Wall.in W.& A. Prodr. 408 (excl. syn.)

A low shrub; stem short, as thick as a swan-quill; branches thinner

than a goose-quill, pale when dry, acutely 4-angled and sometimes

winged, glabrous. Leaves membranous, shortly petioled, ovate or ovate-

lanceolate, shortly acuminate or acute, the base broad, narrowed, or

rounded; upper surface olivaceous when dry, glabrous, sometimes

scaberulous ; the lower pale brown, glabrous, sometimes puberulous on

the midrib and nerves; main-nerves 6 or 7 pairs, curved, ascending,

rather distinct; length 3 to 6 in.; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; petiole ‘3 to °7

in. Stipules cupular, hairy, truncate, with 8 to 10 stout erect pubescent

bristles. Cymes axillary, sessile, globular, many-flowered, densely

crowded, ‘5 in. across. Flowers ‘1 in. long, sessile or shortly pedicelled,

mixed with linear hairy bracteoles some of them longer than themselves.

lobes as long as the tube. Corolla pubescent, shorter than the calyx-

lobes; its lobes 4, broad, blunt. Capsule many-seeded, ovoid, hairy,

not longer than the persistent calyx-lobes, Wall. Cat. 841; Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. III. 54 (exel. syn.) H. nodiflora, Wall.

Maraccea: Griffith (K.D.) 2889 in part. Prenane: Wallich.

The description given above is founded on the Penang plant on which Wight

and Arnot based the species. In the Kew Herbarium the species issued by Wallich

as H. nodiflora (Cat. 855) has been put with this, the latter seems, however, to be

a totally different species with much narrower leayes and smaller heads with fewer

flowers.

11. Hepyoris Konsrrert, King n. sp. Herbaceous, erect, 12 to

18 in. high; stems glabrous, thinner than a goose-quill, acutely 4-

angled. Leaves membranous, oblong-elliptic, tapering to each end but

more gradually to the apex than to the base, both surfaces glabrous,

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 163

olivaceous, the lower paler, the upper slightly scaberulous ; main-nerves

5 or 6 pairs, ascending obliquely, almost straight, slightly prominent on

the lower surface ; length 3°5 to 4:5 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2 in.; petiole *5

or 6 in. Stipules shallow cupular, with numerous erect long subulate

pubescent teeth ‘3 in. in length. Oymes axillary sessile, glomerulate,

many-flowered, dense, shorter than the petioles, hispidulous-puberulous

in all parts. Flowers ‘15 in. long, on short bracteolate pedicels. Calyx

with narrow tube and 4 long lanceolate spreading lobes. Corolla shorter

than the calyx, tubular, with 4 spreading oblong short lobes. Anthers 4,

oblong, sessile, brown. Frwit ovoid, slightly 2-grooved, crowned by the

calyx-lobes, less than ‘1 in. long, separating into two cartilaginous many-

seeded cocci. Seeds numerous, angular, brown.

Prrak: King’s Collector 8728.

A species allied to H. macrophylla, Wall., but herbaceous and with narrower

leaves, the main-nerves not curved, much narrowed to the base ; slightly longer flowers

(15 in. as against lin.) Closely allied also to the Ceylon H. Thwaitesii, Hook. fil.,

but with more acutely angled stems, shorter petioles and smaller less numerous

flowers. The calyx-teeth of this are also smaller and narrower and the capsules

have numerous seeds.

12. Hepyotis connata, Wall. Cat. 856. Herbaceous, glabrous,

diffuse, the stems as thick as a crow-quill, terete, wiry, smooth, decum-

bent near the base and rooting at the nodes, the younger somewhat

compressed, grooved and 4-angled when dry. Leaves membranous,

narrowly oblong to elliptic-oblong, acute or shortly acuminate rather

abruptly narrowed at the base to the short petiole; upper surface

olivaceous, glabrous; the lower pale, glabrous except the rather bold

puberulous midrib; main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs, rather straight, oblique,

inyisible on the upper surface and faint on the lower; length 1°75 to

2:75; breadth °35 to ‘75 in.; petiole about 1 in., puberulous. Stipules

campanulate, the mouth rounded, bearing about 10 spreading erect,

filiform scabrid bristles often ‘45 in. long. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. ITI.

62. H. merguensis, Hook. fil. in Gen. Plant. II. 57.

Perak: Scortechint. Lanxawi1: Curtis.—Distr1p. Burma.

13. Hepyorrs Auricunaria, Linn. Sp. Pl. 101. Herbaceous, diffuse

or erect ; young branches thicker than a crow-quill, slightly compressed

and 4-aneled when dry, shortly and softly pubescent. Leaves lanceolate

or narrowly elliptic-lanceolate, acute or shortly acuminate, the base

rather abruptly cuneate; both surfaces olivaceous when dry, the upper

sparsely scaberulous-pubescent, the lower paler and more pubescent;

both surfaces sometimes glabrous and more or less smooth; main-nerves

4 to 6 pairs, rather straight, obliquely ascending, depressed above and

prominent beneath; length 1°5 to 2°25 in.; breadth °35 to ‘85 in.;

164 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

petioles ‘2 to ‘35 in., pubescent. Stipules adnate to the petioles to form

a campanulate cup with acuminate 2- or 3-bristled mouth. Cymes

almost sessile, many-flowered, condensed. Flowers nearly sessile, less

than ‘1 in. long. Calyx hairy, campanulate, with 4 spreading ovate or

lanceolate acute lobes. Corolla longer than the calyx, salver-shaped,

the lobes narrow. Fruit globular-turbinate, crowned by the spreading ~

calyx-lobes, shortly hairy. Seeds numerous, dark brown. Prod. IV.

420; Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 365; ed. Carey & Wall. I. 369; W. & A. Prod.

Fl. Penins. Ind. 412; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 58. 4. nervosa, Wall.

Cat, 857 (P not of Lam.) 4H. procumbens, Wall. Cat. 861. H. lineata,

Wall. Cat. 6198 (not of Roxb.) H. costata, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 849;

G. Don. Gen. Syst. ITI. 526. H. multicaulis, Schldl. Pl. Hohen. No. 845.

Hl. venosa, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. Il. 160. Metabolus venosus,

BI; DC. Prod. IV. 435. Spermacoce hispida, Miq. Pl. Hohen. No. 44.

Rheede Hort. Malab. X. t. 32.

Perak: Scortechini 110, 113; Wray 3078, 3085; King’s Collector 88.

Pawane: Ridley 1185, 2674. Sincarore: Ridley 2863. Kepau: Ridley

5547. Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 891.—Duistris. British India;

tropical Australia.

14. Hepyoris Hayinanpi, n. sp. King. Herbaceous, often rooting

at the lower nodes, woody at the base, green when dry; stems thicker

than a crow-quill, acutely 4-angled and broadly grooved, deciduously

scurfy-hairy especially near the nodes, but afterwards glabrous. Leaves

membranous, elliptic, tapering to each end, acute, the edges finely

undulate when dry; both surfaces, but especially the upper, minutely

hispid ; main-nerves 3 or 4 pairs, curving upwards, faint on both surfaces

(when dry), the midrib pale and prominent on the lower; length 1 to

15 in.; breadth ‘5 to ‘7 in.; petiole ‘3 to ‘Sin. Stipules triangular,

rather shorter than the cymes, much acuminate and with several long

lateral teeth, pilose externally. Cymes axillary, sessile, crowded, many-

flowered, about ‘25 in. in diam. Flowers ‘1 in. long, on short hairy

pedicels with afew bracteoles between them. Calyx pubescent, cam-

panulate; the tube narrow, its mouth with linear-lanceolate acuminate

spreading teeth as long as the tube. Corolla not much exceeding the

calyx-lobes, tubular with 4 broad oblong lobes. Anthers oblong, on rather

long filaments. Capsule narrowly ovoid, crowned by the spreading calyx-

lobes, thin-walled, sparsely hispid or glabrous, dehiscent, with several

brown seeds in each cell.

Perak: Scortechint; King’s Collector 10254; Wray 4062. Punane:

Curtis.—DistRip. Burma; Borneo, Haviland and Hose, 3450 C.

15. Hepyoris rene.uirLora, Blume Bijdr. 971. Herbaceous, erect,

glabrous, a foot or more in height, little-branched. Stems and branches

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 165

about as thick as a crow-quill, when dry dark-coloured, the older sub-

terete, the younger deeply 2-grooved and slightly 4-angled. eaves often

in whorls of 4 or 6, coriaceous, sessile, linear, sub-acute, the bases

passing into the stipules. Stipules cupular, short, the mouth truncate,

with about 6 erect flat stout bristles; length J to 15 in.; breadth ‘1 to

‘15 in. Cymes very short (under ‘2 in, long’), axillary, crowded. Flowers

‘15 in. long, sessile, surrounded by numerous bracteoles bearing long

erect bristles. Calyx compressed, obovoid-campanulate, pilose towards

the apex; the mouth with 4 lanceolate, acute, spreading, deciduous lobes.

Corolla slightly exceeding the calyx-lobes, sub-tubular; lobes of the

mouth short with thickened apices. Anthers broadly ovoid, sessile.

DC. Prod. IV. 419; Hook. fil. Fl, Br. Ind. III. 60. H. angustifolia,

Cham. & Schlect. in Linnea IV. 153. H. approwimata, Wall. Cat.

852. ? Spermacoce tubularis, Br. in Wall. Cat. 836. Scleromitron tenelli-

florum, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk, Arch. II, 155. §. tetraquetruwm, Miq. F1.

Ind. Bot. II. 186. Oldenlandia angustifolia, Benth. Fl. Hongk,. 151.

Penang: Ridley 7097. Province Weatuestey: Curtis 2236.

Manacca: Hervey.

16. -Hepyotis wnitipA, W. & A. Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. 412.

Diffuse, sometimes with woody roots; stems about as thick as a crow-

quill, 2-grooved, sharply 4-angled, the angles often minutely hispid.

Leaves coriaceous, sessile, narrowly lanceolate or linear, the edges much

recurved, nerves none, but the midrib prominent beneath; the upper

surface olivaceous when dry, shining and minutely pitted, quite glab-

rous; the lower dull pale brown; length °6 to 1 in.; breadth ‘1 to ‘25

in. S¢zpules continuous with the bases of the leaves, deeply campanulate,

pubescent outside, the mouth bearing 6 to 8 long erect shining

bristles. Inflorescence axillary, sub-sessile, 2- to 4-flowered. Flowers

‘2 in. long, minutely bracteolate, sessile or on very short pedicels. Calyx

tubular-campanulate, shortly hispid ; the mouth with 4 deep, ovate-acute,

ciliate, sub-erect lobes. Corolla included in the calyx, pubescent, tubular,

its mouth with 4 narrowly ovate sub-acute erect lobes. Anthers oblong,

sessile. Capsule ovoid, crowned by the long erect stiff calyx-lobes,

dehiscing by apical valves, sub-glabrous; seeds numerous, brown.

Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 61. HH. Neestana, Arn. Pugill. 23. HH. glabella,

Br. in. Wall. Cat. 886, Bedd. Ic. Pl. t. 36.

Prrak: Scortechini; Wray 3680. Prnanc: Aing.—Disrris. British

India; Ceylon.

This species, which closely resembles H. hispida, Retz., and H. tenelliflora, B1.,

has not hitherto been recorded from the Malay Peninsula or Islands. The specimens

from Penang and Perak have smaller leaves than the majority of those from British

India and Ceylon, but otherwise they agree,

166 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[ No. 4,

17. Hepyotis piniroutA, Wall. Cat. 850; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

III. 60. Diffuse, sometimes with a woody root; stems as thick as a

erow-quill or thicker, terete when old, angled and grooved when dry,

glabrous. Leaves sessile, sub-coriaceous, linear, acute, the margins revo-

lute, the bases adnate to the short truncate stipules, puberulous on the

upper but glabrous on the lower surface, nerves obscure, midrib dis-

tinct; length ‘5 to 1°5 in.; breadth ‘05 to ‘1 in. Stipules cupular, glab-

rous, witha few small bristles on the mouth. Cymes axillary and termin-

al, sessile, 1- to 4-flowered. lowers ‘1 in. long, on pedicels shorter

than themselves. Calya sparsely hispid, ovoid-campanulate, with 4

narrow spreading acute lobes nearly as long as the tube. Corolla with a

cylindrical tube exceeding the calyx-lobes; its lobes 4, lanceolate, acute.

Stamens exserted. Capsule sparsely pubescent, membranous, broadly

ovoid, ridged, crowned by the calyx-teeth, dehiscing by apical valves,

several seeded. G. Don Gen. Syst. III. 525; Scleromitrion rigidum,

Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1877 II. 136 (excl. syn. Miq.)

Perak: Ridley 3070, 7203; Scortechini 1012. Province WELLESLEY :

King. Stncarore: Ridley 8924, 8925; Hullett 564. Jonor: Ridley

11141. Panane: Ridley 1623. Kupan: Curtis. Matacca: Griffith

(K.D.) 2895/2.—Distris. British India.

18. Hepyoris HisprpaA, Retz Obs. IV. 23. Herbaceous, slightly

branched; stems thicker than a crow-quill, sub-terete when old, deeply

two-grooved, compressed and 4-angled when young, sparsely and softly

pubescent, especially near the nodes. Leaves thinly coriaceous, narrowly

oblong-lanceolate, acute, the base somewhat narrowed; both surfaces

slightly scaberulous, olivaceous-green when dry, and the edges recurved ;

main-nerves obscure, midrib prominent below; length °8 to 2 in,;

breadth -25 to °5 in.; petiole *1 in. or less. Stcpules adnate to the

petiole to form a campanulate pubescent cup with 6 to 8 bristles on its

mouth. Cymes few-flowered, sessile, axillary. Flowers ‘2 in. long,

sessile. Calyz campanulate, hispid, its lobes linear, erect, as long as the

tube. Corolla as long as the calyx-lobes, tubular; its lobes lanceolate,

acuminate, hairy. Capsule ‘1 in. long, ovoid, coarsely pubescent, ribbed,

crowned by the erect linear calyx-teeth. Seeds numerous, dark brown.

Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 364; Wall. Cat. 845; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 61.

Scleromitrion hispidum, Korth. in Miq. Fl. Ind. Bot. II. 185. Oldenlandia

hispida, Benth. Fl. Hongk. 150.

Purak: Scortechint 47, 201. Panana: Deschamps; Curtis 1847.—

Distris. British India.

13. Otpentanpra, Linn.

Slender erect or diffuse much-branched herbs. Leaves usually

1903. | King & Gamble—FKlora of the Maluyan Peninsula. 167

small, stipules acute or bristly. lowers small, often white, in axillary

or terminal dichotomous often paniculate cymes, sometimes solitary.

Calyx obovoid or turbinate; the mouth 4- rarely 5-toothed ; the teeth in

fruit erect, often distant and sometimes with inter nored processes.

Corolla funnel- or salver-shaped, with a long or short tube, or rotate:

its lobes 4, rarely 5, obtuse, valvate. Ovary 2-celled; ovules numerous,

the placentas attached to the septum; style filiform; stigmas 2, oblong.

Capsule small, crowned by the calyx-teeth, usually membranous, sub-

globular, often compressed, didymous or ridged, loculicidal at the apex,

many-seeded, rarely indehiscent. Seeds globose or angled, not winged,

smooth or pitted; embryo clavate, in fleshy aloumen.—Distrrin. Species

about 80; tropical and sub-tropical, mostly Asiatic.

Leaves in one or more whoris near the base of the stem,

elliptic, blunt C00 es tae

Leaves scattered along the whole length of the stem :—

Flowers in terminal or axillary few-flowered cymes not

much longer than the elliptic-oblong sub-acute leaves:

ripe capsules about °15 in. in diam. S00 «. 2, O. paniculata.

Flowers in terminal or axillary dichotomous lax cymes,

the branches and flower-pedicels long and filiform ; leaves.

narrowly oblong-lanceolate, much narrowed to the base

and apex: ripe capsules less than °1 in. in diam. we. 3&8 O, dichotoma.

Flowers 2 to 40n a slender axillary pedicels or solitary on

long pedicels; capsule more than ‘1 in. broad; leaves

linear ive ise 000 aoc we 4, O. corymbosa.

Flowers solitary in the leaf-axils:—

Some of the flowers solitary, wee on long slender

ee lL. O. nudicaulis.

pedicels; leaves linear 90 300 we 4 =O. corymbosa.

All the flowers solitary and on long slender pedicels,

leaves linear bo Sab 500 .. 5. O, Heynei.

All the flowers sessile :—

Leaves narrow, many times longer than broad -. 6, O, diffusa.

Leaves rotund-ovate to elliptic not much longer than

broad ... sso ae oc ww. 7. O, trinervia.

J. OLDENLANDIA NUDICAULIS, Roth Nov. Sp. 95. A small erect

glabrous annual, 4 to 6 inches high, drying green; stem very slender, an

inch or two long, minutely scurfy-puberulous, bearing several whorls of

3 or 4 thin, sparsely and minutely scaly, elliptic, rather blunt leaves

abruptly narrowed at the base and inserted on the stipules by very

short broad petioles, and with about 4 pairs of faint ascending main-

nerves, from ‘7 to 1°5 in. long and from *35 to ‘65 in. broad. Oymes long,

slender, laxly corymbose, simple or branched, minutely bracteolate,

solitary or several together from the apex of the stem, 1°5 to 3°5 in. long

(half of the length being peduncle). lowers ‘15 in, long, on capillary

J. 1, 24

168 King & Gamble— Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. No. 4;

pedicels 2 to “S in. long. Calyx cylindric or campanulate with small

lanceolate acute spreading teeth. Corolla much exceeding the calyx,

deeply cut into 4 oblong, blunt, nerved lobes. Stamens slightly shorter

than the corolla; anthers linear, as long as the slender filament. Capsule

turbinate, the top broad, tlie persistent calyx-teeth small. Seeds numer-

ous. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 70. 0. rotundifolia, G. Don Sysé. III.

530. 0. ovalifolia and O. spergulacea, DC. Prod. IV. 427, 428. Hedyotis

scapiyera, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 881. H. nudicaulis, W~& A. Prod. 416;

Bedd. Ic. Pl. Ind. Or, t. 34. H. ovalifolia Cav. Ic. 573. H. rotundifolia,

Ham. in Wall. Cat. 6190 (not of DC.) H. spergulacea, Kurz in Journal

As, Soc. Beng, 1877, II. 134.

Matacca: Grifith (K.D.) 2898. Kepan: Curtis 2669.—DtstTRIB.

British India; Java; Philippines.

2. OLDENLANDIA PANICULATA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1667. Herbaceous,

annual, glabrous, drying a pale olivaceous colour, erect or diffuse, much

branched ; young branches acutely 4-angled, sometimes narrowly winged,

about as thick as a crow-quill. Leaves membranous, elliptic or elliptic-

oblong, sub-acute; narrowed gradually at the base to the short petiole,

both surfaces dull when dry, the nerves indistinct; linear with the

midrib distinct; length ‘4 to 75 in.; breadth ‘2 to ‘3 in.; petiole ‘1 to

‘2in. Stipules short, cupular, truncate, without bristles or with only 1

or Zin the middle. Cymes in the upper axils or terminal, on peduncles

as longas or not more than twice as long as the leaves, lax, few-flowered,

minutely bracteolate. Flowers under ‘1 in. long, on thin pedicels two or

three times longer than themselves. Calyx campanulate, with 4 rather

distinct narrow teeth. Corolla not much exceeding the calyx-teeth.

Capsule slightly compressed, turbinate, more than ‘1 in. diam.; crowned

by the small spreading calyx-teeth ; seeds numerous, black. Burm. FI.

Ind. 38, t. 15, f£. 1; DC. Prod. IV. 427; Hook. aL -#1; Br ind? tet

69. . O. alata, Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 421 (not of Koeniy). Hedyotis racemosa,

W. & A. Prod. 414; Wight Ic. t. 812; Wall. Cat. 875 (in part). H.

paniculata, Lam. Encye. III::79; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1877 II.

134. H. minima, Heyne, Wall. Cat. 877.

Matacca: Grigith (K.D.) 2902. Perak: Scortechini 1107.—Distete.

British India; Malay and Philippine Islands ; China; Polynesia.

3. OLDENLANDIA DIcHOT0MA, Hook, fil. Fl. Br. Ind, III. 67... Annual,

herbaceous, erect, branching; stems glabrous or very sparsely and

minutely hispidulous, as thick as a crow-quill, obscurely 4-angled, pale

brown when dry. Leaves membranous, narrowly oblong-lanceolate,

tapering to both ends; upper surface olivaceous, somewhat scaberulons,

sparsely and minutely hispidulous; the lower pale, glabrous, nerves

invisible, midrib broad and distinct on the lower surface; length °75 to

1903.) King & Gamble—F'lora of the Malayan Peninsula. 169

1°25 in.; breadth ‘1 to *2in.; petiole 05 in. to 0. Stipules cupular, very

short, with small obscure teeth not bristly. Cymes axillary and termin-

al, with many long slender dichotomous few-flowered, angular, sub-

hispidulous branches ; the lateral cymes 1 to 2 in. long, the terminal one

3 to 5 in., with leaf-like linear bracts varying from °25 to ‘5 in. in length.

Flowers ‘2 in. long, clavate in bud, solitary at the ends of the ultimate

hair-like branchlets. Calyw campanulate; the lobes 4, lanceolate, sub-

erect, sub-glabrous, often with smaller lobes interposed. Corolla twice

as long as the calyx, funnel-shaped, the tube long and narrow; the limb

wide, with 4 spreading lanceolate teeth, glabrous. Capsules less than ‘1

in. in diam., sub-globular, crowned by the small distant erect calyx-

teeth, glabrous, dehiscent. Seeds numerous, brown, Hedyotis dichotoma,

Koen. ex Roth Nov. Sp.98; Wall. Cat. 6204 (in part); W. & A. Prod.

416 (eacl. some synonyms). H. affinis, Roem. & Sch. Syst. 194. H.

Heynet, Bedd. Ic, Pl. In. Or. t. 83 (not of Brown). JH. brachiata, Wall.

Cat. 6201 (in part) not of Wight.

Penang: King’s Collector 1282; Curtis 494; Deschamps. Province

WELLESLEY: King, Matacca: Ridley 1717. Jonor: Ridley 11146.

4, OLDENLANDIA conymsoSsA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 119. Rather stouter and

more branched than O. dichotoma, and the branches more boldly angled.

Leaves usually rather shorter, many of them not exceeding ‘5 in. in

length. Flowers solitary, on pedicels not more than half as long as in

O. dichotoma, or in pedunculate 3- to 4-flowered corymbs, otherwise as in

O. dichotoma. Hiern Flora Trop. Afric. III. 62; Hook.-fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

Ill. 64; Trim. Fl. Cey. I. 314. 0. biflora, Lam, Encye. IV. 533 (not of

Linn.) ; Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 423. O. ramosa, Roxb. |. c. 424. O. herbacea,

DC. Prod. LV. 425 (not of Linn.) O.scabrida, DC.1.c. Hedyotis Burman-

niana, Br. in Wall. Cat. 868 tz part; W. & A. Prod. FI. Pen. Ind. 415.

H. biflora, Roth Noy. Spec. 92; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1877, IL.

133. H. ramosa, Bl. Bijdr. 973; ? Wight Ic. t. 822. H. intermedia, W.

& A. Prod. 415. H. alsinefolia, Br. in Wall. Cat. 878. H. graminicola,

Kurz in Timen’s Journ. Bot. 1875, 326. Gerontogea biflora, Cham. &

Schl. in Linnea. ITV. 155.—Rheede Hort. Mal. x. t. 38,

Jouor: Ridley 286), 11142. Sincaroru: King’s Collector 27 ; Ridley.

Penana: Curtis 494, 1849, 1988. Province WetuEstey: King. Anpa-

mans: King’s Collector—Distmis. British India; Malay Archipelago ;

tropical Africa and America.

5. Oxpennanpia Heyyet, G, Don Gen. Syst. II. 551. Stouter and

taller than C. dichotoma aud drying (especially as regards the under

surfaces of the leaves) of a darker colour, and the stems more boldly

4-angular; the flowers solitary but on equally long pedicels as in QO.

dichotoma, the capsules slightly larger and wider at the base. Hook. fil,

170 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 4,

FI. Br. Ind. III. 65. O. herbacea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 424. 0. linearis, O.

linifolia and O. asperula, DC. Prod. 1V. 425. Hedyotis Heynii, W. & A.

Prod. 416; Wall. Cat, 867 (in part).

Penang: Curtis 1848, 3399; King; Deschamps. ProvincE WELLES-

LEY: King. Perak: Ridley 10313; Wray 1931. Sincarore: Ridley

10916,—Distriz. Malay Archipelago; Tropical Africa.

This passes into O. dichotoma as regards its inflorescence there being some

specimens in which, by reason of the smallness of the leaves, the inflorescence

resembles a lax panicle.

6. OLDENLANDIA DIFFUSA, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 11; Fl. Ind. I, 423.

Annual, diffuse, much-branched, dark brown when dry; glabrous.

Stems about as thick as a crow-quill when dry, compressed, obscurely 4-

angled, striate. Leaves linear-oblong, tapering to each end, the bases

continuous with the stipules, the edges recurved, rather pale on the.

undersurface and the midrib prominent; length ‘5 to 1‘5 in.; breadth

(05 to ‘1 in. Stipules cupular, the edges with a few short bristles

towards the middle. Flowers ‘15 in. long, solitary, axillary, sub-sessile

or on peduncles ‘05 to ‘1 in. long, reflexed. Calyx widely campanulate,

with 4 erect triangular acute l-nerved teeth. Corolla longer than the

calyx, widely campanulate, the mouth with 4 erect rather short broad

triangular teeth. Anthers shorter than the style, small, narrowly ovoid ;

filaments rather short. Stigma with 2 divergent lobes. Capsule de-

pressed globular, crowned by the small calyx-teeth, slightly more than

‘1 in. in diam., many-seeded. DC. Prod. IV. 426; Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind. III, 64; Trim. Fl. Ceyl. Il. 315. 0. brachypoda, DC. l.c. 424;

Wall. Cat. 874, Hedyotis ramosissima, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. 1877 II.

133. H. diffusa, Willd. Sp. Pl. I. 566; Wall. Cat. 868 (cu part). H.

extensa, Wall. Cat. 869. H. polygonoides, Wall. Cat. 872.

In all the provinces except the Andamans; common.—Distris,

Tropical Asia; Japan.

7. OLDENLANDIA TRINERVIA, Retz Obs. IV.23. Annual, herbaceous,

glabrous or hairy, procumbent, greenish brown when dry. Stems very

slender, grooved, 4-angled, sparsely hairy, often rooting at the nodes.

Leaves ovate-rotund to rotund or elliptic, thickly membranous, midrib

distinct below but the 1 or 2 pairs of nerves obscure, both surfaces

glabrous or sub-glabrous ; length °2 to ‘3 in.; breadth under ‘05 or over;

petiole usually under 05 in. long. Stipules scarious, campanulate with

a few bristles. Flowers -05 in. long, sclitary, axillary, on short reflexed

pedicels. Calyx campanulate, with 4 acute spreading teeth, sparsely

pilose. Corolla slightly exceeding the calyx, with 4 broad, ovate, sub-

acute lobes, glabrous. Capsules somewhat compressed, broadly ovate,

truncate at the apex, crowned by the small calyx-lobes, dehiscing at

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 17]

the apex; seeds numerous, angled, black. Hook. fil. Fl. Br, Ind. III.

66; Trim. Flora Ceylon III. 316. O. repens, Burm. FI. Ind. t. 15, f. 2?

Hedyotis trinervia, W. & A. Prod. 414; Dalz. & Gibs. Fl. Bomb. 115;

Bedd. Ic. Pl. Ind. Or. t. 29. H. rotundifolia, DC. Prod. IV. 420. H.

serphyllifolia, Poir. in DC. le. 421. H. orbiculata, Heyne, Wall. Cat.

6191.

Srncarore: Ridley 8047. Panana: Ridley 1492. Penana: Curtis

1844,—Distris. British India; Sumatra; Java,; Borneo; Philippines;

Ceylon; Tropical Africa.

14, Opniorruiza, Linn.

Decumbent creeping or erect herbs (rarely under-shrubs), with

slender terete branches. Leaves usually elliptic-lanceolate, often un-

equal; stipules caducous, very often small. Flowers rather small,

white, pink or greenish, secund in dichotomously branched axillary or

terminal cymes; bracts and bracteoles various or absent. Calyx short,

usually cylindric or campanulate, becoming obreniform or obcordate in

fruit, the lobes small and persistent. Corolla tubular or funnel-shaped,

the tube inside glabrous or hairy; the lobes 5, short, valvate in bud,

often winged on the back, and with a fold in the sinus between neigh-

bouring lobes. Stamens 5, inserted on the tube; anthers linear. Disk

large, fleshy, 2-lobed. Ovary 2-celled; style filiform; stigmas 2, linear

or broad; ovules numerous, inserted on placentas ascending from the

bases of the cells. Capsules coriaceous, compressed obreniform or ob-

cordate, dehiscing at the apex by 2 broad gaping valves; placentas

divaricating, many-seeded. Seeds minute, angled, the testa crustaceous ;

embryo clavate, in fleshy albumen.—Duisrris. Species about 50, tropical

Asiatic.

Leaves quite glabrous :—

Stipules lanceolate ; leaves elliptic or elliptic-oblong, 1 to

15 in. broad wea 1» Ll. O. discolor.

Stipules reduced to rugulose Bandal isaves ‘elliptic, 15

to 4 in, broad Be ais “00 -. 2. O,. erwbescens,

Leaves glabrous except their nerves :—

Larger leaves 5 or 6 in. long and 1°5 to 2 in. broad, midrib

nerves and reticulations puberulous -. 3& O, fasciculata,

Larger leaves 2 to 3 in. long and °65 to 1 in, broad: nerves

and midrib beneath with dense pale pubescence ww. 4 O. hispiduia.

Leaves glabrous on the upper surface, glabrous or puberu-

lous and usually stained with red on the lower when dry,

elliptic or oblong-elliptic, 2 to § in, long and 1 or 2 in,

broad bee 500 +00 Hee -. 8 O. Mungos.

Leaves slightly puberulous :—

Stipules forming a broadly triangular yery shallow cup,

172 King & Gamble— Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[No. 4,

the mouth sub-truncate; leaves puberulous above on and

near the edges and on midrib; *d to ‘74 in. broad .. 6. O. Harrisiana

; ; var. argented.

Stipules forming a short cup with its mouth obscurely

beneath, ‘5 to 1 in. broad FE a =) 0) tenellas

Stipules lanceolate with long filiform points ; ree ger leaves

3 or 4 in, long and ‘75 to 1:25 in. broad, glabrous but for a

few scattered thick hairs - Sie. aes «» §& O. rugosa.

Leaves hairy everywhere on both anvenceee — -

Larger leaves 2°5 to 4 in. long, both surfaces with white

hispidulous hairs, narrowly elliptic, ‘75 to 1:25 in. broad... 9. O. tomentosa.

Leaves elliptic or ovate-elliptic, 3°5 to 5 in. long and 1°75

to 2:5 in. broad, sparsely strigose above, hispidulous

beneath .. bas sec eas w. LO. O. Kunstleri.

1. OpHIoRHIzA DIscoLor, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 6232 A. Stem erect,

woody in its lower part, dark-coloured, terete, glabrous. Leaves of the

pairs unequal, but not greatly so, membranous, narrowly elliptic or

elliptic-oblong, much acuminate and narrowed from below the base to

the long rather slender petiole; both surfaces quite glabrous ; the upper

dark brown, slightly tinged with purple; the lower pale minutely reticu-

late and much tinged with purple; main-nerves 7 to 12 pairs, curved,

spreading, faint on the upper surface and but little prominent on the

lower; length 2°5 to 45 in.; breadth 1 to 1°5 in.; petioles *35 to 1 in.

Stipules linear-lanceolate, ‘1 to 2 in. long, deciduous. Cymes solitary,

terminal, an inch or two in length; few-branched, ebracteolate ; the

peduncle and branches minutely puberulous. Flowers ‘25 in. long,

secund in a single row, on very short pedicels which lengthen in fruit.

Calyz narrowly campanulate; the teeth short, broad, boldly 1-nerved.

Corolla clavate in bud, ‘2 in. long; tube cylindric, slightly inflated in the

upper half; the teeth shorter fia the tube, obtuse, erect. Capsule

narrowly obreniform, the sinus almost obsolete, glabrous, ‘3 in. across.

G. Don Gen. Syst. Bot. III. 522; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. ILI. 79.

O. villosa, Wall. Cat. 6230 (not of Rozb.)

JoHOR: Ridley. Penane: Deschamps.

2. OPHIORHIZA ERUBESCENS, Wall. Cat. 6233. Giabrous except the

puberulous inflorescence; stem 1 to 3 feet high, woody, as thick asa

goose-quill, the bark whitish, striate, corky. Leaves of each pair sub-

equal, thinly membranous, elliptic-lanceolate, elliptic-oblanceolate or

narrowly elliptic, somewhat oblique, acuminate, the base much narrow-

ed; upper surface greenish when dry, the midrib prominent but the

nerves faint; lower surface pale greenish-white, reticulate, the 10 to

14 pairs of rather straight spreading main-nerves rather flat and

prominent like the midrib; length 4 to 9 in.; breadth 1°5 to 4 in.;

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 173

petioles ‘85 to 1:2 in.; stipules (dried specimens) reduced to rugniose

transverse bands. Cymes terminal, solitary, pedunculate, in flower much

shorter than, but in fruit half as long as, the leaves or even more; the

branches divaricate, slender, many-flowered, in fruit often as much as 2°5

in.long. Flowers ‘35 in. long, secund, on short puberulous pedicels, very

narrow in bud. Oalyz cylindric, ‘0d in. long; its teeth broadly triangu-

lar, sub-acute, l-nerved. Corolla °3 in, fone, narrowly cylindric; the

mouth with 5 short blunt reflexed teeth. Anthers 5, linear, cordate at

the base. Capsules narrowly rhomboid, the upper edge marginate, glab-

rous, ‘3 in. across. Hook. fil. Fl. Br, Ind. IIT. 84 as a doubtful species.

Perak: Scortechint 1318; Wray 3731, 4050; King’s Collector 2187,

7119, 58538, 7186, 7119; Curtis.—DuistRis. Bere

3. OPpHIoRHIzA FAscicuLATA, Don Prod. Fl. Nep. 136. Stem 10 to

14: in; high, erect, httle-branched, woody, and nearly as thick as a goose-

quill below, puberulous. Leaves of a pair very unequal in size, mem-

branous, narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic, sub-acute, the base cuneate ;

upper surface very dark olivaceous when dry, glabrous, the nerves and

midrib pale and prominent; lower surface pale yellowish-brown, puber-

ulous on the midrib and 9 to 11 pairs of boldly curved spreading dark-

coloured main-nerves; the reticulations also puberulous, their interspaces

. glabrous; length of the larger leaves 5 or 6 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2

n.; the smaller leaves of the pairs ‘8 to 2°5 in. long and ‘85 to 1°5 in.

broad; petioles ‘2 to °8 in. long. Stipules *15 in. long, subulate with

dilated bases. Cymes usually solitary, but sometimes 2 or 3 together,

terminal, pedunculate, usually less than half as long as the leaves even.

when in fruit, puberulous everywhere, ebracteate; branches shorter

than the peduncles. Flowers small (rather less than °25 in. long), on

short puberulous pedicels. Calyx narrowly campanulate, densely puberu-

lous, boldly ribbed; the teeth shorter than the tube, triangular, acute,

erect. Corolla ‘2 in. long, cylindric, inflated in the lower part and

expanded at the mouth; the 5 lobes short, blunt, Anthers narrowly

linear, on short filaments. Capsules obreniform, the sinus shallow,

glabrous, ‘25 in. across. Hook. fil. Fl. Br, Ind. IIT. 83. 0. bracteolata,

R. Br, in. Wall. Cat. 6228.

Perak: King’s Collector 2205; Wray 1989.—Distri. Himalaya

and Khasia.

4, Opniorniza HIspipuLa, Wall. Cat. 6234, Erect, little-branched,

slender, pubescent, thicker than a crow-quill. Leaves of the pair un-

equal, - membranous, ovate-lanceolate, sub-acute, cuneate (sometimes

abruptly so) at the base ; upper surface (when dry) olivaceous, glabrous,

the midrib prominent but the nerves rather obscure; lower surface pale

olivaceous, other wise sub-glabrous but the bold eciah and 6 or 7 pairs

174 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[No. 4,

of spreading main-nerves covered with minute dense white pubescence ;

length ‘75 to 2 in.; breadth ‘4 to 1 in.; petioles "15 to 6 in. Stipules

narrowly lineardanceolate from broad bases, ‘1 to 2 in. long. Cymes _

terminal, solitary, pedunculate, shorter than the leaves, ebracteate,

everywhere shortly pubescent; branches few, shorter than the peduncles.

Flowers *25 in. long, few but crowded, sessile or on short pedicels. Calyx

rather under ‘1 in. long, cylindric, with 5 narrow erect teeth shorter

than the tube, puberulous outside like the corolla. Corolla cylindric,

somewhat inflated in the lower half; the mouth with 5 narrowly oblong

sub-acute erect short lobes. Capsules obreniform with a shallow sinus,

shortly and coarsely pubescent, ‘2 in. across. O. trichocarpa, Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. IIL. 78 (not of Blume).

Panane: Ridley 2199, 2200; Yapp 536.

5. OpaioruizA Muncos, Linn. Sp. Pl. 150. Glabrous in all its

parts, or puberulous on the stems, under surfaces of the leaves, and on

the inflorescence. Stems from a few inches to a foot anda half high,

erect, little branched, thicker than a crow-quill, woody near the base.

Leaves membranous, one of each pair slightly larger than the other,

elliptic or oblong-elliptic, the apex shortly acuminate, the base narrowed

and sometimes slightly oblique; upper surface always glabrous and

shining, when young dark green, when dry dark-brown, the nerves in-

distinct; lower surface glabrous or puberulous, when fresh whitish

beneath and the nerves red, when dry reddish, and the nerves dark;

main-nerves 7 to 15 pairs, curved, spreading ; length 2 to 5 in.; breadth

‘7 to 2:25 in. ; petioles ‘3 to Lin. Sécpules linear or subulate from broad

bases, ‘15 to 2 in. long, fugacious. Cymes terminal, much shorter than

the leaves, with spreading branches 1 to 3 in. in diam., ebracteolate,

glabrous or puberulous, the peduncles 35 to 1°5 in. long. Flowers on

short pedicels, sub-secund, glabrous or puberulous, ‘6 in. long. Calyx

rather more than ‘1 in. long, wide, cylindric with 5 acute triangular

dorsally ridged erect teeth. Corolla four times as long as the calyx,

cylindric, widening somewhat towards the 5 short broad blunt lobes of

the mouth. Capsule narrowly obreniform, ‘25 in. across, glabrous or pubes-

cent, prominently 5-ridged. Seeds numerous, small, brown. Gaertn.

Fruct. I. t. 55; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 701; W. & A. Prod. Fl. Pen. Ind. 404;

Hook, fil. Fl. Br. Ind. ITI. 77.

In all the provinces, common and variable in size and pubescence.—

Distris. British India; Ceylon; Sumatra; Java.

6. OpHiorHizA Harristana, Heyne, var. arGENTEA, Hook. fil. FI.

Br. Ind. III. 78. Stems woody below, 6 to 18 in. high, branching, terete,

glabrous, dark-coloured when dry. Leaves unequal, membranous,

narrowly oblong-lanceolate, much tapered to each end, the base narrow

1903. } King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 175

and somewhat oblique; upper surface dark olivaceous-brown when dry,

sparsely puberulous oy glabrous, the main-nerves obscure; the lower

pale (glaucous), pinkish, glabrous except for a few scattered hairs on

the prominent midrib and 6 to 10 pairs of oblique slightly curved dark-

coloured broad main-nerves; length 1:5 to 3:5 in.; breadth °65 to ‘85

in.; petioles 15 to ‘5 in. Stipules lanceolate or oblong, °25 in. long.

Cymes terminal, solitary or several together on the apices of the branches

and stem, shorter than the leaves, the branches shorter than the

peduncle, puberulous. Flowers 35 in. long, sessile or on short pedicels,

secund. Calyx ‘1 in. long, cylindric, with 5 erect triangular acute teeth

much shorter than the tube. Corolla ‘3 in. long, puberulous externally

like the calyx, cylindric, slightly widened near at the apex; lobes 5,

short, broad, l-uerved. Capsules obreniform with very shallow sinus,

glabrous, *15 to °25 in. across. O. argentea, Wall. Cat. 6229.

Perak: Scortechint 432 (in part) 634; Wray 1984, 3647; Curtis

3147; Yapp 539. Panana: Ridley 2202. Sunancor: Kelsall 1989.—

Disrris. Khasia Hills.

7. Opuroruiza TENELLA, King n. sp. Erect or decumbent, 6 to 12

in. high. Stem slender, much branched, covered with minute yellowish

pubescence. Leaves membranous, those in a pair sub-equal, elliptic-

ovate to ovate-lanceolate, sub-acute, sometimes rounded but usually

rather abruptly narrowed at the base; upper surface olivaceous when

dry, glabrous except for a very few scattered short thick hairs; lower

surface pale greenish-yellow, minutely puberulous on the broad midrib

and 6 to 8 pairs of spreading rather straight main-nerves; length 1 to'2

in.; breadth ‘5 to 1 in.; petiole ‘1 to ‘°25in., puberulous. Stipules short,

cupular, obscurely toothed, less than ‘1 in. deep. Cymes solitary,

terminal, few-flowered, pedanculate, shorter than the leaves. Flowers

*3 in. long, almost sessile. Calyz less than ‘1 in. long, cylindric with 5

lanceolate spreading 1-nerved lobes shorter than the tube, covered with

short coarse hair. Corolla ‘25 in. long, funuel-shaped; the tube slightly

dilated near the base; the 5 lobes ovate-lanceolate, sub-acute, spreading,

sub-reflexed. Capsule narrowly obreniform, sub-glabrous, *25 in. across.

Perak: King’s Collector 499, 546, Panana: Ridley 2201.—Distrip.

Burma.

8. OpHiorHiza RUGOsA, Wall. Cat. 6235. Herbaceous, sub-erect, 4

to6 in. high, the stem unbranched, thicker than a crow-quill, tomentose.

Leaves unequal, membranous, oblong-oblanceolate, or oblong, sub-acute,

or shortly and bluntly acuminate, the base narrowed; upper surface

dark olivaceous when dry, glabrous or with few scattered short thick

hairs, the nerves and midrib inconspicuous; lower surface pale olivace-

ous, with coarse short pubescence on the midrib, reticulations and 12 to

J. I. 25

176° King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[No. 4,

_14 pairs of thick curved spreading nerves; length 1 to 3°5 in.; breadth

‘5 to 1:25 in.; petioles *2 to ‘4 in., pubescent. Stipules narrowly liuear-

lanceolate from a broad base, ‘2 in. long. Cymes solitary, terminal or

from the upper axils, pedunculate, shorter than the leaves ; branches few,

short, in dichotomous umbels an inch or less across; peduncles pube-

scent like the branches. Flowers less than ‘05 in. long (? cleistogamic)

in groups of 3 or 4 enveloped in oblong blunt, pubescent bracts longer

than themselves. Calyx cylindric, 5-toothed. Corolla slightly exceed-

ing the calyx, cylindric, 5-toothed. Anthers 5, oblong, short, included.

Capsules oblong-reniform with shallow sinus, pubescent, 2 in. across.

O. Harrisiana, Heyne, var. rugosa, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIL. 78.

Perak: at 3900 feet, Wray 1482.—Dustriz. Nepal and Sikkim

Himalaya.

9. OPHIORHIZA TOMENTOSA, Jack in Roxb. FI. Ind. ed Carey &

Wall. H.546. Erect, 8 to12in. high; stem woody near the base, thinner

than a goose-quill, sparsely clothed with flexuose hairs. Leaves membran-

ous, the two of a pair unequal in size, narrowly elliptic to elliptic-

oblong, acute, the base narrowed, slightly oblique; upper surface

olivaceous-green when dry, with sparse curved white stiff hairs; the

lower pale, with numerous white hispidulous hairs between the main-

nerves, the hairs on the broad prominent midrib and § to 12 pairs of

curved spreading main-nerves brown; length 1°75 to 3°75 in.; breadth

‘75 to 1°25 in.; petioles ‘2 to °8 in., stout, pubescent. Stipules linear,

curved, about ‘1 in. long, deciduous. Cymes terminal, solitary, peduncu-

late ; shorter than the leaves, few-branched ; peduncles | to 2 in. long,

pubescent. Flowers -25 in. long, on pubescent pedicels shorter than

themselves. Calyz tubular, about ‘05 in, long, obscurely toothed.

Corolla salver-shaped; the tube narrow, the lobes blunt. Capsules

obreniform, puberulous, rather less than -2 in. across. Wall. Cat. 6231;

Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 79; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 174. |

Penane: King; Curtis 907; King’s Collector 1314. Perak: King’s

Collector 4846; Curtis 3257.

10.. OpHiorniza Konstiert, King n. sp. Stem erect, woody at

the base, not branched, about a foot high, dark-coloured, deciduously

rusty-puberulous. Leaves membranous, sub-equal, elliptic or. ovate-

elliptic, shortly and abruptly acuminate, the base rounded or slightly

cuneate; upper surface dark-brown, sparsely strigose, the midrib dis-

tinct but the main-nerves faint ; lower pale yellowish-brown, hispidulous

chiefly on the stout prominent midrib and 10 to 14 pairs of spreading

slightly curved rather bold nerves; the edges minutely ciliate; length

3°5 to 5 in.; breadth 1°75 to 25 in.; petioles “5 to 1°75 in., bearing a

few scattered hairs. Stipules lanceolate, acuminate, ‘2 in. long, hairy,

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 177

deciduous. Oymes solitary in the axils of the upper leaves or terminal,

pedunculate, niuch shorter (peduncle included) than the leaves when in

flower and rather more than half as long in fruit, everywhere rusty-

pubescent, the branches few, obliquely umbellate. lowers numerous, in

two secund rows on the branches, rather more than ‘1 in. long, on short

hirsute pedicels, and intermixed with lanceolate hirsute or ciliate brac-

teoles. Calyx campanulate, with truncate entire mouth. Corolla

scarcely longer than the calyx, widely cylindric. <Anthers 5, oblong,

versatile, dorsified. Capsule obreniform, the sinus large, rusty-pube-

scent, ‘2 in. across.

Perak: King’s Collector 8247.

A species allied to O. tomentosa, Jack. var. glabrata and O. trichocarpa, Bl., but

the leaves of this are larger and much broader and the hairs on them are larger and

more yellow in colour.

15. Lucinana, DC.

Erect shrubs or epiphytic climbers, glabrous or nearly so, Leaves

usually coriaceous. Flowers in axillary or terminal, solitary or panicled,

pedunculate heads. Calyx-tube turbinate; the limb annular or cupular,

entire, persistent. Corolla funnel-shaped, white ; the tube densely pilose

inside; the limb coriaceous, with 4 or 5 oblong-lanceolate valvate Jobes.

Stamens 4 or 5, inserted in the tube on short villous filaments or sessile ;

anthers dorsifixed, linear-oblong,*included. Ovary 2-celled; style filiform

or thickened below the middle; stigmas 2, linear or spathulate; ovules

numerous, on fleshy peltate placentas. Hruits baccate, surmounted by

the truncate calyx-limb, sub-confluent. Seeds compressed; the testa

smooth, coriaceous; embryo minute, in fleshy albumen.—Distris. Spe-

cies about 18, all Malayan.

Flower heads in a terminal panicle ea .» 1. LL. paniculata.

Flower heads solitary or in fascicles of three :—

All parts quite glabrous; corolla ‘75 in, long 2, L, Ridleyi.

~ Young branches and inflorescence pubescent :—

Leaves membranous, much warrowed at the base ;

flowers 5-merous -. 3 L, membranacea.

Leaves coriaceous, with br od rounded bases flowers

4,-merons O00 ase ove we 4 DL, Morinda,

1. Lucrnara pantcunara, King n. sp. Glabrous; young branches

thinner than a goose-quill, glabrous, brown when dry. Leaves oblanceo-

late to elliptic, shortly and rather abruptly acuminate, the base narrow-

ed to the rather stout petiole; both surfaces glabrous, brown when dry,

the lower paler and with the reticulations visible; midrib strong on

both surfaces ; main-nerves about 10 oe, spreading slightly ascending

and littie curved ; length 6 to 10 in.; breadth 2'25 to 4°25 in.; petioles

178 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

‘8 to 15 in.; stipules ovate-lanceolate, vaginate in the lower half, ‘4 to °8

branches about half an inch to one inch long, thick, each bearing at its

apex a head of three or four sessile flowers confluent by their bases; the

common peduncle of the panicle with a sheathing basal bract ‘o in. long.

Calya truncate. Fruit unknown.

Perak: Scortechini; King’s Collector 2164.

2. LucinazaA Ripieyi, King n. sp. Epiphytal; young branches

thinner than a goose-quill, terete, glabrous, dark-brown when dry.

Leaves thinly coriaceous, quite glabrous, obovoid-oblong to narrowly

elliptic, acute or shortly and abruptly acuminate, much narrowed at the

base ; upper surface brown when dry, the lower paler minutely punctate,

reticulate ; main-nerves 6 to 8 pairs, spreading, faint, the intermediate

almost as prominent, the midrib bold; length 4 to 6 in.; breadth 1:5 to

2°5 in.; petioles ‘75 to 1 in. Stipules lanceolate, oblong, sub-acute,

connate and cartilaginous at the base, ‘5 to °75 in. long. Pedunele soli-

tary, terminal, about ‘1 in. long, each bearing a dense head about 1 in.

in diam. (when dry), consisting of 8 to 12 sessile flowers. Calyx sub-

quadrangular, the limb truncate. Corolla ‘75 in. long, thick, ovate-

oblong in bud, the narrowly oblong lobes as long as the tube. Fruit ‘4

to °6 in. long, crowned by the wide truncate calyx-limb.

SincaPore: Lobb. PrERaK: Scortechini 306, 689; Wray 446; Ridley

2923; King’s Collector 2162, 5052, 7836.—Duistris. Borneo, Beccart

3005.

3, LucINAEA MEMBRANACEA, Kingn.sp. An epiphytic woody shrub;

young branches terete, thinner than a goose-quill, covered with a dense

coat of minute rusty deciduous pubescence. Leaves membranous, oblong-

elliptic or narrowly elliptic, acute or shortly acuminate, narrowed (rarely

rounded) at the base, upper surface quite glabrous, brown when dry; the

lower paler, puberulous on the midrib; main-nerves 8 or 9 pairs, faint,

spreading; length 3°5 to 5 in.; breadth 1-25 to 2°25 in.; petioles ‘1 to

‘15 in.; stipules broadly ovate, carinate, pubescent, and vaginate near the

base, 5 to "75 in. long. Peduwncles unequal, terminal or in fascicles of 2

or 3, the longer 1 in. long, the shorter as little as ‘2 in. long, all dilated

at the apex and pubescent, and each bearing a head about °75 in. in

diam. consisting of 8 to 10 sessile flowers. Calyz-limb truncate. Corolla

thick; the tube cylindrical, ‘15 in. long, hairy inside in its upper half;

the limb with 5 lanceolate reflexed glabrous lobes shorter than the tube,

the tips of the lobes incurved ; anthers 5, sessile, linear. Style exserted,

hairy in the upper half. Fruits subglobular, confluent at the base, 15

in. in diam.

PERAK: Scortechini 283; Curtis 2016; Ridley 5543; Wray 832, 177,

1903. | King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 179

3998; Scortechint 47, 283, 603; King’s Collector 762, 10152.—Disrris.

Borneo.

Allied to L. Morinda, DC., but the leaves of that species are more coriaceons,

have more main-nerves and broader bases. The flowers moreover of this are

5-merous and of that 4-merous,

4, LucinAzeA Morinpa, DC. Prod. IV. 368. Young branches

thinner than a goose-quill, puberulous but ultimately glabrous. Leaves

coriaceous, glabrous, lanceolate to elliptic-oblong, rarely somewhat

obovate, brown when dry; apex acute or sub-acute, the base rounded or

minutely cordate; main-nerves 8 to 12 pairs, faint, spreading, slightly

curved; length 1:5 to 2°5 in.; breadth ‘9 to 1:25 in.; petiole ‘15 to -25

in., slender; stipules triangular. Peduncles solitary or in fascicles of

three, usually terminal but sometimes axillary, pubescent, about 1 in.

long. Heads *75 in. in diam., 8- to 10-flowered. Calyx with a short

truncate limb. Corolla ‘2 in. long, sessile. Berries crowded, broadly

turbinate, glabrous. Wall. Cat. 8437. Morinda polysperma, Jack. in Mal.

Misc. I. 14; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey & Wall. II. 204; Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind, ITI. 93.

Matacea: Griffith (K.D.) 2954; Ridley 1598; Maingay (K.D.) 875.

Prunane: Wallich 8437. Perak: Curtis 1337. Setancor: Ridley 3819.

Panwana: Ridley 1093. Prrax: Scortechint 283; Wray 2405, 4211;

King’s Collector 4645, 5498, 8482. Sincarore: Jack.—Disrris. Malay

Archipelago. Always littoral.

16. Lecanantuus, Jack.

A small glabrous shrub. Flowers crowded in involucrate axillary,

sessile or pedunculate, nodding heads. Calyx-tube ovoid or turbinate;

the limb oblique, campanulate, with 2 to 4 short obtuse unequal lobes,

or 2-lipped, persistent. Corolla funnel-shaped; the tube inflated below;

the limb with 5 thick obtuse bearded lobes, valvate in bud. Stamens 5,

inserted by short filaments in the throat of the corolla; anthers bifid

below. Disk urn-shaped. Ovary 2-celled; style slender, with 2 linear

or oblong stigmas; ovules numerous; placentas spongy, attached to the

septum. Frwit membranous, 2-celled, pulpy, many-seeded, placentas

thick. Seeds obtusely angled, the testa smooth, thick; embryo small, in

fleshy albumen.—A single species.

LeEcANANTHUS ERUBESCENS Jack in Mal. Mise. II. 83. Glabrous

everywhere except the calyx. Stem with 4 angles, two of them acute,

12 to 18 in. high. Leaves thickly membranous, ovate-elliptic to narrow-

ly oblong, shortly acuminate, tapering below to the short petiole; main-

nerves about 7 pairs, curved, ascending, faint, the veins distinct; length

3 to 8 in.; breadth 1:25 to 3in. Stipules ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,

180 King & Gamble~Tlora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 45

3 or 4 in. long. Heads sub-globular, ‘75 to 1 in. in diam. (when -dry).

Flowers sessile, pale red. Calyx coloured, pubescent, wider than the

corolla, those of the outer flowers 2-lipped and imbricate. Wall. in

Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey & Wall. II. 319; Wall. Cat. 6224; DC. Prod.

IV. 620; Mig. FL Ind. Bat. I. 153, 199; Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV.

132; Hook, fil, Fl. Br. Ind. ILT. 100. Tesanauenis sp. Griff. Notul. IV.

272. ar

Singapore: Wallich, Lobb, Ridley 384. Suvancor: Ridley. Prax:

King’s Collector 1949, 2135, 10153 ; Scortechini 1275; Wray 1986, 2649.

Panckor: Curtis 1640, Prnana: Curtis 1643. Matacca: Griffith

(K.D.) 2784; Mouegay (K.D.) 912.—Distris. Borneo; Sumatra.

Wie Copropaynium, Korthals.

Small erect simple shrubs with oblanceolate sparsely hairy leaves

and ciliate stipules. Flowers pentamerous, crowded in bracteate capitules

the outer bracts large and forming an involucre. Calya-tube ovoid, its

limb with 5 oblong ciliate lobes. Corolla-tube subinfundibuliform, its

throat naked; the limb with 5 rather blunt lobes. Stamens 5, inserted

below the middle:of the corolla; anthers short, included. Disk annular,

glandular. Ovary 2-celled, with numerous ovules on hemispheric

placentas; style with 2 truncate arms.. Oapsule membranous, 2-celled.

Seeds sub-rhomboid, scrobiculate ; albumen Heshy 5 embryo clavate.—

Two or three species ; Malayan. |

CopToPHYLLUM CaApPITATUM, Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. II. 348. iteunaseene ;

stems compressed, thinner than a goose-quill, covered with short coarse

rusty pubescence. Leaves membranous, oblanceolate, with a short blunt

abrupt apiculus, the base much narrowed; upper surface dark-brown,

sparsely and coarsely strigose, the lower paler brown, coarsely puberu-

lous on the midrib nerves and transverse reticulations, otherwise glab-

vous; main-nerves 9 or 10 pairs, curved, ascending ; length 5'5 to 7d

in.; breadth 1'5 to 2°5 in.; petiole °5 to 1:25 in. Stipules ‘4 in. long,

lanceolate with broad bases, the apices very acuminate, glabrous but the

- edges ciliate. Peduncles solitary, axillary, slender, compressed, sparsely

hispid, 2 to 3 in. long, bearing at their apices single involucrate capitules.

Involucre of 4 or more broadly ovate, sub-acute boldly 3-nerved bracts

4 in. long, the nerves and edges hispid. Flowers ‘2 in. long, glabrous,

numerous, crowded, mixed with linear or spathulate fimbriate bracteoles

about as long as themselves; pedicels short. Calyx with cylindric

campanulate tube; the mouth with 5 linear fimbriate-ciliate lobes longer

than the tube. Capsule narrowly ovoid, crowned by the persistent calyx-

lobes and within these by a mamillate disc, 2-celled, the placentas with

rather numerous large shining brown pitted seeds.

1903.) King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 181

Jonor: Ridley 4179. Swrancor: Ridley 8539. Prax: King’s

Collector 10334.—Distris. Sumatra.

Ridley’s specimen collected in Johor (Herb. Ridley 4179) has stipules with blunt

lobes and the bracts of the involucre are more numerous. It may be a new species,

18, Mussarnnpa, Linn.

Erect or scandent shrubs or undershrubs, rarely herbs. Leaves

opposite or in whorls of three, membranous. Stipules solitary or in pairs

between the petioles, free or connate, usually deciduous. Flowers in

terminal cymes, the bracts and bracteoles deciduous. Calyx-tube oblong

or turbinate ; the limb with 5 mostly deciduous lobes, one of them how-

ever sometimes large petiolate petaloid (white or coloured), and persis-

tent, Corolla funnel-shaped; the tube elongate, often sericeous outside,

the throat always villous, the limb with 5 valvate lobes. Stamens 5,

inserted on the throat or below it on short filaments; anthers linear.

Ovary 2-celled, style filiform; stigmas 2, linear; ovules numerous, on

‘peltate fleshy placentas. J’rwit baccate, crowned by the scar of the

deciduous calyx. Seeds minute, the testa pitted; embryo small, in

dense fleshy albumen.—Distris. Species about 40, in the tropics of

Asia and of Africa, and in Polynesia,

None of the calyx-lobes petaloid 000 .. 1. MM. mutabilis,

One of the calyx-lobes sometimes petaloid :—

Lobes of the calyx persistent in the fruit :—

Leaves conspicuously hairy on both surfaces :—

Corolla not much longer than the calyx :—

Whole plant densely covered with long soft hair. 2. M. Wrayi.

Lobes of the calyx not persistent in the fruit :—

Leaves conspicuously hairy on both surfaces :—

Corolla much longer than the calyx :—

An erect shrub; leaves slightly narrowed to

21 the base; petioles less than °5 in. lone «. 3 M. macrophylla,

Scandent; leaves much narrowed to the

base; petioles often as much aslin.long .,. 4, WM, villosa.

Leaves glabrous or nearly so :—=

Leaves oblong or lanceolate, much longer than

broad :—

Leaves with broad rounded or cordate bases... 5. WM. cordifolia.

Leaves much narrowed to the base :—

Main-nerves 9 or 10 pairs aa ee. 6. M. polyneura.

Main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs - 2 ee 7. M. glabra,

Leaves obovate-oblong to elliptic- soRlone: about

twice as long as broad :—

Calyx and corolla glabrous or nearly so «» 8. M., oblonga,

Calyx and corolla pubescent ove we 9 M, Teysmanniana.

Tmperfectly known species —_ ,., see ee 10, M, membranacea,

182 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

1. MussAENDA MUTABILIS, Hook. fil. Ic. Plant 1718. A climber, 15 to

40 feet long; young branches thinner than a goose-quill, terete, glabrous.

Leaves membranous, on rather long petioles, broadly elliptic to elliptic-

rotund from near the base; apiculate or shortly triangular acuminate at

the apex, both surfaces glabrous; main-nerves 7 to 9 pairs, curving

upwards, thin but prominent on the lower surface when dry ; the reticu-

lations open and transverse ; length 5 to 7 in.; breadth 3 to 45 in.;

petiole *75 to 1°25 in. Stipules forming an irregularly toothed pubescent

ring of teeth of an inch or less in depth. Cymes terminal, much shorter

than the leaves even in fruit, 2-branched, the stipules shorter than those

of the stem. Flowers 1°5 to 2 in. long, from 8 to 12; bracteoles few,

like the calyx-lobes but smaller. Calyz-lobes equal, lanceolate some-

times linear-lanceolate, acuminate, sparsely strigose externally, tomentose

within, less than half as long as the corolla-tube, deciduous in the fruit.

Corolla orange red, the limb about 2 in. across when fresh, the lobes

elliptic-oblong, acute, with short coarse hairs on both surfaces; the tube

cylindric, ‘1 in. wide, very slightly expanded towards the apex, adpressed=

pilose externally, pubescent internally. Fruit cylindric sub-clavate,

glabrous, faintly ridged, the apex blunt, narrowed at the base to the

short pedicels; length ‘5 to ‘7 in.; diameter about *3 in. Mussaenda

Kintaensis, Brace MSS. in Herb. Cale. Acranthera Maingayt, Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. III. 192. A. mutabilis, Hems. Journ. Bot. 1877, 204.

Mussaenda Maingayi, Stapf Trans, Linn. Soc. IY.172. —

Perak: King’s Collector 91, 855, 1856, 3276, 4255, 4999; Wray

1846; Scortechini 770; Curtis 2023. Penance: Ridley 2187. Jonor:

King 559. Matacca: Derry 1214. Sincapore: Ridley 1643.

VAR. hirsuta; under surfaces of leaves and young stems pubescent;

all parts of the inflorescence yillose-pubescent; stipules apiculate and

twice as long as in the type.

Perak: King’s Collector 225. Matacca: Derry 253. SrIncavorE:

Ridley 1643.

2. MussarnpA Wrayl, King n. sp. A climber or occasionally a

spreading shrub; young stems thinner than a goose-quill, covered like

the leaves inflorescence and flowers with stiff more or less rusty hairs.

Leaves membranous, elliptic or obovate-elliptic, much narrowed to the

base, the apex shortly acuminate; main-nerves 9 to 14 pairs, curving

upwards, thin but prominent on the lower surface; length ‘4 to ‘8 in.;

breadth 1°75 to 4 in.; petiole °35 to ‘75 in.; stipules free, lanceolate-acu-

minate, about ‘25 in. long. Cymes solitary, terminal, condensed in flower,

spreading in fruit, shorter than the leaves, the bracts lanceolate. Calyz

densely pilose, infundibuliform, ‘5 to ‘7 in. long; the mouth with 5 deep

lanceolate usually equal teeth, occasionally one of the teeth petaloid,

1903. | King & Gamble-—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 183

white, veined with green, narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate, acute, tapered

to a short petiole, 3-nerved and with prominent reticulations, sparsely

strigose, under 2 in. in length and less than half as broad. Oorolla

slightly longer than calyx, red, very pilose; the tube cylindric; the

limb ‘4 or ‘5 in. across, with 5 broad short blunt Jobes. Fruit oblong-

ovoid, sparsely pilose, about ‘5 in. long and ‘3 in. in diam., crowned by

the long persistent calyx-lobes.

Perak: Wray 40, 1788, 2583; King’s Collector 685, 1960, 10943,

5353? Scortechint; Curtis 1024. Prnane: Curtis 2730, 3304.

3. MuUSSAENDA MACROPHYLLA, Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Carey &

Wall. II. 228. A shrub; young branches thinner than a goose-qunill,

rusty-pilose. Leaves thickly membranous, elliptic-oblong, slightly

narrowed at the base, the apex shortly acuminate; upper surface

‘sparsely strigose, the midrib rusty-pilose, the lower rusty-pilose especi-

ally on the midrib and nerves; main-nerves 9 to 11 pairs, slightly

curved, ascending, prominent on the lower less so on the upper surface

when dry; length 3 to 5 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2 in.; petiole ‘2 in.; stipules

triangular, densely pilose, about ‘25 in. long. Cymes solitary, terminal,

shorter than the leaves and condensed when in flower, many-flowered.

Calyx about ‘5 in. long, narrowly infundibuliform, cut half way down

into equal lanceolate teeth, pilose outside especially on the tube:

enlarged lobe ovate, acuminate, 2 or 3 in. long, sparsely pubescent, with

greenish ascending nerves; its petiole slender, about 1 in. long. Corolla

yellow, twice as long as the calyx, densely pilose outside; the tube

cylindric, widening in its upper half; the limb ‘3 or -4 in. in diam. with

broad blunt lobes. Fvwit unknown. Wall. Pl. As. Rar. IT. 77, t. 180;

Bot. Reg. XXXII. t. 24; DC. Prod. IV. 370. Wall. Cat. 6255. MM.

hispida, Don Prod. 1389; DC. Prod. l.c. M. frondosa, Wall. Cat. 6250 A.

Perak: King’s Collector 6016. Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 8835/2,

941.—Distris. British India; Philippine Islands.

I follow the Flora of British India in referring this plant to M. macrophylla,

Wall., but I have some doubt as to the accuracy of this view. The plant here des-

cribed approaches, JM. villosa very closely, and it is difficult to distinguish the two

by words although specimens of the two look very different.

4, Mussannpa vinLosa, Wall. Cat. 6254. A climber; young

branches much thinner than a goose-quill, deciduously rusty-pilose.

Leaves membranous, oblong, elliptic-ovate or -acute, much narrowed to

the base, the apex shortly acuminate or acute, both surfaces (but especi-

ally the lower) sparsely pilose; main-nerves 9 to 12 pairs, thin but

prominent on the lower surface (when dry), slightly curved, ascending ;

length 3 to 5 in.; breadth 1:25 to 2°25 in.; petiole ‘25 to 1 in,, pilose;

stipules lanceolate, caudate-acuminate, pilose, ‘4 in. long. Cymes ter-

J. u, 26

184 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[ No. 4,

minal and axillary, condensed when in flower, the branches very pilose .

bracts narrowly oblong, ‘3 in. long. Calyx ‘3 to *4 in. long, pilose, the

tube narrowly campanulate, shorter than the linear-lanceolate acuminate

teeth; the odd lobe occasionally petaloid, ovate-rotund, bluntly acumin-

ate, slightly narrowed to the long petiole, 5-nerved, glabrous above,

pubescent below on the nerves, shorter than the leaves. Corolla yellow,

‘75 in. long, more than three times as long as the calyx, narrowly

cylindric in its lower half, slightly wider in the upper half; the limb

only about ‘25 in. in diam., its lobes short, broad ; the mouth closed by

a mass of thick short hairs. Fruit oblong-clavate, with lax deciduous

white hairs, about °5 in. long and ‘25 in. in diam. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

TII. 191 (among doubtful species).

Perak: Scortechint 240, 243; Yapp 213, 341; Schomburgk 17;

Curtis 1024. Penana: King 600; King’s Collector 1755; Curtis 289,

1934. LanKawi: Curtis 2871. Panane: Ridley 2188. Kenan: Curtis

2521.

This species was (no doubt from want of good specimens) treated in the Flora

of British India as a doubtful one. Since the Flora was written better specimens

have been obtained,

var. Herveyana, King; leaves broadly ovate or elliptic, shortly and

abruptly acuminate, smaller than in the typical form and densely clothed

on the lower (less so on the upper) surface with soft white hairs; the

young branches and inflorescence with smaller hairs.

Matacca: Hervey.

5. MUSSAENDA CORDIFOLIA, Wall. Cat. 6260. A climber 20 to 60

feet long; young branches thinner than a goose-quill, terete, glabrous.

Leaves thinly coriaceous, oblong, acute or shortly and bluntly acuminate,

only slightly narrowed to the rounded, often slightly cordate base

(occasionally narrowed to the base); both surfaces quite glabrous, the

lower with distinct transverse reticulations ; main-nerves about 8 pairs,

curved, ascending, thin, slightly depressed on the upper surface and

prominent on the lower; length 5 to 6°5 in.; breadth 1°75 to 2°5 in.;

petiole ‘2 to ‘25 in.; rusty adpressed-pilose; stipules free, lanceolate,

much acuminate, deciduously hirsute at the base. Cymes terminal and

axillary, on long slender peduncles, many-flowered, rather lax, sparsely

adpressed rusty-pubescent ; bracts few, about 15 in. long. Calyx -2 in,

long, cylindric-campanulate, the lobes linear-lanceolate, shorter than

the tube, spreading, one occasionally enlarged (2 to 2°5 in. long) and

petaloid, ovate-oblong, creamy white, glabrous, with 5 or 6 pairs of

ascending puberulous nerves, its petiole slender, ‘5 to °75 in. long. Corolla

nearly 1 in. long, adpressed-pubescent outside, the tube narrowly cylin-

dric, slightly widening upwards, the limb only ‘2 in. wide, its lobes ovate,

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 185

acute, spreading, pubescent on both surfaces. Fruit broadly sub-oyoid,

glabrous, crowned by the small cicatrix of the deciduous calyx-lobes,

°35 in. long and about ‘25 in. in diam. WM. glabra, Wall. Cat. 6251 sheets

B. and C. WM. glabra, Hook. fil. (not of Vahl) Fl. Br. Ind. IIL. 91 var. 4

and part of vars. 2 and 3.

Penang: Kiny 603; Curtis 116; Deschamps. Purax: Kiny’s Collec-

tor 4859, 5216; Scortechini 458; Maingay (K.D.) 834. Matacca:

Grogith (K.D.) 2778 (in part).—Disrkis. Mergui Grifith Herb. prop.

160.

The Wallichian No, 6260 consists of a single gathering from Penang and it was

issued under this name. The same species forms, however, part of the Wallichian

material distributed under the name M. glabra, the remarks under which may be

read in the present connection.

6. MucssarnpA poLYNeuURA, King n. sp. Resembling M. glabra,

Vahl, but having leaves with 9 or 10 pairs of little-curved ascending

main-nerves with deciduous adpressed rufous hairs; the inflorescence

and flowers, including the enlarged calyx-lobe, rusty pubescent. M.

glabra, Wall. Cat. 6251 A. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. var. 4 in part.

Matacca: Grifith (K.D.) 2776. Perak: King’s Collector 5775;

Wray 1424.

This is one of the three species included under Wall. Cat. 6251 A.

7. Mussannpa etasra, Vahl Symb. Bot. ILl. 38. A climber; young

shoots much thinner than a goose-quill, angled, with dark-coloured

glabrous lenticellate bark. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, sometimes elliptic,

the base narrowed and the apex shortly acuminate, glabrous except for

some pubescence on the midrib and nerves; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs

curving upwards, thin but prominent on the lower surface when dry ;

length 2°5 to 3°5 in., breadth ‘5 in to 16 in., rarely 2 in.; petiole aboat

‘2 in,; stipules free, broad, bifid, the lobes acuminate, ‘2 to °3 in. long,

puberulous. Cymes solitary on the apices of the terminal and. lateral

branches, longer than the leaves, their brauches at first sometimes crowded

but in fruit always lax, many-flowered, softly puberulous; bracts few,

lanceolate, ‘2 in. long. Calyx narrowly campanulate, ‘2 in. long, the

mouth with short spreading lincar-lauceolate pubescent teeth; the tube

sub-glabrous ; occasionally one lobe petaloid (white), glabrous, ovate-

acute, rounded at the base or narrowed to the long petiole with about 5

nerves radiating from the base, smaller than the leaves. Corolla yellow,

pubescent, about four times longer than the calyx, narrowly cylindric

but somewhat dilated in its upper fourth; the limb only ‘2 in. across, its

lobes spreading, triangular. J’ruit oblong, slightly narrowed at the base

and apex, the latter crowned by the scar of the deciduous calyx-lobes,

186 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 4

‘5 in, long and ‘3 in. in diam. whendry. DC. Prod. IV. 370; Wall.

Cat. 6251 sheet A only and in part; Kurz. For. Fl. Burm. II. 56; Hook.

fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 90 (in part).

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 834; Griffith (K.D.) 2779, Stineapore:

Ridley 116. Matacca: Derry 31.—Disrris. British india.

Var. puberula, upper surface of leaves glabrous except the puberu-

lous midrib and nerves; lower surface puberulous or pubescent on the

reticulations and sometimes on the interspaces also. M. glabra Vahl,

Var, 2: Hook. fil. lic. 91.

Singapore: Walker 65; Anderson 77; Schomburgk 43; Ridley 116a,

846a, 3601. :

Under the No. 6251 and the name WU. glabra, Wallich issued three gather-

ings bearing the letters A, B, and C. The gathering B was received from Herb.

Finlayson, and the locality of its collection is unknown. Gathering C was received

from Penang. Both these are the same as the plant issued as W. cordifolia and as

No. 6260. The remaining gathering (A), as preserved in the Wallichian Herba-

rium in possession of the Linnean Society of London consist of three twigs, for one of

which with almost glabrous flowers the name M. glabra is arbitrarily retained. Of

the other two one has been referred by Sir Joseph Hooker to HZ. Wallichii, G. Don,

and the third belongs to the species which I have named J. polyneura.

8. MussAENDA OBLONGA, King n. sp. A shrub 6 to 8 feet high;

young branches as thick as a goose-quill, angled, somewhat compressed,

pale, striate, sparsely lenticellate, glabrous. Leaves membranous, elliptic-

or oboyate-oblong or obovate-lanceolate, much narrowed to the base, the

apex shortly and rather abruptly caudate-acuminate; both surfaces

glabrous, the lower pale (when dry); main-nerves 6 to 9 pairs, curved-

ascending, slightly conspicuous; length 5:5 to 9°5 in.; breadth 1:75 to

3'5 in.; petiole ‘4 to *8 in., puberulous or glabrous; stipules triangular,

linear-acuminate, glabrous, *25 to 4 in. long. Cymes solitary, terminal,

shortly pedunculate, much shorter than the leaves even when in fruit,

umbellate, lax, wide-spreading; the branches somewhat compressed,

glabrous; bracts linear-lanceolate, ‘2 in. long. Calyx ‘3 to ‘4 in. long,

glabrous; the tube cylindric, slightly expanded above the base, its mouth

with linear erect teeth shorter than or as long as the tube. Corolla

pale yellow, twice as long as the calyx; the tube cylindric; the limb ‘4

in. in diam., its lobes narrowly lanceolate. Fruit globular-ovoid, some-

times sub-obovoid, the apex broad, crowned by the cicatrix of the deci-

duous calyx. M. longifolia, Wall. Cat. 6258, (not of Lam.) WM. Wal-

lichit, G. Don, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 88 (not of Don).

Perak :. King’s Collector 1935, 3542; Curtis 3303.

9. Mossagnpa Trysmanniana, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat, II. 213. A clim-

ber; young branches somewhat thinner than a goose-quill, terete,

deciduously adpressed rusty-pilose, and with elongated lenticels. Leaves

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 187

membranous, broadly elliptic to obovate-oblong, shortly acuminate,

more or less narrowed at the base; both surfaces of the young leaves

(but especially the paler lower one) with minute adpressed rusty hair,

the older glabrous except on the midrib and 7 or 8 pairs of slightly

curved ascending rather short main-nerves; the connecting nerves wide

and transverse; length 5 to 7 in.; breadth 2 to 3 in.; petiole ‘25 to ‘5

in. long, deciduously villous; stipules free, lanceolate, with broad bases

and long linear apices, pilose, ‘15 to ‘2 in. long. Cymes terminal, lax,

longer than the leaves, spreading, much branched, umbellately many-

flowered ; the branches minutely pubescent, the bracts at their divisions

short and cup-like, those near the base of the flowers much longer (‘1 to

‘2 in.) oblong, free. Calyx :15 to ‘3 in. long, sparsely pilose; the tube

sub-cylindric shorter than the 5 narrowly lanceolate acuminate spread-

ing teeth, one of the lobes occasionally petaloid and larger than the

leaves, elliptic to elliptic-rotund, shortly apiculate, much narrowed to

the long hairy petiole, puberulous on both surfaces, pubescent on the 5

radiating nerves. Corolla about three times as long as the calyx, its

tube narrowly cylindric, slightly widened in its upper third and minute-

ly strigose; the limb ‘25 in. across (when dry); its lobes broad, sub-

acute. Fruit (unripe) cylindric, sub-clavate, crowned by the scars of

the deciduous calyx-lobes.

Perak; King’s Collector 731, 855, 1910, 3276, 10345.—Duisrris.

Bali, Teysmann.

Imperfectly known species.

‘10. MossanrNDA MEMBRANACEA, King n. sp. A climber; young

branches thinner than a goose-quill, angled, dark-coloured, glabrous.

Leaves membranous, broadly elliptic, sometimes slightly obovate, the

apex shortly, broadly, and abruptly acuminate, the base gradually

narrowed; both surfaces glabrous; main-nerves 5 to 7 pairs, little-

curved, faint, spreading; length 2°75 to 4 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2 in.;

petiole °6 to ‘8 in., stipules united to form a short glabrous cap. Cymes

solitary, on a peduncle longer than the leaves, few-flowered, dichotom-

ous, spreading, sub-glabrous, the bracts minute, subulate.

Singapore: Ridley 1639.

This is only known by leaf-specimens. It is a very distinct species differing

in form and texture of its leaves from any other Mussaenda in the Provinces. Its

nearest ally seems to be M. glabra, Wall., and it much resembles a ‘l'onquin species

(hitherto unnamed) collected by Balansa (Herb. 624).

19, Triscrapta, Hook. fil.

A glabrous woody climber. Leaves coriaceous, few-nerved ; stipules

short, broad, connate below, 2-toothed, caducous, leaving an annular

185 King & Garable—JFlora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[No. 4,

sear. lowers in panicled or ternate compound terminal umbels ; bracts

and bracteoles 0 (or if any caducous). Calyz-tube campanulate; limb

coriaceous, tubular, minutely 5-toothed, ciliate, deciduous. Corolla

coriacecus, salyer-shaped; its tube short, glabrous everywhere; lobes of

the limb as long as the tube, narrowly oblong, blunt, reflexed valvate in

bud, their tips incurved. Anthers 5, linear, dorsifixed by short filaments

on the throat of the corolla, versatile, exserted. Ovary 2-celled; style

filiform; stigmas 2, linear-lanceolate; ovules 2 or more in each cell

sunk in a fleshy placenta adnate to the septum. Fruit large, baccate,

globular with leathery pericarp; seeds large compressed.—Distriz. A

single Malayan species.

TRISCIADIA TRUNCATA, Hook. fil. in Benth. & Hook. fil. Gen. Plantar.

II. 69. Young branches thinner than a goose-quill, pale-brown when

dry. Leaves broadly elliptic to sub-rotund, obtuse or bluntly cuspidate,

both surfaces olivaceous-brown when dry, the upper shining; the lower

paler, dull; main-nerves 4 to 6 pairs, slightly curved, ascending, promi-

nent on the lower surface; length 2°5 to 4 in,; petioles *3 to ‘5 in.,

stipules forming a tube only ‘lin. deep. Umbels 2'5 to 4 in, long, and

about as much across. Flowers *5 in. long, their pedicels about ‘1 in.

long. Calyz ‘1 in. long, truncate, the limb minutely toothed. Corolla

*4 in. long, coriaceous, tubular, slightly expanded at the mouth and

divided into 5 narrowly oblong, blunt, reflexed lobes about as long as the

tube. Fruit globular, crowned by the large flat calyx-scar, about 1 in.

in diam. Webera truncata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey and Wall. II. 538.

Stylocoryne truncata, Wall. Cat. 8403. Gupia truncata, DC. Prod. 1V. 394.

Pseudixora truncata, Mig. F1. Ind. Bat. II. 210.

Penanc: Wallich. Perak: Wray 2104, 3271; Scortechini; Ridley

8374; King’s Collector 5508, 6431, 6545.—Distris. Andaman Islands;

Sumatra; Java, Forbes 2504.

20. AvLacopiscus, Hook. fil.

Small glabrous trees. Leaves coriaceous; the stipules narrowly

triangular, long-acuminate, caducous. Flowers small, polygamous, in

axillary pedunculate many-flowered paniculate or umbellate cymes.

Calyz-tube broadly hemispheric; the limb short and truncate-sinuate.

lanceolate, valvate, incurved lobes. Stamens 8 or 16, the alternate row

imperfect ; filaments flexuous; anthers dorsified, small, didymous. Disk

large and prominent, 8- to 16-lobed. Ovary 6- to 16-celled; ovules

numerous, on prominent placentas in the inher angles of the cells.

Berry small, globose, areolate at the apex, usually 8- to 16-celled. Seeds

numerous, minute, sub-globose; the texta thick, crustaceous, pitted ;

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 189

embryo pyriform, in fleshy albumen.—Duisrris. Two species, both

Malayan.

A genus closely allied to Urophyllum.

Flowers in long-peduncled cymes with leafy bracts at

the bases of branches; calyxashallowcup;leayesacute 1. A, premnoides,

Flowers in shortly peduncled panicles without leafy

bracts ; calyx a deep cup; leaves acuminate -. 2. A. Maingayi.

1, AULACODISCUS PREMNOIDES, Hook. fil. in Gen. Plantar. IT. 71.

Young branches dark-coloured, 4-angled, glabrous. eaves thinl y

coriaceous, oblong, shortly acuminate, the base slightly narrowed, both

surfaces olivaceous-brown when dry, glabrous; the upper shining, the

lower paler, dull and transversely reticulate; main-nerves 14 to 16

pairs, spreading to slightly curved; length 5:5 to 7 in.; breadth 1:25 to

1°65 in.; petiole -2 to 385 in. Cymes about 1:25 in. long and 1°5 in. in

diam., pedunculate, axillary, trichotomously umbellate, rusty-puberu-

lous; the common peduncle 1 in. long, the secondary half as long, each

bearing at its base a leafy ovate-rotund petiolate bract *3 to ‘4 in. long.

Flowers about *1 in. long, their pedicels longer. Calyx shallow, cupular,

indistinctly toothed. Corolla much depressed in bud, the mouth with

8 inflexed lobes, hairy outside. Perfect stamens 8, included, broadly

ovate, on short filaments. Disc large, convex, hairy, deeply 8-crooved.

Hook, fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 97 in part. Azanthes enneandra, Wight in

Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. VIII. 144.

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2938.

-2,. AvuAcopiscus Maineavi, King & Gamble n. sp. A tree; young

branches as thick as a goose- or swan-quill, dark-coloured, obtusely

4-angled. eaves thinly coriaceous, pale-brown when dry, oblong or

oblong-elliptic, acute, slightly narrowed at the base; both surfaces

shining, olivaceous-brown, the lower slightly paler; main-nerves 12 to

14 pairs, curved, spreading, thin but prominent beneath; length 6 to 8

in.; breadth 2 to 2°5 in.; petiole ‘25 to ‘5 in. Panicles pedunculate,

cymose, with no leafy bracts at the bases of the branches, many-flowered,

1 to 1'5 in. in diam., slightly puberulous and with a few small bracteoles,

the peduncles less than ‘5 in. long, Flowers ‘1 in. long, their pedicels

longer. Calyx deeply cupular ; sub-glabrous ; its mouth truncate, entire.

Corolla twice as long as the calyx, with 8 deep lanceolate reflexed lobes,

Style long, reflexed over the disc.; stigma large, Fruit ‘25 in, in diam,

Aulacodiscus premnoides, Hook, fil. in Fl. Br, Ind, TII. 97 in part,

Manracca: Maingay (K.D,) 938. Senancor: Curtis 2343. Perrar:

Scortechini 2004; King’s Collector 1086,—Disrris. Sumatra.

This is one of the two plants referred to A. premnoides by Sir Joseph Hooker in

F.B.I. le. It appears to us to differ sufficiently from the other one (Griffith K.D.

190 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

2988) to deserve specific rank. It agrees with a Sumatra plant in Herb. Caleutta

bearing the MSS. name A. peltastigma, Mig. But we can find no description of the

species.

21. URopHyYLLuM, Wall.

Small trees or shrubs with terete slender branches. Leaves petiolate,

usnally elongate and acuminate. Stipules elongate small, rarely large.

Flowers small (sometimes unisexual) in small axillary, sessile or pedun-

culate cymes or fascicles; their pedicels usually short, bracteolate at

the base. Calya-tube short, sub-globose or obconic, the limb cupular,

persistent, usually 5-lobed (rarely 4- to 7-lobed). Corolla coriaceous,

with a short tube and villous throat; the limb with 5 (rarely 4 to 7)

erect or spreading triangular valvate lobes. Stamens 5 (rarely 4 to 7),

inserted by short filaments in the throat. Anthers linear, acute, dorsi-

fixed. Dzsc tumid, suleate. Ovary 5 (varely 4- to 7-celled) ; style short,

often tumid at the base; stigma ovoid or clavate entire or notched.

Ovules numerous, on axillary placentas. Fruit a small 4- to 5-celled

many-seeded berry. Seeds minute, sub-globose; the testa pitted,

crustaceous; the embryo clavate, in fleshy albumen.—Distris. about 35

species; tropical Asiatic and African and one in Japan.

Leaves more or less hairy :—

The whole of the under surface of the leaves more or

less pubescent :—

Leaves elliptic-oblong, 6 to 10 in. long :—

Cymes with large permanent bracts 500 U. villoswm.

Cymes ebracteate or with small deciduous bracts 2. U. macrophyllum.

Leaves oblong-lanceolate, 2°5 to 5 in. long :—

Pubescence of leaves, young branches and fruit

cinereous eee nee -- oo U. hirsutum.

Pubescence of leaves ae young branches warm-

ferrugineons, fruit glabrous toe 4. U. ferrugineum.

Under surfaces of the leaves pubescent only on file

midrib and nerves :—

Leaves 8 to 10 in. long :—

Flowers on bracteolate pedunculate, trichotom-

ously umbellate cymes several inches across .,, 2. U. macrophyllum,

var. corymbosa.

Leaves 3 to 5 in. long :—

Flowers in dense many-flowered sessile cymes or

in few-flowered shortly pedunculate umbels;

fruit sparingly hairy or sub-glabrous; leaves not

bullate oe “ ee .. 5. U, streptopodiwm.

Leaves everywhere glabrous :—

Flowers 5-merous :—

Umbels simple ; flowers glabrous, on slender pedi-

cels :—

Umbels 10- to 12-flowered; leaves caudate-acu-

1903. J King & Gamble—Tlora of the Malayan Peninsula. 191

minate, shining when dry, the main-nerves very

prominent vee see w» 6, U, glabrwm,

Umbels 4- to 6-flowered ; leaves shortly acumin-

ate, dull when dry ; nerves not prominent «. 5. U, streptopodiwm,

Flowers 4-merous :—

Umbels compound, trichotomous; flowers pedi-

celled, with hirsute permanent bracteoles ; corolla

puberulous outside, hirsute inside... we UT. 6«U, trifurcum,

Cymes 8- to 10-flowered; flowers sessile puberu-

lous... oct n0¢ oc . 8. U, potatorwm.

1. Uropnyiium vittosum, Jack & Wall. in Roxb. FI). Ind. ed.

Carey & Wall. II. 185. -A shrub to 10 feet high; young branches

nearly as thick as a goose-quill, covered with adpressed yellowish hair,

Leaves coriaceous, pale, yellowish-green when dry, oblong-elliptic,

caudate-acuminate, the base slightly narrowed or rounded; upper sur-

face glabrous; the lower boldly reticulate and bearing many pale sub-

adpressed hairs especially on the nerves and veins; midrib prominent,

tomentose; main-nerves 10 or 11 pairs, much curved, ascending, bold on

the lower surface; length 7 to 10 in.; breadth 2°75 to 3:25 in.; petiole

‘3 in., tomentose. Stipules narrowly oblong-lanceolate, blunt, tomentose

below, ‘8 in. long. Cymes ‘4 to ‘8 in, long, on pedicels of the same

length, about *8 in. in diam., condensed; bracts numerous, narrowly

oblong, blunt, pilose, persistent. Flowers densely crowded, their pedicels

short, pubescent. Calyz campanulate, ‘25 in, long, with 5 triangular

blunt spreading lobes, pubescent on both surfaces. Corolla longer than

the calyx, cylindric-campanulate, thick, deeply divided into 5 oblong

concave lobes, the throat densely pilose; stamens linear, glabrous.

Fruit sub-globular, truncate at the apex and crowned by the short

triangular calyx-teeth, sparsely villous, 3 in. in diam. when dry. Wall.

Cat. 8314; DC. Prod. IV. 441; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 99.

PananG: Wallich; King; Maingay (K.D.) 884; Curtis 178, 7201.

Perak: Wray 2634; Scortechini 1983; King’s Collector 526, 2563;

Ridley 9711. Stnearore: Lobb 322.

2. “UROPHYLLUM MACROPHYLLUM, Korth. Young branches slender,

obtusely 4-angled, at first densely and minutely pubescent, sometimes

becoming ultimately almost glabrous. Leaves membranous, elliptic-

oblong, sometimes obovate-elliptic, shortly and rather abruptly acumin-

ate, the base cuneate; upper surface olivaceous-green when dry, glab-

rous except the depressed-pubescent midrib ; the lower pale-olivaceous,

the midrib and 9 to 11 pairs of curved ascending main-nerves promi

nent and pale pubescent, the interspaces and rather distinct transverse

veins also pubescent ; length 6 to 10 in.; breadth 1:75 to 3 in.; petiole

‘4 to ‘6 in.; stipules lanceolate, adpressed-pubescent, ‘4 to*6 in. long

Ay wig PG

192 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 4,

Cymes 8- to 10-flowered, ebracteate or bracts small and fugacious, when

in flower not much exceeding the peticles in length; the peduncles

much shorter (longer in var. corymbosa) than the pubescent pedicels.

Flowers °15 in. long, their pedicels °3 to “4 in. long. Calyx a shallow

truncate adpressed-hairy cup, its mouth with 5 short triangular teeth.

Corolla longer than the calyx, glabrous. Fruit globular, glabrescent,

crowned by the calyx-lobes, ‘15 in. in diam. Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8,

68. Axanthes longifolia, Wight in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. VII. 145 t. 2,

£,1. U. strigosum, Kurz Fl. Burm. II. 53 (not of Korthals). U. longi-

folium, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 99.

Penance: Curtis 2753. Senancor: Ridley 7440, 8576. Prrax:

Wray 2201, 3511; Scortechini 267, 715 ; King’s Collector 2838, 2948, 2964.

Var. corymbosa; cymes 1 or 2 in the axils of the leaves, often as

much as 3°5 in. long (including the long peduncle), trichotomously

corymbose; stipules longer than the petioles, broadly oblong lanceolate,

sometimes auricled at the base, pubescent. Urophyllum corymbosum,

Korth. Ned. Kruidk. Arch. II. 194; Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8, 73.

Perak: Scortechini. King’s Collector, 2263, 2298, 2409, 5723.

JoHor: King.—Distriz, Sumatra, Java.

3. UropHytium uirsotum, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind., II. 98. Young

branches slender, softly cinereous-tomentose like the stipules, petioles,

and inflorescence. Leaves membranous, oblong-lanceolate or narrowly

elliptic, acuminate, the base rounded or sometimes narrowed ; upper

surface glabrous, rarely sub-glabrous; the lower with pale soft spread-

ing hairs especially on the midrib and nerves ; main-nerves 8 to 10 pairs,

curved, ascending; length 3 to 5 in.; breadth 1 to 2 in.; petiole ‘15 to

-25 in.; stipules much longer than the petioles, linear-lanceolate. Cymes

small, capitate, sessile, few-flowered, with a few ovate-lanceolate bracts.

Calyz hairy, on a short stalk; the tube very short; the limb with 5

broad triangular spreading lobes. Corolla hairy. Fruit depressed-

globose, the apex truncate, crowned by the small remains of the calyx,

sparsely pubescent, °15 to °2 in. in diam. when dry. Awanthes hirsuta,

Wight in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. VII. 148. Wendlandia bifaria, Wall.

Cat. 6278.

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 873; Grifith (K.D.) 2939; Wallich,

Goodenough. Prnane: Ridley 10251. Sptancor: Ridley 7442. Nuerti

Sempinan: fidley 10100. Sincapore: Ridley 3906, 4913, 8428.

Jonor: Ridley 4912, 11173, 11174. Perak: Scortechini 84; Wray 152,

1305, 2488 ; King’s Collector 199, 10494. Panane: Ridley 2204, 2206.

This species varies considerably as to the amount of hair on the leaves and as to

the number of the main-nerves. I refer to it with some hesitation Ridley 11176

from Johor, No, 8577 from Selangor, Scortechini 267 from Perak.

Po ea

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 193

4. URoPHYLLUM FreRRUGINEUM, King and Gamble n. sp. A slender

smali tree. Young stems softy, minutely, and rather sparsely rusty-

tomentose. Leaves membranous, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, caudate-

acuminate, the base slightly narrowed or rounded; upper surface

glabrous, the midrib distinct, depressed, the main-nerves faint when

dry; lower paler, sparsely rusty-sericeous between the nerves; the

main-nerves themselves about 7 pairs, curved, ascending, distinct and,

like the midrib, densely rusty-sericeous; length 2°5 to 3°5 in.; breadth

‘) to 1 in.; petioles ‘15 to ‘4 in., tomentose; stipules more than twice

as long as the petioles, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, rusty-sericeous.

Cymes not much exceeding the petioles, almost sessile, few-flowered,

with a few small lanceolate bracts at their bases. Flowers on pubescent

pedicels equal to or longer than themselves. Calyx shortly campanulate,

with 5 broad short pointed teeth, almost glabrous. Corolla white,

glabrous, larger than the calyx, the tube shortly cylindric; the teeth

d, rather large, triangular, acute. Fruit depressed globular, truncate at

the apex and bearing the small calyx-teeth, glabrous, ‘2 in. in diam.

Perak: Ridley 2930, 9736; Curtis 2017; Wray 2065, 3933; King’s

Collector 780, 4112; Scortechini 205. Kupan: Ridley.

_ A Species near U. streptopodiwm, Wall., but readily distinguished by its soft silky

hair. This is closely allied to a Bornean species collected by Beccari, P.B. 1840, and

by Ridley, 2781, which has however longer pedicelled flowers and hairy fruit,

5. UROPHYLLUM STREPTOPODIUM, Wall. Cat. 8317; Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind. III. 99. A shrub or small tree; young branches less than half as

thick as a goose-quill, yellowish-brown, at first minutely adpressed-

pubescent, ultimately often glabrous. eaves thinly coriaceous, elliptic-

oblong to oblanceolate, shortly acuminate, much narrowed from near

the middle to the base, both surfaces greenish-yellow to pale olivaceous-

brown when dry, the upper glabrous; the lower paler, transversely

reticulate, minutely scaly, glabrous, or finely pubescent on the midrib

and 5 to 8 pairs of curved, ascending main-neryes and also sometimes on

the transverse veins; length 2°5 to 6 in.; breadth ‘8 to 2 in.; petioles

‘25 to ‘5 in., adpressed-pubescent or glabrous. Stipules narrowly oblong-

lanceolate, acute or blunt, sparsely adpressed-pubescent or sub-glabrous,

slightly longer (some twice as long) as the petioles. Cymes axillary,

from as long to twice as long as the petioles, many-flowered dense and

sessile, or umbellate on short bracteolate peduncles and few-flowered.

Flowers about ‘15 in. long, on pubescent pedicels lengthening in fruit to

‘lto-2in. Calyx sub-glabrous, cupular-campanulate, the mouth with 5

(occasionally 6) small, more or less acute triangular lobes. Corolla one

and a half to nearly three times as long as the calyx, campanulate, with

5 deep oblong blunt, sub-erect or reflexed lobes, often hairy on the

194 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

inner surface. Fruit sub-globular, depressed, the apex truncate and

crowned by the minute remains of the calyx, glabrous or sparsely hairy,

‘lto'2in.indiam. JU. parviflorum, Wall. Cat. 8320; U. glabrum, Wall.

Cat. 8316 in part. Urophyllum, Wall. Cat. 8315? U. Blumeanum,

Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 99. U. umbellulatum, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.

Suppl. 542; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II]. Geniostomum acuminatum,

Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind., ed. Carey & Wall. II. 316; Wall. Cat. 9067.

Timonius acuminatus, Wall. Cat. 6218. <Azanthes Blumeanus, Wight in

Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. IV. 145.

In all the provinces; a common and variable plant passing into U.

glabrum and doubtfully distinct therefrom. .

6. URoPHYLLUM GLABRUM, Wall. in Roxb. FI. Ind.,ed. Carey and Wall.

II. 186. A shrub; or small tree 15 to 20 feet high; young branches

half as thick as a goose-quill, obtusely 4-angled and grooved, puberulous,

becoming glabrous. Leaves thinly coriaceous, elliptic, oblong-elliptic, or

oblong, shortly acuminate, slightly narrowed or rounded at the base ;

both surfaces pale yellowish- or olivaceous-brown when dry, glabrous

and reticulate, the midrib bold, depressed on the upper surface but

prominent on the lower, like the 7 to 12 pairs of curved, spreading,

main-nerves; length 4 to 9 in.; breadth 1°5 to 3 in,; petioles ‘3 to ‘5 or

sometimes 1 in. long, puberulous or glabrous; stipules linear-oblong,

blunt ; adpressed-pubescent, somewhat longer than the petioles. Umbels

axillary, 10- to 12-flowered, bracteolate, on peduncles varying from ‘25

to ‘5 in. or even I in. in length, rarely sub-sessile. Flowers ‘15 in. long,

on slender pedicels ‘2 to ‘3 in. long. Calya widely cupular, truncate or

minutely toothed, glabrous. Corolla glabrous, longer than the calyx, its

mouth with 5 deeply triangular lobes. Anthers ovate, surrounded by

long hairs. Fruit depressed-globular, crowned by the wavy calyx, ‘2 in.

indiam. Wall. Cat. 8316 (excl. B); DC. Prod. 1V, 441; Kurz Fl. Burm.

Il. 58. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. II. 98. Koord. & Valet Bijdr. 8, 66.

Urophyllum, Wall. Cat. 8318, 8319, 8322. JU. arboreum, Korth. in Ned.

Krindk. Arch. II. 194. U. repandulum, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 353.

Axanthes arborea, Blume Bijdr. 1603. Wallichia arborea, Reinw. ex

Blume in Flora 1825, 107. Urophyllum Grifithianum, Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind, Ill. 98. Awanthes Grifithiana, Wight in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist.

VII. 147.

In all the provinces ; very common.

7. URopPHYLLUM tRirurcum, H. H. W. Pearson MSS. Young

branches terete, dark-coloured, glabrous, half as thick as a goose-quill.

Leaves coriaceous, oblong-elliptic, shortly acuminate, the base rounded or

slightly narrowed ; both surfaces glabrous except the depressed pubescent

midrib and nerves on the upper, the lower reticulate, shining ; main-

oP]

Or eee ian el

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 195

nerves 10 to 12 pairs, curved, spreading, very prominent beneath; length

‘6 to ‘8 in.; breadth 2°5 to 3°25 in.; petioles ‘5 to °75 in, stout. Flowers

in pedunculate trichotomous axillary compound umbels, the common

peduncle 1 to 1°25 in. Jong, rusty-puberulous ; the secondary umbels on

short peduncles 6- to 8-flowered, with broadly ovate hirsute deciduous

bracteoles at their bases. Flowers ‘25 in. long, on rusty-pubescent pedicels

shorter than themselves. Calyx cupular ; its mouth truncate, undulate.

Corolla as long as the calyx; its 4 lobes broad, blunt, puberulous out-

side, hirsute inside. Frwit unknown.

Jonor: Ridley 4084, 7441; Scortechini. SuLuancor: Ridley 7441,

7435, 8540. Panane: Redley 11180.

8. URopHyLLum poratorumM, King n. sp. A small tree; all parts

except the flowers glabrous; young branches thinner than a goose-quill,

terete, pale-brown when dry. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic-oblong, candate-

acuminate, the base cuneate, both surfaces brown tinged with olivaceous

when dry, dull; main-nerves 5 to 9 pairs prominent like the midrib on

the lower surface and depressed on the upper, veins faint on both;

length 4 to 8 in.; breadth 1:25 tol'75 in.; petiole ‘2 to ‘25 in. stout;

stipules ovate, much acuminate. Oymes axillary, longer than the petioles,

8- to 10-flowered. Flowers crowded, puberulous externally. Calyx

sessile, cylindric, the limb obscurely toothed, '2 in. long. Corolla longer

than the calyx; the 4 lobes oblong, blunt, reflexed. Fruit unknown,

Maracca: on Mount Ophir. Hullett 104; Wray 756. Perak:

King’s Collector 3211.

The flowers in the only three specimens which I have seen are in bad condition,

but they appear to be those of Urophyllum. According to Mr. Wray’s field note, the

flower is whitish-green and the fruit is orange or yellow when ripe. The leaves of

the plant ave used by the Malays to make a decoction which they drink as a beverage

that appears to have some of the physiological effects of tea.

Norr.—In addition to the foregoing species from the Malay Peninsula we take

this opportunity of describing the following very distinct species which has hitherto

been collected only in the Andaman Islands.

UROPHYLLUM ANDAMANICUM, King & Gamble n. sp, Young branches brown,

thinner than a goose-quill, glabrous but for a very few scattered hairs near the

nodes, Leaves oblanceolate, shortly and rather abruptly acuminate, narrowed from

above the middle to the short petiole; upper surface pale olivaceous when dry,

glabrous; the lower paler, glabrous, except the rusty adpressed-pilose midrib and

nerves, transversely reticulate; main-nerves 10 to 12 pairs, ascending, very slightly

curved; length 5 to 75 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2:26 in.; petiole 25 to 35 in. Stipules

lanceolate, much acuminate, densely rusty-pilose on the lower surface. Cymes 1 to

8 in a leaf-axile, on slender peduncles much longer than the petioles, densely

umbellate, many-flowered, the flowers on coarsely rusty-pubescent pedicels, mostly

longer than themselves. Flowers ‘15 in. long, Calyx deeply cupular, pubescent

outside like the pedicels ; the mouth truncate and usually entire, sometimes minutely

toothed. Corolla twice as long as the calyx, glabrous except the densely pilose

196 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

throat; the lobes deep, broadly lanceolate, acute, Fruit sub-globular, truncate, the

top bearing the wide-cupular calyx-limb, puberulous, ‘15 in. in diam.

ANDAMAN IsLANDS: King, Prain.

22. AppnosAcme, Wall.

Shrubs with terete brittle branches. Leaves membranous, with

many pinnate nerves; stipules lanceolate, sometimes toothed. Flowers

in axillary or terminal paniculate, spreading cymes, bracts often

glandular. Calyz-tube globose or hemispheric, with 4 to 6 persistent

lobes. Corolla tubular; its lobes 4 to 6, triangular or oblong, valvate in

bud, their edges everted. Stamens 4 to 6, inserted by short filaments on

the tube. Ovary 2- or 5-6-celled; style slender or thickened above;

stigmas 2 or 5-6, linear ; ovules very numerous, on fleshy peltate placentas.

Fruit a globose berry, with coriaceous or fleshy epicarp, crowned by the

remains of the calyx, 2- to 5-6-celled, indehiscent or dehiscing loculicid-

ally at the apex; seeds many on sub-globose placentas. Seeds small,

angled, dotted ; embryo minute in fleshy albumen.—Distris. Species

about 6; Indian and Malayan.

Flowers °15 in. long, numerous, in much-branched

paniculate cymes 2 to 6 in. long «.» 1, A, longifolia.

Flowers ‘6 in. long, few, in small pedunnniate cymes

not exceeding 1 inch in length nce «. 2. <A, Scortechinit.

1. ADENOSACME LONGIFOLIA, Wall. Cat. 6280. Two or three feet

high; stems as thick as a goose- or swan-quill, straw-coloured, shining,

glabrous. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, elliptic-oblanceolate or elliptic,

apex rather shortly acuminate, the base much narrowed from above or

below the middle to the usually elongate petiole, upper surface dark

olivaceous when dry, glabrous, puberulous or pubescent ; lower surface

always paler and usually more pubescent than the upper; main-nerves

10 to 24 pairs, curved, spreading, thin but distinct on both surfaces;

length 6 to 12 in.; breadth 1°5 to 4 5. Stipules oblong, blunt, about °3

in. long. Cymes aannculate; from 2 to 6 in. across, never more than half

as long as the leaves and usually much shorter, solitary, many-flowered,

branching from the base or on short peduncles, the branches slender,

angled, glabrous‘or puberulous, the smaller ones zig-zagged and very thin.

Flowers ‘15 in. long, shorter than their pedicels, solitary or in fascicles

of 2 or 3. Calyx almost globular, sparsely pubescent outside; the 5 or

6 lobes spreading, their edges with a few thick elongate glands. Corolla

not much exceeding the calyx, densely hirsute outside, glabrous inside;

the lobes erect, oblong, blunt. Stamens subsessile. Capsule turbinate,

transversely elongated, :2 in. in diam. , faintly 2-lobed, with many vertical

lines, the epicarp brittle, sub- glabrous, pure white. Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.

1903. ] King & Gamble— Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 197

II. 217; Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 160; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 95.

A. Malayana, Wall. Cat. 6282. Bertiera javanica, and B. fasciculata,

Blume Bijdr. 987; DC. Prod. IV. 392. Mycetia javanica, Reinw.

Rondeletia longifolia, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed, Carey and Wall. IT.

137; Don Prodr. Fl. Nep. 138. Wendlandia longifolia, DC. lic. 412,

W. Malayana, G. Don Gen. Syst. III. 519.

In all the provinces, more or less common.

Varying considerably as to the length of the leaves and petioles and ag to the

breadth of the former, The flowers are 2- or 3-morphic in the matter of style and

stamens,

2. Aprenosacme Scorrecuinu, King & Gamble n. sp. A shrub

6 to 8 feet high; branches as thick as the little finger, the youngest

much thinner; bark corky, at first pubescent and brown, but after-

wards exfoliating, and very pale and deeply grooved. Leaves obovate-

elliptic or broadly oblanceolate, shortly and abruptly acuminate, much

narrowed to the base ; upper surface brown and glabrous, the lower paler,

puberulous on the midrib, main-nerves and rather distinct transverse

veins; main-nerves 16 to 18 pairs, sub-horizontal, prominent beneath ;

length 8 to 13 in,; breadth 3 to 5 in.; petiole 5 to 1:25 in., pubescent ;

stipules shorter than the petioles, triangular, acute. Cymes several from

the axils of fallen leaves, under 1 in. in length including the short

peduncle, minutely rusty-tomentose, with a pair of lanceolate bracts °15

in. long at the apex of the peduncle and a few minute bracteoles on the

branchlets. Flowers about ‘6 in. long. Calye campanulate, ‘15 in. long ;

the teeth 5, narrowly lanceolate, longer than thetube. Corolla four times

as long as the calyx, tubular, inflated at the base and contracted below

the limb ; lobes of limb 5, lanceolate. Anthers 5, sessile at the base of

the tube, linear, acute. Style shorter than the corolla-tube, filiform,

divided into 5 linear puberulous stigmatic arms; ovary 2-celled, with

numerous ovules from 2 placentas attached to the septum. Capsule

unknown.

Perak: Scortechint ; King’s Collector 2223; Wray 1474. Srnancor:

idley 7400.

Has 23. Bracuytome, Hook. fil.

Glabrous shrubs with petiolate membranous leaves; stipules tri-

angular, acuminate, persistent. Flowers small, polygamo-dioecious, in

small slender cymose panicles from the axils of undeveloped leaves,

bracts minute. Calyx with an ovoid or oblong tube (short in the male)

and a cupular, 5-toothed persistent limb. Corolla glabrous, widely

funnel-shaped, the limb with 5 short lobes, twisted in bud. Anthers

sub-sessile on the throat of the corolla, included, linear-oblong, im-

perfect in the female flowers, Disc small and annular in the male

198 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. __[No. 4,

flower; cupular and larger in the female. Ovary 2-celled ; style filiform

(short in the male) ; stigmas 2, short, oblong, obtuse, grooved ; ovules

very numerous, borne on the surface of peltate tumid placentas. Berry

small, globular or ovoid, 2-celled, many-seeded. Seeds cuneate, com-

pressed, with thin reticulate testa, and fleshy albumen; embryo small,

sub-cylindric.—Disteris. Two species; one Hastern Himalaya and one

Malayan.

BracoyTome Scorvecuinu, King & Gamble n. sp. A shrub 6 to

12 feet high; young branches twice as thick as a crow-quill, somewhat

compressed. Leaves thinly membranous, narrowly elliptic, tapering

about equally to each end, the apex acuminate, both surfaces pale

olivaceous when dry, the lower tinged with brown; main-neryes 10 to

14 pairs, spreading, curving slightly upwards, prominent on the lower

surface; length 4 to 8 in.; breadth 1°5 to 2°5 in.; petiole ‘2 to *25 in.;

stipules shorter than the petioles, broadly triangular, keeled, acuminate.

Cymes 1 to 1°5 in. long, with few, spreading, lax branches. Flowers ‘35

in. long. Calyx about the same length as the corolla; its tube ovoid,

constricted below the short, obscurely 5-toothed limb. Berry globular,

‘3 in. in diam., smooth, crowned by the short calyx-limb.

Perak: at elevations of 3,000 to 4,000 feet; Scortechini 14, 237, .

1215; King’s Collector 2136, 2930; Wray 950, 2812, 2999.

This resembles B. Wallichii, Hook. fil., the only other species of the genus as yet

described; but that has leaves of thicker texture, more numerous flowers, and

ellipsoid fruit.

24. Srynocorrna, Cav.

Trees or shrubs, with pubescent or glabrous usually membranous

leaves and ovate-triangular, usually deciduous stipules. Flowers in

terminal. corymbose bracteolate cymes, 5-merous. Cualyz-tube ovoid or

campanulate; the limb short or long, always 5-cleft. Corolla funnel-

shaped, its tube varying in length, the throat glabrous; the limb 5-

lobed, narrow, reflexed or spreading. Stamens 6, on the mouth of the

corolla, sessile or on short filaments; the anthers narrow, exserted.

Ovary 2-celled; style stout; stigma long, usually thicker than the style;

fusiform or clavate; ovules numerous, rarely 2 in each cell, often

immersed in the peltate placentas. Fruit globose, baccate, without pulp,

2-celled; cells 2- or many-seeded. Seeds angled; albumen fleshy or

horny ; embryo small; cotyledons small, leafy.—Disrais. Probably about

15 species ; tropical Asiatic.

The above definition is limited so as to include only the pentamerous many-

seeded species which in Hooker’s Flora of British India are included in the genus

Webera of Schreber (founded in 1791). Some recent anthors refer these species to

Tarenna s genus established by Gaertner in 1788 for T, Zeylanica (Gaerter. Fruct.

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 199

- I, 189, t. 28), Gaertner however, defines and figures Tarenna astetramerous. We

therefore for these pentamerous species revive the genus Stylocoryna (established in

1797 by Cavanilles; Cav. Ic. IV. 46, t. 368) which that author describes as pentame-

rous and many-seeded. For the genus Webera of Schreber we reserve in the present

work cer tain tetramerous uni-ovulate plants which in external characters resemble

Ivora and Pavetta. In Engler’s Pflanzen-familien Webera, Schreb., is reduced to

Chomelia, a genus founded by Linnzus in 1737. This name Webera was subsequently

adopted by two botanists, Jacquin and Vellosa, for two distinct genera, There is

thus much confusion connected with it.

Leaves much longer than broad, tapering about equally

to apex and base; cymes contracted :—

Main nerves of leaves faint on both surfaces :—

Leaves oblong-lanceolate quite glabrous; calyx

puberulous, its lobes long, linear ... .» IL. S. angustifolia.

Leaves narrowly elliptic-oblong ; lower surfaces

minutely adpressed-hairy; the upper glabrous

except the midrib; calyx pubescent, its lobes

very short, acute e0¢ .. 2. 9. adpressa.

Main nerves prominent on the lower saetaese _

Leaves hispid on the upper surface, softly

pubescent on the lower; calyx densely covered

with long stiff pale hairs; its lobes long, linear... 3. 9. Maingayi.

Leaves about twice ( rarely three times ) as long as broad ;

cymes spreading; main-nerves 10 to 12 ( rarely so few as

6) pairs, bold and prominent on the lower surface :—

Leaves obovate, glabrous except for tufts of hair in

the nerve axils beneath 000 toe -. 4, 8. costata.

Leaves elliptic-oblong to elliptic-lanceolate or

elliptic :—

Both surfaces of the leaves glabrous except for a

few hairs on the midrib ... “00 * .. 5 8. fragrans.

Upper surface of the leaves hispidulous, the

lower softly pubescent ... oo . 6. S. mollis.

1. SryLocoRYNA ANGUSTIFOLIA, King n. sp. A shrub 4 to 6 feet

high, glabrous except the inflorescence; young branches striate, thinner

than a goose-quill. Leaves coriaceous, narrowly oblong-oblanceolate,

much but rather bluntly acuminate, gradually narrowed from the middle

to the petiole, the edges (when dry) much recurved; both surfaces

blackish when dry, shining, the midrib deeply depressed on the upper,

bold and prominent on the lower surface; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs,

oblique, ascending, indistinct on both surfaces; length 2°5 to 3:5 in.;

breadth °75 to 1 in.; petiole ‘2 to ‘35 in. Stipules broad, transversely

oblong, abruptly acuminate, ‘25 in. long. Cymes less than lin. in diam.,

solitary, terminal, shortly pedunculate, not (even including the peduncles)

half so long as the leaves, the branches few, ascending, compressed,

puberulous with lanceolate spreading bracteoles; 3- to 5-flowered,

J. 11. 28

200 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Flowers 35 in. long, puberulous externally, on short pedicels bracteolate

at the base. Calyz puberulous, campanulate, with short tube and 5

long narrowly linear-lanceolate spreading lobes. Corolla not much

exceeding the calyx, with a short tube and 5 imbricate oblong acute

lobes united only at the sericeous bases, minutely pubescent on the outer

surface, glaberulous on the inner. Anthers 5, linear, united into a tube

round the long cylindric style, the filaments free, dorsifixed. Ovary sunk

in the calyx tube and attached to it, 2-celled, the placentas infolded,

several seeded. Fruitun nown.

Perak: King’s Collector 8265. Only once collected. A very

distinct species.

2.. SrynocoryNna AppRessa, King n. sp. A shrub; young branches

thinner than a goose-quill, obtusely 4-angled, covered with short rusty

deciduous tomentum. Leaves thinly coriaceous, narrowly elliptic-oblong,

often slightly oblanceolate, shortly and sharply acuminate, the base

much narrowed; both surfaces dark olivaceous when dry, the upper

glabrous and minutely reticulate; lower surface and especially the

midrib with short sparse stiff adpressed pale hairs ; main-nerves 6 to 10

pairs, curved, spreading, faint on the upper surface, distinct on the lower ;

the midrib stout, channelled above; length 4 to 8 in.; breadth -75 to

1°75 in.; petioles *25 to ‘4 in. Stipules ovate, acute, ‘15 in. long, deci-

duous. Cymes solitary, terminal, about 1 in. long (including the short

peduncle), dichotomous, few-flowered; the branches divergent, densely .

tomentose. Flower-pedicels short, bi-bracteolate at the base. Flower

about ‘6 in. long. Calyx urceolate *1 in. long, with 5 short acute teeth,

Corolla-tube ‘35 in. long, minutely pubescent without like the calyx, twice

as long as the oblong, blunt lobes of the limb. ‘Anthers linear, subses-

sile. Fruit pisiform, the apex with the small scar of the calyx, glabrous ;

seeds two in each cell, many-angled.

In all the provinces ; common.

Var. papillulosa. Leaves 3:5 to 4 in. long, coriaceous, lower surface

with numerous minute dark-brown papille, the pubescence rusty. .

Singapore: Ridley 3885, 4960. Jonor: Ridley 2879. Panane:

Ridley 1087.

The only specimens of this which I have as yet seen are rather imperfect. It

is quite possible that it will have to be treated as a species when fuller material is

obtained.

3. Srynocorrna Marncays, King. A shrub; young branches thin-

ner than a goose-quill, densely tawny or rusty-tomentose. Leaves thickly

membranous, elliptic-lanceolate to elliptic-ovate, shortly caudate-acu-

minate, the base cuneate; upper surface sparsely hispid-pubescent ; the

‘lower softly pubescent; main-neryes € or 9 pairs, spreading, curved,

-1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 201

depressed like the midrib on the upper surface when dry and prominent

on the lower; length 3 to 6°5 in.; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; petiole ‘25 to ‘35

in. Stipules lanceolate with long filiformly acuminate apices, rusty-

pubescent, ‘6 in, long. Cymes in condensed sub-globular panicles 1°5 to

3 in, in diam.; the branches short, covered like the calyces externally

with long nile soft hairs and bearing many long filiform pubescent

bracteoles. Flowers ‘7 in. long (excluding the style) on slender short

pedicels. Calyx flask-shaped, ‘15 in. long, the mouth with 5 long linear,

recurved stiffly pubescent lobes, Corolla with cylindic pubescent: tube

more than twice as long as the blunt oblong lobes of the limb. Ovary

2-celled, each cell with several triangular ovules, disk thick cushion like.

Fruit the size of a large pea, glabrous, the calyx-scar small. . Seeds

several, angled. Webera Maingayi, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 103. -

Matacca: Grafith ( K.D.) 8081; Maingay ( K.D.) 932; Ridley 323.

Perak: King’s Collector 1021, 2526, 4610, 5902, 10754, Negri Sem-

BILAN.: Ridley 10102. Jonor: Ridley 11169.

Resembling Pavetta naucleifiora, Wall., in externals, and varying-somewhat as

to the amount of the pubescence. Griffith No. 3082 ( K.D. ) seems to be a form of

this with the upper surfaces of the leaves almost glabrous and the lower with misigte

scanty pubescence,

4, Sryntocoryna costata, Miq. FI. ag Bat. Gana 218. A ies: ;

young branches as thick as a goose-quill, bluntly 4-angled, rusty-

pubescent. Leaves thickly membranous, obovate, the apex broad, obtuse,

or with an abrupt small apiculus, the base much narrowed; upper

surface dark-brown and shining when dry, glabrous ; the lower paler, dull,

glabrous except for tufts of coarse rusty hair in the axils of the 10 to

12 -bold spreading slightly curved main-nerves; length 6 to: 8 in.;

breadth 3°5 to 4°5 in.; petiole ‘6 to ‘8 in.; stipules of the stem-leaves not

seen, those at the base of the cyme short, broad, blunt. Cymes crowded

at the apices of the branches, each individual pedunculate, corymbose,

densely many-flowered, everywhere minutely and densely pubescent like

the flowers and their pedicels, 1 to 1°5 in. in diam., bracteoles minute,

Flowers ‘65 in. long; the calyx about ‘15 in. long, cainpanallate; bluntly

5-lobed. Corolla-tube narrowly cylindric, twice as long as the blunt

oblong lobes of the limb. Fruit the size of a small pea, glabrous, many-

seeded. Webera costata, Hook. fil. in Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 108.

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2791; Maingay . fe 945. SELANGOR:

Curtis 2345.—Disrris. Sumatra.

- Closely-allied to S. fragrans, but arboreous and with obovate leaves.

__6, SrynocoryNna FRAGRANS, Blume Bijdr. 982. A shrub or small tree ;

young branches 4-angled, sparsely and deciduously strigose, thinner than

a goosé-quill. Leaves thinly coriaceous, elliptic (often narrowly. so);

202 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. __[No. 4,

elliptic-oblong, or oblanceolate, acute or shortly acuminate, the base

cuneate ; both surfaces olivaceous-brown when dry, (the lower paler),

glabrous except for a few stout hairs on the midrib and sometimes also

on the 6 to 12 pairs of curved ascending slightly prominent main-nerves ;

length 3 to 7 in.; breadth 1:25 to 2°5 in.; petiole ‘2 to °5 in.; stipules

ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, shorter than the petioles, deciduous ; those

of the inflorescence permanent, the uppermost often linear. Cymes ter-

minal, corymbose, many-flowered, shortly pedunculate, 2 to 4in. in diam.,

often several together, the short branches, flower-pedicels, and calyces

hispidulous, puberulous, or sub-glabrous. Flowers 1 in. long. Calyx

campanulate-urceolate, only ‘15 in. long; its lobes sub-erect, oblong,

blunt. Corolla densely adpressed-pubescent outside; the tube cylindric,

‘7 in. long, the limb clavate in bud, its 5 lobes short, oblong or sub-

spathulate, blunt, ‘2 in. long. Style much exserted. Fruit pisiform;

glabrous, the scar of the calyx small. DC. Prod. IV. 377. &. laxiflora,

Blume Bijdr. 983; DC. Prod. IV. 377. 8S. lucida, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.

Suppl. 541. Rondeletia lucida, Wall. Cat. 8453. Ceriscus fragrans, Nees

in Flora, 1825, 116. Wahlenbergia fragrans, Blume Cat. Hort. Bot.

Brit. 18. Webera fragrans, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 103. Tarenna

fragrans, Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8, p. 77.

In all the provinces ; common.—Distris, Malay Archipelago.

- 6. Srynocoryna MOLLIs, Wall. Cat. 8454, A small tree ; young bran-

ches thinner than a goose-quill, 4-angled, rusty pilose. Leaves thickly

membranous, oblong-oblanceolate or oblong-obovate, or elliptic, acute

or shortly acuminate, much narrowed at the base; upper surface dark-

brown when dry, sparsely and minutely hispidulous ; lower surface paler

brown rusty- or tawny-pubescent especially on the midrib and 10 to 12

pairs of stout curved spreading main-nerves ; length 4°5 to 6'5 in.; breadth

1:75 to 2°75, petioles °3 to ‘5 in.; stipules ovate-lanceolate, acuminate

hooked, about as long as or longer than the petioles, deciduous, those of

the inflorescence larger (‘75 in. long) and persistent. Cymes terminal,

corymbose, pedunculate, shorter than the leaves, many-flowered, spread-

ing, 1'5 to 3 in. in diam., sometimes in fascicles of 2 or 3 ; branches, flower-

pedicels and calyces rusty-hispid. Flowers ‘5or ‘6 in. long (excluding

the style). Calyxz‘lin. long, campanulate, the limb with 5 broad oblong

blunt lobes as long as the tube. Corolla cylindric, slightly tapering to

the base, minutely adpressed-pubescent, more than twice as long as

the 5 oblong blunt lobes. Style much exserted. Fruit the size of a

small pea, glabrous, many-seeded. Webera mollis, Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind. ITI. 104.

Sincapore: Wallich; Ridley 4915, 5678; Cantlay 76. Penance: Main-

gay (K.D.) 894; Curtis 745, 9862; King’s Collector 1336. JoHor: Ridley

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 203

.4171, Perak: Wray 1276, 2994; King’s Collector 2955, 5725, 6589.—

Distris. Sumatra.

25. Ranopia, Linn.

Shrubs or trees, unarmed or with axillary or supra-axillary spines.

Leaves usually coriaceous, sometimes one of a pair larger than the other

or absent ; stipules short, free or connate. lowers in axillary or (where

one leaf of a pair has aborted) leaf-opposed cymes, or solitary or in

fascicles or corymbs, rarely terminal, usually white or yellowish. Calyz-

tube ovoid, obovoid, or turbinate, smooth or ribbed ; the limb often tubular,

truncate or variously lobed. Corolla funnel- or salver-shaped or campa-

nulate, the throat glabrous or hairy ; limb with usually not more than 5

short or long lobes twisted in bud. Stamens 5; anthers narrow with short

filaments or sessile. Disk annular or cushion-like. Ovary 2- rarely 4-

celled ; style usually stout sub-fusiform ; stigma usually fusiform or cla-

vate, entire or bifid; ovules usually numerous, sunk in placentas at-

tached to the septum. Fruit more or less baccate, ovate, ellipsoid or

globose, 2-celled, many-seeded. Seeds usually immersed in pulpj; testa

thin, albumen horny, cotyledons orbicular.—Distris. Species about

90, all tropical.

Flowers under ‘Sin, long, in small fascicles or cymes

less than 1 in. in diam., or solitary; corolla with a very

short tube, almost rotate; leaves of the pairs equal in

size :—

Armed erect shrubs with stout straight spines.

Flowers ‘4 in. long, solitary or in fascicles of Zor3.,. 1. R. dumetorwm.

Unarmed :—

Erect or scandent ; flowers ‘5 in. long, tube short,

lobes long, calyx 4-toothed ; corolla 4-lobed, its

tube hairy within; anthers linear, sessile; ovary

with 4 placentas ; fruit not ridged; main-nerves

of leaves 10 to 12 pairs ... “00 .. 2 R, binata.

Scandent; flowers ‘3 to ‘35 in. long; calyx 5- or

6-toothed; corolla 5- or 6-toothed, its tube

glabrous within ; anthers broadly ovate, apiculate

with filaments as long as themselves; ovary

with 2 placentas; fruit with 10 to 12 vertical

ridges; main-nerves of leaves 7 or 8 pairs ve = 3. RK, impressinervis.

Flowers under 1 in, long, in short much-branched many-

flowered cymes from the. axils of fallen leaves; corolla

salver-shaped ; leaves of the pairs equal in size ; fruit like

a pepper-corn (unknown in No. 6):—

Scandent, glabrous :—

Unarmed :—

Leaves on short petioles or sub-sessile, their bases

slightly oblique and suricled, main-nerves 6 to 8

204. King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. — [No. 4,

pairs; flowers ‘4 or ‘Sin. long; calyx truncate,

entire or minutely 5-toothed 505 eae

Leaves on petioles ‘5 or ‘6 in. long, narrowed and

slightly oblique at the base bat not auricled;

main-nerves 5 to7 pairs ; flowers nearly 1 in. long;

calyx minutely 5-toothed 5x ove

Armed :—

Leaves on petioles ‘3 to ‘5 in. long, cuneate at the

base; main-nerves 7 to11 pairs, very bold beneath ;

flowers ‘75 in. long; calyx with 5 triangular teeth

Trees or large shrubs; leaves on petioles ‘2 to ‘3 in.

long, not obovate, cuneate but not oblique at the base;

main-nerves 7 to 9 pairs; flowers ‘4 in. long; anthers

as long as the corolla-lobes, exserted, one eve

Flowers ‘75 to 1 in. long, cylindric, coriaceous; leaves of

the pairs unequal in size, obovate or oblanceolate, with

10 to 14 pairs of main-nerves; cymes very condensed,

many-flowered; fruit large, (1 in. or more in diam.) more

-or less compressed :—

Leaves tomentose beneath; cymes rusty-tomen-

tose everywhere see «00 “nC

Leaves glabrous except the midrib and main-

nerves beneath; cymes puberulous everywhere «sn

Flowers about 1 in. long, axillary, solitary or in pairs,

shrubs with straight spines and glabrous thinly coria-

ceous equal leaves with 6 or 7 pairs of main-nerves;

calyx tubular °35 in. long with 5 minute triangular teeth ;

fruit nearly 2 in. in diam. 50¢ ses en

Flowers 1d to 3 in. long, salver-shaped :—

Leaves pubescent on the nerves beneath :—

Shrubs with slender straight spines; calyx ‘35 in.

long, its lobes 5, long, subulate, persisting on the

fruit eee «ee vee

Leaves glabrous :—

Shrubs erect or sub-scandent with stout recurved

spines ; calyx °25 in. long, its lobes lanceolate acu-

minate, not persisting inthe fruit .., ne

Unarmed; leaves thickly coriaceous, 4 to 6 in.

long, and 1°75 to 2'25 in. broad; calyx about‘9 in.

long, corolla-tube about 1 in. long, both coria-

ceous, throat glabrous, limb 1°5 in, in diam. ; an-

thers included, not apiculate, lobes of stigma

short, broad ... oo ves

Unarmed ; leaves thinly coriaceous, 3 5 to 4°5 in.

long and 1'5 to 2°5 in. broad; calyx about 4 in.

long; corolla about 1 in, long, its throat pubes-

cent; limb 1 to 1:25 in. across; anthers with a

dark-coloured apical appendage ; lobes of stigma

spathulate, reflexed te one tee

10.

11.

12.

13.

14,

R. auriculata,

R. Forbesi.

R. Curtisiz.

R, densiflora.

R, anisophylia.

R. Scortechinit.

R. perakensis,

R. fasciculata,

R. longiflora.

R, Clarkei.

R, penangiana.

1903.) Kine & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 205.

Flowers 2 to 8 in. long, the corolla with a short cylindric

tube and inflated funnel-shaped limb; fruit ovoid-

globular ove tee ove

Flowers 4 to 5 in. long, funnel-shaped, 4 in. wide at

the mouth; fruit narrowly ellipsoid crowned by the

long narrow calyx-teeth nee 607 «. 16, R&R. macrophylla,

Imperfectly known species eee Bon - lf. KR, Kunstleri.

1, RanpIA DUMETORUM, Lam. Il]. t. 156, f.4. A shrub or small tree,

unarmed or with straight horizontal opposite axillary or slightly supra-

axillary spines on the thin sub-quadrangular pale puberulous young

branches. Leaves membranous, oblong, oblong-oblanceolate or obovate-

lanceolate, acute or sub-acute, narrowed to the base, both surfaces glab-

rous, only the midrib always hairy and sometimes also the 6 or 7 pairs

of spreading faint main-nerves ; length 1:5 to 3°5 in. ; breadth °6 to 1:25

in. ; petioles ‘1 in. or less long; stipules ovate, acuminate. Flowers °4 in.

long, 1 to 5 together on ashort minutely bracteolate peduncle, sub-sessile.

Calyx cylindric-campanulate, strigose outside; the mouth with 5 broad

erect lobes varying from ovate to spathulate, often acute at the apex.

Corolla with a short wide tube constricted and hirsute below the wide

broadly 5-lobed limb. Anthers linear, sub-sessile, included within the vil-

lous throat. Style thick, stigma with 2 thick, short lobes hardly exserted.

Fruit globose or ovoid, obscurely ribbed, 75 to 1:5 in. long, glabrous or

pubescent, smooth, or obscurely ribbed, yellowish ; the pericarp thick,

Seeds numerous, small, oval, compressed, embedded in pulp. W. & A.

Prod. 397; Wight Ic. 580; Brand. For. Flora 273; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT.

226; Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. VIII. 96; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 110. R.

nutans, longispina, DC. and W. & A., Kurz For. Fl. Burm. II. 45 ; Wight

Ic. 581, 582, 583; Mig. le. 227, RB. Rottleri, W. & A.l.c. BR. stzpulosa,

Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 228. &. spinosa, Blume Bijdr. 981. BR. malabarica,

Wall. Cat. 8255H. Gardenia nutans, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 15; Wall. Cat.

8290. G. spinosa, Linn. fil. G. longispina and floribunda, Roxb. G. dume-

torwm, Retz. Roxb. Corom. pl. t. 136; Wall. Cat. 8259. G. glabra and @,

propingua, Br. in Wall. Cat. 8258, 8260. Posoqueria dumetorum, P. nut-

ans, P. longispina, and P. floribunda, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 713 to 719,

—- Lanexawt: Curtis 2799. Kupan : Ourtis 2585. Purak: Wray 2599;

King’s Collector 3168, 6495; Scortechini 95, 98, 175, 1017, 1933.—Dis-

TRIB. Java; Sumatra; British India.

| Var. pubescens, King & Gamble. Leaves more or less densely

pubescent on both surfaces ; spines sometimes ‘65 in. long; fruit obpy-

riform. .

Kevan: Curtis 2585. Lanaxawi: Curtis 2799.

2. Ranpta Binata, King & Gamble n. sp. A shrub occasionally

scandent, glabrous, unarmed ; young branches thicker than a crow-quill,

15. R, evxaltata.

206 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _ [No. 4,

angled, pale-brown or cinereous when dry. Leaves coriaceous, oblong-

elliptic, gradually but rather bluntly acuminate, rounded and somewhat

unequal-sided or narrowed ; both surfaces dull-brown when dry, opaque,

the midrib very prominent on the lower surface; main-nerves 10 to 12

pairs, curved, spreading, more prominent on the ieee than on the upper

surface; length,6 to 9 in.; breadth 2 to 2: 75 in; ; petioles ‘1 in. or less; stipules

triangular, keeled, acute, about as long as the petioles, sometimes forming

a connate 4-toothed tube. Flowers about ‘5in. long; their pedicels about

‘3 in., collected in fascicles on tubercle-like, very shortly branched, mi-

nutely bracteolate cymes in the axils of fallen leaves. Calyx narrowly

campanulate, constricted about the. middle; the mouth truncate but

with 4 minute sharp teeth. Corolla slightly longer than the calyx, sal-

ver-shaped ; the tube cylindric, hairy within, shorter than the 4 oblong

obtuse spreading lobes of the limb. Anthers linear, sessile, exserted.

Stigma exserted, with 2 ovate-oblong spreading thick lobes. Ovary 2-

celled, with numerous ovules on 4 placentas. Fruit the size and shape

of a pepper-corn, smooth ; seeds numerous, triangular, somewhat com-

pressed ; the testa pitted, shining, pale-brown.

Perak: Wray 2134; King’s Collector 4007, 5620, 5631, 7504.

3. RANDIA IMPRESSINERVIS, King & Gamble n. sp. A climber;

young branches twice as thick as a crow-quill, dark-brown, minutely

pubescent. Leaves subsessile, coriaceous, elliptic-oblong or elliptic,

shortly acuminate, somewhat narrowed to the rounded or acute base;

both surfaces brown, the upper tinged with olivaceous and shining,

the lower paler, dull; main-nerves 7 or 8 pairs, spreading, curved, and in-

terarching at some distance from the edge, depressed on the upper sur-

face and raised on the lower, the veins rather prominent on the lower ;

length 3:25 to 4°5 in.; breadth 1 to 1°75 in.; petioles under ‘1 in. ; ae

pules about *15 in. long, broadly triangular Si the base with a long acu-

minate apex, pubescent. Flowers °3 to *35 in. long, on pubescent pedi-

cels from *d to ‘15 in. long, in short cymes from the axils of fallen leaves,

sub-globular and less than | in. in diam. ; the branches very short, and

with small bracteoles. Calyx pubescent outside, campanulate; the limb

as long as the tube, truncate but with 5or 6 minute teeth. Covrolla-tube

‘125 in. long, glabrous within, the limb longer than the tube with 5 or

6 oblong blunt spreading lobes. Anthers broadly ovate, apiculate, exserted,

on filaments as long as themselves. Stigma exserted, clavate, separating

into 2 broad lobes; ovary 2-celled with many ovules on 2 placentas.

Fruit like a small peppercorn, with 10 to 12 vertical ridges, glabrous;

seeds compressed, triangular, grooved.

Perak: Wray 2158; Scortechini 254; King’s Collector 3336, 4894

10399, 10821.—Distriz. Borneo, Haviland 1895, 2969,

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 207

4, Ranpta AvricuLata, K. Schumann in Eng]. Pflanzen fam. Teil. IV.

Abt. 4, p. 75. Scandent, sometimes shrubby, glabrous, unarmed ; young

branches thinner than a goose-quill, compressed, dark-brown. Leaves coria-

ceous, brown when dry, elliptic, elliptic-oblong or oblong, subacute or

obtuse ; the base slightly oblique, somewhat auricled; upper surface shin-

ing, the lower dull and usually paler ; main-nerves 6 to 8 pairs, spreading,

slightly curved, thin but prominent on the lower surface; length 4 to

6°5 in. ; breadth 1°5 to 3:5 in. ; petioles ‘05 to °15 in. ; stipules triangular

acuminate, slightly longer than the petiole, deciduous. Cymes from

the axils of fallen leaves or terminal, pedunculate, trichotomous, from 2

to 4 in. across, many-flowered, puberulous, and with many small tri-

angular persistent bracteoles ; the peduncles compressed, from 1 to 1°5

in. long. JI'lowers from *4 to ‘5 in. long, sub-sessile, almost coriaceous,

mostly with a pair of connate minute bracteoles at the base. Calyx fun-

nel-shaped, the mouth wide, sub-truncate or minutely 5-toothed. Corolla

tubular, deeply divided into 6 oblong reflexed lobes twisted in bud ; the

throat densely pubescent. Anthers ‘2 in. long, linear, with acute tips.

Style °3 in. long, with 2 free ribbed arms. Fruit the size of a pepper-

corn, its apex crowned at first by the deciduous short calyx, glabrous,

2-celled, with many minute seeds. Anomanthodia auriculata, Hook. fil.

in Bth. and Hook fil. Gen. Plant. II. 87; Fl. Br. Ind. III. 108. Webera

auriculata, Wall. in Roxb, FI. Ind. ed, Carey. & Wall. II.537. Stylocoryna

auriculata, Wall. Cat. 8402. Cupia auriculata, DC. Prod. IV. 394. Pseu-

dixora? auwriculata, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 11.210. Psychotria? Wall. Cat.

8338. Randia corymbosa, Benth. MSS. (name only) Koord. & Valet.

Bijdr. VIII. 88.

-In all the provinces common.—Distris. Malayan Archipelago.

In inflorescence this closely resembles R. densiflora,

5. Ranpta Forsesu, King & Gamble n. sp. A large climber 60

to 80 feet long, all parts except the branches of the cyme and the

outside of the calyx glabrous; young branches twice as thick as a

crow-quill, dark when dry; unarmed. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic to

ovate, acute or shortly acuminate, narrow and slightly oblique but not

_auriculate at the base ; both surfaces brown when dry, the lower paler ;

main-nerves 5 to 7 pairs, spreading, prominent on the lower surface,

depressed on the upper; length 4°5 to 7 in. ; breadth 2 to 3 in. ; petioles

‘5 to °6 in., rather slender; stipules triangular-subulate, 2 in. long.

Cymes from the axils of fallen leaves, pedunculate, about half as long as

the leaves, many-flowered ; the branches spreading and puberulous, 3 or

4 in. in diam. ; bracteoles minute, ovate, acute, lanceolate, persistent ;

peduncle ‘75 to 1 in. long. Flowers nearly 1 in. long, on short pedicels

often bracteolate at the base. Calyx tubular, slightly widened at

J. wt. 29

208 Kivg & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. (No. 4,

the minutely and acutely 5-toothed mouth, puberulous outside, “25 in.

long. Corolla salver-shaped, about 3 times as long as the calyx; the

tube narrow ; the limb with 5 rather blunt oblong lobes twisted in bud.

Stamens 5 linear, notched at the apex, included in the tube and

slightly longer than its lobes. Style half as long as the corolla, slender,

the stigmatic lobes thick, reflexed. Fruit like a pepper-corn, glabrous,

surmounted by the scar of the deciduous calyx, many-seeded.

Penana: Curtis 818.. SinGApoRE: Ridley 3664, 5662. Perak:

Scortechint 1308; King’s Collector 8273, 10001.—Distris. Lampongs,

Sumatra, Forbes 1659; Andaman Islands, King’s Collector.

- 6, Rawnpia Custis, King & Gamble n.-sp. A large climber, all

parts except the calyx and flower-pedicels glabrous; young branches

thinner than a goose-quill, pale-brown when dry, armed; the

spines in pairs, recurved. Leaves varying much in size, coriaceous,

oblong-elliptic, acute or shortly acuminate, the base cuneate, up-

per surface brown when dry, the lower pale olivaceous; main-

nerves 6 to 11 pairs, rather straight, curving upwards and inter-

arching rather far from the edge, very bold on the lower surface,

somewhat depressed on the upper, as is the midrib; reticulations

wide, obsolete on the upper surface, rather prominent on the lower;

length 4°5 to 7 in.; breadth 1:5 to 2:25 in.; petioles -3 to ‘5 in.;

stipules triangular, acuminate, shorter than the petioles, deciduous.

Cymes from the axils of fallen leaves or terminal, shortly pedunculate,

spreading, from 1 to 2 in. long, branching from the base; branches

spreading and bearing many boat-shaped minute ovate-acute glabrous

bracts; the large cymes 1°5 to 2in. in diam. and many-flowered, the small-

er little-branched and few-flowered. Flowers ‘75 to | in. long, on pubes-

cent pedicels ‘1 to“4in. long. Culya narrowly tubular-campanulate, ad-

pressed-pubescent outside; the mouth with 5 triangular acute teeth.

Corolla white, salver-shaped, glabrous outside, tube narrow; limb with

5 oblong-elliptic, blunt or acute spreading lobes ; throat and tube inside

pubescent. Anthers exserted, linear, about as long as the corolla-lobes,

Style stont ; stigma clavate, 2-lobed. . lave

Penane: Curtis 3590. Perak: Wray 2611; King’s Collector 3308,

4882, 6507, 6814, 8480. ' .

7, RANDIA DENSIFLORA, Benth, Flora Hongkong 155. A glabrous

tree, often as high as 60 feet ; young branches thinner than a goose-quill,

pale-brown, 4-angled. Leaves coriaceons, elliptic-oblong to oblong-lan-

ceolate, acute or subacute, rarely acuminate, the base cuneate; both

surfaces brown when dry, tinged with olivaceous, the lower usually

paler; main-neryes 8 or 9 pairs, rather straight, ascending, thin but

_ prominent on the lower surface, slightly depressed on the upper ; length

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 209

4 to 6 in.; breadth 1°75 to 2°75 in. ; petioles ‘25 to ‘3 in.; stipules triangu-

lar, acuminate, shorter than the petioles, caducous. Oymes from the’ axils

of fallen leaves, many-flowered, almost sessile, much branched from near

the base, 2 to 4in. in diam., the branches puberulous, spreading and

bearing many acute persistent bracteoles. “Flowers ‘4 in. long, on pe-

dicels equalling or exceeding the calyx. Calyx tubular- campanulate,

about ‘1 in. long, the mouth with 5 minute acute teeth. Corolla with a

short tube hairy on the throat iuside; the limb with 5 oblong blunt

minutely cuspidate reflexed lobes equalling in length the 5 linear exsert-

ed anthers ; filaments dorsifixed. Style much exserted, stigma fusiform.

Fruit like a pepper-corn. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 112. Koord. &

Valet. Bijdr. VIII. 93. Webera densiflora, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT.

ed. Carey & Wall. II. 536. W. oppositiflora, Roxb. FI. Ind. I. 698; Kurz

For. Fl. Burm. II. 47. Stylocoryna densiflora, Wall. Cat. 8404 excl. A.

Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. 1V. 128, t. 5 A. 8. dimorphophylla, Teysm.

& Binn. Pl. Nov. Hort. Bog. 4. Cupia densiflora and C. oppositiflora, DC.

Prod. 1V. 394. Gnopachis aailliflora and G. oblongata, Miq. Fl. Ind.

Bot. I]. 221. Uvrophyllum coriacewm, Mig. lc. Suppl. 542. Ixora

Thozetia, F. Mull. Fragm. II. 132. Psychotria, sp. Wall. Cat. 8332.

— Rubiacea, Wall. Cat. 8455, 8456, 8465.

Common in all the provinces.—Disrris. Malayan Archipelago ;

Hongkong; North Australia. ath Me

Var. parvifolia, King & Gamble. : Leaves narrowly oblong-elliptic,

3 to 5 in. long and 1:25 to 2°75 in. broad; petioles ‘15 to ‘2 in.

Penana: Curtis 796; Ridley 10243, Perak: Scortechini 811, sag»

Collector 1585.

8. Ranpr4 anisopHyiya, Jack in Roxb. FI. Ind. ed. Carey and Wall.

II. 561. A small unarmed tree; young branches at first rusty-tomen-

tose but soon sub-glabrous, pale, and striate, as thick as a goose-quili.

Leaves of each pair unequal, coriaceous, obovate-elliptic, shortly cuspi-

date, much narrowed from the middle to the base; upper surface dark-

brown when dry, glabrous except the shortly tomentose depressed midrib

and nerves; lower surface paler, tomentose on the midrib, pubescent

especially on the transverse veins and on the 10 to 14 pairs of bold

spreading main-nerves ; length of the longer of each pair 8 to 10 in., of

the smaller 3 to 6 in.; breadth of the longer 3 to 5 in., of the smaller 1°5

to 3 in.; petioles *3 to 1 in., tomentose, stipules lanceolate, acuminate,

tomentose, as long as petioles. Oymes pedunculate, rusty-tomentose

everywhere, crowded, spreading, 1°5 to 2 in. in diam. with numerous

lanceolate acuminate bracteoles ‘2 to *25 in. long; the peduncles about

as long as the leaf-petioles. Flowers coriaceous, ‘75 in. long, on short’

pedicels or sub-sessile. Calyx tubular-campanulate, with 5 acute lobes or’

210 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

teeth. Corolla longer than the calyx, tubular, its lobes oblong. Anthers

linear, sub-sessile near the base of the tube. Style fusiform. Fruit 1

to 15 in. long, bluntly ellipsoid, somewhat compressed, minutely tomen-

tose, crowned by the rather large tubular calyx. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind.

III. 114; DC. Prod. IV. 381. Gardenia anisophylla, Jack, Miq. Fl. Ind.

Bat. II. 230, G.? anisophylla, Wall. Cat. 8399 A.

Penang: Jack & Porter; Wallich 8284 D.; Curtis 164; Hullett

162. Manacca: Derry 27. Sineapore: King’s Collector 1234.—DistR1B.

Sumatra, Forbes 2954, 3088.

A Bornean species, represented in Herb. Kew. by Beccari’s 760 and Haviland’s

3420, is allied to this, but its calyx has long teeth and much woolly hair. It is

evidently undescribed and might be named R. Beccarii,

9. Ranpia Scortecuinil, King & Gamble n. sp. An armed tree

20 to 60 feet high; young branches usually thicker than a goose-quill,

glabrous, the bark pale when dry. Leaves of the pairs not very un-

equal, membranous, obovate-elliptic to oblanceolate-elliptic, obtuse or

abruptly acute or minutely cuspidate, much narrowed from above the

middle into the glabrous petiole ; both surfaces brown when dry, rarely

tinged with green and both glabrous except for a few scattered hairs on

the nerves on the lower ; main-nerves 14 to 18 pairs, little-curved, spread-

ing, prominent on the lower surface, rather faint as the upper, veins on

the lower prominent, transverse, wavy; length of the larger leaf of the

pair 8 to 16 in.; breadth 4 to 6 in. ; length of the smaller leaf 5 to 8 in. ;

breadth 3 or 4 in.; petioles *75 to 15 in.; stipules ovate, connate by their

bases. Cymes pedunculate, leaf-opposed (from the fall of the subtending

leaf), many-flowered, much-branched, spreading, 2 to 2°5 in. in diam.,

everywhere puberulous; bracteoles numerous, broadly triangular, per-

sistent ; peduncles ‘75 to 1 in. long. Flowers about 1 in. long, puberu-

lous everywhere. Calyx tubular, the mouth truncate but usually with 5

small teeth, Corolla cylindric, ‘75 in. long, with 5 short lobes. Anthers

linear, nearly half as long as the corolla, dorsifixed and inserted near its

base. Ovary two-celled, each cell multi-oyulate. Style short, stigma

clavate, sulcate. Fruit sub-globular, somewhat compressed, densely

puberulous, about | in, in diam., crowned by the short calyx-tube.

Perak: Scortechini 574, 170; Wray 3031, 187, 3212, 1381; King’s

Collector 3455, 3696, 7205, 4485, 6786, 10131. Singapore and PenaneG,

Curtis 164.—Distris. Borneo, Beccari 2599 ; Haviland 84, 697, 2161.

10. Ranpra PERAKENsIs, King & Gamble n. sp. A small armed

glabrous tree 12 to 18 feet high; young branches thinner than a

quill, pale cinereous, glabrous, often armed with stout flower-bearing

spines 1 to 1:25 in. long. Leaves thinly coriaceous, narrowly elliptic,

tapering to each end, the apex bluntly acuminate; both surfaces

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 211

brown, the lower paler ; upper surface dark-brown when dry, the nerves

invisible ; the lower pale-brown, the main-nerves 6 or 7 pairs, very dis-

tinct, curved, interarching at some distance from the edge, the reticula-

tions rather distinct ; length 3 to 5in.; breadth 1°4 to 2 in. ; petioles ‘1 to

‘2 in.; stipules triangular, acuminate. Flowers 1 in, long, on very short

pedicels, solitary or in pairs from short branches which ultimately be-

come spines. Calyx tubular, ‘35 in. long, contracted at the base, the

mouth with 5 narrowly triangular short teeth. Corolla salver-shaped ;

the tube ‘45 in. long and nearly ‘2 in. wide, the limb °75 in. across with

Sor 6 oblong blunt lobes. Anthers linear, subsessile at the base of the tube,

about °3 in. long. Style short, stout, shorter than the cylindric stigma,

Fruit globular, smooth, surmounted by the short scar of the calyx, 1°75

in. in diam. ; pericarp very thick ; seeds ellipsoid, compressed, ‘25 in. long,

Perak: King’s Collector 7450, 8356.

11. Ranpia Fasctcunata, DC. Prod. IV. 386. A much-branched

armed shrub; young branches thicker than a crow-quill, rough from

small tubercles and softly and minutely pubescent. Leaves membranous,

lanceolate, ovate or oblong-lanceolate, shortly acuminate (often bluntly

80), rounded or cuneate at the base ; both surfaces olivaceous, the upper

usually glabrous or nearly so, the lower paler, minutely pubescent usual-

ly on the midrib and nerves only but sometimes on the spaces between ;

main-nerves 4 to 6 pairs, slightly curved, ascending, distinct on the lower

surface, almost obsolete on the upper; length ‘75 to 3 in.; breadth °5 to

15 in.; petioles ‘05 to ‘2in., pubescent; stipules broadly triangular,

much acuminate, about as long as the petioles; spines axillary,

slender, straight, ascending, slightly longer than the petioles, (some-

times absent). Jlowers 15 to 2 in. long, axillary (under 1 in. in

var. parviflora) solitary or in fascicles of 2 or 3, bracteoles lanceo-

late, acuminate, hairy. Calyx 35 in. long; the tube narrowly funnel-

shaped, villous, the mouth with 5 narrow subulate teeth as long as the

tube. Corolla salver-shaped, the tube nearly 1 in. long, about ‘05 in. in

diam., glabrous outside, pubescent inside ; limb nearly 1 in. across with

5 deep elliptic to oblong-elliptic, obtuse or sub-acute lobes. Anthers

half-exserted from the throat, linear, not apiculate, *3 in. long. Style

slender ; stigma exserted, with 2 short broad ovate blunt lobes. Frait

pisiform, 2-celled, 4-seeded, sparsely pubescent. crowned by the long-tooth-

ed calyx-tube. Brandis For. Flora 273 ; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. ILL. 109,

R. rigida, DC.1.c. KR. malabarica, Wall. Cat. 8255 A. B.C. D. Gardenia

fasciculata, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 15. G. rigida and G. parviflora, Walle

Cat. 8257 A. B. Posoqueria fasiculata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 1717. P. rigida,

Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey & Wall. II. 570. Webera fasciculata,

Kurz For. Flora Burm, II. 49,

212 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Kenan: Curtis 2549. Penance: Curtis 718,1498. Prov. WELLESLEY :

Curtis 7106. Parax: Scortechini 1802; Wray 3467.

Var. parviflora; tube of corolla only about ‘75 in. long, very

narrow ; the limb °76 in. in diam.

LaneKawl: Curtis 3383.

Roxburgh’s unpublished figures of Posoqueria fasciculata and Gardenia rigida are

practically alike. The only differences are that the leaves of the former are depicted

as ovate-lanceolote and 2°25 to 3 in. long; the limb of the corolla as yellow, its tube

as ‘75 in. long and white; the calyx under ‘2 in. long with teeth one quarter of its

length ; while Randia rigida is shown as having ovate leaves only 1'5 in. long; corolla-

limb white and the tube 1 in. long, also white; the calyx ‘3 in. long with filiform

teeth half as long as the tube. The former he attributes to Nepal, the latter

to Singapore. The two are evidently forms of the same widely distributed

species.

12. Ranpia Lonerriora, Lam. Dict. I]. 227; Ill. t. 156, f.3. A

glabrous shrub, sometimes scandent, usually armed; young branches

twice as thick as a crow-quill, or thicker, pale-brown, shining, usually

bearing stout curved axillary spines ‘3 in. or more in length. Leaves

coriaceous, oblong, oblong-lanceolate or obovate-elliptic, acute or shortly

cuspidate, the base cuneate ; both surfaces pale-olivaceous green when

dry, dull; main-nerves 5 or 6 pairs, rather straight, ascending, faint on

both surfaces but especially on the upper; length 1°5 to 3°75 in.;

breadth °75 to 1:75 in. (larger in var.) ; petioles ‘1 to ‘15 in.; stipules

about as long as the petioles, broadly triangular, with abrupt acuminate

apices. Cymes terminal or axillary, umbellate, as long as or longer than

the leaves (shorter in var.), few-flowered, on peduncles ‘25 to ‘4 in. long

bracteoles few, ovate, acute. Flowers 1°5 (rarely 2 in.) long, white; their

pedicels from ‘25 to ‘4 in., bracteolate about the middle. Calyx

narrowly infundibuliform, ‘25 in. long (‘5 in. in var.) the mouth with 5

lanceolate acuminate teeth. Corolla salver-shaped, tube ‘75 to 1°5 long

and less than 1 in. wide; the throat pubescent; the limb 1 in. or

more across with 5 oblong blunt spreading or reflexed lobes. Anthers

linear, reflexed, exserted, much shorter than the corolla-lobes. Style

filiform ; stigma broadly clavate, exserted, separating into 2 spathulate

lobes. Fruit globose-ovoid, glabrous, °35 to ‘5 in. long, its stalk some-

what longer; calyx-scar truncate, conspicuous; seeds rugose, embedded

in pulp. DC. Prod. IV. 386; Hook. fil. Fi. Br. Ind. IIL. 111 (in part).

R. scandens, DC. 1.c. 387. Posoqueria longiflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 718.

Webera scandens, Roxb. l.c. I. 698. W. longiflora, Kurz, For, Flora Burm.

II. 48. Canthium recurvun, Walk Cat. 8284 (all the sheets except D.)

in Herb. Linn. Soc.

Matacca; Grifith (K.D.) 2802, 2803, 2805, 2807. Maingay (K.D.)

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 213

900. Srncarore: Lobb; Schomburg 59; Ridley 2415, 9487. Perak :

Wray 2507 ; King’s Collector 308, 5231; Hulleté 93.--Distris. Borneo.

Except that it has spines the plant here described agrees in all respects with

Roxburgh’s Webera scandens of which he has left a coloured drawing in the Calcutta

Herbarium. Roxburgh’s figure and description of his Posogeria longiflora also agree

with this, except in being arboreous. Lamark’s figure of R. longiflora agrees with

Roxburgh’s except in having smaller leaves.

Var. major, King & Gamble; young branches sometimes nearly

as thick asa goose-quill, leaves 4 to 6 in. long and 1-75 to 3 in. broad ;

cymes shorter than the leaves ; calyx ‘5 in long.

PonGan: Curtis—Distris. Burma, Helfer (K.D.) 2906; McClel-

land ; Andaman Islands, King’s Collector.

13. Ranpia Cuarxet, King & Gamble n. sp. Quite glabrous:

young branches thinner than a goose-quill, pale-brown when dry. Leaves

thickly coriaceous, oblong-elliptic, subacute, the base rounded or slightly

cuneate, both surfaces dark-brown when dry, the lower slightly oliva-

ceous, the midrib on both thick and the 4 or 5 pairs of slightly curved

ascending main-nervés faint; length 4 to 6°5 in., breadth 1:75 to 2°5 in. ;

petioles °5 to ‘6 in., thick. Cymes in the axils of fallen leaves or termin-

al, 3--or 4-flowered, the bracts broadly ovate, acute, persistent. Flowers

2°5 to 3 in. long, coriaceous. Calyx narrowly funnel-shaped, tapering

much towards the base, about ‘9 in long; the mouth with 5 small acute

triangular teeth. Corolla salver-shaped, the tube 1 in. long and ‘15 in,

in diam. ; its throat glabrous; the limb 1°5 in. across, deeply divided into

5 ovate-lanceolate, spreading lobes. Anthers sessile, included in the

tube, linear, ‘3 in. long. Style as long as the corolla-tube; stigma exsert-

ed, short, thick, separating into 2 broad lobes. Canthium recurvum,

Wall. Cat. 8284 D. in Herb. Kew. (not D, in Herb. Linn, Soc.)

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 840.

The type sheet of this species was included by Wallich in his Canthium recur-

vum, of which it stands in the Kew set as sheet D. It differs from the other

sheets which belong to Randia longiflora in its greatly longer calyx and also larger

more coriaceous corolla, which has a wider tube, glabrous in the throat as elsewhere,

included anthers, and a much shorter stigma which opens out into 2 short broad

lobes. ‘I'he leaves of this are also larger and thicker than those of R. longiflora.

14. Ranpra Penanaiana, King & Gamble n. sp. A large glab-

rous armed climber; young branches twice as thick as a crow-quill, dark

coloured when dry, armed with stout axillary recurved spines °3 in.

long. Leaves thickly membranous, elliptic, sometimes slightly obovate,

shortly and bluntly acuminate, the base cuneate, both surfaces brown

when dry, the lower somewhat the paler and tinged olivaceous ; main-

nerves 5 to 7 pairs, rather straight, oblique, faint on both surfaces;

214 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

length 3 to 4’5tin.; breadth 1°5 to 2°5 in. petiole ‘2 to °3 in. slender ;

stipules shorter than the petioles, broadly triangular at the base, much

acuminate upwards. Cymes terminal or from the axils of fallen leaves,

on pedicels about ‘2 in. long; the branches short and bearing persistent

ovate-acute bracteoles. Flowers few, about 2 in. long, on pedicels about

2in. long. Calyz ‘4 in. long, tubular, tapering to the base, the mouth

with 5 triangular acute short teeth. Corolla salver-shaped; the tube

1 in. long and about ‘1 in. in diam.; the limb about 1 to 1-25 in. across,

deeply divided into 5 broadly elliptic subacute lobes. Anthers linear,

with a black apical process from the connective, included in the slightly

pubescent throat, sessile, dorsifixed, about ‘2 in. long. Style filiform ;

stigma somewhat exserted, thick, clavate, opening out into 2 thick spa-

thulate reflexed fleshy lobes. Fruit depressed-globular, glabrous, ‘5 to

‘65 in, in diam. when dry.

Penanc : Curtis 927. Sincapore: Hullett, 114.

The following, of which we have seen no specimens in flower, also probably be-

long to this species; viz: Malacca: Derry 1056. Perak: Scortechini 1538; King’s

Collector 10171. One of Mr. Curtis’s specimens is described as a tree, another as a

climber. The leaves are thinner and broader than those of R. floribunda, Lam., and

the flowers are (especially as regards the limb of the corolla) larger. The calyx al-

thongh of the same shape is also larger. This species still more nearly resembles

R. Clarkei, King & Gamble (of which the type is Wall. Cat. 8284 D.) but it has

smaller, much less coriaceous leaves, which are broader in proportion to their width.

This has also smaller flowers with a very much smaller calyx. From both it differs

by its conspicuously apiculate anthers.

15. Ranpra Exattata, Griff. Notul. TV. 262. A tree 30 to 50 feet

high, unarmed ; young branches deciduously pubescént, ultimately gla-

brous, dark-coloured and striate when dry, thinner than a goose-quill.

Leaves coriaceous, glabrous, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate at base and

apex ; upper surface dark-brown when dry, not reticulate, the nerves

and midrib depressed; lower surface paler, reticulate; main-nerves

8 to 10 pairs, curved, ascending, thin, dark in colour and distinct beneath

when dry; length 3°5 to 45 in.; breadth 1 to 1 35 in.; petioles ‘2 in.;

stipules triangular, acuminate, about as long as the petioles and like

them rusty-pubescent. Cymes in the axils of leaves or of fallen leaves,

when in flower half as long as the leaves, adpressed rusty-pubescent ;

branches few, bearing small persistent acute bracts and 4 to 6

large shortly pedicellate flowers. Calyx ‘15 in. long, funnel-shaped ;

densely adpressed-pubescent outside, the mouth truncate but minutely

5-toothed. Corolla white, somewhat purplish, 2 in. or more lorg, rather

sparsely adpressed-pubescent outside; the tube narrowly cylindric, only

about ‘3 in. long, villous at the throat; the limb widely funnel-shaped,

seurfily hairy inside; the mouth with 5 broad subacute lobes ‘3 or 35

1903.) King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 215

in. long. Anthers linear, ‘4 in. long, sessile, dorsifixed above the throat,

Style filiform 1 in, long, surmounted by the fusiform 2-lobed stigma.

Berry globular-ovoid, smooth, woody, 2-5 in. in diam., on a thick

peduncle ‘5 in.long. Seeds embedded in pulp, compressed, angled, near-

ly ‘5 in. broad. Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind, III.; Kurz For. Fl. Burma. II.

46 (in part), Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. VIII. 90. Gardenia pulcherrima,

Kurz in Journ. As Soc. 1877 If. 155; For, Flora Burm. II. 43 (in part),

Gardenia Schoemanni, Teys. & Binn. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. III. 403 ;

in Nat. Tijds. II. 201; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat, IT. 232.

Penang: Curtis 793.—Distris, Andaman Islands; Burma (Griffith

K.D. 2826). ‘

The Andaman plant included under R. evxaltata by Kurz differs from Griffith’s

in having obovate leaves and a smaller corolla with a long tube.

16. RANDIA MACROPHYLLA, Benth. & Hook. fil. Gen. Plant. ex

Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 114. An erect unarmed shrub 3 or 4 feet

high ; young branches thinner than a goose-quill, dark-coloured when dry,

scaberulous-puberulous. Leaves large, coriaceous, almost sessile,

narrowly elliptic-oblong, sometimes shortly acuminate, gradually nar-

rowed to the acute base; upper surface olivaceous-brown when dry,

glabrous except sometimes for a few hairs on the midrib; lower darker,

usually glabrous, but sometimes sparsely pubescent on midrib and nerves;

main-nerves 10 to 14 pairs, slightly curved, ascending, depressed on the

upper, prominent on the lower surface ; length 8 to 12 in.; breadth 1°75

to 2°75 in.; petioles ‘1 to ‘15 in. pubescent, stipules ‘4 to ‘5 in. long,

triangular, with a broad base and long subulate-acuminate apex.

Flowers 1 or 2 ina leaf-axil, subsessile, 4°5 to 6 in, long, with many

subulate hairy bracts at the base. Calyx-tube funnel-shaped, about

°35 to ‘5 in long; the mouth with 5 linear spreading teeth much longer

than the tube. Corolla 4 to 5 in. long, infundibuliform, 3 or 4 inches

wide at the mouth, white or with purple spots, puberulous or sub-

glabrous outside; the limb with 5 ovate sub-acute lobes about 1 in. long.

Anthers linear, about ‘8 in. long, included in the glabrous throat. Style

slender; stigma clavate, nearly as long as and parallel to the anthers.

Fruit ellipsoid, sparsely and deciduously rusty-strigose, 2°5 in. long,

crowned by the long, persistent calyx-lobes. Rothmannia macrophylla,

R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 8304.

Penang: Wallich, Curtis 966. Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2822;

Maingay (K.D.) 944; Cuming 2365; Hervey, Derry 43, 79. SINGAPORE:

Lobb 65; Dr. T. Anderson 107; H. J. Murton 1; Hullett 117. . Perax:

Wray 1380, 1632, 3232, 4214; Scortechini 1479; King’s Collector 769,

10356. Penane: Curtis 966; Dinpines: Curtis. Senancor: Cooderoy

10484,— Disrris. Sumatra.

J. u. 80

216 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

17. Ranpia Kunstieri, King & Gamble n. sp. A stout glabrous

armed climber; young branches thinner than a goose-quill, pale-

brown, 4-angled, shining; spines in pairs, slightly curved, slender,

much deflexed, about °5 in. long. Leaves coriaceous, broadly “ovate to

elliptic-rotund, obtuse or bluntly and shortly cuspidate; both surfaces

pale hepatic-brown when dry; main-nerves 4 or 5 pairs, curved, as-

cending, rather prominent on both surfaces when dry ; length 4 to 5°5

in. ; breadth 2°5 to 3°5 in. ; petioles ‘3 to ‘5 in.; stipules longer than the

petioles, oblong, sub-acute. Flowers solitary or in scanty cymes, on short

pedicels. Calyx tubular, the limb truncate but obscurely toothed.

Fruit deflexed, on a short pedicel, depressed-globular, slightly contracted

towards the base, crowned by the short tubular truncate calyx-limh,

about 1:25 in. in diam. when dry and somewhat less in length; pulpy;

pericarp leathery, smooth, shining. Seeds numerous, horizontal, com-

pressed; albumen horny, scanty; radicle longer than the orbicular

cotyledons. Wall. Cat. 8284 C. (in Herb. Kew, not in Linn. Soc.)

Perak: ‘King’s Collector 2683, 4335 ; Scortechini 485. SuMATRA:

Curtis 3543.

Scortectini’s specimens of this in our hands are not in flower. From the fieid

note on one of them we quote the description of the flower as follows. “ Calyz-tube

‘5 in. long, two-thirds being produced beyond the ovary, cylindric, slightly con-

stricted in the middle; the limb with 5 shallow teeth, glabrous outside and inside

except for an interrupted ring of yellowish thick hairs at the mouth inside. Corolla-

tube *5 in. long; the lobes as long, greenish yellow, glabrous except at the throat

where are attached the slightly exserted linear anthers. Ovary 2-celled; each cell

with many ovules in several series; stigma oblong, shortly 2-fid. Berry 1 in. in

diam., not ribbed, crowned by the persistent calyx-tube,”

26. GarpreniA, Linn.

Shrubs or trees, often armed. Leaves opposite, rarely ternate ;

‘ stipules often connate. Flowers often large, terminal or axillary, soli-

tary, fascicled, rarely cymose, sometimes dimorphic and polygamous,

Calyx-tube campanulate or tubular; the limb variable, tubular or

dilated, sometimes spathaceous, often persistent on the fruit. Corolla

various, longer than the calyx-limb; 5- to 12-lobed ; the lobes twisted

in bud. Stamens as many as the corolla-lobes. Anthers linear, included,

sessile or sub-sessile on the tube, as many as the corolla-lobes, and alter-

nate with them. Ovary 1-celled; style stout; stigma clavate, fusiform or

bifid ; ovules numerous, 2-seriate on the 2 to 6 placentas. Hrwit often

large, ovoid, ellipsoid or globose, baccate, with a coriaceous epicarp and

woody endocarp which sometimes splits vertically at the sutures.

Seeds numerous, imbedded in the placental pulp, compressed; testa

1903. King & Gamble—Jlora of the Malayan Peninsula ~ 217

thin; albumen horny; embryo minute.—Duistris. About 60 species,

tropical and sub-tropical.

Calyx narrowly campanulate, its lobes long, linear,

spreading :—

Corolla-lobes under ‘5 in. in length, oblong; fruit

sub-globular, ‘5 to °75 in. in diam, u4é « 1. G, tentaculata.

Corolla-lobes 2°25 to 4 in. long; fruit ovate- shlong,

2°65 in. lone 2. G. stenopetala.

Calyx campanulate, aleiie 5- reerledls the Aonth Seen daa

sub-truncate er with 5 large deep keeled lobes; corolla-

tube ‘5 to 1 in. long; fruit ribbed a wo. oo G. carinata.

Calyx tubulur, smooth ; fruit smooth :—

Calyx much shorter than the corolla :—

Calyx ‘5 in. long, the mouth with 5 triangular

acuminate keeled teeth; corolla 1°5 in, long, widely

campanulate suddenly contracted into a cylindrical

tube ‘25 in. long, the lobes of the limb deep, oblong,

obtuse Pe we 4. G. Godefroyana,

Calyx °4 to 65 in, Teng? ; the aoe truncate,

sometimes split on one side; corolla-tube 1°75 to

2° in. long 906 000 500 o- «68. SG. tubifera.

Calyx ‘75 to 15 in. long, inflated-tubular, the

mouth oblique with a few irreguiar lobes ; corolla-

tube 2°5 to 3 in. long 000 .» 6 G. speciosa.

Calyx 3 to 4 in. in length; nearly as ioe ag the

tube of the corolla 6c 000 we 7. G. Griffithii.

1. GaArpgENnta TENTAcCULATA, Hook. fil. in Fl. Br. Ind. IIT. 119. An

unarmed shrub or small tree ; young branches thinner than a goose-

quill; sparsely puberulous, dark when dry. Leaves membranous,

narrowly oblanceolate or lanceolate-oblong, acuminate or caudate-

acuminate, much narrowed to the short petiole; both surfaces dark-

brown when dry, glabrous, the midrib and 14 to 18 pairs of thin

spreading nerves sometimes paper eus ou the lower; length 4 to 8 or

even 10in.; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; petiole ‘25 to ‘4 in.; stipules tubular

below the 2-lobed mouth, Jnehily longer than the petioles. Flowers

in fascicles of 4 to 6 (sometimes fewer), from the axils of fallen leaves,

about *75 in. long, on stalks from *3t0°5 in. long. Calya ‘5 in, long,

narrowly campanulate, with dilated limb deeply divided into 5 narrow

flexuose linear-lanceolate spreading lobes. Corolla slighty exceeding

the calyx, tubular, glabrous except a pubescent band at the base of the

interior of the tube ; the mouth with 5 oblong obtuse lobes. Anthers 5,

linear, sessile, at the base of the corolla-tube, ‘6 in. long. Jrutt sub-

globular, faintly ridged, glabrous, ‘5 to ‘75 in. in diam., crowned by

the tentacle-like calyx-lobes. Seeds compressed, reticulate.

218 - King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Jonor: Ridley 11140; Kelsall 4082a. Matacca: Hervey; Maingay

(K.D.) 839; Grifith (K.D.) 2810; Lobb. Perak: Scortechini 63;

King’s Collector 2691, 7851, 8377; Wray 2036. Penane: King’s Collector

1639, 2691. Panane: Ridley 2195.—Disrris. Borneo, Motley 934;

Beccari ; Haviland 2967.

2. GARDENIA STENOPETALA, King & Gamble n. sp. A shrub 4 to

8 feet high; young branches as thick as a goose-quill or nearly so,

very dark-coloured when dry, covered with deciduous dark pubescence

and minute white scales. Leaves large, thinly coriaceous, oblong-ob-

lanceolate or elliptic, shortly acuminate, much narrowed to the short

petiole; both surfaces olivaceous-brown when dry and both (but

especially the lower) bearing sparse adpressed partly deciduous hairs,

the midrib and nerves more densely pubescent; transverse veins on

the lower rather distinct, distant; main-nerves 12 to 14 pairs, curved,

ascending or spreading, rather bold on the lower surface when

dry; length 7 to 14 in.; breadth 2 to 4 in.; petioles °3 to ‘5 in.;

stipules shorter than the petioles, broadly triangular at the base,

the apices long-acuminate. Cymes from the axils of fallen leaves,

2-branched and 4- to 6-flowered; their peduncles under ‘3 in. long,

with narrowly linear, lanceolate bracts. Flowers 2°5 to 5 in. long;

their pedicels ‘3 in., narrowly bracteate and rusty-pilose like the cyme-

peduncles and calyx. Calyx narrowly campanulate, ‘4 to ‘6 in. long,

the limb with 5 linear spreading lobes somewhat longer than the

tube. Corolla with a puberulous cylindric tube about ‘5 to ‘75 in. long

containing the 5 linear anthers at its base; lobes of the limb 6, narrow,

2°5 to 45 in. long and from ‘15 to ‘2 in. wide, with valvate inflexed

edges, bearing some scattered hairs; anthers sessile, ‘3 in. long. Style

filiform; stigma fusiform, shortly bifid. Fruit ovate-oblong, 2°5 in.

long and 1°5 in. in diam., crowned by the persistent hairy calyx;

pericarp thin, brittle, smooth; seeds ellipsoid, compressed, ‘3 in. long.

Perak: Scortechini 1446; King’s Collector 4156, 4265; Curtis 1306,

3144,

3. GARDENIA caRINATA, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey and

Wall. Il. 560. A shrub; young branches as thick as a goose-quill,

whitish, glabrous, the cicatrices of fallen leaves prominent. Leaves

membranous, obovate to oblanceolate, very shortly acuminate or

cuspidate, much narrowed to the base; both surfaces brown when dry,

the upper shining, glabrous except the midrib; the lower tinged

olivaceous, puberulous especially on the stout midrib and 16 to 18 pairs

of rather straight spreading stout nerves; length 4 to 7 in.; breadth

2 to 3 in. (sometimes much longer). Flowers 1°5 to 2 in. long, axillary,

solitary or in pairs on short bracteolate puberulous pedicels. Calyx

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 219

1 to 1:25 in. long, campanulate. boldly 5-keeled, tapering to the pedicel,

the mouth expanded sub-truncate or with 5 large deep-keeled lobes.

Corolla salver-shaped; the tube ‘5 to 1 in. long, adpressed-puberulous,

ridged; limb 1:25 to 2 in. across, with 6 to 9 broad lobes. Stigma

broadly clavate. Fvwit ellipsoid, 5- to 8-ribbed, 15 to 1°75 in. long

including the large persistent calyx. Wall. Cat. 8271; Hook. fil. Fl. Br.

Ind. III. 117. DC. Prod. IV. 380; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 229,

Mazacca: Maingay 1486, (K.D.) 837; Ridley 953, 906. Hervey.

Province WetLesey: Ridley 6974. Sincarore: H. J. Murton.

4, GARDENIA GopEFRoyANA, O. Kuntze in Revis. Gen. Pl. J. 283.

Young branches half as thick as a goose-quill, rusty-puberulous, bear-

ing at the nodes the persistent bases of the stipules. Leaves thinly

coriaceous, dark-coloured when dry, both surfaces glabrous except

for a few hairs near the edge and on the midrib, narrowly elliptic, the

apex abruptly sub-acute, gradually narrowed to the base; main-nerves

8 to 10 pairs, indistinct on both surfaces; length 1°75 to 2°25 in;

breadth °65 to 1 in.; petiole ‘15 in.; stipules conjoined into a wide

tube longer than lars petioles, obliquely cut on one side, the apex acute

rusty-pubescent externally. Flowers solitary or in pairs, 2 in. long.

Calyx ‘5 in. long, infundibuliform ; ‘the mouth wide and with 5 short

triangular keeled acuminate teeth with ciliate edges. Corolla about

1:5 in, long, widely campanulate, abruptly contracted into a cylindric

tube ‘25 in. long, the limb 1°75 in. wide, divided into 5 deep oblong

blunt spreading lobes. Frwit ellipsoid, crowned by the thick calyx-scar

about an inch long and more than half an inch in diameter. Seeds

numerous, compressed, surrounded by pulp.

Penane: Sidley 1316.—Distris. Saigon, Pierre; Cambodia,

Kuntze ; Cochin-China, Glodefroy-Leboeuf.

5. GARDENIA TUBIFERA, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Carey &

Wall. II. 562. An unarmed shrub or tree, young branches nearly as

thick as a goose-quill, the bark very pale, glabrous, shining. Leaves

thinly coriaceous, oblanceolate, the apex broad and shortly cuspidate,

the base much narrowed; both surfaces pale olivaceous-brown, shining,

usually glabrous, but sometimes the nerves and midrib beneath

puberulous or scurfy; main-nerves 10 to 12 pairs, sub-horizontal, thin

but distinct especially below; length 3 to 6 in. ; breadth 1°5 to 2 in.;

petiole ‘2 to ‘4 in., narrowly winged in its upper part; stipules tubular,

sub-scarious, truncate, obscurely toothed, sometimes persistent, 2 in.

dong. Flowers solitary, axillary or terminal, glabrous, sub-sessile,

3 to4in. long. Calyx tubular, tapering slightly to the base, truncate,

sometimes split at one side, smooth or ribbed, from “4 to ‘65 in. long.

920 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Corolla thick, many times longer than the calyx; the tube 1°75 to 2°5

in. long, narrowly cylindric, slightly over ‘lin. in diam., pubescent

at the throat, otherwise glabrous; the limb 2 to 2°5 in. across, spread-

ing, deeply divided into 6 to 9 obovate or obovate-cbhlong lobes,

Anthers inserted in the throat, half-exserted, linear, ‘3 in. long. Style

thick; stigma exserted, with 2 thick short lobes. Fruit globose or

ovoid-globose, obscurely ridged or smooth, 1 to 1°5 in. in diam,, |

crowned by the tubular calyx; endocarp thick, hard; seeds rather

large. Wall. Cat. 8266; DC. Prodr. IV. 381; Hook. f. in Flor. Br.

Ind. III. 117; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 230; Schumann in Bot. Tidsskrift

Kobn. XXIV. 333; Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. VIII. 99. G. resintfera,

Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch. IJ. 191; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng.

1876, II. 134 (non Roth). G. glutinosa, Teysm. & Binnend. in Herb.

Lugd. Bat. |

Three forms of this, founded on variations in the calyx, may be

recognised as under :—

Form 1. Calyx obconical, smooth, ‘4 to ‘5 in long, truncate.

Perak: Scortechini 1775; King’s Collector 5260, 5581. Jouor:

Kelsall 4088. Siycarore: Wallich. Prnane: Maingay (K.D.) 838.

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 838; Grifitm (K.D.) 2816; Distriz. Sumatra,

Forbes 3222; Borneo, Motley 5341; Beccart 3250; Koh Chang in Siam ;

Java, Teysmann.

Form 2. Calyx-tube ribbed, ‘4 to ‘5 in. long.

Perak: Wray 2522; King’s Collector 6285. Prnana: King’s Collector

1474; C. Curtis 686. Sincapore: Cantley 215; Ridley 2588, also Lobb

125.

Form 3. Calyx tubular, smooth, *5 to ‘65 in. long, split on one

side.

JoHor: King’s Collector 11139. Pananea: Ridley 375, 1388(?) The

Johor specimen is well-marked, the other more doubtful.—Disrris.

Borneo, Curtis 111. :

6. GaRpENIA spEctiosa, Hook. fil. FJ.- Br. Ind. III. 117. A

glabrous tree 40 to 60 feet high; young branches much thicker than

a goose-quill, pale, marked by the annular scars of the stipules. Leaves

coriaceous, obovate- or oblanceolate-elliptic, shortly and abruptly acu-

minate, or cuspidate, the base much narrowed; both surfaces pale

olivaceous-brown, giabrous except for some slight pubescence on the

midrib and nerves; main-nerves 12 to 14 pairs, slightly curved,

depressed on the upper but prominent on the lower surface as is the

midrib; length 4 to 6 in.; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; petiole ‘5 tol. in.;

stipules tubular-sheathing, the mouth irregularly toothed. Flowers

4 to 6 in. long, coriaceous, solitary or in pairs, axillary, sessile. Calyx

1903. ] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 221

‘75 to 1:5 in. long, inflated-tubular, the mouth oblique, irregularly

few-lobed. Corolla-tube cylindric, 3 to 3°5 in. long and about ‘15 in.

in diam. when dry ; limb 2°5 to 3 in. across with 6 to 9 deep obovate-

elliptic, blunt lobes. Anthers inserted in the villous throat, linear,

*4 in. long, half-exserted. Fruit globular, not ridged, 1°5 in. in diam,

surmounted by the persistent tubular calyx-tube 75 to 1 in. long,

Randia speciosa, Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 824.

Singapore: Lobb. Perak: Wray 4265; King’s Collector 4516,

5830, 8736, 10180.

7 Garpenia Grirritat, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 118. A large

shrub or small tree; young branches as thick as a goose-quill with pale

bark marked by the annular cicatrices of the stipules, glabrous.

Leaves thickly coriaceous, obovate-elliptic, cuspidate, much narrowed

to the short petiole ; upper surface olivaceous-brown, glabrous, shining,

with the reticulations transverse and depressed; lower surface brown,

puberulous especially on the stout midrib and 12 to 15 pairs of oblique

slightly curved distinct main-nerves; length 5 to 9 in,; breadth 2-5

to 4 in.; petioles °3 to ‘4 in., stout, winged; stipules °35 to ‘4 in. long,

with expanded irregularly toothed mouths. lowers solitary, terminal

or axillary, sessile, 4 to 4°5 in. long. Calyw nearly as long as the

corolla-tube, coriaceous, tubular, expanding upwards, the mouth ir-

reeularly toothed, undulate, oblique, *75 in. in diam., glabrous. Corolla

salver-shaped, the tube cylindric, much narrower than the calyx; hmb

3 in, across, with many lobes, imbricate in eestivation. Fruit woody,

globular, when dry with slender vertical strie, glabrous, 2 in. in

diam., crowned by the very long, persistent calyx.

“Mauacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2821; Ridley 223; Derry 1045. Sinea-

PORE: Ridley 6673 ; Hullett 611, 896.

Var. Maingayt, Hook. fil. lc. Mouth of the calyx irregularly cut

into triangular coriaceous teeth.

Matacca: Maingay (K.D.) 841.

27. Prtunea, DC.

Glabrous shrubs or small trees with slender often 4-angled branch-

es. Leaves petioled, narrowed to base and apex; stipules triangular

or ovate-oblong. Flowers small, white, bi-bracteolate, in axillary

spikes. Calya-tube campanulate, with a persistent 4-lobed limb. Cor-

olla funnel-shaped, its throat villous, the limb with 4 spreading lobes;

lobes twisted in bud. Anthers 4, sub-sessile, linear, the connective

thickened at the apex. Ovary 2-celled, but often incompletely so; style

cylindric, with stoutly linear hairy stigmatic branches; ovules 2 to 8,

pendulous from the apex of each cell. #rwit small, 2-celled. Seeds

299 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. _[No. 4

imbricate ; testa thick, grooved, rugulose; cotyledons linear.—DistTRis.

4 or 5 species in Malaya and Northern India.

Rachis and bracteoles of the raceme, the calyx

corolla and fruit externally and the midrib and

main-nerves of the leaves beneath pubescent «. I, P. longifolia,

Rachis and inflorescence glabrous, except the brac-

teoles and edges of the calyx-lobes :—

Fruit ellipsoid to ovoid, ‘2 to *25 in, long, its

pedicel short; leaves narrowly oblong-lanceolate

to lanceolate ... . 2 P. Roxburghii.

Fruit clavate *5 to ‘75 Teuo mamanillete at ie

apex, not ridged; leaves broadly elliptic-oblong .,. 3. P. venulosa.

1, Perunca LtonerForiaA, DC. Prod. IV. 399. A small tree; young

branches almost as thin as a crow-quill, 4-angled, cinereous-puberulous

at first, afterwards glabrous. Jieaves membraneous, oblong-elliptic,

much tapered to both ends, glabrous except the midrib and main-

nerves on the lower surface ; both surfaces olivaceous-brown when

dry ; the lower conspicuously and transversely reticulate; main-nerves

6 to 8 pairs, slightly curved, ascending, thin but prominent on the

lower surface, obsolete on the upper; length 4 to 56 in.; breadth

1:25 to 1'5 in.; petioles about °35 in., deciduously puberulous; stipules

broadly triangular, acuminate, the midrib hairy, -2 in. long. Racemes

at first not much longer than the petioles but afterwards lengthening

much. Flowers ‘2 in. long, the pedicels at first very short but lengthen-

ing in fruit from ‘2 to ‘35 in. pubescent like the triangular

bracteoles. Calyx funnel-shaped, less than] in. long, its mouth with

4 broad acute teeth. Corolla more than twice as long as the calyx,

funnel-shaped, 4-lobed. Fruit clavate, crowned by the small calyx-

limb, about ‘3 in. long when ripe, puberulous, the pedicel usually

longer. Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8.114. Higginsia longifolia, Blume

MSS.

Penane: Phillips, Wall. Cat. 8301la.; Curtis 2476, 2839; Ridley

10238; King’s Collector 1447, Prrak: Wray 863, 1350; Scortechini;

King’s Collector 470, 4567, 7700 ; Curtis 3143 (in part). Panane: Ridley

2194.—Disrris. Sumatra.

This differs from P. Rozburyhii in having all parts of the inflorescence hairy,

and in having differently shaped fruits on long pedicels. It has also broader leaves,

the under surfaces of which are pubescent on the midrib, main-nerves and conspicu-

ously transverse reticulations.

2, Prtunea Roxspureui, DC. Prod. IV. 399. An evergreen much-

branched shrub 3 to 8 feet high; young branches 4-angled, cinereous

when dry, thicker than a crow-quill. Leaves thinly coriaceous, oblong-

lanceolate to lanceolate, tapering equally to each end; upper surface

1903. | King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 2233

olivaceous-brown, not reticulate; the lower rather darker faintly

reticulate ; main-nerves 8 to 10 pairs, spreading, faint on both surfaces ;

length 2°5 to 5 in.; breadth °75 to 1°5 in.; petiole ‘1 to ‘2 in., stipules

about one-third of the length of the leaves. Racemes more than 1 in.

long, but shorter than the leaves, slender, glabrous. Flowers ‘25 in.

long, with several bracteoles at their bases. Calyx funnel-shaped, the

limb with 4 broad triangular lobes. Corolla salver-shaped, glabrous

except the villous throat; the mouth with 4 broadly oblong obtuse

reflexed lobes, Anthers partly exserted from the throat. Style with

two thick hairy arms. Fruit elliptic to ovoid, ‘2 to ‘25 in. long, glabrous,

surmounted by the small calyx-limb; the pedicels very short. Hook. fil.

Fl. Br. Ind. III. 120. P. microcarpa, DC. Prod. 1V. 399. P. variabilis,

Hassk. in Flora 1845, 232. Higginsia microcarpa, Blume Bijdr. 988.

Spicillaria Deschenaultii, A. Rich. in Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris V.

252. Randia racemosa and R. polysperma, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 15; FI.

Br, Ind. I. 525, 527. RB. polysperma, DC. l.c. 889. Hypobathrum race-

mosum, Kurz. For. Fl. Burm. II. 51. Rubiacea, Wall. Cat, 8302, 8312.

Perak: Curtis 3143 (in part); King’s Collector 1385, 2900;

Scortechint 335, 10938. Prnana: Curtis 3387. Panaxor: Curtis 1387.

Singapore: Ridley 1990. Matacca: Griffith, Ridley 2380. SeLancor:

Ridley 3187.—Distris. Northern India; Burma; Java; Sumatra;

Borneo.

Var. floribunda. Racemes longer than the leaves, flowers very

numerous; a tree.

Perak: King’s Collector 10023. Jonor: Ridley 11157. Sutangor:

Ridley 3187.

It is probable that this should rank as a species.

3. Prtuna@a venuLosa, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 121. All parts

glabrous; young branches thicker than a crow-quill, somewhat com-

pressed, shining, dark-coloured when dry. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic-

oblong, shortly and rather abruptly acuminate, cuneate or rounded

and sometimes slightly oblique at the base; both surfaces warm-brown

when dry; main-nerves 6 or 7 pairs, slightly curved, ascending, thin

but prominent on the lower surface like the midrib, and depressed

on the upper; length 5 to 6 in,; breadth 1°5 to 3 in.; petioles -2

to ‘3 in. ; stipules triangular, acuminate, keeled, as long as the petioles.

Racemes at first only about 1 in. long, afterwards much longer. Flowers

*35 in. long, on short pedicels with one or two ovate-acute bracteoles

at their bases. Calyx less than *l in. long, campanulate, the mouth

with 4 broad blunt lobes hairy at the edge. orolla ‘3 in. long, funnel-

shaped, the throat densely pubescent, otherwise glabrous, the limb

J. 1. 31

224 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. __[No. 4

with 4 ovate-acute reflexed lobes. Anthers oblong, apiculate, partially

‘exserted. Style with 2 thick hairy arms. Fruit clavate, slightly

mammillate at the apex and much narrowed at the base when ripe,

‘5 to ‘75 in. long and ‘2 to °25 in. in diam. at the middle; pericarp

leathery, endocarp woody.

Penane: 8301 (in part) ; Curtis 762, 3386; King’s Collector 1332.

Matacca: Griffith (K.D.) 2829; Maingay (K.D.) 911; Holmberg 774;

Derry 1116. Sincapore: Ridley 8427. Perak: Wray 500, 2315, 2487,

3386; Ridley 7183; King’s Collector 13382, 2594, 3156; Scortechini 141,

1411.

The fruits of this species are often attacked by an insect and become °5 to 1°75

in length and ‘4 in. in diam. These galled-frnits are fusiform in shape and have

6 or 7 sharp vertical ridges and their apices are crowned by the slender much

elongated calyx-tubes. They are moreover borne on peduncles nearly as long as

themselves.

28. Drptospora, DC.

Shrubs or trees with shortly petiolate coriaceous leaves and

triangular acuminate stipules. Flowers small, in axillary fascicles or

small cymes, polygamo-dioecions, greenish or white; bracts free or

connate in acup. Calyx with short tube and truncate 4- or 5-toothed

or -lobed limb. Corolla cylindric-campanulate or salver-shaped; the

limb with 4 or 5 spreading lobes twisted in bud. Stamens 4 or 5,

inserted by long or short filaments on the throat of the corolla; anthers

oblong or linear, exserted, sub-basifixed, often recurved. Ovary 2-, rarely

3-celled. Style long or short, its branches linear or oblong; ovules

2or3ineach cell; placentas on the septum. Berry ovoid or globose;

seeds few in each cell, imbricate; embryo small.—Duisrris. Species

about 16; tropical Asiatic and Malayan.

All parts quite glabrous :—

Leaves broadly elliptic, 6 or 7 in. long ; fruit ovoid,

‘85 in. long ae one ax -. 1, D. Beceariana,

Leaves narrowly elliptic, 225 to 4°5 in, long; fruit

fusiform .. 2. D. malaccense.

Nerves and midrib of leaves pubescent or puberulous on

the lower surface :—

Leaves 6 to 11 in. long :—

Leaves shortly caudate-acuminate, main-nerves 7

or 8 pairs; young branches deciduously pubescent 3, D, Wrayi.

Leaves with long narrow apical tail; main-nerves

10 to 12 pairs; young branches cinerecus-tomen-

tose ae co oP w. 4, D, velutina.

Leaves usually under 6 in. in length :—

Leaves oblanceolate, their main-nerves 8 to 10

pairs ; petioles ‘35 to *4 in, long ai .. 5. D, Kunstleri,

1903.] King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. 225

Leaves narrowly. elliptic or elliptic-oblong, not

oblanceolate, their main-nerves 6 or 7 pairs; petioles

15 to ‘2 iu. long ies aie . 6. D. pubescens.

Imperfectly known species * 7 D.m. sp. ?

1. Drrtospora BeccartanaA, King & Gamble n. sp, A glabrous

tree 380 to 40 feet high; young branches compressed, thinner than a

goose-quill. Leaves coriaceous, broadly elliptic, shortly and bluntly

cuspidate, the base broad, rounded and slightly unequal; both surfaces

pale olivaceous-brown when dry, shining (the lower the paler), with

wide faint reticulations; main-nerves about 7 pairs, much curved,

ascending, thin but distinct on both surfaces; length 6°5 to 7°5 in.;

breadth 3:25 to 3°75 in.; petioles °5 in.; stipules triangular, sub-acute,

only ‘15 in. long. Flowers not seen. Fruit ovoid, mammillate at

the apex and tapered to the base, smooth, several-seeded; length

‘85 in., breadth about ‘2 in. when dry.

Perak: King’s Collector 6408.

A species badly represented in the Calcutta collections. It appears to be the

same as Beccari’s Bornean (Sarawak) plant Nos. 300 and 2062 and we have associated

it with the name of that distinguished botanist and explorer.

2. DipLosporA MALACCENSIS, Hook. fil. in Fl. Br. Ind. III. 124.

A small tree; all parts quite glabrous; young branches rather thicker

than a crow-quill, cinereous, glabrous. Leaves narrowly elliptic, shortly

abruptly and obtusely acuminate, more or less narrowed at the base;

upper surface brown when dry, the lower very pale-olivaceous ; main-

nerves 4 or 5 pairs, faintly prominent on the lower surface and

slightly depressed on the upper; length 2:5 to 4°5 in.; breadth 1 to 2

in. ; petioles *15 to 2 in.; stipules shorter than the petioles. Flowers

‘2 in. long, in small clusters in the axils of fallen leaves; their pedicels

short, bracteolate at the base, usually (fide Hook. fil.) unisexual.

Calyx shorter than the corolla, tubular-campanulate, the mouth with

4 broad, coriaceous, acute teeth. Corolla thin, tubular, cut half-way

down into 4 blunt oblong lobes. Anthers 4, narrowly ovate, sessile,

half-exserted from the throat. Fruit fusiform, surmounted by the

calyx, glabrous. Lachnostoma triflorum, Korth. in Ned. Kruidk. Arch.

II. 202; Mig. FI. Ind, Bat. II, 257.

In all the provinces ; common. :

3 DreLospora Wray, King & Gamble nu. sp. <A shrub or

small tree; young branches half as thick as a goose-quill, cinereous,

covered like the stipules and petioles with minute deciduous cinereous

pubescence; all other parts save the interior of the corolla-tube

glabrous. Leaves elliptic or elliptic-oblong, often somewhat obovate,

shortly caudate-acuminate, the base cuneate; both surfaces pale

226 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

olivaceous-green when dry, the lower the paler; main-nerves 7 or 8

pairs, curved, ascending, thin but prominent on the lower surface,

faint on the upper; length 6 to 11 in.; breadth 2°5 to 4°75 in.;

petioles ‘25 to ‘4 in.; stipules shorter than the petioles, broadly ovate,

acuminate, keeled. Flowers ‘25 in. long, in dense shortly peduncled

or sessile axillary minutely bracteolate fascicles a little longer than

the petioles. Calyx very short, cupular, with 4 broad shallow teeth.

Corolla tubular, slightly inflated above the middle; the tube villous

inside; the lobes of the limb shorter than the tube, glabrous, imbricate,

oblong, sub-acute. Awnthers sessile in the tube ‘1 in. long oblong.

Style cylindric, as long as the corolla, divided into 2 linear hairy arms;

ovary with 2 bi-ovulate cells. Fruit globular-ovoid, crowned by the

faint scar of the calyx, glabrous, ‘4 in, long, and about ‘3 im. in diam.

Perak: Wray 60, 2879, 3469; Ridley 5544; King’s Collector 2366,

2697, 2782, 5277, 6253.

This closely resembles specimens in Herb. Kew. named Vanguerta palembanica

Teysm. & Binn. which is a Diplospora.

4, DIPLOspORA VELUTINA, King & Gamble nu. sp. A small tree;

young branches half as thick as a goose-quill, densely covered with

short dark-cinereous tomentum like the stipules and petioles. Leaves

coriaceous, oblong-elliptic, sometimes slightly obovate, the apex ab-

ruptly contracted into a narrow acute point about | in. long, the base

rounded or slightly narrowed; upper surface glabrous, shining, the

midrib and main-nerves depressed; the lower with bulbous-based hairs

in the interspaces between the nerves; main-nerves 10 to 12 pairs,

slightly curved, ascending, stout, the latter as well as the bold midrib

and transverse curved veins very pubescent; length 8 to 10 in.;

breadth 3 to 4°56 in.; petioles about ‘2 in.; stipules about as long as

the petioles, keeled, triangular, very acuminate. Flowers ‘25 in. long,

sessile, in dense sessile axillary heads not much longer than the

petioles. Calyx very short, cupular, obscurely lobed. Corolla funnel-

shaped, glabrous except the densely villous throat; the limb with

4 oblong, broad, slightly emarginate lobes. Anthers sagittate. Style

slender, with 2 short, linear, compressed stigmatic lobes. Fruit un-

known.

PERAK: King’s Collector 3142.

do. Diptospora Kunsruer1, King & Gamble n. sp. A small

tree; young branches thinner than a goose-quill, deciduously puberul-

ous like the stipules, petioles, and lower surfaces of the midrib and

main-nerves, otherwise glabrous. eaves sub-coriaceous, oblanceolate

to elliptic or oblong, shortly, abruptly, and bluntly acuminate, the base

rounded or slightly cuneate; both surfaces of rather a dark-brown

1903.] King & Gamble—Flova of the Malayan Peninsula. 227

when dry; the midrib impressed on the upper, prominent on the

lower; main-nerves 8 to 10 pairs, oblique, little curved, prominent

beneath; veins transverse, thin but distinct on the lower surface

length 6 or 7 in.; breadth 1:75 to 2°5 in.; petioles *35 to'4 in. long;

stipules about as long as the petioles, triangular-lanceolate, keeled,

produced into a long narrow point. Cymes small, shortly pedunculed,

axillary. Flowers not seen. Fruit mamillate when young, ovoid

and crowned by the small calyx-scar when ripe, smooth, 4 in. long; 2-

celled, 2-seeded.

PERAK: Scortechini 298; King’s Collector 3211.

6. Driptospora PuBusceNs, Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 124. A

shrub; young branches thicker than a crow-quill, compressed, minutely

pubescent like the stipules and petioles. Leaves coriaceous, narrowly

elliptic or elliptic-oblong, shortly and obtusely caudate-acuminate,

the base cuneate; both surfaces when dry pale-brown, the upper

everywhere glabrous and the midrib and main-nerves channelled; the

lower glabrous between the minutely pubescent stout midrib and

6 or 7 pairs of slightly curved slender but prominent main-nerves;

length 3 to 6 in.; breadth 1:25 to 2°25 in.; petioles ‘15 to ‘2 in.;

stipules about as long as the petioles, narrowly lanceolate, tapering

into long subulate points. Flowers about *2 in. long, in dense short

axillary sub-sessile heads slightly longer than the petioles. Calyx short,

with 4 very small blunt lobes, pubescent. Cov‘olla longer than the calyx,

tubular, lobes of limb 4, short, the throat villous. Fruit ovoid-globular,

smooth, the calyx scar small; length -4in.; seeds 4. Wall, Cat. 8297.

Perak: Scortechini 6, 94; Ridley 5537,—Disrris. Mergui, Griffith

_ 1108; Helfer (Kew. Dist. 2799).

Imperfectly known species,

7. DIpLosPporA, u. sp.? Young branchesthicker than a crow-quill, densely and

minutely cinereous-pubescent, Leaves coriaceous, narrowly elliptic, shortly and

somewhat bluntly caudate-acuminate, the base slightly narrowed; both surfaces

dark-brown when dry; the upper shining, glabrous, lower dull, puberulous on the

bold midrib and 6 or 7 pairs of prominent oblique little curved main-nerves; length

4°5 to 5°5 in,; breadth 1°5 to 2°35 in.; petioles ‘15 to ‘2 in,; stipules about as long

as the petioles, triangular, sub-acute or acute but not acuminate. lowers not seen.

Fruit ovoid-globular, crowned by the small calyx-scar, smooth, ‘45 in, long, and

*35 in. In diam,

PERAK: at an elevation of 5,000 feet; Wray 4086.

29. ScyewipHora, Gaertn.

A small tree with stout terete nodose branches, gum-yielding

when young; all parts except the inside of the corolla-tube glabrous.

228 King & Gamble—Flora of the Malayan Peninsula. [No. 4,

Leaves coriaceous, obovate, obtuse; stipules short, broad. Flowers

small, in dense, shortly-pedunculate cymes. Calyz-tube elongate-

obconic; the limb cupular, truncate, minutely 4- or 5-toothed, persistent.

Corolla-tube cylindric; the throat dilated and villous; the limb with

4, or 5 oblong lobes twisted in bud. Stamens 4or 5, inserted by short

filaments between the lobes of the corolla, anthers linear, sagittate.

Disk annular, lobed. Ovary with 2 narrow cells; style filiform, with

2 linear obtuse stigmatic branches. Ovules 2 in each cell, attached

to the middle of the cell, one pendulous, the other ascending; the

contiguous funicles dividing each cell into 2 chambers. :Drupe sub-

cylindric, 8- to 10-grooved and winged, separating into 2 crustaceous

4. to 5-ribbed pyrenes. Seeds sub-cylindric; testa membranous; albu-

men scanty; cotyledons oblong.—Disrris. A single species in Malaya

and Ceylon.

ScYPHIPHORA HYDROPHYLLACEA, Gaertn. Fruct. III. 91. t. 196. A

miniature evergreen tree, with a spherical crown and simple stem hardly

exceeding 4 feet in height. Leaves acute at the base on a petiole

‘5 to lin. long; nervation obsolete; length about 2 in.; breadth 1°5 in.

Flowers whitish often tinged with red; collected in small dichotom-

ously branched axillary cymes. Calyx about ‘15 in. long. Corolla-tube

about as long as the calyx and its lobes half as long. Drupes

elliptically oblong, about °35 in. long. DC. Prod. IV. 577; Kurz. FI.

Burm, I]. 4; Hook. fil. Fl. Br. Ind. III. 125; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 239;

Koord. & Valet. Bijdr. 8. 125; Trimen Fl. Zeyl. III. Epethenia

malayana, Jack in Mal. Mise. I. 12; Wall. Cat. 8444; DC. lc. 478;

W. & A. Prod. 424. Epithenia sp., Griff. Notul. IV. 269; Ic. PI.

Asiat. 478 and 644 A. (Lumintzera). Rubiacea, Wall. Cat. 9055 A. in

part. 5

In Mangrove swamps.—Distris. Coasts of S. India and Ceylon ;

Andaman Islands; Malay Archipelago to N. Australia; Philippines and

New Caledonia.

30. JacKia, Wall.

A tall tree ; young branches stout, obtusely 4-angled, covered by

the persistent bases of the fallen leaves and by the large coriaceous,

sheathing long-bristled stipules. eaves coriaceous, large. Flowers

densely pubescent, in prominently bracteolate scorpioid cymes arranged

corymbosely in long-peduncled pendulous axillary panicles. Calyz-tube

small, obconic, the limb with 5 unequal lobes, two of them small

the other 3 coriaceous, large, veined, accrescent and forming wings

to the ripe fruit. Corolla funnel-shaped, the tube narrow, sub-glabrous

inside, lobes of the limb 5, valvate in bud, triangular. Anthers 5, linear,

sub-sessile in the throat, the connective apiculate. Disk hairy. Ovary

1903.] KH. P. Stebbine—Life- History of Chermes abietis-picere Steb. 229

2-celled, ovules 2 in each cell, attached to the apex of an erect basilar

placenta. Style compressed, slender, long-exserted, thickened and

hairy about the middle, stigmatic-lobes 2, short. Wrwit dry, indehiscent,

obconic, ‘1 in. long, densely hairy, crowned by 3 accrescent, persistent,

veined, oblong somewhat oblanceolate blunt calyx-lobes about °6 in.

long; seeds (by abortion) solitary, ellipsoid, embryo straight in the axis

of much fleshy albumen; cotyledons broad, flat.—Disrris. A single

Malayan species.

Jackia ornata, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind., ed. Carey & Wall. II.

321. Young branches as thick as the little finger. Leaves oblanceolate,

the apex sub-acute, narrowed from above the middle to the short stout

petiole; upper surface glabrous and shining, the lower adpressed-

puberulous; main-nerves about 12 pairs, prominent beneath; length 6

to 12 in.; breadth 2°5 to 5 in.; petiole ‘4 to ‘9 in.; stipules widely and

deeply cupular, often 1 inch or more in Jength (to the end of the hairy

bristles). Flowers -4 in. long; corolla many times longer than the

calyx-tube, twice as long as the calyx-lobes when young, densely seri-

ceous externally ; bracteoles broadly oblong-ovate, shorter than the

flowers, imbricate, sericeous, the lower ones sometimes connate. Wall.

Pl.. As, Rar. t. 293; Wall. Cat. 6284; DC: Prod. IV. 621:-Hook. fil FI.

Br. Ind. III. 126 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. IT. 237.

In all the provinces.—Distris. Malay Archipelago.

—~- —

A first note on the Lnfe-History of Chermes abietis-pices Steb. MS.—By

H. P. STepsine.

[Received 21st June, 1903—Read Ist July, 1903. ]

In a paper read before the Members of this Society in April last

I gave an account of the mode of development of the alar appendages

of the Spruce form of Chermes abietis pices, Steb. MS.* I propose to

describe here in detail the further observations I have been able to

make up to the present on the life-history of this exceedingly

interesting insect. In order to make the somewhat complicated stages

of life passed through understocd, and the subsequent parts of this

paper intelligible, it will be first necessary to give some short descrip-

tion of the various forms this insect assumes in its different genera-

tions,

* Vide No, 2, p, 57 of this Volume.

930 E. P. Stebbing—Iife-History of Chermes abietis-picese Steb. [No. 4,

C. abietis-picee closely resembles its European confrére C. abietis-

laricis in the fact that the individuals of one generation may assume

different habits at different stages of their existence, and so set up

the phenomenon known as parallel series. Further different stages in

the life-history may be passed on plants of a different species, the host

plants in India being the Spruce and Silver fir instead of the Spruce

and Larch as in Europe. Blochmann, Dréfus, and Cholokovsky have

made a series of the most important and interesting observations into

these habits in the case of the European species within the last two

decades or so, but the fact that a closely allied species lives in a some-

what similar manner on conifers in the N.-W. Himalayas seems to have

remained unknown until discovered by the writer in 1901.

Before proceeding to describe in detail the stages as yet observed

in thiscomplex life-history, I may briefly run over the points which give

rise to the phenomenon known as ‘parallel series.’

In the early spring wingless 9 of the Chermes are to be found upon the

Spruce trees, they probably having hibernated upon them through the

winter. These 9? lay eggs from which shortly hatch out young larve which

feed at the base of the young developing needles, causing them to swell up

and coalesce into a pseudo-gall within which the aphids become enclosed.

When fully grown about July the galls open, the larve crawl ont, moult,

and become fully developed winged insects. Some of them remain on the

Spruce and lay eggs on it. A portion however of this winged gall

generation leaves the Spruce and flies to the silver fir and lays eggs on

it on the bark of the twigs or stem. The parthenogenetic ? which arise

from these eggs either hibernate upon the trees and lay their eggs in

the early spring of the ensuing year, or lay the eggs in the autumn,

These eggs are covered with a white cottony substance which can be seen

in the form of white specks all over the branches, and often all over the

whole of the stems of young saplings. Hach little white cottony mass

contains a large number of eggs. From these eggs hatch out in the spring

small larvee which crawl up on to the newly-developed young silver fir

needles and feed by sucking out thesapfromthem. It would appear that

whilst some of this generation go on to the winged form, others remain on

the needles and mature and lay eggs on them without ever acquiring wings

or leaving the tree. A part of this generation, however, always acquires

wings about the beginning of July, and these winged insects then fly to

the Spruce tree and lay their eggs on the bark of the stem (in young

trees) or branches.

My observations in the case of the Indian species seem to prove that

either form in the two series can remain for a prolonged period on the

one host tree before producing the winged generation which enables it to

1903.] E. P. Stebbing—L7fe-History of Chermes abietis-picese Steb. 231

return to the alternative host plant. This is evidently the case with

the silver fir series, since eggs have been found on needles which only

opened from the bud in May, and therefore could not have been those of

the autumn or winter stem mothers of the previous season. These eggs

hatched out, and quite young larve were found on the fully-developed

silver fir needles six weeks after the spring larve had first appeared.

There also appear to be other forms of the Chermes, and their feeding

causes the silver fir needles of the year to become distorted and to curl

and twist up, the individual needles being stuck together by the copious

sticky excretions of the Aphids. This is especially noticeable on young

plants, at times 70 °/, to80 °/, of the terminal portions of the branches

being treated in this way.

I will now proceed to consider these life-cycles separately, first deal-

ing with the stages on the Spruce, and subsequently with those upon the

silver fir.

Tue CHERMES ON THE SPRUCE.

At the beginning of May, 1901, an examination of the Spruce at

elevations of between 8,000 and 9,500 ft. in Jaunsar Barwar, in the N.-

W. Himalayas showed small pinkish-white cone-shaped masses appear-

ing here and there on the side branches. At the base of these in the

axil between the branch and the cone (which was an unopened bud)

masses of elliptical reddish eggs were to be observed, the mass being

partially covered by the dried skin of the stem mother who died as

soon as she had laid them. I have not as yet definitely ascertained

whether these eggs were laid in the previous autumn or in the April of the

year in which they were found. If at the latter period the stem mother

evidently lays very early in the season, as snow was still lying in shady

spots that year at the beginning of May at elevations of 9,000 ft. Inthe

first week of the month a careful inspection showed young larve emerg-

ing from these eggs, and on cutting a section vertically through the small

cone, young larve were visible in numbers between the bases of the

young needles. Under the microscope these larvae were seen to be

minute red aphids furnished with a pair of antenne consisting of

two large basal joints followed by a narrower longer one which is

surmounted by a hair. The beak was long and coiled, and three

pairs of short legs were present. These minute larve were engaged

in feeding upon the juices of the young undeveloped needles of which the

pink gall consisted. Other patches of eggs examined were seen to be in

a less advanced state, the bud above them having only just commenced

toincreasein size. The irritation set up by the young larve feeding at the

bases of the needles soon causes the bud to swell, but instead of opening

out into a short stiff brush of needles it develops into a gall or psendo-

Je Wane

232 HK. P. Stebbing—Lzfe-History of Chermes abietis-picere Steb. [No. 4,

cone shaped green mass. When quite young there is no partitioning off

into distiuct cells to be observed within the cone, butas the swelling under

this constant irritation continues, the interior gradually becomes divided

off into distinct compartments, in each of which numbers of the young

larvee are to be found engaged in sucking up the juices of the walls of the

compartment. In the third week of May this partitioning is already

distinct, and a section of the small gall, which is by then bright green

externally, and pyramidal in shape, will show a number of chambers

situated on either side of a central axis. The young aphids are

still bright crimson in colour, with legs and antenne light yellow. No

indications of wings are apparent at this period. As the gall he-

comes partitioned off inside the outside presents distinct diamond-shaped

surfaces, each of which is the cover to a chamber below. A centre spot

in each of these surfaces is lighter-coloured than the rest, and may form

a minute projection. This would appear to represent the tip of the

swollen up needle. Itisnevermore than a minute projection, and in this

differs from the European Spruce Chermes gall in which the spine or leaf

top projects to some distance beyond the cone surface and can be seen to be

the true upper portion of the needle. The false cone continues to

steadily increase in size throughout June, and the young larve turns

to a dark purple colour. They moult several times whilst in the

chamber, and the white papery cast skins can be found in the cavities.

From 6 to 8, or at times an even greater number of larve inhabit each

chamber.

Several cones may often be found upon the same branch, and the

writer has seen young trees absolutely loaded with these pseudo-galls.

I have already described to the members of this Society* the manner

in which the larve leave the false cone and develop their wings. A

certain number of them on acquiring these fly off to the Silver Fir

where they may be found in the first half of July clinging to the new

year’s needles.

The subsequent history of these winged forms from the eee has

not as yet been traced.

THe CHERMES ON THE SILVER Fir.

The presence of the spring eggs on the silver fir is easily discernible,

since they are invariably covered or partially covered with a white

cottony material. At times this substance is so abundant as to clothe

the bark of young trees more or less thickly from top to bottom, either

entirely encircling the stem or occupying one or two sides only. At

other times it is to be found only upon the upper portion of the stem of

* Vide No. 2, p.57 of this Volume.

1903.] KE. P. Stebbing—Life-History of Chermes abietis-picess Steb. 233

old trees and saplings or on portions of some of the side branches.

Tops, leading shoots and branches, covered in this way with what look

to be white fungous filaments, are often seen to be dying or dead and

dried up. Round Deoban (elev. 9,300 ft.) in the Jaunsar Barwar

Forests a number of both young and old trees have these dead tops. I

have, however, up to date been quite unable to discover any cause for

this dying off of the tops. It does not take place in patches but here and

there in the forest. It will, of course, require very careful investiga-

tions carried out over a series of years before we are in a position to

say whether the Chermes is in any way accountable for this state of

affairs.

On examining the cottony patches with a lens, one sees that this

white wool-like material forms a covering to a blackish skin. This skin.

is that of the dried-up stem mother Chermes. At her anal end a portion’

of a bunch of yellowish brown elliptical glossy eggs is visible, the rest-of.

them being hidden beneath the dried-up skin. The eggs are superficially

very similar to those to be found upon the Spruce at this period. (the-

beginning of May). These eges were present in millions on infested silver

firs at the beginning of May 1901. Little larvee were observed hatch-

mg out from the eggs about the first week in the month, and these at once

crawl up on to the young newly-developed or developing silver fir needles,

at that period just bursting through the bud scales, where they appear as

minute black specks covering the young bright green tassels of needles.

Seen beneath the microscope the young larve are apparently identical

with those to be found at the same time on the Spruce.

Young Larva.—Red to crimson iu colour, with two large basal

antennal joints followed by a longer narrower one, this latter being sur-

mounted by a bristle. Three pairs of short legs with two jointed tarsi,

nine abdominal segments and a long curved proboscis.

‘Within a few days the young larve develop a white cottony cover-

ing. To the naked eye the young grubs appear to be surrounded by a

white fungus. The microscope shows this however to be a white wooly

substance which grows or is excreted all over the dorsal surface of the

body. ‘Towards the end of the third week in May these small aphids

appear to become fullgrown, and they then lay the grape-bunch like

masses of eggs of a new generation. They then die, the dead body skin-

remaining as a cover or partial cover to the eggs as in the case of the

winter stem mother.

Since the whole of this first series of larvee spend their lives upon

the newly developed needles of the year, it becomes evident that this:

first generation of the year, or a portion of it, is a short-lived one ; only

stem females arising from the eggs, a winged generatiou being entirely

234 KE. P. Stebbing—Life-History of Chermes abietis-piceze Steb. [No. 4,

absent. The eggs so laid hatch within a week of being laid, and the

young larve spread out over the undersurfaces of the still young green

needles and remain feeding on them. At times these undersurfaces are

quite black with the numbers of dark crimson-coloured larve attached

to them. The production of these apterous forms continues uutil the first

week in July, z.e., up to the period when the monsoon rains burst over

the Himalayas. :

Towards the end of May, however, or beginning of June, the apterous

crimson larve collect at the base of the needles and on the needle-bear-

ing shoots. The irritation set up by their sucking operations causes the

needles to draw together into a kind of corkscrew-shaped bud, the needles

being twisted round one another and stuck together by the sugary excre-

tion from the aphids. This excretion is also added to by an exuda-

tion of turpentine from the plant and round nodules of resin are to be

found in the axils of the needles. A new and larger form of larve now

begins to appear, yellowish in colour. These yellow aphids are to be found

in the axil at the base of each needle, each having its proboscis firmly

fixed in the tissue of the stem or leaf base. In addition to these yellow

apterous forms a winged generation began to appear on the trees at the

beginning of June. The winged insects found at this stage were on the

twisted-up silver fir needles.

Apterous yellow larva.—Bright canary yellow with two curled,

white, cottony, whisp-like tails at the posterior extremity of its body.

Patches of the white cottony material are also present elsewhere on

body. The proboscis is short; antenne six-jointed,

Winged form.—Dark orange-yellow incolour. Four wings large and

black. :

The crimson-coloured larve in the cotton developed stage of their

existence are also numerous within the corkscrew-twisted needles.

The action of the insects at this stage is to contort and dwarf

all the new shoots attacked. Some young trees were found with 90 °/, of

the new leaves treated in this way, whilst the branches below and the

stem shewed numerous patckes of eggs covered by the white cottony

substance.

A few days later I was able to note that the yellow larve are also

to be found in the open on needles which are not twisted-up in the

corkscrew manner. Later on I found a winged form of the apterous

yellow larva.

Winged form of apterous yellow larva—Yellow green, with light

silvery wings, one and three-quarters to twice the length of body ; pro-

boscis yellow as are the legs.

Observations were continued up to the first week in July upon these

1903.] E. P. Stebbing—Dife-History of Chermes abietis-picese Steb. 235

various forms of the Chermes upon the silver fir, and the following

summary of conclusions arrived at is given here :—

As already seen, eggs placed in branches at the base of the leaf

buds hatch out in May, as the young needles unfold, and the minute

larves crawl up on to the leaves. After a time these young larve

apparently develop the white cottony substance and then die and lay

fresh eggs on the needles. Later on a generation from these eggs (or a

portion of the first generation) collect down towards the base of the

needles, and feeding here set up an irritation which results in an exuda-

tion of turpentine, and also causes the needles to curl up in a corkscrew

manner, the stickey excretions binding them together into a large twisted

bud. Within or near the corkscrew bud the following are to be found :—

(a) Ordinary crimson-coloured larval form.

(b) Yellow apterous form.

(d) A few dark orange-coloured black-winged forms.

By the end of the first week in July the twisted-up leaves are found

to contain numerous eggs covered by the usual dead mother skin and

white cottony substance. These are also to be found on the twig and

stem of the tree and are very visible. The apterous yellow larve will now

have mostly left the corkscrew buds, and the numerous white papery

skins on the twigs and the untwisted needles in the neighbourhood

showed that they moulted after quitting the deformed shoots. This

moult, I am of opinion, is the last one gone through, the Chermes after

shedding this last skin appearing as the light green and yellow silvery-

winged insect described above. Although the writer has not absolute-

ly watched the change in colour, he is of opinion that the orange-yellow

dark-winged forms are but a later stage of the bright coloured

silvery forms, the bright tints assumed after the last change of

skin darkening in a similar manner to that of the Spruce gall

form described in the previous paper read before this Society.

This winged form will probably fly off to the Spruce and lay eggs on it

in a similar manner to that of the Spruce gall form which flies to the

silver fir on leaving the pseudo-cone and acquiring its wings. Iam not

prepared as yet, however, to say exactly what happens to these winged

forms. I found many dead upon the trees, and this would point to their

lives being short in this stage. It is probable that during the heaviest

of the monsoon rains the Chermes would not be active, and it is possible

that this season is passed in the egg stage. I have not yet had an

opportunity of observing whether the aphid resumes its activity during

the brilliant warm autumn months which succeed the monsoon season

in the Himalayan Region.

236 . Hooper—Occurrence of Melanterite in Baluchistan. [No. 4,

The occurrence of Melanterite in Baluchistan.—By Davin Hooper, F.C.S.

[Received 27th May, 1903. Read 3rd June, 1903.]

During the last cold weather, Mr. R. Hughes-Buller, C.S., Superin-

tendent, Imperial Gazetteer, Baluchistan, forwarded several samples of

economic products to the Indian Museum for identification. Among -

these were two specimens of minerals called Khaghal and Pulmék which

were employed in the Brahui method of dyeing in conjunction with

pomegranate husk in producing black or deep green colours.

A special interest attaches to the production of Khaghal, otherwise

known as Zagh, on account of a note drawn up by Mirza Sher Mahomed,

describing one of the mines in the Jalawan district. It appears that

the collection of Khaghal is a regular industry in two or three localities

in Baluchistan. One of the mines is about forty miles from Nargana,

and at Tango, about a mile distant, is another mine, situated at the foot

of the hill and on the bank of ariver. The entrance to the mine is an

opening about a yard wide leading into a gallery of unknown length.

The Zagh has been collected from these mines for several years, and al-

though large quantities of mineral have been taken away, only a small

area of about two yards has been worked. It is always mixed with a

slate-like stone. The narrow gallery forming the mine is called “ Ragh,”

a vein of the hill. The inhabitants say that after a rainfall pure white

Zagh “ bursts out’’ in the mine which in the dry weather is dug out

together with the decomposed slate. The mine has a disagreeable

corrosive smell “like iron rust,” and this causes the workmen to vomit

in the course of half an hour. Further samples were sent by Mr.

Hughes-Buller, one from Ladon Pass, said to be of superior quality,

and another from Bhapar which was very inferior. It has also been

discovered at Chotok on the Kil river, Mula Pass, and at two places at

Khuzdar.

The mine at Chotok is in a gorge, at a distance of six miles west of

Janh. Here a cave is formed in the hill with a pool of warm water,

noted for its mineral properties, and overhead is a rock from which

water drops from innumerable stalactites of fantastic shape. The

length of the pool is 150 yards, through which guides conduct visitors

alter they have undressed. At about ten yards from the entrance of the

gorge isa large cave on the bed of which the mineral incrustation known

1902.) D. Hooper— Occurrence of Melanterite in Baluchistan. 237°

as Khaghal forms. This is of a yellow colour and is said to be in an

excellent condition for dyeing purposes.

Upon examining the samples of Khaghal it was soon discovered that

they were impure forms of ferrous sulphate or green copperas. The

sample from Ladon Pass contained 30'1 per cent., of anhydrous ferrous

sulphate, and that from Kil Chotok 27:36 per cent. Analyses of the

water-soluble portions of the minerals revealed the fact that in addi-

tion to the iron salt sulphates were! present of other available metals

peculiar to the rock. The following tables indicate the composition :—

Ladon Kil

Pass. Chotok.

FeSO, des ye OOF LO 27°36

Al, 3 SO, ae Meopreanee: fai) 4:02

CaSO, a ee hele 3°78

MgSO, An PPA IEA) 1:50

K,SO, wee soe "74, 27.

Na,SO, OG ne yn Ols 2°86

41°72 39:79

The minerals contained about 40 per cent. of matter insoluble in

water consisting of silica, iron, alumina and lime. These estimations

leave a balance of about 20 per cent. which might be referred to water

of crystallisation.

The specimen of Khaghal from Bhapar yielded to hot water only

a small quantity of sulphate of alumina with traces of calcium sulphate,

and was therefore almost valueless as a dye or mordant.

Melanterite or native ferrous sulphate is usually the product of the

decomposition of pyrites and occurs as an efflorescence on the out-crop

of rocks containing a considerable quantity of this mineral. But in

voleanic regions it appears to be formed by the chemical action of sul-

phurous vapours upon siliceous and oxidised ores of iron. There are

volcanic regions in Baluchistan where sulphur is obtainable and where

sulphurons fumes are constantly acting upon the surrounding rocks con-

verting the metals into sulphates. The Khaghal mines of Nargana

and Chotok provide the conditions of warmth, air, and moisture neces-

_ sary to promote the combination of sulphurous acid and iron and the

ultimate conversion into crystallised sulphate.

Iron sulphate has already been found in India in the following

places: Shekawati, Rajputana;! hills of the Kakur district, Afghanis-

1 J, C, Brooke, J. As, Soc. Beng,, Vol. xxxiii,, 529,

238 D. Hooper—Oceurrence of Melanterite in Baluchistan. [No. 4,

tan; in the Ramganga and Garja Valleys, in Kumaon;? on shales of the

Kaimur tableland, Central Provinces ;* in the Langyin Valley, Central

Assam; and at the headwaters of the Attaran River, Tenasserim.*

That the green copperas as used as a dye is often very impure, is shown

by an analysis of a sample made by J. Stevenson in Bihar ® who found 39

per cent. of anhydrous ferrous sulphate; the pure crystallised sulphate

should yield, according to the formula FeSO,, 7 H,O, about 54 per cent.

of the anhydrous salt.

A note might be added regarding the mineral Phulmék, sent by Mr.

Hughes-Buller as a mordant in dyeing employed by the Brahuis, or in-

habitants of the highlands of Baluchistan. Phulmék is found in the

Koh-i-Sultan, a hill in the Western Sanjrani district. At Kundi, south

of the Koh-i-Sultan, some of this “mak” was found in the course of

sinking a well. The water was consequently very saline and unfit for

drinking purposes. The average price paid by the Nashki Banias for

Phulmdék varies from Rs. 5 to Rs. 6 per maund. It is said to be used as

a mordant while Zagh is used as a dye.

This. mineral has recently been described by Mr. H. Vredenburg in his

“ Geological Sketch of the Baluchistan Desert” (Memoirs of the Geologt-

cal Survey of India. Vol. xxxi., Pt. 2 (1901), pp. 278-279.) Describing

the region of the solfataric volcano, Koh-i-Sultan, Mr. Vredenburg

states—“ The clays are impregnated with sulphate of alumina, which

is extracted and used as a mordant under the name of “ Koh-mak.”’

The efflorescent salt is known as ‘“‘ Phul-mak.”

Mak is a term given to the soft ferruginous lithomarge, occurring

in the hills south of Saindak and in the Koh-i-Sultan, and is collected

and carried to Kandahar for dyeing purposes by Kakars and Babars.

(T. H. Holland, Records of Geological Survey of India, Vol. xxx., 129)

Mak or Lak was also collected by Major G. W. Brazier Creagh, I.M.S.,

from the Cheltan Range and was reported to give a black dye called

Lak-i-Siah with leaves of the Kangak shrub. Specimens examined in

the Laboratory of the Geological Survey were pronounced to be yellow

marl containing large quantities of sulphate of iron. (1b., Vol. xxx.,

253).

Although the substance termed Mak appears to differ in appear-

ance and properties, the identity of the Phulmdk has been set at rest by

an examination of two samples sent by Mr. Hughes-Buller. One speci-

1 T, Hutton, Caleutta Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. vi., 597.

2 J. D. Herbert, Asiatic Researches, Vol. xviii., Pt. 1, 229,

3 F. R. Mallet, Memoirs G.S.I. Vol. vii., 121.

4 HE. Riley, Journ. Ind, Archipelago, Vol. iii., 395.

5 Geology of India, Vol, iii., 419,

1903. | C, Little—Himalayan summer storms. Bo ae

men was in white granular cakes, and the second contained in addition

masses of white silky crystals. On analysing the soluble portion of each

it was proved that the mineral was Alunogen or “ Hair Salt,” with a

composition of : Alumina 15:3, sulphuric acid 36 and water 48°7 per cent.

This composition agrees with the formula of Alunogen, viz., Al,0; 3 SO;,

18 H,0.

Himalayan summer storms and their influence on monsoon rainfall in

Northern India.—By C. Lirtin, M.A.

In a paper which I read at the April meeting of this Society I

pointed out that the monsoon season of 1902 could be divided into four

periods, in each of which the character of the season as regards the

distribution of rainfall and the movement of cyclonic storms which

entered India from the Bay of Bengal were noticeably different. I gave

a number of tabular statements showing that important changes appear-

ed in the Himalayan region about the 30th of June and the 1lth of

August, that these changes did not begin over India, and that there was

abundant reason for the belief that they approached India from Central

Asia, that is, from an easterly or north-easterly direction. I gave the

paper the title of “Two remarkable rainbursts in Bengal,” because the

unexpected occurrence of heavy rainfall in north-eastern India attracted

my attention and led to the subsequent investigation.

Although the present monsoon season is not yet half over, there

have, in my opinion, been already no fewer than three occasions on which

the weather in Northern India has been influenced by similar

disturbances, that is, by disturbances which have made their first ap-

pearance in the region of the Himalayas. I have called them Himalayan

storms because they come within our range of observation when they

reach the hills; but the probability is that they are due to depressions

moving across Central Asia. Their appearance begins with an irregular

fall of the barometer at stations in Northern India, and an indraught of

winds in that direction: after a longer or shorter period pressure begins

to rise, and this rise of pressure is accompanied by the commencement

of rainfall, not I believe rainfall of the monsoon type, but the irregularly

distributed, and often heavy rainfall caused by numerous thunder-

storms.

Jaton

240 C. Little—Himalayan summer storms.. [No. 4,

The two storms of 1902 regarding which I gave details in the paper

read on April lst were rapid in their avance and widespread, so that

within a few days their influence was felt along almost the whole

length of the Himalayas.

The storms of the present season have been slower in their move-

ment and of limited extent, so that their influence has been confined to

sections of Northern India, the latest occurring only a few days ago when

the unexpected rainburst in the United Provinces produced so important

a change on the agricultural outlook in that region.

It is not my intention to give details of all these three disturbances,

but the middle one of the three is so important, in my opinion, inasmuch

as it confirms a conclusion I came to last year after the disturb-

ance of August llth. That conclusion was that these Himalayan

disturbances not only have an influence on the motion of cyclonic storms

which cross Northern India from the Bay of Bengal, but they directly

contribute to their commencement. The Himalayan storm which

entered north-east India on July 8th or 9th, 1903, is in its main features

so similar to the storm of June 30th, 1902, and it resembled the storm of

August 11th, 1902, in that it was followed by a remarkable series of

cyclonic storms over the north of the Bay. Because of these similarities

I think it desirable to give tabular statements for it, similar for purposes

of comparison with the tables I gave in my previous paper. It will be

seen from these tables that pressure began to fall on the 7th in the ex-

treme north-east of Assam, that this fall was general along the

Himalayan range on the 8th and 9th and was followed by a rise on the

10th. As these changes extended south-westward over Bengal, rainfall

with a rapid fall of temperature became more general—between tke 9th

and 10th in North and East Bengal and between the 10th and 11th in

the western districts. The small charts which are given in the Indian

Daily Weather Report, one for the “ variation of 8 a.m. pressure of day

from normal,” and the other “ variation of mean temperature of day

from normal,’ show more clearly than the tables the succession of

changes which passed over Northern India with that Himalayan storm,

The dates for which reference to these charts is suggested are from July

7th to 14th. An examination of the pressure charts will show that

pressure was normal along the Himalayas on the 7th and practically over

the whole of India. Two days later it was low over Northern India, but

still practically normal over the continent. This low pressure area was

displaced southward, and by the 13th we have pressure again normal

over Northern India and low over the continent; while one depression

has formed over the north of the Bay and another in the north-east of

the Arabian Sea,

1903.] C. Little—Himalayan summer storms. 241

Tasre I,

Giving the pressure change daily from July 7tn to July 13th, 1903, arranged

to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

July July July July July July July

7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th

Assam ee | +°010” | —°026” | —:055” | +068” | 4+°001” | —:071” | —:014”

North Bengal .,. | +°014 | —'027 | —:082 | +062 | +:015 | —°043 | —‘046

Kast Bengal ... | +'020 | —°004 | —°066 | +:041 | —°050 | —:045 | —°025

S.-W. Bengal ... | +°006 | —°006 | —:058 | +°012 | +°006 | —:060 | —‘054

Orissa ee | +°007 | +°015 | —'044 | —029 | —°018 | —:075 | —°129

Circars es | —°005 | +:020 | —°027 | —-021 | —:020 | —°054 | —*078

Akyab ... | +020 | +018 | —-034 | —-022 | —-072 | —-071 | +-019

Diamond Island... | +:034 | +°002 | —-021 | —-050 | —-028 | —*062 | 702

Taste II.

Giving the pressure variation from the normal from July 7th to July 13th,

1903, arranged to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

July July July July July July July

7th. 8th 9th 10th 1lth 12th 13th

Assam we | +°014" | —-011” | ~:080" | —-014” | — 014” | —-076” | —*100”

North Bengal ... | +'025 | +°008 | —‘078 | —’019 | +°001 | —‘042 | —‘084

East Bengal... | +°037 | +'034 | —031 | +°011 | —'038 | —‘082 | —*107

8.-W. Bengal ... | +°029 | +°026 | —:082 | —-019 | —'012 | —-070 | —123

Orissa oo | +°043 | +°059 | +:016 | —'011 | —*029 | —'102 | —*230

Circars .. | +°007 | +°027 (8) -—'019 | —'039 | —'093 | — 171

Akyab we | #°024 | +°043 | +°009 | —'012 | —'083 }:—'153 | —'133

Diamond Island... | +'055 | +°007 | —-014 | —‘064 Pies —153 | —*129

The above tables show the southward movement of these changes

in Hastern India, the commencement of the fall of pressure in Assam

and North Bengal on the 8th, the general fall on the 9th followed by a

242 C. Little—Himalayan summer storms.

[No. 4,

rise in Assam and Bengal Proper on the 10th, also the developing oe

-sion over the north of the Bay on the 12th and 13th.

Tasie III.

Giving the temperature change daily from July 7th to July 13th, 1903,

arranged to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

July | July | July | July July | July July

7th | Sth | 9th | 10th | Jlth | 12th | 13th

| | | | |

Assam see | +0°6° | +1:4° | —1:0° —3°5° | —02°) +31°| 432°

North Bengal | +0°4 | —10 | -—1°8 | 05 | 39. —0°6 +2'8

East Bengal ... | +13 +0°7 —04 -19 | -04} +28 any

S.-W. Bengal | +02 | +05 | +408 | +01 | —29| —12 | —0-2

Orissa a +20 | +01 | +04 | Se eet aye +04

Circars sl +27 | 425 —21 | +34 | +09) -—44 —51

_ Akyab eet eg 20 | SUL | +17 | —05 | +18) 507 |) Oe

Diamond Island... —13 | +2:3 | -10 | +10 | —28 | +03 | —08

TaBLe IV.

Giving the temperature variation from the normal from July 7th to July 13th,

1903, arranged to show the southward movement of the disturbance.

July

7th

Assam

North Bengal ...

East Bengal

S.-W. Bengal

Orissa

Circars oe

Akyab aon

Diamond Island.,,,

July

8th

July

9th

July

10th

July

11th

}

| j

}

SS ess

+0°9°

+1°2

+21

+30

+34

+01

-—09

+31

+10°)

—06 |

+3°7 |

+4°2 |

}

=s3)

+0°8

+2'2

}

July July

12th | 13th

-09°; +18

—12 ele

+73 +70

+22 +21

+21 +30

—1%5 —6'5

+2°8 +21

+07 0

The temperature fall began in North Bengal on the 8th, it

was general though not rapid on the 9th and 10th in Assam and North

-1903.] C. Littleh—Himalayan summer storms. 243

and Hast Bengal, and extended to the south-western districts between

the 10th and llth. Defect was greatest in North Bengal on the

llth. In South-West Bengal and Orissa there was excess throughout,

smallest in the former on the 11th and in the latter on the 12th. The

large defect in the Circars on the 13th was probably due to the dis-'

turbed weather which accompanied the formation of the depression off

Orissa and the Circars.

TABLE V.

Giving the pressure change daily from July 7th to July 13th, 1903, arranged

to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

July July Jnly July July July July

7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th .

Assam ww» | +°010"| —'026”) —*'055”| +°'068”| +:°001”, —'071’| —‘014”

“North Bengal ... | +°014 | -—‘027 | —-082 | +:062) +:015 | —'048 | —:046

Bihar «» | +°004 | —°014 | —°092 | +:°064 | +°048 | —-066| —:016

United Provinces +'024 | —'039 | —"113 | +:034| +:023 | +:022| 4-001

Punjab «» | —'004 | —°050 | —'145 |} +°030 | +°014 | —:010 | +:°126

Srinagar .. | +°035 ? — 101} —'019 | +°008 0 +004

Taste VI.

Giving the pressure variation from the normal from July 7th to July 13th,

1903, arranged to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

July July July July July July | July

7th 8th 9th 10th | llth | 12th | 18th

Assam ... | +:014”/ —-011”| —-080”/ —-014”| —-014”| —-076”| —-100”

North Bengal ... | +°025 | +:008 | ~-078 | —-019| +:001 | —-042 | ~—-o84

Bihar ... | +005 | —-007 | —-c96 | —-033 | +-013 | —-o52 | —-o6s

United Provinces | +:013 | —-022 | —-130} —-096 | —-o7s | —-o62 | —-062

Punjab ve | +°029 | —"O17 | —°118 | -°123 | —:112 | —-126 | —-027

Srinagar Aro ae sdlilal ? —'039 | —'016 | —"013} +°080| +:'104

Leh erat 078 ? ? ? +031 | —-018 | —-023

—

The above tables show that the fall of pressure was general along

the Himalayan range on the 8th and that it continued more rapidly on

244 C. Little—Himalayan summer storms. [No. 4,

the 9th, that the rise was equally general on the 10th but that it pro-

ceeded more slowly in the north-west than in the north-east. It appears

to have been owing to the slow recovery of pressure in North-West India

and the consequent retarding of the northerly wind in the upper atmo-

sphere, that the depression in the Arabian Sea appeared two days later

than the one at the head of the Bay. The recovery in the Punjab is

shown on the 13th and the delay appears to have been due to the forma-

tion of a slight depression over that area in much the same way as occurs

with cold season storms.

TABLE VII.

Giving the temperature change daily from July 7th to July 13th, 1903,

arranged to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

July July July July July July July

7th 8th 9th 10th llth 12th 13th

Assam «oe +0°6° +1°4° -—1:0°} —3°5° —0°2° +3:1° +3°2°

North Bengal ... +0°4 —1°0 -—18 —0'5 —3'9 —06 +28

Bihar ae +0°6 OA | - +11 +09 —5'2 —2°5 +01

United Provinces —31 +16 +2°3 +1:3 —3°7 —3°6 -—73

Punjab gc -11 -61 +2°8 +3'8 0 -61 —8'8

Srinagar onc —1°6 ? +2°6 +13 +12 —2'5 —5-4

Taste VIII.

Giving the temperature variation from the normal from July 7th to July 13th,

1903, arranged to show the westward movement of the disturbance.

July July July July July July July

7th 8th 9th 10th llth 12th 13th

Assam 50 + 18° +0°9°] + 10°} — 06°| — 32°] — 07°] + 1:87

North Bengal ... | + 2°6 +12) — O06} = 11) — 52] —12) +17

Bihar cco || ae ets +64] + 72) + 80] +27) + O01; — 03

United Provinces + 83 +99 | +12°1 | +136) +100] + 62) — I'l

Panjab we | + 53] +82] +121] +151) +152 | +124) + 28

Srinagar aco || —= bY P - 06 |} +09) + 34) —0O9| —102

Leh ep | ee ? ? ? = 54 |'— 40) — 39

1903. ] C. Littleh— Himalayan summer storms. 245

These tables show very clearly the westward movement of the second

stage of the disturbance, that is, of the stage where with the rising pres-

sure the northerly or north-easterly winds commence in the upper atmo-

sphere accompanied by general thunderstorms, rainfall, and low tempera-

ture. The greatest change in Assam is on the 10th, in North Bengal

and Bihar on the 11th, and in the United Provinces between the llth

and 13th. In the United Provinces the mean difference from normal

temperature changed from excess of 14° on the 10th to defect of 1° on

the 13th, and in the Punjab from excess of 15° on the 11th to excess of

3° cn the 13th. At Srinagar the fall was from excess of 3° on the 11th

to defect of 10° on the 13th.

TaBLe IX.

Rainfall (July 7th to 13th, 1903).

Sere | bn | Gob 9th 10th | 11th | 12th | 13th

North Bengal . y| 828} 986] 757 | 1872 | 12952] 5-68] O41

East Bengal... y | 454| 1-81] 278] 7:94] 1:87] 1:53] 3-01

S.W. Bengal g | 010| 278) 074] 096] 1048] Mil. | 1:76

Bihar ..| 13 | 014} og] 0-42 118 | 692] 3:00 | 545

United Provinces 12 | 0:23 015 Nil. 0:10 1:36 | 3°02 | 4°36

Punjab a g | 005} wil. Nil. vil. Nil. | 0-09 | 0°55

Simla Hills... 5 | Nal. | Nal. Nil. Nil. | Nil. | 0:86) 5:28

Kashmir a 6 | 0:09 ? ? Nil. 0:03 | 2:09 | 1:49

Darjeeling ...| .., | 129] 066] 082| 042] 0-80] 002] Mil.

Cherrapoonjee ...| ... | 3°03 | 11°36 | 2420 | 21°33-| 006 | Nil. | Nil.

Orissa ie 4| 002] Nil. Nil, Nil. 1:68 | 1:85 | 2:21

Circars & 4| Nil. 825) 174| Nil. 0:38 | 521] 561

The rainfall in the above table has been prepared as in the previous

paper referred to above. The figures give the total fall in each divi-

sion or Province, and the number of stations is given in the first column.

The average fall may be obtained by division. It may be seen that

rainfall was increasing in Assam and North Bengal from about the 7th,

that it was most heavy in those parts on the 9th and 10th, and that

246 O, Little—Himalayan summer storms, . [ No. 4,

the increase in the west and south-west of Bengal is shown on the 11th.

No rain fell on the Simla Hills until the 12th and the increase in Kash-

mir began on the same date.

As in the storms in 1902, strong southerly or south-westerly winds

developed at Saugor Island, and generally over Northern India, showing

a strong indraught towards a low pressure area in the north. The con-

tention that no disturbance had formed over India or the adjacent seas

previous to these changes in the Himalayan region is supported by the

following quotation from the Indian Daily Weather Report of date

July 9th, 1903.‘ An important change has taken place in the distribu-

tion of pressure and very steep gradients favouring strong south- westerly

~ or westerly winds prevail over the greater part of Northern India, These

winds are, however, up to the present, dry winds and are not an extension

of monsoon winds from the Arabian Sea: hence no rain of any impor-

tance may be expected during the next 24 hours in North-West India,

though local dust storms may occur in that area.”

_ In the following table I have given the wind direction and strength

at Saugor Island for the two periods of disturbed weather in 1902 and

for the one under discussion, placed side by side for purpose of compari-

son. During the advance of these disturbances from the north there

was almost the same wind direction and strength at Saugor Island on

the three occasions. The direction was south-south-west almost con-

tinuously and there was a steady increase of velocity.

| | | { }

= = =| S =| / =|

a! 2) te 2) Le) | o

Ss | 3 Pes = as

"5 Oo. 1 "3S mise 5 rs)

1902 ies era ea) 1902. oo Sd 1903... b-%8, =) Ses

> oO fo a) > S fo a) = 5

Stat ibearee | B= cs Ss mF

an | ee aeE| £3 SE OER

a | = | A = | A | =

June| 27] 312 |8.8.W. | August] 8| 360] S.W. |Joly| 7| 432| 8

28 | 408 S.S.W 9| 504 |S.S.W. 8 | 552 |S.S.W

29 | 576 S.S.W. 10| 768] $8 9| 696 S.S.W

30 | 840 | S.S.W. 11| 394] w.s.w.| | 10] 624 |S.8.W.

Joly} 1| 360 | W.S.W. 12| 283] S.W. }11] 408 | $.8.E.

2| 456/ S.W. 13 | 384 | W.S.W. 12| 168] &.

3| 384) S.W. 14| 120|W.N.w.| | 18] 216 | E.N.E.

A point of interest which may be noticed in the table is in the wind

changes during the days 12th to 14th August, 1902, and 11th to 13th

1903: ] CO. Littleh—Himalayan summer storms. 247

July, 1903. In the former case the wind turned to northerly through

west and in the latter through east. The reason appears to be that the

cyclonic storm which developed subsequently over the north of the Bay

‘last year was a little more eastward than this year,

In the previous paper I gave some facts showing the passage of the

disturbance on June 30th, 1902, over Bengal, and more detailed informa-

tion for Calcutta partly from personal observation. On that occasion

the disturbance began to affect weather at Calcutta about 5 a.m., and its

progress was shown by the continued fall of temperature. The disturb-

ance this year began about 5 p.m. and came on as last year with a rush

of wind from the north accompanied by light rainfall, some thunder and

a rapid fall of temperature. The fall of temperature was more rapid

than last year, and was in the course of an hour from 92° at 5 p.m. to 78°

at 6 p.m. This greater rapidity was partly due to the disturbance

occurring at the end instead of the beginning of the day.

The barometer at Calcutta was only slightly affected and in much

the same way as last year. The small irregularities began about 1 P.M.

and a slightly more rapid rise than usual began about 5 p.m., followed by

a fall which was completed about 7 p.m.

I have mentioned that since the commencement of the monsoon

season there have been several of these disturbances. There were, I

believe, between June 13th and July 23rd, no fewer than four, although,

with the exception of the one for which tables have been given above,

they were not of so weil marked a character as to make them useful for

establishing the occurrence of such disturbances. They possessed, how-

ever, more or less distinctly the characters of the storms which have been

more fully described. These characters are—

(1) A fall of pressure along the Himalayan range, followed by a

rise, both the fall and the subsequent rise being apparently

unconnected with the pressure changes in progress on the

plains of India, and having a southward progressive motion,

(2) An indraught from the plains towards the hills shown by

strongish south-westerly winds in Northern India.

(3) Unsettled weather in the Himalayas and adjacent plains,

with numerous thunderstorms and a rapid fall of tempera-

ture. :

The last of these appears to be due to a strong northerly or north-

easterly wind from Thibet, across the Himalayas into the upper atmo-

sphere of the Indian plains. .

It is not my intention to prove the existence of the smaller disturb-

ances. It will be sufficient for my purpose if I mention approximately

the dates of their occurrence, and these dates can be readily found from

J. IL, 34

248 C, Little—-Himalayan summer storms. . [No. 4,

the rainfall at Cherrapoonjee. Owing, probably, to the indraught which

these Central Asian storms cause up the Brahmaputra valley, there has

been in all cases which I have examined, an increase, at times a very

great increase of rainfall at Cherrapoonjee. I do not wish it to be un-

derstood that in the occurrence of such heavy rainfall there is proof of a

disturbance in Central Asia, but when the rainfall cannot be accounted for

by any changes proceeding over India, and the other characters of Hima-

layan storms can be traced, the rainfall affords a valuable item of evi-

dence. I give in a table below the rainfall for June and July, from which

itcan be easily seen that there were, during that period, six occasions of

increased rainfall, the most noticeable being the falls of 24 and 21 inches

on the 9th and 10th July, with the storm I have described above. The

other dates approximately were June 10th, June 16th, June 22nd, June

29th, and July 20th.

Rainfall at Cherrapoonjee.

cole cid g z

SSS GEN BSN TSE SL SEIS Ea NM Av tg Ee et a

2 i) 18 6 2 1 Te i)

3 0) 19 2 3 4 19| 2

4 1 20 2 4 3 20| 4

5 0) 21 3 5 2 Bik ene

6 0) 22 8 6 1 | @

7 ) | 298 1 vi 3 23 | 0

8 ) 24 0 Saleen 24/3

9 7 25 ) 9} 24 WS)

10 4 26 ey 10f\ eee 26| O

11 5 27 8 11 ) Zig

12 0 28 8 12 0 28 0

13 3 29] 19 18 0 294) sl

14 5 30 0 14. 1 30| 3

15 8 15 ) By i ee)

16 7 16 ;

1903.] C. Little— Himalayan summer storms. 249

The occasions on. which pressure fell along the Himalayan range

were June 9th, June 17th, July 8th, July 18th.

_ The disturbances which passed along the Himalayas about the 9th

and 17th June appear to have commenced in the north-west and ad-

vanced eastward, and they were probably followed by a north-westerly

wind in the upper atmosphere, My reason for thinking that the upper

wind was north-westerly during the latter part of June is based on the

direction in which thunderstorms moved over Bengal during that period.

Ina paper read by me at the last meeting of the Society I stated that

thunderstorms during the past hot season had been abnormal in several

respects, the most noticeable being that instead of approaching from the

usual north-westerly direction they had without exception come from

the west. After the middle of June, thunderstorms continued but they

no longer moved from the west. Instead they had become, so far as di-

rection went, typical nor’ westers. |

A storm of a very exceptional kind began over Orissa in the early

morning of the 11th June. It was of the thunderstorm type and moved

southward along the coast, causing squally weather in the north of the

Circars on the forenoon of that date and in the south in the afternoon:

I mention it in this connection as showing the existence of a northerly

wind in the upper atmosphere in that region.

Aftera period of continuous low pressure over Northern India from

the 17th to the 22nd June, a general rise began along the hills and ex-

tended southward. This rise was probably accompanied by an increase

of velocity in the upper northerly wind, as a depression which was

beginning to form over the Bay, developed over the north-west angle,

moved into Chota Nagpur, and then recurved into Bihar and north

Bengal. The heavy rainfall at Cherrapoonjee between the 27th and 29th

June was caused by this storm, and the recurving was probably due to

the north-westerly wind aloft.

The next occasion of disturbed weather in the Himalayan region

was between the 7th and 13th July, and that has been already discussed.

The last disturbance began about the 17th July and was very little felt

at the eastern end of the Himalayan range. The only indication is the

falling pressure in Assam on the 17th and the indraught up the Brah-

maputra valley. Butin the centre and west of the range there were

important developments. Thunderstorms with heavy rainfall and

large changes of pressure occurred. This rainfall is very similar to the

rainbursts which occurred in Bengal last year, and it is difficult to

account for its occurrence by any series of changes then in progress in

India. A cyclonic storm was shown in the Indian Daily Weather Report

of the 18th, but, as stated under the heading of pressure in that report

250 C. Little—Himalayan summer storms. . [No. 4,

the depression moved westward. The slight to moderate deficiency of

pressure in the United Provinces was not, as was quite natural under

the circumstances, recognised as the commencement of the disturbance

which was to cause the first heavy rain of the season in the United Pro-

yinces, or, as the disturbance developed, the floods in Kashmir. I note

these matters to show how unsuspected the rainfall was, and that forms

the strongest argument, in my opinion, in favour of the disturbance not

being connected directly with the weather changes in progress at that

time over India,

There only remains to point out a few of the more important features

of the weather of the past few months as regards storms in the Bay of

Bengal and monsoon conditions in Northern India, Throughout the

hot season the northerly element in the upper wind was conspicuously

absent in Lower Bengal, and whether or not by reason of that abnormal

wind direction, not a single depression formed over the Bay up to the

middle of June. Then a disturbance appeared over the Himalayas,

weather became disturbed over Bengal, and when the final rise of

pressure followed, a depression formed over the north-west of the Bay.

That storm recurved to the north-east over the western districts of

Bengal. Throughout June, rainfall was abundant in Bese Proper =

Assam, but not in the western districts.

The second stage began with the Himalayan storm of the 10th July.

It may be remembered that in 1902 the Himalayan storm of August

11th was followed by a ‘‘ remarkable series” of cyclonic storms which

formed at intervals of a week. The first three of these moved westward

and saved part of Western India from impending famine. The fourth

moved northwards into Chota Nagpur and filled up there. Now this

year, since the storm of July 10th, there has been an even more remark-

able series of cyclonic storms, At regular intervals of five days four

depressions of greater or less intensity have formed in the north-west

angle. The dates of commencement of these depressions are July 12th,

17th, 22nd, and 27th. The first was the most severe, and although

conditions appeared to be exceptionally favourable for its advance

towards Western India it broke up and disappeared about the 15th.

The second depression disappeared over Chota Nagpur and the adjacent

part of Central India. The third which began in the north-west angle

of the Bay on the 22nd moved rapidly westward, was a well-defined

depression over the Central Provinces on the 24th, in the Central Indian

Plateau on the 25th, and in the north-west dry area on the 26th.

The behaviour, therefore, of the third depression, was quite different

from that of the second which filled up in the Chota Nagpur region.

The cause of this change was probably the Himalayan storm of the19th

1903]. C. Littlek—Himalayan summer storms. 251

which was probably followed by a stronger north-easterly wind over-

head, This upper north-easterly wind probably extended southwards

over North-Western India and was, I believe, an important factor in

maintaining the vitality of the disturbance during its passage westward,

The fourth depression has been doubtful. Part of it appears to have

moved westward, and part northward into Bengal.

The rainfall distribution in Northern India has been well-defined,

and as in 1902 there has been an evident connection with the Himalayan

storms. During June and the first week of July, that is up to the occur-

rence of the more decided Himalayan storm of July 10th, rainfall was

almost entirely confined to Bengal and Assam. After that disturbance

passed over Bengal and cyclonic storms began at the head of the Bay

the character of the rainfall changed in Bengal. Only light scattered

showers fell. On the other hand, rainfall became more general in Central

India, and, after the Himalayan storm which began in the western half

of the range about the 19th, rainfall became general in the extreme west,

The behaviour of the last depression of the series shows that the

change produced by these Himalayan storms in Bengal is coming to an

end, and while I write cloud is increasing and ordinary monsoon weather

is becoming general over this Province.

It should be noticed how the west of Bihar appears to have been

very little affected by either of the more important of the Himalayan

storms, The one of the 10th July was probably confined more, as re-

gards after-effects, to Bengal, and that of the 19th July to the north-

west. The result has been that the west of Bihar and the adjacent part

of the United Provinces have, during the three months ending with July,

received less rain than they usually receive during June alone.

TS eee eee es

252 E. P. Stebbing—Life-history of Arbela tetraonis. [No. 4,

On the life-history of Arbela tetraonis, Moore, a destructive Insect pest

in Casuarina Plantations in Madras.—By H. P. Sressine.

[Received July 25th. Read August 5th, 1903.1

How little is really known about our Insect foes in India is becom-

ing increasingly evident day by day. An insect suddenly swarms over

an area in numbers owing to some particularly favourable conditions in

its surroundings, it commits serious depredations in the fields, orchards,

or forests of the tract it is invading, and owing to its being so very much

en evidence or owing to the great damage it is committing specimens are

collected and sent for identification to specialists. The odds are greatly in

favour of its being new to science. Instances of this state of affairs are

numerous, and it may be said that leaving out of account the butterflies

and one or two other groups which have received attention it is easier

to pick up a new species in many parts of the country than to collect one

that is known. The insect about whose life-history, as far as it is at

present known, I wish here to put on record a few notes furnishes an

illustration of the aptness of the above remarks, since although rare in

Collections and new to those of the Indian Museum its larva has been

known for some years as a destructive bark eater in Casuarina planta-

tions on the eastern seaboard of Madras. There may, however, be said to

be some excuse for its having remained so long undiscovered since it be-

longs to a family of moths, closely allied to the; Cossid#, which have

been little studied and the life histories of whose members are little known;

the larvee living mostly in the wood of trees. The moths are rarely

seen and owing to the habits of the larva are difficult to find. The pupal

stage and pupa of the English Goat-moth is known, and has been

described ; but very little is known as to other pupa of the family. The

description of the pupal stage of this insect given below is therefore

of some interest.

In the Indian Museum we have but 4 genera and 11 species of the

family Cossidx# from the Indian Region, the insects being Cossus cadambe,

Duomitus ceramicus, D. strix, D. lenconotus, D. mineus, Azygophleps asylas

(said to be 8. African by Hampson in the Fauna), A. pusilla, Zeuzera

indica, Z. pyrina, Z. multistrigata, and Z. Coffex. There are also two un-

named specimens one of which is an Arbela and closely allied to the

insect under description. This latter specimen was obtained by the late

1903. ] H. P. Stebbing—Life-history of Arbela tetraonis. 253

Mr. De Nicéville and is labelled Calcutta 1891. It is the only re-

presentative of the Arbelide in the Museum Collections. The genus

Arbela has a fairly wide range, inhabiting, according to Hampson,

Peninsular India, Ceylon, and Burma.

The species here described appears to infest most of the Casuarina

plantations on the Madras Eastern Seaboard. Hampson records it only

from Poona, Bombay, and Raipur.

Hampson gives the description of the genus as follows : Palpi minute;

antenna bipectinated to tips in male, the branches short, simple in female.

Mid and hind tibie slightly hairy with terminal pairs of spurs. Fore-

wing with veins 7, 8, 9 stalked together. Hindwing with cell of normal

length ; vein 6 given off below the angle; vein connected with the sub-

costal nervure by an oblique bar near centre of cell.

Arbela tetraonis, Moore, P.Z.8., 1879, p. 411, pl. 34, fig. 3; C. &S.,

No. 1605; Hampson. F. Br. Ind. Moths I. 315, No. 675, (¢@ ).

S Head and thorax covered with long silky brown hairs. Abdo-

men with long greyish hairs. Forewing greyish, thickly irrorated

with dull-brown spots which tend to form transverse bands; three large

velvety-brown patches, one centrally, placed a little below the costa, a

second near the base of the wing, and the third, the largest, a little

beyond it.

Hindwing grey irrorated with a few ashy-coloured spots and a

dark marginal band. - Exp, 43 millim.

9 Already described by Hampson.

Larva. Head black with a few longish yellowish-white hairs on it.

Following three segments, which each bear a pair of long legs, yellowish,

this colour merging into pink on the third. These three segments are

swollen and larger than the head. The following segments are flesh-

coloured except the last which is yellowish. Five pairs of short sucker

legs are present, one pair each on the 6th to 9th and a pair on the last

segment. A few long scattered whitish hairs on each of the segments.

These nine segments are narower than the first three ‘and taper off

slightly behind so that the 12th segment has only about the diameter

of the 4th, Length 3”, Width of thoracic segments 3-16ths inch.

Pupa, Very shining, yellowish-brown merging into black at an-

terior end. Circular in section and of uniform thickness throughout

except for a slight swelling at thoracic end, which is furnished at the

top with two small spiny spikes; the last segment tapers bluntly.

Wing covers short, shining yellowish-brown posteriorly merging into

black above, Abdominal segments visible, 7 to 8 dorsally, 5 ventrally.

The last 5 bear transverse circular rows of fine saw-like closely set black

teeth upon them, the first three segments having a double row placed

OBA BE. P. Stebbing—Life-history of Arbela tetraonis. [No. 4,

slightly apart near the centre whilst the last two have but one encircling

band situated near the centre. The last segment is blunt at its posterior

extremity where it is furnished with a circle of irregularly sized black

spines. The two segments visible dorsally immediately anterior to the

first of those bearing the double encircling girdle of teeth have each a

single row of closely set curved teeth placed near their anterior margins

which end on either side at the wing covers Long. 21 to 28 millim.

As we shall see later the presence of these spines is absolutely

essential to the pupa since by their means it is able to make its way

from the heart of the tree where the larva pupates to the outside in order

to provide for the escape of the moth.

The appearance of the moth on the wing is evidently very vari-

able. In the Godaveri district”a report states that the insect issued as

early as March. A specimen taken in 1901 and preserved for transmission

to me got damaged and so was not sent, but I have little doubt from

the descriptions given that the insect was the Arbela. In Ganjam on the

the Imperial Forest Service, as late as the 3rd July of the present year-

The specimen so bred is the only one that has been yet recorded from

the Casuarina Plantations of Madras, and should the one in the Indian

Museum taken by Mr. De Nicéville in 1891 prove a different species, it

forms the only record of the species that I am aware of in India. When

I state that I have seen probably several dozen empty pupal cases upon

the trunks of the trees in one small plantation alone, it will be obvious

that although in its particular locality so plentiful it is not often

taken.

From Cuddalore nearly mature pupe were sent to me on June lst.

It would thus appear that the moth is to be found on the wing between

March and beginning of July. I could find none in a plantation at

Chatrapur (Ganjam) between the 9th and 13th July, 1903, although I

noted numbers of the empty pupal cases on the Casuarina trees.

Since the moths of this family are unprovided with a proboscis and

consequently take no food at this stage of their lives they probably lay eggs

soon after emerging. The eggs are deposited upon the bark of the trees.

We do not yet know what period elapses before they hatch out. Ganjam

being situated in the N.-B. corner of the Presidency gets the S.-W. Mon-

soon which burstsabout the middle of July and consequently the eggs would

probably not hatch out until September or October, after the worst of

the rains are over. Further south, however, where this monsoon is not

felt and the rain is not received until October and November they may

hatch out earlier. The at present recorded months in which larve

have been obtained are January and March in Chatrapur (with pupa

1903. ] K. P. Stebbing—Life-history of Arbela tetraonis. 255

in June and a moth on 3rd July); December in North Arcot (with

pupa in June); the same month in Godaveri (with pupa and moth in

March) ; full-grown caterpillars and almost mature pups in Cuddalore

on June Ist and what appear to be nearly mature larve in Nellore

also in June.

We have yet to ascertain the period spent by the larvae in this stage

of its existence. In some instances in the case of allied families two to

three yearsare passed in this stage. So little is known about the larvee of

this and the Cossidae that only the caterpillars of Duomitus niger (the

‘black borer’ of coffee planters) and Zeuzera coffes (the white borer of coffee

planters), are described in the Fauna and no larve of the Avbelidee. They

are considered to spend nearly, if not over, a year in the larval stage. In

the case under consideration I am of opinion that the larva spends less

than a year in the grub stage, and the difference may be due to the fact

that whilst the former two feed on wood the latter confines itself until

full-grown to a bark diet. Whatever the period may be however which

the larve passes in its grub stage the greater portion of it is spent upon

the bark of the tree and not inside the wood.

IT have said that the eggs are laid upon the bark, and they may be

so deposited in patches, and if so the young larve may be gregarious for

a time after hatching out. This is to some extent borne out by the fact

that the thinner bark of the trees is seen to be eaten off in patches.

If they are however gregarious at first this condition would not

appear to last long since the greater part of the larval life is spent

in a solitary state, and at this period the grub constructs for itself a

covered-way gallery resembling a glorified termite gallery running up

the outside of the bark. This covered way is formed of particles of

its excreta bound together with a fine silk. Externally the appearance

is simply that of a mass of excrementous particles. These covered ways

curl round or run up or down the stem of the tree and are very con-

spicuous, being from one-third to one-half inch in breadth externally and

from nine inches to as much as eighteen inches in length, They are

reddish-brown to, in parts, black in colour and form raised galleries on

the surface. Sometimes the gallery completely encircles the stem, the

tree being then ringed ; at others it is taken in a spiral manner up or

down the tree. The covered ways have a more or less uniform width

throughout their length and from their appearance the larva would

seem to add to them at the sides so that the internal chamber remains

uniform in width throughout its length. Generally only two to three of

these galleries are to be found upon any one tree and then generally

far apart, and it would therefore appear probable that if a considerable

number of eggs are laid together in a patch there must be a high mortal-

J. 1. 35

256 H. P. Stebbing—Life-history of Arbela tetraonis. No. 4,

ity amongst the young larve. The foliage of the Casuarina is very thin

and open and a caterpillar feeding in the open on the bark would be

very visible to bird and other depredators. It is, therefore, within the

bounds of probability that the caterpillars suffer heavily in this manner

in early life and that the grub has developed the habit of living in a

protective tunnel to safeguard itself from these attacks. During the

whole period it spends upon the trunk of the tree the larva feeds upon

the bark eating this latter away either in thin irregular-shaped patches

in places adjacent to its covered gallery or gnawing it right through down

to the wood below under the shelter given it by the covered way itself. In

this way the tree is at times very nearly girdled, and if a number of

larvee are working close together the result is probably the death of the

tree. Some trees seemed to be more preferred than others, several moths

resorting to them to oviposit. In such cases it often happens that one

or more of the covered ways made by the larvee developing from the eggs

meet at a kind of junction and a large mass of excrement and silk

forms a great bulge on the tree from which, if the moths have flown,

several empty pupal cases may be seen protruding quite close to one

another. When full fed the larve returns down its covered way until

it has reached to about the centre and then bores horizontally into the

tree, going deep to the centre of the heart wood. This tunnel is kept

quite clean all the wood particles being ejected from it. When it has

arrived there after making a tunnel which may be as long as six or

more inches though in smaller trees it is considerably less, it slightly

enlarges the chamber, turns round in it and pupates. This tunnel in

the wood is only bored by the larva for pupating purposes. It does

not ramify about in the wood as would be the case if the grub were

feeding in the wood.

From the periods at which both larve pupez and moths have been

found it is probable that the time passed as a pupa is short, probably

a month at most. When the moth is nearly ready to emerge the pupa

projects itself along the tunnel by wriggling forward with the help

of the rows of spines with which its outer covering is garnished. On

reaching the end of the tunnel it forces its way through the covered way

from the outer surface of which it projects for about one-fourth of its

length. The case then splits down anteriorly and the moth crawls out.

These empty pupal cases found projecting in this manner from the covered

ways enable a period to be roughly fixed for the term of pupation.

Under the action of the monsoon rain they soon get soaked and sodden

and fall off the tree, and it is thus certain that but a few weeks are

passed by the insect in this quiescent stage of its existence.

The points which still remain uncertain are the exact length of

1903.] E. P. Stebbing—Life-history of Arbela tetraonis. 257

time spent asa feeding larve, the number of eggs laid, and the time

spent before they hatch out,

In addition to the scientific instinct which attaches to the taking of

this insect and to the study of its life-history both, owing to the little known

about the habits of the family, of some importance there is another aspect,

the economic one, which is equally deserving of attention. The Casua-

rina has been planted, and is being planted, in Madras with two objects

in view; the one, to protect the cultivated lands or towns and villages,

roads, &c., from the encroachments of moving sand dunes, and secondly,

to provide timber and fuel for the inhabitants in areas where the only

other tree growth is palm trees. The action of the larvee of this moth

by which trees are often killed off and plantations or portion of them .

ruined is therefore of some importance.

as ON en 8 OOOO ee se

INDEX.

Names of New Genera and Species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

eee ee eEeOEOeOs

Abies Webbiana, 57

Acranthera Maingayi, 182

» mutabilis, 182

Adenosacme, 117,196

» longifolia, 196

» DMalayana, 197

», Scortechinii, 196, 197

Adenosma, 16

», cxeruleum, 16

» capitatum, 16

» cuspidatum, 14, 15

» hirsutum, 16

» Mmopinatum, 16

9, macrophyllum, 14, 16

y» ovatum, 16

subrepens, 16

Adina, 115, 126

» ar alioides, 127

» polycephalu, 126,127

» 3 var. macrophylla, 127

» vubescens, 126

Alectra 20

», Lhomsoni, 20

Aliens odes, 66

», alcocki, 74

cee ae bambuse, 85

» buarodensis, 90, 92

5, bengalensis, 70

» citri, 91, 92

» cotesti, 90, 98, 94

» eugenixv, 84, 90, 91, 91

op » var. aurantii, 84, 90, 91

» fagi, 94

», gelatinosus, 77

»» gossypii, 90

* 5, hoyx, 88

», lactew. 90

Fs Leak Sia

», longicere, 67

» longicornis, 90

» melicyti, 91

Pr nubilans, 90, 96

» piperis, 90, 94,

», proletella, 91

», gquaintancei, 68, 78

» Yveligiosa, 67, 68

» rubi, 67

» sacchari, 95

*Alewrodes simula, 7, 81, 84

Aleurodicus, 65, 66

ALEURODIDA, 6, 61, 62, 65, 66, 90

Anomanthodia auriculata, 207

? Anotis capitata, 161

Anthocephalus, 115, 122

6 Cadamba, 122

. indicus, 122

A morindefolius, 122

Anticharis, 12

6 linearis, 12

Arbela, 252, 253

», tetraonis, 253

ARBFLIDA, 253, 255

Argostemma, 116, 141

i acuminatum, 141, 143

* P bicolor, 143, 155

= Guntinca 142, 151

o Elatostemma, 142, 150

3 » var. obovata, 150

* - Hookeri, 148, 155

45 involucratum, 142, 151

mw » var. glubrescens, 151

; EST HIOLLIS oles

x 4 membranaceum, 142, 145

* x nutans, 142, 146

aS » var. glabra, 146

p » 9, verticillata, 142,

146

* 5 oblongum, 142, 153

6 ophirense, 143, 153

3 parvifoliwm, 155

* + perakensis, 142, 152

3 pictum, 141, 144

¥) » var, tetraphulla, 141,

144

* 5 Ridleyi, 142, 147

_ spinulosum, 142, 149

id op subcrassum, 142, 152

. subinequale, 141, 144.

* i unifolioloide, 142, 148

i. » var. glabra, 149

aA unifolium, 142, 147, 149

* pS urticifolium, 142, 146

* verticillatum, 144

* 5 Wrayt, 143, 154

* Yappti, 142, 145

Aulacodiscus, 117, 188, 189

260

*Aylacodiscus Maingayr, 189

peltastigma, 190

premnoides, 189

Awanthes arborea, 194

“6 Blumeanus, 194

5 enneandra, 189

3 Grifithiana, 194

hirsuta, 192

L longifolia, 192

Azygophleps asylas, 252

0 pusilla, 252

Bertiera fasciculata, 197

» javanica, 197

Bombyz malabaricum, 84

Bonnaya, 20

x brachiata, 20

Pe peduncularis, 20

i reptans, 20

Brachyiome, 117, 197

5 Scortechiniu, 198

Wallichri, 198

Canthium recurvum, 212, 213

CAPRIFOLIACES, 111, 112

Centranthera, 21

grandiflora, 21

Cephalanthus aralioides, 127

Ceriscus fragrans, 202

Chermes, 57, 60, 239

5 abietis, 57

a 3 lariis, 57

» picex, 57, 58, 229, 230

Chomelia, 199

Citrus aurantium, 92

CLERIDZ, 104

Coccipz, 61, 62, 66

Coptophyllum, 117, 180

f capitatum, 180

Coptosapelta, WG ST

a flavescens, 138

fi Griffithii, 138

COROLLIFLOR®, 112

CossID%, 252

Cossus cadambe, 252

Creaghia fagrzopsis, 139

Cupia auriculata, 207

» densiflora, 209

» oppositiflora, 209

Curanga, 18

3 amara, 18

Dendroctonus frontalis, 105

Dentella, 116, 140

5 repens, 141

Diapus, 108

» wmpressus, 110

PIBE: a, 117, 224, 226

”

op Beccariana, 224, 225

. ¥ Eunstleri, 224, 226

» malaccensis, 224, 225

BA tess n. sp. 225, 227

6 pubescens, 225, 227

ay: velutima, 224, 226

Index.

*Diplospora Wrayi, 224, 225

Duomitus ceramicus, 252

i leuconotus, 252

a mineus, 252

niger, 250

strin, 252

Epethenia malayana, 228

% sp. 228

Eugenia jambolana, 91

Ficus indica, 77,78

5, religiosa, 78, 81

Gardenia, 117, 216

ap anisophylla, 210

a carinata, 217,218

-p dumetorun, 205

a5 fasciculata, 211

rs floribunda, 203

V5 glabra, 205

oy glutinosa, 220

op Godefroyana, 217, 219

of Griffith, 217, 221

var. Muingayi, 221

be 3)

n longispina, 205

5p nutans, 205

on parviflora, 211

Bs propingua, 20d

a5 pulcherrima, 215

+ resinifera, 220

» rigida, 211, 212

af Schoemanmi, 215

i speciosa, 217, 220

Fp spinosa, 205

Je ae stenopetalda, 217, 218

5 tentaculata, 217

tubifera, 217, 219

| Geniostomum acwminatum, 194

| Gerardiana, 110

| Gerontogea biflora, 169

| Gnopechis azilliflora, 209

nS oblongata, 209

| Greenia, 116, 139

» dackit, 140

s, Wightiana, 140

| Gupia truncata, 188

Hedyotis, 116, 156

Pr affinis, 169

=F alsinegfolia, 169

oF angustifolia, 163

ry approzimata, 165

5 argentea, 162

Auricularia, 157, 163

D biflora, 169

_ brachiata, 169

a Burmamniana, 169s

capitellata, 156, 168, 159

5 capituliflora, 159

Dae carnosa, 162

¢ cerulea, 159

2 congesta, 157, 161

9 var. nicobarica, 162

connata, 157, 163

Hedyotis costata, 159, 164

” dichotoma, 169

90 diffusa, 170

» extensa, 170

os Pinlaysoniana, 159

3 glabella, 165

90 glabra, 156, 160

Fer graminicola, 169

Figs Havilandi, 157, 164

: Heynet, 169, 170

0 hispida, 157, 165, 166

‘s intermedia, 169

ats Kunstleri, 157, 162

Dp Lindleyana, 160

“A lineata, 164

3 macrophylla, 157, 162, 163

"5 Maingayi, 157, 161

“ merguensis, 163

0 minima, 168

ms mollis, 156, 157

7 S var. laxa, 158

5 multicaulis, 164

Neesiana, 165

Fe nervosa, 164

Me nitida, 157, 165

59 nodiflora, 162

5 nudicaulis, 168

"5 orbiculata, 171

By ovalifolia, 168

A paniculata, 168

i peduncularis, 156, 161

vas pinifolia, 157, 166

3, polygonoides, 170

ce thon Praimiana, 156, 158

46 procumbens, 164:

an racemosa, 168

3 ramosa, 169

of ramosissima, 170

5 repens, 141

. rotundifolia, 168, 171

nA scapigera, 168

is serphyllifolia, 171

ae spergulacea, 168

es stipulata, 156, 160

op tenelliflora, 157, 164, 165

- Thwaitesti, 163

a trinervia, 171

6 venosa, 164

vestita, 156, 159

Fler phnnai 20

3 heterophyllum, 20

Hemrerera, 65

Herpestis, 17

» chamedryordes, 17

Hibiscus esculentus, 8

Higginsia longifolia, 222

“9p microcarpa, 223

Homorrera, 61, 65

Hylastes sp. 110

Hypotathrum racemosum, 223

Ideocerus niveosparsus, 7

Index. 261

Ilysanthes, 20

" hyssopoides, 20

INCOMPLETH, 112

Indigofera arrecta, 87

is tinctoria, 87

Inora, 199

» Lhozetia, 209

Jackia, 118, 228

» ornata, 229

Kno«ia glabra, 160

Lachnostoma triflorum, 225

Lathraea, 22

clandestina, 23

purpurea, 22

Lecananthus, 116, 179

an erubescens, 179

59 sp. 180

LeGuMINos#, 111

Leptorhabdos, 21

» linifolia, 21

" parviflora, 21

virgata, 21,

Limnophite, 17

* balsamea, 17

ie erecta, 17

on gratioloides, 17

$5 Griffithii, 17

hirsuta, 17

3 javanica, 17

a nuicrantha, 17

a pulcherrima, 17

56 sessiliflora, 17

i. villosa, 17

Tinaria, 12

90 cabulica, 12

ks Griffithii, 13

* incana, 12

99 odora, 13

i. ramosissima, 12

> 7 var. pubescens, 12

5 venosa, 13

Lindenbergia, 14, 15

rs grandiflora, 14

“i Hookeri, 14

i macrostachya, 14, 16

ef philippinensis, 14, 15, 16

stamensis, 14, 15

Lipaya telephioides, 141

Lucinza, 116, 177

. membranacea, 177, 178

. Morinda, 177, 179

* 5, | paniculata, 177

- Ridleyi, 177, 178

Lumintzera, 228 P

MELASTOMACE®, 111 - e

Metubolus ceruleus, 159

» lineatus, 159

+) venosus, 164

Mimulus, 14

+5 gracilis, 14

es nepalensis, 14

262

Index.

Mitragyne, 115, 118

+B)

diversifolia, 118

javanica, 118

speciosa, 118,119

MONOPHLEBINA, 62

Morinda polysperma, 179

Motacilla flava, 9

taivana, 9

Mussaenda, 117, 181, 187

cordifolia, 181, 184, 186

jrondosa, 183

glabra, 181, 185, 186, 187

» var. puberula, 186

hispida, 188

Kintaensis, 182

longifolia, 186

macrophylla, 181, 183

Maingayi, 182

membranacea, 181, 187

mutabilis, 181, 182

is var. hirsuta, 182

oblonga, 181, 186

poluneura, 181, 185, 186

Teysmanniana, 181, 186

villosa, 181, 183

» var. Herveyana, 184

Wallichii, 186

Wrayi, 181, 182

Mussaendopsis, 116, 139

Beccariana, 139

Mycetia. javanica, 197

Myelophilus piniperda, 104

minor, 104

ancien 115, 122

acida, 135

aralioides, 127

Blancoi, 124

Brunonis, 118

Cadamba, 122

capitellata, 127

diversifolia, 118

ferrea, 131

ferruginea, 130

Gageuna, 123

Gambier, 185

lanosa, 129

Maingayi, 120

microcephala, 127

nicobarica, 123, 125

ovalifolia, 138

parvifolia, var. 118

peduncularis, 123, 125

polycephala, 127

purpurascens, 123, 124, 126

+ var. latifolia, 125

purpurea, 122, 124

rotundifolia, 118, 119, 130

sclerophylla, 130

setigera, 129

speciosa, 119

synkorynes, 123, 124

Nauclea, trichotoma, 127

Nezara viridula, 7

Niponius, 104.

Oldenlandia, 116, 166

Pa vetta, 199

alata, 168

angustifolia, 165

asperula, 170

biflora, 169

brachypoda, 170

corymbosa, 167, 169

dichotoma, 167, 168, 169, 170

diffusa, 167, 170

herbacea, 169, 170

Heynei, 167, 169

hirsuta, 160

hispida, 166

japonica, 160

linearis, 170

linifolia, 170

nudicaulis, 167

ovalifolia, 168

paniculata, 167, 168

ramosa, 169

repens, 141, 171

rotundifolia, 168

rubtoides, 159

scabrida, 169

spergulacea, 168

trinervia, 167, 170

116, 171

argentea, 175

bracteolata, 178

discolor, 171, 172

erubescens, 171, 172

fasciculata, 171, 178

Harrisiana, var. argentea,

172, 174

» ‘rugosa, 176

hispidula, 171, 173

Kunstleri, 172, 176

Mungos, 171, 174

rugosa, 172,175

tenella, 172, 175"

tomentosa, 172, 176

6 var. glabrata, 177

trichocarpa, 174, 177

villosa, 172

nauclerflor a, 201

Pediculari is, 22

oP)

curvipes, 22

diffusa, 22

flagellaris, 22

jlewuosa, 22

Gammieana, 22

gracilis, var. macrocarpa, 22

refracta, 22

verticillata, 22

| Petunga, 117, 221

longifolia, 222

microcurpa, 223

Index.

Petunga Roxburghit, 222

var floribunda, 228

5 variabilis, 223

6 venulosa, 222, 223

Phtheirospermum, 21

% tenwisectum, 21

Picea Morinda, 57

Piper nigrum, 95

Pityogenes coniferae, 110

Platanocarpum subditum, 121

Puatypop#, 107

Platypus, 198, 110

Polygraphus major, 110

" minor, 110

Posoqueri ia dumetorum, 203

a fasciculata, 211, 212

%) floribunda, 205

10 longiflora, 212, 213

& longispina, 205

of nutans, 205

rigida, 211

Premna (?) 113

Pseudizora ? awriculata, 207

truncata, 188

Psychotria : ? 207

‘ sp. 209

PsYLLIp®, 66

Pterostigma hirsutum, 16—

3 macrophyllum, 14:

) villoswm, 16

Quercus incana, 110

Randia, 117, 203

95 anisophylla, 204, 209

» - auriculata, 204, 207

55 Becearii, 210

* | binata, 203, 205

* | Glarhei 204, 218, 214

3 corymbosa, 207

* 4, Curtisii, 204, 208

» densiflora, 204, 207, 208

” var. parvifolia, 209

a dumetor wm, 208, 205

” var. pubescens, 205

5 Sei, 205, 214, 215

‘i fasciculata, 204, 211

op a var. parviflora, 212

54) floribunda, 214

eS Forbesii, 204, 207

. impressinervis, 208, 206

lige Kunstleri, 205, 216

“1 longiflora, 204, 212, 213

51 var. major, 213

of lometaprnen 205

. macrophylla, 205, 215

.. malabarica, 205, 211

“6 nutans, 205

me Penangiana, 204, 213

oO perakensis, 204, 210

95 polysperma, 223

As racemosa, 223

.s rigida, 211, 212

263

Randia Rottleri, 205

6p scandens, 212

ep Scortechinii, 204, 210

69) speciosa, 221

vr spinosa, 205

stipulosa, 205

Rhyncholus sp. 110

Rondeletia corymbosa, 140

H longifolia, 197

op lucida, 202

a spicata, 140

Rosa, 94,

Rothmannia macrophylla, 215

RUBIACE®, 111, 115, 209

Rubus fruticosus, 67

Saccharum officinale, 93

Sarcocephalws, 115, 119

3 Cadamba, 122

5 hirsutus, 119, 120

Junghuhnii, 120, 121

5p Maingayi, 120

subditus, 120, 121

Schsctnfun thia, 13

sphaerocarpa, 13

Scler omitnan hispidum, 166

F, rigidum, 166

An tenelliflorum, 165

ie tetraquetrum, 165

ScobytTip®, 104, 107

Scolytus major, 106, 107, 109, 110

» minor, 106, 107, 109, 110

Scrophularia, 13

99 cabulica, 18

Sp variegata, 13

ScROPHULARINEA, 11

Scyphiphora, 117, 227

hydrophyllacea, 228

Sibthorpia, 20

S) pinnata, 20

Sopubia, 21

0 stricta, 21

1) sulphurea, 21

trifida, 21

Sper macoce costata, 159

3 glabra, 160

rs hispida, 164

Ceres tubularis, 165

Spicillaria Leschenaultii, 223

Stemodia macrostachya, 15

» philippinensis, 15

Stephegyne diversifolia, 118,

a parvifolia, 118, 119

"5 speciosa, 119

Striga, 21

» lutea, 21

Stylocoryna, 117, 198, 199

a adpressa, 199, 200

- Wel papillulosa,

200

Lani angustifolia, 199

¥ auriculata, 207

264

Stylocoryna costata, 199, 201

densiflora, 209

dimorphophylla, 209

fragrans, 199, 201

laxiflora, 202

lucida, 202

macrophylla, 138

Muingayi, 199, 200

mollis, 199, 202

truncata, 188

198, 199

fragrans, 202

5 Zeylanica, 195

Thanasimus, 104, 106, 107, 110

formicarius, 104, 105, 110

himalayensis, 105

nigricollis, 104

5 LOS: 104

Timonius acuminatus, 194

Tomicus sp. 110

Torenia, 18

asiatica, 18

Benthamiana, 18

ciliata, 18

coerulea, 18

cordifolia, 18

corolla, 18

flava, 18, 19

lamponga, 18

peduncularis, 18

rubens, 18

vagans, 18

Trisciadia, LEGS T

3 truncata, 188

Uncarvia, 115, 127

acida, 135

aitenuata, 128, 136

- canescens, 128, 134, 135

j dasyoneura, 128, 136

EF elliptica, 136

- ferrea, 128, 131

» var. tomentosa, 131

ferruginea, 130

Tarenna,

”

3 glabrata, 128, 131

55 Horsfieldiana, 131

insignis, 130

jasminifiora, 128, 132, 133

var, macrophylla,

128, 133

<3 Kunstleri, 128, 132

“ lanosa, 127, 129

re Lobbii, 131

ovalifolia, 128, 1382

oF ovatu, 137

_ pedicellata, 128, 130

as pteropoda, 128, 134

= Ralli, 130

. Rozburghiana, 127, 128

- eclerophylla, 128, 129, 130, 137

3 sessilifolia, 187

3 ”

Gambier, 128, 132, 135, 136, 137

Index.

Uncaria speciosa, 130

ES trinervis, 128, 183 é

* Wrayi, 128, 132

Urophyllum, 117, 190, 194, 195

id Tadley gs 195

arboreum, 194

Blumeanum, 194

coriaceum, 209

corymbosum, 192

% ferrugineum, 190, 193

glabrum, 191, 194

Grifithianum, 194

hirsutum, 190, 192

longifolium, 192

ais 190, 191

Var. COTYii=

bosa, 190, 192

parvilorum, 194

fee potatorum, 191, 195

repandulum, 194

streptopodium, 190, 191, 193

strigosum, 192

trifurcum, 191, 194

wmbellulatum, 194:

villosum, 190, 191

Vandellia, 19

angustifolia, 20

cerustioides, 19

hirsuta, 19

Hookeri, 19

mollis, 19

pedunculata, 19

punctata, 19

scabra, 19

sizmonoides, 19

Vangueria palembanica, 226

Verbascum, 12

5 erianthum, 12

Veronica, 20

cana, 20

L ;, var. robusta, 20

by: javanica, 20

OE, 112

Beecarti, 113, 114

integerrimum, 113

lutescens, 113, 114

monogynum, 114

sambucinum, 113

sundaicum, 114

Wahlenber gia fragrans, 202

Wallichia arborea, 194

Webera, 198, 199

auriculata, 207

costata, 201

densifiora, 209

fasciculata, 211

fragrans, 202

longiflora, 212

macrophylla, 138

Maingayi, 201

mollis, 202

”

Webera oppositiflora, 209

-y scandens, 212, 213

- truncata, 188

Wendlandia bifaria, 192

% ? corymbosa, 140

longifolia, 197

5 Malayana, 197

Index.

Wendlandia ? spicata, 140

Wightia, 14

» gigantea, 14

Zeuzera Coffex, 252, 255

é indica, 252

9 multistrigata, 252

» ~—- pyrina, 252

SSS eee eeeeOeece

265

NOTE ON THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

<2 @ ae

The Proceedings of the Asiatic Society are issued ten times a year

‘as soon as possible after the General Meetings which are held on the first

Wednesday in every month in the year, except September and October ;

they contain an account of the meeting with some of the papers read

at it, while only titles or short resumés of the other papers, which are to

‘be subsequently published in the Journal, are given.

The Journal consists of three entirely distinct and separate volumes :

Part I, containing papers relating to Philology, Antiquities, ete.; Part II

containing papers relating to Physical Science; and Part III devoted to

Anthropology, Ethnology, etc.

Each Part is issued in four or five mamibens; and the whole form

three complete volumes corresponding to the year of publication.

The Journal of the Asiatic Society was commenced in the year 1832

previous to which the papers read before the Society were published in

@ quarto periodical, entitled Asiatic Researches, of which twenty volumes

were issued between the years 1788 and 1839.

The Journal was published regularly, one volume corresponding to

each year from 1832 to 1864; in that year the division into two parts

above mentioned was made, and since that date two volumes have been

issued regularly every year. From 1894 an additional volume, Part [II

has been issued.

The Proceedings up to the year 1864 were bound up with the

Journal, but since that date have been separately issued every year.

The following is a list of the Asiatic Society’s publications relating

to Physical Science, still in print, which can be obtained at the Society’s

House, No. 57, Park Street, Calcutta, or from the Society’s Agents in

London, Messrs. Luzac & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, W. C.; and from

Mr. Otto Harrassowitz, Leipzig, Germany :—

Asiatic ResrarcHes. Vols. VII, Vols. XI and XVII, and

Vols. XIX and XX @10/ each Rs. 50 0

ProceEpinGs of the Asiatic Society from 1865 to 1869 (inel. ,@

/6/ per No. ; and from 1870 to date @ /8/ per No.

JOURNAL of the Asiatic Society for 1843 (12), 1844 (12), 1845

(12),1846 (5), 1847(12), 1848 (32), 1850 (7), 1851(7), 1857 (6)

1858 (5), 1861 (4), 1862 (5), 1864 (5), 1866 (7), 1867 (6),

1868 (6), 1869 (8), 1870 (8), 1871 (7), 1872 (8), 1873 (8),

1874 (8), 1875 (7), 1876 (7), 1877 (8), 1878 (8), 1879 (7),

1880 (8), 1881 (7), 1882 (6), 1883 (5), 1884 (6), 1885 (6),

1886 (8), 1887 (7), 1888 (7), 1889 (10), 1890 (9 and 2 Sup-

plts.), 1891 (7), 1892 (7 and Supplt.), 1893 (11), 1894

(8), 1895 (7), 1896 (8), 1897 (8), 1898 (8), 1899 (7), 1900

(7), 1901 (7), 1902 (9) @ 1/8 per No. to Members and @ 2/

per No. to Non-Members.

N.B.—The figures enclosed in brackets give the number of

Nos. in each Volume. :

Centenary Review of the Researches of the Society from 1784 to

1883 se ean

Theobald’s Catalogue of mentions in me Museum of the Asiatic

Society (Extra No. J.A.S.B.,1868)

Catalogue of the Mammals and Birds of Barmah: by K. Blyth

(Extra No., J.A.S.B., 1875) See Bae

Catalogue of Fossil Verts brit ‘ we

Catalogue of the Library of the Asiatic Society, Troceal sp

Moore and Hewitson’s Descriptions of New Indian Lepidoptera,

Parts I-III, with 8 coloured Plates, 4to. @ 6/ each